See Full Document Text
DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS
Dated: September 11, 2025
Please read Section 32 of the Companies Act, 2013
(This Draft Red Herring Prospectus will be updated
upon filing with the RoC)
100% Book Built Offer
(Please use this QR Code to view
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus)
SHRIRAM FOOD INDUSTRY LIMITED
Corporate Identity Number: U15118MH2014PLC252387
REGISTERED OFFICE CORPORATE OFFICE CONTACT PERSON EMAIL AND TELEPHONE WEBSITE
S.No.181/2, 182/1A, 182/2, Mahadev Galaxy, Plot No. 16, 17, 18, Nidhi Pradeep Vitonde E-mail: cs@shriramfood.com www.shriramfood.com
Marodi, Mauda Tahsil, First Floor, Lakadganj Near Harihar Company Secretary and Telephone: +91 71229 97067
Nagpur – 441 104, Mandir, Bagadganj, Nagpur – 440 008, Compliance Officer
Maharashtra, India Maharashtra, India
OUR PROMOTERS: ANUP RAMAVTAR GOYAL, NITESH CHAUDHARI, AMAN ANUP GOYAL, ORIENT DEALTRADE PRIVATE LIMITED AND GRETA
INDUSTRIES PTE LIMITED
DETAILS OF THE PUBLIC OFFER
TYPE FRESH ISSUE SIZE OFFER FOR SALE SIZE TOTAL OFFER SIZE* ELIGIBILITY
Fresh Issue Up to 2,12,00,000 Equity Up to 52,00,000 Equity Up to 2,64,00,000 Equity This Offer is being made through the Book Building Process in
and Offer for Shares of face value ₹10 Shares of face value ₹10 Shares of face value ₹10 accordance with Regulation 6(1) of the Securities and Exchange
Sale each aggregating up to ₹[●] each aggregating up to ₹[●] each aggregating up to ₹[●] Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements)
Lakhs Lakhs Lakhs Regulations, 2018, as amended (“SEBI ICDR Regulations”). For
further details, see “Other Regulatory and Statutory Disclosures –
Eligibility for the Offer” on page 368. For details in relation to share
reservation amongst Qualified Institutional Buyers, Non-Institutional
Bidders and Retail Individual Bidders and Eligible Employees, see
“Offer Structure” on page 389.
DETAILS OF THE SELLING SHAREHOLDERS, OFFER FOR SALE AND WEIGHTED AVERAGE COST OF ACQUISITION PER EQUITY SHARE
NAME OF SELLING TYPE NUMBER OF EQUITY SHARES WEIGHTED AVERAGE COST OF
SHAREHOLDERS OFFERED/ AMOUNT (₹ IN LAKHS) ACQUISITION PER EQUITY SHARE (IN ₹)^
Orient Dealtrade Private Limited Promoter Selling Shareholder Up to 18,20,000 Equity Shares of face value ₹10 2.86
each aggregating up to ₹[●] Lakhs
Greta Industries Pte Limited Promoter Selling Shareholder Up to 33,80,000 Equity Shares of face value ₹10 2.86
each aggregating up to ₹[●] Lakhs
^As certified by the Statutory Auditors of our Company, by way of their certificate dated September 11, 2025
RISKS IN RELATION TO THE FIRST OFFER
This being the first public issue of Equity Shares of our Company, there has been no formal market for the Equity Shares. The face value of the Equity Shares is ₹10 each. The Floor
Price, Cap Price and Offer Price (as determined by our Company, in consultation with the BRLM) on the basis of the assessment of market demand for the Equity Shares by way of the
Book Building Process, in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations as stated under “Basis for the Offer Price” on page 116, should not be considered to be indicative of the market
price of the Equity Shares after the Equity Shares are listed. No assurance can be given regarding an active and/or sustained trading in the Equity Shares nor regarding the price at which
the Equity Shares will be traded after listing.
GENERAL RISKS
Investments in equity and equity-related securities involve a degree of risk and investors should not invest any funds in the Offer unless they can afford to take the risk of losing their
entire investment. Bidders are advised to read the risk factors carefully before taking an investment decision in the Offer. For taking an investment decision, Bidders must rely on their
own examination of our Company and the Offer, including the risks involved. The Equity Shares in the Offer have not been recommended or approved by the Securities and Exchange
Board of India (“SEBI”), nor does SEBI guarantee the accuracy or adequacy of the contents of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Specific attention of the Bidders is invited to “Risk
Factors” on page 35.
COMPANY’S AND SELLING SHAREHOLDER’S ABSOLUTE RESPONSIBILITY
Our Company, having made all reasonable inquiries, accepts responsibility for and confirms that this Draft Red Herring Prospectus contains all information with regard to our Company
and the Offer, which is material in the context of the Offer, that the information contained in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is true and correct in all material aspects and is not
misleading in any material respect, that the opinions and intentions expressed herein are honestly held and that there are no other facts, the omission of which makes this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus as a whole or any of such information or the expression of any such opinions or intentions misleading in any material respect. Further, each of the Promoter Selling
Shareholders, severally and not jointly, accepts responsibility for and confirm only the statements made by such Promoter Selling Shareholder in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus to
the extent of information specifically pertaining to themselves and its respective portion of the Offered Shares and assumes responsibility that such statements are true and correct in all
material respects and not misleading in any material respect.
LISTING
The Equity Shares, once offered through the Red Herring Prospectus are proposed to be listed on BSE Limited (“BSE”) and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited (“NSE”,
together with BSE, the “Stock Exchanges”). For the purpose of the Offer, [●] shall be the Designated Stock Exchange. A signed copy of the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus
shall be filed with the RoC in accordance with Sections 26(4) and 32 of the Companies Act, 2013. For details of the material contracts and documents that will be available for inspection
from the date of the Red Herring Prospectus up to the Bid/Offer Closing Date, see “Material Contracts and Documents for Inspection” on page 448.
BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGER
Name of the Book Running Lead Manager and Logo Contact Person Telephone and Email
Nimisha Joshi/ Nishant Baghmar Telephone No: +91 22 6707 9999 / 7919
Email: sfil.ipo@choiceindia.com
Choice Capital Advisors Private Limited
REGISTRAR TO THE OFFER
Name of the Registrar and Logo Contact Person Telephone and Email
Shanti Gopalkrishnan Telephone: +91 8108114949
Email: shriramfood.ipo@in.mpms.mufg.com
Mufg Intime India Private Limited
(formerly known as Link Intime India Private Limited)
BID/ OFFER PERIOD
ANCHOR INVESTOR BID/ OFFER [●](1) BID/ OFFER OPENS ON [●](2) BID/ OFFER CLOSES [●](2)(3)
PERIOD ON
*Subject to finalization of basis of allotment
(1) Our Company may, in consultation with the BRLM, consider participation by Anchor Investors in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations. The Anchor Investor Bidding Date shall be 1 (one) Working Day prior
to the Bid/Offer Opening Date.
(2) Our Company may, in consultation with the BRLM consider closing the Bid/Offer Period for QIBs 1 (one) Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer Closing Date in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
(3) The UPI mandate end time and date shall be at 5:00 p.m. on Bid/Offer Closing Day.DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS
Dated: September 11, 2025
Please read Section 32 of the Companies Act, 2013
(This Draft Red Herring Prospectus will be updated upon filing with
the RoC)
100% Book Built Offer
SHRIRAM FOOD INDUSTRY LIMITED
Our Company was originally incorporated as Shriram Rice Udyog India Private Limited, a private limited company under the erstwhile Companies Act, 1956, pursuant to a certificate of Incorporation dated January 22,
2014, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra, Mumbai. Subsequently, pursuant to a resolution passed by our Board dated March 19, 2014, and a special resolution passed by our Shareholders dated March
20, 2014, the name of our Company was changed from ‘Shriram Rice Udyog India Private Limited’ to ‘Shriram Food Industry Private Limited’ and a fresh certificate of incorporation dated May 7, 2014, was issued by
the Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra. The name of our Company was subsequently changed to ‘Shriram Food Industry Limited’, upon conversion to Public Limited Company, pursuant to a board resolution dated
March 10, 2023 and a shareholders resolution dated April 3, 2023 and a fresh certificate of incorporation dated May 9, 2023, was issued by the Registrar of Companies, Mumbai. For details of change in the name and
registered office of our Company, see “History and Certain Corporate Matters” on page 226.
Corporate Identity Number: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Registered Office: S.No.181/2, 182/1A, 182/2, Marodi, Mauda Tahsil, Nagpur – 441 104, Maharashtra, India
Corporate Office: Mahadev Galaxy, Plot No. 16, 17, 18, First Floor, Lakadganj Near Harihar Mandir, Bagadganj, Nagpur – 440 008, Maharashtra, India
Contact Person: Nidhi Pradeep Vitonde, Company Secretary and Compliance Officer; Telephone: +91 7122997067
E-mail: cs@shriramfood.com Website: www.shriramfood.com
OUR PROMOTERS:ANUP RAMAVTAR GOYAL, NITESH CHAUDHARI, AMAN ANUP GOYAL, ORIENT DEALTRADE PRIVATE LIMITED AND GRETA INDUSTRIES PTE LIMITED
INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF UP TO 2,64,00,000 EQUITY SHARES OF FACE VALUE OF ₹10 EACH (“EQUITY SHARES”) OF SHRIRAM FOOD INDUSTRY LIMITED (“OUR COMPANY” OR THE “ISSUER”) FOR
CASH AT A PRICE OF ₹[●] PER EQUITY SHARE (INCLUDING A SECURITIES PREMIUM OF ₹[●] PER EQUITY SHARE) (“OFFER PRICE”) AGGREGATING UP TO ₹[●] LAKHS COMPRISING A FRESH ISSUE OF UP
TO 2,12,00,000 EQUITY SHARES AGGREGATING UP TO ₹ [●] LAKHS BY OUR COMPANY (“FRESH ISSUE”) AND AN OFFER FOR SALE OF UP TO 52,00,000 EQUITY SHARES OF FACE VALUE ₹10 EACH
AGGREGATING TO ₹[●] LAKHS COMPRISING UP TO 18,20,000 EQUITY SHARES AGGREGATING UP TO ₹ [●] LAKHS BY ORIENT DEALTRADE PRIVATE LIMITED AND UP TO 33,80,000 EQUITY SHARES
AGGREGATING UP TO ₹ [●] LAKHS BY GRETA INDUSTRIES PTE LIMITED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PROMOTER SELLING SHAREHOLDERS”) AND SUCH OFFER FOR SALE OF EQUITY SHARES BY THE
PROMOTER SELLING SHAREHOLDERS, THE “OFFER FOR SALE”) (OFFER FOR SALE TOGETHER WITH THE FRESH ISSUE, THE “OFFER”). THE OFFER WILL CONSTITUTE [●] % OF OUR POST-OFFER PAID-
UP EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL OF OUR COMPANY.
THE OFFER INCLUDES A RESERVATION OF UP TO [●] EQUITY SHARES OF FACE VALUE OF ₹10 EACH, AGGREGATING UP TO ₹ [●] LAKHS (CONSTITUTING UP TO [●]% OF THE POST OFFER PAID-UP EQUITY
SHARE CAPITAL), FOR SUBSCRIPTION BY ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES (THE “EMPLOYEE RESERVATION PORTION”). THE OFFER LESS THE EMPLOYEE RESERVATION PORTION IS HEREINAFTER REFERRED
TO AS THE “NET OFFER”. THE OFFER AND THE NET OFFER SHALL CONSTITUTE [●]% AND [●]%, RESPECTIVELY, OF THE POST-OFFER PAID-UP EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL OF OUR COMPANY. OUR
COMPANY, AND THE PROMOTER SELLING SHAREHOLDERS, IN CONSULTATION WITH THE BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGER, MAY OFFER A DISCOUNT OF UP TO [●]% (EQUIVALENT OF ₹[●] PER EQUITY
SHARE) TO THE OFFER PRICE TO ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES BIDDING UNDER THE EMPLOYEE RESERVATION PORTION (“EMPLOYEE DISCOUNT”).
THE FACE VALUE OF THE EQUITY SHARES IS ₹10 EACH AND THE OFFER PRICE IS [●] TIMES THE FACE VALUE OF THE EQUITY SHARES. THE PRICE BAND AND THE MINIMUM BID LOT, THE EMPLOYEE
DISCOUNT, IF ANY, WILL BE DECIDED BY OUR COMPANY IN CONSULTATION WITH THE BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGER AND WILL BE ADVERTISED IN ALL EDITIONS OF [●] (A WIDELY CIRCULATED
ENGLISH NATIONAL DAILY NEWSPAPER), ALL EDITIONS OF [●] (A WIDELY CIRCULATED HINDI NATIONAL DAILY NEWSPAPER) AND ALL EDITIONS OF [●] (A WIDELY CIRCULATED MARATHI DAILY
NEWSPAPER, MARATHI BEING THE REGIONAL LANGUAGE OF THE STATE OF MAHARASHTRA, WHERE OUR REGISTERED OFFICE IS LOCATED), AT LEAST 2 (TWO) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO THE
BID/OFFER OPENING DATE, AND SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE STOCK EXCHANGES FOR THE PURPOSE OF UPLOADING ON THEIR RESPECTIVE WEBSITES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SEBI ICDR
REGULATIONS.
*Subject to finalisation of basis of allotment
In case of any revision in the Price Band, the Bid/ Offer Period will be extended by at least 3 (three) additional Working Days after such revision in the Price Band, subject to the Bid/ Offer Period not exceeding 10 (ten)
Working Days. In cases of force majeure, banking strike or similar circumstances, our Company may in consultation with the Book Running Lead Manager, for reasons to be recorded in writing, extend the Bid / Offer Period
for a minimum of 1 (one) Working Day, subject to the Bid/ Offer Period not exceeding 10 (ten) Working Days. Any revision in the Price Band and the revised Bid/ Offer Period, if applicable, shall be widely disseminated by
notification to the Stock Exchanges, by issuing a public notice, and also by indicating the change on the website of the BRLM and at the terminals of the Members of the Syndicate and by intimation to Designated Intermediaries
and the Sponsor Bank, as applicable.
This Offer is being made in terms of Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR read with Regulation 31 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations. The Offer is being made for at least 25% of the post-Offer paid-up Equity Share capital of our Company.
This Offer is being made through the Book Building Process in accordance with Regulation 6(1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations wherein, in terms of Regulation 32(1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, not more than 50% of
the Offer shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to Qualified Institutional Buyers (“QIBs” and such portion the “QIB Portion”), provided that our Company in consultation with the BRLM may allocate up
to 60% of the QIB Portion to Anchor Investors on a discretionary basis in accordance with SEBI ICDR Regulations (“Anchor Investor Portion”). One-third of the Anchor Investor Portion shall be reserved for domestic
Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received from the domestic Mutual Funds at or above the Anchor Investor Allocation Price, in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations. In the event of under-subscription, or
non-allocation in the Anchor Investor Portion, the balance Equity Shares shall be added to the QIB Portion (excluding the Anchor Investor Portion) (“Net QIB Portion”). Further, 5% of the QIB Portion (excluding the Anchor
Investor Portion) shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to Mutual Funds only, and the remainder of the Net QIB Portion shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to all QIB Bidders (other
than Anchor Investors), including Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price. However, if the aggregate demand from Mutual Funds is less than 5% of the QIB Portion, the balance Equity
Shares available for allocation in the Mutual Fund Portion will be added to the remaining Net QIB Portion for proportionate allocation to QIBs. Further, not less than 15% of the Offer shall be available for allocation on a
proportionate basis to Non-Institutional Bidders (“NIBs”) out of which (a) one third of such portion shall be reserved for applicants with application size of more than ₹2 Lakhs and up to ₹10 Lakhs and (b) two-third of such
portion shall be reserved for applicants with application size of more than ₹10 Lakhs , provided that the unsubscribed portion in either of such sub-categories may be allocated to applicants in the other sub-category of NIBs
and not less than 35% of the Offer shall be available for allocation to Retail Individual Bidders (“RIBs”) in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price. Further,
Equity Shares will be allocated on a proportionate basis to Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion, subject to valid Bids received from them at or above the Offer Price. All Potential Bidders, other
than Anchor Investors, are required to participate in the Offer by mandatorily utilising the Application Supported by Blocked Amount (“ASBA”) process by providing details of their respective ASBA Account (as defined
hereinafter) and UPI ID in case of UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism, as applicable, pursuant to which their corresponding Bid Amounts will be blocked by the Self Certified Syndicate Banks (“SCSBs”) or by the Sponsor
Banks under the UPI Mechanism, as the case may be, to the extent of respective Bid Amounts. Anchor Investors are not permitted to participate in the Offer through the ASBA process. For details, see “Offer Procedure” on
page 394.
RISKS IN RELATION TO THE FIRST OFFER
This being the first public issue of the Equity Shares of our Company, there has been no formal market for the Equity Shares of our Company. The face value of the Equity Shares is ₹10 each. The Offer Price, Floor Price, Cap
Price and Price Band (as determined by our Company in consultation with the Book Running Lead Manager in accordance with SEBI ICDR Regulations by way of the Book Building Process and on the basis of the assessment
of market demand for the Equity Shares, as stated in ‘‘Basis for Offer Price’’ on page 116) should not be taken to be indicative of the market price of the Equity Shares after the Equity Shares are listed. No assurance can be
given regarding an active and/or sustained trading in the Equity Shares nor regarding the price at which the Equity Shares will be traded after listing.
GENERAL RISK
Investments in equity and equity-related securities involve a degree of risk and investors should not invest any funds in the Offer unless they can afford to take the risk of losing their investment. Investors are advised to read
the risk factors carefully before taking an investment decision in the Offer. For taking an investment decision, investors must rely on their own examination of our Company and the Offer, including the risks involved. The
Equity Shares in the Issuer have not been recommended or approved by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”), nor does SEBI guarantee the accuracy or adequacy of the contents of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus. Specific attention of the investors is invited to “Risk Factors” on page 35.
COMPANY’S AND THE SELLING SHAREHOLDER’S ABSOLUTE RESPONSIBILITY
Our Company, having made all reasonable inquiries, accepts responsibility for and confirms that this Draft Red Herring Prospectus contains all information with regard to our Company and the Offer, which is material in the
context of the Offer, that the information contained in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is true and correct in all material aspects and is not misleading in any material respect, that the opinions and intentions expressed herein
are honestly held and that there are no other facts, the omission of which makes this Draft Red Herring Prospectus as a whole or any of such information or the expression of any such opinions or intentions misleading in any
material respect. Each of the Promoter Selling Shareholders, severally and not jointly, accepts responsibility for and confirms the statements specifically made or confirmed by it in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus solely to
the extent of information specifically pertaining to itself and the Equity Shares offered by it in the Offer for Sale and assumes responsibility that such statements are true and correct in all material respects and are not misleading
in any material respect. Each of the Promoter Selling Shareholders, severally and not jointly, assumes no responsibility for any other statements, including, inter alia, any and all of the statements made by or relating to our
Company or its business or any other Promoter Selling Shareholder or any other person(s) in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
LISTING
The Equity Shares offered through the Red Herring Prospectus are proposed to be listed on the Stock Exchanges. Our Company has received ‘in-principle’ approvals from the BSE and the NSE for the listing of the Equity
Shares pursuant to letters each dated [●] and [●], respectively. For the purposes of the Offer, the Designated Stock Exchange shall be [●]. A signed copy of the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus shall be filed with
the RoC in accordance with Section 26(4) and 32 of the Companies Act, 2013. For details of the material contracts and documents available for inspection from the date of the Red Herring Prospectus until the Bid/ Offer
Closing Date, see “Material Contracts and Documents for Inspection” on page 448.
BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGER REGISTRAR TO THE OFFER
Choice Capital Advisors Private Limited MUFG INTIME INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED
Sunil Patodia Tower, Plot No. 156-158 J.B. Nagar, Andheri (East), Mumbai – 400 099, Maharashtra, India. (Formerly known as Link Intime India Private Limited)
Telephone: +91 22 6707 9999 / 7919; C-101, 1st Floor, 247 Park, Lal Bhadur Shastri Marg, V ikhroli (West), Mumbai 400 083, Maharashtra, India
Contact Person: Nimisha Joshi/ Nishant Baghmar Telephone: +91810 811 4949
E-mail: sfil.ipo@choiceindia.com Email:shriramfood.ipo@in.mpms.mufg.com
Website: www.choiceindia.com/merchant-investment-banking Website: www.in.mpms.mufg.com
Investor Grievance E-mail: investorgrievances_advisors@choiceindia.com Investor Grievance Email: shriramfood.ipo@in.mpms.mufg.com
SEBI Registration No.: INM000011872 Contact Person: Shanti Gopalkrishnan
SEBI Registration Number: INR000004058
BID / OFFER PROGRAMME
ANCHOR INVESTOR BIDDING DATE [●](1) BID/ OFFER OPENS ON [●](2) BID/ OFFER CLOSES ON [●](2)(3)
*Subject to finalisation of basis of allotment
(1)Our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, mayconsider participation by Anchor Investors in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations. The Anchor Investor Bidding Dateshall be one Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date.
(2)Our Company may, in consultation with the BRLM, consider closing the Bid/Offer Pe riod for QIBs 1(one) Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer Closing Date in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
(3)The UPI mandate end time and date shall be at 5:00 p.m. on Bid/Offer Closing Day.(This page has been intentionally left blank)TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I – GENERAL .................................................................................................................................... 1
DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS .......................................................................................................... 1
CERTAIN CONVENTIONS, USE OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND MARKET DATA AND
CURRENCY OF PRESENTATION ................................................................................................................ 20
NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN THE UNITED STATES ....................................................... 23
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ........................................................................................................ 24
SUMMARY OF THE OFFER DOCUMENT................................................................................................... 26
SECTION II –RISK FACTORS ........................................................................................................................ 35
SECTION III – INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................... 78
THE OFFER ..................................................................................................................................................... 78
SUMMARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ..................................................................................................... 80
GENERAL INFORMATION ........................................................................................................................... 87
CAPITAL STRUCTURE ................................................................................................................................. 96
OBJECTS OF THE OFFER ............................................................................................................................ 108
BASIS FOR THE OFFER PRICE .................................................................................................................. 116
STATEMENT OF POSSIBLE SPECIAL TAX BENEFITS .......................................................................... 126
SECTION – IV ABOUT OUR COMPANY ................................................................................................... 130
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW .............................................................................................................................. 130
OUR BUSINESS ............................................................................................................................................ 181
KEY REGULATIONS AND POLICIES IN INDIA....................................................................................... 211
HISTORY AND CERTAIN CORPORATE MATTERS ................................................................................ 226
OUR MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................................................. 232
OUR PROMOTERS AND PROMOTER GROUP ......................................................................................... 250
OUR GROUP COMPANIES.......................................................................................................................... 257
DIVIDEND POLICY ..................................................................................................................................... 260
SECTION V – FINANCIAL INFORMATION.............................................................................................. 261
RESTATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ................................................................................................... 261
OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION ........................................................................................................ 317
CAPITALISATION STATEMENT ............................................................................................................... 318
FINANCIAL INDEBTEDNESS .................................................................................................................... 319
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATION ................................................................................................................................................. 324
SECTION VI – LEGAL AND OTHER INFORMATION ............................................................................ 350
OUTSTANDING LITIGATION AND MATERIAL DEVELOPMENTS ..................................................... 350
GOVERNMENT AND OTHER APPROVALS ............................................................................................. 361
OTHER REGULATORY AND STATUTORY DISCLOSURES .................................................................. 367
SECTION VII – OFFER RELATED INFORMATION ............................................................................... 381
TERMS OF THE OFFER ............................................................................................................................... 381
OFFER STRUCTURE .................................................................................................................................... 389
OFFER PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................................... 394
RESTRICTIONS ON FOREIGN OWNERSHIP OF INDIAN SECURITIES ............................................... 417
SECTION VIII – DESCRIPTION OF EQUITY SHARES AND TERMS OF THE ARTICLES OF
ASSOCIATION ................................................................................................................................................ 419
SECTION IX – OTHER INFORMATION .................................................................................................... 448
MATERIAL CONTRACTS AND DOCUMENTS FOR INSPECTION ........................................................ 448
DECLARATION ............................................................................................................................................ 451SECTION I – GENERAL
DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
This Draft Red Herring Prospectus uses certain definitions and abbreviations which, unless the context otherwise
indicates or implies, or unless otherwise specified, shall have the meaning as provided below. References to any
legislation, Act, regulation, rules, guidelines, ciculars, notifications, directions or clarifications or our Articles of
Association, Memorandum of Association, policies shall be to such legislation, Act or regulation, as amended
from time to time and any reference to a statutory provision shall include any subordinate legislation made from
time to time under that provision.
The words and expressions used in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus but not defined herein, shall have, to the
extent applicable, the meanings ascribed to such terms under the Companies Act, the SEBI ICDR Regulations,
the SCRA, the Depositories Act or the rules and regulations made thereunder. Further, the Offer related terms
used but not defined in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms under
the General Information Document (as defined below). In case of any inconsistency between the definitions given
below and the definitions contained in the General Information Document, the definitions given below shall
prevail.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, terms used in “Basis for Offer Price”, “Statement of Possible Special Tax
Benefits”, “Industry Overview”, “Our Business”, “Key Regulations and Policies in India”, “Restated
Financial Statement”, “Outstanding Litigations and Material Developments” and “Description of Equity
Shares and Terms of Articles of Association” on pages 116, 126, 130, 181, 211, 261, 350, and 419 respectively,
shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in those respective sections.
General Terms
Term Description
“Company” or “our Company” or Unless the context otherwise indicates or implies, refers to Shriram Food
“the Company” or “the Issuer” or Industry Limited, a public limited company incorporated under the provision
“we” or “us” or “our” or “SFIL” of Companies Act, 2013, having its registered office at S.No.181/2, 182/1A,
or “Shriram Foods” 182/2, Marodi, Mauda Tahsil, Nagpur – 441 104, Maharashtra, India and
Corporate Office at Mahadev Galaxy, Plot No. 16, 17, 18, First Floor,
Lakadganj Near Harihar Mandir, Bagadganj, Nagpur – 440 008,
Maharashtra, India.
“you”, “your” or “yours” Prospective Investors/Bidder in this Offer.
Company Related Terms
Term Description
“Articles of Association” or Articles of association of our Company, as amended from time to time.
“AoA”
“Audit Committee” The Audit Committee of our Board, constituted in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the SEBI Listing
Regulations, and as described in “Our Management – Board Committees –
Audit Committee” on page 239.
“Auditors” or “Statutory The statutory auditors of our Company, namely, M/s P.G. Joshi & Co.,
Auditors” Chartered Accountants. For details, see, “General Information – Statutory
Auditors to our Company” on page 90.
“Bankers to the Company” The bankers to our Company being UCO Bank, Axis Bank Limited and
HDFC Bank Limited. For details, see “General Information – Bankers to
our Company” on page 90
“Board or “Board of Directors” The board of directors of our Company, as described in “Our Management-
or “our Board” Board of Directors” on page 232.
1Term Description
“Chairman” or “Chairman and The Chairman and Managing Director of our Company, Anup Ramavtar
Managing Director” Goyal. For details, see, “Our Management – Board of Directors” on page
232
“Chief Executive Officer” The Chief Executive Officer of our Company, Aman Anup Goyal. For details,
see, “Our Management – Key Managerial Personnel and Senior
Management” on page 246
“Chief Financial Officer” or The Chief Financial Officer of our Company, Radheshyam Baxiram Paliwal.
“CFO” For details, see, “Our Management – Key Managerial Personnel and Senior
Management” on page 246
“Company Secretary and The Company Secretary and Compliance Officer of our Company, Nidhi
Compliance Officer” Pradeep Vitonde. For details, see, “Our Management – Key Managerial
Personnel and Senior Management” on page 246
“Committee(s)” Duly constituted committee(s) of our Board.
“Corporate Office” Mahadev Galaxy, Plot No. 16, 17, 18, First Floor, Lakadganj Near Harihar
Mandir, Bagadganj, Nagpur – 440 008, Maharashtra, India
“Corporate Social Responsibility Corporate Social Responsibility committee of our Board, constituted in
Committee” or “CSR accordance with applicable provisions the Companies Act, 2013 and as
Committee” described in “Our Management – Board Committees – Corporate Social
Responsibility Committee” on page 244.
“Director(s)” The directors of our Board, as appointed from time to time. For details, see
“Our Management” on page 232.
“Dividend Policy” Dividend distribution policy approved and adopted by our Board on April 23,
2025.
“Equity Shares” The equity shares of our Company having a face value of ₹10 each, unless
otherwise specified in the context thereof.
“Equity Shareholder(s)” The holders of the Equity Shares from time to time.
“Group Companies” In terms of SEBI ICDR Regulations, the term ‘group companies’ includes
companies with which there were related party transactions in accordance
with Ind AS 24 as disclosed in the Restated Financial Statements as covered
under the applicable accounting standards and such other companies as
considered material by our Board in accordance with the Materiality Policy,
and as identified in “Our Group Companies” on page 257.
“Independent Chartered The independent chartered engineer appointed by our Company, being V.N.
Engineer” Talithaya.
“Independent Director(s)” Independent directors on our Board, who are eligible to be appointed as
independent directors under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and
the SEBI Listing Regulations. For details of the Independent Directors, see
“Our Management” on page 232.
“ISIN” International Securities Identification Number INE0QY301015.
“Key Managerial Personnel” or Key managerial personnel of our Company in terms of Regulation 2(1)(bb)
“KMP” of the SEBI ICDR Regulations and section 2(51) of the Companies Act, 2013
as applicable and as further disclosed in “Our Management – Key
Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel” on page 246.
“Materiality Policy” The policy adopted by our Board pursuant to its resolution dated April 23,
2025 for identification of: (a) material outstanding litigations; (b) material
creditors; and (c) identification of group companies, in accordance with the
disclosure requirements under the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
“MOA” or “Memorandum” or The Memorandum of Association of our Company, as amended from time to
“Memorandum of Association” time.
or “MoA”
“Nomination and Remuneration The nomination and remuneration committee of our Board, constituted in
Committee” accordance with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and
2Term Description
the SEBI Listing Regulations, and as described in “Our Management –
Board Committees” on page 239.
“Promoter(s)” The Promoters of our Company, Anup Ramavtar Goyal, Nitesh Chaudhari,
Aman Anup Goyal, Orient Dealtrade Private Limited and Greta Industries Pte
Limited.
“Promoter Group” The persons and entities constituting the promoter group of our Company in
terms of Regulation 2(1)(pp) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, as disclosed in
“Our Promoters and Promoter Group” on page 250.
“Registered Office” The registered office of our Company situated at S.No.181/2, 182/1A, 182/2,
Marodi, Mauda Tahsil, Nagpur – 441 104, Maharashtra, India.
“Registrar of Companies” or Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra at Mumbai. For further details, see
“RoC” “General Information” on page 87.
“Restated Financial Statements” The restated financial statements of our Company, comprising the Restated
or “Restated Financial Statement of Assets and Liabilities as at Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal
Information” 2023, the Restated Statements of Profit and Loss (including other
comprehensive income), the Restated Statement of changes in Equity, the
Restated Cash Flow Statement as at and for the Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and
Fiscal 2023, and the Summary Statement of Significant Accounting Policies,
and other explanatory information prepared in terms of the requirements of
sub-Section (1) of Section 26 of Part I of Chapter III of the Act; the SEBI
ICDR Regulations and the Guidance Note on Reports in Company
Prospectuses (Revised 2019) issued by ICAI, as amended from time to time.
For details, see “Restated Financial Statements” on page 261.
“Senior Management Personnel” Senior management personnel of our Company in terms of Regulation
or “SMPs” 2(1)(bbbb) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations and as disclosed in “Our
Management – Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management
Personnel” on page 246.
“Shareholders” or “Members” or The equity shareholders of our Company whose names are entered into (i) the
“Equity Shareholders” register of members of our Company; or (ii) the records of a depository as a
beneficial owner of Equity Shares.
“Stakeholders’ Relationship The stakeholders’ relationship committee of our Board, constituted in
Committee” accordance with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and
the SEBI Lisiting Regulations, and as described in “Our Management –
Board Committees” on page 239.
Offer Related Terms
Term Description
“Abridged Prospectus” Abridged prospectus means a memorandum containing such salient features
of a prospectus as may be specified by the SEBI in this behalf.
“Acknowledgement Slip” The slip or document issued by a Designated Intermediary(ies) to a Bidder as
proof of registration of the Bid cum Application Form.
“Allot” or “Allotment” or Unless the context otherwise requires, allotment of the Equity Shares
“Allotted” pursuant to the Fresh Issue and transfer of Offered Shares pursuant to the
Offer of Equity Shares to the successful Applicants.
“Allotment Advice” Note or advice or intimation of Allotment sent to the Bidders who have been
or are to be Allotted the Equity Shares after the Basis of Allotment has been
approved by the Designated Stock Exchange.
“Allottee” A successful Bidder to whom the Equity Shares are Allotted.
“Anchor Investor” A Qualified Institutional Buyer, who applied under the Anchor Investor
Portion with a minimum Bid of ₹1,000 Lakhs in accordance with the
requirements specified in the SEBI ICDR Regulations and the Red Herring
3Term Description
Prospectus.
“Anchor Escrow Account opened with Anchor Escrow Bank for the Offer and in whose favour
Account(s)” or the Anchor Investors will transfer money through direct credit or NEFT or
“Escrow Account(s)” RTGS in respect of the Bid Amount when submitting a Bid.
“Anchor Investor Allocation The price at which the Equity Shares will be allocated to the Anchor Investors
Price” in terms of the Red Herring Prospectus and Prospectus, which will be decided
by our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, during the Anchor Investor
Bidding Date.
“Anchor Investor Application The form used by an Anchor Investor to make a Bid in the Anchor Investor
Form” Portion and which will be considered as an application for Allotment in terms
of the Red Herring Prospectus and Prospectus.
“Anchor Investor Bid/ Offer One Working Day prior to the Bid/ Offer Opening Date, on which Bids by
Period” or “Anchor Investor Anchor Investors shall be submitted, prior to and after which the Book
Bidding Date” Running Lead Manager will not accept any Bids from Anchor Investors, and
allocation to Anchor Investors shall be completed.
“Anchor Investor Offer Price” The final price at which the Equity Shares will be Allotted to the Anchor
Investors in terms of the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus, which
price will be equal to or higher than the Offer Price but not higher than the
Cap Price. The Anchor Investor Offer Price will be decided by our Company,
in consultation with the BRLM.
“Anchor Investor Pay-in Date” With respect to the Anchor Investor(s), it shall be the Anchor Investor
Bidding Date, and in the event the Anchor Investor Allocation Price is lower
than the Offer Price, a date not later than 2 (two) Working Days after the Bid/
Offer Closing Date.
“Anchor Investor Portion” Up to 60% of the QIB Portion, which may be allocated by our Company in
consultation with the BRLM, to the Anchor Investors on a discretionary
basis, in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations. One-third of the
Anchor Investor Portion shall be reserved for domestic Mutual Funds, subject
to valid Bids being received from domestic Mutual Funds at or above the
Anchor Investor Allocation Price, in accordance with the SEBI ICDR
Regulations.
“Application Supported by An application, whether physical or electronic, used by ASBA Bidders to
Blocked Amount” or “ASBA” make a Bid by authorizing an SCSB to block the Bid Amount in the ASBA
Account and will include applications made by UPI Bidders using UPI, where
the Bid Amount will be blocked upon acceptance of UPI Mandate Request
by UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism.
“ASBA Account” A bank account maintained with an SCSB and specified in the Bid cum
Application Form which will be blocked by such SCSB to the extent of the
appropriate Bid Amount in relation to a Bid by a Bidder (other than a Bid by
an Anchor Investor) and includes a bank account maintained by a UPI Bidder
linked to a UPI ID, which will be blocked upon acceptance of a UPI Mandate
Request made by UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism.
“ASBA Bid” A Bid made by an ASBA Bidder including all revisions and modifications
thereto as permitted under the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
“ASBA Bidders” All Bidders except Anchor Investors.
“ASBA Form” An application form, whether physical or electronic, used by ASBA Bidders
which will be considered as the application for Allotment in terms of the Red
Herring Prospectus.
“Banker(s) to the Offer” Collectively, the Escrow Collection Bank(s), Refund Bank(s), Public Offer
Account Bank(s) and Sponsor Bank.
“Basis of Allotment” Basis on which Equity Shares will be Allotted to successful Bidders under
the Offer, as described in “Offer Procedure” on page 394.
“Bid” An indication to make an offer during the Bid/ Offer Period by an ASBA
4Term Description
Bidder pursuant to submission of the ASBA Form, or during the Anchor
Investor Bid/ Offer Period by an Anchor Investor pursuant to submission of
the Anchor Investor Application Form, to subscribe to or purchase the Equity
Shares of our Company at a price within the Price Band, including all
revisions and modifications thereto as permitted under the SEBI ICDR
Regulations. The term “Bidding” shall be construed accordingly.
“Bid Amount” The highest value of optional Bids indicated in the Bid cum Application Form
and, in the case of RIBs Bidding at the Cut off Price, the Cap Price multiplied
by the number of Equity Shares Bid for by such Retail Individual Bidder and
mentioned in the Bid cum Application Form and payable by the Bidder or
blocked in the ASBA Account of the Bidder, as the case may be, upon
submission of the Bid which was net of the Employee Discount, as applicable
However, Eligible Employees applying in the Employee Reservation Portion
can apply at the Cut-off Price, multiplied by the number of Equity Shares Bid
for by such Eligible Employee and mentioned in the Bid cum Application
Form.
The maximum Bid Amount under the Employee Reservation Portion by an
Eligible Employee shall not exceed ₹5 Lakhs (net of Employee Discount).
However, the initial Allotment to an Eligible Employee in the Employee
Reservation Portion shall not exceed ₹2 Lakhs (net of Employee Discount).
Only in the event of an under- subscription in the Employee Reservation
Portion post the initial Allotment, such unsubscribed portion may be Allotted
on a proportionate basis to Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee
Reservation Portion, for a value in excess of ₹2 Lakhs (net of Employee
Discount), subject to the total Allotment to an Eligible Employee not
exceeding ₹5 lakhs in value (net of Employee Discount).
“Bid cum Application Form” The form in terms of which the Bidder shall make a Bid and which shall be
considered as the application for the Allotment pursuant to the terms of the
Red Herring Prospectus, including ASBA Form.
“Bid Lot” [●] Equity Shares and in multiples of [●] Equity Shares thereafter.
“Bid/ Offer Closing Date” Except in relation to any Bids received from the Anchor Investors, the date
after which the Designated Intermediaries will not accept any Bids, being [●],
which shall be notified in all editions of English national daily newspaper,
[●], Hindi national daily newspaper, [●] and a Marathi regional daily
newspaper (Marathi being the regional language of Maharashtra, India,
where our Registered Office is located).
In case of any revisions, the extended Bid/ Offer Closing Date will be widely
disseminated by notification to the Stock Exchanges, by issuing a public
notice, and also by indicating the change on the website of the Book Running
Lead Manager and at the terminals of the other members of the Syndicate and
by intimation to the Designated Intermediaries and the Sponsor Bank.
Our Company, in consultation with the Book Running Lead Manager, may
consider closing the Bid/ Offer Period for QIBs one Working Day prior to
the Bid/ Offer Closing Date in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
“Bid/Offer Opening Date” Except in relation to any Bids received from the Anchor Investors, the date
on which the Designated Intermediaries shall start accepting Bids, being [●]
which shall be notified in all editions of English national daily newspaper,
[●], in all editions of Hindi national daily newspaper [●], and in all editions
of Marathi regional daily newspaper [●] (Marathi being the regional language
of Maharashtra, where our Registered Office is located).
5Term Description
In case of any revision, the extended Bid/ Offer Opening Date will also be
widely disseminated by notification to the Stock Exchanges, by issuing a
public notice, and also by indicating the change on the website of the Book
Running Lead Manager and at the terminals of the other members of the
Syndicate and by intimation to the Designated Intermediaries and the Sponsor
Bank(s).
“Bid/Offer Period” Except in relation to the bids by Anchor Investors, the period between the
Bid/Offer Opening Date and the Bid/Offer Closing Date, inclusive of both
days, during which prospective Bidders can submit their Bids, including any
revisions thereof, in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, provided
that such period shall be kept open for a minimum of 3 (three) Working Days.
Our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, may consider closing the Bid/
Offer Period for QIBs 1 (one) Working Day prior to the Bid/ Offer Closing
Date in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
In cases of force majeure, banking strike or similar circumstances, our
Company may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, extend the Bid/ Issue
Period for a minimum of one Working Days, subject to the Bid/ Issue Period
not exceeding 10 Working Days.
“Bidder” or “Investor” or Any prospective investor who made a Bid pursuant to the terms of the Red
“Applicant” Herring Prospectus and the Bid cum Application Form unless otherwise
stated or implied and includes an Anchor Investor.
“Bidding Centers” Centers at which the Designated Intermediaries accepted the Bid cum
Application Forms, being the Designated SCSB Branch for SCSBs, Specified
Locations for the Syndicate, Broker Centers for Registered Brokers,
Designated RTA Locations for CRTAs, and Designated CDP Locations for
CDPs.
“Book Building Process” The book building process as described in Part A of Schedule XIII of the
SEBI ICDR Regulations, in terms of which the Offer is being made.
“Book Running Lead Manager” The Book Running Lead Manager to the Offer, being Choice Capital
or “BRLM” Advisors Private Limited, SEBI registered Category-I Merchant Banker.
“Broker Centers” Broker centers of the Registered Brokers, where Bidders (other than Anchor
Investors) submitted the ASBA Forms. The details of such Broker centers,
along with the names and contact details of the Registered Brokers are
available on the website of the Stock Exchanges at www.bseindia.com and
www.nseindia.com.
“CARE” CARE Analytics and Advisory Private Limited.
“CARE Report/ CareEdge Industry Research Report on “Industry Research Report on Rice”, dated
Research” September 2025 prepared and issued by CARE Analytics and Advisory
Private Limited appointed by us on February 19, 2025 (which is
commissioned and paid for by us exclusively for the purpose of confirming
our understanding of the industry in which we operate in connection with the
Offer), available on our website at www.shriramfood.com
“CAN” or “Confirmation of Notice or intimation of allocation of the Equity Shares sent to Anchor
Allocation Note” Investors, who have been allocated the Equity Shares, after the Anchor
Investor Bid/ Offer Period.
“Cap Price” The higher end of the Price Band, i.e., ₹[●] per Equity Share, above which
the Offer Price and the Anchor Investor Offer Price will not be finalized and
above which no Bids will be accepted, including any revisions thereof. The
Cap Price shall be at least 105% of the Floor Price and shall not be more than
120% of the Floor Price.
“Cash Escrow and Sponsor Bank Agreement dated [●] entered into by our Company, the Promoter Selling
Agreement” Shareholders, the Registrar to the Offer, the BRLM, the Syndicate Member,
6Term Description
and the Bankers to the Offer for collection of the Bid Amounts from Anchor
Investors, transfer of funds to the Public Offer Account and where applicable,
refund of the amounts collected from Bidders, on the terms and conditions
thereof, in accordance with the UPI Circulars.
“Client ID” Client identification number maintained with one of the Depositories in
relation to dematerialised account.
“Collecting Depository A depository participant, as defined under the Depositories Act, 1996 and
Participant” or “CDP” registered under Section 12 (1A) of the SEBI Act and who is eligible to
procure Bids at the Designated CDP Locations in terms of SEBI circular no.
CIR /CFD/POLICYCELL/11/2015 dated November 10, 2015 and the UPI
Circulars and as per the list available on the websites of BSE and NSE.
“Collecting Registrar and Share Registrar and share transfer agents registered with SEBI and eligible to
Transfer Agents” or “CRTAs” procure Bids at the Designated RTA Locations in terms of, among others,
SEBI circular no. CIR/CFD/POLICYCELL/11/2015 dated November 10,
2015, issued by SEBI as per the lists available on the websites of the Stock
Exchanges at www.bseindia.com and www.nseindia.com, as updated from
time to time
“Controlling Branches” Such branches of SCSBs which coordinate Bids under the Offer with the
BRLM, the Registrar and the Stock Exchanges, a list of which is available on
the website of SEBI at www.sebi.gov.in.
“Cut-off Price” Offer Price, authorized by our Company, in consultation with the BRLM
which shall be any price within the Price Band.
Only Retail Individual Bidders and Eligible Employees Bidding under
Employee Reservation are entitled to Bid at the Cut-off Price. QIBs
(including Anchor Investors) and Non-Institutional Bidders are not entitled
to Bid at the Cut-off Price.
“Demographic Details” Details of the Bidders, including the Bidder’s address, name of the Bidder’s
father/husband, investor status, occupation and bank account details, and UPI
ID, wherever applicable.
“Depository(ies)” A depository registered with SEBI under the SEBI (Depositories and
Participants’) Regulations, 1996.
“Depository Participant” or “DP” A depository participant as defined under the Depositories Act.
“Designated Branches” Such branches of the SCSBs which shall collect the ASBA Forms (other than
ASBA Forms submitted by RIIs where the Bid Amount will be blocked upon
acceptance of UPI Mandate Request by such RII using the UPI Mechanism),
a list of which is available on the website of SEBI at
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognised=yes
or at such other website as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time.
“Designated CDP Locations” Such locations of the CDPs where Bidders submitted the ASBA Forms and,
in the case of RIIs, only ASBA Forms with UPI. The details of such
Designated CDP Locations, along with names and contact details of the
Collecting Depository Participants eligible to accept ASBA Forms, are
available on the websites of the Stock Exchanges (www.bseindia.com and
www.nseindia.com).
“Designated Date” The date on which the Escrow Collection Banks transfer funds from the
Escrow Accounts to the Public Offer Account or the Refund Account, as the
case may be, and/or the instructions are issued to the SCSBs (in case of UPI
Bidders using the UPI Mechanism, where made available, instruction issued
through the Sponsor Banks) for the transfer of amounts blocked by the SCSBs
in the ASBA Accounts to the Public Offer Account or the Refund Account,
as the case may be, in terms of the Red Herring Prospectus, after finalization
of the Basis of Allotment in consultation with the Designated Stock
Exchange, following which the Board of Directors may Allot Equity Shares
7Term Description
to successful Bidders in the Offer.
“Designated Intermediary(ies)” In relation to ASBA Forms submitted by RIIs and NIIs with an application
size of upto ₹5.00 Lakhs (not using the UPI Mechanism) authorizing an
SCSB to block the Bid Amount in the ASBA Account, Designated
Intermediaries shall mean SCSBs.
In relation to ASBA Forms submitted by UPI Bidders where the Bid Amount
will be blocked upon acceptance of UPI Mandate Request by such UPI
Bidders using the UPI Mechanism, Designated Intermediaries shall mean
Syndicate, sub-syndicate, Registered Brokers, CDPs and RTAs.
In relation to ASBA Forms submitted by QIBs and NIIs (not using the UPI
Mechanism), Designated Intermediaries shall mean SCSBs, Syndicate, sub-
syndicate, Registered Brokers, CDPs and CRTAs.
“Designated RTA Locations” Such locations of the CRTAs/RTAs where Bidders can submit the Bid cum
Application Forms. The details of such Designated RTA Locations, along
with names and contact details of the RTAs eligible to accept ASBA Forms
are available on the respective of the Stock Exchanges (www.bseindia.com
and www.nseindia.com)
“Designated Stock Exchange” [●]
“DP ID” DP ID Depository Participant’s identity number.
“Draft Red Herring Prospectus” This draft red herring prospectus dated September 11, 2025, issued in
or “DRHP” accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, which does not contain
complete particulars of the price at which the Equity Shares will be Allotted
and the size of the Offer, including any addenda or corrigenda thereto.
Eligible Employee All or any of the following (i) a permanent employee of our Company
working in India or out of India; or (ii) a director of our Company and,
whether whole-time or not, as on the date of the filing of the Red Herring
Prospectus with the RoC and who continue to be a permanent employee
of our Company or be our Director(s), as the case may be until the
submission of the Bid cum Application Form, but excludes: (a) an
employee who is the Promoter or belongs to the Promoter Group; (b) a
Director who either by himself or through his relatives or through any body
corporate, directly or indirectly holds more than 10% of outstanding Equity
Shares of our Company; and (c) an independent director.
The maximum Bid Amount under the Employee Reservation Portion by an
Eligible Employee shall not exceed ₹ 5 Lakhs (net of Employee Discount).
However, the initial Allotment to an Eligible Employee in the Employee
Reservation Portion shall not exceed ₹ 2 Lakhs. Only in the event of an
under-subscription in the Employee Reservation Portion, such unsubscribed
portion will be available for allocation and Allotment, proportionately
to Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion who
have Bid in excess of ₹ 2 Lakhs, subject to maximum value of Allotment
to such Eligible Employee not exceeding ₹5 Lakhs (net of Employee
Discount).
“Eligible FPIs” FPIs that are eligible to participate in this Offer in terms of applicable laws,
other than individuals, corporate bodies, and family offices.
“Eligible NRI(s)” A non-resident Indian, under Schedule 3 and Schedule 4 of the FEMA Non-
Debt Rules, from jurisdictions outside India where it is not unlawful to make
an offer or invitation under the Offer and in relation to whom the Bid cum
Application Form and the Red Herring Prospectus will constitute an
invitation to purchase the Equity Shares.
“Employee Discount” A discount of up to [●]% to the Offer Price (equivalent of ₹[●] per Equity
8Term Description
Share) may be offered by our Company and Promoter Selling Shareholders,
in consultation with the BRLM, to Eligible Employees and which shall be
announced at least two Working Days prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date.
“Employee Reservation Portion” The portion of the Offer being up to [●] Equity Shares aggregating up to ₹
[●] lakhs, available for allocation to Eligible Employees, on a proportionate
basis. Such portion shall not exceed 5% of the post-Offer equity share capital
of our Company.
“Escrow Account(s)” Account opened with the Escrow Collection Bank and in whose favor the
Anchor Investors transferred money through direct
credit/NEFT/RTGS/NACH in respect of the Bid Amount when submitting a
Bid.
“Escrow and Sponsor Bank(s) The agreement to be entered into amongst our Company, the Registrar to the
Agreement” Offer, the BRLM, Promoter Selling Shareholder, the Syndicate Members and
Banker(s) to the Offer in accordance with the UPI Circulars, collection of the
Bid Amounts from Anchor Investors, transfer of funds to the Public Offer
Account(s) and where applicable remitting refunds, if any, to Bidders, on the
terms and conditions thereof
“Escrow Collection Bank(s)” or Banks which are clearing members and registered with SEBI as bankers to
“Anchor Escrow Bank” an issue under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Bankers to an
Offer) Regulations, 1994 and with whom the Escrow Accounts will be
opened, in this case being [●].
“First Bidder” or “Sole Bidder” Bidder whose name shall be mentioned in the Bid cum Application Form or
the Revision Form and in case of joint Bids, whose name shall also appear as
the first holder of the beneficiary account held in joint names.
“Floor Price” The lower end of the Price Band, subject to any revision thereto, at or above
which the Offer Price and the Anchor Investor Offer Price will be finalised
and below which no Bids will be accepted and which shall not be less than
the face value of the Equity Shares.
“Fraudulent Borrower” Fraudulent borrower as defined under Regulation 2(1)(lll) of the SEBI ICDR
Regulations.
“Fresh Issue” Fresh issue of up to 2,12,00,000* Equity Shares of face value of ₹10 each for
cash at a price of ₹[●] each, aggregating up to ₹[●] Lakhs by our Company.
For information, see “The Issue” on page 78.
*Subject to finalization of basis of Allotment
“Fugitive Economic Offender” An individual who is declared a fugitive economic offender under Section 12
of the Fugitive Economic Offenders Act, 2018.
“General Information Document” The General Information Document for investing in public issues prepared
and issued in accordance with the SEBI circular no.
SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL1/CIR/P/2020/37 dated March 17, 2020 and the UPI
Circulars, as amended from time to time. The General Information Document
shall be available on the websites of the Stock Exchanges and the BRLM.
“Gross Proceeds” The gross proceeds of the Fresh Issue.
“Mobile Applications” The mobile applications listed on the website of SEBI at
www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedFpi=yes&int
mI d=43 or such other website as may be updated from time to time, which
may be used by RIIs to submit Bids using the UPI Mechanism
“Mutual Fund Portion” 5% of the Net QIB Portion (excluding the Anchor Investor Portion), or [●]
Equity Shares, which shall be available for allocation to Mutual Funds only
on a proportionate basis, subject to valid Bids being received at or above the
Offer Price
“Mutual Funds” Mutual funds registered with SEBI under the Securities and Exchange Board
of India (Mutual Funds) Regulations, 1996
“Net Offer” The Offer less Employee Reservation Portion
9Term Description
“Net Proceeds” The proceeds of the Fresh Issue less our Company’s share of the Offer related
expenses. For further details about use of the Net Proceeds and the Offer
related expenses, see “Objects of the Offer” on page 108.
“Net QIB Portion” The portion of the QIB Portion less the number of Equity Shares Allotted to
the Anchor Investors.
“Non-Institutional Portion” The portion of the Offer being not less than 15% of the Offer consisting of
[●]* Equity Shares, available for allocation to Non-Institutional Bidders, on
a proportionate basis. The allocation to each Non-Institutional Investor shall
not be less than ₹2.00 Lakhs subject to availability of Equity Shares in the
Non-Institutional Portion, and the remaining Equity Shares, if any, shall be
allocated on a proportionate basis, subject to valid Bids being received at or
above the Offer Price, in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
Further, (a) one third of the portion available to Non-Institutional Investors
shall be reserved for applicants with application size of more than ₹2.00 lakhs
and up to ₹10.00 Lakhs; and (b) two third of the portion available to Non-
Institutional Investors shall be reserved for applicants with application size
of more than ₹10.00 Lakhs, provided that the unsubscribed portion in either
of the sub-categories specified in clauses (a) or (b), may be allocated to
applicants in the other sub-category of Non-Institutional Investors.
*Subject to finalization of Basis of Allotment
“Non-Institutional Investors” or All Bidders, including FPIs other than individuals, corporate bodies and
“Non-Institutional Bidders” or family offices, registered with the SEBI that are not QIBs (including Anchor
“NIIs” or “NIBs” Investors) or Retail Individual Investors, who have Bid for Equity Shares for
an amount of more than ₹2.00 Lakhs (but not including NRIs other than
Eligible NRIs).
“Non-Resident” A person resident outside India, as defined under FEMA and includes NRIs,
FPIs and FVCIs.
“Non-Resident Indians” or A non-resident Indian as defined under the FEMA NDI Rules.
“NRI(s)”
“OCB” or “Overseas Corporate A company, partnership, society or other corporate body owned directly or
Body(ies)” indirectly to the extent of at least 60% by NRIs, including overseas trusts in
which not less than 60% of beneficial interest is irrevocably held by NRIs
directly or indirectly as defined under the Foreign Exchange Management
(Deposit) Regulations, 2000, as amended from time to time. OCBs are not
allowed to invest in this Offer.
“Offer” Initial public offering of up to 2,64,00,000 Equity Shares of face value ₹10
each for cash at a price of ₹ [●] per Equity Share, aggregating up to ₹[●]
Lakhs comprising the Fresh Issue and the Offer for Sale. The Offer comprises
the Net Offer and Employee Reservation Portion.
“Offer Agreement” Agreement dated September 11, 2025, entered amongst our Company, the
Promoter Selling Shareholders and the BRLM, pursuant to which certain
arrangements have been agreed to in relation to the Offer.
“Offer for Sale” The offer for sale of up to 52,00,000 Equity Shares aggregating up to ₹[●]
Lakhs by the Promoter Selling Shareholders. For details, please see section
titled “The Offer” on page 78.
“Offer Price” The final price at which Equity Shares will be Allotted to successful Bidders,
other than Anchor Investors. Equity Shares will be Allotted to Anchor
Investors at the Anchor Investor Offer Price in terms of the Red Herring
Prospectus and the Prospectus. The Offer Price will be decided by our
Company, in consultation with the BRLM on the Pricing Date, in accordance
with the Book Building Process and in terms of the Red Herring Prospectus
and the Prospectus.
A discount of up to [●]% on the Offer Price (equivalent of ₹[●] per Equity
10Term Description
Share) may be offered to Eligible Employees bidding in the Employee
Reservation Portion. This Employee Discount (if any) will be decided by our
Company and Promoter Selling Shareholders, in consultation with the Book
Running Lead Manager, on the Pricing Date in accordance with the Book
Building Process and the Red Herring Prospectus.
“Offer Proceeds” The proceeds of the Fresh Issue which shall be available to our Company and
the proceeds of the Offer for Sale which shall be available to the Promoter
Selling Shareholders.For further information about use of the Offer Proceeds,
see “Objects of the Offer” on page 108.
“Offered Shares” Up to 52,00,000 Equity Shares aggregating up to ₹[●] Lakhs being offered
by the Promoter Selling Shareholders in the Offer for Sale.
“Person(s)” Any individual, sole proprietorship, unincorporated association,
unincorporated organization, body corporate, corporation, Company,
partnership firm, limited liability partnership firm, joint venture, or trust or
any other entity or organization validly constituted and/or incorporated in the
jurisdiction in which it exists and operates, as the context requires.
“Permanent Account Number” or
Permanent Account Number allotted under the Income Tax Act, 1961
“PAN”
“Price Band” Price band of a minimum price of ₹ [●] per Equity Share (Floor Price) and
the maximum price of ₹[●] per Equity Share (Cap Price) including any
revisions thereof. The Cap Price shall be at least 105% of the Floor Price and
shall be less than or equal to 120% of the Floor Price.
The Price Band, and the minimum Bid Lot size for the Offer will be decided
by our Company in consultation with the BRLM, and will be advertised, at
least 2 (two) Working Days prior to the Bid/ Offer Opening Date, in [●]
editions of [●], an English national daily newspaper and [●] editions of [●],
a Hindi national daily newspaper and [●], a Marathi national daily
newspaper, (Marathi being the regional language of Maharashtra, where our
Registered Office is located), each with wide circulation and shall be made
available to the Stock Exchanges for the purpose of uploading on their
respective websites.
“Pricing Date” The date on which our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, will
finalize the Offer Price.
“Prospectus” Prospectus dated [●] to be filed with the RoC for this Offer on or after the
Pricing Date in accordance with Sections 26 and 32 of the Companies Act,
2013, and the SEBI ICDR Regulations containing, inter alia, the Offer Price
that is determined at the end of the Book Building Process, the size of the
Offer and certain other information, including any addenda or corrigenda
thereto.
“Public Offer Account” Bank account opened with the Public Offer Account Bank under Section
40(3) of the Companies Act, 2013, to receive monies from the Escrow
Account and ASBA Accounts on the Designated Date.
“Public Offer Account Bank(s)” Bank(s) which are a clearing member and registered with SEBI as a banker
to an Offer and with whom the Public Offer Account is opened for collection
of Bid Amounts from Escrow Account and ASBA Account on the Designated
Date, in this case being [●].
“Promoter Selling Shareholders” Orient Dealtrade Private Limited and Greta Industries Pte Limited.
or “Selling Shareholders”
“QIB Category” or “QIB The portion of the Offer (including the Anchor Investor Portion) being not
Portion” more than 50% of the Offer consisting of [●]* Equity Shares which shall be
available for allocation to QIBs (including Anchor Investors), subject to valid
Bids being received at or above the Offer Price or Anchor Investor Offer
Price (for Anchor Investors).
11Term Description
*Subject to finalization of Basis of Allotment
“Qualified Institutional Buyers” Qualified institutional buyers as defined under Regulation 2(1)(ss) of the
or “QIBs” or “QIB Bidders” SEBI ICDR Regulations.
“Red Herring Prospectus” or The Red Herring Prospectus dated [●] issued in accordance with Section 32
“RHP” of the Companies Act, 2013 and the SEBI ICDR Regulations, which did not
have complete particulars of the price at which the Equity Shares shall be
Allotted and which was filed with the RoC at least 3 (three) Working Days
before the Bid / Offer Opening Date and became the Prospectus after filing
with the RoC after the Pricing Date, including any addenda or corrigenda
thereto.
“Refund Account” The account opened with the Refund Bank, from which refunds, if any, of the
whole or part of the Bid Amount to the Anchor Investors shall be made
“Refund Bank” The Banker to the Offer with whom the Refund Account has been opened, in
this case being [●].
“Registered Brokers” Stock brokers registered with SEBI under the Securities and Exchange Board
of India (Stock Brokers) Regulations, 1992 and with the stock exchanges
having nationwide terminals, other than the BRLM and the Syndicate
Members and eligible to procure Bids in terms of circular number CIR / CFD
/14/2012 dated October 14, 2012, and other applicable circulars issued by
SEBI.
“Registrar Agreement” The agreement dated July 24, 2025, entered between our Company, the
Promoter Selling Shareholders and the Registrar to the Offer in relation to the
responsibilities and obligations of the Registrar to the Offer pertaining to the
Offer.
“Registrar and Share Transfer Registrar and share transfer agents registered with SEBI and eligible to
Agents” or “RTAs” procure Bids at the Designated RTA Locations in terms of circular no.
CIR/CFD/POLICYCELL/11/2015 dated November 10, 2015, and the UPI
circular, as per the lists available on the websites of BSE and NSE.
“Registrar to the Offer” or MUFG Intime India Private Limited.
“Registrar”
“Resident Indian” A person resident in India, as defined under FEMA.
“Retail Portion” The portion of the Offer being not less than 35% of the Offer comprising of
[●] Equity Shares which shall be available for allocation to Retail Individual
Bidders in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, which shall not be
less than the minimum Bid Lot, subject to valid Bids being received at or
above the Offer Price.
*Subject to finalization of Basis of Allotment.
“Retail Individual Investors” or Bidders (including HUFs and Eligible NRIs) whose Bid Amount for Equity
“RIIs” or “Retail Individual Shares in the Offer was not more than ₹2.00 Lakhs in any of the bidding
Bidders” or “RIBs” options in the Offer (including HUFs applying through their karta and
Eligible NRIs and does not include NRIs other than Eligible NRIs).
“Revision Form” The form used by the Bidders to modify the quantity of Equity Shares or the
Bid Amount in any of their Bid cum Application Forms or any previous
Revision Form(s), as applicable.
QIBs bidding in the QIB Category and Non-Institutional Investors bidding in
the Non-Institutional Portion are not permitted to withdraw their Bid(s) or
lower the size of their Bid(s) (in terms of quantity of Equity Shares or the Bid
Amount) at any stage. RIIs and Eligible Employees bidding in Employee
Reservation Portion can revise their s during Bid / Offer period and withdraw
their Bids until Bid / Offer Closing Date.
“SEBI ICDR Master Circular” SEBI master circular bearing reference number SEBI/HO/CFD/PoD-
1/P/CIR/2024/0154, dated November 11, 2024, as amended.
12Term Description
“SEBI RTA Master Circular” SEBI RTA master circular bearing number SEBI/HO/MIRSD/POD-
1/P/CIR/2024/37 dated May 7, 2024.
“Self-Certified Syndicate (i) The banks registered with the SEBI which offer the facility of ASBA and
Bank(s)” or “SCSB(s)” the list of which is available on the website of the SEBI
(https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognised
Fpi=yes&intmId=34) and updated from time to time and at such other
websites as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time.
(ii) The banks registered with SEBI, enabled for UPI Mechanism, a list of
which is available on the website of SEBI at
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedF
pi=yes&intmId=40.
Applications through UPI in the Offer can be made only through the SCSBs
mobile applications whose name appears on the SEBI website. A list of
SCSBs and mobile application, which, are live for applying in public issues
using UPI Mechanism is provided as Annexure ‘A’ to the SEBI circular no.
SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2019/85 dated July 26, 2019. The list is
available on the website of SEBI at
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedFpi=y
es&intmId=43 and updated from time to time and at such other websites as
may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time.
“Share Escrow Agent” [●]
“Share Escrow Agreement” The agreement to be entered into amongst the Promoter Selling Shareholders,
our Company, and the Share Escrow Agent in connection with the transfer of
the Offered Shares by the Promoter Selling Shareholders and credit of such
Equity Shares to the Demat account of the Allottees.
“Specified Locations” Bidding centers where the Syndicate shall accept Bid cum Application
Forms, a list of which is included in the Bid cum Application Form.
“Specified Securities” Specified securities in terms of Regulation 2(1)(eee) of the SEBI ICDR
RegulatioBidns.
“Sponsor Bank” A Banker to the Offer which is registered with SEBI and is eligible to act as
a Sponsor Bank in a public issue in terms of applicable SEBI requirements
and has been appointed by the Company, in consultation with the BRLM to
act as a conduit between the Stock Exchanges and NPCI to push the UPI
Mandate Request in respect of UPI Bidders as per the UPI Mechanism and
carry out other responsibilities in terms of the UPI Circulars, in this case
being [●].
“Stock Exchanges” BSE Limited and National Stock Exchange of India Limited.
“Sub-Syndicate Members” The sub-syndicate members, if any, appointed by the BRLM and the
Syndicate Members, to collect ASBA Forms and Revision Forms.
“Syndicate Agreement” Agreement to be entered into amongst our Company, the Promoter Selling
Shareholders, the Registrar to the Offer, the BRLM, and the Syndicate
Members in relation to the collection of Bid cum Application Forms by
Syndicate.
“Syndicate Members” Intermediaries registered with the SEBI and permitted to carry out activities
as an underwriter, in this case [●].
“Syndicate or members of the Together, the BRLM and the Syndicate Members.
Syndicate”
“Systemically Important Non- Systemically important non-banking financial company as defined under
Banking Financial Company” Regulation 2(1)(iii) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
“Underwriters” [●]
“Underwriting Agreement” The agreement to be entered into amongst our Company, the Promoter
Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters on or after the Pricing Date but
13Term Description
prior to filing of Prospectus.
“UPI” Unified payments interface, which is an instant payment mechanism,
developed by NPCI.
“UPI Bidders” Collectively, individual investors applying as (i) Retail Individual Investors
in the Retail Portion; (ii) Non-Institutional Bidders with an application size
of up to ₹0.50 million in the Non-Institutional Portion, and Bidding under the
UPI Mechanism through ASBA Form(s) submitted with Syndicate Members,
Registered Brokers, Collecting Depository Participants and Registrar and
Share Transfer Agent.
Pursuant to the SEBI ICDR Master Circular, all individual investors applying
in public issues where the application amount is up to ₹500,000 shall use UPI
and shall provide their UPI ID in the bid-cum-application form submitted
with: (i) a syndicate member, (ii) a stock broker registered with a recognized
stock exchange (whose name is mentioned on the website of the stock
exchange as eligible for such activity), (iii) a depository participant (whose
name is mentioned on the website of the stock exchange as eligible for such
activity), and (iv) a registrar to an offer and share transfer (whose name is
mentioned on the website of the stock exchange as eligible for such activity).
“UPI Circulars” SEBI circular number SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2019/85 dated July 26,
2019, SEBI RTA Master Circular (to the extent that such circulars pertain to
the UPI Mechanism), the SEBI ICDR Master Circular and any subsequent
circulars or notifications issued by SEBI in this regard, along with the
circulars issued by the Stock Exchanges in this regard, including the circular
issued by the NSE having reference number 25/2022 dated August 3, 2022,
and the circular issued by BSE having reference number 20220803-40 dated
August 3, 2022 and any subsequent circulars or notifications issued by SEBI
or Stock Exchanges in this regard.
“UPI ID” ID created on the UPI for single-window mobile payment system developed
by the NPCI.
“UPI Mandate Request” A request (intimating the UPI Bidders by way of a notification on the UPI
linked mobile application as disclosed by SCSBs on the website of SEBI and
by way of an SMS on directing the UPI Bidders to such UPI linked mobile
application) to the UPI Bidders initiated by the Sponsor Bank(s) to authorise
blocking of funds on the UPI application equivalent to Bid Amount and
subsequent debit of funds in case of Allotment.
“UPI Mechanism” Process for applications by UPI Bidders submitted with intermediaries with
UPI as mode of payment, in terms of the UPI Circulars.
“Wilful Defaulter” A wilful defaulter as defined in Regulation 2(1)(lll) of the SEBI ICDR
Regulations.
“UPI PIN” Password to authenticate UPI transaction.
“Working Day” All days on which commercial banks in Mumbai, Maharashtra, India are open
for business, provided however, for the purpose of announcement of the Price
Band and the Bid/ Offer Period, “Working Day” shall mean all days,
excluding all Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays on which commercial
banks in Mumbai, Maharashtra, India are open for business and the time
period between the Bid/ Offer Closing Date and listing of the Equity Shares
on the Stock Exchanges, “Working Day” shall mean all trading days of the
Stock Exchanges excluding Sundays and bank holidays in India in
accordance with circulars issued by SEBI, including UPI Circulars.
14Technical / Industry / Business related terms
Term Description
CY Calendar Year
Ha Hectare
MMT Million Metric Tons
Mn Million
MT Million Tons
USD United States Dollar
Conventional and General Terms / Abbreviations
Term Description
“₹” or “Rs.” Or “Rupees” or Indian Rupees
“INR”
“AAEC” Appreciable Adverse Effect on Competition.
“A.Y.” or “AY” Assessment Year
“A/C” Account
“AGM” Annual general meeting
“AIF(s)” An alternative investment fund as defined in, and registered with SEBI under,
the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Alternative Investment Funds)
Regulations, 2012
“AS” or “Accounting Standard” Accounting Standards as issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of
India
“Associate” A person who is an associate of the issuer and as defined under the
Companies Act, 2013
“Authorized Dealers” Authorized Dealers registered with RBI under the Foreign Exchange
Management (Foreign Currency Accounts) Regulations, 2000
“Bn” or “bn” Billion
“BSE” BSE Limited
“CAGR” Compound Annual Growth Rate
“Category I AIF” AIFs who are registered as “Category I Alternative Investment Funds” under
the SEBI AIF Regulations
“Category II AIF” AIFs who are registered as “Category II Alternative Investment Funds” under
the SEBI AIF Regulations
“Category III AIF” AIFs who are registered as “Category III Alternative Investment Funds”
under the SEBI AIF Regulations
“Category I FPI” FPIs registered as “Category I foreign portfolio investors” under the
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Portfolio Investors)
Regulations, 2019.
“Category II FPI” FPIs registered as “Category II foreign portfolio investors” under the
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Portfolio Investors)
Regulations, 2019
“CCI” Competition Commission of India
“CDSL” Central Depository Services (India) Limited
“CIN” Corporate Identity Number
“CMP” Current Market Price
“Companies Act, 1956” The erstwhile Companies Act, 1956 along with the relevant rules made
thereunder
“Companies Act, 2013” or Companies Act 2013, as amended read with rules, regulations, clarifications
“Companies Act” and modifications thereunder.
15Term Description
“Competition Act” Competition Act, 2002, as amended and the rules and regulations made
thereunder
“COVID-19” A public health emergency of international concern as declared by the World
Health Organization on January 30, 2020 and a pandemic on March 11, 2020
“Consolidated FDI Policy” The extant consolidated FDI Policy, effective from October 15, 2020, issued
by the DPIIT, and any modifications thereto or substitutions thereof, issued
from time to time
“Control” Control as defined under the Takeover Regulations, and the term
“Controlled” shall be construed accordingly
“Copyright Act” Copyright Act, 1957
“CPC” Code of Civil Procedure, 1908
“CrPC” Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973
“CSR” Corporate Social Responsibility
“CY” or “Calender Year” The 12 month period ending December 31
“Debt to Equity Ratio” Debt equity ratio is calculated as total borrowings divided by total equity
“Depositories Act” The Depositories Act, 1996
“Depository” A depository registered with under the Securities and Exchange Board of
India (Depositories and Participants) Regulations, 1996
“DP” or “Depository A depository participant as defined under the Depositories Act
Participant”
“DIN” Director Identification Number
“DPIIT” Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade, Ministry of
Commerce and Industry (formerly Department of Industrial Policy and
Promotion), GoI
“DP ID” Depository Participant’s identity number
“EBITDA” Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and Amortization
“EBITDA Margin” EBITDA Margin is the percentage of EBITDA divided by revenue from
operations
“EGM” Extraordinary general meeting
“EMI” Equated Monthly Instalment
“EPS” Earnings per share
“ERP” Enterprise Resource Planning
“ESIS” Employees’ State Insurance Scheme
“Euro” or “EUR” Euro, the official single currency of the participating member states of the
European Economic and Monetary Union of the Treaty establishing the
European Community
“FCNR” Foreign currency non-resident account
“FDI” Foreign direct investment
“FDI Circular” The Consolidated Foreign Direct Investment Policy bearing DPIIT file
number 5(2)/2020-FDI Policy dated October 15, 2020, effective from
October 15, 2020, issued by the Department for Promotion of Industry and
Internal Trade, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India,
and any modifications thereto or substitutions thereof, issued from time to
time
“FEMA” The Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 read with rules and
regulations thereunder
“FEMA Non-Debt Rules” Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019, as
amended
“Fiscal” or “Financial Year” or The period of 12 months commencing on April 1 of the immediately
16Term Description
“Fiscals” or “Fiscal Year” preceding calendar year and ending on March 31 of that particular calendar
year
“FPIs” A foreign portfolio investor who has been registered pursuant to the SEB1
FPI Regulations
“FVCI” Foreign Venture Capital Investors (as defined under the Securities and
Exchange Board of India (Foreign Venture Capital Investors) Regulations,
2000) registered with SEBI
“GDP” Gross Domestic Product
“GoI” or “Government” Government of India
“GST” Goods and services tax
“HUF(s)” Hindu Undivided Family(ies)
“ICAI” Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, New Delhi
“IFRS” International Financial Reporting Standards of the International Accounting
Standards Board
“IMF” International Monetary Fund
“Income Tax Act” Income-tax Act, 1961, read with the rules framed thereunder
“Income Tax Rules” Income-tax Rules,1962, as amended
“Ind AS” The Indian Accounting Standards referred to in the Companies Act 2013 and
Companies (Indian Accounting Standard) Rules, 2015, as amended
“Indian GAAP” Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in India
“INR” or “Rupee” or “₹” or In Rupee, the official currency of the Republic of India
“Rs.”
“Ind AS 24” Indian Accounting Standard 24 issued by the ICAI
“IPO” Initial public offering
“IRDAI” Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India
“ISO” International Organization for Standardization
“IST” Indian Standard Time
“IT” Information Technology
“MCA” The Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Government of India
“Mutual Funds” Mutual funds registered with the SEBI under the Securities and Exchange
Board of India (Mutual Funds) Regulations, 1996
“N.A.” or “NA” Not Applicable
“NACH” National Automated Clearing House
“NAV” Net Asset Value
“NEFT” National Electronic Fund Transfer
“NPCI” National Payments Corporation of India
“NRE Accounts” NRI Non-Resident External account
“NRI” or “Non-resident Indian” A person resident outside India, who is a citizen of India as defined under the
Foreign Exchange Management (Deposit) Regulations, 2016 or an “Overseas
Citizen of India” cardholder within the meaning of Section 7(A) of the
Citizenship Act, 1955
“NRO Accounts” Non-Resident Ordinary accounts
“NSDL” National Securities Depository Limited
“NSE” National Stock Exchange of India Limited
“OCB” or “Overseas Corporate A company, partnership, society or other corporate body owned directly or
Body” indirectly to the extent of at least 60% by NRIs, including overseas trusts in
which not less than 60% of beneficial interest is irrevocably held by NRIs
directly or indirectly as defined under the Foreign Exchange Management
17Term Description
(Deposit) Regulations, 2000, as amended from time to time. OCBs are not
allowed to invest in this Offer
“P/E Ratio” Price/Earnings Ratio
“p.a.” Per annum
“PAN” Permanent account number
“PAT” Profit after tax
“PCB(s)” Pollution Control Board(s)
“PPE” Property Plant Equipment
“Provident Fund” Provident fund for employees managed by the Employee’s Provident Fund
Organisation in India
“RBI” Reserve Bank of India
“Regulation S” Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act
“RoC” or “Registrar of The Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra situated at Mumbai
Companies”
“RoNW” Return on Net Worth
“RTGS” Real Time Gross Settlement
“SCRA” Securities Contract (Regulation) Act, 1956
“SCRR” The Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957
“SCSB” Self-Certified Syndicate Bank
“SCORES” Securities and Exchange Board of India Complaints Redress System
“SEBI” Securities and Exchange Board of India established under Section 3 of the
SEBI Act, as amended
“SEBI Act” Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992, as amended.
“SEBI AIF Regulations” Securities and Exchange Board of India (Alternative Investment Funds)
Regulations, 2012, as amended.
“SEBI BTI Regulations” Securities and Exchange Board of India (Bankers to an Issue) Regulations,
1994, as amended
“SEBI FPI Regulations” Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Portfolio Investors)
Regulations, 2019, as amended.
“SEBI FVCI Regulations” Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Venture Capital Investors)
Regulations, 2000, as amended.
“SEBI ICDR Master Circular” SEBI master circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/PoD-1/P/CIR/2024/0154 dated
November 11, 2024
“SEBI ICDR Regulations” Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2018, as amended.
“SEBI Listing Regulations” Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2015, as amended.
“SEBI Merchant Bankers Securities and Exchange Board of India (Merchant Bankers) Regulations,
Regulations” 1992, as amended.
“SEBI RTA Master Circular” SEBI master circular bearing number SEBI/HO/MIRSD/MIRSD-
PoD/P/CIR/2025/91 dated June 23, 2025
“Sq. Ft.” or “sq. ft.” Square Feet
“Sq. mtr.” or “sq. mtrs.” Square Meter
“State Government” The government of a state in India
“STT” Securities transaction tax
“Takeover Regulations” Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares
and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011, as amended
“TAN” Tax deduction account number
18Term Description
“TDS” Tax deducted at source
“U.S.” or “United States” The United States of America, together with its territories and possessions,
any state of the United States of America and the District of Columbia
“U.S. Securities Act” United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended
“VCFs” Venture capital funds as defined in and registered with the SEBI under the
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Venture Capital Fund) Regulations,
1996 or the SEBI AIF Regulations, as the case may be
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
19CERTAIN CONVENTIONS, USE OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND MARKET DATA AND
CURRENCY OF PRESENTATION
Certain Conventions
Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, all references to "India" in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus are to the Republic of India its territories and possessions and all references herein to the
"Government", "Indian Government", "GoI", "Central Government" or the "State Government" are to the
Government of India, central or state, as applicable.
Unless otherwise specified, any time mentioned in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is in Indian Standard Time
("IST"). Unless indicated otherwise, all references to a year in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are to a calendar
year.
Unless stated otherwise, all references to page numbers in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are to the page
umbers of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
In this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, for the purpose of restatement of financial information, the terms "we", "us",
"our", "the Company", "our Company", "Issuer", "Issuer Company", unless the context otherwise indicates or
implies, refers to "Shriram Food Industry Limited".
In this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the terms "we", "us", "our", unless the context otherwise indicates or implies,
refers to our Company.
In this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, all references to one gender also refers
to another gender and the word "Lac / Lakh" means "one hundred thousand", the word "million (mn)" means "Ten
Lacs / Lakhs", the word "Crore" means "one hundred lakhs" and the word "billion (bn)" means "one hundred
crores". In this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, any discrepancies in any table between total and the sum of the
amounts listed are due to rounding-off.
Financial Data
Our fiscal year commences on 1st April of each year and ends on 31st March of the next year. Therefore, all
references in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus to a particular Financial Year, Fiscal Year, Fiscal or FY, unless
stated otherwise, are to the 12-month period commencing on April 1 of the immediately preceding calendar year
and ending on March 31 of that particular calendar year. In this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, any discrepancies
in any table between the total and the sums of the amounts listed are due to rounding-off. All decimals have been
rounded off to two decimal points, unless otherwise stated.
Unless stated otherwise or the context otherwise requires, the financial data and financial ratios in this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus are derived from the Restated Financial Information of our Company.
The Restated Financial Statements included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus under “Financial Information”
beginning on page 261 have been prepared basis the Restated Financial Statements of our Company, comprising
the restated statement of assets and liabilities as at Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023, the restated statement
of profit and loss (including other comprehensive income), the restated statement of changes in equity, the restated
statement of cash flows for the Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023, the summary statement of material
accounting policies, and other explanatory notes, prepared in terms of the requirements of Section 26 of Part I of
Chapter III of the Companies Act, the SEBI ICDR Regulations and the Guidance Note on Reports in Company
Prospectuses (Revised 2019) issued by the ICAI, as amended from time to time. The Restated Financial
Statements has been prepared to comply in all material respects with the Indian Accounting Standards (“Ind AS”)
as prescribed under Section 133 of the Act read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015
(as amended from time to time), presentation requirements of Division II of Schedule III to the Companies Act,
as applicable to the financial statements and other relevant provisions of the Companies Act. For further
information, see “Restated Financial Statements” beginning on page 261.
There are significant differences between Indian GAAP, Ind AS, IFRS and U.S. GAAP. Our Company has not
attempted to explain those differences or quantify their impact on the financial data included in this Draft Red
20Herring Prospectus, nor do we provide a reconciliation of our financial statements to those of IFRS or any other
accounting principles or standards. If we were to prepare our financial statements in accordance with such other
accounting principles, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be substantially different.
For details in connection with risks involving differences between Ind AS, U.S. GAAP and IFRS, see "Risk
Factors – Significant differences exist between Ind AS and other accounting principles, such as US GAAP and
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), which investors may be more familiar with and
consider material to their assessment of our financial condition." on page 72. Prospective investors should
consult their own professional advisers for an understanding of the differences between these accounting
principles and those with which they may be more familiar. The degree to which the financial information included
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus will provide meaningful information is entirely dependent on the reader’s
level of familiarity with Indian accounting policies and practices, the Companies Act, 2013 and the SEBI ICDR
Regulations. Any reliance by persons not familiar with Indian accounting policies and practices on the financial
disclosures presented in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus should accordingly be limited.
Unless otherwise indicated, any percentage amounts, as set forth in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, including
in the Sections titled "Risk Factors", "Our Business" and "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" on pages 35, 181 and 324, respectively and elsewhere in this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus, have been calculated on the basis of the Restated Financial Statements of our Company
included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Currency and Units of Presentation
All references to "Rupees", "Rs.", "INR" or "₹" are to Indian Rupees, the official currency of the Republic of
India. All references to "£" or "GBP" are to Great Britain Pound, the official currency of the United Kingdom.
All references to "$", "US$", "USD", "U.S. $" or "U.S. Dollars" are to United States Dollars, the official currency
of the United States of America.
All figures in decimals (including percentages) have been rounded off to one or two decimals, or to the nearest
whole number. In this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, any discrepancies in any table between the total and the
sums of the amounts listed therein are due to rounding-off. However, where any figures that may have been
sourced from third party industry sources are expressed in denominations other than lakhs in their respective
sources, such figures appear in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus expressed in such denominations as provided
in such respective sources. In this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, (i) the sum or percentage change of certain
numbers may not conform exactly to the total figure given; and (ii) the sum of the numbers in a column or row in
certain tables may not conform exactly to the total figure given for that column or row. Any such discrepancies
are due to rounding off.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Certain Non-GAAP Measures and certain other statistical information relating to our operations and financial
performance like EBITDA, EBITDA Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Gross Profit, Gross
Profit Margin, PAT Margin, CAGR, Net Asset Value per Equity Share, Return on Net worth, Return on equity,
Net worth, EBIT, Capital Employed, Return on Capital Employed and others (“Non-GAAP Measures”), have
been included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. We compute and disclose such Non-GAAP Measures and
such other statistical information relating to our operations and financial performance as we consider such
information to be useful measures of our business and financial performance. These Non-GAAP financial
measures are supplemental measures of our performance and liquidity that are not required by, or presented in
accordance with, Ind AS, Indian GAAP, IFRS or US GAAP. Further, these Non-GAAP financial measures should
not be considered in isolation or construed as an alternative to cash flows, profit/ (loss) for the years/ period or
any other measure of financial performance or as an indicator of our operating performance, liquidity, profitability
or cash flows generated by operating, investing or financing activities derived in accordance with Ind AS, Indian
GAAP, IFRS or US GAAP. In addition, these Non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized terms, hence a
direct comparison of these Non-GAAP financial measures between companies may not be possible. These Non-
GAAP Measures and other statistical and other information relating to our operations and financial performance
may not be computed on the basis of any standard methodology that is applicable across the industry and therefore
may not be comparable to financial measures and statistical information of similar nomenclature that may be
computed and presented by other companies and are not measures of operating performance or liquidity defined
by Ind AS and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies and hence have
21limited usefulness as a comparative measure. For details, see “Risk Factors – We have in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus included certain non-GAAP financial measures and certain other industry measures related to our
operations and financial performance. These non-GAAP measures and industry measures may vary from any
standard methodology that is applicable across the industry, and therefore may not be comparable with
financial or industry related statistical information of similar nomenclature computed and presented by other
companies” on page 70.
Industry and Market Data
Unless otherwise indicated, industry and market data used in this section has been derived from the industry
report titled “Industry Research Report on Rice” dated September 2025 (the “CARE Report”) prepared and
issued by CARE Analytics and Advisory Private Limited (“CareEdge Research”), appointed by us and exclusively
commissioned and paid for by us in connection with the Offer pursuant to a mandate letter dated February 19,
2025. CareEdge Research is an independent agency which has no relationship with our Company, our Promoters
and any of our Directors or KMPs or SMPs. The data included herein includes excerpts from the CARE Report
and may have been re-ordered by us for the purposes of presentation. There are no parts, data or information
(which may be relevant for the proposed Offer), that has been left out or changed in any manner. Unless otherwise
indicated, financial, operational, industry and other related information derived from the CARE Report and
included herein with respect to any particular year refers to such information for the relevant financial year. A
copy of the CARE Report is available on the website of our Company at www.shriramfood.com until the Bid/Offer
Closing Date.
Unless otherwise indicated, all financial, operational, industry and other related information derived from the
CARE Report and included herein with respect to any particular year, refers to such information for the relevant
year. Actual results and future events could differ materially from such forecasts, estimates, predictions, or such
statements. Although the industry and market data used in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is reliable, industry
sources and publications may base their information on estimates and assumptions that may prove to be incorrect.
Further, industry sources and publications are also prepared based on information as of specific dates and may
no longer be current or reflect current trends. The extent to which industry and market data set forth in this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus is meaningful depends on the reader’s familiarity with and understanding of the
methodologies used in compiling such data. There are no standard data gathering methodologies in the industry
in which we conduct our business, and methodologies and assumptions may vary widely among different industry
sources.
In making any decision regarding the transaction, the recipient should conduct its own investigation and analysis
of all facts and information contained in the prospectus and the recipient must rely on its own examination and
the terms of the transaction, as and when discussed. For risks in relation to the CARE Research, see “Risk Factors
– Certain sections of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus disclose information from the CARE Report which
have been commissioned and paid for by us exclusively in connection with the Offer and any reliance on such
information for making an investment decision in the Offer is subject to inherent risks” on page 62.
Exchange Rates
This Draft Red Herring Prospectus may contain conversions of certain other currency amounts into Indian Rupees
that have been presented solely to comply with the SEBI ICDR Regulations. These conversions should not be
construed as a representation that these currency amounts could have been, or can be converted into Indian Rupees,
at any particular rate or at all.
Currency Exchange rate as on March Exchange rate as on March Exchange rate as on March
31, 2025*# 31, 2024*# 31, 2023*#
1 US$ 85.58 83.37 82.22
1 GBP 110.74 105.29 101.87
*If the RBI reference rate is not available on a particular date due to a public holiday, exchange rate of the previous working day has been
disclosed
#Rounded off to two decimal places.
Source: www.fbil.org.in
22NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN THE UNITED STATES
The Equity Shares have not been recommended by any U.S. federal or state securities commission or regulatory
authority. Furthermore, the foregoing authorities have not confirmed the accuracy or determined the adequacy of
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or approved or disapproved the Equity Shares. Any representation to the
contrary is a criminal offence in the United States. In making an investment decision, investors must rely on their
own examination of our Company and the terms of the Offer, including the merits and risks involved. The Equity
Shares have not been and will not be registered under the U. S. Securities Act or any other applicable law of the
United States and, unless so registered, may not be offered or sold within the United States except pursuant to an
exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. Accordingly, the Equity Shares are being offered and sold outside the United
States in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act and the applicable laws
of each jurisdiction where such offers and sales are made.
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered, listed or otherwise qualified in any other jurisdiction
outside India and may not be offered or sold, and Bids may not be made, by persons in any such jurisdiction except
in compliance with the applicable laws of such jurisdiction.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
23FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Draft Red Herring Prospectus contains certain "forward-looking statements". These forward-looking
statements generally can be identified by words or phrases such as "aim", "anticipate", "are likely", "believe",
"expect", "estimate", "intend", "likely to", "objective", "plan", "project", "propose", "will", "seek to", "will
continue", "will pursue" or other words or phrases of similar import. Similarly, statements that describe our
strategies, objectives, plans, or goals are also forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are
subject to risks, uncertainties, expectations, and assumptions about us that could cause actual results to differ
materially from those contemplated by the relevant forward-looking statement. All statements in this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus that are not statements of historical fact constitute 'forward-looking statements'. All statements
regarding our expected financial conditions and results of operations, business plans and objectives, strategies and
goals, and prospects are forward-looking statements.
These forward-looking statements are based on our current plans, estimates, and expectations, and actual results
may differ materially from those suggested by such forward-looking statements. This could be due to risks or
uncertainties associated with expectations relating to, and including, regulatory changes pertaining to the
industries in India in which we operate and our ability to respond to them, our ability to successfully implement
our strategy, our growth and expansion, technological changes, our exposure to market risks, general economic
and political conditions in India which have an impact on its business activities or investments, the monetary and
fiscal policies of India, inflation, deflation, unanticipated turbulence in interest rates, foreign exchange rates,
equity prices or other rates or prices, the performance of the financial markets in India and globally, changes in
domestic laws, changes in the incidence of any natural calamities and/ or violence, regulations and taxes and
changes in competition in the industries in which we operate.
Certain important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include, but are
not limited to, the following:
1. Dependence on a limited number of customers exposes us to significant revenue concentration risk.
2. Association with the Greta Group may expose us to strategic and reputational risks.
3. Exchange rate fluctuations may materially impact our international revenues and expenditures.
4. Our business is heavily dependent on rice exports and any adverse developments in procurement,
demand, or regulations may impact our operations.
5. Failure to maintain product quality or comply with food safety standards could harm our reputation and
customer trust.
6. Disruptions in our procurement network may affect our ability to secure quality raw materials at
favourable terms.
7. Any slowdown or shutdown of our Nagpur facility could adversely affect our business and financial
performance.
8. Adverse outcomes in legal proceedings involving our Company, Promoter, or Directors may affect our
operations and financial condition.
9. Availability, pricing, and working capital requirements for paddy significantly influence our
manufacturing operations and profitability.
10. Revenue concentration in a limited number of rice categories exposes us to product and regulatory risks.
For details regarding factors that could cause actual results to differ from expectations, see "Risk Factors", "Our
Business" and "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations"
beginning on page 35, 181 and 324, respectively. By their nature, certain market risk disclosures are only estimates
and could be materially different from what actually occurs in the future. As a result, actual gains or losses could
materially differ from those that have been estimated.
There can be no assurance to Bidders that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements will
prove to be correct. Given these uncertainties, Bidders are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-
looking statements and not to regard such statements to be a guarantee of our future performance.
Forward-looking statements reflect current views on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and are not a
guarantee of future performance. These statements are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions, which
in turn are based on currently available information. Although we believe the assumptions upon which these
forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of these assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and
24the forward-looking statements based on these assumptions could be incorrect. Neither our Company, our
Promoters, Promoter Selling Shareholders, our Directors, the BRLM nor any of their respective affiliates have
any obligation to update or otherwise revise any statements reflecting circumstances arising after the date hereof
or to reflect the occurrence of underlying events, even if the underlying assumptions do not come to fruition. In
accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, our Company and the BRLM will ensure that the Bidder in India
are informed of material developments until the time of the grant of listing and trading permission by the Stock
Exchanges for the Equity shares pursuant to the Offer.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
25SUMMARY OF THE OFFER DOCUMENT
The following is a general summary of the terms of the Offer and is not exhaustive, nor does it purport to contain
a summary of all the disclosures in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or all details relevant to prospective
investors. This summary should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed
information appearing elsewhere in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, including "Risk Factors", "The Offer",
"Capital Structure", "Objects of the Offer", "Industry Overview", "Our Business", "Restated Financial
Statements", "Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments", "Offer Procedure", and " Description of
Equity Shares and Terms of the Articles of Association" beginning on pages 35, 78, 96, 108, 130, 181, 261, 350,
394 and 419, respectively.
Summary of Business
We operate on a business-to-business (“B2B”) model and are primarily engaged in the export of rice to
international markets. We offer a portfolio of rice varieties tailored to different customer needs and segment. Our
product range includes Parboiled Rice, White Rice, 100% Broken Rice along with other by-products including
rejection rice and rice bran. While our Company operates an integrated rice milling and processing facility, our
primary business revenue driver is export trading of rice wherein we procure processed rice from third-party
processors and sell it directly to our international customers. A key aspect of our business model involves; (i)
buying fully processed rice from these third-party suppliers and then selling it directly; or (ii) buying paddy / raw
rice and conducting further processing at our own facility to meet specific quality, grain size, or packaging
requirements of our buyers.
For details, see “Our Business” on page 181.
Summary of Industry
India’s rice market has shown steady progress, reaching USD 54,639 million in CY24, driven by consistent
domestic consumption and robust export demand. Despite occasional fluctuations caused by factors like export
restrictions and unpredictable weather patterns, the market has remained resilient due to government support
through Minimum Support Price (MSP) policies, increased procurement, and initiatives aimed at promoting high-
yield varieties.
The market is expected to continue its upward trajectory, with projections indicating it will reach USD 64,097
million by CY33. This growth will be fuelled by increasing global demand for premium Basmati rice, expanding
trade opportunities, and the adoption of climate-resilient rice varieties. Technological innovations such as
precision farming and AI-based monitoring are also enhancing productivity and reducing climate-related risks.
Additionally, with the potential relaxation of export restrictions and India’s continued dominance in the global
rice export market, future growth looks promising. Although challenges like erratic monsoons and policy changes
may cause short-term disruptions, the long-term outlook remains positive.
For details, see “Industry Overview” on page 130.
Names of our Promoters
Anup Ramavtar Goyal, Nitesh Chaudhari, Aman Anup Goyal, Orient Dealtrade Private Limited and Greta
Industries Pte Limited are the Promoters of our Company. For further details, see “Our Promoters and Promoter
Group” on page 250.
26Offer Size
Offer(1) (2) Up to 2,64,00,000^ Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 10 each aggregating up
to ₹ [●] Lakhs
of which
Fresh Issue(1) Up to 2,12,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 10 each aggregating up to
₹ [●] Lakhs
Offer for Sale(2) Up to 52,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 10 each aggregating up to ₹
[●] Lakhs by the Promoter Selling Shareholders
Employee Reservation Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 10 each aggregating up to ₹ [●]
Portion Lakhs.
Net Offer Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 10 each aggregating up to ₹ [●]
Lakhs.
^Subject to finalization of Basis of Allotment
(1) The Offer has been authorized by a resolution of our Board dated April 23, 2025 and the Fresh Issue has been authorized by a special
resolution of our Shareholders dated April 29, 2025.
(2) Our Board has taken on record the approval for the Offer for Sale by the Promoter Selling Shareholders pursuant to its resolution
dated June 23, 2025. The Promoter Selling Shareholders approved their participation in the Offer for Sale. For details on consents of
the Promoter Selling Shareholders in relation to the Offered Shares, see “The Offer” and “Other Regulatory and Statutory
Disclosures” on pages 78 and 367, respectively.
The Equity Shares offered by the Promoter Selling Shareholders have been held for a period of at least one year immediately preceding
the date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus with SEBI and are eligible for being offered for sale pursuant to the Offer in terms of
Regulation 8 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations. For details of authorizations received for the Offer for Sale, see “Other Regulatory and
Statutory Disclosures” on page 367.
The Offer includes a reservation of up to [●] Equity Shares, aggregating up to ₹[●] lakhs, for subscription by
Eligible Employees under the Employee Reservation Portion. Such portion shall not exceed 5% of the post-Offer
Equity Share capital of our Company. The Offer and Net Offer shall constitute [●]% and [●]%, respectively, of
the post-Offer paid-up Equity Share capital of our Company. For further details, see “The Offer” and “Offer
Structure” on pages 78 and 389, respectively.
Objects of the Offer
Our Company proposes to utilise the Net Proceeds towards funding the following objects:
No. Objects Estimated Amount
(₹ in Lakhs)
1. Repayment/ Pre-payment, in part or full of certain borrowings 7,000
2. General corporate purposes(1)(2) [●]
Total utilization of net proceeds [●]
1) To be finalised upon determination of Offer Price and updated in the Prospectus prior to filing with the RoC.
2) The amount to be utilized for general corporate purposes alone shall not exceed 25% of the Gross Proceeds.
For further details, see “Objects of the Offer” beginning on page 108.
Aggregate pre-Offer and post-Offer shareholding of our Promoters, Promoter Group and Promoter Selling
Shareholders
The aggregate pre-Offer and post-Offer shareholding of our Promoters, Promoter Group, and Promoter Selling
Shareholders as on the date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus, as a percentage of the pre-Offer paid-up Equity
Share capital of our Company, is set out below:
No Name of the Shareholder Number of Percentage of Number of Percentage of
. Equity Shares the pre-Offer Equity Shares the post-Offer
pre-Offer Equity Share post-Offer** Equity Share
capital (%)* capital (%)**
Promoters
1. Anup Ramavtar Goyal 25,900 0.03 [●] [●]
2. Nitesh Chaudhari -^ -^ [●] [●]
27No Name of the Shareholder Number of Percentage of Number of Percentage of
. Equity Shares the pre-Offer Equity Shares the post-Offer
pre-Offer Equity Share post-Offer** Equity Share
capital (%)* capital (%)**
3. Aman Anup Goyal 350 Negligible [●] [●]
4. Orient Dealtrade Private 2,93,65,000 34.96 [●] [●]
Limited#
5. Greta Industries Pte Limited# 4,91,06,715 58.46 [●] [●]
Total (A) 7,84,97,965 93.45 [●] [●]
Promoter Group
1. Payal Goyal 35 Negligible [●] [●]
2. Rajendra Kumar Chaudhari 35 Negligible [●] [●]
3. Ramavtar Thanuram Agrawal 8,750 0.01
4. Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar 54,93,285 6.54 [●] [●]
Private Limited
Total (B) 55,02,105 6.55 [●] [●]
Total (A+B) 8,40,00,070 100.00 [●] [●]
* Rounded off to the closest decimal
** To be updated at the time of filing of the Prospectus.
# Also, the Promoter Selling Shareholders
^ Nitesh Chaudhari is the promoter of Greta Industries Pte Limited with a shareholding of 67.46% and accordingly has ultimate shareholding
in our Company. As on the date of Draft Red Herring Prospectus, Nitesh Chaudhari does not hold any shares in our Company.
For further details, see “Capital Structure” beginning on page 96.
Shareholding of Promoters, Promoter Group and Additional top 10 Shareholders of our Company as at
the date of advertisement and post issue shareholding as at allotment
Set out below is the shareholding of our Promoters, Promoter Group and Additional top 10 Shareholders as at the
date of advertisement and post issue shareholding as at allotment
Sr. Pre-Issue shareholding as at the date of Post-Issue shareholding as at Allotment(1)
No. advertisement
Shareholders Number of Share At the lower end of the At the upper end of
Equity holding (in price band (₹ [●]) the price band (₹ [●])
Shares(1) %)(1) Number of Share Number Share
Equity holding of Equity holding
Shares (1) (in %)(1) Shares(1) (in %)(1)
Promoters
1. Anup Ramavtar [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Goyal
2. Nitesh Chaudhari(2) [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
3. Aman Anup Goyal [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
4. Orient Dealtrade [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Private Limited
5. Greta Industries Pte [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Limited
Promoter Group
1. Payal Goyal [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
2. Rajendra Kumar [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Chaudhari
3. Narottamka Trade & [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Vyapaar Private
Limited
4. Ramavtar Thanuram [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Goyal
Additional top 10 Shareholders
1. Nil [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
1 )Includes all options, if any, that have been exercised until date of Prospectus and any transfers of Equity Shares by existing shareholders
after the date of the pre-Issue and Price Band advertisement until the date of the Prospectus.
2) Nitesh Chaudhari is the promoter of Greta Industries Pte Limited with a shareholding of 67.46% and accordingly has ultimate shareholding
28in our Company. As on the date of Draft Red Herring Prospectus, Nitesh Chaudhari does not hold any shares in our Company.
Summary of Restated Financial Statements
A summary of the financial information of our Company as derived from the Restated Financial Statements as of
Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023 are as follows:
(₹ in lakhs, unless stated otherwise)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Equity share capital 2,400.00 2,400.00 2,400.00
Net worth(1) 14,569.08 10,295.65 8,905.86
Revenue from Operations 135,944.79 66,604.88 125,966.10
EBITDA 7,355.00 2,782.47 5,455.55
EBITDA Margin (in %) 5.41% 4.18% 4.33%
Net Profit after tax 4,276.11 1,447.87 3,391.31
Net Profit Margin (in %) 3.15% 2.17% 2.69%
Basic Earnings Per Share (in ₹)(2)(4) 5.09 1.72 4.04
Diluted Earnings Per Share (in ₹)(3)(4) 5.09 1.72 4.04
Net asset value per Share (in ₹)(5) 17.34 12.26 10.60
Total borrowings(6) 22,236.39 2,402.89 7,116.38
(1) Net Worth is calculated as the sum of equity share capital and other equity of the Company
(2) Basic EPS = Net Profit after tax, as restated, divided by weighted average no. of equity shares outstanding during the fiscal.
(3) Diluted EPS = Net Profit after tax, as restated, divided by weighted average no. of diluted equity shares outstanding during the fiscal.
(4) The basic and diluted earnings per share for the Equity Shares of our Company has been presented to reflect the adjustments as per IndAs
33.
(5) Net Asset Value per equity share represents net worth attributable to Equity Shareholder (Equity Share capital together with other equity
as per Restated Financial Statements) as at the end of the fiscal divided by the weighted average number of Equity Shares outstanding
at the end of the fiscal.
(6) Total borrowings is calculated as the sum of long term borrowings and short term borrowings.
Qualifications of the Auditors which have not been given effect to in the Restated Financial Statements
Our Statutory Auditors have not made any qualifications in the examination report that have not been given effect
to in the Restated Financial Statements.
Summary of outstanding litigation
A summary of outstanding litigation proceedings involving our Company, our Directors, our Promoters, our
KMPs and SMPs as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is provided below:
(₹ in Lakhs)
Nature of Cases Number of outstanding cases Amount Involved*
Litigation involving our Company
Criminal proceedings against our Company Nil Nil
Criminal proceedings by our Company Nil Nil
Material civil litigation against our Company 2 4.31
Material civil litigation by our Company 5 13.70
Actions by statutory or regulatory Authorities Nil Nil
Direct and indirect tax proceedings 98 870.45
Litigation involving our Directors(Other than Promoters)
Criminal proceedings against our Directors Nil Nil
Criminal proceedings by our Directors Nil Nil
Material civil litigation against our Directors Nil Nil
Material civil litigation by our Directors 1 Nil
Actions by statutory or regulatory authorities Nil Nil
Direct and indirect tax proceedings Nil Nil
Litigation involving our Promoter
Criminal proceedings against our Promoter Nil Nil
Criminal proceedings by our Promoter Nil Nil
Material civil litigation against our Promoter Nil Nil
Material civil litigation by our Promoter Nil Nil
Actions by statutory or regulatory authorities Nil Nil
29Nature of Cases Number of outstanding cases Amount Involved*
Direct and indirect tax proceedings 1 1.5
Litigation involving our KMP and SMP (other than Promoters)
Criminal proceedings against our KMP and SMP Nil Nil
Criminal proceedings by our KMP and SMP Nil Nil
Actions by statutory or regulatory authorities Nil Nil
Direct and indirect tax proceedings Nil Nil
*To the extent quantifiable.
For further details on the outstanding litigation proceedings, see "Outstanding Litigation and Material
Developments" and "Risk Factors" beginning on pages 350 and 35, respectively.
Risk factors
Specific attention of Bidders is invited to the section "Risk Factors" on page 35. Bidders are advised to read the
risk factors carefully before taking an investment decision in the Issue.
Summary of contingent liabilities
Contingent Liabilities not provided for is as below:
(₹ in lakhs)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Contingent Liability
Claims Against the 449.44 240.24 -
company not acknowledged
as debt
Notes:
1. A case has been filed by the Company against Union Bank of India (UBI) before the Hon’ble High Court in connection with undue
charges levied by UBI during the transfer of a cash credit facility. In relation to the dispute, a Fixed Deposit (FD) amounting to
₹240.24 Lakhs has been placed with a lien in favour of UBI. The matter is currently sub judice. Based on legal advice obtained,
the management believes that the likelihood of a favorable outcome is high. Accordingly the amount is disclosed as a contingent
liability.
2. A Show Cause Notice was received from the Office of the Commissioner of Customs in respect of short payment of export duty of
₹209.20 Lakhs. Since the notice was served after the reporting date but before approval of the financial statements, the same has
been disclosed as a contingent liability in accordance with Ind AS 10 and Ind AS 37.
For details, see "Restated Financial Statements" beginning on page 261.
Summary of Related Party Transactions
Summary of the related party transactions of our Company for the Fiscal 2025, 2024 and 2023, as per Ind AS 24
– Related Party Disclosures read with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, derived from Restated Financial Statements
read with SEBI ICDR Regulations are set forth in the table below:
Transaction Type / Party For the Year Ended For the Year Ended For the Year Ended
31st March, 2025 31st March, 2024 31st March , 2023
Interest Charged
Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Pvt. Ltd 171.37 139.16 142.30
Orient Deal Trade Pvt Ltd 3.41 2.12 1.34
Anup Ramavtar Goyal 12.43 2.17 125.44
Ramavtar Agarwal 0.38 0.35 3.68
Kusum Metals Pvt. Ltd. 19.85 - -
Nitesh Chaudhari 3.72 3.42 3.14
Repayment of Loans
Anup Ramavtar Goyal 688.30 114.00 4,328.84
Ramavtar Agarwal - - 95.00
30Transaction Type / Party For the Year Ended For the Year Ended For the Year Ended
31st March, 2025 31st March, 2024 31st March , 2023
Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Pvt. Ltd 332.00 108.00 591.54
Greta Energy Ltd 2,240.00 500.00 2,150.00
Orient Deal Trade Pvt Ltd 2.00 - 31.65
Kusum Metals Pvt. Ltd 425.00 - -
Loan taken
Anup Ramavtar Goyal 595.00 80.00 4,252.04
Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Pvt. Ltd 70.00 - 495.00
Greta Energy Ltd 2,240.00 500.00 1,750.00
Orient Deal Trade Pvt Ltd 105.50 - 50.00
Kusum Metals Pvt. Ltd 425.00 - -
Interest Compounded
Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Pvt. Ltd 154.23 125.25 128.07
Orient Deal Trade Pvt Ltd 3.07 1.91 3.78
Anup Ramavtar Goyal 11.19 1.96 112.90
Ramavtar Agarwal 0.34 0.31 3.32
Nitesh Chaudhari 3.72 3.42 3.14
Salary
Ramavtar Agarwal 24.00 12.00 12.00
Anup Ramavtar Goyal 72.00 36.00 24.00
Aman Anup Goyal 48.00 24.00 -
Rishi Kumar Agrawal 24.00 12.00 4.00
Khushboo Agarwal 15.00 12.00 12.00
Nidhi Vitonde 8.60 7.69 6.76
Hemant Gopaldas Kalantri 0.13 - -
Amar Sushil Dammani 0.13 - -
Sales(Net of Return)
Greta Industries Pte Ltd. - - 735.24
Rent Expense
Nitesh Chaudhari 1.01 - -
Brokerage services taken
Aman Anup Goyal - - 18.45
Related Party As at 31st March, 2025 As at 31st March, 2024 As at 31st March, 2023
Borrrowing Payable
Anup Ramavtar Goyal - 82.12 114.16
Ramavtar Agarwal 5.00 4.66 4.35
Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Pvt.
2,034.33 2,142.10 2,124.85
Ltd
Orient Deal Trade Pvt Ltd 134.89 28.31 26.41
Greta Energy Ltd - - -
Nitesh Chaudhari 45.96 42.24 38.82
Payable
31Aman Anup Goyal - - 24.41
For further details of the related party transactions and as reported in the Restated Financial Statements, see
"Restated Financial Statements" beginning on page 261.
Financing Arrangements
There have been no financing arrangements whereby our Promoters, members of our Promoter Group, Directors
and their relatives have financed the purchase by any other person of securities of our Company other than in the
normal course of the business of the relevant financing entity during a period of six months immediately preceding
the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Details of price at which specified securities were acquired by our Promoters, members of the Promoter
Group, Promoter Selling Shareholders and Shareholders with right to nominate directors or other rights
in the last three years preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
The details of the price at which specified securities were acquired in the three years preceding the date of this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus, by our Promoters, members of the Promoter Group and Promoter Selling
Shareholders are disclosed below:
Name of Date of Number of Face Value Acquisition Nature of
Shareholder acquisition Equity Shares (in ₹) price per Equity transaction
acquired* Share (in ₹)
Promoters
Anup Ramavtar June 23, 2025 18,500 10 Nil Bonus Issue
Goyal
March 10, 2023 100 10 Nil Transfer of
Equity Shares
Aman Anup
from Anup Goyal
Goyal
by way of gift
June 23, 2025 250 10 Nil Bonus Issue
Orient Dealtrade June 23, 2025 2,09,75,000 10 Nil Bonus Issue
Private Limited#
Greta Industries June 23, 2025 3,50,76,225 10 Nil Bonus Issue
Pte Limited#
Promoter Group
February 28, 10 10 10 Rights Issue
Payal Goyal 2023
June 23, 2025 25 10 Nil Bonus Issue
Narottamka June 23, 2025 39,23,775 10 Nil Bonus Issue
Trade and
Vyapaar (P)
Limited
Rajendra Kumar February 28, 10 10 10 Rights Issue
Chaudhari 2023
June 23, 2025 25 10 Nil Bonus Issue
Ramavtar June 23, 2025 6,250 10 Nil Bonus Issue
Thanuram
Agrawal
# Also, the Promoter Selling Shareholder
Note: As certified by our Statutory Auditors vide their certificate dated September 11, 2025
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the Company does not have any shareholders entitled with
right to nominate Directors or any other rights.
Weighted average price at which the Equity Shares were acquired by our Promoters (including the
Promoter Selling Shareholders) in the one year preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
Name of the Promoter Number of equity shares acquired in the Weighted average price
one year preceding the date of this Draft per Equity Share (₹)*
32Red Herring Prospectus
Anup Ramavtar Goyal 18,500 Nil#
Aman Anup Goyal 250 Nil#
Nitesh Chaudhari** Nil NA
Orient Dealtrade Private 2,09,75,000 Nil#
Limited#
Greta Industries Pte Limited# 3,50,76,225 Nil#
#Equity shares were acquired pursuant to bonus issue, hence, cost of acquisition is Nil.
*As certified by Statutory Auditors vide their certificate dated September 11, 2025.
**Nitesh Chaudhari is the promoter of Greta Industries Pte Limited with a shareholding of 67.46% and accordingly has ultimate shareholding
in our Company. As on the date of Draft Red Herring Prospectus, Nitesh Chaudhari does not hold any shares in our Company.
# Also, the Promoter Selling Shareholders
Weighted average cost of acquisition of all shares transacted in (i) last one (1) year; (iii) last eighteen (18)
months and (iii) last three (3) years preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
Period Weighted average Cap Price is ‘X’ Range of
cost of acquisition (in times the Weighted acquisition price:
₹)* Average Cost of lowest price –
Acquisition** highest price (in ₹)
Last one (1) year preceding the date of this Nil# [●] Nil#
Draft Red Herring Prospectus
Last eighteen (18) months preceding the date Nil# [●] Nil#
of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
Last three (3) years preceding the date of this 2.86## [●] Nil### - 10.00
Draft Red Herring Prospectus
#Equity shares were acquired pursuant to bonus issue, hence, cost of acquisition is Nil.
##Weighted average cost of acquisition has been computed after considering the impact of the bonus issuance made by the Company.
###Equity shares were acquired pursuant to gift and bonus issue, hence, cost of acquisition is Nil.
*As certified by our Statutory Auditors pursuant vide its certificate dated September 11, 2025
**To be updated once the price band information is available
Average Cost of Acquisition of Equity Shares by our Promoters (including the Promoter Selling
Shareholders)
Name of the Promoters / Number of Equity Shares held Average cost per Equity Share (₹)*
Promoter Selling
Shareholders
Anup Ramavtar Goyal 25,900 2.88
Aman Anup Goyal 350 Nil#
Nitesh Chaudhari** Nil NA
Orient Dealtrade Private 2,93,65,000 2.86
Limited#
Greta Industries Pte Limited# 4,91,06,715 2.86
#Equity shares were acquired pursuant to gift and bonus issue, hence, cost of acquisition is Nil.
*As certified by Statutory Auditors vide their certificate dated September 11, 2025
**Nitesh Chaudhari is the promoter of Greta Industries Pte Limited with a shareholding of 67.46 % and accordingly has ultimate shareholding
in our Company. As on the date of Draft Red Herring Prospectus, Nitesh Chaudhari does not hold any shares in our Company.
#Also, the Promoter Selling Shareholders
Details of Pre-IPO Placement
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not propose to undertake any pre-IPO
Placement.
Issue of equity shares for consideration other than cash in the last one year
Other than as disclosed in “Capital Structure” on page 96, our Company has not issued any Equity Shares for
consideration other than cash in the one year preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Split/ Consolidation of equity shares in the last one year
33Our Company has not undertaken any split or consolidation of Equity Shares in the last one year preceding the
date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Exemption from complying with any provisions of securities laws, if any, granted by SEBI
Our Company has not taken any exemption from complying with any provisions of the Securities Law from SEBI
as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
34SECTION II –RISK FACTORS
An investment in the Equity Shares involves a high degree of risk. Prospective investors should carefully consider
all the information in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below,
before evaluating our business and making an investment in the Equity Shares pursuant to the Offer. This section
should be read in conjunction with “Industry Overview”, “Our Business”, “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Financial Statements”, on pages 130, 181,
324 and 261, respectively, before making an investment decision in relation to the Equity Shares. For capitalized
terms used but not defined herein, see “Definitions and Abbreviation” on page 1.
The risks and uncertainties described in this section are not the only risks that are relevant to us, the Equity Shares
or the industry and sector in which we operate. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or
that we currently believe to be immaterial may also have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations,
cash flows and financial condition. If any of the following risks or other risks that are not currently known or are
now deemed immaterial actually occur, our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition
could be adversely affected, the trading price of the Equity Shares could decline, and investors may lose all or
part of their investment. The financial and other related implications of risks concerned, wherever quantifiable,
have been disclosed in the risk factors described below. However, there are certain risk factors where such
implications are not quantifiable, and hence any quantification of the underlying risks has not been disclosed in
such risk factors.
In making an investment decision, prospective investors must rely on their own examination of our Company and
the terms of the Offer, including the merits and risks involved. Prospective investors should consult their tax,
financial and legal advisors about the particular consequences they may encounter from investing in the Equity
Shares.
This Draft Red Herring Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our
actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of
certain factors, including the considerations described below and elsewhere in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
For details, see “Forward-Looking Statements” on page 24.
Unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise, the financial information included herein is based
on our Audited Financial Statements included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. For further information, see
“Financial Statements” on page 261. Our financial or fiscal year ends on March 31 of each relevant year.
Accordingly, references to a “Fiscal” or “fiscal year” are to the 12-month period ended March 31 of the relevant
year.
Unless otherwise indicated, industry and market data used in this section has been derived from the industry
report titled “Industry Research Report on Rice” dated September 2025 (the “CARE Report”) prepared and
issued by CareEdge Analytics& Advisory (“CARE”), appointed by us on February 19, 2025, and exclusively
commissioned and paid for by us in connection with the Offer. CARE is an independent agency which has no
relationship with our Company, our Promoter and any of our Directors or KMPs or SMPs. The data included
herein includes excerpts from the CARE Report and may have been re-ordered by us for the purposes of
presentation. There are no parts, data or information (which may be relevant for the proposed Offer), that have
been left out or changed in any manner. Unless otherwise indicated, financial, operational, industry and other
related information derived from the CARE Report and included herein with respect to any particular year refers
to such information for the relevant calendar year. A copy of the CARE Report is available on the website of our
Company at www.shriramfood.com until the Bid/Offer Closing Date.
Internal Risk Factors
Risks Relating to our Business
1. Our business operations are significantly dependent on the export sales of rice, wherein we majorly
procure processed rice from third-party processors and sell it directly to our international customers.
Any adverse developments impacting procurement, processing quality, international demand, or
regulatory environment for rice exports may materially affect our business, results of operations, and
financial condition.
35While our Company operates an integrated rice milling and processing facility, the primary driver of our
revenue is export trading of rice. Under this vertical, we procure processed rice from third party
processors through agents and brokers and directly supply the same to our international customers. As a
result, our performance is significantly dependent on maintaining access to reliable processors, ensuring
consistent quality of rice, and securing stable demand in international markets.
The following table sets forth the revenue bifurcation based on revenue generated from trading and
manufacturing/processing for the periods indicated:
(₹ in lakhs, except for percentage)
Category Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount % of Amount % of Amount % of
Revenue Revenue Revenue
from from from
Operations Operations Operations
Manufacturing 19,862.58 14.61% 13,690.77 20.55% 29,179.99 23.16%
Trading 1,15,663.68 85.08% 52,355.27 78.61% 95,577.61 75.88%
RoDTEP
418.53 0.31% 558.84 0.84% 1,208.50 0.96%
scrips*
Total 1,35,944.79 100.00% 66,604.88 100.00% 1,25,966.10 100.00%
*Incentives under the schemes of duty drawback and remission of duties and taxes on exported products
Notes:
i. Trading revenue represents sale of rice procured from third-party processors and supplied directly to export markets and
also domestic market.
ii. Manufacturing/processing revenue represents income generated from the integrated milling and processing facility operated
by our Company.
Set out in the table below is a breakdown of our revenue from domestic sales and exports sales under our
trading vertical during Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023, respectively:
(₹ in lakhs except for percentage)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount % of Revenue Amount % of Amount % of
from trading Revenue Revenue
vertical from from
trading trading
vertical vertical
Exports 87,073.41 75.28% 51,901.37 99.13% 92,695.88 96.98%
trade
Domestic 28,590.27 24.72% 453.90 0.87% 2,881.73 3.02%
trade
Total* 1,15,663.68 100.00% 52,355.27 100.00% 95,577.61 100.00%
*Excluding revenue from RoDTEP scrips
Since a significant portion of our revenue is derived from export trading of rice, it exposes us to risks
specific to procurement from third-party processors, international market dynamics, and compliance with
export regulations. Certain key factors which may influence our rice export trading is set out as below.
Risks relating to procurement from third-party processors
Our reliance on external processors for the supply of rice exposes us to risks associated with their
operational capacity, quality standards, and ability to deliver within the agreed timelines. Any disruption
in their operations due to shortage of raw material i.e. paddy, power outages, labour unrest, regulatory
non-compliance, or natural events could reduce their capacity to supply us with required quantity of
processed rice. Although we have not experienced any such disruptions in the past three Fiscals, our
dependence on third-party processors for the supply of rice exposes us to a range of potential risks.
Should any such disruptions occur in the future, they could adversely affect the timely procurement of
processed rice, which in turn may impair our ability to fulfill contractual obligations to our overseas
customers. This could lead to cancellation of orders, erosion of customers confidence, or even
termination of our supply arrangements. Such outcomes may materially and adversely impact our
business operations, financial performance, and reputation in international markets.
36Risks Relating to International Market Demand
Our revenue is dependent on demand from international buyers, which is influenced by several factors
such as global rice supply levels, import policies of destination countries, competition from other rice-
exporting nations, and consumer preferences. Global rice prices remain susceptible to volatility arising
from surplus production in competing countries, foreign exchange fluctuations, and imposition of trade
restrictions, tariffs, or quotas by importing nations. In addition, political developments, trade wars, or
revisions to bilateral trade agreements between India and importing countries can complicate our export
strategy and create barriers to market access.
We generate a substantial portion of our revenue from exports of rice, with key destination countries
including Benin, China, Guinea, Cameroon, Sierra Leone and others. The table below sets forth our
destination-country wise revenue from operations for the last three Fiscals, which indicates a
concentration of our exports to specific geographies:
(₹ in lakhs, except %)
Destinati Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
on Amount % of Amount % of Amount % of
Country Revenue Revenue Revenue
from from from
Operations Operations Operatio
ns
Benin 35,883.05 26.40% 18,109.81 27.19% 9,408.04 7.47%
India* 33,997.94 25.01% 4,204.02 6.31% 7,437.24 5.90%
Guinea 9,669.70 7.11% 997.09 1.50% - 0.00%
China 9,358.03 6.88% 7,477.97 11.23% 86,008.70 68.28%
Sierra
9,191.86 6.76% 832.85 1.25% 5,540.27 4.40%
Leone
Cameroo
9,066.79 6.67% - 0.00% - 0.00%
n
Others 28,777.42 21.17% 34,983.14 52.52% 17,571.85 13.95%
Total 1,35,944.79 100.00% 66,604.88 100.00% 1,25,966.10 100.00%
*Revenue booked under “India” during Fiscal 2025, also includes transactions executed through NAFED and NCCF for export
to African countries, but classified as domestic due to invoicing from Indian government agencies.
The table stated above highlights our reliance on a concentrated set of export geographies, particularly
Benin and China. As such, any adverse regulatory, political, or trade-related developments in these
markets could materially disrupt our operations. These risks may include imposition of import quotas or
tariffs, tightening of food safety or quality standards, customs delays, port restrictions, or sudden changes
in trade clearance protocols. Such disruptions could lead to shipment delays, rejections, or even
cancellation of orders.
China, in particular, has historically been one of our largest export markets. However, our export revenue
from China declined from to 68.28% in 2023 to 6.88% in Fiscal 2025, primarily due to a regulatory ban
by the Government of India on the export of 100% Broken Rice in September 2022 supplemented by
further ban on export of non-basmati white rice and imposition of 20% export duty on parboiled rice.
These policy changes not only affected our ability to supply key international markets but also altered
buyer behaviour, leading to a shift in our geographic revenue mix. Although we have diversified to other
emerging markets such as Benin and Guinea, these markets are still developing and may not offer the
same volume potential or pricing premiums as our traditional markets.
Any escalation in geopolitical tensions or deterioration in bilateral relations between India and the export
country could result in retaliatory trade actions, including enhanced scrutiny at destination ports,
increased inspection requirements, or complete bans on Indian rice imports. These scenarios could
adversely impact our current sales volumes and necessitate reorientation of our export model. Such
reorientation may involve exploring alternate markets, which could entail longer lead times, higher
compliance costs, and the risk of unfavorable commercial terms, thereby adversely affecting our
profitability and growth outlook.
37Cost and Price Volatility
The price at which we procure rice from third-party processors depends on the underlying paddy
procurement cost, which varies with agricultural yields, monsoon performance, government procurement
policies, and global supply-demand conditions. Increases in procurement cost, if not passed on to
customers through price adjustments, may affect our profit margins. Additionally, as a significant portion
of our revenue is derived from exports, fluctuations in foreign exchange rates may adversely affect our
export realizations. We follow a minimal hedging strategy for our foreign currency exposure. While we
have benefited in recent years from a depreciating Indian Rupee, our limited hedging leaves us exposed
to exchange rate volatility. Any sharp appreciation of the Rupee or weakening of foreign currencies
against the Indian Rupee, if not adequately hedged, could lead to reduced earnings and affect our financial
performance. While we have not experienced any material disruptions in the past three Fiscals, any future
occurrence of the said risk could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial results if
they materialize in the future.
Regulatory and Policy Risks
The rice trading industry is subject to significant regulatory oversight, in relation to exports. Government
actions such as export bans, duties, minimum export prices, or restrictions on volumes may impact our
operations. Any changes in such regulations could affect our ability to fulfill supply commitments and
have material influence our financial performance. For instance, in the month of July 2023, the
Government of India had imposed a ban on the export of white rice followed by imposition of 20% duty
on export of parboiled rice in the month of August 2023. These policy changes led to a decline in our
revenue from operations, which dropped to ₹66,604.88 lakhs in Fiscal 2024 (from ₹1,25,966.10 Lakhs
in Fiscal 2023), while Profit After Tax fell to ₹1,447.87 lakhs in Fiscal 2024 (from ₹3,391.31 Lakhs in
Fiscal 2023). Subsequently, the government revised its stance in September 2024, by reducing the export
duty on parboiled rice to 10% and permitted the export of white rice subject to a Minimum Export Price
(“MEP”). In October 2024, both the export duty on parboiled rice and the MEP on white rice were fully
removed. These policy relaxations positively impacted our business, resulting in a recovery of revenue
and profitability. In Fiscal 2025, our revenue from operations increased to ₹1,35,944.79 lakhs, and profit
after tax rose to ₹4,276.11 lakhs.
Operational and Supply Chain Risks
Our operations are susceptible to various logistical and supply chain risks that may affect the timely and
efficient execution of our business. These include, among others, delays in transportation, port congestion
at key export terminals, shortage of warehousing or storage infrastructure, and potential degradation in
product quality during transit due to inadequate handling. Any of these factors may result in delayed
shipments, customer dissatisfaction, cancellation of export orders, or imposition of contractual penalties,
adversely impacting our reputation and financial results.
These operational disruptions may impair our ability to fulfill export orders on time, reduce processing
volumes, or escalate costs related to logistics, warehousing, or emergency procurement. While we have
not experienced any material interruptions in the past three Fiscals, any such events in the future could
materially and adversely affect our business operations, customer relationships, and financial
performance.
2. Our revenues are significantly dependent on a limited number of rice categories, exposing us to
product concentration risks and regulatory volatility, which may adversely affect our business,
financial condition, and results of operations.
A substantial portion of our revenue from operations is derived from dealing in Parboiled Rice and 100%
Broken Rice. For Fiscal 2025, these two categories together contributed approximately 73.21% of our
total revenue from operations. In comparison, they contributed 88.35% and 78.63% in Fiscal 2024 and
Fiscal 2023, respectively. The following table sets forth the breakdown of our revenues from operations
by product category for the Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023:
38(₹ in lakhs except for percentage)
Product Category Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount % of Amount % of Amount % of
Revenue Revenue Revenue
from from from
Operation Operation Operations
Parboiled Rice 72,767.19 53.53% 48,566.01 72.92% 25,775.39 20.46%
White Rice 33,836.37 24.89% 4,833.13 7.26% 23,344.49 18.53%
100% Broken Rice 26,756.69 19.68% 10,278.63 15.43% 73,280.73 58.17%
Others* 2,584.54 1.90% 2,927.11 4.39% 3,565.49 2.83%
Total 135,944.79 100.00% 66,604.88 100.00% 125,966.1 100.00%
0
*Others include income from RoDTEP scripts and from by products including rejection rice and rice bran.
Our dependency on these specific product categories exposes us to segment-specific risks including; (i)
changes in global demand; (ii) price volatility, disruption in raw material availability or procurement
costs, especially as we rely significantly on third-party processors for sourcing processed rice; (iii) shifts
in customer preferences across different geographies; and (iv) increased competition from other exporters
or domestic producers.
Further, our business is export-dependent, and hence vulnerable to sudden regulatory actions, both
domestic and international. For instance, in Fiscal 2024, we experienced a sharp decline in performance
due to government-imposed trade restrictions: (i) in July 2023, the Government of India imposed a ban
on the export of non-basmati white rice; and (ii) in August 2023, levied a 20% export duty on parboiled
rice. These restrictions directly impacted our export volumes and profit margins, resulting in a decline in
profit after tax to ₹1,447.87 lakhs in Fiscal 2024 from ₹3,391.31 lakhs in Fiscal 2023. Although the
government subsequently reduced the export duty on parboiled rice to 10% and allowed white rice
exports subject to a Minimum Export Price (MEP) in September 2024, followed by a complete removal
of export duty and MEP in October 2024, our performance remains vulnerable to such sudden policy
changes.
While these relaxations led to a recovery in Fiscal 2025, where our revenue from operations increased to
₹1,35,944.79 lakhs and profit after tax rose to ₹4,276.11 lakhs, there is no assurance that similar
restrictive measures will not be reintroduced in the future.
Any downturn in demand, pricing, supply, or regulatory environment specific to Parboiled Rice or 100%
Broken Rice may have a material adverse effect on our business operations, financial condition, cash
flows, and results of operations.
3. Our manufacturing business is dependent on the availability and pricing of paddy / raw rice as a key
raw material and any fluctuations in supply or cost, and the working capital required to procure and
store the same, may adversely affect our manufacturing operations, profitability and cash flows.
Our manufacturing operations are significantly dependent on the availability and cost of paddy and raw
rice, which constitute our principal raw materials for rice processing. Any fluctuations in the price or
availability of these inputs can materially impact our production schedules, cost structure, and overall
profitability.
The price of paddy and raw rice is inherently volatile and is influenced by several factors that are largely
beyond our control, such as seasonal agricultural yields, monsoon performance, climatic disruptions
including droughts or floods, pest infestations, government procurement policies, periodic revisions in
the Minimum Support Price (MSP), and global commodity trends. For instance, in October 2022, the
Government of India raised the MSP for common paddy, which led to a rise in market procurement costs,
affecting the cost structures across the rice processing industry. Moreover, logistical constraints,
including transportation bottlenecks and warehousing limitations, also affect procurement efficiency and
pricing.
39Our procurement model involves sourcing paddy through a network of agents and brokers across key
producing regions in India, and we do not typically enter into long-term fixed-price contracts with such
suppliers. While this model offers flexibility and access to competitive pricing, it also exposes us to
considerable risks of supply disruption and price spikes, particularly during periods of high demand or
raw material scarcity. Any occurrence of supplier/vendor-specific risks such as delivery delays, quality
inconsistencies, and operational disruptions at the supplier’s end, may impair our production continuity
and customer order fulfilment.
Further, our business model is inherently working capital intensive, particularly due to the seasonal nature
of paddy procurement which necessitates significant inventory buildup during the harvesting season,
typically between October and December This results in substantial upfront capital outlays, which are
compounded by extended receivable cycles. Any sharp increase in raw material costs during the
procurement window could therefore escalate our working capital requirements and lead to increased
borrowings and higher interest outflows. A sustained mismatch between procurement costs and selling
prices may also result in margin erosion, especially in the context of the highly price-sensitive rice
industry, where our ability to pass on cost increases to customers remains limited.
Although we have not experienced any material supply disruptions in the past three Fiscals, and have
maintained stable relationships with our vendors, there is no assurance that these conditions will prevail
going forward. Any adverse development relating to raw material procurement, be it related to cost,
availability, policy changes, or financing constraints, may materially affect our manufacturing operations,
cash flows, and overall financial performance.
4. Any slowdown or shutdown of our manufacturing operations at our Nagpur Facility could have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company operates a single integrated rice milling
and processing facility located in Nagpur, Maharashtra. Our business is to an extent dependent upon our
ability to effectively operate and manage this facility, which is subject to various operational risks,
including those beyond our control, such as breakdown or failure of equipment, automation systems,
industrial accidents, labour unrest, pandemics, fire hazards, power supply interruptions, severe weather
conditions, and other natural or man-made disasters.
Our integrated Nagpur Facility is central to our manufacturing operations, with end-to-end processing
infrastructure for parboiled rice, white rice, and 100% broken rice, and includes quality control labs,
warehousing capacity of approximately 50,000 MT. Any significant malfunction or failure of the
equipment or systems at this facility may entail substantial repair and maintenance costs and lead to
production delays. While we incurred ₹201.74 lakhs, ₹229.30 lakhs and ₹295.63 lakhs towards repairs
and maintenance constituting 0.15%, 0.35% and 0.24% of the total expense during Fiscal 2025, Fiscal
2024 and Fiscal 2023, respectively, there can be no assurance that such costs will not increase in the
future or that we will be able to address such failures in a timely and cost-effective manner.
Additionally, we may be required to undertake planned shutdowns of our Nagpur Facility from time to
time for equipment upgrades or statutory inspections. Although we have not experienced any material
disruptions or shutdowns at our facility during last three Fiscals, any future shutdowns, whether planned
or unanticipated, may adversely affect our production schedules and delay customer deliveries.
Although we have proposed to establish a new processing facility in Kachchh, Gujarat, as of the date of
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, we do not operate any alternate or backup manufacturing facility.
Accordingly, any material slowdown, under-utilisation, or temporary or permanent shutdown of our
Nagpur Facility, whether due to site-specific disruptions, regional socio-political unrest, industrial policy
changes in Maharashtra, or any other unforeseen circumstance, could significantly impair our ability to
meet customer demand and fulfill contractual obligations. Such disruption may have an adverse effect
on our business operations, results of operations, cash flows, and financial conditions.
405. We rely on a network of procurement agents and brokers for sourcing raw materials and processed
rice, and any disruption in such arrangements or inability to procure desired quality or quantity on
commercially favourable terms may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
We follow a hybrid sourcing model tailored to the operational needs of our two primary business
verticals, i.e., (i) manufacturing of rice, and (ii) trading of rice in international market and domestic
market. For our manufacturing vertical, we procure paddy and raw rice from key rice-producing states.
For our trading vertical, we source fully processed rice from established third-party processors.
In both cases, procurement is carried out through a non-exclusive network of over 200 brokers and
procurement agents, who operate across major agricultural produce markets and farm clusters in India.
We rely on these intermediaries to secure processed rice and raw materials of the desired quality, in
sufficient quantity, and at commercially viable prices. Their localized knowledge supports grain
availability assessment, seasonal planning, price discovery and overall procurement cost optimisation.
However, we do not have long-term or binding procurement arrangements with these brokers and agents.
All engagements are executed on a transaction-to-transaction basis through individual purchase orders
with negotiated prices and standard industry commission structures. In the absence of long-term
arrangements, we are exposed to the risk of abrupt discontinuation by agents, opportunistic price
increases, or delays arising from regional disruptions such as crop failure, mandi closures, transportation
bottlenecks, or policy changes. Although we have adopted standard operating procedures, including
quality specifications and performance monitoring, we do not exercise direct control over sourcing
decisions made by these intermediaries.
If any of our brokers or procurement agents fail to deliver the required quantity or quality of raw materials
at the expected price and within the required timeline, or at all, our operations could be significantly
disrupted. While we reserve the right to reject substandard quality, doing so may create sourcing gaps or
delays. Although no material procurement disruption has occurred in the past three Fiscals, there can be
no assurance that we will always secure timely and adequate supplies in the future. Any such event could
result in delayed fulfilment of customer orders, reduced capacity utilisation, higher input costs, and
ultimately adversely affect our profitability and operational efficiency.
Set out below are the details of our procurement costs, the number of brokers/agents engaged, and the
expenses incurred towards brokerage for the last three Fiscals:
(₹ in lakhs, except for percentages)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 % of Fiscal 2024 % of Fiscal 2023 % of Revenue
Revenue Revenue from
from from Operations
Operations Operations
Cost of 1,17,556.18 86.47% 58,093.35 87.22% 98,185.88 77.95%
Procurement
No. of 188 - 120 - 199 -
Brokers/Agents
Engaged
Brokerage 302.17 0.22% 129.68 0.19% 886.42 0.70%
Expenses
As evident from the above detailed table, cost of procurement constitutes a significant proportion of our
revenue from operations. Any adverse developments affecting our procurement processes, such as mandi
reforms, regional disruptions, supply shortages, quality deterioration, or attrition of agents, could
materially impact our ability to maintain operational continuity and margins. Furthermore, inability to
promptly identify alternate sources or renegotiate procurement terms on favourable conditions in
response to such disruptions may lead to supply bottlenecks, operational delays, and cost escalations,
thereby materially and adversely affecting our business, results of operations, cash flows, and financial
condition.
41In addition, our purchases are also concentrated among a limited number of agents and brokers
(suppliers). The details of top one (1), top five (5) and top ten (10) suppliers and their amount as a
percentage (%) of total purchases is given below:
(₹ in lakhs except for percentage)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount % of Total Amount % of Amount % of
Purchase Total Total
Purchase Purchase
Top 1 Supplier 3,075.05 2.62% 1,607.92 2.77% 4,616.43 4.70%
Top 5 suppliers 12,124.86 10.31% 5,776.09 9.94% 11,160.22 11.37%
Top 10 suppliers 19,479.56 16.57% 9,145.07 15.74% 15,772.37 16.06%
While our procurement is spread across a large number of agents and brokers, the above table indicates
that a considerable portion of purchases is concentrated with our top suppliers. Any discontinuation of
business, reduction in volumes, or inability of these suppliers to meet our quality and delivery
requirements on competitive terms may adversely impact our supply chain, increase procurement costs,
and in turn, affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
6. We are significantly dependent on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our
revenue, which exposes our business to concentration risk. In Fiscal 2025, our top 10 customers
contributed 66.52% of our revenue from operations, while our top 5 customers accounted for 49.31%,
and our largest customer alone contributed 12.72%. Loss of any of these customers or a reduction in
purchases by any of them could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and
financial condition.
Our business model, comprising both export and domestic trading of rice and in-house rice processing,
which is B2B and volume-driven, with a focus on bulk buyers. The details of top one (1), top five (5)
and top ten (10) customers and their amount as a percentage (%) of revenue from operation as per our
Restated Financial Statements are set out below:
(₹ in lakhs except for percentage)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount % of Revenue Amount % of Revenue Amount % of Revenue
from from from
Operations Operations Operations
Top 1 17,298.25 12.72% 6,286.65 9.44% 20,468.86 16.25%
Customer
Top 5 67,034.48 49.31% 29,772.79 44.70% 61,648.42 48.94%
customers
Top 10 90,433.64 66.52% 47,294.96 71.01% 87,796.03 69.70%
customers
We also facilitate private-party labelling arrangements to our customers, where we supply rice that is
packaged and sold under our customer’s brand. This model, while flexible and scalable, makes us reliant
on the continued business of a limited number of buyers. However, since the end-consumer brand loyalty
is tied to our customer’s brand rather than to our Company, such customers may find it easier to replace
us with competing suppliers without disrupting their own market presence.
Furthermore, our engagements with our customers are not secured by long-term contracts but are
executed primarily through purchase orders. As such, there is no obligation for our customers to continue
purchasing from us at historical volumes, or at all, and they may change suppliers at short notice without
any contractual penalties.
There are several factors, many beyond our control, that could lead to the loss of one or more of our top
customers or cause a significant decline in their purchase volumes. These includes shifts in the
procurement strategies of our major customers, downward pressure on pricing, changes in regulatory
requirements or trade policies in key export markets, our inability to meet updated quality specifications,
disruptions in logistics or the emergence of geopolitical tensions in destination countries, and financial
distress or adverse market conditions affecting the operations of such customers.
42For instance, our largest customer of respective Fiscals alone contributed revenues of ₹17,298.25 lakhs,
₹6,286.65 lakhs, and ₹20,468.86 lakhs during Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024, and Fiscal 2023, accounting for
12.72%, 9.44%, and 16.25% of our total revenue from operations during such period. The loss of any
such customer, without an equivalent replacement, would have a material adverse impact on our
revenues, cash flows, and financial performance.
Additionally, since a substantial portion of our key customers are based in international markets, we are
also exposed to risks inherent in global trade, such as foreign exchange fluctuations, import restrictions,
tariff or non-tariff barriers, and shifts in demand patterns due to global economic or political
developments. As our operations scale further, and our reliance on export-driven revenues increases, the
impact of such risks on our customer concentration profile could become more pronounced.
While we have not faced loss of any major customer during the last three Fiscals and are actively seeking
to expand and diversify our customer base by entering new geographies, increasing penetration into
existing markets, and strengthening customer relationships, there can be no assurance that such measures
will sufficiently mitigate our concentration risk.
Any material loss of business from one or more of our top customers, or our failure to replace such
business in a timely manner, could materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations,
financial condition, and prospects for future growth.
7. Exchange rate fluctuations may adversely affect our results of operations as our sales outside India
and a portion of our expenditures are denominated in foreign currencies.
Our financial statements are prepared in Indian Rupees, while a significant portion of our sales outside
India is denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the U.S. Dollar. As a result, we are exposed to
currency risks arising from transactions in currencies other than the Indian Rupee. Any significant
fluctuation in the exchange rate between the Indian Rupee and such foreign currencies, particularly the
U.S. Dollar, could materially and adversely affect our revenue, margins, cash flows, and financial
condition.
Historically, the exchange rate between the Indian Rupee and the U.S. Dollar has been volatile. We follow
a minimal hedging strategyfor our foreign currency exposure. While we have benefited in recent years
from the depreciation of the Indian Rupee, our limited hedging leaves us exposed to adverse exchange
rate movements. A sharp appreciation of the Rupee or weakening of foreign currencies against the Rupee,
if not adequately hedged, could result in reduced export realizations and negatively impact our financial
performance.
The table set forth below provides our foreign exchange gain/(loss) (net) fiscal years indicated:
(Amount in ₹ lakhs)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Net Gain /(Loss) on Foreign Exchange 745.84 331.83 1,015.91
We, run the risk from time to time that the market exchange rate may be less favourable to us which may
result in foreign currency losses.
8. Our association with the Greta Group may expose us to risks arising from group-level business
decisions, strategic priorities, or reputational issues, which could adversely affect our business,
operations, and stakeholders’ perception.
We are part of the Greta Group, a well-diversified global business house with operations across more
than eight countries, including the United Kingdom, United States, United Arab Emirates, Singapore,
Indonesia, Poland, Belgium, and India. The Greta Group has a presence in multiple sectors such as steel,
scrap metal recycling, power generation, mineral exploration, and food processing, and reported a
consolidated topline of over ₹7,200 crores in Fiscal 2024. Our Company represents the Group’s footprint
in the Agri-commodity space, with a specific focus on the rice industry. Greta Industries Pte. Ltd., a part
of the Greta Group, is one of our Promoters and holds a substantial shareholding in our Company.
43While our association with the Greta Group provides us with visibility, access to global networks, and
the potential for operational synergies, it also exposes us to certain risks. Any adverse developments at
the Greta Group level, such as regulatory actions, reputational issues, financial stress, or negative media
coverage, may indirectly impact our Company’s brand image, stakeholder confidence, or business
relationships, even if such developments are unrelated to our operations. Further, there may be instances
where the strategic priorities or business decisions of the Greta Group diverge from the interests of our
Company or its minority shareholders, which could influence or impact our governance or decision-
making process. In addition, our affiliation with a large and diversified group may lead to heightened
regulatory or public scrutiny, particularly with respect to group-level oversight, and corporate
governance.
We maintain independent management and operational autonomy and comply with all applicable laws
and regulations. Moreover, we have not experienced any adverse impact on our operations or financial
performance attributable to our affiliation with the Greta Group in the last three Fiscal years. However,
there can be no assurance that such circumstances will not arise in the future or that our association with
the Greta Group will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of
operation.
9. Any failure to maintain product quality or comply with applicable food safety and export standards
could adversely affect our reputation, customer relationships, and financial performance.
We place significant emphasis on maintaining stringent quality standards across every stage of our
operations, from procurement of raw materials to processing, packaging, and delivery. Our
manufacturing facility is certified under key regulatory frameworks, including the Food Safety and
Standards Authority of India (FSSAI), the Agricultural and Processed Food Products Export
Development Authority (APEDA), and Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP). We have
dedicated quality assurance teams responsible for ensuring compliance with our internal quality
management systems as well as statutory and regulatory requirements. Despite these safeguards, there
can be no assurance that we will be able to prevent quality-related lapses at all times.
In our export of rice, we are further subject to quality inspections by independent third-party surveyors,
often engaged by the buyer, prior to packaging and dispatch. These inspections typically assess
parameters such as grain length, moisture content, percentage of broken grains, presence of foreign
matter, and conformity with agreed specifications. While this practice enhances transparency, it also
increases our exposure to the risk of rejection if a shipment is found to deviate from customer
expectations or regulatory requirements in the importing jurisdiction.
If we fail to consistently meet prescribed quality benchmarks, whether due to lapses in processing,
deficiencies in raw material inputs, or inadequate quality checks, our consignments may be rejected, or
returned. Such outcomes could damage our reputation, result in contractual disputes, and lead to the loss
of key customers, particularly in export markets where tolerance levels for quality deviations are low.
Furthermore, non-compliance with certifications or applicable food safety regulations could result in
suspension or cancellation of critical approvals, thereby restricting our ability to export to certain
markets.
Although we have not experienced any material disruption in operations or loss of customers due to
quality issues in the past, there can be no assurance that such issues will not arise in the future.
Any quality failure could cause the loss of a customer relationship, reworking or rejection of products,
increased costs, reputational harm, and reduced competitiveness. If we are unable to consistently deliver
products that meet prescribed quality and safety standards, our growth prospects, business operations,
financial performance, and condition may be materially and adversely affected.
4410. Our Company, Promoter and Directors are parties to certain legal proceedings. Any adverse decision
in such proceedings may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
Our Company, Promoter and Directors are parties to certain legal proceedings. These legal proceedings
are pending at different stages before various courts, tribunals and forums. The outcomes of these legal
proceedings are uncertain and could lead to adverse orders against our Company, Promoter and Directors.
Legal expenses, regulatory challenges, and potential sanctions arising from these proceedings may put a
strain on our financial resources and impact on our profitability. In the event of adverse rulings in these
proceedings or levy of penalties / fines by courts, tribunals and forums, our Company may need to make
payments or make provisions for future payments.
A summary of outstanding litigation proceedings involving our Company, our Directors and our
Promoters as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is provided below:
(₹ in Lakhs)
Nature of Cases Number of outstanding cases Amount Involved*
Litigation involving our Company
Criminal proceedings against our Company Nil Nil
Criminal proceedings by our Company Nil Nil
Material civil litigation against our Company 2 4.31
Material civil litigation by our Company 5 13.70
Actions by statutory or regulatory Authorities Nil Nil
Direct and indirect tax proceedings 98 663.34
Litigation involving our Directors(Other than Promoters)
Criminal proceedings against our Directors Nil Nil
Criminal proceedings by our Directors Nil Nil
Material civil litigation against our Directors Nil Nil
Material civil litigation by our Directors 1 Nil
Actions by statutory or regulatory authorities Nil Nil
Direct and indirect tax proceedings Nil Nil
Litigation involving our Promoter
Criminal proceedings against our Promoter Nil Nil
Criminal proceedings by our Promoter Nil Nil
Material civil litigation against our Promoter Nil Nil
Material civil litigation by our Promoter Nil Nil
Actions by statutory or regulatory authorities Nil Nil
Direct and indirect tax proceedings 1 1.5
Litiagtion involving our KMP and SMP (other than Promoters)
Criminal proceedings against our KMP and Nil Nil
SMP
Criminal proceedings by our KMP and SMP Nil Nil
Actions by statutory or regulatory authorities Nil Nil
Direct and indirect tax proceedings Nil Nil
*To the extent quantifiable.
We cannot assure you that any of the aforementioned litigations will be settled in our favour, or that no
further liability will arise out of these proceedings. Even if we are successful in defending such cases,
we will be subjected to legal and other costs relating to defending such litigation, and such costs could
be substantial. The amounts claimed in these proceedings have been disclosed to the extent ascertainable.
All of the above ongoing matters could result in financial losses, reputational damage, and disruptions to
our Company’s business operations, in the event any adverse orders are passed against our
Company/directors.
While we have not incurred any material penalties / fines due to any adverse rulings in the last three
Fiscals, we cannot assure that we will not face material penalties / fines in the future. For further details
45on the outstanding litigation proceedings, see "Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments"
beginning on page 350.
11. Our ability to access capital at attractive costs depends on our credit ratings. Non-availability of credit
ratings or a poor rating may restrict our access to capital and thereby adversely affect our business
and results of operations.
The cost and availability of capital, amongst other factors, is also dependent on our credit ratings. Set out
below are the details of the credit rating obtained by us in past are as follows:
Agency Instrument Post Fiscal Fiscal 2025 Fiscal Fiscal 2023 Fiscal Fiscal
/ Facility 2025 2024 2022 2021
CARE Long-term / CARE CARE BBB+; NA NA NA NA
Short-term BBB+; Stable / CARE
bank Stable / A2
facilities CARE A2
CRISIL Long term Crisil CRISIL NA CRISIL CRISIL NA
bank BBB+/Stable BBB/Negative BBB/Stable BBB-
facilities Crisil CRISIL /Stable
BBB/Stable BBB/Stable
Long-term / NA NA NA NA NA CRISIL
Short-term BB/Stable;
bank CRISIL
facilities A4+
Long-term / NA NA NA NA NA CRISIL
Short-term BB-
bank /Stable;
facilities CRISIL
A4+
In Fiscal 2024, our scale of operations was temporarily impacted by the export ban imposed by the
Government of India on white rice in July 2023. As a result, CRISIL Ratings downgraded its outlook on
our long-term credit rating from CRISIL BBB/Stable of Fiscal 2023 to CRISIL BBB/Negative in Fiscal
2025, citing concerns over moderation in business risk profile and earnings visibility. However, following
the relaxation of trade restrictions and recovery in operational performance, CRISIL subsequently
restored our credit rating to CRISIL BBB/Stable. Any adverse change in credit ratings assigned to our
Company or our borrowing limits in the future may impact our ability to raise additional funds and/or
the interest cost at which we borrow additional funds and this could have an adverse effect on our
business and results of operations.
12. Risks inherent to the rice industry in India, including supply chain inefficiencies, climate
vulnerabilities, rising input costs, regulatory complexities, global trade dynamics and geopolitical
developments, may adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our business is directly dependent on the performance and stability of the Indian rice industry, which
faces multiple structural challenges that could materially impact our operations and growth prospects.
As per CARE Report, set out below are the major challenges to the rice industry;
• Pest and Disease Infestation – Rice crops are highly prone to various pests and diseases that
can cause substantial yield losses. Harmful pests such as the brown planthopper, rice hispa, stem
borer, armyworm, and rice bug can damage crops, while diseases like rice blast, bacterial leaf
blight, sheath rot, tungro virus, and false smut pose serious threats to production. Ineffective
pest and disease control strategies can further worsen the situation, leading to lower harvests
and financial strain on farmers. However, when it comes to storage, parboiled rice provides an
edge over raw rice as it is less prone to insect infestation, making it easier to store and maintain
with minimal losses.
• Climate Change, Weather Uncertainty and Environmental Factors – Rising global temperatures
and greenhouse gas emissions are disrupting normal weather patterns, delaying monsoons, and
46changing rainfall distribution. This makes rice farming highly unpredictable, as farmers now
face sudden droughts, floods, and unseasonal rains that damage crops and reduce yields. Since
rice is water-intensive, regions depending on monsoons are especially vulnerable to erratic
rainfall and water shortages. Inefficient irrigation adds to the problem. At the same time,
excessive use of chemical fertilisers and pesticides has weakened soil health, further reducing
productivity. Overall, paddy farming today is far more exposed to climate risks and natural
uncertainties than before.
• Declining Soil Fertility and Degradation – The overuse of chemical fertilisers and poor
agricultural practices has severely impacted soil health. The excessive application of fertilisers
has led to increased soil salinity, gradually reducing its fertility and negatively affecting crop
yield. The destruction of the natural microbial ecosystem further weakens soil quality, leading
to long-term sustainability issues for rice farming.
• Nutrient Imbalance and Poor Soil Management – To achieve high yields, rice plants require an
adequate supply of nutrients from the soil. However, indiscriminate use of chemical fertilisers
disrupts the soil’s natural microbiome, affecting nutrient absorption. The depletion of essential
nutrients leads to weaker plants, lower resistance to pests and diseases, and a decline in grain
quality, ultimately reducing the economic value of the harvest.
• Fluctuating Market Prices and Rising Costs – Farmers are often caught in a cycle of price
instability, where rice prices fluctuate due to global demand, government policies, and market
speculation. Additionally, the rising costs of essential agricultural inputs such as fertilisers,
pesticides, labour, and irrigation further strain profitability. Without stable pricing and cost-
effective solutions, many rice farmers struggle to sustain their livelihoods. Unpredictable paddy
prices strain rice mills, complicating production planning. High energy and labour costs,
coupled with outdated milling technology, increase operational expenses. Inconsistent milling
quality and processing inefficiencies further reduce the value of Indian rice, diminishing its
appeal in domestic and global markets.
• Policy Gaps, MSP Challenges, and Dependence on Subsidies – The effectiveness of the
Minimum Support Price (MSP) system remains inconsistent, as many farmers face obstacles in
accessing fair prices due to middlemen and inefficient procurement mechanisms. Moreover, the
industry's dependence on government subsidies raises concerns about long-term financial
sustainability. Frequent policy shifts also create uncertainty, affecting investment and
production decisions.
• Shifting consumer preferences and health concerns – Growing health consciousness is
influencing dietary habits, with an increasing preference for alternative grains like millets,
quinoa, and wheat. Additionally, concerns over pesticide residues and arsenic contamination in
rice have driven demand for organic and chemical-free varieties. Traditional rice farmers face
the challenge of adapting to these evolving consumer trends while maintaining productivity and
profitability.
• Supply chain disruptions and export challenges – Inefficient transportation networks, port
congestion, and shifting export policies create significant obstacles for Indian rice in global
markets. Shipment delays, inadequate storage, and high logistics costs reduce profit margins for
farmers and exporters, weakening India's competitiveness internationally.
• Overdependence on limited rice varieties – India's rice industry relies heavily on a few dominant
varieties, such as Basmati and select high-yielding non-Basmati types. This lack of
diversification reduces the sector's resilience to climate change, market fluctuations, and disease
outbreaks, posing long-term risks to sustainability and growth. Rising temperatures, erratic
rainfall patterns, and shifting monsoon timelines are already impacting major rice-producing
states like Punjab, Haryana, and Andhra Pradesh. These regions, which have traditionally
empowered India’s rice output, are increasingly vulnerable to droughts, heat stress, and water
shortages. Without broader varietal adaptation, the long-term sustainability and stability of the
rice sector could be at risk.
• Regulatory Complexities and International Trade Barriers – The rice industry faces strict
government policies, licensing requirements, and evolving food safety regulations, increasing
compliance costs. Global trade policies, tariffs, and geopolitical tensions further challenge
India's export capabilities, requiring constant adaptation to maintain market access and
competitiveness. While these measures are usually temporary and well-intentioned, they can
create uncertainty for international buyers. Frequent policy changes make it harder to secure
47long-term contracts and can reduce confidence in India as a stable supplier. On the global front,
exporters also face evolving import regulations, tariffs, and geopolitical tensions that increase
compliance costs and require constant adaptation to remain competitive in key markets.
• Economic and Market Factors/ Currency Fluctuations – Strong currency fluctuations can lead
to substantial changes in rice prices, thereby influencing global demand. The fluctuations in rice
prices, influenced by both domestic policies and international market dynamics, create
uncertainty for farmers. Export restrictions and tariffs can also disrupt market stability. Since
India competes with countries such as Vietnam and Thailand in the export market therefore any
significant appreciation of the rupee can lower the mills' profitability. Currency fluctuations,
along with trade policies, play a crucial role in shaping rice exports. Volatile exchange rates
make it challenging for exporters to predict and plan their pricing strategies effectively.
• Technological Gaps – Although there have been advancements in agricultural technology, the
adoption rate among small-scale farmers remains low. This limits potential productivity gains
and the implementation of sustainable practices. Additionally, the use of traditional and outdated
processing technology can lead to low-quality output, resulting in broken rice, discoloured
grains, uneven shapes and sizes, and other impurities. Upgrading to modern equipment can
mitigate these risks. Further, conducting extensive and regular quality checks can ensure the
production of superior quality rice.
In addition, the rice industry is also exposed to geopolitical developments, including export policies and
trade barriers, rising competition from global exporters, supply chain disruptions, currency volatility, and
shifting import policies in key markets, all of which may materially impact India’s rice trade dynamics.
Further, as per the CARE Report, the rice industry is also exposed to geopolitical developments which
may materially impact India’s rice trade dynamics. Set our below are a few of the factors which may
impact India’s rice trade dynamics;
1. Export Policies and Trade Barriers – India's rice exports are significantly influenced by
geopolitical relations and trade policies of both exporting and importing nations. Diplomatic
tensions or trade sanctions can lead to restrictions on rice imports by key buyers, affecting
demand. Additionally, the Indian government sometimes imposes export bans or restrictions on
rice to ensure domestic food security, especially during inflationary periods. Such policies
impact international supply chains, disrupt market stability, and reduce earnings for rice
exporters.
2. Rising Competition from Global Exporters – Countries like Vietnam, Thailand, and Pakistan are
India's biggest competitors in the global rice trade. Strategic trade agreements between these
nations and major rice-importing countries, such as China and African nations, can reduce
India's export share. Furthermore, if competing countries offer lower prices or better quality,
Indian rice exporters face challenges in maintaining their dominance in global markets. These
geopolitical trade alliances make it essential for India to enhance its trade policies and maintain
high-quality standards to stay competitive.
3. Supply Chain Disruptions and Rising Costs – Global geopolitical events, such as conflicts,
economic sanctions, or crises like the Russia-Ukraine war, disrupt supply chains and increase
the costs of essential agricultural inputs like fertilizers and fuel. Rice exports rely heavily on
maritime shipping, and fluctuations in fuel prices significantly affect transportation costs.
Disruptions in logistics and delays in shipments lead to price fluctuations, making Indian rice
less competitive in international markets and impacting exporters' profitability.
4. Currency Volatility and Trade Agreements – Geopolitical tensions and economic uncertainties
often result in fluctuations in currency exchange rates. A weaker rupee benefits exporter by
making Indian rice cheaper for foreign buyers, but a stronger rupee makes exports expensive
and less competitive.
5. Shifting Import Policies and Food Security Concerns – Political and economic developments in
major rice-importing nations, such as Iran, Saudi Arabia, and African countries, often lead to
changes in their import policies. Payment restrictions due to international sanctions, like those
on Iran, have previously affected Basmati rice exports. Additionally, during global food crises,
India may impose restrictions on rice exports to prioritize domestic availability, leading to
supply shortages in international markets and affecting farmers and exporters who depend on
global trade.
48Given the above threats and challenges, there can be no assurance that our business will not be adversely
impacted by these industry-wide risks, which may materially affect our operations, financial condition,
and results of operations.
13. There are certain instances of delays in payment of statutory dues. Any delay in payment of statutory
dues or non-payment of statutory dues in dispute may attract financial penalties from the respective
government authorities, which may have an adverse impact on our financial condition and cash flows.
There have been certain instances on delay in payment of statutory dues during last three Fiscals, which
inter-alia include, late filing of GST returns and delayed payment of provident fund. which as on the date
of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been deposited with relevant authorities. For instance, please
see below instances of delay/ irregularity in payment of provident fund dues and GST for the periods
indicated:
The following table depicts the delays in filing GST returns by the Company:
Fiscal Return Type Delayed filings
Fiscal 2025 GSTR-1 2
Fiscal 2024 GSTR-1 9
Fiscal 2023 GSTR-1 6
Fiscal 2025 GSTR-3B 5
Fiscal 2024 GSTR-3B 8
Fiscal 2023 GSTR-3B 10
*As certified by the Statutory Auditors pursuant to their certificate dated September 6, 2025.
Governing laws Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Provident Fund
Amount in lakh NA NA 10.48
Number of cases of delay NA NA 7
Average number of days delayed NA NA 144
Employee State Insurance Corporation contribution
Amount in lakh NA NA NA
Number of cases of delay NA NA NA
Average number of days delayed NA NA NA
Income Tax and Tax Deducted at source
Amount in lakh NA NA NA
Number of cases of delay NA NA NA
Average number of days delayed NA NA NA
Professional Tax
Amount in lakh NA NA NA
Number of cases of delay NA NA NA
Average number of days delayed NA NA NA
*As certified by the Statutory Auditors pursuant to their certificate dated September 6, 2025
Recognizing the importance of timely and accurate regulatory compliance, our Company has undertaken
corrective steps to address and prevent such delays in the future. These measures include the appointment
of dedicated personnel specifically tasked with overseeing compliance, regulatory reporting, and
statutory filings.
In addition, we have implemented enhanced internal processes and reporting structures to ensure that all
regulatory requirements are tracked, escalated, and fulfilled within the prescribed timelines. Where
required, we have also engaged external consultants and legal advisors to review and validate
compliance-related workflows, strengthen documentation standards, and provide oversight during
critical reporting cycles. These steps are intended to institutionalize accountability and reduce reliance
on ad hoc or reactive approaches to compliance.
49While we believe that these initiatives have significantly improved our internal compliance capabilities,
there can be no assurance that future delays or lapses will not occur. Any failure to comply with applicable
laws and regulatory filing requirements in a timely manner may subject us to warnings, penalties, or
reputational risks, all of which could adversely affect our operations or delay future corporate actions.
14. There may have been certain instances of non-compliances with respect to certain corporate actions
taken by our Company in the past. Consequently, we may be subject to regulatory actions and
penalties.
There were certain instances of secretarial irregularities and discrepancies in our Company, such as delay
in filings (i) Form MGT-14 for Fiscal 2023, 2024 and 2025 for appointment of internal auditor,
appointment of Directors and Key Managerial Personnels and approval of Directors Report and Financial
Statements for Fiscal 2024, (ii) Form INC 27 for conversion from Private Limited Company to Public
Limited Company, (iii) Form DIR-12 for appointment of Directors and Key Managerial Personnel, (iv)
Form MR-1 for appointment of Managing Director, (v) PAS 6 for Fiscal 2023, 2024 and 2025 for
reconciliation of share capital and audit report, (vi) CHG-1 for Fiscal 2024 for modification of charge,
(vii) AOC-4 for Fiscal 2023 and 2024 for filing of financial statements and (viii) AOC-5 for Fiscal 2024
and 2025 with respect to notice of address at which the books of accounts were maintained. However,
our Company has made all the requisite filings with payment of additional fees to the Ministry of
Corporate Affairs, as applicable. While we shall endeavour to avoid such delay filings, there can be no
assurance that there will be no delays with the filing of certain documents in the future.
Further, our Company had also made certain inadvertent clerical errors in Form PAS-3 filed in respect of
allotments of shares dated March 25, 2015, March 30, 2015 and July 10, 2015 and in the MGT-7 filed
for Fiscal Year 2024, wherein the date of the general meeting convened for the conversion of the
Company from a private limited to a public limited company was inadvertently not captured.
Additionally, the form MGT-7 did not reflect the details of Directors whose appointments had been
effected. Upon identification of these errors during an internal review, our Company undertook corrective
measures by refiling revised Form PAS-3 with the Registrar of Companies along with the requisite
supporting documents to ensure compliance with the statutory requirements. In order to further rectify
the said clerical and technical error, we also suo moto filed separate adjudication applications before the
Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra at Mumbai to adjudicating the penalties for the aforesaid non-
compliances under the Companies Act, 2013 and the same are pending as on date.
Furthermore, our Company had filed Form FC-GPR in respect of the allotment of 6,85,500 Equity Shares
made on March 25, 2015, pursuant to the receipt of ₹68,55,530 from Greta Industries Pte. Ltd. on March
18, 2015. The Foreign Inward Remittance Certificate evidencing receipt of the said funds was issued by
the Authorised Dealer Bank on March 19, 2015. The aforesaid shares were allotted on a rights issue basis.
However, while filing the said Form FC-GPR, the nature of issue was inadvertently marked as
“Preferential Allotment” instead of “Rights Issue”. Accordingly, our Company has submitted a
compounding application under the provisions of FEMA to the Reserve Bank of India, which has been
submitted physically and is currently pending disposal.
Our Company in the past has filed Form FC-GPR for the issuance of 3,50,76,225 Equity Shares to Greta
Industries Pte Limited allotted on June 23, 2025. While our Company had initially initiated the process
for filing Form FCGPR, our filing was rejected by HDFC Bank Limited pending submission of certain
documents on July 15, 2025. Our Company is in the process of re-submission of the Form FC-GPR along
with the required documents. Any adverse outcome in relation to this non-compliance may adversely
affect its reputation with stakeholders, including existing and potential investors. It may also lead to
increased scrutiny from regulatory authorities in future foreign investment transactions. Further, we may
be required to file a compounding application before the RBI in this regard post filing of Form FC-GPR,
as may be directed.
While our Company believes that these defaults were unintentional, clerical or technical in nature and
has taken corrective steps, there can be no assurance that penalties or regulatory actions will not be
imposed. Further, there can be no assurance that future instances of delay, error or non-compliance in
50relation to filings or other statutory requirements will not occur, which may have an adverse effect on
our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.
15. We may require additional financing to meet future capital expenditure requirements, which could
have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
Our business is capital intensive as we require adequate capital to operate and expand our processing
operations. Our historical capital expenditure has been and is expected to be primarily used towards
development and enhancement of production capacities and processing infrastructure. Historically, we
have funded our capital expenditure requirements through a combination of internal accruals and external
borrowings.
As part of our strategy, we intend to establish additional processing unit in Kachchh, Gujarat for which
we have procured the land. There can be no assurance that our expansion plans will be implemented as
planned or on schedule, or that we will achieve our increased planned output capacity or operational
efficiency. We may experience delays or mishaps in the implementation of the expansion plans or are
incur debt or issue of equity or debt securities or a combination of to meet our capital expenditure
requirement. If we decide to raise additional funds through the incurrence of debt, our interest and debt
repayment obligations will increase, and could have a significant effect on our profitability and cash
flows and we may be subject to additional covenants, which could limit our ability to access cash flows
from operations. Any issuance of equity upon conversion of debt, on the other hand, would result in a
dilution of investor’s shareholding in our Company.
16. Any adverse changes in regulations governing our business, products and the products of our
customers, may adversely impact our business, prospects and results of operations.
Regulations and policies implemented by the Government of India as well as the countries to which we
export rice can affect the demand for, expenses related to and availability of our products. In particular,
since large portion of our revenues are derived from exports, any amendments to the export-import
policies of the Government of India as well as the registration requirements in the countries where we
export products may potentially impact the business of our Company.
For instance, in recent years, the Government of India has imposed multiple restrictions on rice exports.
In September 2022, a ban on the export of 100% broken rice was implemented to safeguard domestic
food security. In July 2023, the government imposed a ban on exports of non-basmati white rice, followed
by the imposition of a 20% export duty on parboiled rice in August 2023. Such regulatory actions
significantly disrupted international sales and impacted our ability to meet contractual obligations in
overseas markets. While some of these restrictions were subsequently eased, they underscore the inherent
unpredictability and risks associated with policy-driven trade interventions.
Further, any changes in in tax benefits, incentives and subsidies levied by India or other countries, could
adversely affect our business and results of operations. Protectionist measures, including countervailing
duties and tariffs and government subsidization adopted or currently contemplated by governments in
some of our export markets could adversely affect our sales.
Furthermore, regulatory requirements for Agri-commodities, including food safety standards, quality
certifications, and technical specifications, continue to evolve across jurisdictions. Compliance with such
changes may require us to modify our procurement or processing methods, invest in new infrastructure,
or alter our product portfolio and target markets, potentially incurring significant capital expenditure.
Failure to comply with applicable regulations could delay or restrict product approvals, lead to forced
withdrawal of products from certain markets, or result in penalties, suspensions, or revocation of licenses.
Moreover, any non-compliance with the conditions of existing approvals, registrations, or permits,
whether in India or abroad, may subject us to regulatory actions, including shutdowns or sanctions. We
cannot assure you that we will always be able to comply with all applicable laws and regulations. Any
failure to do so may adversely affect our business, operations, cash flows, and financial condition.
5117. Delays or defaults in payments by our customers could increase our working capital requirements,
impact our cash flows, and adversely affect our financial performance and condition.
We are exposed to the risk of delays and/or defaults in payments from our customers, which can directly
impact our working capital cycle, profitability, and liquidity. Our ability to maintain a stable cash flow is
largely dependent on the creditworthiness and timely payments of our customers. Any default or delay
in payments, particularly where we have already deployed resources for fulfilling such orders, could lead
to an increase in receivables, reduced liquidity, and strain on our operating cash flows.
Our trade receivables as on Fiscals 2025, 2024, and 2023 stood at ₹20,884.32 lakhs, ₹3,122.01 lakhs and
₹11,669.82 lakhs, respectively. The trade receivable turnover ratio (i.e., revenue from operations divided
by average gross trade receivables) for the Fiscals 2025, 2024, and 2023 was 11.33 times, 9.01 times,
and 11.20 times, respectively, with trade receivable days at 32 days, 41 days, and 33 days for the same
periods. Factors such as customer financial stress, deterioration in market conditions, or global economic
volatility may lead to increased payment cycles or defaults.
Any future increase in bad debts could result in impairment losses, directly affecting our earnings and
financial health.
We currently do not follow a formal written credit policy, which may further expose us to credit risk and
inconsistency in recovery practices. An increase in the debtor turnover cycle or defaults could lead to
higher working capital requirements, impact our ability to fund operations or meet financial obligations,
and may require external borrowing, thereby increasing our finance costs.
Any material adverse change in customer payment behaviour, a rise in bad debts, or concentration of
credit exposure could negatively affect our financial performance, operating cash flows, and overall
business operations.
18. We have significant working capital requirements and our inability to meet such working capital
requirements may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
Our business demands significant working capital to fund the procurement of paddy/raw rice, facilitate
manufacturing processes, and maintain adequate inventory of paddy/raw rice and processed rice for
timely customer deliveries. Furthermore, our working capital requirements is higher due to B2B
customers, which requires offering extended credit terms. Increased working capital demands may also
arise as we take on a larger volume of orders due to business growth.
Our working capital is funded through borrowings and internal accruals. For details, see “Financial
Indebtedness” on page 319.
The table below presents our working capital requirement and its funding pattern for the indicated years:
(in ₹ lakh)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Working capital requirement 31,057.39 8,550.32 11,372.26
Short term borrowings from banks 20,016.21 103.46 4,807.79
Internal accruals and equity 11,041.18 8,446.86 6,564.47
*As certified by Statutory Auditors, pursuant to their certificate dated September 6, 2025.
We typically rely on internal accruals as well as credit facilities with banks to provide for our working
capital arrangements. During the Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024, Fiscal 2023, our working capital days was 76
days, 46 days and 32 days respectively. As we pursue our growth plan, we may be required to raise
additional funds by incurring further indebtedness or issuing additional equity to meet our working
capital requirements in the future. Any increase in debt financing could increase our interest costs and
require us to comply with additional restrictive covenants in our financing agreements.
Furthermore, the objects of the Offer include full or part repayment and/or prepayment of certain
outstanding borrowings availed by our Company. Pursuant to the terms of the borrowing arrangements,
prepayment of certain indebtedness may attract prepayment charges as prescribed by the respective
52lender. For information in relation to our management estimates and assumptions on the Objects of the
Offer, see “Objects of the Offer” on page 108.
Additional equity financing could dilute our earnings per Equity Share and your interest in the Company
and could adversely impact our Equity Share price. There can be no assurance that we will generate
sufficient cash flows or be able to borrow funds in a timely basis, or at all, to meet our working capital
and other requirements, or to pay our debt, which could materially and adversely affect our business and
results of operations.
19. We require certain approvals and licenses in the ordinary course of business and are required to
comply with certain rules and regulations to operate our business, any failure to obtain, retain and
renew such approvals and licences or comply with such rules and regulations may adversely affect
our operations.
Our business operations are subject to numerous statutory and regulatory approvals, permits, licenses,
and registrations at the central, state, and local levels. These approvals are critical for conducting and
expanding our activities, particularly in relation to our processing facility at Nagpur, Maharashtra, our
warehousing and export business, and our compliance with applicable food safety, environmental, and
industrial regulations. Many of these approvals are valid only for specific periods and are subject to
periodic renewal, modification, or replacement by the relevant authorities. Any delay or failure in
obtaining, maintaining, or renewing such approvals may result in interruptions to our operations, the
imposition of penalties, or restrictions on our ability to conduct business.
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, approvals pertaining to Fire NoC and Ground Water
NoC are pending for renewal or grant. While these applications are under consideration, we cannot assure
you that they will be granted or renewed in a timely manner, or at all. Any refusal or delay in obtaining
such approvals could materially impact our ability to operate facilities, procure resources, or expand
capacity in line with our business strategies. For more details relating to applications relating to the
licenses and approvals relating to our business, see “Government and Other Statutory Approvals” on
page 361.
While we have not had any material instances of failure to obtain registrations or making applications
required to conduct our businesses during the past three Fiscals, we cannot assure you that approvals,
licenses and registrations will be successfully granted or renewed in a timely manner or at all in the
future. We also cannot assure you that our approvals and consents will not be suspended or revoked in
the future. Failure to obtain, maintain or renew the approvals, licenses and registrations required to
operate our business could adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of
operations.
Further, some of our permits, licenses and approvals are subject to several conditions and we cannot
provide any assurance that we will be able to continuously meet such conditions or be able to prove
compliance with such conditions to the statutory authorities, which may lead to the cancellation,
revocation or suspension of relevant permits, licenses or approvals which may result in the interruption
of our operations and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows
and results of operations. For more details relating to licenses and approvals relating to our business, see
“Government and Other Statutory Approvals” on page 361.
20. Under-utilization of our manufacturing capacity and an inability to effectively utilize our
manufacturing capacity could have an adverse effect on our business, future prospects and future
financial performance.
The following table sets forth certain information relating to the capacity utilization of our Manufacturing
Facility calculated on the basis of total installed production capacity and actual production, as of and for
the years/periods indicated herein:
The following table sets forth the average capacity utilization of the Company’s products at our
Manufacturing Facility for the specified periods:
53Period Installed Capacity in Actual Utilisation in tonnes Capacity Utilisation
tonnes (TPA) (TPA) (%)
Fiscal 2025 76,800.00 42,680.31 55.57%
Fiscal 2024 76,800.00 32,102.01 41.80%
Fiscal 2023 76,800.00 75,616.58 98.46%
As certified by V. N. Talithaya, Independent Chartered Engineer, by way of their certificate dated August 25, 2025.
For details, see “Our Business – Capacity Utilization” on page 203.
With effect from August 2025, the installed capacity of our Nagpur rice milling facility has been
increased to 1,63,200 MT per annum pursuant to approvals received from the Maharashtra Pollution
Control Board. This expansion significantly enhances our processing capability and positions us to meet
increasing demand from both domestic and export markets. However, our ability to fully benefit from
this expanded capacity is contingent upon several factors, including uninterrupted operations at our
facility, sustained demand from our key customers, and our ability to procure sufficient raw materials at
competitive prices.
Any disruption in operations at our Nagpur facility, whether due to equipment breakdowns, labour
disputes, natural calamities, industrial accidents could result in underutilization of the expanded capacity
and directly affect our ability to meet customer requirements in a timely manner. Since customer retention
in our business is closely tied to consistent quality and timely delivery, even temporary interruptions
could adversely impact customer confidence and order volumes.
Further, while the increase in installed capacity is expected to support higher volumes, there can be no
assurance that actual demand from our customers will increase proportionately or that we will be able to
fully utilize the expanded milling capacity. Failure to achieve optimal utilization of this capacity, or
delays in scaling operations to match market demand, may result in higher fixed costs per unit, reduced
operating efficiency, and lower profitability.
Accordingly, while the capacity enhancement strengthens our operational capabilities, any inability to
effectively utilize or sustain this expanded capacity could materially and adversely affect our business,
results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition.
21. We have contingent liabilities, and our financial condition could be adversely affected if any of these
contingent liabilities materializes.
As of March 31, 2025, contingent liabilities disclosed in the notes to our audited and Restated Financial
Statements aggregated ₹ 449.44 lakhs. The following table sets forth our contingent liabilities as at Fiscal
2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023 as per the Restated Financial Information:
(₹in lakhs)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
a) Contingent Liabilities
Claims Against the company not acknowledged as debt 449.44 240.24 -
Notes:
1. A case has been filed by the Company against Union Bank of India (UBI) before the Hon’ble High Court in connection with
undue charges levied by UBI during the transfer of a cash credit facility. In relation to the dispute, a Fixed Deposit (FD)
amounting to ₹240.24 Lakhs has been placed with a lien in favour of UBI. The matter is currently sub judice. Based on legal
advice obtained, the management believes that the likelihood of a favorable outcome is high. Accordingly, the amount is
disclosed as a contingent liability.
2. A Show Cause Notice was received from the Office of the Commissioner of Customs in respect of short payment of export
duty of ₹209.20 Lakhs. Since the notice was served after the reporting date but before approval of the financial statements,
the same has been disclosed as a contingent liability in accordance with Ind AS 10 and Ind AS 37.
If any of these contingent liabilities materialize against us, our financial condition and results of operation
may be adversely affected. For details, please see “Restated Financial Statements - Note no. 50 -
Contingent Liabilities” on page 315.
22. We rely on third-party transportation providers for inbound raw materials and outbound finished
goods, and any disruption or inefficiency in such logistics arrangements may adversely affect our
business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
54We are dependent on third-party logistics and transportation providers for (i) the movement of inputs
from our suppliers to our Manufacturing Facility, and (ii) the delivery of our products to our customers
in India and outside India. Any delay, disruption, or inefficiency in the logistics network may impair our
ability to maintain smooth operations or timely order fulfillment.
Delays in transportation can arise from multiple external factors including labor strikes, fuel price
volatility, adverse weather, road blockages, natural disasters, public health emergencies (such as the
COVID-19 pandemic), and regulatory changes affecting freight movement. Additionally, products and
raw materials in transit may be exposed to risks such as theft, mishandling, damage, or loss, which could
result in quality degradation or shortfall in quantity at destination.
While we have not faced any material disruptions in transportation during Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023,
we cannot assure you that such incidents will not occur in the future. Any delay or non-delivery of raw
materials may impact our production schedules, while delays in customer deliveries could affect our
reputation and customer retention. Furthermore, compensation from transporters or insurers may not
always be adequate to cover associated losses.
The table below sets forth our transportation cost (including ocean freight) as a percentage of our revenue
from operations for the years/period indicated:
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount (₹ % of Amount (₹ % of Amount (₹ % of
in lakhs) Revenue in lakhs) Revenue in lakhs) Revenue
from from from
Operations Operations Operations
Transportation 5,734.17 4.22% 3,851.09 5.78% 9,255.47 7.35%
cost
(including
ocean freight)
We could be required to expend considerable resources in addressing our transportation requirements,
including by way of absorbing any excess charges to maintain our selling price, which could adversely
affect our results of operations, or passing these charges on to our customers, which could adversely
affect demand for our products.
23. We have faced negative cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing
activities in the past.
We have sustained negative cash flow used in operating activities for Fiscal 2025. The following table
sets forth certain information relating to our cash flows during the Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023.
(₹ in lakhs)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Net cash generated from/ (used in) operating (15,534.22) 6,130.98 1,506.76
activities
Net Cash from Investing Activities (2,735.52) (967.72) (431.98)
Net Cash from Financing Activities 18,495.09 (5,172.11) (1,099.26)
For further details see, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations - Cash Flows” on page 344.
During the Fiscal ended 2025, sales increased significantly from ₹66,604.88 lakhs in Fiscal 2024 to
₹1,35,944.79 lakhs, as a result of significant increase in receivables and inventory. This resulted in
negative operating cash flow during Fiscal 2025. Additionally, tax paid increased to ₹1,460.90 lakhs
during Fiscal 2025 from ₹512.91 lakhs during Fiscal 2024.
However, we recorded positive cash flow from financing activities, primarily due to increased utilization
of working capital limits, which increased from ₹103.46 lakhs in Fiscal 2024 to ₹20,016.21 lakhs in
55Fiscal 2025. Since the company’s sales have nearly doubled compared to the previous year, the working
capital requirement has also increased significantly. While the business has generated healthy operating
profit, a substantial increase in receivables and inventory has absorbed most of the cash, resulting in a
negative operating cash flow.
There can be no assurances that cash flows will be positive in the future thereby creating an adverse
impact on our ability to meet working capital expenditure, repay loans without raising finance from
external resources. If we are not able to generate sufficient cash flows, it may adversely affect our
business and financial operations.
24. We enter into certain related party transactions in the ordinary course of our business and we cannot
assure you that such transactions will not adversely affect our business, results of operations,
profitability and margins, cash flows and financial condition.
We enter into certain transactions with related parties in the ordinary course of our business and may
continue to enter into related party transactions in the future. Our related party transactions include loan
obtained/repaid, interest served, and remuneration, among other things.
The transactions we may enter into with our related parties in the future could potentially involve
conflicts of interest, which may be detrimental to the interest of our Company and we cannot assure you
that such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, will always be in the best interests of our minority
Shareholders and will not adversely affect our business, results of operations, profitability and margins,
cash flows and financial condition.
While all such transactions have been conducted on an arm’s length basis, in accordance with the
Companies Act and other applicable regulations pertaining to the evaluation and approval of such
transactions, all related party transactions that we may enter into post-listing will be subject to an
approval by our Audit Committee, our Board, or our Shareholders, as required under the Companies Act
and the SEBI Listing Regulations.
For details of our related party transactions, see “Summary of the Offer Document —Summary of
related party transactions” and “Restated Financial Statements - Related Party Transactions” on pages
30 and 301, respectively.
25. Our lenders have charge over our movable and immovable properties in respect of finance availed by
us.
We have provided security in respect of loans/facilities availed by us from banks and financial institutions
by creating a charge over our movable and immovable properties. The total amount outstanding and
payable by us as secured loans based was ₹ 15,438.20 lakhs, as on July 31, 2025. In the event we default
in repayment of the loans / facilities availed by us and any interest thereof, our assets may be subject to
forfeiture by lenders, which in turn could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations. However, in the last three Fiscals, there have been no such instances
of delayed payment to our bankers.. For further details of the secured loans availed by us, see “Financial
Indebtedness” on page 319.
26. We are subject to restrictive covenants under our financing agreements that could limit our flexibility
in managing our business or to use cash or other assets. Any defaults could lead to acceleration of our
repayment obligations, cross defaults under other financing agreements, termination of one or more
of our financing agreements or force us to sell our assets, which may adversely affect our cash flows,
business, results of operations and financial condition.
We have entered into agreements for secured short term borrowings with certain lenders. As on July 31,
2025, an aggregate of ₹15,438.20 lakhs was outstanding towards loans availed from banks. The credit
facilities availed by us are secured by way of mortgage of fixed assets, hypothecation of current assets
(both present and future), personal guarantees given by our Promoters and member of Promoter Group,
namely Anup Ramavtar Goyal, Ramavtar Agrawal, Nitesh Chaudhari, Rishi Kumar Agrawal, Payal
Goyal and Saroj Devi Agrawal and corpoarate guarantee of Greta Green Energy Private Limited. For
56details, see “Financial Indebtedness” on page 319.
In case we are not able to pay our dues in time, the same may amount to a default under the loan
documentation and all the penal and termination provisions therein would get triggered and the loans
granted to us may be recalled with penal interest. This could severely affect our operations and financial
condition. Our financing agreements include certain covenants that require us to obtain lender consents
prior to carrying out certain corporate activities and entering into certain transactions, such as, incurring
any additional borrowings, undertaking capital expenditure, diversifying business, advance or repay
loans, effect any dividend pay-out in case of delays in debt servicing, effect any change in shareholding
pattern and management control of the Company, amongst others. Although, we have received the
requisite prior consent from our lenders in relation to the proposed Offer, any intentional or unintentional
breach of financial or non-financial covenant in the future may qualify as an event of default under
financing agreements.
We cannot assure you that the lenders will not seek to enforce their rights in respect of any breach by us
under our financing agreements. Any failure to comply with any condition or covenant under our
financing agreements that is not waived by the lenders or is not otherwise cured by us, may lead to a
termination of our credit facilities and/or acceleration of all amounts due under the relevant credit facility.
Further, such breach and relevant actions by the lenders could also trigger enforcement action by other
lenders pursuant to cross-default provisions under certain of our financing agreements. Further, if the
obligations under any of our financing agreements are accelerated, we may have to dedicate a substantial
portion of our cash flow from operations to make payments under the financing documents, thereby
reducing the availability of cash for our operations. In addition, the lenders may enforce their security
interest in certain of our assets. Any future inability to comply with the covenants under our financing
agreements or to obtain the necessary consents required thereunder may lead to termination of our credit
facilities, levy of penal interest, acceleration of all amounts due under such financing agreements and
enforcement of any security provided. Any of these circumstances would have an adverse effect our
business, results of operation and financial condition.
Further, the said credit facilities can be renewed/enhanced/cancelled/suspended/reduced and the terms
and conditions of the same can be altered by the lending banks, at their discretion. In the event, the
lenders refuse to renew / enhance the credit facilities and/or cancel / suspend / reduce the said credit
facilities and/or alter the terms and conditions to the derogation of our Company, then our existing
operations as well as our future business prospects and financial condition may be severely affected.
27. Our business is vulnerable to natural calamities and seasonal variations, particularly the performance
of the monsoon, which may adversely impact paddy availability, procurement costs, and overall
business performance.
India is prone to various natural calamities such as floods, droughts, cyclones, landslides, and
earthquakes, which can disrupt agricultural activity and impact key sectors of the economy. The extent
and severity of these events directly affect agricultural production, consumption, and supply chains,
particularly in Agri-dependent sectors such as rice processing and exports. Our operations, which rely
significantly on the availability and cost of paddy, are closely tied to India’s agricultural cycle and, by
extension, the annual monsoon.
Rice, being a water-intensive crop, is highly dependent on timely and evenly distributed monsoon rains.
Deficient or excessive monsoon rainfall can lead to lower paddy yields, crop damage, or delays in
harvesting, all of which can result in procurement shortages, increased raw material costs, and supply
chain disruptions. Additionally, extreme weather events like floods in rice-growing states can damage
stored paddy or affect transportation and logistics, further affecting our ability to meet export timelines
and customer commitments.
For instance, delayed or below-normal monsoons can push up domestic paddy prices, which may not
always be recoverable from customers, especially in the export market, due to fixed or competitive
pricing arrangements. Conversely, surplus rainfall may lead to crop spoilage, quality deterioration, or
logistical bottlenecks in sourcing, storing, and transporting rice.
57While we take precautions to mitigate such risks, through diversified sourcing, storage infrastructure,
and vendor networks, our business remains inherently exposed to the uncertainty of weather patterns and
climate change impacts. Any significant monsoon failure or climate-related disruptions could materially
affect our procurement strategy, cost structure, and operational efficiency, thereby adversely impacting
our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.
28. Our inability to effectively manage our growth or successfully implement our business strategies may
adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We have identified several strategic initiatives that are critical to our future growth, including expanding
our presence in international markets while driving growth in the domestic market, augmenting our
milling and processing capacity through the establishment of a new facility, and strengthening our
balance sheet by focusing on deleveraging, enhancing financial flexibility, and cost optimization. For
further details, see “Our Business – Strategies” on page 193. The execution of these strategies will
require careful planning, precise demand forecasting, effective procurement of equipment, timely capital
deployment, and the ability to realize projected reductions in energy costs through renewable sourcing
initiatives.
The success of these initiatives, however, is dependent on several external factors that are beyond our
control, such as receipt of timely regulatory and environmental clearances, availability of infrastructure,
performance of vendors and contractors, and overall macroeconomic and trade conditions. Rising input
costs and supply chain constraints could further delay or increase the cost of implementation. Any such
delays or cost overruns may materially affect the pace and profitability of our growth.
In addition, the successful implementation of our expansion initiatives will place increased demands on
our management, systems, and internal controls. As we scale, we will need to continuously strengthen
our operational infrastructure, attract and retain skilled personnel, upgrade technology platforms, and
enhance management information systems to handle the added complexity of expanded operations. There
can be no assurance that our internal processes, controls, and managerial capacity will be able to keep
pace with these increased demands.
Failure to implement our strategic initiatives in a timely and cost-efficient manner, or the inability to
derive expected benefits from such initiatives, could adversely impact our operational performance and
profitability, strain our financial resources, and weaken our competitive position in both domestic and
international markets. Such outcomes could materially and adversely affect our business, results of
operations, cash flows, and long-term growth prospects.
29. Any shortage, disruption, or unavailability of electricity may adversely affect our manufacturing
operations, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our manufacturing operations are energy-intensive and require continuous and reliable electricity to
ensure uninterrupted milling, processing, and packaging activities. Our manufacturing facility houses
advanced, automated machinery from global suppliers such as Buhler and Kinetic, which requires
uninterrupted power supply to maintain efficiency and avoid downtime. Any disruption, shortage, or
unavailability of electricity, whether due to grid failures, power rationing, constraints in fuel logistics, or
other external factors, can directly impact the efficiency of our manufacturing processes, delay
production timelines, and result in underutilization of installed capacity.
For the Fiscals 2025, 2024, and 2023, our electricity expenses were ₹353.99 lakhs, ₹263.52 lakhs, and
₹306.75 lakhs, respectively, accounting for 0.27%, 0.40% and 0.25% of our total expenses for continuing
operations during the respective periods. While we have not experienced material disruptions in
electricity supply during these periods, there can be no assurance that such issues will not arise in the
future. Any significant or prolonged outages may result in reduced output, delays in fulfilling customer
orders, and potential contractual disputes, which could adversely affect customer confidence and our
ability to retain business.
30. Information relating to the historical installed capacities of our Manufacturing Facility included in
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus may be based on certain assumptions and estimates by the
58independent chartered engineer verifying such information and future production and capacity
utilization may vary.
Information relating to our installed capacities and the historical capacity utilization of our
Manufacturing Facility included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus may be based on certain
assumptions and estimates, including assumptions relating to availability and quality of raw materials
and operational efficiencies. While we have obtained a certificate dated August 25, 2025, from V. N.
Talithaya, Independent Chartered Engineer, in relation to installed and utilized capacity and actual
production levels, future capacity utilization rates may vary from the historical capacity utilization rates.
In addition, capacity utilization is calculated differently in different companies, countries, industries and
for the kinds of products we manufacture. Actual utilization rates may differ significantly from the
estimated installed capacities or historical estimated capacity utilization information of our
Manufacturing Facility. While we take efforts to ensure that our production capacity is, at all times,
utilized at optimum levels, such as determining the levels of business that we shall seek and accept,
production schedules, personnel requirements and other resource requirements, based on our internal
estimates and targets, if we are unable to fully utilize our installed capacities in the future, there could be
a negative impact on our cost and profitability and thereby adversely affecting our financial condition.
Undue reliance should therefore not be placed on our installed capacity or historically estimated capacity
utilization information for our existing Manufacturing Facility included in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus. For further details of our production and capacity utilization, see “Our Business – Capacity
Utilization” on page 203.
31. We do not own any registered trademarks, and our right to use trademarks is dependent on a license
from Greta Investments Private Limited, which itself is only an applicant and not the registered owner
of such trademarks. Any failure to secure registrations or maintain this license could adversely affect
our brand, reputation, and business.
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not own any registered
trademarks under the Trademarks Act, 1999. Greta Investments Private Limited, an entity of the Greta
Group, has filed applications for registration of certain trademarks on April 15, 2025, under Classes 4, 6,
30 and 40, bearing Application Numbers 6957898, 6957899, 6957900 and 6957901. These applications
are currently pending, and therefore Greta Investments Private Limited is not the registered owner of
these trademarks. Greta Investments Private Limited has, however, entered into a Trademark License
Agreement dated May 06, 2025, with our Company, pursuant to which we are permitted to use the
trademarks applied for. The details of the trademark application made by Greta Investments Private
Limited is as follows:
Date of Particulars of the Mark Application Number Class of Registration
Application
April 15, 2025 6957898 4
April 15, 2025 6957899 6
April 15, 2025 6957900 30
April 15, 2025 6957901 40
Our continued right to use these trademarks is contingent upon the subsistence of this license and the
eventual registration of the marks in favor of Greta Investments Private Limited. Since the trademarks
are only at the application stage, there is no assurance that they will proceed to registration or that such
registrations, if obtained, will not be challenged, opposed, or later revoked. In addition, as the
59applications are not in our name, we have limited control over the prosecution, renewal, and enforcement
of these trademarks, leaving us dependent on Greta Investments Private Limited to take timely and
appropriate steps to protect them.
If the license agreement is terminated, not renewed, or otherwise disputed, or if Greta Investments Private
Limited fails to maintain or secure registration of these marks, we may lose the right to use the
trademarks. Such an event could disrupt our branding, cause confusion in the marketplace, and weaken
our competitive positioning, particularly in export markets where reputation and certifications are critical
to sustaining customer relationships.
Although we have not experienced any trademark disputes or unauthorized use of our identifiers during
the past three fiscals, there can be no assurance that such issues will not arise in the future. Any failure
to secure proprietary registrations in our own name, or any adverse development in relation to the license
from Greta Investments Private Limited, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of
operations, financial condition, and long-term growth prospects.
32. Inaccurate demand forecasting or disruptions in our supply chain may lead to inventory imbalances
or loss of business, which could adversely affect our operations and financial performance.
Our procurement planning, production planning and raw material procurement are largely dependent on
internal demand forecasts, which take into account historical customer order patterns, broker and mandi-
level inputs, prevailing international trade sentiment, and anticipated seasonal demand in key export
markets. If we overestimate demand, we may accumulate excess raw material inventory, particularly
paddy and rice, which could result in increased storage and carrying costs, tied-up working capital, and
potential quality deterioration during prolonged storage.
Conversely, if we underestimate demand, or face procurement or production delays due to fluctuations
in paddy prices, monsoon variations, logistical bottlenecks, or capacity constraints at our Nagpur facility,
we may not be able to fulfil customer orders in a timely manner. This could result in loss of orders,
cancellation of shipments, strained broker and customer relationships, and an erosion of market share,
particularly in highly competitive and time-sensitive export markets.
Our operations depend on synchronized coordination across procurement, processing, storage, and export
logistics. Disruptions at any stage of this chain, such as delays in mandi procurement, transportation
bottlenecks, port congestion, or regulatory hurdles in export markets, can create ripple effects that impair
our ability to deliver products on schedule. Since a significant portion of our business is derived from
exports under third party labelling arrangements, timely fulfilment of buyer specifications is critical for
customer retention and repeat business.
While we have not experienced material forecasting inaccuracies or major supply chain disruptions
during the last three Fiscals, we cannot assure that such issues will not arise in the future. Any mismatch
between anticipated and actual demand, or significant supply chain disruptions, could adversely impact
our production efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital cycle, and overall financial
performance.
33. Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to protect us against all potential losses, which could
materially and adversely affect our business, operations, and profitability.
We maintain insurance coverage for certain risks associated with the operations of our business, including
standard fire and special perils, boiler and pressure plant insurance policy, vehicle insurance, stock held
at godown insurance policy and multi buyer exposure policy (export credit guarantee corporation
scheme). As of March 31, 2025, the insurance coverage maintained by us included coverage for our
assets such as property, plant and equipment and inventories. For further details, see “Our Business –
Insurance” on page 208.
Details of our insurance coverage as at March 31, 2025, are as provided below:
Particulars Amount (in ₹ lakhs)
60Total Assets as of March 31, 2025, including gross block of property, 16,091.42
plant and equipment and inventories
Sum Insured of Assets (Excluding ECGC) as of March 31, 2025 (in ₹ 31,766.96
lakhs)
Percentage of insurance coverage (in %) 197.42%
*As certified by the Statutory Auditors, pursuant to their certificate dated September 6, 2025.
Our insurance policies may not adequately cover all risks or potential losses. We may not have identified
every risk, and we may be uninsured against certain risks either because such risks are uninsurable, not
insurable on commercially acceptable terms, or because the cost of obtaining coverage is not
commercially feasible. In addition, our insurance coverage is subject to specified limits and exclusions,
and losses in excess of these limits, or losses arising from events not covered under our policies, would
need to be borne by us. For instance, risks such as pandemics (including COVID-19), certain operational
risks, natural calamities, business interruptions, regulatory actions, or other unforeseen events may not
be covered by our policies or may only be partially covered.
We cannot assure you that our insurance policies will be sufficient or effective under all circumstances
or against all hazards and liabilities to which we may be exposed. Further, our insurance coverage is
subject to periodic renewal. While we apply for renewals in the ordinary course of business and have not
faced material instances of non-renewal or claim rejection during the last three Fiscals, there can be no
assurance that such renewals will always be granted in a timely manner, on acceptable terms, or at all.
In the event that we suffer a loss or damage for which we do not have insurance coverage, or where the
loss exceeds the sum insured, or where our insurance claims are rejected, such losses would have to be
borne by us directly. Given that our facility represents a single, integrated location for our milling and
processing operations, any uninsured or underinsured event affecting this facility could
disproportionately impact our operations. The occurrence of such events could materially and adversely
affect our business, financial condition, cash flows, and results of operations.
34. Any recalls, rejections, or product liability claims could result in significant costs, regulatory
consequences, and reputational harm, thereby adversely affecting our business, revenues, and
profitability.
A significant part of our business is export-driven, which exposes us to heightened risks relating to
product quality, regulatory compliance, and customer expectations in international markets. Export
consignments are often subject to third-party quality inspections initiated by buyers or mandated by
destination country authorities. If our products fail to conform to agreed specifications, such as grain
length, moisture content, broken grain percentage, or absence of contaminants, they may be rejected at
the port of export or import, recalled, or returned. Such rejections not only result in direct financial losses
but also damage customer confidence, particularly in overseas markets where quality standards are
stringent and tolerance for deviations is low.
In addition, in case of any rejection of the rice supplied we may be required to absorb the financial losses.
Further, adverse publicity in international markets, where customers are highly quality-conscious, could
have a disproportionate impact on our reputation, goodwill, and ability to secure repeat orders and
adversely affect our revenues, profitability, cash flows, and long-term growth prospects.
We may also be exposed to product liability claims that could arise from processing defects,
contamination, adulteration, product tampering, or negligence in production, storage, or handling, which
may lead to deterioration of our products. During the last three Fiscals, we have not been subject to any
product liability claims or lawsuits. While we strive to maintain the desired quality, there can be no
assurance that we will not face such claims in the future, and their severity, timing, and financial impact
are inherently unpredictable.
35. If we are unable to establish and maintain effective internal controls and compliance system, our
business and reputation could be adversely affected.
61We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal measures commensurate with the
size and complexity of operations. Our internal audit functions make an evaluation of the adequacy and
effectiveness of internal systems on an ongoing basis so that our operations adhere to our policies,
compliance requirements and internal guidelines. We periodically test and update our internal processes
and systems and there have been no past material instances of failure to maintain effective internal
controls and compliance system. However, we are exposed to operational risks arising from the potential
inadequacy or failure of internal processes or systems, and our actions may not be sufficient to ensure
effective internal checks and balances in all circumstances.
We take reasonable steps to maintain appropriate procedures for compliance and disclosure and to
maintain effective internal controls over our financial reporting so that we produce reliable financial
reports and prevent financial fraud. As risks evolve and develop, internal controls must be reviewed on
an ongoing basis. Maintaining such internal controls requires human diligence and compliance and is
therefore subject to lapses in judgment and failures that result from human error. Any lapses in judgment
or failures that result from human error can affect the accuracy of our financial reporting, resulting in a
loss of investor confidence and a decline in the price of our equity shares.
Further, our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws and regulations. These laws generally prohibit
us and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments
to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business
advantage. While our code of conduct requires our employees and intermediaries to comply with all
applicable laws, and we continue to enhance our policies and procedures in an effort to ensure compliance
with applicable anti-corruption laws and regulations, these measures may not prevent the breach of such
anti-corruption laws, as there are risks of such breaches in emerging markets. If we are not in compliance
with applicable anti-corruption laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and
other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our
business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any
potential violations of anti-corruption laws by the relevant authorities could also have an adverse impact
on our business and reputation. As we continue to grow, there can be no assurance that there will be no
other instances of such inadvertent non-compliances with statutory requirements, which may subject us
to regulatory action, including monetary penalties, which may adversely affect our business and
reputation.
36. Certain sections of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus disclose information from the CARE Report
which has been commissioned and paid for by us exclusively in connection with the Offer and any
reliance on such information for making an investment decision in the Offer is subject to inherent
risks.
Certain sections of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus include information based on, or derived from the
“Industry Research Report on Rice” dated September 2025, prepared and issued by CARE Analytics
and Advisory Private Limited (“CARE”), appointed by us on February 19, 2025, and exclusively
commissioned and paid for by us in connection with the Offer. CARE is an independent agency which
has no relationship with our Company, our Promoters, Promoter Group and any of our Directors or KMPs
or SMPs.
Further, CARE Report is prepared based on information as of specific dates and may no longer be current
or reflect current trends. Certain information in this Report is subject to limitations and is also based on
estimates, projections, forecasts and assumptions that may prove to be incorrect. Industry sources do not
guarantee the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the data. The CARE Report uses certain
methodologies for market sizing and forecasting. Furthermore, the CARE Report is not a
recommendation to invest/ disinvest in any company covered in the CARE Report. Accordingly,
Investors should not place undue reliance on or base their investment decision solely on this information.
In view of the foregoing, you may not be able to seek legal recourse for any losses resulting from
undertaking any investment in the Offer pursuant to reliance on the information in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus based on, or derived from, the CARE Report. You should consult your own advisors and
undertake an independent assessment of information in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus based on, or
62derived from, the CARE Report before making any investment decision regarding the Offer. For further
details, see “Industry Overview” on page 130 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
37. Except two of our Independent Director, none of the Directors of the Company have experience of
being a director of a public listed company.
Except for Amar Sushil Dammani and Hemant Gopaldas Kalantri, our Independent Directors, the other
Directors of the Company do not have the experience of having held directorship of public listed
company. Accordingly, they have limited exposure to management of affairs of the listed company which
inter-alia entails several compliance requirements and scrutiny of affairs by shareholders, regulators and
the public at large that is associated with being a listed company. As a listed company, the Company will
require to adhere strict standards pertaining to accounting, corporate governance and reporting that it did
not require as an unlisted company. The Company will also be subject to the SEBI Listing Regulations,
which will require it to file audited annual and unaudited quarterly reports with respect to its business
and financial condition. If the Company experiences any delays, we may fail to satisfy its reporting
obligations and/or it may not be able to readily determine and accordingly report any changes in its results
of operations as promptly as other listed companies.
Further, as a publicly listed company, the Company will need to maintain and improve the effectiveness
of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, including keeping
adequate records of daily transactions. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of the
Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, significant
resources and management attention will be required. As a result, the Board of Directors of the Company
may have to provide increased attention to such procedures and their attention may be diverted from our
business concerns, which may adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations and financial
condition. In addition, we may need to hire additional legal and accounting staff with appropriate
experience and technical accounting knowledge, but we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so
in a timely and efficient manner.
38. We may be unable to attract and retain employees with the requisite skills, expertise and experience,
which would adversely affect our operations, business growth and financial results.
We rely on the skills, expertise and experience of our employees to provide continuous and quality
products to our customers. For instance, we require experienced employee for production process and to
carry out quality checks and inspections at all stages of the procurement and rice processing process. Our
employees may terminate their employment with us prematurely and we may not be able to retain them.
The details of attrition rate of employees of the Company during last three Fiscals are as under:
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Average number of employees 58 57 52
Number of employees left/retired 18 21 22
Attrition rate (%) 31.03% 36.84% 42.31%
If we experience any failure to attract and retain competent personnel or any material increase in
manpower costs as a result of the shortage of skilled manpower, our competitiveness and business would
be damaged, thereby adversely affecting our financial condition and operating results. Further, if we fail
to identify suitable replacements of our departed staff, our business and operation could be adversely
affected and our future growth and expansions may be inhibited.
39. Any variation in the utilization of the Net Proceeds as disclosed in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
shall be subject to certain compliance requirements, including prior Shareholders’ approval.
The funding requirements and the deployment (including the schedule of deployment) of the Net
Proceeds are based on the current business plan and strategy of our Company. Our Company may have
to revise these from time to time as a result of variations including changes in estimates and other external
factors, which may not be within the control of the management of our Company. This may entail
rescheduling, revising or cancelling the planned expenditure and fund requirement and increasing or
63decreasing the deployment for a particular purpose from its planned expenditure or changing the schedule
of deployment of the Net Proceeds at the discretion of the Board of Directors of our Company, in
compliance with applicable law. In accordance with Section 27 of the Companies Act, 2013, we cannot
undertake any variation in the utilization of the Net Proceeds or the schedule of deployment of the Net
Proceeds as disclosed in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus without obtaining the shareholders’ approval
through a special resolution In the event of any such circumstances that requires us to undertake variation
in the disclosed utilization of the Net Proceeds, we may not be able to obtain the Shareholders’ approval
in a timely manner, or at all. Any delay or inability in obtaining such Shareholders’ approval may
adversely affect our business or operations. Further, our Promoters or controlling shareholders would be
required to provide an exit opportunity to the shareholders who do not agree with our proposal to modify
the objects of the Offer as prescribed in the SEBI ICDR Regulations. If our shareholders exercise such
exit option, our business and financial condition could be adversely affected. Therefore, we may not be
able to undertake variation of objects of the Offer to use any unutilized proceeds of the Offer, if any, even
if such variation is in the interest of our Company, which may restrict our ability to respond to any change
in our business or financial condition and may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
For further details of the proposed objects of the Offer, see ‘Objects of the Offer’ on page 108.
40. Our funding requirements and the proposed deployment of Net Proceeds have not been appraised by
any bank or financial institution or any other independent agency.
We intend to use Net Proceeds towards (i) Repayment/Pre-payment of certain borrowings; (ii) general
corporate purposes. For details of the objects of the Offer, see “Objects of the Offer” on page 108. The
funding requirement and deployment of the Net Proceeds mentioned as a part of the Objects of the Offer
are based on current conditions and is subject to change in light of changes in external circumstances,
costs, business initiatives, other financial conditions or business strategies. However, the deployment of
Net Proceeds will be monitored by a monitoring agency appointed pursuant to the SEBI ICDR
Regulations. We intend to deploy the Net Proceeds by the end of Fiscal 2026 but may have to reconsider
our estimates or business plans due to changes in underlying factors, some of which are beyond our
control, such as interest rate fluctuations. Accordingly, prospective investors in the Offer will need to
rely upon our management’s judgment with respect to the use of proceeds. If we are unable to deploy the
Net Proceeds in a timely or an efficient manner, it may affect our business and results of operations.
Various risks and uncertainties, including those set forth in this section, may limit or delay our efforts to
use the Net Proceeds to achieve profitable growth in our business. Accordingly, use of the Net Proceeds
for other purposes identified by our management may not result in actual growth of our business,
increased profitability or an increase in the value of our business and your investment. The funding
requirements mentioned as a part of the objects of the Offer are based on internal management estimates
and have not been appraised by any bank or financial institution.
41. Activities involving our manufacturing process can be dangerous and can cause injury to people or
property in certain circumstances. A significant disruption at our Manufacturing Facility may
adversely affect our production schedules, costs, revenue and ability to meet customer demand.
The activities undertaken at our integrated manufacturing facility involve the operation of heavy and
automated machinery, as well as the handling, processing, and storage of large volumes of paddy and
rice. Such operations may pose occupational health and safety risks to our employees and to the labour
deployed at our facility. Despite our efforts to maintain a safe and healthy working environment in line
with applicable occupational health and safety standards and environmental management system
requirements, there can be no assurance that accidents will not occur.
An accident at our facility could result in personal injury or fatalities, damage to machinery or property,
interruption of production schedules, delays in fulfilling customer orders, or environmental damage. Such
events may also attract scrutiny from regulatory authorities, result in fines, penalties, or operational
suspensions, and in severe cases, require us to halt operations until corrective measures are implemented.
Given our reliance on a single manufacturing facility, any disruption could disproportionately impact our
ability to meet customer demand, thereby affecting revenues, profitability, and customer confidence.
While we have not experienced any fatalities or material health and safety incidents during the last three
Fiscals, there can be no assurance that such incidents will not occur in the future. Any future accidents
64could expose us to litigation or compensation claims, the outcome of which may be difficult to predict.
The cost of defending such litigation can be significant, and our existing insurance coverage may not be
sufficient to provide complete protection against such claims. In addition, negative publicity associated
with health, safety, or environmental incidents could damage our reputation and adversely affect
relationships with customers, employees, regulators, and other stakeholders.
Accordingly, any significant accident or disruption at our Manufacturing Facility could materially and
adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations, and long-term growth
prospects.
42. We are dependent on our Promoters for functioning of our business and we believe that our senior
management team and other key managerial personnel in our business are critical to our continued
success and we may be unable to attract and retain such personnel in the future.
Our performance depends largely on the efforts and abilities of our Promoters. For details, see “Our
Promoters and Promoter Group” on pages 250. We believe that the input and experience of our
Promoters are valuable for the growth and development of business and operations and the strategic
directions taken by our Company. Our business and operations are led by our Promoters who possess
vast experience in the Agri industry, the loss of whose services may adversely affect our business
operations.
At the same time, our future success also substantially depends on the continued service and performance
of the members of our senior management team and other key managerial personnel in our business for
the management and running of our daily operations and the planning and execution of our business
strategy.
There is intense competition for experienced senior management and other key managerial personnel
with technical and industry expertise and, if we lose the services of any of our senior management and
other key managerial personnel or other key individuals and are unable to find suitable replacements in
a timely manner, our ability to realize our strategic objectives could be impaired. The loss of key members
of our senior management or other key team members, particularly to competitors, could have an adverse
effect on our business, cash flows, and results of operations.
43. Changes in technology may affect our business by making our Manufacturing Facility or equipment
less competitive or obsolete.
Our future success will depend in part on our ability to respond to technological advances and emerging
industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis. Modernization and technology
upgradation is essential to reduce costs and increase the output. Our technology and machinery may
become obsolete or may not be upgraded timely, hampering our operations and financial conditions and
we may lose our competitive edge. The development and implementation of such technology and
machinery entails technical and business risks. Further, the costs of upgrading our technology and
modernizing the plant and machineries may be significant which could substantially affect our finances
and operations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully implement new technologies
or adapt our processing systems to customer requirements or emerging industry standards. Changes in
technology may make newer equipment more competitive than ours or may require us to make additional
capital expenditures to upgrade our facility. If we are unable, for technical, financial or other reasons, to
adapt in a timely manner to changing market conditions, customer requirements or technological
changes, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
44. Improper storage, processing and handling of paddy/raw rice and processed rice may cause damage
to our inventory leading to adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Our inventory primarily consists of paddy/raw rice and processed rice. We typically store paddy/raw rice
and processed rice in covered warehouses and silos. The property on which our warehouses are situated
are either owned by us. In the event the paddy/raw rice and processed rice are not appropriately stored,
handled and processed it may affect the quality of rice. Further we also run the risk of our paddy/raw rice
and processed rice being affected by insects, pests, rodent attacks and spoilage due to improper
65warehousing. The storage insects and pests may also attack the stored raw materials and rice, if it is not
well fumigated at all times. In addition, the occurrence of any negligence, oversight or leakages in the
storage process may affect the quality and value of our rice leading to lower realizations.
Although, we believe that we have maintained adequate insurance policies that cover such loss, there is
no assurance that any future claim made under applicable insurance policies obtained by us will be
satisfied, either in whole or in party, or in a timely manner.
45. Our operations are significantly dependent on our ability to successfully identify market requirements
and customer preferences and gain customer acceptance for our products.
Our future growth and competitiveness depend on our ability to anticipate and respond to evolving
customer requirements, trade trends, and market dynamics in both domestic and international markets.
The rice export industry is influenced by changes in consumer preferences, evolving quality
specifications, packaging requirements, and regulatory standards in importing countries. A significant
portion of our business is derived from exports under third party labelling arrangements for institutional
customers, and our ability to retain and grow such customers is directly linked to our capacity to meet
their quality benchmarks, delivery timelines, and price expectations.
Any mismatch between our offerings and customer expectations could lead to reduced order volumes,
pricing pressures, or even loss of business to competitors. For instance, failure to adapt to specific
customer requirements relating to grain length, moisture content, pesticide residue limits, or packaging
standards could result in rejection of consignments, cancellation of contracts, or erosion of customer
confidence. Additionally, customer preferences may vary across geographies, requiring us to tailor our
sourcing, processing, and packaging to suit multiple markets.
Our competitors, both domestic and international, may also adopt advanced technologies, implement
more efficient procurement or processing practices, or offer products at more competitive prices. This
could make our existing processes or offerings less attractive and require us to make significant
investments in upgrading machinery, enhancing processing standards, or diversifying our product
portfolio.
Although we are focused on strengthening our quality assurance systems, expanding our product range,
and upgrading capacity, including the planned establishment of a new facility in Gujarat , there can be
no assurance that our efforts will be timely or sufficient, or that our products will achieve the intended
level of customer acceptance. Any failure to respond effectively to changes in market requirements,
regulatory standards, or customer preferences could adversely affect our revenue growth, customer
relationships, financial condition, and results of operations.
46. Our operations may be materially adversely affected by strikes, work stoppages or increased
compensation demands by our employees.
We are dependent on our work force for carrying out our operations. Any shortage of skilled/unskilled
personnel or work stoppages caused by disagreements with employees could have an adverse effect on
our business and results of operations. We have not experienced any disruptions in our business
operations due to disputes or other problems with our work force at large in the past three Fiscals and;
however, there can be no assurance that we will not experience such disruptions in the future. Such
disruptions may adversely affect our business and results of operations and may also divert the
management’s attention and result in increased costs.
India has stringent labour legislation that protects the interests of workers, including legislation that sets
forth detailed procedures for the establishment of unions, dispute resolution and employee removal and
legislation that imposes certain financial obligations on employers upon retrenchment.
We are also subject to laws and regulations governing relationships with employees, in such areas as
66minimum wage and maximum working hours, overtime, working conditions, hiring and terminating
employees and work permits. Although our employees are not currently unionized, there can be no
assurance that they will not unionize in the future.
If our employees unionize, it may become difficult for us to maintain flexible labour policies, and we
may face the threat of labour unrest, work stoppages and diversion of our management’s attention due to
union intervention, which may have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
47. Our Promoters and Directors may have interests in other ventures, which may result in real or
potential conflicts of interest with our business.
Our Promoters and Directors are involved in the management of, and may in the future establish or
acquire, businesses or entities that could have interests similar to or potentially compete with our
Company’s business. While (i) our Promoters and promoter group members are primarily engaged in
diversified businesses under the Greta Group, including trading, processing, and allied operations and
(ii) a few of the promoter group entities is engaged in the similar business, there can be no assurance that
overlaps will not arise in the future. Such situations could create real or perceived conflicts of interest
between our Company and our Promoters, Directors, or Group Entities.
Although, promoter group entities engaged in similar business have entered into non-compete
arrangement with us to minimize the likelihood of direct competition with our Company’s core
operations, we cannot assure you that such conflicts will not arise. In circumstances where the interests
of our Promoters or Directors may conflict with those of our Company, they may, for business or strategic
considerations, cause us to take actions or refrain from taking actions that may benefit their other interests
rather than the interests of our Company or our public shareholders.
Further, as we expand our business into new product categories, geographies, or facilities, the possibility
of overlap with other businesses of our Promoters or Group Entities may increase. While we believe our
corporate governance framework and statutory obligations require our Directors to act in the best interest
of the Company, there can be no assurance that all potential conflicts of interest will be avoided or
resolved satisfactorily. Any such conflict could adversely affect our independence, operations, reputation,
and the interests of our shareholders.
48. Failure or disruption of our information and technology (“IT”) and/ or enterprise resources planning
systems may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future
prospects.
We have implemented cybersecurity measures, including data protection against virus attacks and
hacking, as well as disaster recovery servers and systems to ensure data retrieval and business continuity.
Additionally, we utilize advanced software. We have implemented ERP across our operations to
streamline our record keeping and track our business operations on real-time basis pursuant to which
various financial, analytical and MIS reports are generated. Further, this system also enables us to track
timely procurement of raw materials, payment to vendors and contract suppliers, and receivables from
customers. IT systems are potentially vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of sources
which could result from (among other causes) cyber-attacks on or failures of such infrastructure or
compromises to its physical security, as well as from damaging weather or other acts of nature. A
significant or large-scale malfunction or interruption of one or more of our IT systems, or manufacturing
automation systems could adversely affect our ability to keep our operations running efficiently and
affect product availability, particularly in the country, region or functional area in which the malfunction
occurs, and wider or sustained disruption to our business cannot be excluded. In addition, it is possible
that a malfunction of our data system security measures could enable unauthorized persons to access
sensitive business data, including information relating to our intellectual property or business strategy or
those of our customers. Such malfunction or disruptions could cause economic losses for which we could
be held liable or cause damage to our reputation. Any of these developments, alone or in combination,
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
6749. Our Promoters and members of the Promoter Group will continue jointly to retain majority control
over our Company after the Offer, which will allow them to determine the outcome of matters
submitted to shareholders for approval.
After completion of the Offer, our Promoters and Promoter Group will collectively own a majority of the
Equity Shares of our Company. As a result, our Promoters together with the members of the Promoter
Group will be able to exercise a significant degree of influence over us and will be able to control the
outcome of any proposal that can be approved by a majority shareholder vote, including, the election of
members to our Board, in accordance with the Companies Act and our AoA. Such a concentration of
ownership may also have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of our
Company.
In addition, our Promoters will continue to have the ability to cause us to take actions that are not in, or
may conflict with, our interests or the interests of some or all of our creditors or minority shareholders,
and we cannot assure you that such actions will not have an adverse effect on our future financial
performance or the price of our Equity Shares.
50. Our future funds requirements, in the form of issue of capital or securities and/or loans taken by us,
may be prejudicial to the interest of the shareholders depending upon the terms on which they are
eventually raised.
We may require additional capital from time to time depending on our business needs. Any issue of shares
or convertible securities would dilute the shareholding of the existing shareholders and such issuance
may be done on terms and conditions, which may not be favourable to the existing shareholders. If such
funds are raised in the form of loans or debt, then it may substantially increase our interest burden and
decrease our cash flows, thus prejudicially affecting our profitability and ability to pay dividends to our
shareholders.
51. Our ability to pay dividends in the future will depend upon our future earnings, financial condition,
cash flows, working capital requirements, capital expenditure and restrictive covenants in our
financing arrangements.
We may retain all our future earnings, if any, for use in the operations and expansion of our business. As
a result, we may not declare dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination as to the
declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend
on factors that our Board of Directors deem relevant, including among others, our results of operations,
financial condition, cash requirements, business prospects and any other financing arrangements.
Accordingly, realization of a gain on shareholders’ investments may largely depend upon the appreciation
of the price of our Equity Shares. There can be no assurance that our Equity Shares will appreciate in
value. For details of our dividend history, see “Dividend Policy” on page 260.
52. The average cost of acquisition of Equity Shares by our Promoters could be lower than the floor price.
Our Promoters’ average cost of acquisition of Equity Shares in our Company could be lower than the
Floor Price of the Price Band as may be decided by the Company in consultation with the Book Running
Lead Manager. The average cost of acquisition of Equity Shares acquired by our Promoters is set out
below:
Promoters Average cost of acquisition per Equity Share (in ₹)**
Anup Ramavtar Goyal 2.88
Aman Anup Goyal Nil*
Nitesh Chaudhari Nil
Orient Dealtrade Private Limited 2.86
Greta Industries Pte. Ltd. 2.86
* Equity shares were acquired pursuant to gift and bonus issue, hence, cost of acquisition is Nil.
**As certified by the Statutory Auditors by way of their certificate dated September 11, 2025.
68For more details regarding weighted average cost of acquisition of Equity Shares by our Promoter and
built-up of Equity Shares by our Promoter in our Company, see “Capital Structure” on page 96.
53. Our Company will not receive any proceeds from the Offer for Sale.
The Offer comprises an Offer for Sale by the Promoter Selling Shareholders. The Promoter Selling
Shareholders will receive the entire proceeds from the Offer for Sale (after deducting applicable Offer
expenses) and our Company will not receive any part of the proceeds of the Offer for Sale. For further
information, see “The Offer” and “Objects of the Offer” on pages 78 and 108, respectively.
54. Our Promoters, some of our Directors and some of our KMPs and SMPs are interested in our
Company, in addition to regular remuneration or benefits and reimbursement of expenses.
Our Promoters, some of our Directors and some of our KMPs and SMPs may be directly or indirectly
interested in our Company to the extent of their respective shareholding in our Company as well as to
the extent of any dividends, bonus or other distributions on such Equity Shares, amongst others. We
cannot assure you that our Promoters, Directors, KMPs and SMPs will exercise their rights as
shareholders to the benefit and best interest of our Company. Further, our Promoters, Directors, KMPs
and SMPs holding Equity Shares may take or block actions with respect to our business which may
conflict with the best interests of our Company or that of minority shareholders. For further information
on the interest of our Promoters, Directors, KMPs and SMPs, other than reimbursement of expenses
incurred or normal remuneration or benefits, see “Our Management” and “Our Promoters and
Promoter Group” on pages 232 and 250, respectively.
55. We could be harmed by employee misconduct or errors that are difficult to detect and any such
incidences could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and reputation.
Employee misconduct or errors could expose us to business risks or losses, including regulatory sanctions
and cause serious harm to our reputation and goodwill of our Company. There can be no assurance that
we will be able to detect or deter such misconduct. Moreover, the precautions we take to prevent and
detect such activity may not be effective in all cases. Our employees and agents may also commit errors
that could subject us to claims and proceedings for alleged negligence, as well as regulatory actions on
account of which our business, financial condition, results of operations and goodwill could be adversely
affected. Although, we have not faced any such incidence during the past three Fiscals, we cannot assure
that we would not face such incident in future.
56. Rights of shareholders under Indian laws may be more limited than under the laws of other
jurisdictions.
As a company incorporated in India, our corporate affairs are governed by the Companies Act, 2013, the
rules thereunder, and other applicable Indian laws. The rights of our shareholders, the responsibilities of
our Board of Directors, and matters relating to corporate governance, mergers, amalgamations, takeovers,
and acquisitions are subject to Indian legal requirements. These requirements, and the remedies available
to shareholders under Indian law, may differ significantly from those applicable to companies
incorporated in other jurisdictions.
For example, under Indian law, class action remedies are relatively new and less developed compared to
certain other jurisdictions. Enforcement of shareholder rights in India may be subject to delays due to
procedural complexities and the time taken by Indian courts in the disposal of cases. Further, concepts
such as fiduciary duties of directors, shareholder derivative actions, and minority shareholder protections
may not provide the same scope of remedies or recourse that may be available to shareholders of
corporations incorporated elsewhere.
As a result, investors may have greater difficulty in asserting their rights or seeking remedies as
shareholders of an Indian company than as shareholders of a corporation in jurisdictions with more
extensive shareholder protection frameworks. Any limitations in the enforcement of shareholder rights
may adversely affect investor confidence and the value of our Equity Shares.
6957. We have in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus included certain non-GAAP financial measures and
certain other industry measures related to our operations and financial performance. These non-
GAAP measures and industry measures may vary from any standard methodology that is applicable
across the industry and therefore may not be comparable with financial or industry related statistical
information of similar nomenclature computed and presented by other companies.
Certain non-GAAP financial measures and certain other industry measures relating to our operations and
financial performance have been included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. We compute and disclose
such non-GAAP financial measures and such other industry related statistical information relating to our
operations and financial performance as we consider such information to be useful measures of our
business and financial performance, and because such measures are frequently used by securities
analysts, investors and others to evaluate the operational performance of Indian retailing industry, many
of which provide such non-GAAP financial measures and other industry related statistical and
operational information. Such supplemental financial and operational information is therefore of limited
utility as an analytical tool, and investors are cautioned against considering such information either in
isolation or as a substitute for an analysis of our restated financial statements as reported under applicable
accounting standards disclosed elsewhere in this Prospectus. These non-GAAP financial measures and
such other industry related statistical and other information relating to our operations and financial
performance may not be computed on the basis of any standard methodology that is applicable across
the industry and therefore may not be comparable to financial measures and industry related statistical
information of similar nomenclature that may be computed and presented by other companies.
58. Subsequent to the listing of the Equity Shares, we may be subject to surveillance measures, such as
the Additional Surveillance Measures and the Graded Surveillance Measures by the Stock Exchanges
in order to enhance the integrity of the market and safeguard the interest of investors.
Subsequent to the listing of the Equity Shares, we may be subject to Additional Surveillance Measures
(“ASM”) and Graded Surveillance Measures (“GSM”) by the Stock Exchanges and the Securities and
Exchange Board of India. These measures have been introduced to enhance the integrity of the market
and safeguard the interest of investors. The criteria for shortlisting any security trading on the Stock
Exchanges for ASM is based on objective criteria, which includes market-based parameters such as high
low-price variation, concentration of client accounts, close to close price variation, market capitalization,
average daily trading volume and its change, and average delivery percentage, among others. A scrip is
subject to GSM when the share price is not commensurate with the financial health and fundamentals of
the company. Specific parameters for GSM include net worth, net fixed assets, PE, market capitalization
and price to book value, among others. Factors within and beyond our control may lead to our securities
being subject to GSM or ASM. In the event our Equity Shares are subject to such surveillance measures
implemented by SEBI and the Stock Exchanges, we may be subject to certain additional restrictions in
connection with trading of our Equity Shares such as limiting trading frequency (for example, trading
either allowed once in a week or a month) or freezing of price on upper side of trading which may have
an adverse effect on the market price of our Equity Shares or may in general cause disruptions in the
development of an active trading market for our Equity Shares.
59. The Equity Shares have never been publicly traded, and, after the Offer, the Equity Shares may
experience price and volume fluctuations, and an active trading market for the Equity Shares may not
develop. Further, the price of the Equity Shares may be volatile, and you may be unable to resell the
Equity Shares at or above the Offer Price, or at all.
Prior to the Offer, there has been no public market for the Equity Shares, and an active trading market on
the Stock Exchanges may not develop or be sustained after the Offer. Listing and quotation do not
guarantee that a market for the Equity Shares will develop, or if developed, the liquidity of such market
for the Equity Shares. The Offer Price of the Equity Shares is proposed to be determined through a book-
building process in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations and may not be indicative of the market
price of the Equity Shares at the time of commencement of trading of the Equity Shares or at any time
thereafter. The market price of the Equity Shares may be subject to significant fluctuations in response
to, among other factors, variations in our operating results of our Company, market conditions specific
to the industry we operate in, developments relating to India, volatility in securities markets in
70jurisdictions other than India, variations in the growth rate of financial indicators, variations in revenue
or earnings estimates by research publications, and changes in economic, legal and other regulatory
factors.
60. The Offer price of our Equity Shares may not be indicative of the market price of our Equity Shares
after the Offer and the market price of our Equity Shares may decline below the Offer Price and you
may not be able to sell your Equity Shares at or above the Offer Price.
The Offer Price of our Equity Shares will be determined by the book-building method. This price is based
on numerous factors and may not be indicative of the market price of our Equity Shares after the Offer.
For details, see “Basis for Offer Price” on page 116. The market price of our Equity Shares could be
subject to significant fluctuations after the Offer and may decline below the Offer Price. We cannot assure
you that you will be able to sell your Equity Shares at or above the Offer Price. Among the factors that
could affect our share price include without limitation. The following:
• Quarterly variations in the rate of growth of our financial indicators, such as earnings per share,
net income and revenues;
• Changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of research reports by analysts;
• Speculation in the press or investment community;
• General market conditions; and
• Domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance.
61. Any future issuance of Equity Shares, or convertible securities or other equity linked securities by our
Company may dilute your shareholding and any sale of Equity Shares by our Promoters or members
of our Promoter Group may adversely affect the trading price of the Equity Shares.
Any future issuance of the Equity Shares, convertible securities or securities linked to the Equity Shares
by our Company may dilute your shareholding in our Company, adversely affect the trading price of the
Equity Shares and our ability to raise capital through an issue of our securities. In addition, any perception
by investors that such issuances or sales might occur could also affect the trading price of the Equity
Shares. We cannot assure you that we will not issue additional Equity Shares. Any sale of our Equity
Shares by our Promoters or major shareholders or future equity issuances, by us may adversely affect the
trading price of our Equity Shares, which may lead to other adverse consequences including difficulty in
raising capital through offering of our Equity Shares or incurring additional debt. In addition, any
perception by investors that such issuances or sales might occur may also affect the market price of our
Equity Shares. We cannot assure you that we will not issue Equity Shares, convertible securities or
securities linked to Equity Shares or that our Shareholders will not dispose of, pledge or encumber their
Equity Shares in the future.
62. Fluctuation in the exchange rate between the Indian Rupee and foreign currencies may have an
adverse effect on the value of our Equity Shares, independent of our operating results.
On listing, our Equity Shares will be quoted in Indian Rupees on the Stock Exchanges. Any dividends in
respect of our Equity Shares will also be paid in Indian Rupees and subsequently converted into the
relevant foreign currency for repatriation, if required. Any adverse movement in currency exchange rates
during the time that it takes to undertake such conversion may reduce the net dividend to foreign
investors. In addition, any adverse movement in currency exchange rates during a delay in repatriating
outside India the proceeds from a sale of Equity Shares, for example, because of a delay in regulatory
approvals that may be required for the sale of Equity Shares may reduce the proceeds received by equity
shareholders. For example, the exchange rate between the Rupee and the U.S. dollar has fluctuated
substantially in recent years and may continue to fluctuate substantially in the future, which may have an
adverse effect on the trading price of our Equity Shares and returns on our Equity Shares, independent
of our operating results.
63. QIB and Non-Institutional Investors are not permitted to withdraw or lower their Bids (in terms of
quantity of Equity Shares or the Bid Amount) at any stage after submitting a Bid.
71Pursuant to the SEBI ICDR Regulations, QIBs and Non-Institutional Investors are not permitted to
withdraw or lower their Bids (in terms of quantity of Equity Shares or the Bid Amount) at any stage after
submitting a Bid. Retail Individual Investors can revise their Bids during the Bid/ Offer Period and
withdraw their Bids until Bid/ Offer Closing Date. While our Company is required to complete Allotment
pursuant to the Offer within such time period as may be applicable from the Bid/ Offer Closing Date,
events affecting the Bidders’ decision to invest in the Equity Shares, including material adverse changes
in international or national monetary policy, financial, political or economic conditions, our business,
results of operations or financial condition may arise between the date of submission of the Bid and
Allotment. Our Company may complete the Allotment of the Equity Shares even if such events occur,
and such events may limit the Bidders ability to sell the Equity Shares Allotted pursuant to the Offer or
cause the trading price of the Equity Shares to decline on listing.
64. Adverse geopolitical conditions, global conflicts, and protectionist trade policies may adversely affect
our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our business is significantly dependent on international trade, with a substantial portion of our revenue
derived from exports. Accordingly, geopolitical conditions such as heightened tensions between India
and its neighbouring countries, the ongoing Russia–Ukraine conflict, hostilities in West Asia including
the Iran–Israel and Israel–Hamas conflicts, and disruptions in the Red Sea pose risks to our business
operations and supply chains. For instance, heightened tensions between India and Pakistan in May 2025
led to increased security threats at ports in Gujarat, causing minor delays in our product shipments. Any
escalation into broader military conflict could result in restrictions imposed by the Government of India
or other nations, adversely affecting the Indian economy, international trade flows, and our ability to
export products in a timely manner.
Geopolitical conflicts also contribute to volatility in global commodities and energy markets, which
directly impacts input costs, transportation expenses, and procurement logistics. The Russia–Ukraine
conflict has already resulted in inflationary pressures worldwide, including higher crude oil and gas
prices, which in turn increase freight costs. Similarly, prolonged hostilities in West Asia may lead to
disruptions in shipping routes, imposition of sanctions, and volatility in foreign exchange rates, all of
which could adversely impact our business.
Further, the imposition of tariffs, countervailing duties, or anti-dumping measures, either by India or by
importing countries, could materially affect our cost structure and pricing competitiveness. For example,
the Government of India has imposed additional duties on imports from China, and similar reciprocal
measures imposed on Indian exports by other countries could create uncertainty in trade flows. Any
withdrawal, renegotiation, or suspension of favourable duty regimes under bilateral or multilateral trade
agreements may also increase compliance costs, affect landed pricing in international markets, and
reduce the competitiveness of our products.
While we have not experienced material disruptions in our supply chains or export activities due to
geopolitical tensions in the past three fiscals, we remain exposed to risks arising from evolving global
trade dynamics. Should such conflicts result in global shortages of commodities, higher procurement
costs, port disruptions, or increased freight costs, we may face challenges in sourcing raw materials and
maintaining price competitiveness. Moreover, protectionist trade measures or tariffs could lead to
reduced customer orders, delays, or cancellations, directly impacting our revenues and profitability.
Any sustained escalation in geopolitical conflicts or intensification of protectionist policies may therefore
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition.
EXTERNAL RISK FACTORS:
65. Significant differences exist between Ind AS and other accounting principles, such as US GAAP and
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), which investors may be more familiar with
and consider material to their assessment of our financial condition.
Our Restated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the Indian Accounting
Standards notified under Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013, read with the Ind AS Rules and
72restated in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations and the Guidance Note on “Reports in Company
Prospectuses (Revised 2019)” issued by the ICAI.
We have not attempted to quantify the impact of US GAAP, IFRS or any other system of accounting
principles on the financial data included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, nor do we provide a
reconciliation of our financial statements to those of US GAAP, IFRS or any other accounting principles.
US GAAP and IFRS differ in significant respects from Ind AS. Accordingly, the degree to which the
Restated Financial Statements included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus will provide meaningful
information is entirely dependent on the reader’s level of familiarity with Ind AS and the SEBI ICDR
Regulations. Any reliance by persons not familiar with Indian accounting practices on the financial
disclosures presented in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus should accordingly be limited.
66. Changing laws, rules and regulations and legal uncertainties, including adverse application of tax
laws, may adversely affect our business, prospects and results of operations.
The regulatory and policy environment in India is evolving and subject to change. Such changes in
applicable law and policy in India, may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of
operations, performance and prospects in India, to the extent that we are not able to suitably respond to
and comply with such changes.
The regulatory and policy environment in which we operate is evolving and subject to change. Such
changes may adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects, to the extent that we are
unable to suitably respond to and comply with any such changes in applicable law and policy. In addition,
unfavourable changes in or interpretations of existing, or the promulgation of new laws, rules and
regulations including foreign investment laws governing our business, operations and group structure
could result in us being deemed to be in contravention of such laws or may require us to apply for
additional approvals. We may incur increased costs relating to compliance with such new requirements,
which may also require management time and other resources, and any failure to comply may adversely
affect our business, results of operations and prospects. Uncertainty in the applicability, interpretation or
implementation of any amendment to, or change in, governing law, regulation or policy, including by
reason of an absence, or a limited body, of administrative or judicial precedent may be time consuming
as well as costly for us to resolve and may affect the viability of our current business or restrict our ability
to grow our business in the future.
67. Holders of Equity Shares may be restricted in their ability to exercise pre-emptive rights under Indian
law and thereby suffer future dilution of their ownership position.
Under the Companies Act, 2013, a company having share capital and incorporated in India must offer its
equity shareholders pre-emptive rights to subscribe and pay for a proportionate number of equity shares
to maintain their existing ownership percentages prior to issuance of any new equity shares, unless the
pre-emptive rights have been waived by the adoption of a special resolution by holders of three-fourths
of our Equity Shares voting on such resolution.
However, if the law of the jurisdiction that you are in does not permit the exercise of such pre-emptive
rights without our filing an offering document or registration statement with the applicable authority in
such jurisdiction, you will be unable to exercise such pre-emptive rights, unless we make such a filing.
The value such custodian receives on the sale of any such securities and the related transaction costs
cannot be predicted. To the extent that you are unable to exercise pre-emptive rights granted in respect
of our Equity Shares, your proportional interests in our Company would be diluted.
68. Investors may not be able to enforce judgments obtained in foreign courts against us.
We are a public limited company under the laws of India. All of our directors and officers are Indian
nationals and all or a significant portion of the assets of all of the directors and officers and a substantial
portion of our assets are located in India. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of
process outside India on us or on such directors or officers or to enforce judgments against them obtained
from courts outside India, including judgments predicated on the civil liability provisions of the United
States federal securities laws.
73India has reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters with only
a limited number of jurisdictions, which includes the United Kingdom, United Arab Emirates, Singapore
and Hong Kong. In order to be enforceable, a judgment from a jurisdiction with reciprocity must meet
certain requirements of the Indian Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (the “Civil Code”). The Civil Code
only permits the enforcement of monetary decrees, not being in the nature of any amounts payable in
respect of taxes, other charges, fines or penalties. Judgments or decrees from jurisdictions which do not
have reciprocal recognition with India cannot be enforced by proceedings in execution in India.
Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any court in a non-reciprocating
territory for civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the general laws of the non-reciprocating
territory, would not be enforceable in India. Even if an investor obtained a judgment in such a jurisdiction
against us, our officers or directors, it may be required to institute a new proceeding in India and obtain
a decree from an Indian court. However, the party in whose favour such final judgment is rendered may
bring a fresh suit in a competent court in India based on a final judgment that has been obtained in a non-
reciprocating territory within three years of obtaining such final judgment. It is unlikely that an Indian
court would award damages on the same basis or to the same extent as was awarded in a final judgment
rendered by a court in another jurisdiction if the Indian court believed that the amount of damages
awarded was excessive or inconsistent with public policy in India. In addition, any person seeking to
enforce a foreign judgment in India is required to obtain prior approval of the Reserve Bank of India to
repatriate any amount recovered pursuant to the execution of the judgment.
69. We are a public limited company under the laws of India. Many of our directors and officers are
Indian nationals and all or a significant portion of the assets of all of the directors and officers and a
substantial portion of our assets are located in India. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to
effect service of process outside India on us or on such directors or officers or to enforce judgments
against them obtained from courts outside India, including judgments predicated on the civil liability
provisions of the United States federal securities laws Political instability or a change in economic
liberalization and deregulation policies could seriously harm business and economic conditions in
India generally and our business in particular.
The Government of India has traditionally exercised and continues to exercise influence over many
aspects of the economy. Our business and the market price and liquidity of our Equity Shares may be
affected by interest rates, changes in Government policy, taxation, social and civil unrest and other
political, economic or other developments in or affecting India. The rate of economic liberalization could
change, and specific laws and policies affecting our sector, foreign investment and other matters affecting
investment in our securities could change as well. Any significant change in such liberalization and
deregulation policies could adversely affect business and economic conditions in India, and our business,
prospects, financial condition and results of operations, in particular.
70. You may be subject to Indian taxes arising out of capital gains on the sale of the Equity Shares.
Under current Indian tax laws, unless specifically exempted, capital gains arising from the sale of equity
shares held as investments or dividend paid therein in an Indian company are generally taxable in India.
A securities transaction tax (“STT”) is levied on and collected by an Indian stock exchange on which
equity shares are sold.
Any gain realized on the sale of listed equity shares held for more than 12 months immediately preceding
the date of transfer may be subject to long term capital gains tax in India at the specified rates depending
on certain factors, whether the sale is undertaken on or off the Stock Exchanges, the quantum of gains
and any available treaty exemptions. Accordingly, you may be subject to payment of long-term capital
gains tax in India, in addition to payment of STT, on the sale of any Equity Shares held for more than 12
months.
STT will be levied on and collected by a domestic stock exchange on which the Equity Shares are sold.
Further, any gain realized on the sale of listed equity shares held for a period of 12 months or less,
immediately preceding the date of transfer will be subject to short term capital gains tax in India. Capital
gains arising from the sale of the Equity Shares will be exempt from taxation in India in cases where the
74exemption from taxation in India is provided under a treaty between India and the country of which the
seller is resident and the seller is entitled to avail the benefits thereunder.
Generally, Indian tax treaties do not limit India’s ability to impose tax on capital gains. As a result,
residents of other countries may be liable for tax in India as well as in their own jurisdiction on a gain
upon the sale of the Equity Shares. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors and to carefully
consider the potential tax consequences of owning Equity Shares. Unfavourable changes in or
interpretations of existing, or the promulgation of new, laws, rules and regulations including foreign
investment and stamp duty laws governing our business and operations could result in us being deemed
to be in contravention of such laws and may require us to apply for additional approvals.
71. We are subject to regulatory, economic and social and political uncertainties and other factors beyond
our control.
We are incorporated in India and we conduct our corporate affairs and our business in India. Our Equity
Shares are proposed to be listed on the BSE and the NSE, subject to the receipt of the final listing and
trading approvals from the Stock Exchanges. Consequently, our business, operations, financial
performance and the market price of our Equity Shares will be affected by interest rates, government
policies, taxation, social and ethnic instability and other political and economic developments affecting
India.
Factors that may adversely affect the Indian economy, and hence our results of operations may include:
• any exchange rate fluctuations, the imposition of currency controls and restrictions on the right
to convert or repatriate currency or export assets;
• any scarcity of credit or other financing in India, resulting in an adverse effect on economic
conditions in India and scarcity of financing for our expansions;
• prevailing income conditions among Indian customers and Indian corporations;
• political instability, terrorism, military conflict, epidemic or public health issues in India or in
countries in the region or globally, including in India’s various neighbouring countries;
• macroeconomic factors and central bank regulation, including in relation to interest rates
movements which may in turn adversely impact our access to capital and increase our borrowing
costs;
• Instability in financial markets and volatility in, and actual or perceived trends in trading activity
on, India’s principal stock exchanges;
• decline in India’s foreign exchange reserves which may affect liquidity in the Indian economy;
• downgrading of India’s sovereign debt rating by rating agencies;
• difficulty in developing any necessary partnerships with local businesses on commercially
acceptable terms and/or a timely basis.;
• changes in India’s tax, trade, fiscal or monetary policies; and
• other significant regulatory or economic developments in or affecting India or its logistics sector.
Moreover, a fall in the purchasing power of our customers, for any reason whatsoever, including rising
consumer inflation, availability of financing to our customers, changing governmental policies and a
slowdown in economic growth may have an adverse effect on our customers’ revenues, savings and could
in turn negatively affect their demand for our products. In addition, any slowdown or perceived
slowdown in the Indian economy, or in specific sectors of the Indian economy, could adversely affect
our business, results of operations and financial condition and the price of the Equity Shares.
72. Inflation in India could have an adverse effect on our profitability and if significant, on our financial
condition.
Inflation rates in India have been volatile in recent years, and such volatility may continue. India has
experienced high inflation relative to developed countries in the recent past. Continued high rates of
inflation may increase our expenses related to costs of raw material, rent, salaries or wages payable to
our employees or any other expenses. There can be no assurance that we will be able to pass on any
additional expenses to our customers or that our revenue will increase proportionately corresponding to
75such inflation. Accordingly, high rates of inflation in India could have an adverse effect on our
profitability and, if significant, on our financial condition.
73. Foreign investors are subject to foreign investment restrictions under Indian law that limits our ability
to attract foreign investors, which may adversely impact the market price of the Equity Shares.
Under the foreign exchange regulations currently in force in India, transfers of shares between non-
residents and residents are freely permitted (subject to certain exceptions) if they comply with the pricing
guidelines and reporting requirements specified by the RBI. If the transfer of shares, which are sought to
be transferred, is not in compliance with such pricing guidelines or reporting requirements or falls under
any of the exceptions referred to above, then the prior approval of the RBI will be required. Additionally,
shareholders who seek to convert the Rupee proceeds from a sale of shares in India into foreign currency
and repatriate that foreign currency from India will require a no objection/ tax clearance certificate from
the income tax authority. There can be no assurance that any approval required from the RBI or any other
government agency can be obtained on any particular terms or at all.
74. Any downgrading of India’s debt rating by an independent agency may harm our ability to raise
financing.
Any adverse revisions to India’s credit ratings for international debt by international rating agencies may
adversely affect our ability to raise additional overseas financing and the interest rates and other
commercial terms at which such additional financing is available. This could have an adverse effect on
our ability to fund our growth on favourable terms or at all, and consequently adversely affect our
business and financial performance and the price of our Equity Shares.
75. Natural calamities could have a negative impact on the Indian economy and cause our Company’s
business to suffer.
India has experienced natural calamities such as floods, landslides, tsunamis, earthquakes, etc. in recent
years. The extent and severity of these natural disasters determine their impact on the Indian economy.
Prolonged spells of abnormal rainfall or other natural calamities could have a negative impact on the
Indian economy, which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of
operations as well as the price of the Equity Shares.
76. The occurrence of natural or man-made disasters may adversely affect our business, financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The occurrence of natural disasters, including hurricanes, floods, tsunamis, earthquakes, tornadoes, fires,
explosions, pandemic disease and man-made disasters, including acts of terrorism and military actions,
may adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, any deterioration in
relations between India and its neighbouring countries might result in investor concern about stability in
the region, which may adversely affect the price of our Equity Shares. The potential impact of a natural
disaster on our results of operations and financial position is speculative and would depend on numerous
factors. In addition, an outbreak of a communicable disease in India or in the particular region in which
we have projects would adversely affect our business and financial conditions and the results of
operations. We cannot assure prospective investors that such events will not occur in the future or that
our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will not be adversely affected.
77. Our ability to raise foreign capital may be constrained by Indian law.
As an Indian company, we are subject to exchange controls that regulate borrowing in foreign currencies.
Such regulatory restrictions limit our financing sources and could constrain our ability to obtain
financings on competitive terms and refinance existing indebtedness. In addition, we cannot assure you
that any required regulatory approvals for borrowing in foreign currencies will be granted to us without
onerous conditions, or at all. Limitations on foreign debt may have an adverse effect on our business
growth, financial condition and results of operations.
7678. The determination of the Price Band is based on various factors and assumptions and the Offer Price
of the Equity Shares may not be indicative of the market price of the Equity Shares after the Offer.
Further, the current market price of some securities listed pursuant to certain previous issues managed
by the Book Running Lead Manager is below their respective issue prices.
The determination of the Price Band is based on various factors and assumptions and will be determined
by our Company in consultation with the Book Running Lead Manager. Furthermore, the Offer Price of
the Equity Shares will be determined by our Company in consultation with the Book Running Lead
Managers through the Book Building Process. These will be based on numerous factors, including factors
as described under “Basis for Offer Price” on page 116 and may not be indicative of the market price
for the Equity Shares after the Offer.
Additionally, the current market price of securities listed pursuant to certain previous initial public
offerings managed by the Book Running Lead Manager is below their respective issue price. For further
details, see “Other Regulatory and Statutory Disclosures – Price Information and the Track Record of
the Past Issues Handled by the Book Running Lead Manager” on page 375.
The factors that could affect the market price of the Equity Shares include, among others, broad market
trends, financial performance and results of our Company post-listing, and other factors beyond our
control. We cannot assure you that an active market will develop or sustained trading will take place in
the Equity Shares or provide any assurance regarding the price at which the Equity Shares will be traded
after listing.
79. An Investors will not be able to sell immediately on an Indian stock exchange any of the Equity Shares
they purchase in the Offer.
Subject to requisite approvals, the Equity Shares will be listed on the Stock Exchanges. Pursuant to
applicable Indian laws, certain actions must be completed before the Equity Shares can be listed and
trading in the Equity Shares may commence. Investors’ book entry, or ‘demat’ accounts with depository
participants in India, are expected to be credited within one working day of the date on which the Basis
of Allotment is approved by the Stock Exchanges. The Allotment of Equity Shares in this Offer and the
credit of such Equity Shares to the applicant’s demat account with depository participant could take
approximately two Working Days from the Bid Closing Date and trading in the Equity Shares upon
receipt of final listing and trading approvals from the Stock Exchanges is expected to commence within
three Working Days of the Bid Closing Date. There could be a failure or delay in listing of the Equity
Shares on the Stock Exchanges. Any failure or delay in obtaining the approval or otherwise commence
trading in the Equity Shares would restrict investors’ ability to dispose of their Equity Shares. There can
be no assurance that the Equity Shares will be credited to investors’ demat accounts, or that trading in
the Equity Shares will commence, within the time periods specified in this risk factor. We could also be
required to pay interest at the applicable rates if allotment is not made, refund orders are not dispatched
or demat credits are not made to investors within the prescribed time periods. For further details, see
“Offer Procedure” on page 394 .
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
77SECTION III – INTRODUCTION
THE OFFER
The following table summarizes the Offer details:
Particulars Details of Equity Shares
Offer of Equity Shares by our Company of face Offer of up to 2,64,00,000* Equity Shares of face value
value of ₹10/- each (1) (2) of ₹10/- each fully paid up for cash, at a price of ₹ [●]
per Equity share, aggregating ₹ [●] Lakhs
of which
Fresh Issue(1) Up to 2,12,00,000 Equity Shares, aggregating up to ₹ [●]
Lakhs
Offer for Sale(2) Up to 52,00,000 Equity Shares, aggregating up to ₹[●]
Lakhs
Consisting of:
Employee Reservation Portion(3) Up to [●] Equity Shares of ₹ 10 each, aggregating up to
₹ [●] Lakhs
The Offer comprises of:
A) QIB Portion(4)(5) Not more than [●]* Equity Shares, aggregating up to ₹
[●] Lakhs
Of which:
(i) Anchor Investor Portion Up to [●]* Equity Shares
(ii) Net QIB Portion (assuming Anchor Investor Up to [●]* Equity Shares
Portion is fully subscribed)
Of which:
a) (a) Available for allocation to Mutual Funds only [●]* Equity Shares
(5% of the Net QIB Portion)
b) (b) Balance for all QIBs including Mutual Funds [●]* Equity Shares
B) Non – Institutional Portion Not less than [●]* Equity Shares, aggregating up to ₹
[●] Lakhs
A. Of which:
(a) One-third of the Non-Institutional Portion [●]* Equity Shares
available for allocation to Bidders with an
application size more than ₹ 2.00 Lakhs and up to ₹
10.00 Lakhs
(b) Two-third of the Non-Institutional Portion [●]* Equity Shares
available for allocation to Bidders with an
application size of more than ₹10.00 Lakhs
C) Retail Portion Not less than [●]* Equity Shares, aggregating up to ₹
[●] Lakhs
Pre and Post-Offer Equity Shares
Equity Shares outstanding prior to the Offer (as on 8,40,00,070 Equity Shares of face value of ₹10 each
the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus)
Equity Shares outstanding after the Offer [●] Equity Shares
Use of Net proceeds For details about the use of Net Proceeds, please see
“Objects of the Offer” on page 108. Our Company will
not receive any proceeds from the Offer for Sale.
*Subject to finalisation of the Basis of Allotment.
Notes:
(1) The Offer has been authorized by a resolution of our Board dated April 23, 2025, and the fresh issue has been authorized by a special
resolution of our Shareholders, dated April 29, 2025. Further, our Board has taken on record the approval for the Offer for Sale by
Promoter Selling Shareholders pursuant to its resolution dated June 23, 2025.
(2) Each of the Promoter Selling Shareholders, severally and not jointly, confirms that its respective portion of the Offered Shares have
78been held by it for a period of at least one year prior to the filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus with SEBI, and are accordingly
eligible for being offered for sale in the Offer in terms of Regulation 8 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations:
Name of the Promoter Selling Maximum number of Equity Date of consent letter Date of board resolutions
Shareholders Shares offered in the Offer for recording the consent of
Sale Promoter Selling Shareholder
Orient Dealtrade Private Limited Up to 18,20,000 Equity Shares June 23, 2025 June 23, 2025
aggregating to ₹[●] Lakhs
Greta Industries Pte Limited Up to 33,80,000 Equity Shares June 23, 2025 June 23, 2025
aggregating to ₹[●] Lakhs
(3) In the event of under-subscription in the Employee Reservation Portion, the unsubscribed portion will be available for allocation and
Allotment, proportionately to all Eligible Employees who have Bid in excess of ₹ 2 Lakhs, subject to the maximum value of Allotment
made to such Eligible Employee not exceeding ₹ 5 Lakhs (net of Employee Discount). The unsubscribed portion, if any, in the
Employee Reservation Portion (after allocation up to ₹ 5 Lakhs, net of Employee Discount), shall be added to the Net Offer. Further,
an Eligible Employee Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion can also Bid under the Net Offer and such Bids will not be treated
as multiple Bids. The Employee Reservation Portion shall not exceed 5% of our post-Offer paid-up Equity Share capital. For further
details, see “Offer Structure” on page 389. Our Company may, in consultation with the BRLM, offer an Employee Discount of up
to [●]% to the Offer Price (equivalent of ₹[●] per Equity Share), which shall be announced two Working Days prior to the Bid/Offer
Opening Date.
(4) Subject to valid bids being received at or above the Offer Price, under subscription, if any, in any category, except in the QIB Portion,
would be allowed to be met with spill-over from any other category or combination of categories of Bidders, as applicable, at the
discretion of our Company, in consultation with the Book Running Lead Manager, and the Designated Stock Exchange, subject to
applicablelaws. Undersubscription, if any, in the QIB Portion (excluding the Anchor Investor Portion) will not be allowed to be met
with spill-over from other categories or a combination of categories.
(5) Our Company, in consultation with the Book Running Lead Manager, allocate up to 60% of the QIB Portion to Anchor Investors on
a discretionary basis in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations. The QIB Portion will accordingly be reduced for the Equity
Shares allocated to Anchor Investors. One-third of the Anchor Investor Portion shall be reserved for domestic Mutual Funds only,
subject to valid Bids being received from domestic Mutual Funds at or above the Anchor Investor Allocation Price. Further, 5% of
the Net QIB Portion shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to Mutual Funds only, and the remainder of the Net
QIB Portion shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to all QIB Bidders other than Anchor Investors, including
Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price. In the event of under-subscription in the Anchor
Investor Portion, the remaining Equity Shares shall be added to the Net QIB Portion. The Net QIB Portion shall be available for
allocation on a proportionate basis to all QIB Bidders other than Anchor Investors, including Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids
being received at or above the Offer Price. For details, see “Offer Procedure” on page 394.
Allocation to Bidders in all categories except the Anchor Investor Portion, Non-Institutional Portion and the Retail
Portion, if any, shall be made on a proportionate basis subject to valid Bids received at or above the Offer Price,
as applicable.
The allocation to each of the RIBs shall not be less than the minimum Bid Lot, subject to availability of Equity
Shares in the Retail Portion and the remaining available Equity Shares, if any, shall be allocated on a proportionate
basis. The allocation to each of the NIIs shall not be less than the minimum application size, subject to the
availability of Equity Shares in Non-Institutional Portion, and the remaining Equity Shares, if any, shall be
allocated on a proportionate basis in accordance with the SEBI ICDRRegulations.For further details, including
grounds for rejection of bids, please see “Terms of the Offer”, “Offer Structure” and “Offer Procedure” on
pages 381, 389, and 394 respectively.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
79SUMMARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following tables provide the summary of financial information of our Company derived from the
Restated Financial Information for the Fiscals ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31,
2023. The Restated Financial Information referred to above is presented under the section titled
“Financial Information” beginning on page 261 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. The summary
of financial information presented below should be read in conjunction with the Restated Financial
Information, the notes thereto and the chapters titled “Financial Information” and “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations” beginning on pages 261
and 324, respectively of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
80RESTATED STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
(Amount in ₹ lakhs)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
I. ASSETS
Non Current Assets
(a) Property, Plant and Equipment 4,025.73 4,280.39 4,544.13
(b) Capital Work-In-Progress - - -
(c) Other Intangible assets 15.55 21.36 27.18
(d) Financial Assets
(i) Investment 27.52 - 410.63
(ii) Other Financial Assets 280.13 258.30 19.59
(e) Other Non Current Assets 1,818.83 - -
Total Non-Current Assets 6,167.76 4,560.05 5,001.53
Current Assets
(a) Inventories 9,977.24 5,410.74 4,167.55
(b) Financial Assets
(i) Trade Receivables 20,884.32 3,122.01 11,669.82
(ii) Cash and Cash Equivalents 297.21 71.86 80.71
(iii) Bank Balances other than (ii) above 2,555.02 147.92 315.02
(iv) Loans 37.57 1,468.36 1.56
(v) Other Current Financial Assets 48.03 171.27 32.66
(c) Current Tax Assets (Net) 35.00 9.92 288.62
(d) Other Current Assets 1,085.69 1,193.33 1,433.34
Total Current Assets 34,920.08 11,595.41 17,989.28
TOTAL ASSETS 41,087.84 16,155.46 22,990.81
II. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
(a) Equity share capital 2,400.00 2,400.00 2,400.00
(b) Other Equity 12,169.08 7,895.65 6,505.86
Total Equity 14,569.08 10,295.65 8,905.86
LIABILITIES
Non Current Liabilities
(a) Financial Liabilities
(i) Borrowings 2,220.18 2,299.43 2,308.59
(b) Provisions 31.05 21.30 20.39
(c) Deferred tax liabilities (Net) 388.63 390.53 331.16
Total Non-Current Liabilities 2,639.86 2,711.26 2,660.14
Current Liabilities
(a) Financial Liabilities
81Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
(i) Borrowings 20,016.21 103.46 4,807.79
(ii) Trade Payable
(a) Total outstanding dues of micro enterprises
327.56 286.72 238.64
and small enterprises
(b) Total outstanding dues of creditors other than
2,191.14 2,477.84 5,542.02
micro enterprises and small enterprises
(b) Other current liabilities 1,094.04 107.80 458.72
(c) Provisions 249.95 172.73 377.64
Total Current Liabilities 23,878.90 3,148.55 11,424.81
Total Liabilities 26,518.76 5,859.81 14,084.95
TOTAL EQUITIES AND LIABILITIES 41,087.84 16,155.46 22,990.81
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
82RESTATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS (INCLUDING OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME)
(Amount in ₹ lakhs, unless otherwise stated)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue
I. Revenue from Operations 135,944.79 66,604.88 125,966.10
II. Other Income 1,126.45 801.78 1,424.30
III. Total Income (I+II) 137,071.24 67,406.66 127,390.40
IV. Expenses
Cost of Materials Consumed 15,847.12 10,975.33 22,717.42
Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 101,697.52 47,365.75 75,583.02
Changes in Inventores in Finished Goods, Work-in-
(4,467.26) (1,811.89) 1,053.22
Progress and Stock-in-Trade
Employee Benefits Expense 418.14 318.39 286.01
Finance Costs 1,338.40 458.63 671.78
Depreciation and Amortization Expenses 280.59 280.37 269.94
Other Expenses 16,220.72 7,776.61 22,295.18
IV. Total Expenses 131,335.23 65,363.19 122,876.57
V. Profit/(loss) before Exceptional & Extraordinary
5,736.01 2,043.47 4,513.83
Items and Tax (III-IV)
VI. Exceptional Items - - -
VII. Profit before( Extraordinary Items & TaxV-
5,736.01 2,043.47 4,513.83
VI)
VII. Extraordinary Items - - -
IX. Profit Before Taxes (VII-VIII) 5,736.01 2,043.47 4,513.83
X. Tax Expense
Current Tax 1,460.90 512.91 1,108.76
Deferred Tax (1.00) 82.69 13.76
X. Total Tax Expense 1,459.90 595.60 1,122.52
XI. Profit (after tax) for the Year 4,276.11 1,447.87 3,391.31
XII. Other Comprehensive Income
(i) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss (3.58) 4.23 3.76
(ii) Income tax relating to items that will not be
0.90 (1.06) (0.95)
reclassified to profit or loss
(iii) Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss - - 14.04
83Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
(iv) Income tax relating to items that will be
- - (3.53)
reclassified to profit or loss
Other Comprehensive Income (XII) (2.68) 3.17 13.32
XIII. Total Comprehensive Income for the period 4,273.43 1,451.04 3,404.63
XIV. Earnings Per Equity Share:
Basic (in ₹) 5.09 1.72 4.04
Diluted (in ₹) 5.09 1.72 4.04
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
84RESTATED STATEMENT CASH FLOW
(Amount in ₹ lakhs)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Cash flow from operating activities
Net Profit before Taxation & Extra-ordinary items 5,736.01 2,043.47 4,513.83
Adjustments for:
Depreciation 280.59 280.37 269.94
Interest Income (131.62) (196.11) (80.88)
Gain on long term investments - (61.92) -
Unrealised Foreign Exchange (Gain)/Loss 191.18 36.39 41.55
Profit/Loss on sale of Assets - - (4.63)
Finance Costs 1,338.40 458.63 671.78
Gratuity Expense - Ind AS 9.83 8.19 6.94
Dividend Income - - (0.03)
Operating profit before working capital changes 7,424.39 2,569.02 5,418.50
Changes in working capital
Increase / (Decrease) in Trade Payable (240.64) (3,077.90) (2,074.92)
Increase / (Decrease) in Other Current Liabilities 986.26 (350.94) (850.77)
Increase / (Decrease) in Current provisions 75.59 (207.96) (412.33)
(Increase) / Decrease in Other Current Assets 107.63 240.02 520.56
(Increase) / Decrease in Trade Receivables (17,958.71) 8,573.22 (852.77)
(Increase) / Decrease in Inventory (4,566.50) (1,243.19) 1,058.37
(Increase) / Decrease in Other Financial Asset 123.24 (138.61) 61.35
(Increase) / Decrease in Current Tax Asset (25.08) 278.70 (252.04)
(Increase) / Decrease in Security Deposits 0.50 1.53 (0.43)
Cash generated from operations (14,073.32) 6,643.89 2,615.52
Less : Taxes Paid (1,460.90) (512.91) (1,108.76)
Net cash (used in)/ from operating activities (15,534.22) 6,130.98 1,506.76
Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of Fixed Assets (20.12) (10.81) (469.19)
Capitalization / (Addition) of Capital Work-in- - - 19.43
Progress
Interest Income 131.62 196.11 80.88
Gain on long term investments - 61.92 -
Sale of Vehicle - - 8.24
Loans (Given)/ Repaid 1,430.78 (1,466.80) (1.56)
Dividend Income - - 0.03
Proceeds from/ (Investment in) Fixed Deposits (2,429.43) (73.14) (69.81)
Advance Given for Purchase of Fixed Asset (1,818.83) - -
Proceeds from/ (Purchase of) Financial Investments (29.54) 325.00 -
Net cash (used in)/ from investing activities (2,735.52) (967.72) (431.98)
85Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Cash flow from financing activities
Non Current Borrowings Availed / (repaid) (79.26) (9.16) (16.61)
Current Borrowings Availed / (repaid) 19,912.75 (4,704.32) (410.87)
Interest Expense (1,338.40) (458.63) (671.78)
Net cash (used in)/ from financing activities 18,495.09 (5,172.11) (1,099.26)
Net increase/ (decrease) in cash and cash 225.35 (8.85) (24.48)
equivalents (A+B+C)
Cash and Cash equivalents as at the beginning of 71.86 80.71 105.19
the year
Cash and Cash equivalents as at the end of the year 297.21 71.86 80.71
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
86GENERAL INFORMATION
Registered Office of our Company
Shriram Food Industry Limited
S.No.181/2, 182/1A, 182/2
Marodi, Mauda Tahsil
Nagpur – 441 104
Maharashtra, India
E-mail: cs@shriramfood.com
Telephone: +91 71229 97067
Website: www.shriramfood.com
Corporate Office of our Company
Mahadev Galaxy, Plot No. 16, 17, 18, First Floor
Lakadganj Near Harihar Mandir
Bagadganj, Nagpur – 440 008
Maharashtra, India
Company Registration Number and Corporate Identity Number
The registration number and corporate identity number of our Company are as follows:
Registration Number: 252387
Corporate Identity Number: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Registrar of Companies
Our Company is registered with RoC, Mumbai at the following address:
Registrar of Companies
100, Everest, Marine Drive
Mumbai – 400 002
Maharashtra, India
Our Board of Directors
Details regarding our Board as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are set forth below:
Name DIN Address
Anup Ramavtar Goyal 02313356 P.No 129/3, F.No.202, Wing A, Shree Mohini Raj Apart, Khare
Chairman and Managing Director Town, Dharampeth, Nagpur – 440 010, Maharashtra, India
Rishi Kumar Agrawal 07198079 Flat no 1602, Umred Road, Modal Mill Compound, Godrej
Executive Director Anandam Tower, Mahatma Fule Bazar, Nagpur – 440 018,
Maharashtra, India
Nitesh Chaudhari 02306710 22/34, Balaji Nagar 1st Street, Royapettah, Chennai – 600 014,
Non-Executive Director Tamil Nadu, India
Amar Sushil Damani 10355739 Flat No. 101 and 102, Shree Ganesha Apartment, Anmol Nagar,
Independent Director Near Shivaji Park, Wathoda, Bhandewadi, Nagpur – 440 008,
Maharashtra, India
Hemant Gopaldas Kalantri 10372755 Vairagade Bhavan, Tekdi Road Opp. Patwardhan Appt
Independent Director Sitabuldi Nagpur, Patwardhan Ground Nagpur – 440 012,
Maharashtra, India
Shailee Bagga 11054570 105 Rama Arcade Sube Ki Goth, Behind Kailash Talkies, Gird,
Independent Director PO, Lashkar, Dist Gwalior – 474 001, Madhya Pradesh, India
87For further details of our Directors, please see “Our Management” on page 232.
Company Secretary and Compliance Officer
Nidhi Pradeep Vitonde is the Company Secretary and Compliance Officer of our Company. Her contact details
are as follows:
S.No.181/2, 182/1A, 182/2,
Marodi, Mauda Tahsil,
Nagpur – 441 104,
Maharashtra, India
Telephone: +91 71229 97067
Email Id: cs@shriramfood.com
Investor Grievances
Investors may contact the Company Secretary and Compliance Officer, the BRLM or the Registrar to the
Offer in case of any pre-Offer or post-Offer related grievances including non-receipt of Allotment Advice,
non-credit of Allotted Equity Shares in the respective beneficiary account, non-receipt of refund orders or
non-receipt of funds by electronic mode, etc. For all Offer related queries and for redressal of complaints,
investors may also write to the BRLM.
All Offer-related grievances, other than that of Anchor Investors, may be addressed to the Registrar to the Offer
with a copy to the relevant Designated Intermediary(ies) with whom the Bid cum Application Form was submitted,
giving full details such as name of the sole or First Bidder, Bid cum Application Form number, Bidder’s DP ID,
Client ID, PAN, address of Bidder, number of Equity Shares applied for, ASBA Account number in which the
amount equivalent to the Bid Amount was blocked or the UPI ID (for Retail Individual Bidders who make the
payment of Bid Amount through the UPI Mechanism), date of Bid cum Application Form and the name and
address of the relevant Designated Intermediary(ies) where the Bid was submitted. Further, the Bidder shall
enclose the Acknowledgment Slip or the application number from the Designated Intermediary(ies) in addition to
the documents or information mentioned hereinabove. All grievances relating to Bids submitted through
Registered Brokers may be addressed to the Stock Exchanges with a copy to the Registrar to the Offer. The
Registrar to the Offer shall obtain the required information from the SCSBs for addressing any clarifications and
grievances of ASBA Bidders.
All grievances relating to the ASBA process may be addressed to the Registrar to the Offer with a copy to the
relevant SCSB or the member of the Syndicate if the Bid was submitted to a member of the Syndicate at any of
the Specified Locations, or the Registered Broker if the Bid was submitted to a Registered Broker at any of the
Brokers Centers, as the case may be, quoting the full name of the sole or first Bidder, Bid cum Application Form
number, address of the Bidder, Bidder’s DP ID, Client ID, PAN, number of Equity Shares applied for, date of
Bid-cum-Application Form, name and address of the member of the Syndicate or the Designated Branch or the
Registered Broker or address of the RTA or address of the DP, as the case may be, where the Bid was submitted,
and the ASBA Account number in which the amount equivalent to the Bid Amount was blocked.
All grievances relating to the UPI mechanism may be addressed to the Registrar to the Offer with a copy to the
relevant Sponsor Bank or the member of the Syndicate if the Bid was submitted to a member of the Syndicate at
any of the Specified Locations, or the Registered Broker if the Bid was submitted to a Registered Broker at any
of the Brokers Centers, as the case may be, quoting the full name of the sole or first Bidder, Bid cum Application
Form number, address of the Bidder, Bidder’s DP ID, Client ID, PAN, number of Equity Shares applied for, date
of Bid-cum-Application Form, name and address of the member of the Syndicate or the Designated Branch or the
Registered Broker or address of the RTA or address of the DP, as the case may be, where the Bid was submitted,
and the UPI ID of the UPI ID Linked Bank Account in which the amount equivalent to the Bid Amount was
blocked.
All grievances relating to Bids submitted through the Registered Broker and/or a Stock Broker may be addressed
to the Stock Exchanges with a copy to the Registrar to the Offer.
88All Offer-related grievances of the Anchor Investors may be addressed to the Registrar to the Offer, giving full
details such as the name of the sole or First Bidder, Anchor Investor Application Form number, Bidders’ DP ID,
Client ID, PAN, date of the Anchor Investor Application Form, address of the Bidder, number of the Equity Shares
applied for, Bid Amount paid on submission of the Anchor Investor Application Form and the name and address
of the BRLM where the Anchor Investor Application Form was submitted by the Anchor Investor. The BRLM
shall, in their sole discretion, identify and fix the liability on such intermediary or entity responsible for such delay
in unblocking.
Book Running Lead Manager
Choice Capital Advisors Private Limited
Sunil Patodia Tower, Plot No. 156-158,
J.B. Nagar, Andheri (East), Mumbai-400099
Maharashtra, India
Telephone: +91 22 6707 9999/ 7919
E-mail: sfil.ipo@choiceindia.com
Website: www.choiceindia.com/merchant-investment-banking
Investor Grievance E-mail: investorgrievances_advisors@choiceindia.com
Contact Person: Nimisha Joshi / Nishant Baghmar
SEBI Registration: INM000011872
Statement of inter-se Allotment of responsibilities among the book running lead manager
Choice Capital Advisors Private Limited is the sole Book Running Lead Manager to the Offer, and accordingly
all the responsibilities relating to co-ordination and other activities to the offer shall be performed by them and
hence a statement of inter-se allocation of responsibilities is not required.
Legal Counsel to the Offer
Vidhigya Associates, Advocates
105 & 310, A Wing, Kanara Business Centre
Ghatkopar East, Mumbai – 400 075
Maharashtra, India
Telephone: +91 84240 30160
Email: rahul@vidhigyaassociates.com
Website: www.vidhigyaassociates.com
Contact Person: Rahul Pandey
Registrar to the Offer
MUFG Intime India Private Limited (formerly known as Link Intime India Private Limited)
C-101, 1st Floor, 247 Park,
L.B. S. Marg, Vikhroli (West)
Mumbai 400 083
Maharashtra, India
Telephone: +91 810 811 4949
Email: shriramfood.ipo@in.mpms.mufg.com
Website: www. in.mpms.mufg.com
Investor Grievance Email: shriramfood.ipo@in.mpms.mufg.com
Contact Person: Shanti Gopalkrishnan
SEBI Registration Number: INR000004058
89Statutory Auditors to our Company
P.G. Joshi & Co., Chartered Accountants
Dhanwate Chambers
Sitabuldi, Nagpur – 440 012
Maharashtra, India
Telephone: +91 712 252 4309
Email: info@pgjco.com
ICAI Firm Registration Number: 104416W
Peer Review Number: 018819
Contact Person: CA Ashutosh Prabhakar Joshi
Changes in the Auditors
There has been no change in the statutory auditors of our Company during the last three years immediately
preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Bankers to our Company
UCO Bank
Plot No. 9, Ramkrishna Nagar,
Ajni Chowk, Wardha Road,
Nagpur – 440 015 (M.S.),
Maharashtra, India.
Telephone: 0712-2222880/ 9090676764
Website: www.ucobank.com
Email: nagmc@ucobank.co.in
Contact Person: Manoranjan Mishra.
Axis Bank Limited
Wholesale Banking Center, MG House,
Rabindranath Tagore Road,
Civil Lines, Nagpur – 440 001,
Maharashtra India
Telephone: 09822596811
Website: https://www.axisbank.com
Email: ccsuhead.nagpur@axisbank.com
Contact Person: Vinayak Sitaram Gore
HDFC BANK LIMITED
A Wing, 8th Floor, Phase 3,
Spencers Plaza No 769, Anna Salai,
Chennai – 600 002,
Tamil Nadu, India.
Telephone: 9841933738
Website: hdfcbank.com
Email: pruthvish.mshelat@hdfcbank.com
Contact Person: Pruthvish M Shelat
Bankers to Offer, Escrow Collection Bank, Public Offer Bank, Refund Bank and Sponsor Bank
The Bankers to the Offer will be appointed prior to filing of the Red Herring Prospectus with the RoC.
Syndicate Members
The Syndicate Members will be appointed prior to filing of the Red Herring Prospectus with the RoC.
90Designated Intermediaries
Self-Certified Syndicate Banks
The list of SCSBs notified by SEBI for the ASBA process is available at
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognised=yes on the SEBI website, or at such other
website as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time. A list of the Designated Branches of the SCSBs with
which a Bidder (other than an Anchor Investor and RIB using the UPI Mechanism), not bidding through
Syndicate/Sub Syndicate or through a Registered Broker, RTA or CDP may submit the Bid cum Application
Forms is available at https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedFpi=yes&intmId=34
on the SEBI website, and at such other websites as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time.
SCSBs and mobile applications enabled for UPI Mechanism
In accordance with SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2019/76 dated June 28, 2019 and SEBI
Circular No. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2019/85 dated July 26, 2019 and SEBI Circular No.
SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2022/45 dated April 5, 2022, Retail Individual Bidders bidding using the UPI
Mechanism may apply through the SCSBs and mobile applications whose names appear on the website of the
SEBI (https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedFpi=yes&intmId=40 and
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedFpi=yes&intmId=43) respectively, which
may be updated from time to time. A list of SCSBs and mobile applications, which are live for applying in public
issues using UPI Mechanism is provided as 'Annexure A' for the SEBI circular number
SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2019/85 dated July 26, 2019.
Syndicate SCSB Branches
In relation to Bids (other than Bids by Anchor Investors) submitted to a member of the Syndicate, the list of
branches of the SCSBs at the Specified Locations named by the respective SCSBs to receive deposits of Bid cum
Application Forms from the members of the Syndicate is available on the website of the SEBI
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognised=yes and updated from time to time or any
such other website as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time. For more information on such branches
collecting Bid cum Application Forms from the Syndicate at Specified Locations, see the website of the SEBI
www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedFpi=yes&intmId=35 as updated from time to time
or any such other website as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time.
Registered Brokers
The list of the Registered Brokers eligible to accept ASBA forms, including details such as postal address,
telephone number and e-mail address, is provided on the websites of the Stock Exchanges at
www.bseindia.com/Markets/PublicIssues/brokercentres_new.aspx? and
www.nseindia.com/products/content/equities/ipos/ipo_mem_terminal.htm, respectively, as updated from time to
time.
Registrar and Share Transfer Agents
The list of the RTAs eligible to accept ASBA Forms at the Designated RTA Locations, including details such as
address, telephone number and e-mail address, is provided on the websites of the Stock Exchanges at
www.bseindia.com/Static/Markets/PublicIssues/RtaDp.aspx? and
www.nseindia.com/products/content/equities/ipos/asba_procedures.htm respectively, as updated from time to
time.
Collecting Depository Participants
The list of the CDPs eligible to accept ASBA Forms at the Designated CDP Locations, including details such as
their name and contact details, is provided on the websites of the Stock Exchanges at
www.bseindia.com/Static/Markets/PublicIssues/RtaDp.aspx? and
www.nseindia.com/products/content/equities/ipos/asba_procedures.htm, respectively, as updated from time to
time.
91Grading of the Offer
No credit agency registered with SEBI has been appointed for grading for the Offer.
Expert
Except as stated below, our Company has not obtained any expert opinions:
Our Company has received written consent dated September 6, 2025 from P.G. Joshi & Co., Chartered
Accountants, our Statutory Auditors, to include their name as required under section 26(5) of the Companies Act,
2013 read with SEBI ICDR Regulations, in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and as an "expert" as defined under
section 2(38) of the Companies Act, 2013 to the extent and in their capacity as our Statutory Auditors, and in
respect of (i) examination report, dated August 19, 2025 on our Restated Financial Statements in this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus (ii) Statement of Special Tax Benefits dated September 6, 2025 and such consent has not been
withdrawn as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Our Company has received written consent dated August 25, 2025 from M/s. V.N. Talithaya, the Chartered
Engineer, to include their name as required under section 26 of the Companies Act read with the SEBI ICDR
Regulations in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and as an “expert” as defined under Section 2(38) of the
Companies Act to the extent and in their capacity as an independent chartered engineer, in respect of their
certificates in connection with the Offer and details derived therefrom as included in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus and such consent has not been withdrawn as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
However, the term "expert" and the consent thereof shall not be construed to mean an "expert" or consent within
the meaning under the U.S. Securities Act, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”).
The above-mentioned consents have not been withdrawn as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Monitoring Agency
In accordance with Regulation 41 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, our Company will appoint a monitoring agency
for monitoring the utilisation of Gross Proceeds from the Fresh Issue prior to filing of the Red Herring Prospectus
with the RoC, as the proposed Offer exceeds ₹10,000.00 lakhs.
Appraising Entity
None of the objects for which the Net Proceeds will be utilised have been appraised by any agency.
Credit Rating
As the Offer is only of Equity Shares, credit rating is not required.
Debenture trustees
As the Offer is of Equity Shares, the appointment of debenture trustees is not required.
Green Shoe Option
No green shoe option is contemplated under the Offer.
Filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
A copy of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been filed electronically with SEBI through the SEBI
intermediary portal at https://siportal.sebi.gov.in , in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Master Circular, as specified
in Regulation 25(8) of SEBI ICDR Regulations. A copy of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus will also be filed
with SEBI at:
92Securities and Exchange Board of India
Corporation Finance Department
Division of Issues and Listing
SEBI Bhavan, Plot No. C4 A, ‘G’ Block
Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra (East),
Mumbai 400 051,
Maharashtra, India.
A copy of the Red Herring Prospectus, along with the material contracts and documents required to be filed under
Section 32 of the Companies Act, 2013 would be filed with the RoC and a copy of the Prospectus to be filed under
Section 26 of the Companies Act, 2013 would be filed with the RoC through the electronic portal at
http://www.mca.gov.in/mcafoportal/loginvalidateuser.do.
Book Building Process
Book building, in the context of the Offer, refers to the process of collection of Bids from Bidders on the basis of
the Red Herring Prospectus, the Bid cum Application Forms and the Revision Forms within the Price Band which
will be decided by our Board, as applicable, in consultation with the BRLM, and the minimum Bid lot, which will
be decided by our Board and the Promoter Selling Shareholder, in consultation with the BRLM, and if not
disclosed in the Red Herring Prospectus, will be advertised in all editions of [●] (a widely circulated English
national daily newspaper), all editions of [●] (a widely circulated Hindi national daily newspaper) and all editions
of [●] (a Marathi daily newspaper, Marathi being the regional language newspaper of Maharashtra where our
Registered Office is located), at least two Working Days prior to the Bid/ Offer Opening Date and shall be made
available to the Stock Exchanges for the purposes of uploading on their respective websites. The Offer Price shall
be determined by our Company in consultation with the BRLM, after the Bid/ Offer Closing Date. For further
details, see “Offer Procedure” on page 394.
All Bidders (other than Anchor Investors) shall mandatorily participate in this Offer only through the ASBA
process by providing the details of their respective ASBA Account in which the corresponding Bid Amount will
be blocked by the SCSBs or Sponsor Bank, as the case may be. In addition to this, the UPI Bidders may participate
through the ASBA process by providing the details of their respective ASBA Account in which the corresponding
Bid Amount will be blocked by the SCSBs or using the UPI Mechanism. Anchor Investors are not permitted to
participate in the Offer through the ASBA process.
In terms of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, QIBs and Non-Institutional Bidders are not permitted to withdraw their
Bid(s) or lower the size of their Bid(s) (in terms of quantity of Equity Shares or the Bid Amount) at any stage.
Retail Individual Bidders can revise their Bid(s) during the Bid/ Offer Period and withdraw their Bid(s) until Bid/
Offer Closing Date. Anchor Investors are not allowed to revise and withdraw their Bids after the Anchor Investor
Bid/ Offer Period. Allocation to QIBs (other than Anchor Investors) and Non-Institutional Investors will be on a
proportionate basis while allocation to Anchor Investors will be on a discretionary basis. Pursuant to SEBI circular
no. (SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2022/45) dated April 5, 2022, all individual investors applying in initial public
offerings whose application amount is up to ₹5.00 lakhs shall use UPI Mechanism. Individual investors Bidding
under the Non-Institutional Portion Bidding for more than ₹2.00 lakhs and up to ₹5.00 lakhs, using the UPI
Mechanism, shall provide their UPI ID in the Bid-cum-Application Form for Bidding through Syndicate, sub-
syndicate members, Registered Brokers, RTAs or CDPs, or online using the facility of linked online trading,
demat and bank account (3 in 1 type accounts), provided by certain brokers.
In accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, QIBs and Non-Institutional Bidders are not allowed to withdraw
or lower the size of their Bids (in terms of the quantity of the Equity Shares or the Bid Amount) at any stage. RIBs
bidding in the Retail Portion and Eligible Employees Bidding under the Employee Reservation Portion can revise
their Bids during the Bid/ Offer Period and withdraw their Bids until the Bid/ Offer Closing Date. Further, Anchor
Investors cannot withdraw their Bids after the Anchor Investor Bid/ Offer Period. Except for Allocation to RIBs,
Non-Institutional Bidders and the Anchor Investors, Allocation in the Offer will be on a proportionate basis.
Allocation to the Anchor Investors will be on a discretionary basis.
The Book Building Process under the SEBI ICDR Regulations and the Bidding Process are subject to change.
Bidders are advised to make their own judgment about an investment through this process prior to submitting a
Bid.
93Each Bidder will be deemed to have acknowledged the above restrictions and the terms of the Offer, by submitting
their Bid in the Offer.
Bidders should note the Offer is also subject to (i) filing of the Prospectus with the RoC; and (ii) obtaining final
listing and trading approvals of the Stock Exchanges, which our Company shall apply for after Allotment within
three Working Days of the Bid/ Offer Closing Date or such other time period as prescribed under applicable law.
For further details on the method and process of Bidding, see “Offer Procedure” and “Offer Structure” on pages
394 and 389, respectively.
Illustration of Book Building Process and Price Discovery Process
For an illustration of the Book Building Process and the price discovery process, see “Terms of the Offer” and
“Offer Procedure” on pages 381 and 394, respectively.
Underwriting Agreement
After the determination of the Offer Price, but prior to allocation of Equity Shares and filing of the Prospectus
with the RoC, our Company and Promoter Selling Shareholders will enter into the Underwriting Agreement with
the Underwriters for the Equity Shares proposed to be offered through the Offer, who shall be merchant bankers
or stock-brokers registered with SEBI. The extent of underwriting obligations and the Bids to be underwritten by
BRLM shall be as per the Underwriting Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the
obligations of the Underwriters will be several and will be subject to certain conditions to closing, as specified
therein.
The Underwriting Agreement is dated [●]. The Underwriters have indicated their intention to underwrite the
following number of Equity Shares:
(The Underwriting Agreement has not been executed as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Specific
details below have been intentionally left blank and will be filled in before, and this portion will be applicable
upon the execution of the Underwriting Agreement and filing of the Prospectus with the RoC, as applicable)
(₹ in lakhs)
Name, address, telephone number Indicative number of Amount underwritten
and e-mail address of the Equity Shares to be
Underwriters underwritten
[●] [●] [●]
The abovementioned amounts are provided for indicative purposes only and would be decided after the pricing
and actual allocation and subject to the provisions of Regulation 40(2) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
In the opinion of our Board (based on representations made to our Company by the Underwriters), the resources
of the Underwriters are sufficient to enable them to discharge their respective underwriting obligations in full.
The Underwriters are registered with the SEBI under Section 12(1) of the SEBI Act or registered as brokers with
Stock Exchange(s). Our Board, at its meeting held on [●], has accepted and entered into the Underwriting
Agreement mentioned above on behalf of our Company.
Allocation amongst the Underwriters may not necessarily be in proportion to their underwriting commitments set
forth in the table above. Notwithstanding the above table, the Underwriters shall be severally responsible for
ensuring payment with respect to Equity Shares allocated to Investors procured by them in accordance with the
Underwriting Agreement.
In the event of any default in payment, the respective Underwriter, in addition to other obligations defined in the
Underwriting Agreement, will also be required to procure subscribers for or subscribe to the Equity Shares to the
extent of the defaulted amount in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement.
94The Underwriting Agreement has not been entered into as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. The
Underwriting Agreement shall be entered into on or after the Pricing Date but prior to filing of the Prospectus
with the RoC. The extent of underwriting obligations and the Bids to be underwritten in the Issue shall be as per
the Underwriting Agreement.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
95CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The share capital of our Company, as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as set forth below:
S. Particulars (Amount in ₹ except share data)
No. Aggregate nominal Aggregate value
value at Offer Price*
A. AUTHORISED SHARE CAPITAL(1)
11,00,00,000 Equity Shares of ₹10/- each 110,00,00,000
B. ISSUED, SUBSCRIBED AND PAID-UP SHARE CAPITAL BEFORE THE OFFER
8,40,00,070 Equity Shares of ₹10/- each 84,00,00,700
C. PRESENT OFFER IN TERMS OF THIS DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS
Offer of up to 2,64,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of ₹10 [●] [●]
each aggregating up to ₹ [●] Lakhs(2) (3) (4)
Which includes:
Fresh Issue of up to 2,12,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of [●] [●]
₹10 each aggregating up to ₹[●] Lakhs
Offer for Sale of up to 52,00,000 Equity Shares of face value [●] [●]
of ₹ 10 each aggregating up to ₹[●] Lakhs (4)
Offer includes:
Employee Reservation Portion of up to [●] Equity Shares of
face value of ₹10 each aggregating up to ₹[●] Lakhs (3)
Net Offer of up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹10 each
aggregating up to ₹[●] Lakhs
[●] [●]
D. ISSUED, SUBSCRIBED AND PAID-UP SHARE CAPITAL AFTER THE OFFER*#
[●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹10/- each*# [●] [●]
E. SECURITIES PREMIUM ACCOUNT
Before the Offer 7,04,485
After the Offer* [●]
*Subject to finalisation of Basis of Allotment and the Offer Price;
1. For details in relation to the changes in the authorised share capital of our Company, please see “History and Certain Corporate
Matters- Amendments to our Memorandum of Association in the last ten (10) years” on page 226.
2. The Offer has been authorised by our Board of Directors and our Shareholders pursuant to the resolutions passed at their meetings
dated April 23, 2025 and April, 29 2025, respectively. Further, our Board has taken on record the approval for the Offer for Sale by
the Promoter Selling Shareholders pursuant to its resolution dated June 23, 2025.
3. The Employee Reservation Portion shall not exceed 5% of our post-Issue paid-up Equity Share capital. In the event of under-
subscription in the Employee Reservation Portion, the unsubscribed portion will be available for allocation and Allotment,
proportionately to all Eligible Employees who have Bid in excess of ₹ 2 Lakhs (net of Employee Discount), subject to the maximum
value of Allotment made to such Eligible Employee not exceeding ₹ 5 Lakhs (net of Employee Discount). The unsubscribed portion, if
any, in the Employee Reservation Portion (after allocation of up to ₹ 5 Lakhs net of Employee Discount), shall be added to the Net
Issue. Our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, may offer a discount of up to [●]% on the Offer Price (equivalent of ₹[●] per
Equity Share) to Eligible Employees bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion which shall be announced two Working Days prior
to the Bid/ Issue Opening Date. For further details, see the sections titled “Offer Procedure” and “Offer Structure” on pages 394 and
389 respectively.
4. Promoter Selling Shareholders confirm that the Offered Shares have been held by such Promoter Selling Shareholders for a period of
at least one year prior to filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus in accordance with Regulation 8 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations
and accordingly, are eligible for the Offer in accordance with the provisions of the SEBI ICDR Regulations. The Promoter Selling
Shareholders has confirmed and approved its participation in the Offer for Sale as set out below:
S. Promoter Selling Number of Equity Shares Date of consent letter Date of board resolutions
No. Shareholders offered in the Offer for recording the consent of
Sale# Promoter Selling Shareholder
1. Orient Dealtrade Private Up to 18,20,000 June 23, 2025 June 23, 2025
Limited
2. Greta Industries Pte Up to 33,80,000 June 23, 2025 June 23, 2025
Limited
#Assuming full subscription to the Offer
96Notes to Capital Structure
1. Share Capital History of our Company
Our Company has only one class of share capital i.e., Equity Shares of face value of ₹10 each. All the issued Equity Shares are fully paid-up.
Date of allotment Number of Face value Issue Price Nature of Nature of allotment/ Cumulative Cumulative paid-up No of Name of allottees
Equity Shares per Equity per Equity consideration transfer number of Equity Equity Share Allottees
allotted Share (₹) Share (₹) Shares capital (₹)
At the time of 10,000 10 10 Cash Initial subscription to 10,000 1,00,000 4 Allotment of 2,500 Equity Shares
Incorporation the MOA to Anup Ramavtar Goyal, 2,500
Equity Shares to Rajendra Kumar
Agarwal, 2,500 Equity Shares to
Dhanesh Agrawal and 2,500
Equity Shares to Ramavtar
Agrawal
November 06, 2014 14,00,000 10 10 Cash Right issue 14,10,000 1,41,00,000 1 Allotment of 14,00,000 Equity
Shares to Orient Dealtrade Private
Limited
December 24, 2014 50,000 10 10 Cash Right issue 14,60,000 1,46,00,000 1 Allotment of 50,000 Equity
Shares to Orient Dealtrade Private
Limited
February 17, 2015 4,50,000 10 10 Cash Right Issue 19,10,000 1,91,00,000 1 Allotment of 4,50,000 Equity
Shares to Orient Dealtrade Private
Limited
March 25, 2015 21,75,500 10 10 Cash Right Issue 40,85,500 4,08,55,000 2 Allotment of 14,90,000 Equity
Shares to Orient Dealtrade Private
Limited, 6,85,500 Equity Shares
to Greta Industries Pte Limited
March 30, 2015 8,14,500 10 10 Cash Right Issue 49,00,000 4,90,00,000 1 Allotment of 8,14,500 Equity
Shares to Narottamka Trade and
Vyapaar Private Limited
June 12, 2015 24,94,793 10 10 Cash Right Issue 73,94,793 7,39,47,930 1 Allotment of 24,94,793 Equity
Shares to Greta Industries Pte
Limited
97Date of allotment Number of Face value Issue Price Nature of Nature of allotment/ Cumulative Cumulative paid-up No of Name of allottees
Equity Shares per Equity per Equity consideration transfer number of Equity Equity Share Allottees
allotted Share (₹) Share (₹) Shares capital (₹)
July 10, 2015 25,87,218 10 10 Cash Right Issue 99,82,011 9,98,20,110 2 Allotment of 10,30,000 Equity
Shares to Orient Dealtrade Private
Limited, 15,57,218 Equity Shares
to Greta Industries Pte Limited
August 31, 2015 19,37,897 10 10 Cash Right Issue 1,19,19,908 11,91,99,080 1 Allotment of 19,37,897 Equity
Shares to Greta Industries Pte
Limited
December 14, 2015 22,01,516 10 10.32 Cash Right Issue 1,41,21,424 14,12,14,240 1 Allotment of 22,01,516 Equity
Shares to Greta Industries Pte
Limited
February 05, 2016 51,53,566 10 10 Cash Right Issue 1,92,74,990 19,27,49,900 1 Allotment of 51,53,566 Equity
Shares to Greta Industries Pte
Limited
March 02, 2016 30,65,010 10 10 Cash Right Issue 2,23,40,000 22,34,00,000 1 Allotment of 30,65,010 Equity
Shares to Orient Dealtrade Private
Limited
March 24, 2016 16,60,000 10 10 Cash Right Issue 2,40,00,000 24,00,00,000 2 Allotment of 9,04,990 Equity
Shares to Orient Dealtrade Private
Limited, 7,55,010 Equity Shares
to Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar
Private Limited
February 28, 2023 20 10 10 Cash Right Issue 2,40,00,020 20,40,00,200 2 Allotment of 10 Equity Shares to
Rajendra Kumar Chaudhari, 10
Equity Shares to Payal Goyal
June 23, 2025 6,00,00,050 10 Nil Non-Cash Bonus issue in the 8,40,00,070 84,00,00,700 8 Allotment of 18,500 Equity
ratio of 25:10 i.e. 25 Shares to Anup Ramavtar Goyal,
fully paid-up Equity 6,250 Equity Shares to Ramavtar
shares against 10 Thanuram Agrawal, 2,09,75,000
existing fully paid-up Equity Shares to Orient Deal
Equity Shares held by Trade Private Limited,
the existing 3,50,76,225 Equity Shares to
Shareholders. Greta Industries Pte Limited,
39,23,775 Equity Shares to
98Date of allotment Number of Face value Issue Price Nature of Nature of allotment/ Cumulative Cumulative paid-up No of Name of allottees
Equity Shares per Equity per Equity consideration transfer number of Equity Equity Share Allottees
allotted Share (₹) Share (₹) Shares capital (₹)
Narottamka Trade and Vyaapar
Private Limited, 25 Equity Shares
to Rajendra Kumar Chaudhari, 25
Equity Shares to Payal Goyal and
250 Equity Shares to Aman Anup
Goyal
992. Preference Share Capital
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have any preference share capital.
3. Issue of equity shares for consideration other than cash or out of revaluation of reserves or by way of
Bonus
Except as set out below, our Company has not issued any Equity Shares for consideration other than cash or
out of revaluation of reserves or by way of bonus.
Date of Number of Face value Issue Price per Reason for Name of allottees Benefits accrued
allotment Equity per Equity Equity Share allotment to our Company
Shares Share (₹) (₹)
allotted
June 23, 6,00,00,050 10 Nil Bonus issue in Allotment of 18,500 Capitalization of
2025 the ratio of Equity Shares to Anup Reserves &
25:10 i.e. 25 Goyal, 6,250 Equity Surplus
fully paid-up Shares to Ramavtar
Equity shares Thanuram Agrawal,
against 10 2,09,75,000 Equity
existing fully Shares to Orient Deal
paid-up Equity Trade Private Limited,
Shares held by 3,50,76,225 Equity
the existing Shares to Greta Industries
Shareholders. Pte Limited, 39,23,775
Equity Shares to
Narottamka Trade and
Vyaapar Private Limited,
25 Equity Shares to
Rajendra Kumar
Chaudhari, 25 Equity
Shares to Payal Goyal and
250 Equity Shares to
Aman Anup Goyal.
4. Issue of Equity Shares pursuant to sections 391 to 394 of the Companies Act, 1956 or sections 230 to
234 of the Companies Act, 2013
Our Company has not issued any Equity Shares pursuant to any scheme of arrangement approved under
sections 391-394 of the Companies Act, 1956 or section 230-234 of the Companies Act, 2013, as applicable.
5. Issue or transfer of Equity Shares under employee stock option schemes
The Company does not have any employee stock option schemes under which any equity shares of the
Company is granted. Accordingly, no Equity Shares have been issued or transferred by our Company
pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock options.
6. Issue of Equity Shares at a price lower than the Offer price during the preceding one (1) year
The Offer Price for Equity Shares is ₹ [●]. Our Company has not issued any Equity Shares at a price lower
than the Issue price, during the period of one (1) year, immediately preceding the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus. For details of the allotments made in the last one year see “Capital Structure – Share
Capital History of Our Company – Equity Share capital” on page 97.
1007. Shareholding Pattern of our Company
The table below presents the equity shareholding pattern of our Company as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Category Category of Number of Number of Number of Number of Total number Shareholding as a Number of Voting Rights held in Number of Shareholding, as a Number of Number of Shares Number of Equity
(I) shareholder shareholders fully paid-up Partly shares of shares held % of total each class of securities (IX) shares % assuming full locked in shares pledged or Shares held in
(II) (III) Equity Shares paid-up underlying (VII) number of shares Underlying conversion of (XII) otherwise dematerialized
held (IV) Equity Depository =(IV)+(V)+ (calculated as per Outstanding convertible encumbered form (XIV)
Shares Receipts (VI) (VI) SCRR, convertible securities (as a (XIII)
held securities
(V) 1957) (VIII) As a Number of Total as (including percentage of Number As a % Number As a %
% of (A+B+C2) Voting Rights a % of Warrants) (X) diluted share (a) of total (a) of total
Class: Class: Total (A+B+ capital) (XI)= Shares Shares
Equity Others C) (VII)+(X) As a held (b) held (b)
Shares % of (A+B+C2)
(A) Promoters and 8 8,40,00,070 - - 8,40,00,070 100% Equity - 8,40,00,070 100% - 100% - - - - 8,40,00,070
Promoter Shares
Group
(B) Public - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
(C) Non-Promoter - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Non-Public
(C1) Shares - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
underlying
depository
receipts
(C2) Shares held by - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
employee
trusts
Total 8 8,40,00,070 - - 8,40,00,070 100% Equity - 8,40,00,070 100.00 - - - - - - 8,40,00,070
(A+B+C) Shares
1018. Other details of shareholding of our Company
As on the date of the filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has 8 Shareholders.
Set forth below are the details of the build-up of our Promoters’ shareholding in our Company since
incorporation:
Date of Number of Face Issue Nature of Nature of Cumulative % of Pre- % of
allotment/ Equity Shares value Price/Consi considerat allotment/ number of Issue Post-
acquisition/ allotted/ per deration per ion transfer Equity Shares cap ital Issue
transfer transferred Equity Equity capital
Share Share (₹)
(₹)
Anup Ramavtar Goyal
At the time of 2,500 10 10 Cash Initial 2,500 Negligible [●]
incorporation subscription to
the MOA
March 25, 2,500 10 10 Cash Transfer of 5,000 Negligible [●]
2015 Equity Shares
from Rajendra
Kumar Agrawal
March 25, 2,500 10 10 Cash Transfer of 7,500 Negligible [●]
2015 Equity Shares
from Dhanesh
Agrawal
March 10, (100) 10 Nil N.A. Transfer of 7,400 Negligible [●]
2023 Equity Shares to
Aman Anup
Goyal
June 23, 2025 18,500 10 Nil N.A. Bonus Issue in 25,900 Negligible [●]
the ratio of 25:10
i.e. 25 fully paid-
up Equity Shares
against 10
existing fully
paid- up Equity
Shares held by
the existing
Shareholders
Sub-total (A) 25,900 0.03% [●]
Aman Anup Goyal
March 10, 100 10 Nil N.A. Transfer of 100 Negligible [●]
2023 Equity Shares
from Anup
Ramavtar Goyal
by way of gift
June 23, 2025 250 10 Nil N.A. Bonus Issue in 350 Negligible [●]
the ratio of 25:10
i.e. 25 fully paid-
up Equity Shares
against 10
existing fully
paid- up Equity
Shares held by
the existing
102Date of Number of Face Issue Nature of Nature of Cumulative % of Pre- % of
allotment/ Equity Shares value Price/Consi considerat allotment/ number of Issue Post-
acquisition/ allotted/ per deration per ion transfer Equity Shares cap ital Issue
transfer transferred Equity Equity capital
Share Share (₹)
(₹)
Shareholders.
Sub-total (B) 350 Negligible [●]
Orient Dealtrade Private Limited
November 06, 14,00,000 10 10 Cash Right Issue 14,00,000 1.67%
[●]
2014
December 24, 50,000 10 10 Cash Right Issue 14,50,000 0.06%
[●]
2014
February 17, 4,50,000 10 10 Cash Right Issue 19,00,000 0.54% [●]
2015
March 25, 14,90,000 10 10 Cash Right Issue 33,90,000 1.77% [●]
2015
July 10, 2015 10,30,000 10 10 Cash Right Issue 44,20,000 1.23% [●]
March 02, 30,65,010 10 10 Cash Right Issue 74,85,010 3.69% [●]
2016
March 24, 9,04,990 10 10 Cash Right Issue 83,90,000 1.07% [●]
2016
June 23, 2025 2,09,75,000 10 10 Nil Bonus Issue in 2,93,65,000 24.97% [●]
the ratio of 25:10
i.e. 25 fully paid-
up Equity Shares
against 10
existing fully
paid-up Equity
Shares held by
the existing
Shareholders
Sub-total (C) 2,93,65,000 34.96% [●]
Greta Industries Pte Limited
March 25, 6,85,500 10 10 Cash Right Issue 6,85,500 0.81% [●]
2015
June 12, 2015 24,94,793 10 10 Cash Right Issue 38,65,846 2.97% [●]
July 10, 2015 15,57,218 10 10 Cash Right Issue 47,37,511 1.04% [●]
August 31, 19,37,897 10 10 Cash Right Issue 66,75,408 2.31% [●]
2015
December 14, 22,01,516 10 10.32 Cash Right Issue 88,76,924 2.62% [●]
2015
February 05, 51,53,566 10 10 Cash Right Issue 1,40,30,490 6.14% [●]
2016
June 23, 2025 3,50,76,225 10 Nil N.A. Bonus Issue in 4,91,06,715 41.76% [●]
the ratio of 25:10
i.e. 25 fully paid-
up Equity Shares
against 10
existing fully
paid- up Equity
103Date of Number of Face Issue Nature of Nature of Cumulative % of Pre- % of
allotment/ Equity Shares value Price/Consi considerat allotment/ number of Issue Post-
acquisition/ allotted/ per deration per ion transfer Equity Shares cap ital Issue
transfer transferred Equity Equity capital
Share Share (₹)
(₹)
Shares held by
the existing
Shareholders.
Sub-total (D) 4,91,06,715 58.46% [●]
Nitesh Chaudhari*
- - - - - - - -
Sub-total (E) - - - -
Total (A + B 7,84,97,965 93.45% [●]
+ C + D+E)
*Nitesh Chaudhari is the promoter of Greta Industries Pte Limited with a shareholding of 67.47 % and accordingly has ultimate shareholding in
our Company. As on the date of Draft Red Herring Prospectus, Nitesh Chaudhari does not hold any shares in our Company.
Details of the transfer and acquisition of Equity Shares of our Company through secondary transaction by the
Promoters and members of the Promoter Group.
Except as disclosed below, our Promoters and members of the Promoter Group have not transferred or acquired Equity
Shares of our Company through secondary transactions:
Date of transfer Name of allotee/ Transferor No. of Face Price per Nature of
transferee Equity value of Equity consideration
shares Equity Share
transferred shares
March 25, 2015 Anup Ramavtar Goyal Rajendra 2,500 10 10 Cash
Kumar Agarwal
March 25, 2015 Anup Ramavtar Goyal Dhanesh 2,500 10 10 Cash
Agrawal
March 10, 2023 Aman Anup Goyal Anup Ramavtar 100 10 N.A. Gift
Goyal
Set forth below is a list of Shareholders holding 1% or more of the paid-up Share Capital of our Company, as on the
date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Sr. No. Name of the Shareholder Number of Equity Shares Percentage of the Equity Share
capital (%)*
1. Orient Dealtrade Private Limited 2,93,65,000 34.96%
2. Greta Industries Pte Limited 4,91,06,715 58.46%
3. Narottamka Trade and Vyapaar Private Limited 54,93,285 6.54%
Total 8,39,65,000 99.96%
Set forth below is a list of Shareholders holding 1% or more of the paid-up Share Capital of our Company, as of 10
days prior to the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Sr. No. Name of the Shareholder Number of Equity Shares Percentage of the Equity
Share capital (%)*
1. Orient Dealtrade Private Limited 2,93,65,000 34.96%
2. Greta Industries Pte Limited 4,91,06,715 58.46%
3. Narottamka Trade and Vyapaar Private Limited 54,93,285 6.54%
Total 8,39,65,000 99.96%
104Set forth below is a list of Shareholders holding 1% or more of the paid-up Share Capital of our Company, on a fully
diluted basis, as of one year prior to the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Sr. Name of the Shareholder Number of Equity Shares Percentage of the Equity
No. Share capital (%)*
1. Orient Dealtrade Private Limited 83,90,000 34.96%
2. Greta Industries Pte Limited 1,40,30,490 58.46%
3. Narottamka Trade and Vyapaar Private Limited 15,69,510 6.54%
Total 2,39,90,000 99.96%
Set forth below is a list of Shareholders holding 1% or more of the paid-up Share Capital of our Company, on a fully
diluted basis, as of two years prior to the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Sr. Name of the Shareholder Number of Equity Shares Percentage of the Equity
No. Share capital (%)*
1. Orient Dealtrade Private Limited 83,90,000 34.96%
2. Greta Industries Pte Limited 1,40,30,490 58.46%
3. Narottamka Trade and Vyapaar Private Limited 15,69,510 6.54%
Total 2,39,90,000 99.96%
The aggregate shareholding of the Promoters and Promoter Group
Sr. Name of the Shareholder Number of Equity Shares Percentage of the Equity Percentage of the Post-Issue
No. Share capital (%)* Equity Share capital (%)
Promoters
1. Anup Ramavtar Goyal 25,900 0.03% [●]
2. Aman Anup Goyal 350 Negligible [●]
3. Orient Dealtrade Private Limited 2,93,65,000 34.96% [●]
4. Greta Industries Pte Limited 4,91,06,715 58.46% [●]
5. Nitesh Chaudhari* - - [●]
Sub-total (A) 7,84,97,965 93.45% [●]
Promoter Group
6. Payal Goyal 35 Negligible [●]
7 Narottamka Trade and Vyapaar 54,93,285 6.54% [●]
(P) Ltd
8 Rajendra Kumar Chaudhari 35 Negligible [●]
9 Ramavtar Thanuram Agrawal 8,750 0.01% [●]
Sub-total (B) 55,02,105 6.55% [●]
Total (A+B) 8,40,00,070 100% [●]
*Nitesh Chaudhari is the promoter of Greta Industries Pte Limited with a shareholding of 67.47 % and accordingly has ultimate shareholding in
our Company. As on the date of Draft Red Herring Prospectus, Nitesh Chaudhari does not hold any shares in our Company.
The number of specified securities purchased or sold by the Promoters, Promoter Group and/ or by the
Directors of our Company and their relatives in the preceding six months.
None of the members of our Promoter Group, our Promoters, our Directors, or any of their respective relatives, as
applicable, have purchased or sold any securities of our Company during the period of six (6) months immediately
preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Details of lock-in
Orient Dealtrade Private Limited, Greta Industries Pte Limited, Anup Ramavtar Goyal, Aman Anup Goyal and Nitesh
Chaudhari are the Promoters of our Company in terms of the SEBI ICDR Regulations and the Companies Act, 2013.
Accordingly, in terms of Regulation 14(1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, the said Promoters have complied with the
105requirement of minimum promoter’s contribution in this Issue and in terms of Regulation 16(1)(a) the following
Equity Shares are locked in for a period of eighteen (18) months pursuant to the Offer.
Name of Number of Date of Nature of Face Value Issue / Percentage Percentage Date up to
Promoters Equity allotment of transaction per Equity Acquisition of the pre- of the post- which
Shares Equity Share (₹) price per Issue paid- Issue paid- Equity
locked-in Shares and Equity up capital up capital Shares are
when made Share (₹) (%) (%) subject to
fully paid- lock-in
up
[●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
[●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Total [●] [●] [●] [●]
The shareholding of the Promoters in excess of 20% of the fully diluted post-Issue Equity Share capital shall be locked
in for a period of six (6) months from the date of Allotment.
Our Company undertakes that the Equity Shares that are being locked-in are not ineligible for computation of
Promoter’s contribution in terms of Regulation 15 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
In this connection, please note that:
The Equity Shares issued for Promoter’s contribution do not include (i) Equity Shares acquired in the three
immediately preceding years for consideration other than cash and revaluation of assets or capitalisation of intangible
assets was involved in such transaction, (ii) Equity Shares resulting from bonus issue by utilisation of revaluation
reserves or unrealised profits of our Company or bonus shares issued against Equity Shares, which are otherwise
ineligible for computation of minimum Promoter’s contribution.
The minimum Promoter’s contribution does not include any Equity Shares acquired during the immediately preceding
one year at a price lower than the price at which the Equity Shares are being issued to the public in the Issue.
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, none of the Equity Shares held by our Promoters is pledged.
All the Equity Shares held by our Promoters are in dematerialised form.
In terms of Regulation 22 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, Equity Shares held by our Promoters which are locked-in
as per Regulation 16 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, may be transferred to the other Promoters or any member of our
Promoter Group or a new promoter, subject to continuation of lock-in applicable with the transferee for the remaining
period (and such transferees shall not be eligible to transfer until the expiry of the lock-in period) and compliance with
provisions of the Takeover Regulations.
Further, in terms of Regulation 22 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, Equity Shares held by persons (other than our
Promoters) prior to the Issue and locked-in for a period of six (6) months, may be transferred to any other person
holding Equity Shares which are locked-in along with the Equity Shares proposed to be transferred, subject to the
continuation of the lock-in with the transferee for the remaining period (and such transferees shall not be eligible to
transfer until the expiry of the lock-in period) and compliance with the provisions of the Takeover Regulations.
There have been no financing arrangements whereby our Promoters, members of the Promoter Group, our Directors
and their relatives have financed the purchase by any other person of securities of our Company during the six months
immediately preceding the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
There shall be a lock-in of 90 days on 50% of the Equity Shares Allotted to the Anchor Investors from the date of
Allotment, and a lock-in of 30 days on the remaining 50% of the Equity Shares Allotted to the Anchor Investors from
106the date of Allotment.
Except for the allotment of Equity Shares pursuant to the Fresh Issue, our Company presently does not intend or
propose to alter its capital structure for a period of six months from the Bid/Offer Opening Date, by way of split or
consolidation of the denomination of Equity Shares, or by way of further issue of Equity Shares (including issue of
securities convertible into or exchangeable, directly or indirectly for Equity Shares), whether on a preferential basis,
or by way of issue of bonus shares, or on a rights basis, or by way of further public issue of Equity Shares, or otherwise.
However, if our Company enters into acquisitions, joint ventures or other arrangements, our Company may, subject
to necessary approvals, consider raising additional capital to fund such activity or use Equity Shares as currency for
acquisitions or participation in such joint ventures.
Our Company, our Directors and the Book Running Lead Manager have no existing buy-back arrangements or any
other similar arrangements for the purchase of Equity Shares being offered through the Offer.
All Equity Shares offered pursuant to the Offer shall be fully paid-up at the time of Allotment and there are no partly
paid-up Equity Shares as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Further, our Promoters have not pledged
any of the Equity Shares that they hold in our Company.
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the Book Running Lead Manager and their respective associates
(as defined under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Merchant Bankers) Regulations, 1992) do not hold any
Equity Shares of our Company and neither the Company nor any of its shareholders are directly/indirectly related with
Book Running Lead Manager and their associates. The Book Running Lead Manager and their affiliates may engage
in the transactions with and perform services for our Company in the ordinary course of business or may in the future
engage in commercial banking and investment banking transactions with our Company for which they may in the
future receive customary compensation.
There are no outstanding convertible securities, options or rights to convert debentures, loans or other instruments into
Equity Shares as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
No person connected with the Offer, including, but not limited to, the Book Running Lead Manager, the members of
the Syndicate, our Company and Directors shall offer any incentive, whether direct or indirect, in any manner, whether
in cash or kind or services or otherwise to any Investor for making an Application.
There shall be only one denomination of the Equity Shares, unless otherwise permitted by law. Our Company shall
comply with such disclosure and accounting norms as may be specified by SEBI from time to time.
Our Promoters and the members of the Promoter Group shall not participate in the Offer nor receive any proceeds
from the Offer, except to the extent of the Promoter Selling Shareholders participating in the Offer for Sale.
Except as stated in the Risk Factor titled “Risk Factor – There may have been certain instances of non-compliances
with respect to certain corporate actions taken by our Company in the past. Consequently, we may be subject to
regulatory actions and penalties” on page 50, our Company is in compliance with the Companies Act, 2013, to the
extent applicable, with respect to issuance of Equity Shares from the date of incorporation of our Company till the
date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Our Company shall ensure that all transactions in securities by the Promoters and Promoter Group between the date
of filing of the draft offer document or offer document, as the case may be, and the date of closure of the issue shall
be reported to the stock exchange(s), within twenty-four hours of such transactions.
107OBJECTS OF THE OFFER
The Offer is of up to 2,64,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of ₹10 each aggregating to ₹[●] lakhs comprises a Fresh
Issue of up to 2,12,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 10 each aggregating up to ₹ [●] lakhs and an Offer for Sale
of up to 52,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 10 each aggregating up to ₹ [●] lakhs by the Promoters Selling
Shareholders. For further details of the Offer for Sale, see “Summary of Offer Document” and “The Offer” on page
26 and 78 respectively.
Offer for Sale
Each of the Promoter Selling Shareholders shall be entitled to their respective portion of the proceeds of the Offer for
Sale after deducting its proportion of the Offer expenses and relevant taxes thereon. For details, see “Offer related
expenses” on page 111. Our Company will not receive any proceeds from the Offer for Sale and the proceeds received
from the Offer for Sale will not form part of the Net Proceeds. Also see, “Risk Factor – Our Company will not receive
any proceeds from the Offer for Sale” on page 69.
The Promoters Selling Shareholders, severally have confirmed and authorised their respective participation in the
Offer for Sale, as stated below:
Sr. Name of the Number of Percentage of Maximum Percentage of Percentage of
No. Promoters Selling Equity Shares pre-Offer number of Offered post-Offer
Shareholders held Equity Share Offered Shares (%) Equity Share
Capital Shares Capital (%)
1. Orient Dealtrade 2,93,65,000 34.96 18,20,000 35.00 [●]
Private Limited
2. Greta Industries Pte 4,91,06,715 58.46 33,80,000 65.00 [●]
Limited
Total 7,84,71,715 93.42 52,00,000 100.00 [●]
For further details of the Offer for Sale, see “The Offer” on page 78.
Objects of the Fresh Issue
Our Company proposes to utilise the Net Proceeds towards funding of the following objects:
1. Repayment and/or pre-payment, in full or part, of certain borrowings availed by our Company from banks or
financial institutions; and
2. General corporate purposes.
(collectively, referred herein as “Objects”)
The main objects and objects incidental and ancillary to the main objects, as set out in our Memorandum of
Association, enable our Company to (i) undertake our existing business activities; (ii) undertake the activities for
which the funds are being raised through the Fresh Issue; and (iii) undertake the activities towards which the
borrowings proposed to be repaid/prepaid from the Net Proceeds were utilized. Further, the activities carried out by
our Company are in accordance with the main objects clause of our Memorandum of Association.
Further, our Company expects to receive the benefits of listing of the Equity Shares, including to enhance our visibility
and our brand image among our existing and potential customers, and to create a public market for our Equity Shares
in India.
Net Proceeds
The details of the proceeds of the Fresh Issue are summarised in the following table:
108(in ₹ lakhs)
Particulars Estimated amount(1)
Gross Proceeds of the Fresh Issue [●]
(Less) Offer Expenses in relation to the Fresh Issue* [●]
Net Proceeds(1) [●]
*The Offer related expenses shall vary depending upon the final offer size and the allotment of Equity Shares. For further details, please refer to
heading titled “Objects of the Offer – Offer Related Expenses” on page number 111 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
(1) To be finalised upon determination of the Offer Price and updated in the Prospectus prior to filing with RoC.
Utilisation of Net Proceeds
The Net Proceeds are proposed to be utilised in the following manner:
(in ₹ lakhs)
Particulars Amount
Repayment and/or pre-payment, in full or part, of certain borrowings availed by our Company 7,000.00
General corporate purposes(1) [●]
Total [●]
(1)To be finalised upon determination of the Offer Price and updated in the Prospectus prior to filing with RoC. The amount utilised for general
corporate purposes shall not exceed 25% of the Gross Proceeds.
Proposed Schedule of Implementation and Deployment of Net Proceeds
We propose to deploy the Net Proceeds towards the Objects in accordance with the estimated schedule of
implementation and deployment of funds as follows:
(₹ in lakhs)
Particulars Amount to be funded from Estimated deployment from
the Net Proceeds Net Proceeds in Fiscal 2026
Repayment and/or pre-payment, in full or part, of 7,000.00 7,000.00
certain borrowings
General corporate purposes(1) [●] [●]
Total(1) [●] [●]
(1) To be finalized upon determination of the Offer Price and updated in the Prospectus prior to filing with RoC. The amount utilized for general
corporate purposes shall not exceed 25% of the Gross Proceeds of the Offer.
The fund requirements, the deployment of funds and the intended use of the Net Proceeds, as indicated above, are
based on our current business plan and circumstances, management estimates, prevailing market conditions and other
commercial and technical factors, which are subject to change from time to time. These fund requirements have not
been appraised by any bank, financial institution, or any other external agency. Our Company may have to revise its
funding requirements and deployment on account of a variety of factors, including but not limited to our financial and
market condition, business and strategy, competition, interest or exchange rate fluctuations and other external factors,
which may not be within the control of our management. This may entail rescheduling or revising the planned
expenditure and funding requirements, including the expenditure for a particular purpose at the discretion of our
management, subject to applicable law. For further details, please see, “Risk Factors – Our funding requirements
and proposed deployment of the Net Proceeds have not been appraised by a bank or a financial institution, and the
proposed utilization of Net Proceeds is based on, amongst others, our current business plan and management
estimates, and if there are any delays or cost overruns, our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of
operations may be adversely affected.” on page 64.
In the event of any shortfall of funds for the activities proposed to be financed out of the Net Proceeds, as stated above,
our Company may re-allocate the Net Proceeds to the activities where such shortfall has arisen, subject to availability
and compliance with applicable laws. Further, in case of a shortfall in the Net Proceeds, our management may explore
a range of options including utilising our internal accruals or seeking additional equity and / or debt arrangements
from existing and future lenders. If the actual utilisation towards any of the Objects is lower than the proposed
deployment such balance will be used for (i) general corporate purposes to the extent that the total amount to be
109utilised towards general corporate purposes will not exceed 25% of the Gross Proceeds in accordance with the SEBI
ICDR Regulations; or (ii) towards any other object where there may be a shortfall, at the discretion of the management
of our Company and in compliance with applicable laws.
In the event the Net Proceeds are not completely utilised for the objects stated above by the end of Fiscal 2026, such
amounts will be utilised (in part or full) in subsequent periods, as determined by our Company, in accordance with
applicable law. Further, if the Net Proceeds are not completely utilised for the objects during the respective periods
stated above due to factors such as (i) economic and business conditions; (ii) timely completion of the Offer; (iii)
market conditions outside the control of our Company; and (iv) any other commercial considerations, the remaining
Net Proceeds shall be utilised (in part or full) in subsequent periods as may be determined by our Company, in
accordance with applicable laws.
Details of the utilisation of the Net Proceeds
1. Repayment and/or pre-payment, in full or part, of certain borrowings availed by our Company
Our Company has entered into various borrowing arrangements with banks, including borrowings in the form
of pre/post-shipment finance, cash credit facilities and working capital demand loan. As on July 31, 2025,
our Company’s aggregate outstanding borrowings from banks was ₹ 15,438.20 lakhs (excluding the non-
fund based facility of ₹ 60.51 lakhs). For further details, including indicative terms and conditions, see
“Financial Indebtedness” on page 319.
Our Company intends to utilise an aggregate amount of ₹ 7,000.00 lakhs from the Net Proceeds towards
repayment/ prepayment of all or a portion of certain borrowings availed by our Company, including accrued
interest thereon. Pursuant to the terms of the borrowing arrangements, prepayment of certain indebtedness
may attract prepayment charges as prescribed by the respective lender. Such prepayment charges, as
applicable, will be funded by the Company from its internal accruals.
Considering the nature of the borrowings and the terms of repayment/ prepayment, the aggregate outstanding
amounts under the borrowings may vary from time to time, and our Company may, in accordance with the
relevant repayment schedule, repay or refinance some of their existing borrowings or avail additional
borrowings prior to the Allotment. Accordingly, our Company may utilise the Net Proceeds for
repayment/prepayment of any such refinanced facilities (including any prepayment fees or penalties thereon)
or any additional facilities availed by our Company. However, the total amount to be utilised towards this
Object shall not exceed ₹ 7,000.00 lakhs from the Net Proceeds, subject to the other factors mentioned herein.
For the list of the borrowings availed by our Company, which are proposed to be fully or partially repaid or
pre-paid from the Net Proceeds, please refer to the table below:
(₹ in lakhs)
Sr. Name Nature of Date of Sanctioned Amount Rate of Repayment Pre- Purpose for
No. of the the Sanction / amount (in outstanding interest(1) date / payment which the
lender borrowing Renewal ₹ lakhs) as at July (%) Schedule penalty loan was
Letter 31, 2025 (in sanctioned*
₹ lakhs)
1 Axis Cash Renewal 4,500.00 418.85 8.00% On Demand NA Working
Bank Credit letter (Repo (Validity of Capital
dated July Rate + 12 months)
24, 2025 2.50%)
Working and 4,000.00 2,300.00 2% of
Capital Addendum (sub-limit amount
Demand dated of CC) prepaid
Loan (as a August 20,
sub-limit 2025
of CC)
110Sr. Name Nature of Date of Sanctioned Amount Rate of Repayment Pre- Purpose for
No. of the the Sanction / amount (in outstanding interest(1) date / payment which the
lender borrowing Renewal ₹ lakhs) as at July (%) Schedule penalty loan was
Letter 31, 2025 (in sanctioned*
₹ lakhs)
2 HDFC Cash Renewal 5,700.00 2,196.36 8.25% On Demand NA Working
Bank Credit (as letter (As (Validity of Capital
a sub-limit dated May mutually 12 months)
of PC) 16, 2025 agreed)
3 UCO Cash Sanction 5,500.00 2,581.88 8.00% Renewal NA Working
Bank Credit letter (UCO Every Year Capital
dated float -
November 0.30%)
21, 2024
and
Addendum
dated
December
03, 2024
Total 7,497.09
Note: The details included in the above table have been certified by our Statutory Auditors pursuant to their certificate dated September
6, 2025.
* Our Statutory Auditors by way of their certificate dated September 6, 2025 have confirmed the utilisation of the borrowings, specified
above, for the purposes availed, is as per the sanction letter/loan agreement of the loans.
(1)The rate of interest mentioned in the table above, is the current rate of interest and is subject to changes as per the sanction letter/
loan agreement issued by the banks.
2. General Corporate Purposes
Our Company proposes to deploy the balance Net Proceeds aggregating up to ₹ [●] lakhs towards general
corporate purposes, subject to such amount not exceeding 25% of the Gross Proceeds, in compliance with
the SEBI ICDR Regulations. The general corporate purposes for which our Company proposes to utilize Net
Proceeds include funding strategic initiatives, funding growth opportunities, capital expenditure, meeting
fund requirements and other working capital requirements of our Company in the ordinary course of our
business, strengthening marketing capabilities and brand building exercises, meeting corporate contingencies
and expenses incurred in ordinary course of business, strategic and any other purpose as may be approved by
our Board or a duly appointed committee from time to time, subject to compliance with applicable laws. The
quantum of utilization of funds towards each of the above purposes will be determined by our Board, based
on the amount actually available under this head and the business requirements of our Company and other
relevant considerations, from time to time. Our Company’s management, in accordance with the policies of
our Board, shall have flexibility in utilizing surplus amounts, if any. In addition to the above, our Company
may utilize the balance Net Proceeds towards any other expenditure considered expedient and as approved
periodically by our Board or a duly appointed committee thereof, subject to compliance with applicable law.
However, usage of funds will be as disclosed in the Objects of the Offer and any spill over from the intended
Objects of the Offer to the general corporate purposes will not be carried out by the Company.
Means of finance
The fund requirements for the Objects are proposed to be met from the Net Proceeds. Accordingly, we
confirm that there is no requirement to make firm arrangements of finance through verifiable means towards
at least 75% of the stated means of finance, excluding the amount to be raised through the Issue as required
under Regulation 7(1)(e) the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
Offer Related Expenses
The total expenses of the Offer are estimated to be approximately ₹ [●] lakhs.
111Other than (i) listing fees, audit fees (to the extent not attributable to the Offer), and expenses for any product
or corporate advertisements consistent with past practice of the Company (other than the expenses relating
to marketing and advertisements in connection with the Offer), which will be borne by the Company; and (ii)
fees and expenses in relation to the legal counsel to the Promoter Selling Shareholders, which shall be borne
by the Promoter Selling Shareholders, all costs, charges, fees and expenses associated with and incurred with
respect to the Offer, (including all applicable taxes except securities transaction taxes which shall be solely
borne by the Promoter Selling Shareholders) and directly attributable to the Offer, shall be shared among the
Company and the Promoter Selling Shareholders in proportion to the number of Equity Shares issued and
Allotted by the Company through the Fresh Issue ("Fresh Issue Shares") and the Offered Shares. Further,
the expenses related to the Offer shall be deducted from the Offer proceeds and only the balance amount shall
be paid to the Company and the Promoter Selling Shareholders in proportion to the Fresh Issue Shares and
the Offered Shares. The Promoter Selling Shareholders has agreed that upon commencement of listing and
trading of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges pursuant to the Offer, the Promoter Selling Shareholders
shall reimburse the Company for any expenses in relation to the Offer, along with applicable taxes, paid by
the Company on behalf of the Promoter Selling Shareholders, in proportion to its Offered Shares, directly
from the Public Offer Account.
In the event that the Offer is withdrawn or declared unsuccessful or listing and trading approvals from the
Stock Exchanges is not received, subject to applicable law, all costs and expenses with respect to the Offer
which may have accrued up to the date of such withdrawal or failure shall be borne by our Company and
reimbursed by the Promoter Selling Shareholders in proportion to the number of Equity Shares that our
Company has agreed to issue and the Promoter Selling Shareholders has agreed to sell in the Offer as
disclosed in this Prospectus, including but not limited to, the fees and expenses of the BRLMs and all legal
counsel in relation to the Offer subject to (ii) above.
The estimated Offer related expenses are as follows:
S. No Activity Estimated As a % of the As a % of the
expenses* total estimated total Offer size
(₹ in lakhs) Offer expenses
1. Fees payable to the BRLM (including [●] [●] [●]
underwriting commission and selling
commission) and Fees payable to the Legal
Advisors to the Offer
2. Advertising and marketing expenses [●] [●] [●]
3. Fees payable to the Registrar to the Offer [●] [●] [●]
4. Fees payable to the Regulators including [●] [●] [●]
stock exchanges
5. Printing and distribution of Offer stationary [●] [●] [●]
6. Brokerage and selling commission payable to [●] [●] [●]
Syndicate (1)
7. Brokerage and selling commission payable to [●] [●] [●]
Registered Brokers (4)
8. Processing fees to SCSBs for ASBA [●] [●] [●]
Applications procured by the members of the
Syndicate or Registered Brokers and
submitted with the SCSBs (2)
9. Processing fees to Issuer Banks for UPI [●] [●] [●]
Mechanism w.r.t application Forms procured
by the members of the Syndicate, Registered
Brokers, RTAs, or the CDPs and submitted to
them (6)
10. Others (banker to the Issue, auditor’s fees, [●] [●] [●]
112etc.)
Total Estimated Offer Expenses [●] [●] [●]
*To be incorporated in the Prospectus after finalisation of the Offer Price. Offer expenses are estimates and are subject to change.
Offer expenses include goods and services tax, where applicable.
^including fee payable to monitoring agency, etc.
(1) Selling commission payable to the SCSBs on the portion for Retail Individual Bidders, portion for Non-Institutional Bidders and
Eligible Employees, which are directly procured by them would be as follows:
Portion for Retail Individual Bidders* [●] % of the Amount Allotted (plus applicable taxes)
Portion for Non-Institutional Bidders* [●] % of the Amount Allotted (plus applicable taxes)
Portion for Eligible Employees* [●] % of the Amount Allotted (plus applicable taxes)
*Amount Allotted is the product of the number of Equity Shares Allotted and the Offer Price
Selling Commission payable to the SCSBs will be determined on the basis of the bidding terminal ID as captured in the Bid book of BSE
or NSE.
No additional processing/uploading charges shall be payable by our Company to the SCSBs on the applications directly procured by
them.
(2) Processing fees payable to the SCSBs on the portion for Retail Individual Bidders, portion for Non-Institutional Bidders (excluding
UPI Bids) and Eligible Employees, which are procured by the members of the Syndicate/sub-Syndicate/Registered Brokers/RTAs/CDPs
and submitted to SCSBs for blocking would be as follows:
Portion for Retail Individual Bidders ₹ [●] per valid Bid cum Application Forms* (plus applicable taxes)
Portion for Non-Institutional Bidders ₹ [●] per valid Bid cum Application Forms* (plus applicable taxes)
Portion for Eligible Employees ₹ [●] per valid Bid cum Application Forms* (plus applicable taxes)
*Based on valid Bid cum Application Forms
(3) Selling commission on the portion for Retail Individual Bidders, the portion for Non-Institutional Bidders and the portion for Eligible
Employees which are procured by Syndicate Members (including their sub-Syndicate Members) Registered Brokers, RTAs, CDPs would
be as follows:
Portion for Retail Individual Bidders * [●] % of the Amount Allotted (plus applicable taxes)
Portion for Non-Institutional Bidders * [●] % of the Amount Allotted (plus applicable taxes)
Portion for Eligible Employees* [●] % of the Amount Allotted (plus applicable taxes)
*Amount allotted is the product of the number of Equity Shares Allotted and the Offer Price.
Bidding Charges: ₹ [●] (plus applicable taxes) per valid application bid by the Members of the Syndicate (including their sub-Syndicate
Members)/ RTA/CDPs.
Note: The brokerage/selling commission payable to the Syndicate/sub-Syndicate members will be determined on the basis of the ASBA
Form number/series, provided that the application is also bid by the respective Syndicate/sub-Syndicate member. For clarification, if
an ASBA bid on the application form number/series of a Syndicate/sub-Syndicate member, is bid for by an SCSB, the brokerage/selling
commission will be payable to the SCSB and not to the Syndicate/sub-Syndicate member. The brokerage/selling commission payable to
the SCSBs, RTAs and CDPs will be determined on the basis of the bidding terminal ID as captured in the Bid book of either of the Stock
Exchanges. The bidding charges payable to the Syndicate/sub- Syndicate members will be determined on the basis of the bidding terminal
ID as captured in the Bid book of the Stock Exchanges. Payment of brokerage/selling commission payable to the sub-brokers/agents of
the sub-Syndicate members shall be handled directly by the sub-Syndicate members, and the necessary records for the same shall be
maintained by the respective sub-Syndicate member.
(4) Selling commission payable to the Registered Brokers, RTAs and CDPs on the portion for Retail Individual Bidders, portion for Non-
Institutional Bidder which are directly procured by the Registered Broker or RTAs or CDPs or submitted to SCSB for processing, would
be as follows:
Portion for Retail Individual Bidders ₹ [●] per valid Bid cum Application Form* (plus applicable taxes)
Portion for Non-Institutional Bidders ₹ [●] per valid Bid cum Application Form* (plus applicable taxes)
Portion for Eligible Employees ₹ [●] per valid Bid cum Application Form* (plus applicable taxes)
113*Based on valid Bid cum Application Forms
(5) Bidding charges of ₹ [●] (plus applicable taxes) shall be paid per valid Bid cum Application Form collected by the Syndicate, RTAs
and CDPs (excluding applications made by Retail Individual Bidders using the UPI mechanism). The terminal from which the Bid has
been uploaded will be taken into account in order to determine the total bidding charges. Further, in order to determine to which
Registered Broker/RTA/CDP, the commission is payable, the terminal from which the bid has been uploaded will be taken into account.
(6) Processing fees for applications made by UPI Bidders would be as follows:
RTAs / CDPs/ Registered Brokers/Members of ₹ [●] per valid Bid cum Application Form (plus applicable taxes)
the Syndicate
₹ [●] for applications made by UPI Bidders using the UPI mechanism*
The Sponsor Bank shall be responsible for making payments to third parties such
Sponsor Bank(s)
as the remitter bank, the NPCI and such other parties as required in connection
with the performance of its duties under applicable SEBI circulars, agreements
and other applicable laws.
*Based on valid applications
All such commissions and processing fees set out above shall be paid as per the timelines in terms of the Syndicate Agreement and Cash
Escrow and Sponsor Bank Agreement.
The processing fees for applications made by UPI Bidders may be released to the remitter banks (SCSBs) only after such banks provide
a written confirmation on compliance with the SEBI Master Circular.
Interim Use of Funds
The Net Proceeds shall be retained in the Public Offer Account until receipt of the listing and trading approvals from
the Stock Exchanges by our Company. Pending utilisation of the Net Proceeds for the purposes described above, our
Company undertakes to deposit the Net Proceeds only in one or more scheduled commercial banks included in the
Second Schedule of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934, as may be approved by our Board.
In accordance with section 27 of the Companies Act, 2013, our Company confirms that it shall not use the Net Proceeds
for buying, trading or otherwise dealing in shares of any other listed company or for any investment in the equity
markets.
Bridge Loan
Our Company has not raised any bridge loans from any bank or financial institution as of the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus, which are required to be repaid from the Net Proceeds.
Monitoring of Utilization of Funds
In terms of Regulation 41 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, prior to filing the Red Herring Prospectus with RoC, our
Company will appoint a Monitoring Agency to monitor the utilization of the Gross Proceeds as the proposed Offer
exceeds ₹ 10,000.00 lakhs. The Monitoring Agency will monitor the utilisation of the Gross Proceeds and the
Monitoring Agency shall submit the report required under Regulation 41(2) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, on a
quarterly basis, until such time as the Gross Proceeds have been utilised in full and Company shall provide details /
information / certifications obtained from statutory auditors on the utilization of the Net Proceeds to the Monitoring
Agency. Our Company undertakes to place the report(s) of the Monitoring Agency on receipt before the Audit
Committee without any delay.
Our Company will disclose and continue to disclose, the utilisation of the Gross Proceeds, including interim use under
a separate head in our balance sheet for such Fiscals as required under applicable law, clearly specifying the purposes
for which the Gross Proceeds have been utilised, till the time any part of the Gross Proceeds remains unutilised. Our
Company will also, in its balance sheet for the applicable Fiscals, provide details, if any, in relation to all such Gross
Proceeds that have not been utilised, if any, of such currently unutilised Gross Proceeds. Further, our Company, on a
114quarterly basis, shall include the deployment of Gross Proceeds under various heads, as applicable, in the notes to our
quarterly financial results. Our Company will indicate investments, if any, of unutilised Gross Proceeds in the balance
sheet of our Company for the relevant Fiscals subsequent to receipt of listing and trading approvals from the Stock
Exchanges.
In accordance with Regulation 32(1) of the SEBI Listing Regulations, our Company shall furnish to the Stock
Exchanges on a quarterly basis, a statement indicating (i) deviations, if any, in the actual utilisation of the proceeds of
the Gross Proceeds from the Objects as stated above; and (ii) details of category wise variations in the actual utilisation
of the Gross Proceeds from the Objects as stated above. Pursuant to Regulation 32(3) and Part C of Schedule II, of the
SEBI Listing Regulations, our Company shall, on a quarterly basis, disclose to the Audit Committee the uses and
applications of the Gross Proceeds. The Audit Committee shall make recommendations to our Board for further action,
if appropriate. On an annual basis, our Company shall prepare a statement of funds utilised for purposes other than
those stated in the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus and place it before the Audit Committee and make other
disclosures as may be required until such time as the Gross Proceeds remain unutilised. Such disclosure shall be made
only until such time that all the Gross Proceeds have been utilised in full. The statement shall be certified by the
Statutory Auditors of our Company in accordance with Regulation 32(5) of SEBI Listing Regulations.
Variation in Objects of the Offer
In accordance with Sections 13(8) and 27 of the Companies Act and applicable rules, our Company shall not vary the
objects of the Offer without our Company being authorised to do so by the Shareholders by way of a special resolution
and such variation will be in accordance with the applicable laws including the Companies Act 2013 and the SEBI
ICDR Regulations. In addition, the notice issued to the Shareholders in relation to the passing of such special
resolution (the “Notice”) shall specify the prescribed details, including justification for such variation and be
published and placed on website of our Company, in accordance with the Companies Act, 2013, read with relevant
rules.
The Shareholders’ Meeting Notice shall simultaneously be published in the newspapers, one in English and one in
Marathi (Marathi also being the regional language of the jurisdiction of Maharashtra where our Registered Office is
situated). Our Promoters or controlling Shareholders will be required to provide an exit opportunity to such
Shareholders who do not agree to the proposal to vary the objects, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act
2013 and in accordance with such terms and conditions, including in respect of pricing of the Equity Shares, in
accordance with the Companies Act 2013 and provisions of Regulation 59 and Schedule XX of the SEBI ICDR
Regulations.
Appraising Entity
None of the Objects for which the Net Proceeds will be utilized have been appraised by any bank/financial institution.
Other Confirmations
Except to the extent of the proceeds received by the Promoter Selling Shareholders pursuant to the Offer for Sale,
neither of our Promoters, the members of the Promoter Group, Directors, Key Managerial Personnel, Senior
Management or our Group Companies will receive any portion of the Offer Proceeds. There is no existing or
anticipated interest of such individuals and/ or entities in the objects of the Fresh Issue.
115BASIS FOR THE OFFER PRICE
The Offer Price will be determined by our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, on the basis of assessment of
market demand for the Equity Shares issued through the Book Building Process and on the basis of qualitative and
quantitative factors as described below. The face value of the Equity Shares is ₹ 10 each and the Offer Price is [●]
times the face value at the lower end of the Price Band and [●] times the face value at the higher end of the Price
Band.
Investors should also refer to “Risk Factors”, “Our Business” and “Financial Information” beginning on pages 35,
181 and 261, respectively, to have an informed view before making an investment decision.
Qualitative Factors
Some of the qualitative factors which form the basis for the Offer Price are:
• Strategically located integrated milling and processing facility with adequate storage and expansion potential:
We operate a fully integrated rice milling and processing facility that spans the entire value chain, including
procurement, storage, milling, processing, quality testing, packaging and distribution. This integrated model
allows us to maintain internal control across key stages of production, ensuring better coordination between
procurement, operations and market supply, while also supporting operational scalability and efficiency.
To support efficient operations and ensure buffer capacity during peak procurement and distribution periods,
we have developed a comprehensive in-house storage infrastructure. Moreover, the facility is located near
major paddy-producing regions such as Mouda, Rametak, Bhandara, Gondia and Chandrapur in Maharashtra,
as well as the neighbouring state of Chhattisgarh, often referred to as the “Rice Bowl of India”. This
geographic proximity to core procurement zones enables a consistent and cost-effective supply of paddy,
supports timely procurement during harvest cycles and strengthens our ability to respond efficiently to market
demand.
• Integrated business model combining trading and manufacturing activities:
As on date, we operate an integrated business model that combines trading activities with in-house milling
and processing infrastructure. This hybrid approach allows us to balance the advantages of both models i.e.
leveraging the scalability and flexibility of trading while achieving product consistency, cost efficiency and
greater value addition through in-house manufacturing.
Our export trading operations primarily involve the procurement of processed rice from a wide network of
third-party processors and bulk suppliers, directly through purchase orders through the network of brokers
and agents. This allows us to meet bulk order requirements and manage fluctuations in demand, particularly
in export markets where timely delivery and volume commitments are critical. Export trading provides us
with flexibility, enabling us to serve customers without being limited by our internal production capacity.
Our in-house milling and processing operations enable us to extract greater value from the rice value chain
and potentially achieve higher margins compared to pure trading models.
• Long standing relationships with customers with high retention rate:
With over a decade of experience in the rice industry, we have built a strong foundation of trust and reliability
among our customers across international and domestic markets. Our ability to offer both in-house processed
rice and third party sourced rice tailored to meet specific quality, volume and delivery requirements has
enabled us to cultivate long-term partnerships and deliver consistent customer satisfaction.
Our operational flexibility, enabled by our trading and manufacturing model and our ability to maintain
consistent product quality, timely delivery and competitive pricing have been central to customer retention.
Our approach ensures that rice is sourced or processed and delivered efficiently to meet customer
expectations. By consistently fulfilling customer requirements and reducing lead times, we foster repeat
business and enhance our footprint in the market.
116For further information, please see “Our Business” on page 181.
Quantitative Factors
Some of the information presented in this chapter is derived from the Restated Financial Information. For further
information, please see “Financial Information” on page 261.
Some of the quantitative factors which may form the basis for computing the Offer Price are as follows:
1. Basic and Diluted Earnings per Share
Fiscal ended Basic and Diluted EPS (₹) Weight
Fiscal 2025 5.09 3
Fiscal 2024 1.72 2
Fiscal 2023 4.04 1
Weighted Average 3.79
As certified by our Statutory Auditors pursuant to their certificate dated September 06, 2025.
Notes:
a. Basic EPS = Net Profit after tax, as restated, divided by weighted average no. of equity shares outstanding during the fiscal.
b. Diluted EPS = Net Profit after tax, as restated, divided by weighted average no. of diluted equity shares outstanding during the
fiscal.
c. Weighted average is aggregate of year-wise weighted EPS divided by the aggregate of weights i.e. {(EPS x Weight) for each
fiscal} / {Total of weights}.
d. The basic and diluted earnings per share for the Equity Shares of our Company has been presented to reflect the adjustments as
per IndAs 33.
e. The above statement should be read in conjunction with Material Accounting Policies and Notes to Restated Financial
Information of “Financial Information” on page 261.
2. Price Earnings Ratio (“P/E”) in relation to the Price Band of ₹ [●] to ₹ [●] per share of ₹ 10 each
Particulars P/E at the lower end of the P/E at the higher end of the
Price Band (no. of times) Price Band (no. of times)
Based on Basic EPS for Fiscal 2025 [●] [●]
Based on Diluted EPS for Fiscal 2025 [●] [●]
Particulars Industry P/E
Highest 36.12
Lowest 13.82
Industry Average 24.97
Source: The industry high and low has been considered from the industry peer set provided later in this section. The industry average
has been calculated as the arithmetic average P/E of the industry peer set disclosed in this section.
As certified by our Statutory Auditors pursuant to their certificate dated September 06, 2025.
3. Return on Net Worth (RoNW)
Fiscal ended RoNW(%) Weight
Fiscal 2025 34.39 3
Fiscal 2024 15.08 2
Fiscal 2023 47.08 1
Weighted Average 30.07
As certified by our Statutory Auditors pursuant to their certificate dated September 06, 2025.
117Notes:
a. Return on Net Worth (%) = Net Profit after tax as restated for the end of the fiscal divided by Average Net worth as at the end of
the fiscal.
b. Average net worth means the average of the net worth of current and previous Fiscal. Net worth means the aggregate value of the
paid-up share capital and other equity.
c. Weighted average is aggregate of year-wise weighted RoNW divided by the aggregate of weights i.e. {(RoNW x Weight) for each
fiscal} / {Total of weights}.
4. Net Asset Value (“NAV”)
Net Asset Value per equity share (₹)
Fiscal 2025 17.34
After the completion of the Offer:
a) At Floor Price [●]
b) At Cap price [●]
Offer Price [●]
As certified by our Statutory Auditors pursuant to their certificate dated September 06, 2025.
Notes:
a. Net Asset Value per equity share represents net worth attributable to Equity Shareholder (Equity Share capital together with other
equity as per Restated Financial Statements) as at the end of the fiscal divided by the weighted average number of Equity Shares
outstanding at the end of the fiscal.
b. The weighted average number of equity shares has been presented to reflect the adjustments as per IndAs 33.
5. Comparison with Listed Industry Peers
Name of the Revenue Face Value P/E EPS EPS RoNW NAV per
Company from per equity (Basic) (Diluted) (% ) equity
Operations share (₹) (₹) (₹ ) share (₹)
(₹ in lakhs)
Shriram Food 135,944.79 10 [●] 5.09 5.09 34.39% 17.34
Industry Limited
Listed Peers
Sarveshwar Foods 113,622.90 1 27.62 0.27 0.27 9.66% 3.11
Limited
Chaman Lal Setia 149,525.58 2 13.82 20.69 20.69 14.22% 147.46
Exports Limited
GRM Overseas 134,819.28 2 36.12 10.10 10.10 16.02% 70.94
Limited
Source: All the financial information for listed industry peers mentioned above is on a consolidated basis (unless otherwise available
only on standalone basis) and is sourced from the annual reports/ financial results as available of the respective company for the Fiscal
2025 submitted to stock exchanges. The financial information of our Company is based on the restated financial information for Fiscal
2025.
Notes:
a. P/E Ratio has been computed based on the closing market price of equity shares on NSE on September 04, 2025, divded by the
EPS.
b. Return on Net Worth (%) = Net Profit after tax as restated for the end of the fiscal divided by Average Net worth as at the end of
the fiscal.
c. Average net worth means the average of the net worth of current and previous Fiscal. Net worth means the aggregate value of
the paid-up share capital and other equity.
d. Net Asset Value per share = Net Worth at the end of the fiscal divided by weighted average no. of equity shares outstanding
during the fiscal.
e. The basic and diluted earnings per share for the Equity Shares of our Company has been presented to reflect the adjustments as
per IndAs 33.
6. Key Performance Indicators
118The table below sets forth the details of KPIs that our Company considers have a bearing for arriving at the
basis for Offer Price. The key financial and operational metrics set forth below, have been approved and
verified by the Audit Committee pursuant to its resolution dated September 11, 2025. Further, the Audit
Committee has on September 11, 2025 taken on record that other than the key financial and operational
metrics set out below, our Company has not disclosed any other key performance indicators during the three
years preceding this Draft Red Herring Prospectus with its investors. The KPIs disclosed below have been
used historically by our Company to understand and analyze the business performance, which in result, help
it in analyzing the growth of various verticals in comparison to our Company’s listed peers, and other relevant
and material KPIs of the business of our Company that have a bearing for arriving at the Basis for Offer Price
have been disclosed below. Additionally, the KPIs have been certified by way of certificate dated September
11, 2025 issued by our Statutory Auditors who hold a valid certificate issued by the Peer Review Board of
the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
The Bidders can refer to the below-mentioned KPIs, being a combination of financial and operational KPIs,
to make an assessment of our Company’s performances and make an informed decision.
A list of our KPIs for the Fiscals ended 2025, 2024 and 2023 is set out below:
(₹ in lakhs, unless stated otherwise)
Particular Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
FINANCIAL KPIs
Revenue from Operations(1) 135,944.79 66,604.88 125,966.10
EBITDA(2) 7,355.00 2,782.47 5,455.55
EBITDA Margin(3) (in %) 5.41% 4.18% 4.33%
Net Profit after tax (4) 4,276.11 1,447.87 3,391.31
Net Profit Margin(5) (in %) 3.15% 2.17% 2.69%
Return on Net Worth(6) (in %) 34.39% 15.08% 47.08%
Return on Capital Employed(7) (in %) 28.14% 17.00% 34.91%
Debt-Equity Ratio(8) 1.53 0.23 0.80
Days Working Capital(9) 76 46 32
OPERATIONAL KPIs
Export Revenue (in %) 74.99% 93.69% 94.10%
Domestic Revenue (in %) 24.70% 5.47% 4.94%
Inventory Days(10) 25 31 17
Debtors Days(11) 32 41 33
Creditors Days(12) 8 27 25
Number of Export Destination Countries 19 19 11
As certified by our Statutory Auditors pursuant to their certificate dated September 11, 2025.
Notes:
(1) Revenue from operations means the Revenue from Operations as appearing in the Restated Financial Statements.
(2) EBITDA means Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, which has been arrived at by obtaining the
profit/ (loss) before exceptional items and tax for the fiscal and adding back finance costs, depreciation, and amortization expense.
(3) EBITDA margin is calculated as EBITDA as a percentage of revenue from operations.
(4) Net Profit after tax represents the restated profits of our Company after deducting all expenses.
(5) Net Profit margin is calculated as restated net profit after tax for the fiscal divided by revenue from operations.
(6) Return on Net Worth (%) is calculated as Net Profit after tax as restated for the end of the fiscal divided by Average Net worth as
119at the end of the fiscal. Average net worth means the average of the net worth of current and previous fiscal. Net worth means the
aggregate value of the paid-up share capital and other equity.
(7) Return on capital employed is calculated as Earnings before interest and taxes divided by average capital employed (average
capital employed is calculated as average of the total equity, total borrowings and deferred tax liabilities (net of deferred tax assets)
of the current and previous fiscal.
(8) Debt-equity ratio is calculated by dividing total debt by total equity. Total debt represents long term and short-term borrowings.
Total equity includes the aggregate value of the paid-up share capital and other equity.
(9) Days Working Capital is arrived at by dividing working capital (current assets excluding cash and cash equivalents and bank
balances less current liabilities excluding short term borrowings) by revenue from operations multiplied by the number of days in
the fiscal (365).
(10) Inventory Days = 365/ (Cost of Goods Sold/average Inventory at the beginning and end of the Fiscal)
(11) Debtor Days = 365/ (Revenue from Operations/average Trade Receivables at the beginning and end of the Fiscal)
(12) Creditor Days = 365/ (Net Purchases /average Trade Payables at the beginning and end of the Fiscal)
Description on the historic use of the KPIs by our Company to analyse, track or monitor the
operational and/or financial performance of our Company.
In evaluating our business, we consider and use certain KPIs, as presented above, as a supplemental measure
to review and assess our financial and operating performance. The presentation of these KPIs is not intended
to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the Restated Financial Information. We use these KPIs to
evaluate our financial and operating performance. Some of these KPIs are not defined under Ind AS and are
not presented in accordance with Ind AS. These KPIs have limitations as analytical tools. Further, these KPIs
may differ from the similar information used by other companies and hence their comparability may be
limited. Therefore, these metrics should not be considered in isolation or construed as an alternative to Ind
AS measures of performance or as an indicator of our operating performance, liquidity, profitability or results
of operation. Although these KPIs are not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with applicable
accounting standards, our Company’s management believes that it provides an additional tool for Bidders to
use in evaluating our ongoing operating results and trends and in comparing our financial results with other
companies in our industry because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial performance,
when taken collectively with financial measures prepared in accordance with Ind AS.
Bidders are encouraged to review the Ind AS financial measures and to not rely on any single financial or
operational metric to evaluate our business. See “Risk Factors – We have in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus included certain non-GAAP financial measures and certain other industry measures related
to our operations and financial performance. These non-GAAP measures and industry measures may vary
from any standard methodology that is applicable across the industry, and therefore may not be
comparable with financial or industry related statistical information of similar nomenclature computed
and presented by other companies” on page 70.
KPIs Explanations
Revenue from Operations (₹ in Revenue from Operations is used by our management to track the
lakhs) revenue profile of our business and in turn helps assess the overall
financial performance of our Company and size of our business.
EBITDA (₹ in lakhs) EBITDA provides information regarding the operational efficiency of
our business.
EBITDA Margin (in %) EBITDA Margin is an indicator of the operational profitability and
financial performance of our business.
Net Profit after tax (₹ in lakhs) Net Profit after tax provides information regarding the overall
profitability of our business.
Net Profit Margin (in %) Net Profit Margin is an indicator of the overall profitability and financial
performance of our business.
Return on Net Worth (in %) Return on Net Worth provides how efficiently our Company generates
profits from shareholders’ funds.
Return on Capital Employed Return on Capital Employed provides how efficiently our Company
(in %) generates earnings from the capital employed in our business.
120KPIs Explanations
Debt-Equity Ratio (in times) Debt-equity ratio is a gearing ratio which compares shareholder’s equity
to company debt to assess our company’s amount of leverage and
financial stability.
Days Working Capital Days working capital is a metric that measures how many days it takes
our company to transform its working capital into sales cash flows.
The above KPIs of our Company have also been disclosed, along with other key financial and operating
metrics, in ‘Our Business’ and “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition Results of
Operations” on pages 181 and 324, respectively. All such KPIs have been defined consistently and precisely
in ‘Definitions and Abbreviations’ on page 1.
Our Company shall continue to disclose the KPIs disclosed hereinabove in this section on a periodic basis,
at least once in a year (or for any lesser period as determined by the Board of our Company), for a duration
of one year after the date of listing of the Equity Shares, or until the utilization of Issue Proceeds, whichever
is later, on the Stock Exchanges pursuant to the Offer, or for such other period as may be required under the
SEBI ICDR Regulations.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
121Comparison of our key performance indicators with listed industry peers for the Fiscals included in the Restated Financial Information:
(₹ in lakhs, unless stated otherwise)
Particulars Shriram Food Industry Limited Sarveshwar Foods Limited Chaman Lal Setia Exports Limited GRM Overseas Limited
Fiscal 2025 Fiscal Fiscal 2023 Fiscal 2025 Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023 Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
2024 2024 2023
FINANCIAL KPIs
Revenue from Operations(1) 1,35,944.79 66,604.88 1,25,966.10 1,13,622.90 86,959.29 68,932.40 1,49,525.58 1,35,562.84 1,38,734.63 1,34,819.28 1,31,244.18 1,37,946.21
EBITDA(2) 7,355.00 2,782.47 5,455.55 7,726.25 6,249.66 4,039.36 14,975.40 17,146.12 17,035.88 10,560.47 10,472.42 11,101.01
EBITDA Margin(3) (in %) 5.41% 4.18% 4.33% 6.80% 7.19% 5.86% 10.02% 12.65% 12.28% 7.83% 7.98% 8.05%
Net Profit after tax (4) 4,276.11 1,447.87 3,391.31 2,691.88 1,677.99 780.05 10,287.96 11,563.63 11,766.79 6,123.63 6,071.90 6,286.23
Net Profit Margin(5) (in %) 3.15% 2.17% 2.69% 2.37% 1.93% 1.13% 6.88% 8.53% 8.48% 4.54% 4.63% 4.56%
Return on Net Worth(6) (in %) 34.39% 15.08% 47.08% 9.66% 7.19% 4.14% 14.22% 17.49% 23.12% 16.02% 19.77% 26.13%
Return on Capital Employed(7) (in %) 28.14% 17.00% 34.91% 13.14% 11.68% 8.11% 16.72% 20.28% 26.12% 13.47% 14.24% 17.33%
Debt-Equity Ratio(8) 1.53 0.23 0.80 1.00 1.18 1.35 0.17 0.25 0.20 0.85 1.18 1.50
Days Working Capital(9) 76 46 32 190 250 256 156 182 143 187 187 168
OPERATIONAL KPIs
Export Revenue (in %) 74.99% 93.69% 94.10% 12.53% 9.09% 21.86% 84.27% 89.11% 87.94% NA 77.42% 76.67%
Domestic Revenue (in %) 24.70% 5.47% 4.94% 87.47% 90.91% 78.14% 15.73% 10.89% 12.06% NA 20.71% 21.46%
Inventory Days(9) 25 31 17 156 146 144 146 159 128 86 86 82
Debtors Days(10) 32 41 33 70 76 104 52 48 43 130 123 107
Creditors Days(11) 8 27 25 NA 38 26 NA NA NA NA 19 23
Number of Export Destination Countries 19 19 11 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 42 37
As certified by our Statutory Auditors pursuant to their certificate dated September 11, 2025.
Notes:
Source: All the information for listed industry peers mentioned above is on a consolidated basis (unless otherwise available only on standalone basis) and is sourced from their respective annual reports available in
public domain. The ratios have been computed as per the following definitions.
(1) Revenue from operations means the Revenue from Operations as appearing in the Restated Financial Statements.
(2) EBITDA means Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, which has been arrived at by obtaining the profit/ (loss) before exceptional items and tax for the fiscal and adding back finance
costs, depreciation, and amortization expense.
(3) EBITDA margin is calculated as EBITDA as a percentage of revenue from operations.
(4) Net Profit after tax represents the restated profits of our Company after deducting all expenses.
(5) Net Profit margin is calculated as restated net profit after tax for the fiscal divided by revenue from operations.
(6) Return on Net Worth (%) is calculated as Net Profit after tax attributable to owner of the company, as restated for the end of the fiscal divided by Average Net worth as at the end of the fiscal. Average net worth
means the average of the net worth of current and previous fiscal. Net worth means the aggregate value of the paid-up share capital and other equity.
(7) Return on capital employed is calculated as Earnings before interest and taxes divided by average capital employed (average capital employed is calculated as average of the total equity, total borrowings and
deferred tax liabilities (net of deferred tax assets) of the current and previous fiscal.
(8) Debt-equity ratio is calculated by dividing total debt by total equity. Total debt represents long term and short-term borrowings. Total equity includes the aggregate value of the paid-up share capital, other equity
and the non-controlling interest.
(9) Days Working Capital is arrived at by dividing working capital (current assets excluding cash and cash equivalents and bank balances less current liabilities excluding short term borrowings) by revenue from
operations multiplied by the number of days in the fiscal (365).
(10) Inventory Days = 365/ (Cost of Goods Sold/average Inventory at the beginning and end of the Fiscal)
(11) Debtor Days = 365/ (Revenue from Operations/average Trade Receivables at the beginning and end of the Fiscal)
122(12) Creditor Days = 365/ (Net Purchases /average Trade Payables at the beginning and end of the Fiscal)
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
123Weighted average cost of acquisition (“WACA”)
7. The price per share of our Company based on the primary/ new issue of shares (equity/ convertible
securities).
The details of the Equity Shares, excluding shares issued under ESOP and issuance of bonus shares, during
the eighteen (18) months preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, where such issuance is
equal to or more that 5% of the fully diluted paid-up share capital of our Company (calculated based on the
pre-Issue capital before such transaction(s) and excluding ESOPs granted but not vested), in a single
transaction or multiple transactions combined together over a span of rolling thirty (30) days (“Primary
Issuance”) are as follows:
NIL
8. The price per share of our Company based on secondary sale/ acquisitions of shares (equity /
convertible securities).
The details of secondary sale / acquisitions of Equity Shares or any convertible securities (“Security(ies)”),
where the Promoter, members of the Promoter Group, or Shareholder(s) having the right to nominate
director(s) in the board of directors of our Company are a party to the transaction (excluding gifts), during
the eighteen (18) months preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, where either acquisition
or sale is equal to or more than 5% of the fully diluted paid up share capital of our Company (calculated
based on the pre-Issue capital before such transaction/s and excluding employee stock options granted but
not vested), in a single transaction or multiple transactions combined together over a span of rolling thirty
(30) days are as follows:
NIL
9. Weighted average cost of acquisition, floor price and cap price:
Type of Transactions WACA Floor Price Cap Price
(in ₹) (₹ [●]) * (₹ [●])*
Weighted average cost of acquisition for last 18 months N/A^ [●] times [●] times
for primary / new issue of shares (equity/ convertible
securities), excluding shares issued under ESOP 2018
and issuance of bonus shares, during the 18 months
preceding the date of this certificate, where such issuance
is equal to or more than five per cent of the fully diluted
paid-up share capital of our Company (calculated based
on the pre-issue capital before such transaction/s and
excluding employee stock options granted but not
vested), in a single transaction or multiple transactions
combined together over a span of rolling 30 days.
Weighted average cost of acquisition for last 18 months N/A^ [●] times [●] times
for secondary sale / acquisition of shares
equity/convertible securities), where our Promoters or
Promoter Group entities or Promoter Selling
Shareholders or shareholder(s) having the right to
nominate director(s) in our Board are a party to the
transaction (excluding gifts), during the 18 months
preceding the date of this certificate, where either
acquisition or sale is equal to or more than five per cent
124Type of Transactions WACA Floor Price Cap Price
(in ₹) (₹ [●]) * (₹ [●])*
of the fully diluted paid-up share capital of our Company
(calculated based on the pre-issue capital before such
transaction/s and excluding employee stock options
granted but not vested), in a single transaction or multiple
transactions combined together over a span of rolling 30
days.
As certified by our Statutory Auditors pursuant to their certificate dated September 11, 2025.
^ Since there is no primary / new issue of shares or secondary sale / acquisition of shares in the last 18 months.
*To be updated at Prospectus stage
10. Explanation for Offer Price / Cap Price being [●] times of weighted average cost of acquisition of
primary issuance price / secondary transaction price of Equity Shares (set out in [●] above) along with
our Company’s key performance indicators and financial ratios for the Fiscals ended 2025, 2024 and
2023.
[●]*
*To be included on finalization of price band
11. Explanation for Offer Price / Cap Price being [●] times of weighted average cost of acquisition of
primary issuance price / secondary transaction price of Equity Shares (set out in [●] above) in view of
the external factors which may have influenced the pricing of the Offer.
[●]*
*To be included on finalization of price band
The Offer Price of ₹ [●] has been determined by our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, on the basis
of the demand from investors for the Equity Shares issued through the Book-Building Process. Our Company,
in consultation with the BRLM, is justified of the Offer Price in view of the above qualitative and quantitative
parameters. Investors should read the abovementioned information along with “Risk Factors”, “Our
Business” and “Financial Information” on pages 35, 181 and 261, respectively to have a more informed
view.
The trading price of the Equity Shares could decline due to the factors mentioned in the section titled “Risk
Factors” beginning on page 35 or any other factors that may arise in the future and you may lose all or part
of your investments.
125STATEMENT OF POSSIBLE SPECIAL TAX BENEFITS
To,
The Board of Directors
Shriram Food Industry Limited
S. No 181/2,182/1A,182/2, Marodi,
Mauda Tahsil, Nagpur-441104,
Maharashtra, India
Dear Sirs,
Re: Proposed initial public offering of equity shares of face value of ₹ 10 each (the “Equity Shares”) of Shriram
Food Industry Limited (the “Company”) comprising a fresh issue of the Equity Shares by the Company (the
“Fresh Issue”) and an offer for sale of Equity Shares by certain existing shareholders of the Company (the
“Offer for Sale”, and together with the Fresh Issue, (the “Offer”)
Sub.: Statement of possible Special Tax Benefits available to the Company and its equity shareholders under
the direct and indirect tax laws
We refer to the proposed initial public offering of equity shares (the “Offer”) of the Company. We enclose herewith
the statement (the “Annexure”) showing the current position of special tax benefits available to the Company and to
its shareholders as per the provisions of the Indian direct and indirect tax laws including the Income-tax Act,
1961,(“Act”) the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, the Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, the
Union Territory Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, respective State Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 (collectively
the “GST Act”), the Customs Act, 1962 (“Customs Act”) and the Customs Tariff Act, 1975 (“Tariff Act”)
(collectively the “Taxation Laws”) including the rules, regulations, circulars and notifications issued in connection
with the Taxation Laws, as presently in force and applicable for inclusion in the Draft Red Herring Prospectus
(“DRHP”) for the proposed initial public offering of shares of the Company as required under the Securities and
Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018, as amended (“ICDR
Regulations”).
Several of these benefits are dependent on the Company or its shareholders fulfilling the conditions prescribed under
the relevant provisions of the direct and indirect taxation laws including the Income-tax Act 1961. Hence, the ability
of the Company or its shareholders to derive these direct and indirect tax benefits is dependent upon their fulfilling
such conditions.
The benefits discussed in the enclosed Annexure are neither exhaustive nor conclusive. The contents stated in the
Annexure are based on the information and explanations obtained from the Company. This statement is only intended
to provide general information to guide the investors and is neither designed nor intended to be a substitute for
professional tax advice. In view of the individual nature of the tax consequences and the changing tax laws, each
investor is advised to consult their own tax consultants, with respect to the specific tax implications arising out of their
participation in the Offer particularly in view of the fact that certain recently enacted legislation may not have a direct
legal precedent or may have a different interpretation on the benefits, which an investor can avail. We are neither
suggesting nor are we advising the investors to invest or not to invest money based on this statement.
The contents of the enclosed Annexure are based on the representations obtained from the Company and on the basis
of our understanding of the business activities and operations of the Company.
We do not express any opinion or provide any assurance whether:
• The Company or its Shareholders will continue to obtain these benefits in future;
• The conditions prescribed for availing the benefits have been/would be met;
• The revenue authorities/courts will concur with the views expressed herein.
126This statement is provided solely for the purpose of assisting the Company in discharging its responsibilities under
the ICDR Regulations.
We hereby give our consent to include this report and the enclosed Annexure regarding the tax benefits available to
the Company and its Shareholders in the DRHP for the proposed Offer of equity shares which the Company intends
to submit to the Securities and Exchange Board of India and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited and BSE
Limited (the “Stock Exchanges”) where the equity shares of the Company are proposed to be listed, as applicable,
provided that the below statement of limitation is included in the DRHP and Prospectus.
We also consent to the references to us as “Experts” as defined under Section 2(38) of the Companies Act, 2013, read
with Section 26(5) of the Companies Act, 2013 to the extent of the certification provided hereunder and included in
the Draft Red Herring Prospectus, Red Herring Prospectus, Prospectus, the Preliminary International Wrap/Issuing
Memorandum, the Abridged Prospectus and any other addendum thereto of the Company to be submitted/filed with
the Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”), the Registrar of Companies, Mumbai at ,Maharashtra (“ROC”)
and the stock exchanges, or any other material (including in any corporate or investor presentation made by or on
behalf of the Company) to be issued in relation to the Offer (together referred as “Offer Documents”) or in any other
documents in connection with the Offer.
All capitalized terms not defined hereinabove shall have the same meaning as defined in the Offer Documents.
For P.G.Joshi & Co.
Chartered Accountants
(Registration No. 104416W)
CA Ashutosh Prabhakar Joshi
Partner
Membership No.: 038193
Place: Nagpur
Date: September 6, 2025
UDIN: 25038193BMKJQA5264
CC:
Legal Counsel to the Offer
Vidhigya Associates
105, A Wing, Kanara Business Centre,
Ghatkopar East, Mumbai-400075,
Maharashtra, India
Contact Person : Rahul Pandey
Email : rahul@vidhigyaassociates.com
127ANNEXURE TO THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL TAX BENEFITS AVAILABLE TO SHRIRAM FOOD
INDUSTRY LIMITED (“COMPANY”) AND THE SHAREHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY
(“SHAREHOLDERS”)
A. Special tax benefits available to the Company:
The statement outlined below is based on the provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’) as amended
by Finance Act, 2025:
Lower corporate tax rate under section 115BAA of the Act:
The section 115BAA provides an option to a domestic company to pay corporate tax at a reduced rate of 22%
(plus applicable surcharge and education cess). The company has adopted to pay tax under section 115BAA
from Financial Year 2022-23 onwards.
In case the Company opts for the concessional income tax rate as prescribed under section 115BAA of the
Act, it will not be allowed to claim any of the following deductions/ exemptions:
• Deduction under the provisions of section 10AA (deduction for units in Special Economic Zone).
• Deduction under clause (iia) of sub-section (1) of section 32 (Additional depreciation).
• Deduction under section 32AD or section 33AB or section 33ABA (Investment allowance in
backward areas, Investment deposit account, site restoration fund).
• Deduction under sub-clause (ii) or sub-clause (iia) or sub-clause (iii) of sub-section (1) or sub-
section (2AA) or sub-section (2AB) of section 35 (Expenditure on scientific research).
• Deduction under section 35AD or section 35CCC (Deduction for specified business, agricultural
extension project).
• Deduction under section 35CCD (Expenditure on skill development).
• Deduction under any provisions of Chapter VI-A other than the deductions under section 80JJAA
(Deduction in respect of employment of new employees) and 80M (Deduction in respect of certain
intercorporate dividends).
• No set-off of any loss carried forward or depreciation from any earlier assessment year, if such loss
or depreciation is attributable to any of the deductions referred above.
• No set-off of any loss or allowance for unabsorbed depreciation deemed so under section 72A, if
such loss or depreciation is attributable to any of the deductions referred above.
• Minimum Alternate Tax (“MAT”) would not be applicable as specified under sub-section (5A) of
section 115JB and unutilized MAT credit will not be available for set off.
B. Special tax benefits available to Shareholders:
The following special tax benefits are available to the Shareholders under Direct Tax Laws:
• Dividend income earned by the shareholders would be taxable in their hands at the applicable rates.
However, in case of domestic corporate shareholders, deduction under section 80M of the Act would
be available on fulfilling the conditions.
• Further, in case of shareholders who are individuals, Hindu Undivided Family, association of
persons, body of individuals, whether incorporated or not and every artificial juridical person,
surcharge would be restricted to 15%, irrespective of the amount of dividend.
• As per section 112A of the Act, long-term capital gains arising from transfer of an equity share shall
be taxed at 12.5% plus applicable surcharge and cess (without benefit of indexation) of such capital
gains subject to fulfilment of prescribed conditions under the Act as well as per Notification No.
60/2018/F. No.370142/9/2017-TPL dated 1 October 2018. It is worthwhile to note that tax shall be
levied where such capital gains exceed Rs. 1,25,000. Further, in respect of non-resident shareholder
128foreign exchange rate fluctuation as per first proviso to section 48 of the Act shall not be available
if capital gains are taxable under section 112 or 112A of the Act.
• As per section 111A of the Act, short term capital gains arising from transfer of an equity share shall
be taxed at 20% plus applicable surcharge and cess, w.e.f July 23,2024 by the finance (No. 2) Act,
2024, subject to fulfilment of prescribed conditions under the Act.
• In respect of non-resident shareholders, the tax rates and the consequent taxation shall be further
subject to any benefits available under the applicable Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement, if
any, between India and the relevant country subject to entitlement.
• Where the gains arising on transfer of shares of the Company are included in the business income
of a shareholder and assessable under the head "Profits and Gains from Business or Profession" and
such transfer is subjected to STT, then such STT shall be a deductible expense from the business
income as per the provisions of section 36(1)(xv) of the Act.
• As regards the shareholders that are Mutual Funds, under section 10(23D) of the Act, any income
earned by a Mutual Fund registered under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992, or
a Mutual Fund set up by a public sector bank or a public financial institution, or a Mutual Fund
authorised by the Reserve Bank of India would be exempt from income-tax, subject to such
conditions as the Central Government may by notification in the Official Gazette specify in this
behalf.
• Resident as well as non-resident buyers should independently evaluate their obligations to withhold
tax on transactions involving sale of shares by the shareholders of the company in light of the
provisions of section 194Q/section 195 and other provisions.
Except the above and apart from the tax benefits available to each class of shareholders as such, there are
no special tax benefits for the shareholders.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
129SECTION – IV ABOUT OUR COMPANY
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The information contained in this section is derived from a report titled “Industry Research Report on Rice” dated
September 2025 (“CARE Report”) prepared by CARE Analytics and Advisory Private Limited (“CareEdge
Research”), and exclusively commissioned and paid by our Company only for the purposes of the Offer. Neither we,
nor the Book Running Lead Manager, nor any other person connected with the Offer has verified the information in
the Care Report. Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this section is obtained or extracted from CARE Report.
The data may have been re-classified by us for the purposes of presentation. Industry sources and publications
generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources generally believed to be reliable,
but that their accuracy, completeness and underlying assumptions are not guaranteed and their reliability cannot be
assured. Industry sources and publications are also prepared based on information as of specific dates and may no
longer be current or reflect current trends. Industry sources and publications may also base their information on
estimates, projections, forecasts and assumptions that may prove to be incorrect. Accordingly, investors must rely on
their independent examination of, and should not place undue reliance on, or base their investment decision solely on
this information. The recipient should not construe any of the contents in this report as advice relating to business,
financial, legal, taxation or investment matters and are advised to consult their own business, financial, legal, taxation,
and other advisors concerning the transaction. Unless otherwise indicated, financial, operational, industry and other
related information included herein with respect to any particular year refers to such information for the relevant
calendar year.
Economic Outlook
Global Economy
Global growth, which reached 3.5% in CY23, stabilised at 3.3% for CY24 and projected to decrease at 3.0% for CY25.
Global trade is expected to be disrupted by new US tariffs and countermeasures from trading partners, leading to
historically high tariff rates and negatively impacting economic growth projections. The global landscape is expected
to change as countries rethink their priorities and policies in response to these new developments. Central banks
priority will be to adjust policies, while smart fiscal planning and reforms are key to handling debt and reducing global
inequalities.
Chart 1: Global Growth Outlook Projections (Real GDP, Y-o-Y change in %)
)
%
Y
-
o
-
Y
(
h
t
w
o
r
g
P CY20 CY21 CY22 CY23 CY24 CY25P CY26P CY27P CY28P CY29P CY30P
D
G World -2.7% 6.6% 3.6% 3.5% 3.3% 3.0% 3.1% 3.2% 3.2% 3.2% 3.1%
Advanced Economies -4.0% 6.0% 2.9% 1.7% 1.8% 1.5% 1.6% 1.7% 1.7% 1.7% 1.7%
Emerging Market and
-1.7% 7.0% 4.1% 4.7% 4.3% 4.1% 4.0% 4.2% 4.1% 4.1% 4.0%
Developing Economies
Source: IMF – World Economic Outlook, July 2025; Notes: P-Projection
130Table 1: GDP growth trend comparison - India v/s Other Economies (Real GDP, Y-o-Y change in %)
Real GDP (Y-o-Y change in %)
CY2 CY2 CY2 CY2 CY2 CY25 CY26 CY27 CY28 CY29 CY30
0 1 2 3 4 P P P P P P
India -5.8 9.7 7.6 9.2 6.5 6.4 6.4 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
China 2.3 8.6 3.1 5.4 5.0 4.8 4.2 4.2 4.1 3.7 3.4
Indonesia -2.1 3.7 5.3 5.0 5.0 4.8 4.8 4.9 5.0 5.1 5.1
Saudi
-3.6 5.1 7.5 -0.8 1.3 3.6 3.9 3.6 3.2 3.2 3.3
Arabia
Brazil -3.3 4.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 2.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
Euro Area -6.0 6.3 3.5 0.4 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.1
United
-2.2 6.1 2.5 2.9 2.8 1.9 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.1 2.1
States
Middle East -2.2 4.4 5.5 2.2 2.4 3.4 3.5 4.0 3.7 3.7 3.7
Latin
-6.9 7.4 4.2 2.4 2.4 2.2 2.4 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6
America
Source: IMF- World Economic Outlook Database (July 2025)
Note: P- Projections, E-Estimated; India's fiscal year (FY) aligns with the IMF's calendar year (CY). For instance, FY24 corresponds to
CY23.
Indian Economic Outlook
1.1.1. GDP Growth and Outlook
Resilience to External Shocks remains Critical for Near-Term Outlook
Chart 2: Trend in Real Indian GDP growth rate
2,50,000 12.0%
9.7% 10.0%
9.2%
112 ,,, 5050 0000 ,,,, 0000 0000 0000
0 3 1
,2
9
5.5
4 1 0 ,8
9%
6.4
7 7 2 ,5
0
,1%
7.4
5 9 6 ,3 1
,1% 8.0
2 8 0 ,3 2
,1% 8.3
6 4 4 ,1 3
,1%
6.8
9 2 9 ,9 3
,1% 6.5
6 4 3 ,5 4
,1%
3.9
9 4 9 ,6 3
,1%
8 1 2 ,0 5 ,1
9
4 6 ,1 6 ,1
7.6
6 0 5
,6 7
,1%
0 7 9 ,7
8 ,1
6.5 8
8 1 ,0 0
,20%6.5
--02468
%
42..... 00000
..
00%%%%%
%%
-5.8% -6.0%
- -8.0%
FY13 FY14 FY15 FY16 FY17 FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25FY26F
(FE) (FRE) (PE)
Real GDP (in Rs billion) Y-o-Y growth (in %)
Source: MOSPI, Reserve Bank of India.
Note: FE – Final Estimate, FRE- First Revised Estimates, SAE – Second Advance Estimates, F – Forecasted
India's real GDP grew by 9.2% in FY24 (Rs. 176,506 billion) which is the highest in the previous 12 years
(excluding FY22, on account of end of pandemic) and as per provisional estimates, it grew at 6.5% in FY25
(Rs. 187,970 billion), driven by double digit growth particularly in the Manufacturing sector, Construction
131sector and Financial, Real Estate & Professional Services. This growth is also led by private consumption
increasing by 7.6% and government spending increasing by 3.8% Y-o-Y. Real GDP growth is projected at
6.5% in FY26 as well, driven by strong rural demand, improving employment, and robust business activity.
GDP Growth Outlook (April 2025)
FY26 GDP Outlook: The RBI projects real GDP growth at 6.5% for 2025–26, driven by strong private
consumption, steady investment, and resilient rural and urban demand. A favourable monsoon, robust
services sector and improving corporate balance sheets support this outlook.
However, risks from prolonged geopolitical tensions, global trade disruptions, and weather-related
uncertainties remain. Taking these into account, the RBI has reaffirmed its growth projections.
Table 2: RBI's GDP Growth Outlook (Y-o-Y %)
FY26P Q1FY26P Q2FY26P Q3FY26P Q4FY26P Q1FY27P
(complete year)
6.5% 6.5% 6.7% 6.6% 6.3% 6.6%
Note: P-Projected; Source: Reserve Bank of India
1.1.2. Consumer Price Index
The Consumer Price Index (CPI) for the April–July 2025 recorded a combined inflation rate of 2.4%, marking
the lowest quarterly retail inflation in six years. The moderation was driven by continued declines in Pulses,
Transport and communication, Vegetables, Cereal, Education, Egg and Sugar and confectionery.
Chart 3: Retail Price Inflation in terms of index and Y-o-Y Growth in % (Base: 2011-12=100)
6.7% 7%
) r 6.2% 5.6% 6%
e
b
m
u n
( x e
d n
i
e
6 .9
3
3.4%3 .6
4
1
4.8%
3
.5 5
1
5
8 .3
6
1.5%
7 .4 7
1
5.41
.4 8
1% 7 .2
9 1
4.7% 4 .9
8 1
0 .4
9 1
345 %%%
c ir
p
1 2.4%
2%
lia
t e 1%
R
0%
9 0 1 2 3 4 5 4 5
1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Y
F
Y
F
Y
F
Y
F
Y
F
Y
F
Y
F
'lu 'lu
J J
- -
r r
p p
A A
Index number Y-o-Y growth in %
Source: MOSPI
Further, the central bank continued it’s stance as ‘accommodative’. With a decline in food inflation, the
headline inflation moderated to 1.55% in July 2025.
132The economic growth outlook for India is expected to maintain momentum, supported by private
consumption and continued growth in fixed capital formation. The uncertainty regarding the global outlook
has reduced given the temporary tariff stay and optimism with trade negotiations. However, global growth
and trade has been revised downward due to weakened sentiments and lower growth prospects.
The RBI has adopted for a non-inflationary growth with the foundations of strong demand and supply with
a good macroeconomic balance. The domestic growth and inflation curve require the policies to be
supportive with the volatile trade conditions.
1.1.3. Overview on Key Demographic Parameters
• Population growth and Urbanization
The trajectory of economic growth of India and private consumption is driven by socio-economic factors
such as demographics and urbanization. According to the world bank, India’s population in 2022 surpassed
1.42 billion, slightly higher than China’s population (1.41 billion) and became the most populous country in
the world.
Age Dependency Ratio is the ratio of dependents to the working age population, i.e., 15 to 64 years, wherein
dependents are population younger than 15 and older than 64. This ratio has been on a declining trend.
Declining dependency means the country has an improving share of working-age population generating
income, which is a good sign for the economy. It was as high as 76% in 1983, which has reduced to 47% in
2023. However, this ratio is expected to rise again to 54% by 2036, driven by an increase in the elderly
population as life expectancy improves.
Chart 4: Trend in Population growth vis-à-vis dependency ratio in India
1.60 80%
76%
1.40 71% 70%
63%
1.20 60%
54% 54%
1.00 50%
47% 47% 46% 46% 45%
00 .. 68 00 2 1 9 2 .1 3 4 .1 5 4 .1 6 4 .1 7 4 .1 9 4 .1 2 5 .1 34 00 %%
3
9
.1
0.40 5 7 .0 20%
.0
0.20 10%
0.00 0%
1983 1993 2003 2013 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2036
Population (Billion) Dependency Ratio (%)
Source: World Bank Database, MOSPI
Despite a projected rise in the dependency ratio to 54% by 2036, India’s young and growing workforce,
especially in newly urbanised towns, will continue to drive income growth and consumer demand. This
presents strong opportunities for sectors like consumer electronics, transportation, and railways. Rising
employment, urbanisation, and government investment in rural development and digital infrastructure will
133further boost demand, while increased tech adoption supports long-term consumption growth across both
urban and rural markets.
Chart 5: Age-Wise Break Up of Indian population
6.0% 6.3% 6.5% 6.7% 6.8% 6.9% 6.9% 7.15% 7.38% 7.61% 7.84%
66.4% 66.7% 66.9% 67.2% 67.5% 67.8% 68.0% 68.23% 68.43% 68.61% 68.77%
27.6% 27.1% 26.6% 26.1% 25.7% 25.3% 25.1% 24.87% 24.43% 24.00% 23.59%
2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027
Population ages 0-14 Population ages 15-64 Population ages 65 and above
Source: World Bank Database
The urban population is significantly growing in India. The urban population in India is estimated to have
increased from 413 million (32% of total population) in 2013 to 519.5 million (36.4% of total population) in
the year 2023. India is undergoing a significant urban transformation, with the urban population projected to
rise to 40% by 2036. This shift is driven by factors such as improved living standards, increased employment
opportunities in urban areas, and government initiatives aimed at urban development. This rapid urbanisation
might necessitate substantial investments in infrastructure, housing, and transportation.
Chart 6: Urbanization Trend in India
40.0%
f
o
% 38.5%
) 37.9%
(n 37.4%
n
o
it
a
lu
p
oo it
a
lu
p
o
p
33.6%34.0%34.5%34.9%35.4%35.9%36.4%36.90%
pla
nt
o
at
b
r
U
2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2036
Source: World Bank Database
• Increasing Disposable Income and Consumer Spending
Gross National Disposable Income (GNDI) is a measure of the income available to the nation for final
consumption and gross savings. Between the period FY15 to FY25, per capita GNDI at current prices
registered a CAGR of 9.02%. More disposable income drives more consumption, thereby driving economic
growth.
With increase in disposable income, there has been a gradual change in consumer spending behaviour as
well. Per capita Private Final Consumption Expenditure (PFCE) which is measure of consumer spending has
also showcased significant growth from FY15 to FY25 at a CAGR of 9.68%.
134Chart 7: Trend of Per Capita GNDI and Per Capita PFCE (Current Price)
3,00,000
2,50,000
0
s
R n I
112 ,,, 5050 0000 ,,,, 0000 0000 0000
9 3 4 ,0 0 ,1 1 0 2 ,7 5 5 1 3 ,9 0 ,1 9 3 3 ,3 6 2 5 0 ,0 2 ,1 8 5 2 ,0 7 3 4 7 ,1 3 ,1 9 7 3 ,6 7 0 2 6 ,4 4 ,1 1 4 4 ,4 8 4 0 5 ,2 5 ,1 5 1 3 ,1 9 8 0 4 ,8 4 ,1 1 4 6 ,9 8 6 1 8 ,4 7 ,1 2 9 0 ,5 0 ,1
7
9 6 ,7 9 ,1 6 1 5 ,9 1 ,1
2 1 3
,9 1 ,2 7 6 9 ,9 2 ,1
7 2 ,8
3 ,2 5 6 1 ,4 4 ,1
-
FY15 FY16 FY17 FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25
[FE] [FRE] [PE]
Per Capita GNDI Per capita PFCE
Source: MOSPI; Note: FRE – First Revised Estimates, FE – Final Estimates, PE- Provisional Estimates
1.1.4. Industrial Growth
Improved Core and Capital Goods Sectors helped IIP Growth Momentum
The Quick Estimates of the Index of Industrial Production (IIP) for May 2025 show a growth of 1.2%,
compared to 2.7% in April 2025. The year-on-year moderation reflects weakness across major
segments, primarily due to contractions in electricity, mining, and consumer non-durables.
In June 2025, industrial growth was supported by Manufacturing (2.6%), while Electricity declined
by 5.8% and Mining contracted marginally by 0.1%. Within manufacturing, notable growth was
recorded in basic metals, machinery and equipment, and non-metallic mineral products. Specifically,
these segments helped offset broader weakness.
Use-based indices reflected mixed trends, with strong growth in Capital Goods (14.1%) and
Infrastructure Goods (6.3%), but declines in Consumer Durables and Non-Durables indicating
subdued consumption.
Manufacturing output grew by 3.4%, contributing significantly to overall industrial growth. This was
primarily driven by strong performance in segments such as pharmaceuticals, motor vehicles,
beverages, and electrical equipment.
135Chart 8: Y-o-Y growth in IIP (in %)
11.4
)
%
n
i(
P I 3.3 4.0 3.3 4.6 4.4 3.8
5.2 5.9
4.0
5.4
I
n 2.0
i
h -0.8
t
w
o
r 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 4 5
g 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Y
Y
F
Y
F
Y
F
Y
F
Y
F
Y
F
Y
F
Y
F
Y
F
Y
F
Y
F
Y
F
'n
u
'n
u
o -- -8.4 J - r J - r
Y p p
A A
Source: MOSPI
1.1.5. Contribution of Agriculture sector to GDP
Agriculture has been a cornerstone of India’s economy since independence, contributing significantly to GDP
and supporting the workforce. While its share in GDP is expected to decrease to 13.2% in FY25, agriculture
remains crucial for rural livelihoods, global trade, and sectors like food processing and textiles. Despite
challenges like climate change, it continues to play a vital role in economic growth, poverty reduction, and
social stability. Its growth is supported by government initiatives aimed at enhancing productivity, ensuring
food security, and improving farmer welfare.
The Economic Survey highlights key strides in India's agriculture, with foodgrain production is 328.8 million
tonnes in FY24 and oilseeds production increasing, reducing dependence on imports. Government initiatives
like e-NAM, FPOs, and PMKMY aim to improve agricultural efficiency, support farmer incomes, and
provide social security, bolstering the sector’s growth.
Additionally, the government promotes sustainable practices through PM-PRANAM and ensures financial
stability with schemes like MSP and PMFBY, which covers over 610 lakh hectares in FY24. These efforts
enhance productivity, food security, and farmer welfare, contributing significantly to agriculture’s role in
India’s GDP.
Chart 9: Agriculture sector contribution to GDP (at constant prices)
15.1%
14.4%
14.3%
13.7%
13.4% 13.4%
13.2%
FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 (FE) FY24 (FRE) FY25 (SAE)
Source: MOSPI Note: FRE – First Revised Estimates, FE– Final Estimate, SAE- Second Advance Estimates
1361.1.6. Subsidies for fertilizers
Fertilizers are essential for enhancing soil fertility, boosting crop productivity, ensuring food security, and
supporting the livelihoods of millions of farmers in India. As India is highly dependent on imports to meet
the fertilizer and its raw material needs, the domestic prices, in turn, are influenced by the world prices.
Thus, to avoid the burden of price hikes on farmers and disturbance in agricultural produce, the government
provides subsidies on fertilizers to farmers through manufacturers. In previous year, considering the surge
in prices of fertilizers, the government doubled the fertilizer subsidy for the Rabi season (from 1st October
2022 to 31st March 2023) to Rs. 51,875 crores as compared to Rs. 28,655 crores. The subsidy was doubled
not only on account of surge in prices of fertilizers but also due to the geopolitical issues between Russia-
Ukraine and logistics issues.
For FY26, the upfront subsidy budget decreased by 13% to Rs. 164,102.5 crore as compared to Rs.
156,451.0 crore in FY25. This will be adequate for the year on account of reduced prices of raw materials
and natural gas. It will also aid the urea and complex fertilisers manufacturers to effectively manage their
working capital requirement.
Chart 10: Subsidies provided to fertilizers sector
3,00,000.0
2,50,000.0
5
.0
2,00,000.0 4 3
11 ,, 05 00 ,, 00 00 00 .. 00
3 7 .1 2 0 .6 0 8 ,3
,1
5 ,2 5 .1
0 9 ,8 8 ,1
0 .6
5 9 ,2 8 ,1 0 .1 5 4 ,6
50,000.0
.4
4
1
9
,7
2
5
,1
5
,1
,1 ,1
8
-
FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26
Source: Union Budget FY25 document
1.1.7. Top states- Major Crops Production (2023-24)
The major crops produced in top 3 states in India in 2023-24 are:
Table 3: Major crops state wise production
Food Grains:
Crop State Production (Lakh Tonnes)
Uttar Pradesh 157.2
Rice West Bengal 151.2
Telangana 166.3
Madhya Pradesh 212.8
Wheat Punjab 177.8
Uttar Pradesh 354.3
Karnataka 54.9
Maize
Bihar 46.1
137Crop State Production (Lakh Tonnes)
Madhya Pradesh 43.3
Total Rajasthan 80.3
Nutri/Coarse Karnataka 76.1
Cereals Madhya Pradesh 54.9
Madhya Pradesh 31.9
Gram Maharashtra 28.6
Rajasthan 22.3
Maharashtra 10.2
Tur Karnataka 8.6
Uttar Pradesh 3.8
Madhya Pradesh 61.8
Total Pulses Rajasthan 40.0
Maharashtra 36.3
Madhya Pradesh 398.4
Total Food
Uttar Pradesh 592.9
Grains
Punjab 325.9
Oilseeds:
Crop State Production (Lakh Tonnes)
Gujarat 46.4
Groundnut Rajasthan 20.2
Madhya Pradesh 9.9
Rajasthan 59.8
Rapseed &
Uttar Pradesh 18.7
Mustard
Madhya Pradesh 17.5
Madhya Pradesh 54.7
Soyabean Maharashtra 52.3
Rajasthan 11.7
Karnataka 0.7
Sunflower Haryana 0.3
Odisha 0.2
Rajasthan 95.7
Total Oilseeds Madhya Pradesh 83.7
Gujarat 71.9
Uttar Pradesh 2055.6
Sugarcane Maharashtra 1120.9
Karnataka 418.1
Gujarat 90.6
Cotton Maharashtra 80.5
Telangana 50.8
West Bengal 78.7
Jute & Metals Assam 6.8
Bihar 9.9
Source: India Budget, Economic Survey
Note: 1. Data for the year 2023-24 is of 3rd Advance Estimates
2. Cotton Production in Bales, 1Bale=170 Kg
3. Jute & Mesta Production in Bales, 1Bale=180 Kg
1381.1.8. Concluding Remarks
India’s average crop yield is lower than the global average due to outdated practices, poor irrigation, and
climate challenges. However, with technological advancements, better infrastructure, and improved
practices, India has the potential to boost production, increase yields, and become more competitive in the
global agricultural market.
India, with 14% of the global crop-protection market, is a key player in boosting agricultural productivity.
Demand for chemicals is projected to grow from 61,097 tonnes in FY20 to 89,170 tonnes by FY36. The
industry is adopting sustainable practices and innovations, driving food security and reducing agriculture’s
ecological impact, solidifying India’s leadership in crop protection. As per the latest forecasts by various
agencies including the IMD, the monsoon is expected to be normal this year as well as no impact from El
Nino effect is expected.
Global economic growth faces headwinds from geopolitical tensions, volatile commodity prices, high interest
rates, inflation, financial market volatility, climate change, and rising public debt. However, India’s economy
remains relatively strong, with an IMF forecast of 6.4% GDP growth in CY25 (FY26 according to the fiscal
year), compared to the global projection of 3.0%. Key drivers include strong domestic demand, government
capital expenditure and moderating inflation.
Public investment is expected to grow, with the government allocating Rs. 11.21 lakh crores for FY26.
Private sector investment is also improving, reflected in new projects and capital goods imports. High-
frequency indicators suggest the agriculture sector in Q3FY25 grew by 5.6%. Agricultural growth is
supported by healthy kharif crop production, higher reservoir levels and better rabi sowing. Additionally,
improvement in rural demand owing to healthy sowing, improving reservoir levels, and progress in south-
west monsoon along with government’s thrust on capex and other policy support will aid the investment
cycle in gaining further traction.
Agricultural Industry
Overview of Indian Agricultural Industry
Agriculture continues to remain backbone of the Indian economy
India is a major player in the global agriculture sector, which serves as the primary source of livelihood for
about 58% of its population. It has the world's largest cattle herd (buffaloes) and the largest areas planted for
wheat, rice, and cotton. India is also the leading producer of milk, pulses, and spices globally. Additionally,
it ranks as the second-largest producer of sugar, rice, fruits, vegetables, tea, farmed fish, sugarcane, wheat,
and cotton. With the second-largest agricultural land area in the world, the agriculture sector in India
generates employment for approximately half of the country's population, making farmers an integral part of
sustaining the nation.
The government's initiatives to support farmer-producer organisations, promote crop diversification, and
enhance agricultural productivity through the Agriculture Infrastructure Fund have significantly contributed
to the growth in the industry. Additionally, the Pradhan Mantri Kisan Samman Nidhi (PM-KISAN) scheme
has provided income support to promote alternative sources of income, thereby strengthening their resilience
to weather-related shocks.
A significant part of India’s agriculture sector depends on a timely and normal monsoon season, which is
critical in ensuring adequate produce. The Government of India is committed to the welfare of farmers.
Currently, the Ministry of Agriculture has been allocated Rs 1,27,470 crore for FY25 (marginally higher by
1% as against FY24 revised estimates), of which the Department of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare will
139get Rs 1,17,529 crore, while the Department of Agricultural Research and Education (DARE) will get Rs
9,941 crore.
Structure of the Indian Agricultural Industry
2.2.1. Area under Cultivation of Crops (in Lakh Ha)
India's agricultural landscape is characterised by the cultivation of a wide range of crops, catering to both
domestic consumption and international trade. Among these crops, rice holds a significant share of 35%, with
substantial acreage dedicated to its cultivation, followed by wheat with a share of 22% and coarse cereals
with a share of 17%. Apart from rice, India cultivates a diverse array of crops, including wheat, pulses,
millets, oilseeds, sugarcane, cotton, fruits, and vegetables. The cultivation of these crops varies based on
factors such as agro-climatic conditions, soil fertility, water availability, and market demand.
Chart 11: Rice is a major crop in Indian agriculture industry in terms of area under cultivation
Area under Cultivation of Crops (In Lakh Ha)
600 514.23
500
400 327.61
254.86
300
200 120.17 128.64
72.10
100 6.05 39.8 12.29 4.42
0
Source: Ministry of Agriculture & Farmers Welfare
Data for the year 2024-25 is of 3rd Advance Estimates
2.2.2. Crop GVA
The share of agriculture and allied sectors to the total economy’s Gross Value Added (GVA) has been
significant and has increased over the years, as shown in the table below.
Table 4: Percentage share of GVA of Agriculture and Allied Sector in Total Economy (At Current
Prices)
Year % Share
2011-12 18.5
2012-13 18.2
2013-14 18.6
2014-15 18.2
2015-16 17.7
2016-17 18.0
2017-18 18.3
2018-19 17.6
2019-20 18.3
2020-21 20.3
2021-22 19.0
2022-23 18.1
140Year % Share
2023-24 (FRE) 17.8
2024-25 (PE) 17.9
Source: MOSPI; SAE: First Revised Estimates, PE – Provisional Estimates.
As of 2024-25, the agriculture sector is the largest employer of the workforce and accounted for a sizeable
17.9% of the Gross Value Added (GVA) of the country. Growth in allied sectors, including livestock,
dairying, and fisheries, has also been a major driver of overall growth in the sector.
Statistics Regarding the Agricultural Industry in India
The "Agriculture and Allied Activities" sector has consistently been a cornerstone of India's economy,
significantly contributing to both national income and employment. This sector accounts for approximately
16% of the country's GDP for FY24 (PE) at current prices and supports around 46.1% of the population. The
sector is crucial for food security, sustaining livelihoods, and driving growth across various industries,
including food processing and transportation. Its performance directly impacts rural development, job
creation, and broader economic stability.
India's agriculture sector has displayed strong growth, averaging 5% annually from FY17 to FY23,
showcasing its resilience despite various challenges. In the second quarter of FY25, the sector recorded a
growth rate of 3.5%, signalling a recovery from the previous four quarters, where growth ranged from a
modest 0.4% to 2.0%. The recent growth surge can be primarily attributed to better overall conditions, which
are likely a result of favourable weather patterns, technological innovations in farming practices, and targeted
government initiatives. These efforts aim to enhance agricultural productivity and promote sustainable
practices across the sector. Furthermore, the adoption of advanced techniques has helped improve crop yields
and efficiency. Government support has also played a key role in creating a conducive environment for
growth and resilience in agriculture.
Chart 12: Agriculture’s Steady Performance
8 7.6
7
6
5.2
e
g 5
a
t
n 3.7
e 4 3.5
c
r
e P
n
3 2.7 2.3
2
I 1.7
2
1 0.4 0.6
0 0
0
2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Source: Industry Sources (MOSPI)
Exports of Agricultural and Processed Foods
India’s agricultural and processed food exports have become a key component of its economy, with various
sectors contributing significantly. Floriculture leads with 14.55%, driven by the export of flowers and
ornamental plants, followed by processed fruits and vegetables at 13.39%, which includes items like canned,
frozen, and dried fruits. Livestock products contribute 7.17%, with India being a major exporter of buffalo
141meat. Other processed foods, such as packaged snacks and ready-to-eat meals, account for 6.5% of exports.
Overall, agriculture and processed food exports represent 3.77% of India’s total exports, reflecting the
country’s growing influence in global markets, particularly in areas like Europe, the Middle East, and
Southeast Asia.
Chart 13: Exports of Agricultural and Processed Foods (April- Oct FY25 over April- Oct FY24)
Other Processed food 6.5
e
g Livestocks 7.17
a
t
n
e
c
r
e
P
n Processed fruits and vegetables 13.39
I
Floriculture 14.55
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Source: Industry Sources, APEDA
2.3.1. Rice
India is home to numerous varieties of rice, each with its own unique characteristics in terms of flavour,
texture, aroma, and culinary use. Some of the most popular types of rice cultivated and consumed in India
include:
1. Basmati Rice: Known for its long grains and rich aroma, Basmati rice is primarily grown in Punjab, Haryana,
and Uttar Pradesh. It is a staple in Indian dishes like biryani and pulao, and dominates global exports due to
its premium quality.
2. Jasmine Rice: Native to Thailand, jasmine rice is fragrant and complements Thai dishes. Its growing
popularity in India aligns with the rising interest in Thai cuisine.
3. Mogra Rice: An affordable, versatile variety with a mild fragrance, Mogra rice is widely cultivated in
Maharashtra, Gujarat, and Madhya Pradesh. It’s ideal for daily dishes like fried rice and khichdi.
4. Indrayani Rice: Originating from Maharashtra, this medium-grain rice is used in traditional dishes like
Varan Bhaat and Masale Bhaat. It cooks quickly and enhances Maharashtrian cuisine.
5. Kolam Rice: A staple in South Indian cuisine, Kolam rice, grown in Kerala, is known for its soft texture and
aroma. It is used in dishes like Malabar biryani and sweet Pongal.
6. White/Polished Rice: Widely consumed globally, this rice undergoes a refining process to enhance its shelf
life and cooking properties. It is cultivated in India, China, Indonesia, and the US.
1427. Sugandha Rice: Like Basmati, Sugandha rice is grown in Haryana, Punjab, and Uttar Pradesh. It is known
for its aroma, fluffy texture, and high demand in international markets.
8. Parboiled Rice: This rice undergoes soaking, steaming, and drying, retaining more nutrients than white rice.
It has a yellowish hue and is rich in vitamins and minerals.
Further, Broken rice refers to fragments of rice grains that break during the milling process. It is not a
separate variety but simply broken pieces of whole rice kernels. Despite its appearance, broken rice retains
the same nutritional properties as whole rice.
➢ Common Uses:
Culinary: Widely used in dishes like khichdi, idli/dosa batter, porridge, and several street foods across India.
Industrial: Utilised in pet food, starch production, brewing, and even in the cosmetics industry.
➢ Popular Rice for Domestic Consumption:
• Sona Masuri (Andhra Pradesh, Telangana)
• Ponni (Tamil Nadu)
• Gobindobhog (West Bengal)
• Jeera Samba (Tamil Nadu)
• Ambemohar (Maharashtra)
• Basmati (premium households, especially in North India)
➢ Top Exported Varieties from India:
Basmati: Pusa Basmati, Traditional Basmati
Non-Basmati: Swarna, Sona Masuri, Parboiled rice, White Rice, Broken Rice
India ranks as the largest exporter of rice in the world, catering to markets in Asia, the Middle East, Europe,
Africa, and North America.
➢ Region-wise Cultivation and Global Export
Rice cultivation in India varies by region, with specific varieties grown in different agro-climatic zones:
Northern India
States: Punjab, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Himachal Pradesh
Cultivated Varieties: Mainly Basmati (e.g., Pusa Basmati)
Export Focus: Large-scale exports of Basmati rice to the Middle East, Europe, and North America
Eastern India
States: West Bengal, Bihar, Jharkhand, Odisha, Assam
Cultivated Varieties: Swarna, Gobindobhog, Joha, Bora (sticky rice)
Export Focus: Joha (aromatic rice) and Swarna (bulk non-basmati rice)
143Southern India
States: Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Telangana
Cultivated Varieties: Sona Masuri, Ponni, Jeera Samba
Export Focus: Non-basmati rice like Sona Masuri and Ponni exported to the Indian diaspora in the US, UAE,
and Southeast Asia
Western India
States: Maharashtra, Gujarat
Cultivated Varieties: Ambemohar, Gujarat-17
Export Focus: Primarily domestic use; niche organic exports from Maharashtra
Central India
States: Chhattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh
Cultivated Varieties: Dubraj, Chinnor
Export Focus: Gaining traction in organic and speciality aromatic rice markets globally
Rice Cultivating Districts in India
Region State Key Rice Main Rice Cultivation Focus
Districts Varieties
Amritsar,
Basmati, Pusa Largest producer of Basmati rice for
Punjab Ludhiana,
Basmati export.
Patiala
Northern
Kurukshetra, Basmati, non- Significant producer of Basmati and
India Haryana
Karnal Basmati non-Basmati rice.
Uttar Saharanpur, Swarna, Major producer of both Basmati and
Pradesh Bijnor Basmati non-Basmati varieties.
Burdwan, Gobindobhog, Known for Gobindobhog (aromatic),
West Bengal
Nadia Swarna high-yield rice.
Eastern Swarna, Produces rice for domestic
Bihar Patna, Nalanda
India Kalanamak consumption and regional export.
Dibrugarh, Famous for aromatic Joha and Bora
Assam Joha, Bora
Jorhat rice.
Thanjavur, Ponni, Sona Major producer of Ponni and other
Tamil Nadu
Cuddalore Masuri staple varieties.
Southern Andhra West Godavari, Sona Masuri, Known for Sona Masuri, both for
India Pradesh Krishna IR64 domestic and export markets.
Mysuru, Sona Masuri, Rajamudi is a premium aromatic
Karnataka
Mandya Rajamudi variety; Sona Masuri is popular.
Raigad, Ambemohar, Produces aromatic varieties like
Maharashtra
Western Kolhapur Kolam Ambemohar for local markets.
India Gujarat-17, Focus on short-grain varieties for
Gujarat Surat, Valsad
Surati domestic and export use.
144Region State Key Rice Main Rice Cultivation Focus
Districts Varieties
Raipur, Dubraj, Known for organic and niche rice
Chhattisgarh
Central Bilaspur Chinnor varieties like Dubraj.
India Madhya Sharbati, Pusa Increasing prominence for aromatic and
Sehore, Rajgarh
Pradesh Basmati Basmati varieties.
Chart 14: Export & Import of Rice (Tons)
2,50,00,000
5
2,00,00,000 8 5
7 6 3 ,3 1 1
1,50,00,000 5 1 4
,2
3 ,2
5
,3 2 3
4
,4 9
,9
7 ,7
1
,2
,2 8
8 ,8
5
,1
0 ,2
1,00,00,000 7
,1
,3
6
,1
50,00,000 4
4 8 3 6 8
6 5 1 8 9
7
,4
,0
1
7
,6
6
,4
2
,7
0
FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25
Import Export
Source: CMIE
• The increase in rice imports during FY25 can be attributed to a decline in domestic production
alongside rising consumption requirements.
• The contraction in export volumes during FY24 was primarily driven by regulatory interventions
and prevailing global trade challenges.
• The subsequent recovery in exports in FY25 indicates a relaxation of policy restrictions and a
resurgence in international demand for Indian rice.
Eligibility of a Rice Variety to be Notified as Basmati
According to the provisions of the Seed Act, 1966, and the recommendations of the Central Sub Committee
on Crops, Standards, Notification, and Release of Varieties for Agricultural Crops, established by the Central
Seed Committee under Section 3 of the Seed Act, 1966, the following standards have been established to
determine and classify a rice variety as Basmati.
Table 5: Primary Basmati Quality Characteristics
S. No. Parameters Value
1 Minimum average precooked milled rice length (mm) 6.6
2 Average precooked milled rice breadth (mm) ≤2
3 Minimum length/breadth ratio of precooked milled rice (L/B 3.5
Ratio)
4 Minimum average cooked rice, length (mm) 12.0
145S. No. Parameters Value
5 Minimum cooked rice length/precooked rice length ratio or 1.7
Minimum elongation ratio
6 Average volume expansion ratio > 3.5
7 Aroma Present (Qualitative
sensory analysis as Panel
Test*)
8 Texture of cooked grain for\nigh integrity (without bursting Present (Qualitative
the surface), no stickiness, tenderness, good taste and good sensory analysis as Panel
mouth feel Test*)
Source: APEDA
Note 1: The grain sample for analyses will necessarily have to be ‘aged’ for three months at under protected conditions at normal room
temperature as milled kernel
*: As per standardized protocol (Directorate of Rice Research, Hyderabad)
Growth Potential
Factors that are driving the growth of Basmati rice industry are as follows:
1. Export Opportunities: India is the largest exporter of Basmati rice globally, with countries like Iran, Saudi
Arabia, Iraq, UAE etc. being major importers. The growing demand for Basmati rice in international markets
presents significant export opportunities for Indian farmers and exporters, driving the expansion of Basmati
rice cultivation.
2. Increasing Demand: Basmati rice enjoys high demand both domestically and internationally due to its
various characteristics. With rising incomes, changing dietary preferences, and increasing awareness of
healthy eating habits, the demand for Basmati rice is expected to continue growing in India. HORECA,
encompassing the hotel and food service sectors, relies on Basmati rice as a staple ingredient due to its
widespread popularity among consumers. Restaurants and hotels consistently face high demand for Basmati
rice, driving up production and sales within the market. This surge in demand plays a pivotal role in fuelling
the growth of the Basmati rice market.
3. Premium Pricing: Basmati rice commands premium prices in both domestic and international markets
compared to other rice varieties. This premium pricing offers lucrative returns for farmers and incentivizes
them to expand Basmati rice cultivation.
4. Geographical Expansion: Basmati rice cultivation traditionally concentrated in states like Punjab, Haryana,
Uttar Pradesh and parts of Bihar. However, there is potential for geographical expansion of Basmati rice
cultivation to other regions with suitable agro-climatic conditions. States like Uttarakhand, Jammu and
Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, and West Bengal etc. are exploring Basmati rice cultivation, further enhancing
its growth potential.
5. Sustainable Practices: There is increasing emphasis on sustainable agricultural practices, including organic
farming and water-saving techniques, in Basmati rice cultivation. Adoption of sustainable practices not only
ensures environmental conservation but also enhances the quality and marketability of Basmati rice,
contributing to its growth potential.
6. Growth in Per-capita Consumption and the Shift towards Packaged Rice: Per-capita rice consumption
has increased noticeably, accompanied by a clear shift towards packaged varieties. This trend reflects a
growing consumer preference for convenient, pre-packaged rice options. A strong economy and rising
146incomes have enabled more people to choose higher-quality rice, particularly the basmati variety.
Furthermore, consumers are adapting to changing lifestyles, influencing their dietary choices.
7. Convenience/Online Store: Convenience stores are designed to provide people with various essential items
for daily living, including financial services, food, groceries, fuel, and more. Now, convenience stores
worldwide are expanding their inventory to include Basmati products. This trend is driving up sales rates and
significantly boosting revenue within the industry. Following the pandemic crisis, there has been a notable
surge in the trend of online ordering for food and groceries. Additionally, the proliferation of on-demand
grocery apps has further facilitated people in purchasing Basmati rice and other essentials from their homes.
8. Government Support: The Indian government provides various support schemes and incentives to promote
Basmati rice cultivation. This includes Minimum Support Prices (MSPs), subsidies on seeds, fertilizers, and
irrigation, crop insurance, infrastructure development, and export promotion initiatives. Government support
encourages farmers to invest in Basmati rice cultivation and contributes to its growth.
Overall, the growth potential of Basmati rice in India is promising, fuelled by increasing demand, export
opportunities, technological advancements, government support, geographical expansion, brand recognition,
and sustainable practices. Continued focus on these factors can further propel the growth trajectory of
Basmati rice cultivation in India.
Extent of Potential Competition
The rice industry in India faces significant competition domestically and internationally. By focusing on
quality, innovation, and strategic policies, India can maintain its position as a leading rice producer and
exporter.
Domestic Competition:
The competition in India's rice industry is multifaceted, involving a diverse mix of small, medium, and large
players competing on various fronts such as price, quality, product differentiation, and branding. Regional
preferences and the export market add further complexity. Success in this competitive landscape depends on
innovation, quality assurance, and strategic marketing.
1. Climate Change: Variations in rainfall patterns, heatwaves, and extreme weather events can disrupt rice
production in India, impacting its ability to compete in the global market.
2. Fragmentation: The Indian rice market is highly fragmented, with numerous small and medium-scale
farmers contributing to overall production. This fragmentation can make it challenging to maintain consistent
quality standards and compete with larger players in the market.
3. Diverse Market Players: The rice industry comprises a wide array of market players, including:
• Small-Scale Farmers: These players focus on local markets and often produce traditional and
specialty varieties of rice, catering to regional tastes and preferences.
• Medium-Sized Enterprises: These companies operate at regional levels, supplying rice to both local
and neighbouring states. They typically have a mix of traditional and hybrid varieties.
• Large Corporations: Big players like LT Foods (Daawat), KRBL Limited (India Gate), Kohinoor
Foods Limited (Kohinoor) and Chaman Lal Setia Exports (Maharani) dominate the market with
extensive distribution networks, advanced processing facilities, and strong brand recognition.
4. Product Differentiation: The competition is also driven by the variety of rice products available in the
market, including Basmati Rice, which is known for its aroma and long grains, basmati rice is a premium
segment with significant export potential while non-Basmati Rice includes a wide range of varieties catering
to domestic consumption, with lower price points compared to basmati. Moreover, increasing health
147consciousness has led to a rise in demand for organic, brown, and specialty rice varieties, prompting players
to diversify their offerings.
5. State Procurement: The Indian government's Minimum Support Price (MSP) program aims to ensure a
minimum income for farmers but can also create competition between private millers and government
procurement agencies for paddy (unmilled rice). Seasonal fluctuations and changes in consumer demand
impact pricing strategies.
6. Quality and Branding: Quality and branding play crucial roles in differentiating products in the competitive
rice market. Key strategies include quality assurance which aims to ensure high standards through quality
control measures and certifications (e.g., organic certification), building brand loyalty through consistent
quality, effective marketing, and strong distribution networks and innovation involving introduction of
fortified, flavoured, or quick-cook rice products to meet changing consumer preferences.
7. Inter-state Competition: Rice-producing states in India compete for domestic market share. This can lead
to price fluctuations depending on regional surpluses or deficits. Major rice producing states in India includes
West Bengal, Uttar Pradesh, Andhra Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, Tamil Nadu, Odisha, and Bihar.
International Competition:
1. Major Exporters: India is the world's leading rice exporter, supplying over 150 countries. However, it faces
competition from other major players like Vietnam, Thailand, and Pakistan as these countries offer different
rice varieties and may have lower production costs in some cases.
2. Trade Policies: International trade policies, including tariffs and export restrictions, significantly can impact
the competitiveness of Indian rice in the global market. For example, export restrictions imposed by India to
ensure domestic food security can make Indian rice less attractive to international buyers.
3. Competitors: In the Asia Pacific region, which is the largest consumer and producer of rice, countries like
India, China, Indonesia, and Bangladesh are major competitors. These countries possess abundant rice
resources and actively participate in both domestic and international markets.
4. Quality and Price: Indian rice needs to compete on both quality and price in global market. While basmati
rice enjoys a premium status, non-basmati varieties need to offer competitive pricing and consistent quality
to sustain market share.
5. New Rice Varieties: Other rice-producing countries might develop new high-yielding or climate-resistant
rice varieties, posing a challenge to Indian rice competitiveness.
Global & Indian Rice Industry
Overview of Global Rice Industry
The global rice industry is a critical segment of the agricultural sector, significantly contributing to food
security, economic stability, and cultural traditions worldwide. Rice is a fundamental dietary staple that
sustains millions of people globally. Asia remains the epicentre of global rice production, with China, India,
Indonesia, Bangladesh, Vietnam, and Thailand leading the sector. These countries benefit from favourable
climatic conditions and have a long history of rice cultivation. Currently, India and China collectively account
for more than half of the world's rice output. Supplying over half of the global population, nearly 83% of the
world's rice is produced by just ten countries.
Global rice consumption is steadily increasing, driven by population growth, particularly in Asia and Africa.
The productivity of rice cultivation has been significantly enhanced by technological advancements,
148including the development of high-yield varieties and improved irrigation techniques. These innovations
have been pivotal in meeting the rising demand for rice, ensuring food security for a substantial portion of
the global population. Rice is a staple food for over half of the world's population, especially in Asia, where
it forms a substantial part of the daily diet. In this region, rice constitutes a significant portion of the daily
diet, reflecting its importance not only as a food source but also as a cultural cornerstone.
Climate change and extreme weather events threaten rice production, impacting harvests and causing price
fluctuations. Trade disruptions due to geopolitical tensions and logistical hurdles can affect rice availability
and affordability. International trade in rice is crucial for food security. While other countries may cultivate
basmati rice varieties, Indian basmati has Protected Geographical Indication (PGI) status, ensuring its
authenticity and quality.
Chart 15: China and India dominate the Global Rice Production during the Marketing Year 2024-25
Top Global Rice Producers
1,60,000 1,50,0001 ,45,280
1,40,000
1,20,000
)
T
M 1,00,000
0 80,000
0
0
n
60,000
36,600 34,600
I ( 40,000 26,950 20,550
20,000 12,350 11,900 9,750 8,470
-
Source: United States Department of Agriculture (USDA)
Over 541.51 million metric tonnes (mmt) of milled rice were produced in 2024-25 harvesting year at a
global level with India accounting for most of the upward revision. As per USDA 2026 report, global rice
production is estimated to be surged by 541.6 mmt in marketing year 2025-26 as against the previous 2024-
25 by 541.51 mmt. Therefore, production is projected to reach a record high, driven by larger yields in
Asia, particularly with increased production forecasts for Bangladesh and Pakistan, more than offsetting
reductions for countries like Indonesia, Thailand and Japan. Global consumption is also anticipated to hit
a new record, mainly fuelled by strong growth in India, Bangladesh, and the Philippines.
China and India dominated global rice production during the marketing year 2024-25. Together, they
accounted for over 50% of the total global rice production, underscoring their significant role in the global
food supply. In terms of exports, India also dominated the global rice market during the marketing year
2024-25. India remains the largest rice exporter, while China plays a much smaller role in global rice
exports.
Market Drivers and Opportunities for the Global Rice Industry
Category Factors
1. Growing global population and rising food demand.
Market Drivers 2. Increasing rice consumption in emerging economies.
3. Expanding applications in the food and beverage industry.
149Category Factors
1. Rising demand for organic and speciality rice varieties.
Market Opportunities 2. Advancements in rice production technology.
3. Growing demand for fortified and nutrient-enriched rice products.
Key Players in the Global Rice Industry & Co-Products
The global rice industry is dominated by key players who not only supply rice to meet growing global demand
but also generate valuable co-products. These companies contribute significantly to the industry by producing
high-quality rice varieties and utilising by-products effectively. The table below highlights the major global
players and their associated co-products:
Count Popular
Company Name Co-Products
ry Brands/Products
Rice Bran Oil, Rice Husk Ash (RHA), De-
KRBL Limited India India Gate (Basmati Rice)
Oiled Rice Bran (DORB)
Daawat (Basmati & Non-
LT Foods India Rice Flour, Broken Rice, Rice Gluten
Basmati Rice)
Austra
SunRice Various Rice Products Rice Bran Oil, Rice Syrup, Rice Hulls
lia
Amira Nature UAE/I Basmati & Speciality
Rice Husk Ash (RHA), Rice Gluten
Foods Ltd. ndia Rice
RiceTec, Inc. USA Hybrid Rice Varieties Rice Hull Ash, Broken Rice
Olam Singap
Diverse Rice Portfolio Rice Bran, Rice Husk
International ore
Overview of the Indian Rice Industry
3.4.1. Indian Food Processing Sector
India’s food processing sector is one of the largest globally and serves as a critical link between agriculture
and industry. With abundant raw material availability, India has a strong base for value addition across a
wide range of products, including grains, fruits, vegetables, dairy, and seafood. Recognising the sector’s
potential to enhance farmer incomes, reduce post-harvest losses, and boost exports, the Government of India
has prioritised its development through focused policy support under the Make in India initiative.
To accelerate growth in this space, the Ministry of Food Processing Industries (MoFPI) has rolled out
multiple schemes and infrastructure projects. Mega Food Parks are being developed in high-yield regions to
offer integrated facilities for processing, storage, and distribution. Key initiatives such as the PM Kisan
Sampada Yojana (PMKSY) have backed over 1,600 projects with grants of more than ₹6,198 crore, while
the Production Linked Incentive Scheme (PLISFPI), with a ₹10,900 crore outlay, is incentivising large-scale
food manufacturing and global branding. In parallel, the PM Formalisation of Micro Food Processing
Enterprises (PMFME) Scheme is supporting two lakh micro units with financial and technical assistance
under the "One District One Product" model.
Further steps include the establishment of 100 NABL-accredited food testing laboratories to enhance quality
assurance and targeted efforts to strengthen tomato processing in Punjab. Events like World Food India 2024
have provided a global platform to showcase India’s food processing capabilities and investment
opportunities. Together, these measures aim to modernise the sector, create jobs, attract investment, and
position India as a global leader in food processing.
1503.4.2. Indian Rice Market
India’s rice market has shown steady progress, reaching USD 54,639 million in CY24, driven by consistent
domestic consumption and robust export demand. Despite occasional fluctuations caused by factors like
export restrictions and unpredictable weather patterns, the market has remained resilient due to government
support through Minimum Support Price (MSP) policies, increased procurement, and initiatives aimed at
promoting high-yield varieties.
Chart 16: Indian Rice Market by Value
70,000
65,000
7
) n o illiM ( D S U 556 050 ,,, 000 000 000 1 2 5 1 4 ,3 3 0 4 ,4 5 6 5 5 ,4 5 2 3 4 ,4 5 9 3 6 ,4 5 3 0 1 ,5 5 1 8 7 ,5 5 0 9 5 ,6 5 6 4 5 ,7 5 1 1 6 ,8 5 4 5 7 ,9 5 8 6 0 ,1 6 4 3 5 ,2 6 9 0 ,4 6
7 5
45,000 ,0
5
40,000
35,000
CY19 CY20 CY21 CY22 CY23 CY24 CY25 CY26 CY27 CY28 CY29 CY30 CY31 CY32 CY33
F F F F F F F F F
Source: CMI, xxxx, F denotes Forecasted
The market is expected to continue its upward trajectory, with projections indicating it will reach USD 64,097
million by CY33. This growth will be fuelled by increasing global demand for premium Basmati rice,
expanding trade opportunities, and the adoption of climate-resilient rice varieties. Technological innovations
such as precision farming and AI-based monitoring are also enhancing productivity and reducing climate-
related risks. Additionally, with the potential relaxation of export restrictions and India’s continued
dominance in the global rice export market, future growth looks promising. Although challenges like erratic
monsoons and policy changes may cause short-term disruptions, the long-term outlook remains positive.
Non-basmati rice forms the foundation of India’s agricultural and economic landscape, playing a crucial role
in feeding the country’s vast population and supporting millions of livelihoods. As a staple food across rural
and semi-urban areas, it is cultivated extensively across diverse regions, ensuring a steady supply to meet
everyday nutritional needs. This widespread cultivation makes non-basmati rice indispensable not only for
food security but also as a significant contributor to rural employment and income generation.
Beyond its role as a staple crop, non-basmati rice supports the stability of rural economies by sustaining
farmers and labourers across multiple states. Government initiatives such as minimum support prices (MSP)
and procurement programs help maintain steady production and fair incomes for growers. By promoting
agricultural diversification and reducing dependence on limited crops, non-basmati rice contributes
significantly to India’s economic resilience, making it a cornerstone of rural development and national
growth.
3.4.3. Breakup by Product Type- Basmati & Non-Basmati
India’s rice export market is led by non-Basmati rice, which consistently contributes a higher share of export
revenue compared to Basmati rice due to its strong demand in bulk markets such as Africa and Southeast
Asia. While Basmati rice caters primarily to premium markets in the Middle East, Europe, and the US, its
151growth remains steady. Projections indicate that Basmati rice exports will reach around USD 26,718 million
by CY33, while non-Basmati rice exports are expected to grow more significantly, reaching approximately
USD 37,380 million by the same period. The growth trajectory of both segments is influenced by government
policies, climate conditions, and evolving international demand, positioning India as a key player in the
global rice export market.
Chart 17: Indian Rice Market - Basmati & Non-Basmati
Basmati Non-Basmati
70,000
56 00 ,, 00 00 00
3 8 1 ,1 3 2 7 ,2 3 0 1 2 ,3 3 2 8 1 ,3 3 7 8 9 ,2 3 0 9 9 ,2 3 7 4 1 ,3 3 9 2 4 ,3 3 6 8 7 ,3 3 6 2 2 ,4 3 5 2 7 ,4 3
4
6 2 ,5 3
9 9
8 ,5 3
4
1 6
,6 3
0
8
3 ,7
3
) n 3
o 40,000
illiM
D
S 30,000
U
(
20,000 8 3 5 ,9 2 9 6 ,0 2 4 9 1 ,1 2 3 7 3 ,1 2 5 4 4 ,1 2 8 4 6 ,1 2 6 5 9 ,1 2 2 5 3 ,2 2 4 0 8 ,2 2 0 2 3 ,3 2 6 8 8 ,3 2 9 8 4 ,4 2 0 7 1 ,5 2 9 1 9 ,5 2 8 1 7 ,6 2
10,000 1
-
CY19CY20CY21CY22CY23CY24CY25CY26CY27CY28CY29CY30CY31CY32CY33
F F F F F F F F F
Source: CMI, xxxx, F denotes forecasted
Non-basmati rice is experiencing growth due to its cost-effectiveness, making it a staple for many. Its
adaptability in various cuisines and increasing export opportunities also fuel demand. Moreover,
advancements in farming techniques are enhancing yield and quality, ensuring steady growth in global
markets.
Nutritional Value & Quality of Rice
Rice serves as a primary source of carbohydrates for more than half of the global population, offering quick
energy and moderate protein content with essential amino acids like lysine. Brown rice is richer in fibre, B-
complex vitamins, and minerals such as magnesium and phosphorus, while white rice, due to polishing, loses
some of these nutrients.
The quality of rice is influenced by factors such as grain length, texture, aroma, and cooking properties.
Basmati rice is known for its aromatic, long grains, whereas non-basmati varieties are preferred for their
versatility in various cuisines. Proper milling, storage, and processing methods are essential for preserving
the nutritional value and quality of rice.
152Table 6: Nutritional Value & Quality of Rice (Rice, white, cooked, no added fat)- Portion: 100 grams
Nutrient Amount
Water 68.01 g
Energy 129 kcal
Protein 2.67 g
Total Fat 0.28 g
Carbohydrates 27.99 g
Fiber 0.4 g
Calcium 10 mg
Iron 1.19 mg
Potassium 35 mg
Sodium 245 mg
Folate 58 µg
Vitamin B6 0.092 mg
Source: USDA
Rice Market by Breakup- by Type
White non-Basmati rice holds the largest share in India’s rice export market, driven by its affordability and
widespread consumption in regions such as Africa and Asia. The market value grew steadily from USD
27,466 million in CY19 to USD 28,969 million in CY24, with projections indicating an increase to USD
32,716 billion by CY33. The sustained demand is attributed to its versatility and cost-effectiveness, making
it a staple in many countries. Additionally, government support through favourable trade policies and
consistent quality standards has significantly contributed to the growth of this segment.
Grain parboiled rice, known for its superior nutritional value due to partial boiling, is another major
contributor to India’s rice exports. The market value increased from USD 14,329 million in CY19 to USD
15,555 million in CY24 and is expected to reach USD 18,503 million by CY33. The consistent demand for
parboiled rice from Southeast Asian and African nations, where it is preferred for its better nutrient retention
and longer shelf life, continues to fuel this growth. Increasing consumer awareness about its health benefits
is also boosting its demand globally.
Chart 18: Indian Rice Market by Type
n
o
illiM
D
S
U
CY25CY26CY27CY28CY29CY30CY31CY32CY33
CY19CY20CY21CY22CY23CY24
F F F F F F F F F
Basmati Rice 8,9269,4999,7749,9019,97810,1110,2910,5210,7711,0611,3711,6912,0512,4512,87
Grain Parboiled Rice 14,3215,1115,4115,4815,4715,5515,7115,9216,1816,4816,8117,1717,5718,0218,50
White Non-Basmati Rice 27,4628,8029,2129,1728,9828,9629,0929,3229,6230,0030,4230,8831,4332,0532,71
Source: CMI, xxxx, F denotes Forecasted
153Basmati rice, renowned for its fragrance, long grains, and superior quality, is a premium export product
catering to high-value markets such as the Middle East, Europe, and North America. The market value
increased from USD 8,926 million in CY19 to USD 10,114 million in CY24, with future projections
suggesting growth to USD 12,878 million by CY33. Rising global demand for high-quality aromatic rice and
a preference for Indian-origin varieties continue to strengthen this segment. The premium pricing, along with
adherence to stringent quality standards, positions Basmati rice as a lucrative category in India’s rice export
industry.
Rice Market by Grain Size
India’s rice market is dominated by long grain rice, which holds a significant share due to its wide usage in
households and commercial applications. The market value of long grain rice increased from USD 31,203
million in CY19 to USD 33,139 million in CY24 and is projected to reach USD 37,892 million by CY33.
Known for its firm texture, aromatic quality, and versatility in various cuisines, long grain rice continues to
drive market growth, supported by rising domestic consumption and consistent demand from international
buyers. Medium grain rice, characterized by its slightly shorter and plumper grains, also holds a substantial
market share. Its market value grew from USD 10,727 million in CY19 to USD 11,750 million in CY24,
with expectations to reach USD 14,202 million by CY33. Medium grain rice is preferred for dishes such as
risottos and paellas, contributing to its steady growth, especially in urban and premium segments.
Chart 19: Indian Rice Market by Grain Size (USD Million)
CY25 CY26 CY27 CY28 CY29 CY30 CY31 CY32 CY33
CY19 CY20 CY21 CY22 CY23 CY24
F F F F F F F F F
Short Grain 8,7909,3139,5419,6249,6589,7509,88910,0610,2610,4910,7511,0111,3111,6512,00
Medium Grain 10,7211,3311,5811,6511,6611,7511,8812,0712,2912,5412,8113,1013,4413,8114,20
Long Grain 31,2032,7633,2733,2733,1033,1333,3233,6334,0334,5035,0435,6236,3037,0737,89
Source: CMI, xxxx, F denotes Forecasted
Short grain rice, known for its soft and sticky texture, also contributes significantly to India’s overall rice
market. Its market value increased from USD 8,790 million in CY19 to USD 9,750 million in CY24 and is
expected to grow further to USD 12,003 million by CY33. Short grain rice is often used in specialty dishes
such as sushi and puddings, making it popular in niche markets and regions with a growing interest in
international cuisines. With India’s robust agricultural production, technological advancements in rice
processing, and expanding distribution channels, the market for all three types of rice is expected to witness
steady growth over the next decade.
Overview of Usage of Rice in India- End User Industry
The Indian rice market, categorized by application, is dominated by the food segment, which holds the highest
market value. The market value of rice used in food applications increased from USD 42,533 million in CY19
to USD 45,737 million in CY24 and is projected to grow steadily, reaching USD 53,482 million by CY33.
This growth is driven by population expansion, higher consumption of rice-based products, and the rising
154popularity of ready-to-eat and processed foods. The feed segment, which uses rice for animal nutrition, has
also demonstrated consistent growth, with its market value rising from USD 5,706 million in CY19 to USD
6,178 million in CY24, and it is expected to reach USD 7,313 million by CY33. The increasing demand for
high-quality livestock feed and the utilization of rice by-products in animal diets are key contributors to this
growth.
Chart 20: Indian Rice Market by Application (USD Million)
Food Feed Brewing Pharmaceuticals Cosmetics
70,000
60,000
50,000
)n
o illiM 40,000
D 30,000
S
U
(
20,000
10,000
-
CY25 CY26 CY27 CY28 CY29 CY30 CY31 CY32 CY33
CY19 CY20 CY21 CY22 CY23 CY24
F F F F F F F F F
Cosmetics 447 475 489 495 499 506 515 527 539 554 569 585 604 624 645
Pharmaceuticals 754 796 814 819 819 825 835 848 863 881 900 920 944 969 997
Brewing 1,281 1,352 1,379 1,386 1,385 1,393 1,407 1,427 1,451 1,478 1,508 1,540 1,577 1,618 1,661
Feed 5,706 6,015 6,133 6,156 6,148 6,178 6,236 6,319 6,417 6,532 6,660 6,797 6,953 7,127 7,313
Food 42,53 44,77 45,58 45,70 45,58 45,73 46,10 46,66 47,31 48,10 48,97 49,91 50,99 52,19 53,48
Source: CMI, xxxx, F denotes Forecasted
Other significant segments include brewing, pharmaceuticals, and cosmetics, which collectively account for
a smaller share of the Indian rice market. The brewing segment, where rice is used as an adjunct ingredient,
held approximately 2.6% of the market share in CY24, with its value increasing from USD 1,281 million in
CY19 to USD 1,393 million in CY24, and is expected to reach USD 1,661 million by CY33. The
pharmaceutical segment, where rice derivatives are used in medicinal formulations, accounted for around
1.5% of the market in CY24, growing from USD 754 million in CY19 to USD 825 million in CY24, with
projections indicating a value of USD 997 million by CY33. Similarly, the cosmetics segment, which uses
rice extracts and starch in skincare and beauty products, represented about 0.9% of the market in FY24, with
its value rising from USD 447 million in CY19 to USD 506 million in CY24, and is forecasted to reach USD
645 million by CY33. The growing preference for natural ingredients in beauty and healthcare products is a
major factor driving growth in the cosmetics and pharmaceutical segments.
Rice Market Breakup by Application
The chart below illustrates the estimated percentage distribution of rice applications across different segments
for CY25 and CY33F. The food segment is expected to maintain its dominant position, contributing 84% of
the total rice usage in CY25E, with a marginal decline to 83% by CY33F. This highlights the continued
importance of rice as a staple food source globally, although there is a slight shift anticipated over time,
potentially due to changing consumer preferences or diversification in usage.
The feed segment, which primarily includes rice by-products used for animal feed, is projected to remain
stable at 11% across both CY25E and CY33F. This consistency suggests sustained demand for rice-based
feed applications. Meanwhile, the "others" category, which includes various industrial, and non-food uses,
155maintains a steady share of 5% throughout the forecast period. Despite minor variations in the food segment,
the overall application distribution of rice is expected to remain largely unchanged over the years.
Chart 21: Rice Market Break-up by Application
CY25 E CY33 F
5% 5%
11% 11%
Food Food
Feed Feed
Others Others
84% 83%
Source: CMI, xxxx, E denotes Estimates and F denotes Forecasted
Season- Wise Rice Production Trend
Kharif Season:
Kharif rice contributes the majority of India’s total production, sown during the monsoon (June-July) and
harvested between October and December. Its yield depends heavily on monsoon patterns, with technological
advancements and government support driving consistent growth.
Rabi Season:
Rabi rice accounts for 10-15% of total production, cultivated between November and January and harvested
from April to May. It relies primarily on irrigation, making it less dependent on rainfall. Improved irrigation
and high-yield varieties have boosted production, but water availability remains a challenge.
State- Wise Productivity of Rice
The major rice cultivating states in India are Uttar Pradesh, West Bengal, Punjab, Bihar, Madya Pradesh,
Telangana, Andhra Pradesh, Odisha, Chhattisgarh etc. As per Agricultural Statistics 2025, West Bengal,
Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Telangana and Odisha together accounted to 46% at all India level production in
marketing year 2024-25.
The high rice productivity in states such as West Bengal, Uttar Pradesh, and Punjab is primarily due to
favourable climatic conditions and an abundant water supply that supports consistent yields. Additionally,
well-developed irrigation systems, particularly in Punjab and Haryana, ensure steady production levels.
Government initiatives, including the Minimum Support Price (MSP) and efficient procurement policies,
further motivate farmers in these key rice-producing regions to prioritize paddy cultivation.
Furthermore, the presence of nutrient-rich alluvial soil in areas like West Bengal and Bihar creates an optimal
environment for rice growth. The adoption of advanced agricultural practices, especially in states like
Telangana and Andhra Pradesh, has also boosted overall productivity. Lastly, states such as Madya Pradesh
and Odisha benefit from multiple cropping systems, which contribute to higher rice output and improved
farming efficiency.
156Chart 22: Rice Production in Major Producing States during FY25
20.93 MT, 14.04%
Uttar Pradesh
36.44 MT, 24.44%
Telangana
West Bengal
17.09 MT, 11.47%
Punjab
Odisha
Madhya Pradesh
8.02 MT, 5.38%
Chhattisgarh
16.49 MT, 11.06%
8.44 MT, 5.66% Bihar
Andhra Pradesh
8.54 MT, 5.73%
Others
14.36 MT, 9.63%
9.15 MT, 6.14%
9.61 MT, 6.45%
Source: Agricultural Statistics 2025
Note: The data includes coverage under irrigation in the states as well, MT – Million Tonnes
Key Regulations Impacting Rice Crop Cultivation in India with Prices of Rice
Regulation Description Impact on Rice Cultivation
Encourages higher paddy
Minimum Support Government sets MSP annually to ensure
cultivation and protects farmers'
Price (MSP) farmers receive fair compensation.
income.
Essential
Regulates supply, distribution, and pricing Ensures availability of rice at fair
Commodities Act
of rice to prevent hoarding. prices for consumers.
(ECA)
Export Policies and Imposes restrictions or bans on non-basmati Reduces excessive exports,
Restrictions rice to stabilize domestic prices. keeping domestic supply stable.
Fertilizer and Input Subsidies on fertilizers, seeds, and Enhances production by lowering
Subsidies electricity reduce production costs. input costs.
Environmental Promotes water conservation, climate- Encourages adoption of eco-
Regulations resilient varieties, and sustainable farming. friendly farming practices.
Over the past decade, domestic rice prices have shown an upward trend due to rising input costs and
increasing demand. Export prices for Indian basmati and non-basmati rice have also increased, driven by
strong global demand. Recent export restrictions have caused some price stabilization in the domestic market.
157Geographical Location of Manufacturing Facilities for Rice in India
Jammu and Kashmir
Punjab 1) Sarveshwar Foods
1) KRBL Limited (SFL)-
Dhuri Plant Sehora Factory and
2) LT Foods Ltd SIDCO Plant
Amristar Plant and Varpal Plant
3) Chaman Lal Setia Exports
Ltd
Amritsar two plant (Taran Taran
Road & Ajnala Road)
Uttar Pradesh
Haryana 1)KRBL
1) LT Foods- Ghaziabad Plant
Sonepat (Bahalgarh) Plant
and Sonepat (Kamaspur)
Plant
2) Chaman Lal Setia
Exports Ltd
Karnal Plant
3) GRM Overseas
Paniplat Plant
Naultha Plant
4) Kohinoor Foods Ltd
Sonipat Plant
Gujarat
1) Mishtann Foods Limited Madhya Pradesh
Sabarkantha Plant 1) LT Foods Ltd
2)GRM Overseas Bhopal Plant
Gandhidham Plant 2) Sanwaria Consumer Limited
Mandideep, Itarsi and Betul (MP) Plant
Nagpur
1 ) Shriram Food Industry
Source: LCiMmIit ed
Rice manufacturing facilities in India are mainly located in Punjab, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh
and Gujarat, where large-scale production and milling of both basmati and non-basmati varieties take place. These
regions play a crucial role in meeting domestic demand and supporting exports.
158The table below provides details of the manufacturing facilities along with their respective capacities:
KRBL
Location Function Capacity (MT/Hr)
Ghaziabad, Uttar Pradesh Rice Processing 45
Dhuri, Punjab Rice Processing 150
LT Foods Ltd
Location Function Capacity (TPH)
Sonepat (Bahalgarh), Haryana Rice Processing 33
Sonepat (Kamaspur), Haryana Rice Processing 5
Bhopal, Madhya Pradesh Rice Processing 26
Amritsar, Punjab Rice Processing 6
Varpal, Punjab Rice Processing 12
Mishtann Foods Limited
Location Function Capacity (MTPH)
Sabarkantha (Gujarat) Rice Processing (Basmati) 45
Sarveshwar Foods Limited (SFL)
Location Function Capacity (MTPH)
Sehora, Jammu Region Rice Processing 6
SIDCO, Jammu Region Rice Processing 8
Chaman Lal Setia Exports Ltd
Location Function Capacity (MTPH)
Amritsar, Punjab – India (Taran Taran Road) Rice Processing -
Amritsar, Punjab-India (Ajnala Road) Rice Processing -
Karnal, Haryana – India (Kaithal Road) Rice Processing 12
GRM Overseas
Location Function Capacity (MTPA)
Panipat, Haryana Rice Processing
Naultha, Haryana Rice Processing 4,40,800
Gandhidham, Gujrat Rice Processing
Kohinoor Foods Ltd
Location Function Capacity
1000 metric ton per day & 8
Sonipat, Haryana Rice Processing Rice grading lines with milling
capacity of 6 metric ton per hour
159Sanwaria Consumer Limited
Location Function Capacity (TPD
Madhya Pradesh Rice Processing 500
Trend of Rice Area under Cultivation & Yield
India has a total rice cultivation area of 478 Lakh Hectares as of 2023-24, hovering under irrigated as well as
rainfed conditions, which signifies a substantial portion of the country’s total agricultural land, indicating the
crop’s importance in the agrarian economy. The rainfed areas are often affected by vagaries of the monsoon,
making them more fragile. The area under rice cultivation has seen a consistent increase with minor
fluctuations over the years, growing by 12% to 478 Lakh Hectares in 2023-24 as against 428 Lakh Hectares
in 2012-13. Similarly, yield is increased by 17% to 2,882 Kg per Hectare in 2023-24 as against 2,461 Kg per
Hectare in 2012-13.
Supportive government policies, including subsidies, minimum support prices (MSP), and expanded
irrigation through schemes like the Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchayee Yojana (PMKSY), have improved land
suitability for rice farming. Investments in rural infrastructure, such as storage, transportation, fertiliser
management, and crop insurance, have encouraged farmers to expand rice cultivation. High-yield and hybrid
rice varieties offer higher returns, motivating farmers to increase cultivation areas. Improved transportation
and market access further enhance farmers’ ability to sell their produce efficiently, supporting economic
stability.
Chart 23: Trend of Rice Area under Cultivation and Yield
490 3,500
478
478
480
463 3,000
) a H 470 458 2,500 ) a
460 H
h /
k a L
n
i(
a
e r
444 345 000
428
440 439 435 440 438 442
437
112 ,,, 050 000 000 g K n
i(
d
le
iY
A 420
1 4 0 0 4 6 8 2 7 8 8 2
6 2 9 0 9 7 3 2 1 9 3 8 500
410 4 4 3 4 4 5 6 7 7 7 8 8
,2 ,2 ,2 ,2 ,2 ,2 ,2 ,2 ,2 ,2 ,2 ,2
400 0
Yield (in Kg/Ha) Area (in Lakh Ha)
Source: Department of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare- Upaj portal
Note: Annual Report 2024-25 of Department of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare
The Indian government has implemented several policies to promote rice cultivation, including subsidies for
seeds, fertilisers, and machinery. Schemes such as the National Food Security Mission (NFSM) and the
Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojana (RKVY) focus on boosting rice production. These combined efforts have led
to the expansion of rice cultivation areas and increased yields, effectively meeting the growing demand for
this staple crop and ensuring not only food security for the nation but also contributing to the livelihoods of
millions of farmers across the country.
160Trends in Supply of Rice
The production of rice is influenced by factors like climate, soil quality, and agricultural practices. The trend
in rice supply in India has shown a consistent increase in both Kharif and Rabi seasons, with a few
fluctuations. From 2014-15 to 2020-21, rice production in both seasons rose steadily. During this period,
Kharif rice production increased from 914 lakh tonnes to 1,052 lakh tonnes, while Rabi rice production
increased from 141 lakh tonnes to 192 lakh tonnes.
For 2024-25, total rice production is estimated at 1,491 lakh tonnes (rise by 8% as against the previous year)
due to favourable monsoon rains and optimal weather, which improved soil moisture and expanded sowing
areas for Kharif crops. Enhanced conditions also supported higher yields and extended cultivation into the
Rabi and summer seasons, with intermittent Rabi rainfall further boosting overall agricultural output. These
combined factors develop the substantial gains observed in rice production across both seasons.
Chart 24: Rice production in India commands a significant 42% share among other crops during
FY25
Source: Department of Agriculture & Farmers Welfare (DA&FW)
*: Third Advance Estimates of Production of Food Grains for 2024-25
Note: Total production number for 2023-24 also includes summer crop production of 100 lakh tonnes along with Rabi and Kharif Rice
An above-normal southwest monsoon for the current year has brightened the prospects of agriculture and rural
demand. However, much would depend on the geographical spread of rainfall during the southwest monsoon
season, which has been uneven over the past few years.
The supply of non-basmati rice has grown steadily, driven by extensive cultivation in major states such as West
Bengal, Andhra Pradesh, and Tamil Nadu. Adoption of improved seed varieties, advanced irrigation, and
mechanisation has increased productivity. Government initiatives like MSP and procurement programs support
consistent production. Better processing and storage facilities have minimised losses, ensuring a reliable supply
to meet rising domestic consumption and export opportunities.
161India’s Export Destination and its Growth Story
India’s basmati rice exports have shown notable growth across several countries from FY22 to FY24. Saudi
Arabia remained the largest importer, with exports rising from USD 0.65 billion in FY22 to USD 1.25 billion
in FY24, followed by Iraq, where exports increased significantly from USD 0.40 billion to USD 0.89 billion.
However, exports to Iran declined from USD 0.98 billion in FY23 to USD 0.68 billion in FY24. Moderate
growth was observed in exports to the UAE, USA, and UK, while exports to other countries collectively
surged to USD 1.31 billion in FY24, reflecting India’s expanding footprint in global markets.
Chart 25: India’s Rice- Basmati Export (USD Billion)
5 1
1.4 2 3
1.2 4 0 .1.1 9
8
28 9
.0
0 .1.1
0.1 8 5 6 .0 .0 8 .0 8 6 .0 0 7 .0
000 ... 246 0 4 .08 3 .0 8 1 .01 3 .04 3 .0 2 2 .03 3 .03 3 .0 8 1 .04 2 .01 3 .0 2 1 .04 1 .02 2 .0 3 1 .06 1 .00 2 .0 7 0 .03 1 .08 1 .0 6 0 .09 0 .02 1 .0
0
FY22 FY23 FY24
Source: CMI, xxxx
India's non-basmati rice exports have shown fluctuating trends over the past three years. In 2021-22,
Bangladesh emerged as the top importer, driven by domestic shortages caused by floods and reduced crop
production. Other African nations like Benin and Senegal also maintained consistent demand, contributing
significantly to India’s export growth.
In FY23, Benin continued to be the largest importer, leveraging its position as a re-export hub to supply other
African countries. However, India’s export restrictions in 2023, aimed at stabilising domestic rice prices,
impacted overall export volumes. Additionally, rising global rice prices during this period made Indian rice
less competitive, leading to reduced demand from some countries.
By FY24, Indian exports shifted further as importers diversified their sources to mitigate risks. Countries
such as Guinea and Togo increased their imports, while new markets like Somalia and Djibouti also gained
prominence. Geopolitical factors and changing trade dynamics further influenced this shift, altering the
overall export landscape.
Table 7: India Rice-Non-Basmati Exports by Top countries (USD Bn)
Countries FY22 Countries FY23 Countries FY24
Bangladesh 0.61 Benin 0.53 Benin 0.51
Benin 0.53 China 0.49 Guinea 0.37
China 0.50 Senegal 0.43 Togo 0.28
Nepal 0.46 Cote D'Ivoire 0.42 Vietnam 0.26
Cote D'Ivoire 0.32 Togo 0.33 Cote D'Ivoire 0.25
162Countries FY22 Countries FY23 Countries FY24
Senegal 0.31 Guinea 0.32 Senegal 0.23
Togo 0.29 Bangladesh 0.31 Somalia 0.21
Guinea 0.24 Nepal 0.25 Kenya 0.21
Vietnam 0.23 Vietnam 0.20 Djibouti 0.12
Madagascar 0.19 Kenya 0.20 UAE 0.12
Other Countries 2.44 Other Countries 2.88 Other Countries 2.01
Rice is vital for food security in Africa and China, two of the largest importers. Before COVID, both regions
saw steady import growth. The pandemic caused supply chain disruptions, but post-COVID, Africa
diversified its sources, while China maintained substantial imports to meet domestic demand.
Both Africa and China import significant quantities of rice from India. India is a major supplier of long-grain
white rice, basmati, and parboiled rice to Africa, meeting the region's growing demand. Similarly, China
imports varieties like Indica and Japonica rice from India to supplement its domestic production and meet
consumer preferences.
Chart 26: Country- Wise Exports of Rice from India
4
9
1
,0
2
)
s
e
n
n
o
t
'0
0 0 ( 3 8 3 ,1 5 5 2 ,2 1 3 9 3 6 8 4 3 1 ,1 4 2 1 ,1 5 3 6 3 0 9 5 6 4 6 3 3 1 1 8 2 6 6 5 7 6 6 9 4
Source: CMIE, xxxx
Note – World includes 100+ countries.
Price Trend of Rice
Globally, weather disruptions and El Nino risks in Southeast Asia, a major growing region, have impacted
market dynamics. India, the largest rice exporter, imposed export restrictions in 2022 and 2023, leading to
soaring prices. Amid the rise in rice prices, the Union government has extended the 20% export duty on
parboiled rice indefinitely.
Government interventions, including Minimum Support Prices (MSPs), procurement policies, subsidies, and
trade regulations, play a significant role in determining rice prices. MSPs act as a price floor, providing a
guaranteed minimum price to farmers and influencing market prices. Government procurement operations,
particularly for public distribution and buffer stocking, also impact market prices.
163Chart 27: Price Trend of Rice (All India Average)
50
44.1
45 40.7
40 36.0 37.0
34.3
31.7
35
g 30
K
/
. s 25
R
n 20
I
15
10
5
0
2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
Source: Department of Consumer Affairs (Price Monitoring Division)
Rice prices are influenced by the balance between production and consumption within the country. Any
disruptions in production due to adverse weather conditions, such as droughts, floods, or pest infestations,
can lead to fluctuations in prices. Historically, rice prices in India have experienced fluctuations influenced
by seasonal variations in supply, market demand, and international trade dynamics. Generally, prices tend to
fluctuate throughout the year, with peaks often observed during the harvesting season due to increased supply
and troughs during the off-season or lean periods. The prices have shown an increasing trend over the past
years in India. It has increased by 10% in CY23 as against CY22. Moreover, the cost of storage and transport
had also increased in the last few years.
Wholesale Price Index for Rice
The Wholesale Price Index (WPI) for Basmati and Non-Basmati rice in India varied based on market
conditions, demand-supply dynamics, and other factors. The WPI measures the changes in the average
wholesale prices of goods and services over time and serves as an important indicator of inflationary trends
in the economy.
For Basmati rice, the WPI reflects the wholesale prices of different Basmati rice varieties, including
traditional Basmati, Pusa Basmati, 1121 Basmati, and others. Similarly, for non-Basmati rice, the WPI covers
various non-Basmati rice varieties commonly consumed in India, such as Sona Masuri, Ponni, IR-64, and
others.
The WPI for Basmati and Non-Basmati rice can fluctuate based on factors such as production levels, market
demand, government policies, international trade dynamics, and seasonal variations. During periods of high
demand or supply shortages, rice prices tend to increase, leading to a corresponding rise in the WPI.
Conversely, during periods of oversupply or weak demand, rice prices may decrease, resulting in a decline
in the WPI.
164Chart 28: Wholesale Price Index for Rice (Basmati & Non-Basmati Rice)
250
193.0
200 181.6
165.9
151.0 150.2 154.6 154.4 152.6
143.5
150 127.5 131.2 129.2
146.8 145.7
131.1
100 119.9 120.9 111.9 114.7 111.8 117.5
102.6 99.0
96.0
50
0
2013-142014-152015-162016-172017-182018-192019-202020-212021-222022-232023-242024-25
Basmati Rice Non-Basmati Rice
Source: CMIE
MSP in Price
The Minimum Support Price (MSP) in the rice industry serves as a significant policy tool implemented by
the Indian government to ensure price stability, income security, and food security for farmers. The MSP is
a price floor set by the Indian government to safeguard farmers against market volatility and ensure a
minimum level of income for their produce. This mechanism acts as a safety net, ensuring farmers receive a
fair price for their crops, thereby fostering increased production and ensuring food security.
In the rice sector, MSP announced by the government is for various rice varieties, including common varieties
like non-Basmati rice and premium varieties like Basmati rice. The MSP is determined based on factors such
as production costs, market prices, input costs, and demand-supply dynamics. The announcement of MSP
provides assurance to rice farmers that they will receive a fair price for their produce, irrespective of market
fluctuations. This encourages farmers to invest in rice cultivation, adopt modern agricultural practices, and
increase productivity.
MSP also plays a vital role in stabilising rice prices in the market, as it serves as a reference price for
procurement agencies and private traders. The government often procures rice at MSP through agencies such
as the Food Corporation of India (FCI) to build buffer stocks and fulfil public distribution system (PDS)
requirements.
165Chart 29: MSP paid to farmers for paddy procurement increased, which benefited their lives
Rs. 10.7 Lakh Crore
Rs. 4.2 Lakh Crore
Source: Ministry of Consumer Affairs, Food and Public Distribution
The government has been urged to revise MSPs regularly based on comprehensive cost calculations and
market dynamics to better support farmers’ livelihoods, ensure fair and remunerative prices for farmers,
enhance procurement efficiency, and promote sustainable agriculture.
Overall, MSP in the rice sector remains a critical policy instrument aimed at supporting farmers, ensuring
food security, and stabilizing rice prices in India. Its effectiveness, however, hinges on robust
implementation, periodic revisions, and complementary policies to address structural challenges in
agriculture.
The current MSP for rice in India applies to paddy, which is unmilled rice. The paddy procurement is
undertaken by both state-owned FCI as well as private agencies. The paddy is procured at the MSP directly
from the farmers and is utilized for meeting the demand under several welfare schemes. Basmati rice is the
costliest product in the world since its price is mostly set, and it commands high rates on the worldwide
market.
Chart 30: MSP for Paddy over past years (Rs. Per quintal)
2,500 1,770 1,835 1,888 1,960 2,060 2,203 2,320
2,000 1,345 1,400 1,450 1,510 1,590
11 ,, 505 000 000
0 1 3 ,1 0 6 3 ,1 0 1 4 ,1 0 7 4 ,1 0 5 5 ,1 0 5 7 ,1 5 1 8 ,1 8 6 8 ,1 0 4 9 ,1 0 4 0 ,2 3 8 1 ,2 0 0 3 ,2
0
Kharif Marketing Season (KMS)
Common Grade A
Source: CMIE, Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare, Press Information Bureau dated February 2024
166The MSP trend for both Paddy-Common and Paddy-Grade A has consistently increased over the last decade.
This rise reflects the government's commitment to providing fair compensation to farmers and supporting
their livelihoods. During Kharif Marketing Season (KMS) 2023-24, the government has announced higher
MSP at Rs. 2,183 per quintal (increased by around 7% over last year) for Paddy- ‘Common’, while Rs. 2,203
per quintal (increased by 6.9% over last year) for Paddy-Grade ‘A’, demonstrating the government's ongoing
efforts to enhance the income security of agricultural producers. This is the second steepest increase in the
last decade, and the last highest increase of ₹200 per quintal in the paddy MSP was recorded in 2018-19.
Similarly, for KMS 2024-25, the government has increased the MSP by 5% for both Common and Grade A
to Rs. 2,300 per quintal and Rs. 2,320 per quintal, respectively, thereby ensuring remunerative prices to the
farmers for their produce. Hence, as per the Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare, the decision of the
government to increase the MSP of Kharif crops fulfils the commitment to the farmers to provide at least
50% return over the cost of production.
India’s Dominating Global Basmati Rice Market and Non-Basmati Rice Market
Basmati rice production in India is a significant component of the country's agricultural sector and economy.
It occupied a special status in rice cultivation. As per Crop Survey conducted for basmati rice during 2023,
India is one of the largest producers of Basmati rice globally, producing around 75% of the world’s basmati
rice, renowned for its premium quality grains. India exports Basmati to more than 140 (149 nations in
Marketing Year 2022-23) nations every year. Iran, Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, and Iraq are the
main importers amongst them. The areas of Basmati Rice production in India are the states of Jammu and
Kashmir, Punjab, Haryana, Delhi, Uttarakhand, Himachal Pradesh, and western Uttar Pradesh. These regions
provide the ideal agro-climatic conditions, including fertile soil, temperate climate, and access to water from
rivers like the Ganges and Yamuna, essential for the cultivation of Basmati rice.
The basmati rice is also stated to be the Pearl of Rice. Basmati rice cultivation in India typically follows
traditional methods, although modern agricultural practices are also being adopted to enhance productivity
and quality. Farmers employ techniques such as direct seeding or transplanting of seedlings, controlled
irrigation through canal systems or tube wells, and the use of organic fertilisers and pesticides to maintain
soil health and minimise environmental impact. Basmati rice is harvested manually to ensure minimal
damage to the delicate grains. The harvested paddy undergoes milling and processing to remove the husk,
bran, and other impurities, resulting in polished white grains ready for consumption.
The basmati rice industry in India is predominantly organized, with approximately 60-70% of production
being managed by major players. The necessity for extensive branding and marketing efforts deters small
and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) from entering the basmati segment. Additionally, rice millers must be
situated near paddy-growing areas to ensure continuous milling operations year-round.
In the non-basmati segment, less than 10% of the market is organised, given the presence of small players
and their limited advertising and sales-related spends.
The Agricultural and Processed Food Products Export Development Authority (APEDA), Ministry of
Commerce and Industry, had conducted a Basmati crop survey to estimate acreage, assess crop health and
expected yield of aromatic and long grain rice during the 2022-2023 kharif crop season using climate-based
yield modelling. As per the survey model, field-based as well as satellite imagery surveys is being carried
out based on a sample group of farmers selected at the district level in seven Basmati-producing states of
Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Delhi, western Uttar Pradesh (30 districts) and three
districts in Jammu & Kashmir. As per the survey model, field-based as well as satellite imagery surveys is
being carried out based on sample group of farmers selected at the district level in seven Basmati-producing
states of Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Delhi, western Uttar Pradesh (30 districts) and
three districts in Jammu & Kashmir. The cultivation and quality of Basmati rice are influenced by various
factors, including geographical conditions and agricultural practices. Efforts have been made to promote the
use of certified seeds and good agricultural practices to meet international standards.
167Chart 31: State-level Satellite data and Field-based Basmati Rice Area and Production during Kharif
2023
Basmati Rice Area and Production (in '000 Tonnes)
5,000
3,679 3,843
4,000
3,000 2,050
2,000
788 812
462
1,000 47 164 19 80 8 31
0
Haryana Punjab Uttar Pradesh Jammu & Uttarakhand Himachal
Kashmir Pradesh
Total Acreage ('000 Ha) Total Production ('000 Tonnes)
Source: Crop Survey Report by APEDA
Note: The above estimates for basmati acreage and production were done from July to October, covering majority of districts in above
states.
The above chart depicts that states like Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh collectively constitute over 97%
share in total production of basmati rice amongst the above regions with highest acreage. The acreage of
Basmati Rice in Haryana is 788 thousand hectares, with the highest acreage of sown varieties are PB 1121,
PB 1718 and PB 1885 collectively. In Punjab, the cropping pattern suggests that Basmati varieties are
consistently spread in across the state and found in almost all the districts. The highest acreage of sown
varieties is PB 1121, PB 1718 and PB 1885 collectively followed by PB 1509, PB 1692, PB 1847 and PB
1401, PB 01, PB 06, PB 1882. The total production figures of the Basmati Varieties in Punjab are 3,843
thousand tonnes, which is 4% higher than production in Haryana with 3,679 thousand tonnes. In Uttar
Pradesh, the acreage of sown varieties of PB 1509, PB 1692, PB 1847 collectively is higher than PB 1121,
PB 1718, PB 1885. The estimated production of Basmati Rice is 2,050 thousand tonnes.
Chart 32: Production Trend of Basmati and Non-Basmati Rice in India (In Tonnes)
12,00,000
10,72,703 10,65,438 10,48,197
10,16,167 10,05,460 10,09,760
9,80,360
10,00,000
8,00,000
6,00,000
4,00,000
4 2 8 2 4 5 4
0 9 6 1 3 8 1
3 5 3 6 7 9 9
2,00,000 ,4 ,2 ,4 ,8 ,9 ,3 ,5
8 0 9 9 8 6 3
,6 ,7 ,8 ,8 ,8 ,8 ,8
-
2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
Basmati Rice Non-Basmati Rice
Source: CMIE
India remains one of the largest producers as well as exporters of basmati rice in the world with the largest
area under basmati rice is in the state of Haryana, followed by Punjab, and then Uttar Pradesh. Basmati rice
production in India has shown significant trends and developments over the past five years. In terms of
168production volumes, India has consistently produced substantial quantities of Basmati rice with few
fluctuations. Overall, basmati rice production in India has been robust, contributing significantly to both
domestic consumption and international trade. The production witnessed a decline of 4% in the marketing
year 2024-25 as against the previous year. During marketing season 2023-2024, Basmati growers continued
obtaining higher prices and profit margins for the second year in a row on strong export demand.
Despite facing challenges such as water scarcity and climate change, India remains the leading producer and
exporter of Basmati rice, catering to the diverse palates of consumers worldwide.
Chart 33: Basmati Rice: India's Pride on the International Stage
Top Basmati Rice Exports from India (Quantity in MT)
14,00,000
12,00,000
10,00,000
8,00,000
6,00,000
4,00,000
2,00,000
-
2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
Source: APEDA Agriexchange
India, being the leading exporter of Basmati Rice to the global market, exported 60,65,500 MT of Basmati
Rice (increased by 16% as against the previous year) to the world for the worth of Rs. 50,312 crores/ USD
5,944 million. during the year 2024-25, according to APEDA. During the year 2023-24, the country exported
52,42,000 MT of Basmati Rice (increased by 15% as against the previous year) to the world for the worth of
Rs. 48,389.20 crores/ USD 5,837.12 million), According to APEDA, with increased y-o-y percentage share
of countries like Iraq, Oman, UK, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, USA and Kuwait. Similarly, during the year 2022-
23, the country exported 45,58,972 MT of Basmati Rice (increased by 15% as against the previous year) to
the world for the worth of Rs. 38,524.10 crores/ USD 4,787.50 million. During the same period, Iran, the
largest importer of Indian basmati rice, decreased its purchases in 2022-23, but higher shipments to other
countries offset the shortfall. During the same period, Iran, the largest importer of Indian basmati rice,
decreased its purchases in 2022-23, but higher shipments to other countries offset the shortfall. The countries
like Jordan have increased their exports by 69%, Oman by 45%, Saudi Arabia and the Yemen Republic both
increased their exports by 41% as against the previous period 2021-22.
During the past five years, India exported rice to about 150 countries globally. The major export destinations
were Saudi Arab, Iran, Iraq, UAE, Yemen Republic etc. Having the largest share of the global rice trade,
India is expanding its rice export footprint in Asia, Africa, and the European Union.
India’s basmati rice exports will be a key monitorable in 2024 after nearing a record high in 2023 due to
increased competition from Pakistan, which is offering the grain at more competitive prices. The increased
production in Pakistan this year coupled with lower prices, are impacting India’s export prospects as buyers
opt for Pakistan’s lower-priced rice. Moreover, the depreciation of the Pakistani rupee has made Pakistan’s
exports more attractive, which may result in surge in total rice exports from the country in 2023-24.
Therefore, the fall in basmati rice production estimates in India in MY 2023-24 is influenced by competition,
currency dynamics, as well as market demand.
169India’s rice exports faced sharp decline in FY24, due to government restrictions on non-basmati category. In
September 2022, the government imposed a 20% duty on exports of select non-basmati variety and a ban on
broken-rice exports to secure internal consumption, feed stock and ethanol supplies. This was followed by a
complete ban on non-basmati white rice exports in July, 2023 and imposition of 20% duty on parboiled rice
in the month of August 2023, these restrictions resulted in lower export margins and declined sales volume
for rice exporters in India. In March 2025, India lifted the ban on exporting 100% broken white rice, which
had been imposed since September 2022. This decision was prompted by record rice stockpiles and positive
domestic production forecasts. It is expected to increase India's rice export revenue which has already seen
improvements in FY25 and aid global markets, especially in Africa and Southeast Asia.
Overall, basmati rice production in India plays a crucial role in the country's agricultural economy, providing
livelihoods to millions of farmers and contributing to food security and export earnings. With its premium
quality grains and global popularity, Basmati rice remains a flagship agricultural product that symbolizes
India's rich culinary heritage and agricultural excellence.
Furthermore, India leads the global non-basmati rice market with its high production, diverse varieties, and
cost-effective pricing. Backed by supportive government policies and consistent global demand, it continues
to be a key supplier, especially to African, Asian, and Middle Eastern countries, maintaining its stronghold
in the global rice trade.
1. Key Growth Drivers for the Rice Market
Investments in Food Government schemes like PLISFPI, PMKSY, PMFME, and ODOP
Processing boost rice processing, infrastructure, and exports.
Evolving Consumer Rising income, urbanisation, and health focus drive demand for
Preferences premium, organic, and heirloom rice varieties.
Technological Integration AI, blockchain, IoT, and digital platforms improve productivity,
supply chain, and market access.
Sustainable Farming Practices Adoption of eco-friendly methods like SRI, DSR, and organic
farming reduces water use and emissions.
Export Growth & Market Focus on quality, packaging, and trade policies enhances India’s
Expansion global rice exports and market reach.
Basmati Rice Growth Drivers:
1. Distinctive quality and aroma attracting premium buyers
Known for its long grains and unique fragrance, basmati rice appeals to consumers who prioritize
superior taste and are willing to pay a higher price for premium quality.
2. Robust export demand from regions like the Middle East, Europe, and the USA
Large South Asian communities and growing interest in authentic ethnic dishes in these markets
drive strong and expanding export opportunities for basmati rice.
3. Rising health consciousness due to its low glycaemic index
Because basmati rice has a lower glycaemic index than many other varieties, it is favoured by health-
conscious individuals and those managing diabetes or weight.
4. Increasing demand from the foodservice and hospitality industry
High-end restaurants, hotels, and caterers frequently choose basmati rice to enhance the quality and
authenticity of their dishes, fuelling demand in this sector.
170Non-Basmati Rice Growth Drivers:
1. Primary staple food for vast populations, ensuring consistent demand
Non-basmati rice varieties are a fundamental food source for billions, especially in Asia and Africa,
providing a steady and dependable market.
2. Population growth and urbanization driving higher consumption
As populations increase and more people move to urban centres, demand for affordable rice varieties
like non-basmati continues to rise.
3. Government support through procurement programs and price guarantees
Governments offer minimum support prices and assured procurement for non-basmati rice, which
encourages farmers to cultivate more and stabilizes their income.
4. Competitive pricing makes it accessible to a broad consumer base
Non-basmati rice is generally more affordable than basmati, making it the preferred choice for
lower- and middle-income households who consume rice in large quantities.
5. Advancements in processing and value-added rice products expanding markets
Improvements in milling, packaging, and the rise of ready-to-eat and processed food industries have
increased the demand and shelf life of non-basmati rice varieties.
2. Threats & Challenges
1. Pest and Disease Infestation – Rice crops are highly prone to various pests and diseases that can cause
substantial yield losses. Harmful pests such as the brown planthopper, rice hispa, stem borer, armyworm, and
rice bug can damage crops, while diseases like rice blast, bacterial leaf blight, sheath rot, tungro virus, and
false smut pose serious threats to production. Ineffective pest and disease control strategies can further
worsen the situation, leading to lower harvests and financial strain on farmers. However, when it comes to
storage, parboiled rice provides an edge over raw rice as it is less prone to insect infestation, making it easier
to store and maintain with minimal losses.
2. Climate Change, Weather Uncertainty and Environmental Factors – Rising global temperatures and
greenhouse gas emissions are disrupting normal weather patterns, delaying monsoons, and changing rainfall
distribution. This makes rice farming highly unpredictable, as farmers now face sudden droughts, floods, and
unseasonal rains that damage crops and reduce yields. Since rice is water-intensive, regions depending on
monsoons are especially vulnerable to erratic rainfall and water shortages. Inefficient irrigation adds to the
problem. At the same time, excessive use of chemical fertilisers and pesticides has weakened soil health,
further reducing productivity. Overall, paddy farming today is far more exposed to climate risks and natural
uncertainties than before.
3. Declining Soil Fertility and Degradation – The overuse of chemical fertilisers and poor agricultural
practices has severely impacted soil health. The excessive application of fertilisers has led to increased soil
salinity, gradually reducing its fertility and negatively affecting crop yield. The destruction of the natural
microbial ecosystem further weakens soil quality, leading to long-term sustainability issues for rice farming.
4. Nutrient Imbalance and Poor Soil Management – To achieve high yields, rice plants require an adequate
supply of nutrients from the soil. However, indiscriminate use of chemical fertilisers disrupts the soil’s natural
microbiome, affecting nutrient absorption. The depletion of essential nutrients leads to weaker plants, lower
resistance to pests and diseases, and a decline in grain quality, ultimately reducing the economic value of the
harvest.
1715. Fluctuating Market Prices and Rising Costs – Farmers are often caught in a cycle of price instability,
where rice prices fluctuate due to global demand, government policies, and market speculation. Additionally,
the rising costs of essential agricultural inputs such as fertilisers, pesticides, labour, and irrigation further
strain profitability. Without stable pricing and cost-effective solutions, many rice farmers struggle to sustain
their livelihoods. Unpredictable paddy prices strain rice mills, complicating production planning. High
energy and labour costs, coupled with outdated milling technology, increase operational expenses.
Inconsistent milling quality and processing inefficiencies further reduce the value of Indian rice, diminishing
its appeal in domestic and global markets.
6. Policy Gaps, MSP Challenges, and Dependence on Subsidies – The effectiveness of the Minimum Support
Price (MSP) system remains inconsistent, as many farmers face obstacles in accessing fair prices due to
middlemen and inefficient procurement mechanisms. Moreover, the industry's dependence on government
subsidies raises concerns about long-term financial sustainability. Frequent policy shifts also create
uncertainty, affecting investment and production decisions.
7. Shifting Consumer Preferences and Health Concerns – Growing health consciousness is influencing
dietary habits, with an increasing preference for alternative grains like millets, quinoa, and wheat.
Additionally, concerns over pesticide residues and arsenic contamination in rice have driven demand for
organic and chemical-free varieties. Traditional rice farmers face the challenge of adapting to these evolving
consumer trends while maintaining productivity and profitability.
8. Supply Chain Disruptions and Export Challenges – Inefficient transportation networks, port congestion,
and shifting export policies create significant obstacles for Indian rice in global markets. Shipment delays,
inadequate storage, and high logistics costs reduce profit margins for farmers and exporters, weakening
India's competitiveness internationally.
9. Overdependence on Limited Rice Varieties – India's rice industry relies heavily on a few dominant
varieties, such as Basmati and select high-yielding non-Basmati types. This lack of diversification reduces
the sector's resilience to climate change, market fluctuations, and disease outbreaks, posing long-term risks
to sustainability and growth. Rising temperatures, erratic rainfall patterns, and shifting monsoon timelines
are already impacting major rice-producing states like Punjab, Haryana, and Andhra Pradesh. These regions,
which have traditionally empowered India’s rice output, are increasingly vulnerable to droughts, heat stress,
and water shortages. Without broader varietal adaptation, the long-term sustainability and stability of the rice
sector could be at risk.
10. Regulatory Complexities and International Trade Barriers – The rice industry faces strict government
policies, licensing requirements, and evolving food safety regulations, increasing compliance costs. Global
trade policies, tariffs, and geopolitical tensions further challenge India's export capabilities, requiring
constant adaptation to maintain market access and competitiveness. While these measures are usually
temporary and well-intentioned, they can create uncertainty for international buyers. Frequent policy changes
make it harder to secure long-term contracts and can reduce confidence in India as a stable supplier. On the
global front, exporters also face evolving import regulations, tariffs, and geopolitical tensions that increase
compliance costs and require constant adaptation to remain competitive in key markets.
11. Economic and Market Factors/ Currency Fluctuations – Strong currency fluctuations can lead to
substantial changes in rice prices, thereby influencing global demand. The fluctuations in rice prices,
influenced by both domestic policies and international market dynamics, create uncertainty for farmers.
Export restrictions and tariffs can also disrupt market stability. Since India competes with countries such as
Vietnam and Thailand in the export market therefore any significant appreciation of the rupee can lower the
172mills' profitability. Currency fluctuations, along with trade policies, play a crucial role in shaping rice exports.
Volatile exchange rates make it challenging for exporters to predict and plan their pricing strategies
effectively.
12. Technological Gaps – Although there have been advancements in agricultural technology, the adoption rate
among small-scale farmers remains low. This limits potential productivity gains and the implementation of
sustainable practices. Additionally, the use of traditional and outdated processing technology can lead to low-
quality output, resulting in broken rice, discoloured grains, uneven shapes and sizes, and other impurities.
Upgrading to modern equipment can mitigate these risks. Further, conducting extensive and regular quality
checks can ensure the production of superior quality rice.
Impact of Other Geopolitical Developments on the Indian Rice Industry
3. Export Policies and Trade Barriers – India's rice exports are significantly influenced by geopolitical
relations and trade policies of both exporting and importing nations. Diplomatic tensions or trade sanctions
can lead to restrictions on rice imports by key buyers, affecting demand. Additionally, the Indian government
sometimes imposes export bans or restrictions on rice to ensure domestic food security, especially during
inflationary periods. Such policies impact international supply chains, disrupt market stability, and reduce
earnings for rice exporters.
4. Rising Competition from Global Exporters – Countries like Vietnam, Thailand, and Pakistan are India's
biggest competitors in the global rice trade. Strategic trade agreements between these nations and major rice-
importing countries, such as China and African nations, can reduce India's export share. Furthermore, if
competing countries offer lower prices or better quality, Indian rice exporters face challenges in maintaining
their dominance in global markets. These geopolitical trade alliances make it essential for India to enhance
its trade policies and maintain high-quality standards to stay competitive.
5. Supply Chain Disruptions and Rising Costs – Global geopolitical events, such as conflicts, economic
sanctions, or crises like the Russia-Ukraine war, disrupt supply chains and increase the costs of essential
agricultural inputs like fertilizers and fuel. Rice exports rely heavily on maritime shipping, and fluctuations
in fuel prices significantly affect transportation costs. Disruptions in logistics and delays in shipments lead
to price fluctuations, making Indian rice less competitive in international markets and impacting exporters'
profitability.
6. Currency Volatility and Trade Agreements – Geopolitical tensions and economic uncertainties often result
in fluctuations in currency exchange rates. A weaker rupee benefits exporter by making Indian rice cheaper
for foreign buyers, but a stronger rupee makes exports expensive and less competitive.
7. Shifting Import Policies and Food Security Concerns – Political and economic developments in major
rice-importing nations, such as Iran, Saudi Arabia, and African countries, often lead to changes in their import
policies. Payment restrictions due to international sanctions, like those on Iran, have previously affected
Basmati rice exports. Additionally, during global food crises, India may impose restrictions on rice exports
to prioritize domestic availability, leading to supply shortages in international markets and affecting farmers
and exporters who depend on global trade.
Government Policies
1. Minimum Support Price (MSP) Policy – The government announces a Minimum Support Price (MSP) for
paddy every season to ensure farmers receive a fair price for their produce. The Food Corporation of India
(FCI) and state agencies procure rice at MSP under the Public Distribution System (PDS) and buffer stock
programs, stabilising farmer incomes and preventing distress sales. In October 2022, the Minimum Support
Price (MSP) for common paddy was raised, due to the government of India decided to pay farmers more
money for their paddy. Because of this, the government of India must set MSP at least 50% higher than the
173average cost of producing the crops, to ensure farmers get fair payment. This increase in MSP also made the
overall cost of buying and processing paddy higher for the rice industry.
2. Public Distribution System (PDS) and Food Security Programs – Through schemes like the National
Food Security Act (NFSA) and Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Anna Yojana (PMGKAY), the government
distributes subsidised rice to economically weaker sections. This ensures food security while also creating a
steady demand for rice procurement.
3. Rice Export Regulations and Trade Policies – The government periodically imposes or lifts export bans,
minimum export prices (MEP), and trade restrictions on rice to balance domestic availability and
international trade. It also negotiates trade agreements with major importers to expand market access for
Indian rice, particularly Basmati rice.
India, being the world’s top rice exporter, imposed export bans on non-basmati rice, exacerbating food
insecurity in Southeast Asia. India imposed a 20% export duty on certain varieties of rice in September 2022,
which aims to control domestic rice prices after a heatwave threatened harvests. Further, in July 2023, India
imposed a complete ban on broken rice exports and restricted exports of non-basmati rice varieties. This aims
to further ensure domestic food security. Concerns over domestic food security may prompt countries to
restrict rice exports. For instance, Myanmar joined India and Vietnam in limiting rice exports in 2023,
potentially tightening global rice availability. Recently, in May 2025, the government has again imposed
20% export duty on parboiled rice exports.
Timeline of Export Restrictions (Since Inception)
Year/Month Policy Action Rice Category Description
Impacted
2008 Export ban Non-basmati rice Imposed amid the global food crisis to
secure supply
2011 Ban lifted Non-basmati rice Lifted as production improved
Sep 2022 20% export duty Non-basmati white rice Aimed to control inflation and domestic
imposed availability
Sep 2022 Export ban Broken rice Prioritised for ethanol/feed
Jul 2023 Export ban Non-basmati white rice To curb domestic food inflation
Aug 2023 20% export duty Parboiled rice
To stabilise domestic supplies
imposed
Sep 2024 Export Duty Parboiled rice, Husked, Parboiled/brown/paddy levy halved;
Reduced to Paddy, Non-basmati non-basmati white rice moved from
10% & MEP white rice prohibited to free, subject to
Introduced USD 490 /tonne MEP
Oct 2024 Removal of Parboiled rice;
Parboiled duty removed; MEP
Export Duty & Non-basmati white rice
withdrawn on non-basmati white rice
MEP
Mar 2025 Ban lifted Broken rice Policy amended from “Prohibited” to
“Free” (Notification No. 61/2024-25,
effective 7 Mar 2025)
Apr 2025 Export duty Non-basmati white rice Duty eliminated following price
removed stabilisation and improved stocks
(supported by lifting MEP in Oct 2024
and no duties since)
4. Subsidies and Incentives for Rice Farmers -Various subsidies are provided for seeds, fertilisers, and
irrigation to reduce input costs and improve productivity. Schemes like the Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchayee
174Yojana (PMKSY) and Soil Health Card Scheme support sustainable farming by promoting efficient water
use and soil fertility management.
5. Technology and Infrastructure Development Initiatives – Programs such as the Rashtriya Krishi Vikas
Yojana (RKVY) and Paramparagat Krishi Vikas Yojana (PKVY) promote research, mechanisation, and
organic farming in rice cultivation. The government is also investing in modernising rice mills, improving
storage facilities, and enhancing transportation networks to boost efficiency and reduce post-harvest losses.
6. APEDA’s Role in Boosting Exports - The Agricultural and Processed Food Products Export
Development Authority (APEDA) plays a vital part in getting Indian agricultural goods, especially high-
value rice like Basmati, onto the global stage. It helps exporters meet international quality standards, secures
Geographical Indication (GI) tags to highlight India’s unique produce, and ensures our rice meets the mark
abroad. But APEDA’s support isn’t just about certification; it also provides funding, organises trade events,
and connects Indian businesses with global buyers, making it easier for our products to gain recognition and
demand internationally. This helps both farmers and private exporters add value and grow their reach.
7. Digital Platforms: eNAM and State Apps
Technology is reshaping how rice farmers sell their produce. Platforms like the National Agriculture Market
(eNAM) and various state-run procurement apps allow farmers to register online, access fair pricing, and get
paid faster. These tools are cutting out middlemen, increasing transparency, and making the system smoother
for everyone involved.
8. NICRA: Driving Innovation for Climate-Ready Farming
The National Innovations in Climate Resilient Agriculture (NICRA) scheme is focused on preparing Indian
agriculture for changing climate conditions. It supports the development of high-yield, climate-resilient rice
varieties, helping farmers adapt while offering new opportunities for agri-businesses. For private players, this
opens doors to sourcing better-quality crops, but it can also mean adjusting to new processing methods and
market demands.
These government initiatives are transforming how agriculture operates, and private businesses are directly
affected. They benefit from stronger infrastructure, better-quality supply chains, and access to certified,
export-ready crops. On the flip side, some of the hurdles include, competing with government procurement,
navigating compliance rules tied to MSP, and staying ahead of evolving crop trends.
Regulatory Process and Framework for the Agricultural Industry in India
• Market Regulation: The Agricultural Produce Market Committee (APMC) Act regulated state-run markets,
generally resulting in transparent trading and fair prices. However, reforms were made in such a way that
farmers can sell produce directly to buyers without going through APMCs, contradicting the traditional way
of selling produce, which otherwise increased profits; more than 20 states legalised contract farming, which
guarantees price stabilisation and lessens market risks as well. The single national digital platform proved
to make price discovery better and minimise inefficiencies by the Electronic National Agriculture Market
(e-NAM).
• Food Safety and Quality Regulations: The FSSAI is a statutory authority to admit hygiene and quality
standards. The ECA will, on the other hand, control hoarding and manipulation of prices. The Seed Act of
1966 and the soon-to-be-introduced Seed Bill would certify high-yielding and disease-resistant seeds. The
Insecticides Act of 1968 regulates the control of pesticide use against health and environmental risks.
• Subsidies and Financial Support: Minimum Support Prices (MSPs) for major commodities have
safeguards against price changes by ensuring a minimum price that should be offered to farmers. The PM-
175KISAN scheme also provides direct income support to small-scale farmers. The Kisan Credit Card (KCC)
scheme provides much lower-interest loans for seeds, fertilisers, and equipment, thereby reducing reliance
on informal moneylenders. The National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD) plays a
pivotal role in financing rural infrastructure, including storage facilities and irrigation systems. This support
strengthens agricultural productivity and enhances supply chain efficiency, ensuring that financial aid is
matched by physical infrastructure development.
• Trade and Export Regulations: India’s trade policies are designed to balance domestic food security with
international market opportunities. The Agricultural and Processed Food Products Export Development
Authority (APEDA) oversees agricultural exports, ensuring quality certification and compliance with global
standards. Export policies, including trade restrictions and Minimum Export Price (MEP) regulations, are
imposed based on market conditions to safeguard domestic supply and prevent excessive price volatility.
While India is one of the largest exporters of rice, wheat, and sugar, government policies sometimes impose
temporary export bans or restrictions to ensure sufficient availability for domestic consumers.
Road Ahead
The future of the rice industry in 2025 will be shaped by policy reforms, technological advancements, and
sustainable farming initiatives. Governments worldwide are working to ease trade regulations, stabilise
exports, and adopt climate-resilient agricultural practices to strengthen food security and enhance market
competitiveness. A key focus is on developing high-yield and disease-tolerant rice varieties to counter the
impact of climate change. Sustainable farming methods such as direct-seeded rice (DSR), precision
agriculture, and organic cultivation are gaining prominence to conserve water, improve soil fertility, and
boost productivity.
The Indian rice market is projected to experience steady growth, with its value expected to rise from USD
55,103 million in CY25 to USD 59,754 million in 2030, reflecting a Compound Annual Growth Rate
(CAGR) of 1.6% between CY25 and CY30. The projected growth of basmati rice at a CAGR of 2.21%
highlights its strong and sustained global appeal, driven by its premium quality and increasing demand in
key markets. Non-basmati rice, with a steady growth rate of 1.25%, shows a resilient market presence,
ensuring a balanced and promising outlook for the entire rice industry. The government’s removal of export
duties and the minimum export price, along with the lifting of restrictions across all rice grades, has provided
the industry with renewed momentum. This positive trend reflects the adaptability and continued importance
of both rice types in the global food landscape.
By CY33, the market is anticipated to reach USD 64,097 million, driven by increasing domestic consumption,
robust export demand, and the adoption of advanced agricultural practices. While the growth rate remains
moderate, ongoing investments in technology-driven farming, improved irrigation systems, and policy
reforms aimed at ensuring farmer welfare and trade stability will be critical in sustaining the industry’s
momentum. A balanced approach integrating innovation, sustainability, and efficient market strategies will
be key to ensuring long-term resilience and expansion in India’s rice sector.
Competitive Landscape
Business Profiling
Name of the Company Business Overview
Shriram Food Industry Limited (SFIL) part of Greta group of companies was
incorporated in the year 2014 and is engaged in the business of rice processing,
Shriram Foods Industry trading, rice milling & grinding. The company operates on a Business-to-
Limited (SFIL) Business (B2B) model and is a growing enterprise involved in both the trading
and manufacturing segments of the rice industry. It is an exporter of non-
basmati rice. SFIL’s product portfolio includes Parboiled Rice, White Rice,
176Name of the Company Business Overview
and 100% Broken Rice. The company has a production setup at Nagpur in
Central India. Being located in the center of country sources with close
proximity to Mumbai & Vishakhapatnam ports, company has a location
advantage as it helps in reduction of the price of the end product as well as
makes way for speedy imports and exports shipments. Further, the company
is situated in the Paddy Belt, a region rich in paddy cultivation, which serves
as the main raw material for its operations.
Shriram Foods Limited, a 3-Star Export House, is certified to export rice to
key markets like the USA and China, backed by advanced milling technology
and robust infrastructure. Its GACC approval strengthens trade ties and
reinforces its global leadership in rice exports.
Sarveshwar Foods Limited (SFL), established in 2004, is part of the
Sarveshwar Group, specializing in the processing and marketing of basmati
and non-basmati rice. Based in Jammu, India, SFL serves both domestic and
international markets. The company’s product range includes traditional
basmati, 1121 basmati, Pusa basmati, Sharbati rice, and non-basmati varieties
Sarveshwar Foods
like PR 11 and IR 8. Additionally, SFL offers organic rice, cereals, pulses,
Limited (SFL)
spices, oil, and ghee. The Company has operations in over 25 countries. It
serves customers in several Indian states, including Jammu and Kashmir,
Punjab, Haryana, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh, Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh, West
Bengal, Maharashtra, Telangana, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Kerela, and
Tamil Nadu.
The company was established back in 1974 in Amritsar in Punjab and went on
to become one of the largest manufacturers-exporters of basmati rice. Situated
amidst the richest paddy fields at Amritsar in Punjab, Karnal in Haryana and
Delhi, the company gets an eagle eye view over 140 grain markets spread over
4000 sq. kms of rice producing area. The company is engaged in the business
Chaman Lal Setia
of milling and processing basmati rice. The company has been involved in
Exports Ltd
export operations since 1982 and was recognized as an export house by the
Ministry of Commerce in 1989, at present the company is a ‘Star Export
House’. It holds a strong nation-wide presence along with its substantial
presence in more than 83 countries and packaging private label brands in
numerous markets around the world.
GRM was established in 1974. Initially setup as a rice manufacturing and
trading house, it is growing to become a consumer staples organization. GRM
exported rice to the Middle East, United Kingdom and the United States.
GRM Overseas Ltd
Gradually expanding its reach, GRM has developed a market for its rice in
more than 38 countries, thereby achieving the title of the Third Largest Rice
Exporter in India.
KRBL was set up in 1993 by Mr. Anil K. Mittal, Mr. Anoop K. Gupta and Mr.
Arun K. Gupta. The company is one of the largest integrated rice companies
in India. The product portfolio of the company comprises brown rice, white
rice, steamed rice, parboiled rice, organic rice, chia seeds, bran oil etc. While
KRBL deals in both basmati as well as non-basmati rice varieties, its major
KRBL Ltd focus remains on milling basmati rice. KRBL has a strong presence in both
domestic as well as international markets, where it is mainly present in the
branded basmati segment. The brands of the company include India Gate,
Doon and Nur Jahan, which cater to the premium basmati rice segment. The
company has also increased its focus in the low-price basmati rice segment
under a separate brand, Unity.
177Table 8: KPIs Comparisons
Shriram Foods Industry Limited* Sarveshwar Food Limited Chaman Lal Setia Exports Limited*
Metric
FY23 FY24 FY25 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY23 FY24 FY25
Revenue from Operations (Rs. Mn) 12,597 6,660 13,594 6,893 8,696 11,362 13,873 13,556 14,953
EBITDA (Rs. Mn) 546 278 736 404 625 773 1,704 1,715 1,498
PAT (Rs. Mn) 339 145 428 78 168 269 1,177 1,156 1,029
EBIDTA Margin (%) 4.3% 4.2% 5.4% 5.9% 7.2% 6.8% 12.3% 12.6% 10.0%
PAT Margin (%) 2.7% 2.2% 3.1% 1.1% 1.9% 2.4% 8.5% 8.5% 6.9%
ROE (%) 47.1% 15.1% 34.4% 4.1% 7.2% 9.7% 23.1% 17.5% 14.2%
ROCE (%) 34.9% 17.0% 28.1% 8.1% 11.7% 13.1% 26.1% 20.3% 16.7%
Debt to Equity (times) 0.80 0.23 1.53 1.35 1.18 1.00 0.20 0.25 0.17
Working Capital Days 32 46 76 256 250 190 143 182 156
Source: Company Financials
Note- (*) represents- Standalone financials for Shriram Foods Industry Limited and Chaman Lal Setia Exports Limited.
GRM Overseas Limited KRBL Limited
Metric
FY23 FY24 FY25 FY23 FY24 FY25
Revenue from Operations (Rs. Mn) 13,795 13,124 13,482 53,647 53,847 55,938
EBITDA (Rs. Mn) 1,110 1,047 1,056 10,316 8,993 7,357
PAT (Rs. Mn) 629 607 612 7,010 5,959 4,761
EBIDTA Margin (%) 8.0% 8.0% 7.8% 19.2% 16.7% 13.2%
PAT Margin (%) 4.6% 4.6% 4.5% 13.1% 11.1% 8.5%
ROE (%) 26.1% 19.8% 16.0% 16.0% 12.5% 9.4%
ROCE (%) 17.3% 14.2% 13.5% 20.3% 15.5% 11.6%
Debt to Equity (times) 1.50 1.18 0.85 0.05 0.11 0.08
Working Capital Days 168 187 187 276 306 282
Source: Company Financials
178Table 9: Operations KPIs Comparisons
Shriram Foods Industry Limited* Sarveshwar Food Limited Chaman Lal Setia Exports Limited*
Metric
FY23 FY24 FY25 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY23 FY24 FY25
Export Revenue (%) 94.1% 93.7% 75.0% 21.9% 9.1% 12.5% 87.9% 89.1% 84.3%
Domestic Revenue (%) 4.9% 5.5% 24.7% 78.1% 90.9% 87.5% 12.1% 10.9% 15.7%
Inventory Days 17 31 25 144 146 156 128 159 146
Debtors Days 33 41 32 104 76 70 43 48 52
Creditors Days 25 27 8 26 38 NA NA NA NA
Number of Export Destination Countries 11 19 19 NA NA NA NA NA NA
Source: Company Financials
Note- (*) represents- Standalone financials for Shriram Foods Industry Limited and Chaman Lal Setia Exports Limited.
GRM Overseas Limited KRBL Limited
Metric
FY23 FY24 FY25 FY23 FY24 FY25
Export Revenue (%) 76.7% 77.4% NA 36.0% 24.7% 26.3%
Domestic Revenue (%) 21.5% 20.7% NA 62.2% 73.4% 72.0%
Inventory Days 82 86 86 338 394 361
Debtors Days 107 123 130 20 20 25
Creditors Days 23 19 NA NA NA NA
Number of Export Destination Countries 37 42 NA 90+ 90+ 90+
Source: Company Financials
179Abbreviations
Mn Million
USD United States Dollar
Ha Hectare
MT Million Tons
MMT Million Metric Tons
CY Calendar Year
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
180OUR BUSINESS
Unless otherwise stated, references in this section to “we”, “our” or “us” (including in the context of any
financial information) are to the Company. To obtain a complete understanding of our Company and business,
prospective investors should read this section in conjunction with ‘Risk Factors’, ‘Industry Overview’,
‘Management’s Discussions and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations’ and ‘Financial
Information’ on pages 35, 130, 324 and 261, respectively, as well as financial and other information contained
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus as a whole. Additionally, please refer to ‘Definitions and Abbreviations’
on page 1 for certain terms used in this section.
Some of the information set out in this section, especially information with respect to our plans and strategies,
contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should read the section titled
‘Forward Looking Statements’ on page 24 for a discussion of the risks and uncertainties related to those
statements and also the section titled ‘Risk Factors’ on page 35 for a discussion of certain factors that may affect
our business, financial condition or results of operations. We have included various operational and financial
performance indicators in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, some of which may not be derived from our Restated
Consolidated Financial Information or otherwise subjected to an examination, audit or review or any other
services by our Statutory Auditor, or any other expert. The manner of calculation and presentation of some of the
operational and financial performance indicators and the assumptions and estimates used in such calculation,
may vary from that used by other companies in India and other jurisdictions. Our financial year ends on March
31 of every year, so all references to a particular financial year are to the 12 month period ended March 31 of
that year.
‘Unless otherwise indicated, industry and market data used in this section has been derived from industry report
titled ‘Industry Research Report on Rice’ dated September 2025, prepared and issued by CARE Analytics and
Advisory Private Limited, appointed by us pursuant to engagement letter dated February 19, 2025 and exclusively
commissioned and paid for by us in connection with the Offer (the “CARE Report”). Unless otherwise indicated,
all industry and other related information derived from ‘the CARE Report’ and included herein with respect to
any particular year refers to such information for the relevant calendar year. CARE Analytics and Advisory
Private Limited was appointed by our Company and is not connected to our Company, our Directors and our
Promoters. A copy of the CARE Report is available on the website of our Company at
https://www.shriramfood.com/.
Overview
Incorporated in 2014, we operate on a business-to-business (“B2B”) model and are primarily engaged in the export
of rice to international markets. We are part of the well-diversified Greta Group of Companies, a global business
house with operations across over eight (8) countries, including the UK, USA, UAE, Singapore, Indonesia,
Poland, Belgium and India. The Greta Group has its presence in diverse sectors such as steel, scrap metals
recycling, power generation, mineral exploration and food processing, with a consolidated topline of over
₹7,200.00 crores for Fiscal 2024. Our Company represents the Greta Group’s footprint in the agri-commodity
sector, with a particular focus on the rice industry.
We offer a portfolio of rice varieties tailored to different customer needs and segment. Our product range includes
Parboiled Rice, White Rice, 100% Broken Rice along with other by-products including rejection rice and rice
bran. While our Company operates an integrated rice milling and processing facility, our primary business revenue
driver is export trading of rice wherein we procure processed rice from third-party processors and sell it directly
to our international customers. A key aspect of our business model involves; (i) buying fully processed rice from
these third-party suppliers and then selling it directly; or (ii) buying paddy / raw rice and conducting further
processing at our own facility to meet specific quality, grain size, or packaging requirements of our buyers. This
model allows us to serve a wide range of customer specifications while maintaining flexibility. The following
table sets forth the breakdown of our revenues from operations for Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023:
181(₹ in lakhs except for percentage)
Category Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount % of Amount % of Amount % of
Revenue Revenue Revenue
from from from
Operations Operations Operations
Manufacturing 19,862.58 14.61% 13,690.77 20.55% 29,179.99 23.16%
Trading 1,15,663.68 85.08% 52,355.27 78.61% 95,577.61 75.88%
RoDTEP scrips 418.53 0.31% 558.84 0.84% 1,208.50 0.96%
Total 1,35,944.79 100.00% 66,604.88 100.00% 1,25,966.10 100.00%
Note: Further processing of raw rice procured from third party, at our facility, is considered a manufacturing activity.
As certified by Statutory Auditors of our Company, by way of their certificate dated September 6, 2025.
We derive majority of our sales revenue from international markets, with key export destinations across Asia,
Africa, Russia and the Middle East. Since commencement of our commercial operations, we have exported rice
to over 33 countries, reflecting our growing overseas reach and demand for our offerings. During Fiscal 2025,
Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023, we have exported rice to 19, 19 and 11 countries, respectively.
Note: The above map is not to scale and not intended to represent the political map of the countries.
Generally, our exports are bulk exports and are sold under third-party labels, tailored to meet the specific
packaging, branding and regulatory requirements of our overseas customers. Our third-party label offering is
further strengthened by our ability to provide customized packaging solutions. We offer a range of flexible
packaging formats including one side metallic bags, one side BOPP bags, both side BOPP bags, jumbo bags, PP
woven bags/sacks and White bags. These are designed to serve the diverse needs of overseas bulk purchasers
allowing them to market our products under their own brand names.
During Fiscal 2025, 2024, and 2023, we exported over 2,50,253.74 metric tons, 1,85,351.87 metric tons and
4,05,926.05 metric tons of rice, respectively. Our Company has been recognized as a ‘Three Star Export House’
by the Government of India, a testament to our export performance, particularly in parboiled, white and 100%
Broken Rice. Set out in the table below is a breakdown of our revenue from domestic sales and exports sales
during Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023 respectively:
182(₹ in lakhs except for percentage)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount % of Amount % of Amount % of
Revenue Revenue Revenue
from Sale of from Sale of from Sale of
Products Products Products
Export Sales 1,01,946.85 75.22 62,400.86 94.48 1,18,528.86 95.01
Domestic 33,579.41 24.78 3,645.18 5.52 6,228.74 4.99
Sales**
Total* 1,35,526.26 100.00 66,046.04 100.00 1,24,757.60 100.00
*Excluding revenue from RoDTEP scrips
** During the Fiscal 2025, we were awarded a tender by the National Agricultural Cooperative Marketing Federation of India Ltd. (NAFED)
for the export of 30,500 metric tons of 100% broken non-basmati white rice to Senegal amounting to an order value of ₹ 11,858.14 Lakhs;
and also we were awarded a tender by the National Cooperative Consumers' Federation of India Ltd (NCCF) for the export of 3,132 metric
tons of 25% broken non-basmati white rice to Guinea amounting to an order value of ₹ 1,284.12 Lakhs. Although the ultimate destination of
the goods was international, the transaction was executed through NAFED and NCCF, a domestic government agency. Accordingly, revenue
from this transaction has been classified as Domestic Revenue in our financial reporting.
As certified by Statutory Auditors, by way of their certificate dated September 6, 2025.
Our procurement strategy forms the backbone of our operational model, supporting both our manufacturing and
trading activities. We follow a hybrid sourcing model tailored to the operational needs of each segment. For our
manufacturing vertical, we procure paddy and raw rice, which is processed at our in-house milling and processing
facility at Nagpur, Maharashtra. Simultaneously, for our export trading and domestic trading business, we source
fully processed rice from established third-party processors. We endeavour to procure high-quality inputs,
primarily from regions known for producing specific rice varieties. Our targeted procurement approach ensures
both consistency in product quality and the ability to meet market-specific preferences. We carry out this
procurement through a network of over 200 brokers and agents spread across major agricultural mandis in India.
The engagement of such brokers and agents is on a non-exclusive basis and governed by standard commission
structures that are in line with prevailing industry norms. During Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023, our
Company has availed the services of 188, 120 and 199 brokers and agents, respectively, across different markets.
These intermediaries play a critical role in facilitating efficient sourcing, price discovery and timely procurement.
Their localized knowledge and presence provide us with valuable insights into crop quality, seasonal availability
and pricing trends, enabling us to optimize our procurement planning and reduce input costs. For details relating
to the brokerage/commission incurred toward payment of such brokers and agents, see “Our Business –
Procurement and Suppliers” on page 194.
Our milling and processing facility is located in Nagpur, Maharashtra, strategically positioned in Central India to
provide direct access to key logistics corridors and port of Nhava Sheva, Maharashtra. This enables efficient
movement of goods for both domestic and international markets. The facility spans approximately 3.47 lakh
square feet (around 7.97 acres) and is built to handle production and storage needs. It has a processing capacity of
over 76,800 metric tons per year, supported by a storage capacity of 50,000 metric tons, including 23 dedicated
silos designed for hygienic, organized and climate-sensitive storage. Further, our milling and processing facility
is equipped with advanced, automated machinery such as Sortex Automatic Color Sorting Machine, Thickness
Grader and Kinetic Colour Sorter sourced from internationally recognized technology providers such as Buhler
(China and the UK) and Kinetic (India) and such machines enhances our precision, efficiency and consistency in
processing.
Our milling and processing facility is equipped to undertake a wide range of rice processing activities that improve
product quality and market readiness. These include whitening, polishing, grading, sorting, destoning and colour
sorting, in addition to packaging and repackaging tailored to customer-specific requirements. This integrated setup
allows us to handle high-volume orders, maintain tight inventory control and ensure consistent output quality
across diverse customer segments in both domestic and export markets.
We place continuous emphasis on quality assurance and compliance, which are integral to every aspect of our
operations. We hold certifications from key national and international agencies including FSSAI, APEDA,
HACCP, registration with GACC and are also approved by US FDA, which allows us to access highly regulated
global markets. For details, see “Government and Other Approval” on page 361. To support these certifications
in practice, we operate a fully equipped in-house laboratory that plays a central role in our quality management
system. Our in-house laboratory ensures continuous monitoring of hygiene, food safety and traceability
throughout the production process, from raw material intake to final packaging.
183As part of our sustainability efforts, we have installed a rooftop solar installation at our milling and processing
facility, which became operational in 2021. As of July 31, 2025, the installed capacity of our rooftop solar system
stands at 999 KW. This green initiative not only helps reduce operational costs but also reinforces our commitment
to eco-friendly and energy-efficient practices by lowering our overall carbon footprint.
We are led by our Chairman and Managing Director, Anup Ramavtar Goyal, who plays a pivotal role in the
strategic direction and growth of our Company. With over 2 decades of deep industry knowledge and
entrepreneurial drive, his focus on product quality, technology integration and market responsiveness continues
to guide our expansion strategy and organizational values. Our Individual Promoters namely Anup Ramavtar
Goyal (Chairman and Managing Director) and Aman Anup Goyal (CEO) remain actively involved in our
operations and continues to bring his vision, business acumen and leadership to our Company, which has been
instrumental in sustaining our business operations and growth. We are also supported by our experienced Key
Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel who have demonstrated their ability to anticipate and
capitalize on changing market trends, manage and grow our operations and leverage and deepen customer
relationships. For further details, see “Our Promoters” and “Our Management” on page 250 and 232,
respectively.
Key phases of growth and expansion
For details, see “History and Certain Corporate Matters -Major events and milestones of our Company” on
page 228.
184Financial Performance Indicators
On the basis of our Restated Financial Information: Our Company’s revenue from operations has increased from
₹ 1,25,966.10 lakhs during Fiscal 2023 to ₹1,35,944.79 lakhs during Fiscal 2025 and our Profit after Tax has
increased from ₹ 3,391.31 lakhs during Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 4,276.11 lakhs during Fiscal 2025.
The table below summarises the Financial Performance Indicators for the periods indicated:
As per the Restated Financial Statements
(₹ in lakhs except per share data or unless otherwise specified)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Financial Parameters
Revenue from 135,944.79 66,604.88 125,966.10
Operations(1)
EBITDA(2) 7,355.00 2,782.47 5,455.55
EBITDA Margin(3) (in %) 5.41% 4.18% 4.33%
Net Profit after tax (4) 4,276.11 1,447.87 3,391.31
Net Profit Margin(5) (in 3.15% 2.17% 2.69%
%)
Return on Net Worth(6) 34.39% 15.08% 47.08%
(in %)
Return on Capital 28.14% 17.00% 34.91%
Employed(7) (in %)
Debt-Equity Ratio(8) 1.53 0.23 0.80
Days Working Capital(9) 76 46 32
Operational
Parameters
Export Revenue (in %) 74.99% 93.69% 94.10%
Domestic Revenue (in %) 24.70% 5.47% 4.94%
Inventory Days(10) 25 31 17
Debtors Days(11) 32 41 33
Creditors Days(12) 8 27 25
Number of Export 19 19 11
Destination Countries
As certified by Statutory Auditors of our Company, by way of their certificate dated September 11, 2025.
Notes:
(1) Revenue from operations means the Revenue from Operations as appearing in the Restated Financial Statements.
(2) EBITDA means Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, which has been arrived at by obtaining the
profit/ (loss) before exceptional items and tax for the fiscal and adding back finance costs, depreciation and amortization expense.
(3) EBITDA margin is calculated as EBITDA as a percentage of revenue from operations.
(4) Net Profit after tax represents the restated profits of our Company after deducting all expenses.
(5) Net Profit margin is calculated as restated net profit after tax for the fiscal divided by revenue from operations.
(6) Return on Net Worth (%) is calculated as Net Profit after tax, as restated for the end of the fiscal divided by Average Net worth as at the
end of the fiscal. Average net worth means the average of the net worth of current and previous fiscal. Net worth means the aggregate
value of the paid-up share capital and other equity.
(7) Return on capital employed is calculated as Earnings before interest and taxes divided by average capital employed (average capital
employed is calculated as average of the total equity and total debt and deferred tax liabilities (net of deferred tax assets) of the current
and previous fiscal.
(8) Debt- equity ratio is calculated by dividing total debt by total equity. Total debt represents long term and short term borrowings. Total
equity includes the aggregate value of the paid-up share capital and other equity.
(9) Days Working Capital is arrived at by dividing working capital (current assets excluding cash and cash equivalents and bank balances
less current liabilities excluding short term borrowings) by revenue from operations multiplied by the number of days in the fiscal (365).
(10) Inventory Days = 365/ (Cost of Goods Sold/average Inventory at the beginning and end of the Fiscal)
(11) Debtor Days = 365/ (Revenue from Operations/average Trade Receivables at the beginning and end of the Fiscal)
(12) Creditor Days = 365/ (Net Purchases /average Trade Payables at the beginning and end of the Fiscal)
185Key Products
We offer a broad range of rice varieties tailored to different customer needs and applications, including Parboiled
Rice, White Rice and 100% Broken Rice.
Our product portfolio
The details of our major products are set out below:
Parboiled Rice
Product Details: Grain parboiled rice, known for its superior nutritional value due to partial boiling, is another major
contributor to India’s rice exports. This rice undergoes soaking, steaming and drying, retaining more nutrients than white
rice. It has a yellowish hue and is rich in vitamins and minerals (Source: CARE Report).
Moisture - 14% Max
Broken (2/3rd Basis) - 5% Maх
Foreign Matter- 0.25% Max
Damaged Kernel / Yellow Kernel/ Red Streaked Kernel/Red Kernel/Discoloured-1.50%Max
Black/Black Tip -0.25% Max
Average Length of Whole Kernel - 6.00 Mm
Milling Degree - Well Milled
White Rice
Product Details: Widely consumed globally, this rice undergoes a refining process to enhance its shelf life and cooking
properties. It is cultivated in India, China, Indonesia and the US. White non-Basmati rice holds the largest share in India’s
rice export market, driven by its affordability and widespread consumption in regions such as Africa and Asia (Source:
CARE Report).
186Moisture - 14% Max
Broken (2/3rd Basis) - 5% Max
Damaged/Discoloured - 1% Max
Red/Red Streaked/Yellow - 1% Max
Chalky Grain - 5% Max
Foreign Matter Including Paddy - 0.25% Max
Average Grain Length - 5.9 To 6.0 Mm
Milling Degree - Well Milled
100% Broken Rice
Product Details: 100% Broken rice refers to fragments of rice grains that break during the milling process. It is not a separate
variety but simply broken pieces of whole rice kernels. Despite their appearance, 100% Broken Rice retains the same
nutritional properties as whole rice (Source: CARE Report).
The following table sets forth the breakdown of our revenues from operations by product category for the Fiscal
2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023:
(₹ in lakhs except for percentage)
Product Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Category Amount % of Amount % of Revenue Amount % of
Revenue from Revenue
from Operation from
Operation Operations
Parboiled
72,767.19 53.53% 48,566.01 72.92% 25,775.39 20.46%
Rice
White Rice 33,836.37 24.89% 4,833.13 7.26% 23,344.49 18.53%
100% Broken
26,756.69 19.68% 10,278.63 15.43% 73,280.73 58.17%
Rice
Others* 2,584.54 1.90% 2,927.11 4.39% 3,565.49 2.83%
Total 135,944.79 100.00% 66,604.88 100.00% 125,966.10 100.00%
*Others include income from RoDTEP scripts and from by products including rejection rice and rice bran.
As certified by Statutory Auditors of our Company, by way of their certificate dated September 6, 2025.
Our Strengths
1. Strategically located integrated milling and processing facility with adequate storage and expansion
potential
• Strategic location: Our integrated rice milling and processing facility is strategically located in Nagpur,
Maharashtra, India providing a significant advantage in terms of logistics, procurement access and
operational efficiency. Nagpur’s central location in India makes it ideal for sourcing both paddy/raw rice
for processing and processed rice for export trading. The facility benefits from its proximity to major
187national highways, including the Mumbai-Nagpur Expressway, which connects Nagpur to Mumbai and
other key markets, thereby reducing transit time and lowering logistics costs. Despite being an inland
location, Nagpur has efficient connectivity to key export ports such as Nhava Sheva (Maharashtra), ,
Mundra and Kandla (Gujarat), Kolkata (West Bengal), Kakinada, Gangavaram and
Visakhapatnam/Vizag (Andhra Pradesh) ensuring streamlined outbound logistics for exports.
Moreover, the facility is located near major paddy-producing regions such as Mouda, Rametak,
Bhandara, Gondia and Chandrapur in Maharashtra, as well as the neighbouring state of Chhattisgarh,
often referred to as the “Rice Bowl of India”. This geographic proximity to core procurement zones
enables a consistent and cost-effective supply of paddy, supports timely procurement during harvest
cycles and strengthens our ability to respond efficiently to market demand.
• Significant land bank with scope for future expansion - Our milling and processing facility is spread
across an aggregate land area of 5.11 lakh square feet in Nagpur, Maharashtra, India of which
approximately 3.47 lakh square feet (around 7.97 acres) is currently built-up and operational. The
remaining approximately 1.64 lakh square feet (around 3.75 acres) is vacant and available for future
expansion.
• Integrated operations across the rice value chain: We operate a fully integrated rice milling and
processing facility that spans the entire value chain, including procurement, storage, milling, processing,
quality testing, packaging and distribution. This integrated model allows us to maintain internal control
across key stages of production, ensuring better coordination between procurement, operations and
market supply, while also supporting operational scalability and efficiency.
Our facility is equipped to perform a comprehensive range of rice processing activities aimed at
enhancing product quality and market readiness. These activities include paddy cleaning, dehusking,
whitening, polishing, grading, sorting and colour sorting, along with packaging solutions customized to
meet specific customer requirements. This capability enables us to deliver consistent, high-quality rice
tailored to diverse customer specifications across both domestic and export markets. Our facility is also
equipped with high-precision automated machinery sourced from internationally recognized technology
providers such as Buhler (China and UK) and Kinetic (India), which helps reduce manual intervention
and maintain process consistency.
Additionally, we emphasize optimal utilization of all by-products such as, rice husk is used as a
renewable source of energy for steam generation within the facility, reducing dependency on external
fuels, while rice bran is sold to third-party buyers for use in edible oil extraction and cattle feed
production. This holistic model supports cost efficiency, consistent output quality and the ability to
manage large-scale demand in both domestic and export markets.
188Further, a dedicated in-house quality control laboratory is located within the manufacturing unit. The lab
is responsible for conducting quality tests at each stage of the production cycle. Routine tests cover grain
length, moisture content, broken grain percentage and foreign matter. These tests ensure adherence to
product specifications and quality benchmarks set by both domestic and international buyers.
• Storage infrastructure supporting demand management: To support efficient operations and ensure
buffer capacity during peak procurement and distribution periods, we have developed a comprehensive
in-house storage infrastructure. This includes 23 dedicated silos for paddy and rice with a combined
capacity of approximately 3,490 metric tons. In addition to the silos, our facility comprises rice godowns,
lean-to-roof sheds and an additional warehouse providing a combined storage capacity of approximately
46,510 metric tons. This storage infrastructure facilitates organized inventory management and smooth
dispatch operations, offering us significant flexibility to manage procurement surges during harvest
seasons and to maintain adequate inventory. It also enhances our ability to respond to seasonal demand,
support bulk procurement and ensure timely deliveries to our customers.
2. Integrated business model combining trading and manufacturing activities
We initially commenced rice trading with the strategic objective of expanding our presence in the export
market. As we scaled our export operations and built relationships with international customers, we
identified the need to strengthen control over product quality, specifications and delivery timelines. To
support this, we subsequently integrated milling and processing capabilities into our operations. As on
date, we operate an integrated business model that combines trading activities with in-house milling and
processing infrastructure. This hybrid approach allows us to balance the advantages of both models i.e.
leveraging the scalability and flexibility of trading while achieving product consistency, cost efficiency
and greater value addition through in-house manufacturing. It enhances our agility and self-reliance in
responding to dynamic market demands and enables us to maintain control over quality, cost structures
and delivery timelines. This is particularly important in export markets, where adherence to customer-
specific quality standards, packaging requirements and regulatory compliance is critical.
Our export trading operations primarily involve the procurement of processed rice from a wide network
of third-party processors and bulk suppliers, directly through purchase orders through the network of
brokers and agents. This allows us to meet bulk order requirements and manage fluctuations in demand,
particularly in export markets where timely delivery and volume commitments are critical. Export trading
provides us with flexibility, enabling us to serve customers without being limited by our internal
production capacity. It also supports efficient working capital and inventory management, as
procurement volumes can be adjusted in line with market dynamics.
Complementing our export trading operations is our in-house milling and processing capability, anchored
by a fully integrated milling and processing facility. This facility enables us to process raw paddy into
finished rice, upgrade or further refine raw rice into finished rice to meet specific customer requirements,
all under a controlled and quality-assured environment. With an installed processing capacity of 76,800
MT per annum as on March 31, 2025, which has been increased to 1,63,200 MT per annum with effect
189from August 2025 and supported by high-precision and automated machinery, we are able to consistently
meet quality standards aligned with both domestic and international regulatory requirements.
Our in-house milling and processing operations enable us to extract greater value from the rice value
chain and potentially achieve higher margins compared to pure trading models.
By combining the flexibility of trading with the control and value addition of manufacturing, our
integrated model strengthens our ability to operate efficiently, manage risks and respond to a wide range
of customer needs across geographies. This structure not only improves our operational resilience but
also positions us for long-term growth in the global rice industry. For details of revenue contribution
from each of the segment, please see “Our Business - Overview” on page 181.
3. Third-party labelling service for international market
We are focused on export led operations, supplying rice products to customers across the Middle East,
Africa, Europe, and Southeast Asia. Our Company’s export strategy is based on understanding region
specific consumption patterns, regulatory requirements, and buyer preferences. Product offerings are
aligned with import norms and food safety standards applicable in the destination markets. We provide
packaging formats suited to individual countries, including labelling and pack sizes as required by
importers.
A key element of our export operations is our third party labelling model. Under this arrangement, we
undertake procurement, processing, packaging, and export of rice products, while the final packaging
carries the customer's label and is marketed by them in their respective regions. We are responsible for
ensuring product quality and packaging specifications in line with the customer’s requirements. This
approach supports our customers in promoting their own brands without investing in manufacturing
infrastructure, while allowing us to expand our export footprint.
Our third-party labelling services involve customized packaging solutions to meet regulatory, branding,
and quality requirements of each customer. We offer a range of packaging formats including one side
metallic bags, one side BOPP bags, both side BOPP bags, jumbo bags, PP woven bags/sacks and White
bags. Vendors are selected based on the specific packaging requirements, bag strength, and commercial
terms, from a pre-approved supplier list maintained by the Company. The process is supported by
adherence to applicable international food safety and quality certifications.
These contracts typically involve bulk volumes, requiring timely delivery and consistent product
specifications.. It also enables us to respond to market demand without incurring marketing and brand-
building expenditure, thereby reducing operational risk.
Our international operations are further supported by capabilities in sourcing, processing, and logistics.
Exports are routed through multiple Indian ports, allowing efficient access to global markets. As part of
a Greta Group with global activities, we also benefit from established trade relationships and institutional
networks in key geographies.
The third-party labelling strategy has contributed to the diversification of our customer base and
supported our export volumes. We continue to invest in packaging infrastructure and supply chain
systems to address evolving client needs and to support the scale of international operations.
4. Long standing relationships with customers with high retention rate
With over a decade of experience in the rice industry, we have built a strong foundation of trust and
reliability among our customers across international and domestic markets. Our ability to offer both in-
house processed rice and third party sourced rice tailored to meet specific quality, volume and delivery
requirements has enabled us to cultivate long-term partnerships and deliver consistent customer
satisfaction.
190Our ability to cater to customers through third-party labelling arrangements, allows them to market our
products under their own brands. These customized supply models enhance customer stickiness and
reflect our ability to adapt to varied market needs.
During Fiscal 2025, Fiscals 2024 and Fiscal 2023, we catered to 165, 125 and 128 customers,
respectively. A large proportion of our revenue is contributed by customers who have maintained an
ongoing relationship with us during the last three Fiscals. We derived 46.08%, 53.04% and 36.88% of
our revenue from operations during the Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, from such customers
who have been associated with us during the last three Fiscals. For details, see “Our Business – Our
Customer” on page 196.
Our operational flexibility, enabled by our trading and manufacturing model and our ability to maintain
consistent product quality, timely delivery and competitive pricing have been central to customer
retention. This is evidenced by the fact that thirty four customers placed repeat orders in during the last
three Fiscals, reinforcing our position as a reliable and value-driven partner.
We focus on understanding the specific requirements of our customers, be it grain quality, variety,
processing specifications, or packaging requirements and delivering tailored solutions that align with
their operational needs. Our approach ensures that rice is sourced or processed and delivered efficiently
to meet customer expectations. By consistently fulfilling customer requirements and reducing lead times,
we foster repeat business and enhance our footprint in the market.
The table set forth below is the contribution of our top 1, top 5 and top 10 customers towards our revenue
from operations:
(₹ in lakhs except for percentages)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount % of total Amount % of total Amount % of total
Revenue Revenue Revenue
from from from
Operation Operation Operation
Top 1 Customer 17,298.25 12.72% 6,286.65 9.44% 20,468.86 16.25%
Top 5 Customers 67,034.48 49.31% 29,772.79 44.70% 61,648.42 48.94%
Top 10 Customers 90,433.64 66.52% 47,294.96 71.01% 87,796.03 69.70%
As certified by Statutory Auditors of our Company, by way of their certificate dated September 6, 2025.
5. Supply Chain Efficiency
We have established an efficient and scalable supply chain infrastructure that supports our integrated
manufacturing and trading operations. Our hybrid procurement model enables us to source paddy, raw
and processed rice through a well-developed and diversified supplier network. This includes over 200
experienced brokers and agents operating across major agricultural mandis in India. During Fiscal 2025,
Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023, our Company has availed the services of 188, 120 and 199 brokers and
agents respectively across different markets. This wide sourcing base provides flexibility and resilience
in procurement, ensuring year-round availability of quality inputs, reducing lead times and maintaining
supply continuity even during seasonal or regional fluctuations.
The table below sets forth details of our supplier concentration (based on value of purchases) during the
last three Fiscals:
(₹ in lakhs except for percentage)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount % of Amount % of Amount % of
Total Total Total
Purchase Purchase Purchase
Top 1 3,075.05 2.62% 1,607.92 2.77% 4,616.43 4.70%
Supplier
Top 5 12,124.86 10.31% 5,776.09 9.94% 11,160.22 11.37%
Suppliers
191Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount % of Amount % of Amount % of
Total Total Total
Purchase Purchase Purchase
Top 10 19,479.56 16.57% 9,145.07 15.74% 15,772.37 16.06%
Suppliers
As certified by Statutory Auditors of our Company, by way of their certificate dated September 6, 2025.
For details, see “Our Business – Procurement and Suppliers” on page 194.
In addition, our logistics partners play a vital role in ensuring the timely and seamless distribution of our
products across both domestic and international markets. We leverage a network of storage facilities,
transportation service providers and port handling agencies to facilitate efficient movement of goods.
Our expertise in handling bulk orders and strict adherence to regulatory and export compliance protocols
enable us to serve customers across geographies with consistency, cost-effectiveness and timely delivery.
This integrated supply chain model encompassing procurement, processing, storage, transportation and
distribution forms a critical enabler of our operational efficiency, customer responsiveness and ability to
scale sustainably.
6. Track Record of healthy growth
We have demonstrated healthy growth in terms of revenues and profitability. Our revenue from
operations has grown from ₹ 1,605.06 lakhs for the fifteen months period ended March 31, 2015 to ₹
1,25,966.10 lakhs in Fiscal 2023. Similarly, our profit after tax has grown from ₹15.75 lakhs during the
fifteen months period ended March 31, 2015 to ₹3,391.31 lakhs in Fiscal 2023. In the month of July
2023, the government had imposed a ban on the export of white rice followed by imposition of 20% duty
on export of parboiled rice in the month of August 2023. Consequently, the revenue from operations had
decreased to ₹66,604.88 lakhs with profit after tax decreasing to ₹1,447.87 lakhs in Fiscal 2024.
However, the government had reduced the export duty on parboiled rice to 10% along with allowance of
export of white rice subject to Minimum Export Price (MEP) in the month of September 2024, followed
by removal of export duty on parboiled rice and MEP of white rice in the month of October 2024. As a
result, the revenue from operations and profit after tax increased to ₹1,35,944.79 lakhs and ₹4,276.11
lakhs respectively during the Fiscal 2025.
Further, we have witnessed significant growth of our business during the last three Fiscals which has
contributed our financial strength.
Our Company achieved revenue from operations of ₹ 1,35,944.79 lakhs in Fiscal 2025, ₹ 66,604.88 lakhs
in Fiscal 2024 and ₹ 1,25,966.10 lakhs in Fiscal 2023. Our summary key financial performance indicator
for Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023 are detailed below:
(₹ in lakhs except per share data or unless otherwise specified)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from Operations(1) 1,35,944.79 66,604.88 1,25,966.10
EBITDA(2) 7,355.00 2,782.47 5,455.55
EBITDA Margin (%)(3) 5.41% 4.18% 4.33%
Profit after Tax (PAT)(4) 4,276.11 1,447.87 3,391.31
PAT Margin (%)(5) 3.15% 2.17% 2.69%
As certified by Statutory Auditors of our Company, by way of their certificate dated September 11, 2025.
Notes:
(1) Revenue from operations means the Revenue from Operations as appearing in the Restated Financial Statements.
(2) EBITDA means Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, which has been arrived at by obtaining
the profit/ (loss) before exceptional items and tax for the fiscal and adding back finance costs, depreciation and amortization
expense.
(3) EBITDA margin is calculated as EBITDA as a percentage of revenue from operations.
(4) Net Profit after tax represents the restated profits of our Company after deducting all expenses.
(5) Net Profit margin is calculated as restated net profit after tax for the fiscal divided by revenue from operations.
192Strategies
1. Expanding our global presence and drive growth in domestic market
We intend to expand our presence in both domestic and international markets by leveraging our
integrated capabilities in rice procurement, milling, processing and third-party labelling. Our primary
processing facility in Nagpur, Maharashtra, equipped with in-house storage infrastructure, along with
our warehousing facility near Kandla Port in Gandhidham, Gujarat, provides us with a strong logistical
base to serve customers efficiently across geographies.
To further augment our processing capacity and reduce reliance on third-party finishing, we propose to
establish a new facility in Kachchh, Gujarat, in close proximity to Kandla Port. This facility is expected
to enhance operational efficiencies by streamlining our export supply chain, reducing inland freight costs
and enabling us to meet the specific quality and packaging requirements of our global clientele,
particularly under our third-party labelling business. We aim to expand our international footprint by
increasing volumes in existing markets and entering new geographies. Our strategy includes identifying
regions with rising demand, while continuing our presence in established markets across Asia, Africa,
Russia and the Middle East. We plan to deepen relationships with local distributors, participate in global
trade events and implement a structured logistics and export fulfilment framework to support scalable
and reliable international operations.
On the domestic front, we seek to strengthen our position by expanding sales through our regional offices
in Chennai (Tamil Nadu) and Nagpur (Maharashtra). The significant increase in domestic revenue
contribution during Fiscal 2025, reflects a growing opportunity in the Indian market. To capture this
potential, we aim to build long-term partnerships with buyers and bulk purchasers. We are also exploring
the introduction of region-specific packaged rice variants tailored to the preferences of urban consumers.
Expanding our distribution reach and market presence both within India and abroad will enable us to
diversify our customer base, improve asset utilization, optimize logistics and enhance revenue visibility.
Moreover, a balanced focus on domestic and export markets will help us reduce freight costs, improve
supply chain resilience and support long-term profitability.
2. Augmenting capacity by setting up a new processing facility
Our Company is focused on transitioning to a more integrated, manufacturing-led structure aimed at
enhancing operational efficiency, quality control and overall profitability. While the existing model has
allowed us to scale, it offers limited control over, production timelines and margin optimization.
To overcome these limitations and support our long-term growth objectives, we are in the process of
establishing a new rice processing facility in Kachchh, Gujarat, strategically located near Kandla Port,
one of India’s key maritime export hubs (the "Proposed Facility"). We have already purchased the non-
agricultural land parcel for setting up the Proposed Facility. The Proposed Facility will focus on
converting raw rice into fully finished rice, thereby enhancing our ability to meet the specific quality and
packaging requirements of our customers, particularly under our third-party labelling arrangements and
leveraging the buyer visibility by situating near the port, attracting bulk buyers.
The Proposed Facility will be designed to enable high-quality and consistent in-house processing. Its
access to key sourcing regions such as Bavla (Gujarat), Bahraich (Uttar Pradesh) and Hardoi (Uttar
Pradesh), along with direct connectivity to Kandla Port and Mundra Port in Gujarat, is expected to reduce
inland transportation costs, improve turnaround times for exports and enhance traceability and quality
control across the supply chain. These advantages will strengthen our ability to fulfil third-party label
export orders with greater consistency, scalability and responsiveness to customer requirements.
The Proposed Facility is expected to reduce our dependence on third-party processors, mitigate single-
location operational risks and provide increased flexibility to manage seasonal spikes in demand. The
facility will be developed in a phased manner, with capital investments to be funded through a
combination of internal accruals and external financing, as may be required.
193This expansion is a key component of our strategic roadmap to evolve into a processing-led enterprise.
It will also support the planned diversification of our product portfolio, including the introduction of
basmati rice, thereby enabling us to achieve greater value addition, improve margins and exercise
stronger control across the rice value chain.
3. Focus on cost optimization
Optimizing and reducing costs remain core focus areas for our Company and we continuously strive to
enhance operational and financial efficiency across both our manufacturing and export trading activities.
The increasing competition and evolving regulatory environment in the rice industry have encouraged
players to adopt innovative and data-driven strategies to control costs and improve productivity.
We undertake monthly assessments of our business operations, processes and cost structures to identify
high-cost areas, operational inefficiencies and underutilized resources. These evaluations are supported
by the analysis of historical data, financial statements and key performance indicators, enabling us to
implement targeted improvement initiatives across our value chain.
In our operations, we are focused on optimizing procurement costs, reducing intermediary dependencies
and improving logistical coordination. By strengthening direct sourcing networks through our agent and
dealer base, particularly in key rice-producing regions, we aim to reduce input costs, improve margins
and ensure consistent product quality. We also leverage bulk procurement strategies and freight
consolidation techniques to lower transportation and storage expenses in our export trading activities.
By leveraging synergies across our operations and capitalizing on our existing infrastructure and industry
expertise, we aim to improve overall profitability and support long-term, sustainable growth.
4. Focus on deleveraging and enhance financial flexibility
We intend to reduce our borrowings and our debt to equity ratio. As at July 31, 2025, our total fund based
borrowings comprising of secured short-term borrowings from banks and unsecured borrowings from
related parties totaled to ₹18,532.45 lakhs. We intend to reduce our borrowing and accordingly, to utilise
a portion of the Net Proceeds for the repayment of loans aggregating to ₹ 7,000.00 lakhs. For further
details, see “Objects of the Offer” on page 108. As part of our strategic initiatives, we intend to
deleverage our Company through repayment or pre-payment of existing debt. Such repayment/ pre-
payment will help us reduce a portion of our outstanding indebtedness and debt servicing costs, assist us
in maintaining a favourable debt to equity ratio and enable utilisation of our internal accruals for further
investment in business growth and expansion. In addition, the improvement in the debt-to-equity ratio of
our Company is intended to enable us to raise further resources in the future to fund potential business
development opportunities and plans to grow and expand our business in the future. As our operations
grow further, we may also seek opportunities to maintain an efficient capital structure with high balance
sheet flexibility.
The strategies of our Company listed above have been adopted by a resolution passed by our Board on
September 11, 2025.
Procurement and Suppliers
We follow a hybrid sourcing model tailored to the distinct operational needs of each business vertical.
For our manufacturing operations, we primarily procure paddy and raw rice from key rice-producing
regions across India such as Maharashtra, Chhattisgarh, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, West Bengal, Jharkhand,
Telangana, Andhra Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat through the network of broker and agents.
These regions are known for high-yielding paddy crops and offer access to diverse grain types suited to
a variety of end-use applications, including domestic consumption and exports. Our paddy procurement
is product-specific and guided by parameters such as grain size, moisture content and other variety-
specific characteristics, ensuring consistent quality in line with customer expectations.
194For our export and domestic trading vertical, we source fully processed rice from established third-party
processors through brokers and agents. The procured rice is sold directly to the customers. The flexible
nature of this model allows us to efficiently respond to urgent and bulk orders while maintaining control
over product quality and turnaround timelines.
The table below sets forth details of our procurement (based on value of purchases) during the last three
Fiscals:
(₹ in lakhs except for percentage)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Purchases % of Purchases % of revenue Purchases % of revenue
revenue from from
from operations operations
operations
Cost of
1,17,556.18 86.47% 58,093.35 87.22% 98,185.88 77.95%
Procurement
As certified by Statutory Auditors of our Company, by way of their certificate dated September 6, 2025.
We carry out procurement through a widespread and dependable network of over 200 experienced
brokers, agents and dealers who operate across major agricultural produce markets (mandis) and farm
clusters in India. These intermediaries play a critical role in facilitating efficient sourcing, price discovery
and timely procurement. Their localized knowledge and presence provide us with valuable insights into
crop quality, seasonal availability and pricing trends, enabling us to optimize our procurement planning
and reduce input costs.
The engagement of such brokers and agents is on a non-exclusive basis and governed by standard
commission structures that are in line with prevailing industry norms. During Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024
and Fiscal 2023, our Company has availed the services of 188, 120 and 199 brokers and agents
respectively across different markets. The total brokerage expenses incurred towards such brokers and
agents amounted to ₹302.17 lakhs during the Fiscal 2025, ₹129.68 lakhs in Fiscal 2024 and ₹886.42
lakhs in Fiscal 2023.
Our procurement approach enhances our supply chain agility, supports our ability to meet diverse
customer requirements across geographies and contributes to the overall efficiency and scalability of our
operations. By maintaining direct relationships with brokers and agents in major agricultural mandis, we
are able to ensure a steady and uninterrupted supply of paddy and raw rice.
All the suppliers of our Company are domestically located and our Company does not procure any
material from suppliers located overseas.
Further, our Company does not enter into any contracts / agreements with its suppliers. For further,
details, please refer to “Risk Factors - Our manufacturing business is dependent on the availability
and pricing of paddy / raw rice as a key raw material and any fluctuations in supply or cost, and the
working capital required to procure and store the same, may adversely affect our manufacturing
operations, profitability and cash flows” on page 39.
The details of top one (1), top five (5) and top ten (10) suppliers and their amount as a percentage (%) of
total purchases is given below:
(₹ in lakhs except for percentage)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount % of Amount % of Amount % of
Total Total Total
Purchase Purchase Purchas
e
Top 1 Supplier 3,075.05 2.62% 1,607.92 2.77% 4,616.43 4.70%
Top 5 suppliers 12,124.86 10.31% 5,776.09 9.94% 11,160.22 11.37%
Top 10 suppliers 19,479.56 16.57% 9,145.07 15.74% 15,772.37 16.06%
As certified by Statutory Auditors of our Company, by way of their certificate dated September 6, 2025.
195Our Customers
Our customers primarily comprises of buyers and bulk purchasers in domestic and export market.
We have successfully expanded our international footprint, with exports to 33 countries since inception. During
the last three Fiscal, we have exported rice to 19, 19 and 11 countries, respectively.
As per the Restated Financial Statements, the details of our revenue from customers in the domestic and
international markets for the Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023, are set out below:
(₹ in lakhs except for percentage)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount % of Revenue Amount % of Revenue Amount % of Revenue
from Sale of from Sale of from Sale of
Products Products Products
Exports 1,01,946.85 75.22% 62,400.86 94.48% 1,18,528.86 95.01%
Domestic 33,579.41 24.78% 3,645.18 5.52% 6,228.74 4.99%
Total* 1,35,526.26 100.00% 66,046.04 100.00% 1,24,757.60 100.00%
*excluding revenue from RoDTEP scrips
Note: During the Fiscal 2025, we were awarded a tender by the National Agricultural Cooperative Marketing Federation of India Ltd.
(NAFED) for the export of 30,500 metric tons of 100% broken non-basmati white rice to Senegal amounting to an order value of ₹ 11,858.14
Lakhs; and also we were awarded a tender by the National Cooperative Consumers' Federation of India Ltd (NCCF) for the export of 3,132
metric tons of 25% broken non-basmati white rice to Guinea amounting to an order value of ₹ 1,284.12 Lakhs. Although the ultimate
destination of the goods was international, the transaction was executed through NAFED and NCCF, a domestic government agency.
Accordingly, revenue from this transaction has been classified as Domestic Revenue in our financial reporting.
As certified by Statutory Auditors of our Company, by way of their certificate dated September 6, 2025.
The details of destination country wise sales revenue for the last three Fiscals are set out below:
(₹ in lakhs except for percentage)
Destination Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Country Amount % of Revenue Amount % of Revenue Amount % of Revenue
from from from
Operations Operations Operations
Benin 35,883.05 26.40% 18,109.81 27.19% 9,408.04 7.47%
India* 33,997.94 25.01% 4,204.02 6.31% 7,437.24 5.90%
Guinea 9,669.70 7.11% 997.09 1.50% - 0.00%
China 9,358.03 6.88% 7,477.97 11.23% 86,008.70 68.28%
Sierra Leone 9,191.86 6.76% 832.85 1.25% 5,540.27 4.40%
Cameroon 9,066.79 6.67% - 0.00% - 0.00%
Kenya 7,222.27 5.31% 966.22 1.45% 274.08 0.22%
Russia 5,367.17 3.95% 2,560.98 3.84% - 0.00%
Cote 4,217.61 3.10% 4,105.48 6.16% 1,274.12 1.01%
d’Ivoire
Togo 3,064.94 2.26% 3,834.84 5.76% 3,292.61 2.61%
Timor 2,799.28 2.06% 4,728.46 7.10% - 0.00%
Senegal 1,878.00 1.38% 11,268.00 16.92% 5,576.60 4.43%
Angola 1,277.35 0.94% 73.06 0.11% - 0.00%
Saudi Arabia 1,113.72 0.82% 2,348.45 3.53% 1,627.01 1.29%
Madagascar 945.64 0.70% 1,816.99 2.73% - 0.00%
Mozambique 386.65 0.28% 139.73 0.21% - 0.00%
South Africa 212.45 0.16% - 0.00% - 0.00%
Ghana 124.87 0.09% - 0.00% - 0.00%
UAE 114.99 0.08% 43.06 0.06% - 0.00%
Oman 52.48 0.04% - 0.00% - 0.00%
Liberia - 0.00% 2,856.52 4.29% 4,862.94 3.86%
Gambia - 0.00% - 0.00% 577.47 0.46%
Vietnam - 0.00% 45.02 0.07% 87.02 0.07%
Jordan - 0.00% 108.93 0.16% - 0.00%
Libya - 0.00% 87.40 0.13% - 0.00%
Total 135,944.79 100.00% 66,604.88 100.00% 125,966.10 100.00%
196*Includes domestic sales and revenue from RoDTEP scrips. Further, during the fiscal 2025, we were awarded a tender by the National
Agricultural Cooperative Marketing Federation of India Ltd. (NAFED) for the export of 30,500 metric tons of 100% broken non-basmati
white rice to Senegal amounting to an order value of ₹ 11,858.14 Lakhs; and also we were awarded a tender by the National Cooperative
Consumers' Federation of India Ltd (NCCF) for the export of 3,132 metric tons of 25% broken non-basmati white rice to Guinea amounting
to an order value of ₹ 1,284.12 Lakhs.
Although the ultimate destination of the goods was international, the transaction was executed through NAFED and NCCF, a domestic
government agency. Accordingly, revenue from this transaction has been classified as Domestic Revenue in our financial reporting.
As certified by Statutory Auditors of our Company, by way of their certificate dated September 6, 2025.
In addition to catering to export markets, we also undertake domestic sales across various regions in India. The
details of our state-wise sales revenue for the last three Fiscals are set out below:
Indian States Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
/ UT Amount % of Amount % of Amount % of
Domestic Domestic Domestic
Revenue Revenue Revenue
Maharashtra 15,240.63 45.39% 2,437.18 66.86% 2,015.07 32.35%
Telangana 11,983.33 35.69% 93.89 2.58% 6.57 0.11%
Gujrat 3,776.31 11.25% 337.26 9.25% 934.22 15.00%
Delhi 1,571.14 4.68% 110.70 3.04% 82.91 1.33%
Haryana 349.15 1.04% - 0.00% 61.82 0.99%
West Bengal 59.49 0.18% - 0.00% - 0.00%
Punjab 182.25 0.54% 3.36 0.09% 50.34 0.81%
Tamil Nadu 173.22 0.51% 320.45 8.79% 258.40 4.15%
Madhya 145.32 0.43% 52.41 1.44% 283.50 4.55%
Pradesh
Andhra 59.94 0.18% 143.66 3.94% 2,479.09 39.80%
Pradesh
Chhattisgarh 38.51 0.11% 65.15 1.79% 56.82 0.91%
Bihar 0.12 0.00% - 0.00% - 0.00%
Karnataka - 0.00% 81.12 2.22% - 0.00%
Grand Total 33,579.41 100.00% 3,645.18 100.00% 6,228.74 100.00%
As certified by Statutory Auditors of our Company, by way of their certificate dated September 6, 2025.
The details of top one (1), top five (5) and top ten (10) customers and their amount as a percentage (%) of revenue
from operation as per our Restated Financial Statements are set out below:
(₹ in lakhs except for percentage)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount % of Revenue Amount % of Revenue Amount % of Revenue
from from from
Operations Operations Operations
Top 1 17,298.25 12.72% 6,286.65 9.44% 20,468.86 16.25%
Customer
Top 5 67,034.48 49.31% 29,772.79 44.70% 61,648.42 48.94%
customers
Top 10 90,433.64 66.52% 47,294.96 71.01% 87,796.03 69.70%
customers
The following table provides a breakdown of our top-10 customers that constituted more than 50% of our total
revenue from operations for the Fiscal 2025:
Sr. No. Name of the customer* % of revenue from operations
1. Glometz International DMCC, UAE 12.72%
2. Customer No. 2 10.74%
3. Customer No. 3 10.41%
4. Customer No. 4 8.84%
5. Green Agro General Trading L.L.C, UAE 6.60%
6. Customer No. 6 5.87%
7. Customer No. 7 3.08%
8. Customer No. 8 2.85%
9. Customer No. 9 2.71%
19710. Customer No. 10 2.70%
*The name of all of our top ten customers has not been separately disclosed due to non-receipt of their consent.
As certified by Statutory Auditors of our Company, by way of their certificate dated September 6, 2025.
Manufacturing Facility
Our Company operates one rice milling and processing facility located in Nagpur, Maharashtra. This facility
functions as the primary manufacturing unit of our Company, catering to both domestic requirements and export
markets. Strategically positioned in Central India, the facility is well connected to key procurement centers in
paddy-producing states and has access to major transportation routes, including highways, railways and seaports
such as Nhava Sheva, Maharashtra. This connectivity supports the movement of raw materials and finished goods
efficiently.
The Nagpur facility has an installed rice milling capacity of 76,800 metric tons per year, which has been increased
to 1,63,200 MT per annum with effect from August, 2025. It is equipped with automated processing equipment
sourced from established manufacturers including Buhler (China and the UK) and Kinetic (India). The facility
supports end-to-end operations such as paddy cleaning, dehusking, polishing, grading, color sorting and
packaging. This facility is engaged in processing a range of rice products, namely parboiled rice, white rice and
100% Broken Rice . Products are packed in multiple packaging formats including one side metallic bags, one side
BOPP bags, both side BOPP bags, jumbo bags, PP woven bags/sacks and White bags, based on buyer
specifications.
A dedicated in-house quality control laboratory is located within the manufacturing unit. The lab is responsible
for conducting quality tests at each stage of the production cycle. Routine tests cover grain length, moisture
content, broken grain percentage and foreign matter. These tests ensure adherence to product specifications and
quality benchmarks set by both domestic and international buyers.
The facility includes warehousing space with a total capacity approximately 50,000 metric tons. This warehousing
infrastructure is used to store paddy, raw rice and finished rice. Stock is maintained and managed through an
internal inventory management system that tracks material flow and enables traceability by order and product
type.
Utility infrastructure supporting the operations includes uninterrupted power supply arrangements, borewell-
based water sourcing with treatment systems and internal processes for waste handling. The facility uses electricity
sourced from the local grid, supported by standby systems. Water used in processing is drawn from borewells and
processed for operational use. Milling by-products are collected and either used internally or sold, while
wastewater is managed in accordance with applicable norms.
The current manufacturing setup enables our Company to process large volumes of rice, serve multiple customer
segments and fulfill export requirements, including third-party label partnerships.
198199200Manufacturing Process
201The rice milling process begins with the incoming inspection of raw paddy, ensuring only high-quality grain enters
the system. This is followed by pre-cleaning, which removes visible impurities and debris. The cleaned paddy is
then transferred to a storage silo for holding before further processing.
The paddy undergoes primary steaming, then moves to soaking in hot water, followed by secondary steaming.
These thermal treatments help gelatinize starch and improve the nutritional profile of the grain. After steaming,
the paddy is dried at a regulated temperature, then stored in silos to stabilize moisture content.
The dried paddy then goes through cleaning and de-stoning, which remove residual foreign particles and heavier
contaminants like stones. The cleaned grain enters the de-husking phase, where the outer husk is mechanically
removed. This is followed by husk separation, and the husk is sent to a designated husk yard.
The product then passes through a paddy separator, which separates de-husked rice from any remaining paddy.
The separated rice is allowed to rest, helping stabilize the grains. It then proceeds to a width grader, ensuring size
uniformity.
The rice enters the polishing stage, starting with abrasive polishing, followed by storage in tempering bins, and
then friction polishing, where bran is removed to achieve a smooth finish. Further steps include sizer grain
removal, eliminating undersized or broken grains, and colour sorting, which detects and removes discoloured
grains. Length grading ensures uniform grain length, and any rejected grains are separated at this point.
The final product is stored in a silo, then packed and sent for transportation and shipment. Throughout the process,
emphasis is placed on cleanliness, uniformity, and bran removal to meet high-quality standards.
Export Trading Process
The export process begins with a Buyer Inquiry, where an initial request is made by the customer. This is followed
by the quotation stage, where pricing and terms are shared. Once terms are agreed upon, contract finalization
occurs, solidifying the agreement. With the contract in place, bag design finalization is initiated to customize the
packaging as per client requirements. This is followed by Bag Printing, after which the process moves to cargo
procurement, where goods are sourced for the order.
Once the cargo is ready, bag dispatch takes place, and a surveyor appointment is scheduled to oversee quality and
compliance. The goods then undergo procurement & inspection to ensure they meet export standards. Approved
goods are moved forward to loading & dispatch, followed by container stuffing at Port to prepare for international
shipment. With containers loaded, the next step is Shipping Documentation, which includes preparing all required
paperwork.
The exporter then proceeds with export order and port entry, allowing the goods to legally leave the country. After
the vessel has departed (post-sailing), documentation is submitted for review and document approval is obtained.
202The final steps include payment and document release, where payment is processed and necessary documents are
handed over to the buyer to facilitate receipt of goods at the destination.
Capacity and Capacity Utilization
Information relating to our historical rice milling and processing installed capacity and capacity utilisation of our
Nagpur Facility included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is based on various assumptions and estimates of
our management that have been taken into account by V. N. Talithaya, Chartered Engineer, by certificate dated
August 25, 2025. The following table sets forth our installed capacity, actual utilisation and capacity utilisation
for our Nagpur Facility for Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023:
Period Installed Capacity in Actual Utilisation in Capacity Utilisation
tonnes (TPA) tonnes (TPA) (%)
Fiscal 2025 76,800.00 42,680.31 55.57%
Fiscal 2024 76,800.00 32,102.01 41.80%
Fiscal 2023 76,800.00 75,616.58 98.46%
As certified by M/s. V. N. Talithaya, Independent Chartered Engineer, by way of their certificate dated August 25, 2025.
Note: Our Installed capacity has increased to 1,63,200 MT per annum with effect from August 2025.
Logistic and Supply Chain
The logistics and supply chain of rice, particularly for exports, involves a multi-stage process that begins with
procurement of raw paddy or milled rice and extends through processing, storage, transportation, and final
delivery to international buyers. At each stage, specific activities are undertaken to ensure compliance with quality
standards, regulatory requirements, and contractual obligations. The process is designed to maintain the integrity
of the product, minimize handling risks, and facilitate timely delivery across domestic and global markets. The
flow of operations from procurement to export is outlined below:
1. Procurement Stage
2032. Processing Stage
3. Pre-dispatch Logistics
2044. Transport to port
5. Export and transit
SALES, MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION STRATEGY
Our Company has implemented a structured sales, marketing, and distribution strategy aimed at expanding its
international presence and engaging with stakeholders across the agri-commodity value chain. This strategy
205combines conventional trade practices with modern outreach methods to support sustained growth and strengthen
market linkages. The key components of our strategy are as follows:
• Participation in Trade Events and Industry Conferences
We participate in international trade fairs and industry-specific conferences such as SIAL, TRT,
GULFOOD, and PRODEXPO. These platforms facilitate direct interaction with buyers, provide
exposure to market trends, and enable product-level discussions to understand demand dynamics.
• Collaboration with Channel Partners
We work with a network of international traders and buyers to facilitate market entry and presence in
regions including Africa, the Middle East, Southeast Asia, and East Asia. These collaborations focus on
regional market requirements, inventory coordination, and demand forecasting.
• Digital and Trade-Specific Marketing
We use targeted outreach through digital platforms including LinkedIn, trade portals, and B2B aggregator
websites to connect with prospective buyers. We also distribute product brochures, corporate
presentations, and other material to share product and company information. Selective advertisements
are placed in trade-specific publications and international rice directories.
• Business Development and Customer Interface
We conduct B2B promotional activities, buyer-seller meetings, and regular follow-ups through our sales
and export teams. These efforts are intended to support lead generation, track ongoing engagements, and
maintain communication with existing buyers.
• Port-Centric Distribution and Supply Chain Planning
Our export operations are aligned with key Indian ports such as Nhava Sheva, Kakinada, Mundra,
Kandla, Kolkata, Gangavaram, and Vizag. This port-centric model supports freight management and
delivery planning based on regional demand.
• Use of Market Intelligence and CRM Tools
We use data tools to track international pricing, competitor activity, and buyer preferences. Internally,
we use a CRM system to manage order tracking, follow-ups, and lead management.
Quality Control and Assurance
We are committed to maintaining quality standards at all steps of the manufacturing process of our products, from
procurement of the raw materials/ components to supply of our products. We have personnel who ensure
compliance with our quality management systems and statutory and regulatory compliances. Quality has always
been a focus area for management and is part of our organizational corporate goals. Our Manufacturing Facility
spread across cumulative area of 3.47 lakh square feet (approximate 7.97 Acres) are located at Nagpur in the state
of Maharashtra. Our Nagpur Facility has been duly certified in accordance with FSSAI (Food Safety and Standards
Authority of India), APEDA (Agricultural and Processed Food Products Export Development Authority), and
HACCP (Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points). For further details, pertaining to our product and quality
related approvals and certifications please refer to chapter titled “Government and other Statutory Approvals”
on page 361 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Under our export trading operations, we follow a quality assurance process to ensure that the goods meet the
buyer’s specifications before they are dispatched. In the majority of such cases, we facilitate an independent
survey conducted by a third-party surveyor approved or nominated by the buyer. These surveys are typically
carried out prior to packaging and cover critical quality parameters such as grain length, moisture content, broken
206percentage, foreign matter and overall conformity to agreed specifications. This process helps minimize disputes,
ensures transparency and reinforces buyer confidence in our ability to consistently deliver as per contract terms.
Utilities
Electricity and Water
Our manufacturing process requires an uninterrupted and consistent supply of power and water to ensure smooth
and efficient operations. The availability of adequate and cost-effective electricity and water is critical to our
production activities. The electricity requirements of our manufacturing facility are primarily met through the
state electricity board. This system has proven effective in optimizing energy usage and improving operational
sustainability.
Additionally, as part of our commitment to renewable energy and cost control, we have commissioned rooftop
solar installations at our facility having capacity of 999 KW. These solar panels contribute to our daily energy
needs and reduce our overall electricity expenses, while also lowering our carbon footprint.
Water required for processing is sourced from our in-house underground water supply system and is treated
through ETP water treatment plant to ensure purity and compliance with quality standards.
Human Resources
We are dedicated to the development of the expertise, skill sets and know-how of our employees and labourers.
As on July 31, 2025 we had 101 employees. The following table provides information about our permanent
employees, as of July 31, 2025:
Department Employees
Managing Director 1
Executive Director 1
KMP 3
SMP 3
Plant Production 27
Accounts 14
Operations 14
Procurement 9
Administration 8
Export Documentation 7
Electrical & Maintenance 4
Dispatch 3
Store 3
Export Logistics 2
HR 1
IT 1
Total 101
Our employees are not unionised into any labour or workers’ unions and have not experienced any major work
stoppages due to labour disputes or cessation of work during the in Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023.
Our Company regularly conducts: (i) training for fire and safety drills, for our employees; (ii) technical training
for our workers; and (iii) soft skill training sessions for our worker and engineers. Our workers are also covered
under specific accident insurance schemes and group health insurance schemes, which provide cover in the event
of injuries or death sustained in course of employment.
Export and Export Obligations
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have any export obligations. Our
Company receives certain export benefits from the Government of India. Due to our export activities, our
207Company enjoyed certain benefits of incentives under the schemes of duty drawback and Remission of Duties
and Taxes on Exported Products.
The details of fiscal benefits enjoyed by our Company on account of such schemes during the periods indicated
therein and as % of total revenue are as under:
(₹ in lakhs except for percentage)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount % of Revenue Amount % of Revenue Amount % of Revenue
from from from
Operations Operations Operations
RoDTEP 418.53 0.31 558.84 0.84 1,208.50 0.96
scripts
As certified by Statutory Auditors of our Company, by way of their certificate dated September 6, 2025.
Competition
We face competition from global as well as domestic players in the industry segment in which we operate. We try
to remain competitive by seeking to understand the markets in which we operate in better and identify emerging
opportunities. We believe that our consistent tracking of markets, developing new products, increasing capacities
and our consistent interaction with our customers is a key to our competitiveness and these factors inter alia enable
us to anticipate the needs of our customers. Our global competitors vary in size and may have greater financial,
manufacturing, marketing, personnel and other resources than us and certain of our global competitors have a
longer history of established businesses and reputations in the industry in which we operate. Competitive
conditions in some of our product segments may cause us to realise lower net selling prices and reduced gross
margins and net earnings. Changes in the identity, ownership structure and strategic goals of our global
competitors and the emergence of new competitors in our industry may impact our financial performance. For
further details on our competition, please see section titled “Industry Overview” on page 130 of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus.
Information Technology
We rely on information technology infrastructure in order to maintain consistency in production chain and
safeguard our operations. We have implemented ERP across our operations to streamline our record keeping and
track our business operations on real-time basis pursuant to which various financial, analytical and MIS reports
are generated. Further, this system also enables us to track timely procurement of raw materials, payment to
vendors and contract suppliers and receivables from customers.
Insurance
Under the restrictive covenants imposed by the banks and also as a good business practice we maintain insurance
covering hazards, like vehicle insurance policy, standard fire and special perils, boiler and pressure plant insurance
policy, stock held at godown insurance policy and multi buyer exposure policy (export credit guarantee
corporation scheme).
Environment, Health, Quality and Safety
Our manufacturing processes and activities are subject to the environmental laws and regulations of India, which
govern, among other things, air emissions, waste water discharges, the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous
substances and wastes, the remediation of contaminated sites, natural resource damages and employee health and
employee safety. We aim to comply with applicable health and safety regulations and other requirements in our
operations and have adopted an occupational health and safety policy that is aimed at, inter alia, complying with
applicable environmental laws and regulations and voluntary commitments, providing a healthy and safe work
environment, effectively communicating with facility employees. For information regarding applicable health,
safety and environmental laws and regulations, see “Key Industrial Regulations and Policies” on page 211 of
this DRHP.
208Corporate Social Responsibility
We have constituted a CSR committee of our Board of Directors and have adopted and also formulated a CSR
policy. As a part of the CSR initiatives, our Company has undertaken several acitivities including education in
Newjabai Hitkarini Education Society, Raginiben Bipinchandra Sevakarya Trust, Ahmedabad and Excelsior
Foundation Trust. As per our Restated Financial Statements, our CSR expenditure for Fiscals 2025, 2024 and
2023 was ₹58.50 lakhs, ₹ 51.00 lakhs and ₹ 25.00 lakhs respectively.
Intellectual Property
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not own any registered trademarks under
the Trademarks Act, 1999. Greta Investments Private Limited, an entity of the Greta Group, has filed applications
for registration of certain trademarks on April 15, 2025 under Classes 4, 6, 30 and 40, bearing Application
Numbers 6957898, 6957899, 6957900 and 6957901. These applications are currently pending. Greta Investments
Private Limited has, however, entered into a Trademark License Agreement dated May 6, 2025 with our
Company, pursuant to which we are permitted to use the trademarks applied for. The details of the trademark
application made by Greta Investments Private Limited is as follows:
Date of Application Particulars of the Mark Application Number Class of Registration
April 15, 2025 6957898 4
April 15, 2025 6957899 6
April 15, 2025 6957900 30
April 15, 2025 6957901 40
For details, see “Risk Factor - We do not own any registered trademarks, and our right to use trademarks is
dependent on a license from Greta Investments Private Limited, which itself is only an applicant and not the
registered owner of such trademarks. Any failure to secure registrations or maintain this license could
adversely affect our brand, reputation, and business” on page 59.
Our Properties
The following table sets forth the location and other details of the material properties owned/ leased:
Sr. Address of the Purpose Date of Purchased/ Purchased/ Relationship Total Rent/
No. Premises Purchase/ Leased Leased with Lessor Lease
Tenure from (monthly)
S.No.181/2, Registered October 1, Shri Vinod Purchased - NA
182/1A, 182/2, Office and 2014 Kumar
Marodi, Mauda Manufacturing Kothari
1 Tahsil, Nagpur, Facility
Nagpur,
Maharashtra,
India, 441104
KH. NO. 193/1, Vacant space May 22, Mrs Manda Purchased - NA
193/2, 193/3, adjacent the 2018 Jagan
Muza Marodi, Manufacturing Motghare,
Tehsil Mouda, Facility Kaushallya
2
Dist Nagpur Vasanta
Maharashtra, Motghare,
441104 Durga
Somnath
209Sr. Address of the Purpose Date of Purchased/ Purchased/ Relationship Total Rent/
No. Premises Purchase/ Leased Leased with Lessor Lease
Tenure from (monthly)
Motghare,
Palash
Somnath
Motghare,
Vaishali
Somnath
Motghare
Mahadev Corporate November M/s Purchased - NA
Galaxy,Plot office 23, 2021 Mahadev
16,17,18, First Marketing
Floor, Company
Lakadganj Near
Harihar Mandir
Nagpur.440008
3
(Including Shop
No. F1, F2 , F3
and Flat No. 101
(4BHK), Flat
No. 102
(2BHK), Flat
No. 103 (3BHK)
Old No 22 New Branch Office 11 months Nitesh Leased Promoter 15,000
No 34 1st street, till July Chaudhari
Balaji Nagar 09, 2026
4 Royapettah,
Chennai, Tamil
Nadu India
600014
NA 338, Plot 1, Land for the April 9, M/s Purchased - NA
Bhimasar, proposed 2025 Deekay
5
Anjar, Kachchh facility Pine Board
Pvt Ltd
NA 338, Plot 2, Land for the April 9, Shri Dilip Purchased - NA
6 Bhimasar, proposed 2025 Shankarlal
Anjar, Kachchh facility Kedia
NA 337, Plot 1 Land for the April 28, M/s Purchased - NA
7 and 2, Bhimasar, proposed 2025 Deekay
Anjar, Kachchh facility Impax
210KEY REGULATIONS AND POLICIES IN INDIA
The following description is a summary of certain key statutes, rules, regulations, notifications, memorandums,
circulars and policies which are applicable to our Company and the business undertaken by our Company.
The information detailed in this section has been obtained from publications available in the public domain. The
regulations set forth may not be exhaustive and are only intended to provide general information to the Investors
and are neither designed nor intended to be a substitute for professional legal advice. The information detailed
in this section is based on the current provisions of applicable law, and remain subject to judicial and
administrative interpretations, which are subject to change or modification by subsequent legislative, regulatory,
administrative or judicial decisions.
Taxation statutes such as the Income Tax Act, 1961, the Customs Act, 1962, the relevant goods and services tax
legislation statutes apply to us as it does to any other company. The details of such government approvals have
more particularly been described for your reference in the chapter titled “Government and Other Statutory
Approvals” on page 361.
INDUSTRY SPECIFIC LAWS APPLICABLE TO OUR COMPANY
The Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006 (“FSSA”) and the regulations framed thereunder
The FSSA was enacted on August 23, 2006, repealing and replacing the Prevention of Food Adulteration Act,
1954. The FSSA was enacted with a view to consolidate the laws relating to food and establish the Food Safety
and Standards Authority of India (“FSSAI”) for laying down scientific standards for articles of food and to regulate
their manufacture, storage, distribution, sale and import to ensure availability of safe and wholesome food for
human consumption, and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. The FSSAI is required to provide
scientific advice and technical support to the GoI and the state governments in framing the policy and rules relating
to food safety and nutrition. The standards prescribed by the FSSAI include specifications for food additives,
flavourings, processing aids and materials in contact with food, ingredients, contaminants, pesticide residue,
biological hazards and labels. Under the provisions of the FSSA, no person may carry on any food business except
under a license granted by the FSSAI. The FSSA sets forth the requirements for licensing and registering of food
businesses in addition to laying down the general principles for safety, responsibilities of food business operators
and liabilities of manufacturer and sellers, and adjudication by the Food Safety Appellate Tribunal and also lays
down penalties for various offences (including recall procedures). The FSSAI has also framed, among others, the
following food safety and standards regulations in relation to various food products and additives:
• Food Safety and Standards Rules, 2011
• Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011
• Food Safety and Standards (Food Products Standards and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011(as
amended by the Food Safety and Standards (Food Products Standards and Food Additives) First
Amendment Regulations, 2023)
• Food Safety and Standards (Prohibition and Restriction on Sales) Regulations, 2011
• Food Safety and Standards (Contaminants, Toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011
• Food Safety and Standards (Laboratory and Sampling Analysis) Regulations, 2011
• Food Safety and Standards (Health Supplements, Nutraceuticals, Food for Special Dietary Use, Food for
Special Medical Purpose, Functional Food and Novel Food) Regulations, 2016
• Food Safety and Standards (Import) Regulations, 2017
• Food Safety and Standards (Approval for Non-Specific Food and Food Ingredients) Regulations, 2017
• Food Safety and Standards (Organic Food) Regulations, 2017
• Food Safety and Standards (Food Recall Procedure) Regulations, 2017
• Food Safety and Standards (Fortification of Food) Regulations, 2018
• Food Safety and Standards (Food Safety Auditing) Regulations, 2018
• Food Safety and Standards (Packaging) Regulations, 2018
• Food Safety and Standards (Recognition and Notification of Laboratories) Regulation, 2018
• Food Safety and Standards (Advertising and Claims) Regulation, 2018
• Food Safety and Standards (Labelling and Display) Regulations, 2020
• Food Safety and Standards (Vegan Foods) Regulations, 2022
211For enforcement under the FSSA, the ‘commissioner of food safety’, ‘food safety officer’ and ‘food analyst’ have
been granted with detailed powers of seizure, sampling, taking extracts and analysis. Penalties are levied for
various defaults such as for selling food not of the nature or substance or quality demanded, sub-standard food,
misbranded food, misleading advertisement, food containing extraneous matter, for failure to comply with the
directions of Food Safety officer, for unhygienic or unsanitary processing or manufacturing of food, for processing
adulterant. Apart from the penalties, there are punishments prescribed for selling, storing, distributing or importing
unsafe food, for interfering with seized items, for providing false information, for obstructing or impersonating a
Food Safety officer, for carrying out a business without license and for other subsequent offences.
The FSSA also contains the provisions for offences by companies. Further, the Food Safety and Standards Rules,
2011 (“FSSR”) which have been operative since August 5, 2011, provide, among other things, the qualifications
mandatory for the posts of the ‘commissioner of food safety’, ‘food safety officer’ and ‘food analyst’, and the
procedure for taking extracts of documents, sampling and analysis.
The Essential Commodities Act, 1995 (“ECA”)
The ECA gives powers to the Central Government, to control production, supply and distribution of trade and
commerce in certain essential commodities for maintaining or increasing supplies and for securing their equitable
distribution and availability at fair prices or for securing any essential commodity for the defense of India or the
efficient conduct of military operations. Using the powers under it, various ministries/ departments of the Central
Government have issued control orders for regulating production, distribution, quality aspects, movement and
prices pertaining to the commodities which are essential and administered by them. The State Governments have
also issued various control orders to regulate various aspects of trading in essential commodities such as food
grains, edible oils, sugar and drugs. Penalties in terms of fine and imprisonment are prescribed under the ECA for
contravention of its provisions.
Farmers’ Produce Trade and Commerce (Promotion and Facilitation) Act, 2020 (“FPTC”)
The FPTC Act allows farmers and traders to trade outside of designated trade areas defined under various
agriculture produce marketing committee (“APMC”) laws enacted by different State legislatures of India. It
allows for intra-State and inter-State trade in farmers’ produce including dairy. A trader is defined as one who
buys farmers’ produce by way of inter-State trade or intra-State trade or a combination thereof, either for self or
on behalf of one or more persons for the purpose of wholesale trade, retail, end-use, value addition, processing,
manufacturing, export, consumption or for such other purpose. It also permits the operation of electronic trading
in farmers produce outside of the purview of APMCs. Companies, body corporates, farmer produce associations
and cooperatives may engage in electronic trading. It prohibits State governments from levying any market fee,
cess, or levy on electronic trading of farmers’ produce conducted outside already designated trade areas. It also
provides for a dispute resolution mechanism for resolving any dispute between farmers and traders.
The Legal Metrology Act, 2009 (“Legal Metrology Act”)
The Legal Metrology Act provides that the units of weights and measures must be in accordance with the metric
system based on the international system of units, and prohibits quotations made otherwise. The Legal Metrology
(General) Rules, 2011, which came into force on April 1, 2011, also provides detailed specifications of standard
weights and measures and the standard equipment. The Legal Metrology (Packaged Commodities) Rules, 2011,
which also came into force on April 1, 2011, provide the specification with respect to price, origin, expiry date
and other details which are required to be mentioned on the label of products. The Legal Metrology Rules are
ancillary to the Legal Metrology Act and set out to define various manufacturing and packing terminology. The
Rules require a declaration of 'country of origin' or 'country of manufacture' or 'country of assembly' on the
imported products. It lays out specific prohibitions where manufacturing, packing, selling, importing, distributing,
delivering, offering for sale would be illegal and requires that any form of advertisement where the retail sale
price is given must contain a net quantity declaration. Circumstances which are punishable are also laid out.
The Legal Metrology Act regulates the trade and commerce in weights and measures, and provides for the
appointment of a director, controller and other legal metrology officers, and empowers them to undertake
inspection or forfeiture to ensure compliance with its provisions. It provides for imposition of penalty on use of
non-standard, or unverified weights and measures, and for making any transaction, deal or contract in
contravention of the standards weights and measures. The Legal Metrology Act allows companies to nominate a
212person who will be held responsible for the breach of provisions of this legislation.
The Legal Metrology (Packaged Commodities) Rules, 2011, with amendments up to June 2017 (“Legal
Metrology Rules”)
The Legal Metrology Rules are ancillary to the Legal Metrology Act and set out to define various manufacturing
and packing terminology. The Rules require a declaration of 'country of origin' or 'country of manufacture' or
'country of assembly' on the imported products. It lays out specific prohibitions where manufacturing, packing,
selling, importing, distributing, delivering, offering for sale would be illegal and requires that any form of
advertisement where the retail sale price is given must contain a net quantity declaration. The Amendment Rules
issued in 2024 ensure consumer protection, transparency, and compliance for manufacturers, importers, and e-
commerce entities. Key updates include unit sale price declarations, QR code requirements, and revised labelling
norms to enhance market regulation. These rules aim to foster a healthier marketplace for consumers by ensuring
that standardized and ethical practices are followed with respect to packaging and sale of goods and laying down
strict penalties in cases of violations of manner of labelling and packaging.
The Agricultural and Processed Foods Products and Export Development Authority Act, 1985 (“APEDA Act”)
The APEDA Act provides for establishment of Agricultural and Processed Food Products Export Development
Authority (the “APEDA”) for the development and promotion of export of certain agriculture and processed food
products. Persons exporting any one or more of the products specified in the schedules to the APEDA Act are
required to be registered under the APEDA Act and are required to adhere to specified standards and
specifications. The APEDA Act provides for imprisonment and monetary penalties for breach of its provisions.
Further, the Agricultural and Processed Food Products Export Development Authority Rules, 1986, have been
framed for effective implementation of the APEDA Act and provides for the application, grant and cancellation
of registration to be obtained by exporters of agricultural produce. APEDA has signed multiple MoUs with
different institutions engaged in Agri-trade and Agri-infrastructure to foster cooperation in the areas of critical
technology intervention requirements for organic as well as chemical/ residue free production systems;
development of Common Processing Centres; effectively supporting the entire value chain system in clusters
identified under the Agriculture Export Policy (AEP); developing pre-production, production, post harvesting,
primary processing, secondary processing and transportation/ distribution guidelines for all the stakeholders
including farmers to meet international compliances, capacity building of various stakeholders and providing
technical support to tribal farmers & groups, federations, organizations working with farmers, engaging
cooperatives involved in agricultural production for improving the quality of Agri-produce, its consolidation and
export for better price realization to the farmers; facilitating necessary certifications for Agri-produce/ organic
produce; capacity development of Agri-processing and allied cooperative societies/SHGs; showcasing the
products and services being produced/offered by Agri-produce/processing cooperatives in the Indian and global
markets, etc. Such MoUs are expected to facilitate the development of clusters identified under the AEP, thus
benefiting the farmers in those clusters and promoting Agri exports from the country.
In pursuance of Section 10 A of the APEDA Act and in exercise of the powers conferred by Section 21 of the
Geographical Indications of Goods (Registration and Protection) Act,1999, APEDA has developed Basmati.Net
as web-based traceability system. Basmati.Net is aimed to provide a common platform to all stakeholders in
supply chain to enter details of activity/activities undertaken by them as part of Basmati value chain. All stake
holders namely, paddy traders/millers/processors/ exporters/ suppliers in domestic markets forming part of supply
chain between the commission agent and customer of Basmati rice through retail, need to register their
organization and their activities on Basmati.Net so that the authenticity is intact.
The Agricultural Produce (Grading and Marking) Act, 1937 read with General Grading and Marking Rules,
1988 (“Grading and Marking Laws”)
The Grading and Marking Laws provide for the grading and marking of agricultural and other allied commodities
with the objectives of making available quality agricultural produce including horticulture and livestock produce
to consumers. The Central Government has implemented rules fixing grade designation to indicate the quality of
any scheduled article, defining the quality indicated by every grade designation; specifying grade designation
mark to represent particular grade designation; authorising a person or body of persons to use a grade designation
mark with respect to any article subject to prescribed conditions; prescribe the manner in which an article could
be packed, sealed and marked, and providing for the confiscation and disposal of produce marked otherwise than
213in accordance with the prescribed conditions with a grade designation mark.
The Agricultural Produce Marketing Legislations
The agricultural produce marketing legislations enacted by state governments regulate marketing of agricultural,
horticultural, livestock products and certain other produce in market areas and establishes market committees for
every market area in the state to regulate transactions in agricultural produce. It provides for the organization and
composition of committees and their powers and functions which include granting licenses to operate in the
market, provide for necessary facilities in the market area, regulate and control transactions in the market and
admissions to the market.
Punjab Agricultural Produce Markets Act, 1961 (the “Punjab Agricultural Produce Markets Act”) read with
the Punjab Agricultural Produce Markets (General) Rules, 1962
The Punjab Agricultural Produce Markets Act regulates the marketing of agricultural products in the States of
Punjab and Haryana. The Act creates a structured framework for the sale and purchase of agricultural products,
ensures that fair trade practices prevail, provides for better transparency of transactions. The Act also establishes
regulated markets under the Punjab State Agricultural Marketing Board (PSAMB), with primary goal to prevent
exploitation of farmers and to promoter the growth of the agriculture sector in Punjab. The Act enables the
formation of marketing committees to oversee the functioning of such regulated markets established in various
locations across the state. By handing over the management of functions of the markets to these marketing
committees, the Act excludes the role and influence of middlemen and encourages farmers to make direct relations
with traders, which results in farmers being able to secure the best market price for their produce.
The Export (Quality Control and Inspection) Act, 1963 (the “EQCI Act”) read with the Export of Basmati Rice
(Quality Control and Inspection) Rules, 2003
The EQCI Act provides for the development of the export trade of India by ensuring quality control by conducting
inspection. Food products are notified commodities under the EQCI Act and require pre-shipment inspection and
certification by Export Inspection Agencies, as identified under the EQCI Act.
The Export of Basmati Rice (Quality Control and Inspection) Rules, 2003 were established by the GoI to regulate
and ensure the quality of Basmati rice exported from India. These rules mandate exporters to obtain certification
from the Export Inspection Council (EIC) or its agencies before exporting. The rice must meet prescribed quality
standards regarding grain size, aroma, purity, and cleanliness. Adulteration with non-Basmati rice or artificial
substances is strictly prohibited.
Inspection and sampling procedures are detailed to verify compliance with the set standards. Any non-compliant
consignment is rejected or requires corrective action before export. Exporters must maintain proper
documentation, including inspection certificates, to facilitate traceability. The rules aim to protect the reputation
of Indian Basmati rice in the global market, uphold its Geographical Indication (GI) status, and prevent misuse of
the Basmati label. These regulations are binding for all exporters of Basmati rice from India and ensure adherence
to international quality expectations.
Basmati Rice (Export) Grading and Marking Rules, 1979 (the “Basmati Rice Rules”)
The Basmati Rice Rules were formulated by the GoI to establish a set of standardized guidelines for the grading,
marking, and certification of basmati rice which is meant to be exported. The Rules lay down the manner in which
the produce of basmati rice should be packed, graded and labelled. The aim of these rules is to ensure that high-
quality rice which meets set standards is marketed under the name ‘Basmati’ so that it does not lose its
distinctiveness and global recognition. The Rules provide for grading of rice based on various factors such as
grain length, colour, moisture content, and foreign matter, and these parameters help in determining the
distinctiveness of Basmati Rice and allow the exporter to justify the authenticity of their product. This authenticity
if further certified through ‘Agmark’ certification, which is issued by the Directorate of Marketing and Inspection,
Ministry of Agriculture.
Consumer Protection Act, 2019 (the “Consumer Protection Act”) and the rules made thereunder
214The Consumer Protection Act, which repeals the Consumer Protection Act, 1986, was designed and enacted to
provide simpler and quicker access to redress consumer grievances. It seeks, inter alia to promote and protect the
interest of consumers against deficiencies and defects in goods or services and secure the rights of a consumer
against unfair trade practices, which may be practiced by manufacturers or service providers or traders. The
definition of “consumer” under the Consumer Protection Act also includes persons engaged in offline or online
transactions through electronic means or by tele-shopping or direct-selling or multi-level marketing. It provides
for the establishment of consumer disputes redressal forums and commissions for the purposes of redressal of
consumer grievances. It establishes consumer disputes redressal forums and commissions for the purposes of
redressal of consumer grievances. In addition to awarding compensation and/or passing corrective orders, the
forums and commissions under the Consumer Protection Act, in cases of misleading and false advertisements, are
empowered to impose imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years and fine which may extend to ten
lakh. In cases of manufacturing for sale or storing, selling or distributing or importing products containing an
adulterant, the imprisonment may vary between six months to seven years and fine between one lakh to ten lakh
depending upon the nature of injury to the consumer.
Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 2016 (the “BIS Act”) read with Bureau of Indian Standards Rules, 2018
(“BIS Rules”)
The BIS Act provides for the establishment of the National Standards Body of India for the standardisation,
marking and quality certification of goods. Functions of the bureau include, inter alia, (a) recognizing as an Indian
standard, any standard established for any article or process by any other institution in India or elsewhere; (b)
specifying a standard mark which shall be of such design and contain such particulars as may be prescribed to
represent a particular Indian standard; and (c) conducting such inspection and taking such samples of any material
or substance as may be necessary to see whether any article or process in relation to which the standard mark has
been used conforms to the Indian Standard or whether the standard mark has been improperly used in relation to
any article or process with or without a license. A person may apply to the bureau for grant of license or certificate
of conformity, if the articles, goods, process, system or service confirms to an Indian Standard.
Further, the Ministry, vide notification no. G.S.R. 584(E) dated June 25, 2018, has notified the BIS Rules. The
BIS Rules have been notified in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules, 1987, in so far as they
relate to Chapter IV A of the said rules, and in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules, 2017, except
in relation to things done or omitted to be done before such supersession. According to the BIS Rules, the Bureau
shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods, article, process, system, or service, review of Indian
standards, adoption of standards as Indian standards and for publishing of Indian standards and shall reaffirm,
amend, revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established, as may be necessary.
The Indian Boilers Act, 1923 (“Boilers Act”) read with Indian Boilers Regulations, 1950
The Boilers Act along with relevant regulations establishes and enforces the standards that regulate the materials,
design and construction, inspection and testing of boilers and boiler components for compliance by the
manufacturers and users of boilers in India. The State Government is empowered to appoint a director to exercise
the powers and to discharge duties. The State Government has the power to limit the extent of the Boilers Act.
Under the Act, “boiler” means a pressure vessel in which steam is generated for use external to itself by application
of heat which is wholly or partly under pressure when steam is shut off. The Act further provides that no owner
of a boiler shall use the boiler or permit it to be used unless it has been registered in accordance with the provisions
of this Boilers Act. The Boilers Act also provides for penalties for illegal use of boilers, penalty for breach of rules
and other penalties. The Boilers Regulations provide for inter alia, standard requirements with respect to material,
construction, safety and testing of boilers.
Sale of Goods Act, 1930 (“SOGA”)
The SOGA governs contracts relating to sale of goods in India. The contracts for sale of goods are subject to the
general principles of the law relating to contracts. A contract of sale may be an absolute one or based on certain
conditions. The SOGA contains provisions in relation to the essential aspects of such contracts, including the
transfer of ownership of the goods, delivery of goods, rights and duties of the buyer and seller, remedies for breach
of contract and the conditions and warranties implied under a contract for sale of goods.
Shop and establishment legislations in various states
215Under the provisions of local shops and establishments legislations applicable in the states in which establishments
are set up, establishments are required to be registered. These legislations regulate the working and employment
conditions of the workers employed in shops and establishments including commercial establishments and provide
for fixation of opening and closing hours, daily and weekly working hours, rest intervals, overtime, holidays,
leave, health and safety measures, termination of service, wages for overtime work, maintenance of shops and
establishments and other rights and obligations of the employers and employees. There are penalties prescribed
in the form of monetary fine or imprisonment for violation of the legislations.
ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS
The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (“EPA”) read with The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 and
Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 (“EIA Notification”)
The EPA has been enacted for the protection and improvement of the environment. It stipulates that no person
carrying on any industry, operation or process shall discharge or emit or permit to be discharged or emit any
environmental pollutant in excess of such standards as may be prescribed. Further, no person shall handle or cause
to be handled any hazardous substance except in accordance with such procedure and after complying with such
safeguards as may be prescribed. EPA empowers the Central Government to take all measures necessary to protect
and improve the environment such as laying down standards for emission or discharge of pollutants, providing
for restrictions regarding areas where industries may operate and generally to curb environmental pollution.
Penalties for violation of the EPA include fines up to ₹10.00 lakhs or imprisonment of up to five years, or both.
As per the Environment Protection Rules, every person who carries on an industry, operation or process requiring
consent under Water Act or Air Act or both or authorization under the Hazardous Wastes Rules is required to
submit to the concerned state pollution control board an environmental audit report for that financial year in the
prescribed form.
Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (“Water Act”)
The Water Act aims to prevent and control water pollution as well as restore water quality by establishing and
empowering the relevant state pollution control boards. Under the Water Act, any individual, industry or
institution discharging industrial or domestic waste into water must obtain the consent of the relevant state
pollution control board, which is empowered to establish standards and conditions that are required to be complied
with. The Water Act prescribes specific amounts of fine and terms of imprisonment for various contraventions.
National Environmental Policy, 2006
This Policy seeks to extend the coverage, and fill in gaps that still exist, in light of present knowledge and
accumulated experience. This policy was prepared through an intensive process of consultation within the
Government and inputs from experts. It does not displace, but builds on the earlier policies. It is a statement of
India's commitment to making a positive contribution to international efforts. This is a response to our national
commitment to a clean environment, mandated in the Constitution in Articles 48 A and 51 A (g), strengthened by
judicial interpretation of Article 21. The dominant theme of this policy is that while conservation of environmental
resources is necessary to secure livelihoods and well-being of all, the most secure basis for conservation is to
ensure that people dependent on particular resources obtain better livelihoods from the fact of conservation, than
from degradation of the resource. Following are the objectives of the National Environmental Policy:
1. Conservation of Critical Environmental Resources
2. Intra-generational Equity: Livelihood Security for the Poor
3. Inter-generational Equity
4. Integration of Environmental Concerns in Economic and Social Development
5. Efficiency in Environmental Resource Use
6. Environmental Governance
7. Enhancement of resources for Environmental Conservation.
Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 (“Air Act”)
Under the Air Act, the relevant state pollution control board may inspect any industrial plant or manufacturing
216process and give orders, as it may deem fit, for the prevention, control and abatement of air pollution. Further,
industrial plants and manufacturing processes are required to adhere to the standards for emission of air pollutants
laid down by the relevant state pollution control board, in consultation with the Central Pollution Control Board.
The relevant state pollution control board is also empowered to declare air pollution control areas. Additionally,
consent of the state pollution control board is required prior to establishing and operating an industrial plant. The
consent by the state pollution control board may contain provisions regarding installation of pollution control
equipment and the quantity of emissions permitted at the industrial plant. Whoever contravenes any of the
provisions of the Air Act or any order or direction issued is punishable with imprisonment for a term which may
extend to 3 months or with a fine of ₹10,000 or with both, and in case of a continuing offence, with an additional
fine which may extend to ₹5,000 for every day during which such contravention continues after initial conviction.
Plastic Waste Management Rules, 2016 and the amendments thereto
The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change published the Plastic Waste Management Rules, 2016
with the aim of facilitating collection and recycling of plastic waste. It delegates responsibility to the waste
generators for waste segregation and disposal. These rules are applicable to every waste generator, local body,
Gram Panchayat, manufacturer, importers, and producer. This provides the basic framework for how plastic waste
generators, manufacturers, importers etc. shall manage plastic waste by stipulating conditions for the manufacture,
importer stocking, distribution and use of plastic carry bags, plastic sheets, packaging etc. Plastic Waste
Management (Amendment) Rules, 2018 prescribed a central registration system for the registration of the
producer/importer/brand owner. The Plastic Waste Management (Amendment) Rules, 2021 extended the
applicability of rules to brand owner, plastic waste processor, including the recycler and co-processor etc. The
latest amendment, being the Plastic Waste Management (Amendment) Rules, 2022 emphasize on registration of
producers, brand owners, importers and Plastic Waste Processors with the State Pollution Control Board or Central
Pollution Control Board through their online portals, in order to obtain renewal of their consent to operate.
Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 (and Amendments
thereto)
The Hazardous Waste Rules regulate the management, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous waste. Under
the Hazardous Waste Rules, “hazardous waste”, inter alia, means any waste which by reason of characteristics
such as physical, chemical, biological, reactive, toxic, flammable, explosive or corrosive, causes danger or is
likely to cause danger to health or environment, whether alone or in contact with other wastes or substances. Every
occupier and operator of a facility generating hazardous waste must obtain authorization from the relevant state
pollution control board. Further, the occupier, importer or exporter is liable for damages caused to the environment
or third party resulting from the improper handling and management and disposal of hazardous waste and must
pay any financial penalty that may be levied by the respective state pollution control board
LABOUR RELATED LEGISLATIONS
The employment of workers, depending on the nature of the activity, is currently regulated by a wide variety of
generally applicable labour legislations, including the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, the Contract Labour
(Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946, the Payment of Wages
Act, 1936, the Minimum Wages Act, 1948, the Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948, the Employees’ Provident
Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952, Employee’s Compensation Act, 1923, the Trade Unions Act,
1926, the Payment of Bonus Act, 1965, the Equal Remuneration Act, 1976, the Maternity Benefit Act, 1961, the
Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, the Child Labour (Protection Regulation) Act, 1986, the Sexual Harassment of
Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013 and the Apprentices Act, 1961.
Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970
Contract labour is the system of employing labourers through a contract by a contractor for a specified period. A
workman is known as a contract labourer when they are assigned to a work of an establishment for a specific
period through a contract by a contractor with or without the knowledge of the principal employer. Thus, the
Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 was enacted to regulate the employment of contract labour
in certain establishments and to provide for its abolition in certain circumstances. Its primary aim is to prevent the
exploitation of contract workers at the hands of contractors and the management of the establishment they are
contracted to work for. The Act provides that the appropriate Government may, after consultation with the Central
217or State Advisory Boards (constituted under the Act), prohibit employment of contract labour in any process,
operation or other work in any establishment.
Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948 (the “ESI Act”)
The Employees’ State Insurance Act 1948 encompasses certain health related eventualities that the workers are
generally exposed to; such as sickness, maternity, temporary or permanent disablement, Occupational disease or
death due to employment injury, resulting in loss of wages or earning capacity-total or partial. Social security
provision made in the Act to counterbalance or negate the resulting physical or financial distress in such
contingencies, are thus, aimed at upholding human dignity in times of crises through protection from deprivation,
destitution and social degradation while enabling the society the retention and continuity of a socially useful and
productive manpower.
Employees’ Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions, 1952
This Act has been enacted as a social security measure which falls under the ground of ‘retirement benefits’, and
it aims to inculcate the habit of saving in the form of a non-withdrawable financial benefit, and this sum becomes
payable on retirement or death of the employee. It creates a statutory obligation on an employer to deduct a specific
percentage as contribution from the employees’ salary, and the employer also contributes the same sum towards
the employees’ provident fund. The administration of the scheme under this Act is in the hands of the Central
Board, State Board, the regional committee, and a Chief Executive Committee appointed by the Central
Government.
In order to rationalise and reform labour laws in India, the Government has enacted the following codes which
will be brought into force on a date to be notified by the Central Government:
a) Code on Wages, 2019, which regulates, inter alia, the minimum wages payable to employees, the manner
of payment and calculation of wages and the payment of bonus to employees. It subsumes four existing
laws, namely the Payment of Wages Act, 1936, the Minimum Wages Act, 1948, the Payment of Bonus
Act, 1965, and the Equal Remuneration Act, 1976.
b) Industrial Relations Code, 2020, which consolidates and amends laws relating to trade unions, the
conditions of employment in industrial establishments and undertakings, and the investigation and
settlement of industrial disputes. It subsumes the Trade Unions Act, 1926, the Industrial Employment
(Standing Orders) Act, 1946 and the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947.
c) Code on Social Security, 2020, which amends and consolidates laws relating to social security. It governs
the constitution and functioning of social security organisations such as the employees’ provident fund
and the employees’ state insurance corporation, regulates the payment of gratuity, the provision of
maternity benefits, and compensation in the event of accidents to employees, among others. It subsumes
various legislations including the Employee’s Compensation Act, 1923, the Employees’ State Insurance
Act, 1948, the Employees’ Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952, the Maternity
Benefit Act, 1961, and the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972.
d) Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020, amends and consolidates laws
regarding the occupational safety, health and working conditions of persons employed in an
establishment. It subsumes various legislations including the Factories Act, 1948, and the Contract
Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, the Inter-State Migrant Workmen (Regulation of
Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1979 and the Building and Other Construction Workers
(Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996.
Certain portions of the Code on Wages, 2019, have come into force upon notification by the Ministry of Labour
and Employment. The remainder of these codes shall come into force on the day that the Government shall notify
for this purpose.
Bombay Labour Welfare Fund Act, 1953 (as extended to the National Capital Territory of Delhi)(the “Welfare
Fund Act”) and the Delhi Labour Welfare Fund Rules, 1997 (the “Welfare Fund Rules”)
218The Labour Welfare Fund is a fund contributed by an employer, employee and in some states by the Government
as well. These Funds are formed with the intent to provide housing, medical care, educational and recreational
facilities to workers and their dependents. This Fund is managed by the Labour Board which is responsible for
formulating various welfare schemes for workers. The Welfare Fund Act was initially enacted to provide welfare
for workers in the State of Maharashtra and was extended to the National Capital Territory of Delhi vide a
notification issued in 1966. The Act provides for establishment of a fund that is financed by employers and
employees focusing on the above-mentioned benefits for workers. The Delhi Welfare Rules were enacted for
securing the welfare of industrial workers in Delhi by laying down provisions to improve their social and economic
conditions, and their overall quality of life. The Rules provide a rate of contribution that determines the quantum
of contribution by an employer and employee and also gives an outline of the manner in which the funds should
be utilized. Further, it requires industrial establishments in Delhi to register under the Delhi Welfare Labour Fund
Act to be recognized as a contributor to the fund. Further, under these Rules establishments are required to
maintain proper records about the utilization of the fund, and these records are also subject to audit for ensuring
transparency and accountability in the fund’s management.
Punjab Labour Welfare Fund Act, 1965 (the “Punjab Welfare Act”) and the Punjab Labour Welfare Fund
Rules, 1966 (the “Punjab Welfare Rules”)
The Punjab State Government enacted the Punjab Welfare Act for establishment of the Punjab Labour Welfare
Fund, administered by the Punjab Labour Welfare Board which has been given the responsibility to identify and
fund various activities to promoter the welfare of workers and their dependents. For all the employers and
employees covered under the Act, it makes it mandatory for them to contribute a certain amount to the fund
monthly. Further, the State Government has issued the Punjab Welfare Rules which regulate various aspects of
the Board such mode of payment towards the fund, meetings of the Board, budget of the Board, additional
expenditures, maintenance of accounts and audit, and other functions. The fund aims to cover various benefits for
workers including loan schemes, shagun scheme, marriage loan, stipend for education, leave travel concessions,
subsidy for purchase of medical kits such as spectacles, dentures and hearing aids, death and disability
compensation, medical benefits, and other such financials aids which are necessary for the smooth functioning of
workers’ lives and helps them maintain a quality social standard.
Factories Act, 1948 (“Factories Act”)
The Factories Act defines a ‘factory’ to cover any premises which employs 10 or more workers and in which
manufacturing process is carried on with the aid of power and any premises where there are at least 20 workers,
even while there may not be an electrically aided manufacturing process being carried on. State Governments
have authority to formulate rules in respect of matters such as prior submission of plans and their approval for the
establishment of factories and registration and licensing of factories. The Factories Act provides that the person
who has ultimate control over the affairs of the factory and in the case of a company, any one of the directors,
must ensure the health, safety and welfare of all workers. It provides such safeguards of workers in the factories
as well as offers protection to the exploited workers and improve their working conditions.
Warehousing (Development and Regulation) Act, 2007
The Warehousing (Development and Regulation) Act, 2007 provides for the regulation and development of
warehouses, and the establishment of the Warehousing Development and Regulatory Authority (WDRA). The
Act seeks to ensure scientific and standardised warehousing practices, promote the issuance of negotiable
warehouse receipts, and facilitate institutional credit against goods stored in such warehouses. It is particularly
relevant to entities engaged in the storage of agricultural produce and food products. The Act prescribes conditions
for registration of warehouses with WDRA, maintenance of infrastructure and records, and adherence to
prescribed storage standards. To the extent applicable, our Company is required to comply with the provisions of
this Act in respect of any warehousing activities undertaken for the storage of raw materials or finished food
products.
Industries (Development And Regulation) Act, 1951, as amended (“IDR Act”)
The IDR Act has been liberalized under the New Industrial Policy dated July 24,1991 and all industrial
undertakings are exempt from licensing except for certain industries, including, among others, all types of
electronic aerospace, defense equipment, ships and other vessels drawn by power. The IDR Act is administered
219by the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India, through the Department for Promotion of
Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT). The main objectives of the IDR Act are to empower the Government to take
necessary steps for the development of industries, to regulate the pattern and direction of industrial development,
and to control the activities, performance and results of industrial undertakings in the public interest. The DPITT
is responsible for formulation and implementation of promotional and developmental measures for growth of the
industrial sector.
FOREIGN INVESTMENT AND TRADE LAWS
Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 (the “FEMA”)
Foreign investment in India is primarily governed by the provisions of FEMA. Pursuant to FEMA, the
Government of India and the RBI have promulgated various regulations, rules, circulars and press notes in
connection with various aspects of foreign exchange with facilitation of external trade and payments for promoting
orderly developments and maintenance of foreign exchange market in India. FEMA replaced the erstwhile Foreign
Exchange Regulation Act, 1973. Foreign investment is permitted (except in the prohibited sectors) in Indian
companies, either through the automatic route or the government approval route, depending upon the sector in
which foreign investment is sought to be made.
Foreign Exchange Management (Non-Debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 (“FEMA NDI Rules”) Rules
The RBI, in exercise of its power under the FEMA, has notified the Foreign Exchange Management (Mode of
Payment and Reporting of Non-Debt Instruments) Regulations, 2019 by Notification No. FEMA. 395/2019-RB
dated October 17, 2019 (“FEMA Rules”) to prohibit, restrict, or regulate transfer by or issue security to a person
resident outside India. As laid down by the FEMA Rules, no prior consents and approvals are required from the
RBI for Foreign Direct Investment (“FDI”) under the “automatic route” within the specified sectoral caps. In
respect of all industries not specified as FDI under the automatic route, and in respect of investment in excess of
the specified sectoral limits under the automatic route, approval may be required from the RBI. At present, the
FDI Policy does not prescribe any cap on the foreign investments in the sector in which the Company operates.
Therefore, foreign investment up to 100% is permitted in the Company under the automatic route.
Foreign Trade (Development and Regulation) Act, 1992 (“FTA”) and the Foreign Trade (Regulation) Rules,
1993 and the Foreign Trade Policy, 2023 (“FTP”)
In India, the main legislation concerning foreign trade is FTA. The FTA read along with relevant rules provides
for the development and regulation of foreign trade by facilitating imports into, and augmenting exports from,
India and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. As per the provisions of the Act, the Government:
(i) may make provisions for facilitating and controlling foreign trade; (ii) may prohibit, restrict and regulate
exports and imports, in all or specified cases as well as subject them to exemptions; and (iii) is authorized to
formulate and announce an export and import policy and also amend the same from time to time, by notification
in the Official Gazette. FTA read with the Indian Foreign Trade Policy 2015 –2020 (extended up to September
30, 2021) provides that no export or import can be made by a company without an Importer-Exporter Code
(“IEC”) ) granted by the Director General of Foreign Trade, Ministry of Commerce (“DGFT”), unless such person
or company is specifically exempt. An application for an importer exporter code number has to be made to the
office of the Joint Director General of Foreign Trade, Ministry of Commerce. An importer-exporter code number
allotted to an applicant is valid for all its branches, divisions, units and factories. Failure to obtain the IEC number
shall attract penalty under the FTA. The IEC granted to any person may be suspended or cancelled inter alia in
case the person contravenes any of the provisions of FTA or any rules or orders made thereunder or the DGFT or
any other officer authorized by him has reason to believe that any person has made an export or import in a manner
prejudicial to the trade relations of India. Any person who makes any export or import in contravention of any
provision of this Act or any rules or orders made thereunder, or the foreign trade policy would become liable to a
penalty under the FTA. Under section 5 of the FTA the Central Government has notified the Foreign Trade Policy
2023. Thereafter, the Foreign Trade Policy 2023 was notified with effect from April 1, 2023, which, unlike the
earlier fixed-term framework, has been made open-ended and dynamic. The said policy inter alia provides for a
greater thrust on digitization, export promotion in collaboration with states and districts, and incentivizing
emerging areas such as e-commerce exports, with an overall vision of augmenting India’s exports to USD 2 trillion
by 2030.
220Export Promotion Capital Goods Scheme (“The EPCG Scheme”)
The EPCG Scheme provides that importers can benefit from reduced duties on the import of capital goods
provided that they fulfil an export obligation to export a prescribed amount of their goods manufactured or services
rendered (such amount being a multiple of the duty saved) within a specified period. Export obligations can be
fulfilled by physical exports or by way of “deemed exports”, which are transactions deemed to be exports.
Export Oriented Unit Scheme (“EOU Scheme”)
The Ministry of Commerce, Government of India introduced the EOU Scheme on December 31, 1980. The EOU
Scheme is governed by chapter six of the Foreign Trade Policy. An Export oriented unit can import from bonded
warehouses in the domestic tariff area which are outside SEZ and Export oriented unit. They are typically required
to fulfil certain criteria such as achievement of positive net foreign exchange earnings cumulatively in a five-year
block period. Export oriented units are units which must export their entire production (except permitted sales in
Domestic Tariff Area). They may be engaged in the manufacture, services, development of software, trading,
repair, remaking, reconditioning and re-engineering. Export oriented units are allowed to import or locally
procure, duty free, all types of goods including capital goods, raw materials and consumables required for export
production. Export oriented unit premises are approved as private warehouses under Section 58 of the Customs
Act.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LAWS
Intellectual property in India enjoys protection under both common law and statutes. Under statutes, India provides
for copyright protection under the Copyright Act, 1957 and trademark protection under the Trade Marks Act,
1999. These enactments provide for the protection of intellectual property by imposing civil and criminal liability
for infringement. In addition to the domestic laws, India is a party to several international intellectual property-
related instruments including the Patent Cooperation Treaty, 1970, the Paris Convention for the Protection of
Industrial Property, 1883, the Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works, 1886, the
Universal Copyright Convention adopted at Geneva in 1952, the International Convention for the Protection of
Performers, Producers of Phonograms and Broadcasting Organizations, 1961 and as a member of the World Trade
Organisation is a signatory to the Agreement on Trade-Related aspects of Intellectual Property Rights.
Trade Marks Act, 1999 (“Trade Marks Act”)
The Trade Marks Act provides for the registration and better protection of trade marks for goods and services and
for the prevention of the use of fraudulent marks. The registration of a trademark under the Trade Marks Act
confers on the proprietor the exclusive right to the use of the trade mark, and the right to obtain relief in respect
of infringement of the trade mark. The registration of a trademark shall be for a period of ten years but may be
renewed from time to time as prescribed under the Trade Marks Act. The Trade Marks Act also prescribes
penalties for the falsification or false application of trade marks. Further, pursuant to the notification of the
Trademarks (Amendment) Act, 2010, simultaneous protection of trademark in India and other countries has been
made available to owners of Indian and foreign trademarks. It also seeks to simplify the law relating to the transfer
of ownership of trademarks by assignment or transmission and to bring the law in line with international practices.
TAXATION LAWS
Goods and Service Tax (GST)
The Goods and Services Tax (“GST”) is levied on supply of goods or services or both jointly by the Central
Government and State Governments. GST provides for imposition of tax on the supply of goods or services and
will be levied by the Central Government and by the state government including union territories on intra-state
supply of goods or services. Further, Central Government levies GST on the inter-state supply of goods or
services. The GST law is enforced by various acts viz. Central Goods and Services Act, 2017 (“CGST”), relevant
State’s Goods and Services Act, 2017 (“SGST”), Union Territory Goods and Services Act, 2017 (“UTGST”),
Integrated Goods and Services Act, 2017 (“IGST”), Goods and Services (Compensation to States) Act, 2017 and
various rules made thereunder.
Income Tax Act, 1961
221The Income Tax Act, 1961 (the “Income Tax Act”) is applicable to every company, whether domestic or foreign
whose income is taxable under the provisions of this Act or rules made there under depending upon its
“Residential Status” and “Type of Income” involved. The Income Tax Act provides for the taxation of persons
resident in India on global income and persons not resident in India on income received, accruing or arising in
India or deemed to have been received, accrued or arising in India. Every company assessable to income tax under
the Income Tax Act is required to comply with the provisions thereof, including those relating to tax deduction at
source, advance tax, minimum alternative tax, etc. In 2019, the Government has also passed an amendment act
pursuant to which concessional rates of tax are offered to a few domestic companies and new manufacturing
companies.
Professional Tax
The professional tax slabs in India are applicable to those citizens of India who are either involved in any
profession or any trade. The State Government of each State is empowered with the responsibility of structuring
as well as formulating the respective professional tax criteria and is also required to collect funds through
professional tax. The professional taxes are charged on the incomes of individuals, profits of business or gains in
vocations. The professional tax is charged as per List II of the Constitution of India. The professional taxes are
classified under various tax slabs. The tax payable under the State Acts by any person earning a salary or wage
shall be deducted by his employer from the salary or wage payable to such person before such salary or wage paid
to him, and such employer shall, irrespective of whether such deduction has been made or not when the salary
and wage is paid to such persons, be liable to pay tax on behalf of such person and employer has to obtain the
registration from the assessing authority in the prescribed manner. Every person liable to pay tax under these Acts
(other than a person earning salary or wage, in respect of whom the tax is payable by the employer), shall obtain
a certificate of enrolment from the assessing authority.
Customs Act, 1962 and the Customs Tariff Act, 1975
The Customs Act, 1962 as amended, regulates import of goods into and export of goods from India by providing
for levy and collection of customs duties on goods in accordance with the Customs Tariff Act, 1975. Any
Company requiring to import or export goods is first required to get registered under the Customs Act and obtain
an Importer Exporter Code under FTDR. Customs duties are administrated by Central Board of Indirect Tax and
Customs under the Ministry of Finance.
OTHER LAWS
Indian Contract Act, 1872 (the “Indian Contract Act”)
The Indian Contract Act governs the conditions for validity of contracts formed through electronic means;
communication and acceptance of proposals; additionally, revocation, and contract formation between consumers,
sellers, and intermediaries. Further, the terms of service, privacy policy, and return policies of any online platform
must be legally binding agreements. Additionally, the law is yet to update to deal with the lack of online signatures.
Additionally, this will require certain types of contracts and the impossibility of determining the true consumer’s
age, with the standard age to enter into contracts set at 18 years.
Competition Act, 2002 (the “Competition Act”)
The Competition Act is an act to prevent practices having adverse effect on competition, to promote and sustain
competition in markets, to protect interest of consumer and to ensure freedom of trade in India. The act deals with
prohibition of (i) certain agreements such as anti-competitive agreements and (ii) abuse of dominant position and
regulation of combinations. No enterprise or group shall abuse its dominant position in various circumstances as
mentioned under the Competition Act.
The prima facie duty of the Competition Commission of India (“Commission”) is to eliminate practices having
adverse effect on competition, promote and sustain competition, protect interest of consumer, and ensure freedom
of trade. The Commission shall issue notice to show cause to the parties to combination calling upon them to
respond within 30 days in case it is of the opinion that there has been an appreciable adverse effect on competition
in India.
222The Information Technology Act, 2000 (the “IT Act”) and the rules made thereunder
The IT Act seeks to (i) provide legal recognition to transactions carried out by various means of electronic data
interchange and other means of electronic communication, commonly referred to as “electronic commerce”,
involving alternatives to paper-based methods of communication and storage of information, (ii) facilitate
electronic filing of documents, and (iii) create a mechanism for the authentication of electronic documentation
through digital signatures. The IT Act facilitates electronic commerce by recognizing contracts concluded through
electronic means, protects intermediaries in respect of third-party information liability and creates liability for
failure to protect sensitive personal data. The IT Act also prescribes civil and criminal liability. Including fines
and imprisonment, for computer related offences including those relating to unauthorized access to computer
systems, tampering with or unauthorised manipulation of any computer, computer system or computer network
and, damaging computer systems and creates liability for negligence in dealing with or handling any sensitive
personal data or information in a computer resource and in maintaining reasonable security practices and
procedures in relation thereto.
The IT Act empowers the Government of India to formulate rules with respect to reasonable security practices
and procedures and sensitive personal data. In exercise of this power, the Department of Information Technology,
Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology, Government of India, in April 2011, notified the Information
Technology (Reasonable Security Practices and Procedures and Sensitive Personal Data or Information) Rules,
2011 (“IT Security Rules”) prescribe directions for the collection, disclosure, and transfer of sensitive personal
data by a body corporate or any person acting on behalf of a body corporate. The IT Security Rules require every
such body corporate or person who on behalf of the body corporate receives, stores or handles information to
provide a privacy policy for handling and dealing with personal information, including sensitive personal data,
publishing such policy on its website. The IT Security Rules further require that all such personal data be used
solely for the purposes for which it was collected and any third-party disclosure of such data is made with the
prior consent of the information provider, unless contractually agreed upon between them or where such disclosure
is mandated by law.
In addition to the above, our Company is also required to comply with the provisions of the Companies Act and
rules framed thereunder, and other applicable statutes imposed by the Centre or the State Government and
authorities for our day-to-day business and operations.
Further, presently we carry on our operations and business in domestic and foreign jurisdictions and may continue
to expand our operations. For further details, see “Our Business” on page 181. Our business and operations in
such foreign jurisdictions are and will be subject to applicable local laws.
The Digital Personal Data Protection Act, 2023 (“DPDP ACT”)
The DPDP Act was notified on August 11, 2023 and is yet to come into effect. It replaces the existing data
protection provision, as contained in Section 43A of the IT Act. The DPDP Act shall come into force on such date
as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint and different dates may be
appointed for different provisions of the DPDP Act. The DPDP Act seeks to balance the rights of individuals to
protect their digital personal data with the need to process personal data for lawful and other incidental purposes.
The DPDP Act provides that personal data may be processed only for a lawful purpose after obtaining the consent
of the individual. A notice must be given before seeking consent, except in case of legitimate uses as provided
under the DPDP Act. It further imposes certain obligations on data fiduciaries including (i) make reasonable efforts
to ensure the accuracy and completeness of data, (ii) build reasonable security safeguards to prevent a data breach,
(iii) inform the Data Protection Board of India (the “DPB”) and affected persons in the event of a breach, and (iv)
erase personal data as soon as the purpose has been met and retention is not necessary for legal purposes
(storage limitation). In case of government entities, storage limitation and the right of the data principal to erasure
will not apply. The DPDP Act imposes certain additional obligations on a significant data fiduciary, such as
appointment of a data protection officer, appointment of an independent data auditor and undertaking of other
measures namely, periodic data protection impact assessment, periodic audit and such other measures as may be
prescribed under the DPDP Act. The Central Government will establish the DPB. Key functions of the DPB
include: (i) monitoring compliance and imposing penalties, (ii) directing data fiduciaries to take necessary
measures in the event of a data breach and (iii) hearing grievances made by affected persons. The DPB members
223will be appointed for two years and will be eligible for re-appointment. The Central Government will prescribe
details such as the number of members of the DPB and the selection process.
The Digital Personal Data Protection (DPDP) Rules, 2025
The DPDP Rules, 2025 is a comprehensive framework for the responsible handling of digital personal data in
India. These rules are applicable to any entity—whether based in India or abroad—that processes the personal
data of individuals located in India. This includes data collected directly in digital form or converted into digital
format after being collected offline. The rules are designed to ensure that personal data is processed in a lawful,
transparent, and secure manner. However, they do not apply to data processed by individuals for personal or
domestic purposes, or to information that has been made publicly available by the individual or under legal
obligation. Certain exemptions are also provided for specific sectors, such as education and healthcare, particularly
when processing children’s data for safety or welfare purposes. Overall, the DPDP Rules aim to build trust in
digital systems by enforcing accountability and giving individuals greater control over their data, making it
essential for all organizations handling such data to understand and comply with these regulations.
The Companies Act, 2013 (“Companies Act”)
The Companies Act, 2013 has replaced the Companies Act, 1956 in a phased manner and received the assent of
the President of India on August 29, 2013. It governs various aspects of company law in India, including the
incorporation of companies, procedures for incorporation and post-incorporation compliance, and provisions for
conversion of a private company into a public company and vice versa.
The Act also lays down the procedure for appointment and removal of directors, as well as provisions related to
the winding up of companies—both voluntary and by order of the Tribunal—and the appointment of liquidators.
Furthermore, Schedule V (read with Sections 196 and 197) outlines the conditions to be fulfilled for the
appointment of a Managing Director, Whole-time Director, or Manager. Part I of Schedule V specifies
disqualifications, including any prosecution or conviction under specified laws, that would bar such appointments.
Part II of Schedule V provides for the remuneration payable to managerial personnel, including limits and
approvals required for payment of remuneration in case of inadequate or no profits.
Indian Stamp Act, 1899
Under the Indian Stamp Act, 1899 (the “Stamp Act”) stamp duty is payable on instruments evidencing a transfer
or creation or extinguishment of any right, title or interest in immovable property. Stamp duty must be paid on all
instruments specified under the Stamp Act at the rates specified in the schedules to the Stamp Act. The applicable
rates for stamp duty on instruments chargeable with duty vary from state to state. Instruments chargeable to duty
under the Stamp Act, which are not duly stamped are incapable of being admitted in court as evidence of the
transaction contained therein and it also provides for impounding of instruments that are not sufficiently stamped
or not stamped at all.
The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016
The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (“IBC”) provides a unified legal framework for resolving insolvency
and bankruptcy of companies, partnerships, and individuals in a time-bound manner. It aims to maximize asset
value, promote entrepreneurship, and ensure creditor participation through the Corporate Insolvency Resolution
Process and liquidation, where necessary. The Code is administered by authorities such as the NCLT, NCLAT,
and the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India. The provisions of the IBC apply to our Company to the extent
applicable.
Municipality Laws
Pursuant to the Seventy Fourth Amendment Act, 1992, the respective State Legislatures in India have the power
to endow the Municipalities (as defined under Article 243Q of the Constitution of India) with the power to
implement schemes and perform functions in relation to matters listed in the Twelfth Schedule to the Constitution
of India which includes regulation of public health. The respective States of India have enacted laws empowering
the Municipalities to regulate public health including the issuance of a health trade license for operating eating
224outlets and implementation of regulations relating to such license along with prescribing penalties for non-
compliance.
General Laws
Apart from the above list of laws, which is inclusive in nature and not exhaustive, general laws like the following
are also applicable to our Company:
• The Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023
• The Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023
• The Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023
• The Negotiable Instrument Act 1881
• The Transfer of Property Act, 1882
• The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996
• The Registration Act, 1908
• The Specific Relief Act, 1963
• The Competition Act, 2002
• The Electricity Act, 2003
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
225HISTORY AND CERTAIN CORPORATE MATTERS
Brief history of our Company
Our Company was originally incorporated as Shriram Rice Udyog India Private Limited, a Private Limited
Company under the erstwhile Companies Act, 1956, pursuant to a certificate of Incorporation dated January 22,
2014, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra, Mumbai. Subsequently, pursuant to a resolution passed
by our Board dated March 19, 2014 and a special resolution passed by our Shareholders dated March 20, 2014,
the name of our Company was changed from ‘Shriram Rice Udyog India Private Limited’ to ‘Shriram Food
Industry Private Limited’ and a fresh certificate of incorporation dated May 7, 2014, was issued by the Registrar
of Companies, Maharashtra. The name of our Company was subsequently changed to ‘Shriram Food Industry
Limited’, upon conversion into Public Limited Company, pursuant to a board resolution dated March 10, 2023
and a shareholders resolution dated April 3,2023 and a fresh certificate of incorporation dated May 9, 2023, was
issued by the Registrar of Companies, Mumbai.
Changes in the Registered Office
Except as stated below, there has been no change in the address of our registered office since incorporation.
Date of Board resolution Details for change Reasons for change
March 8, 2016 The registered office of our Company was For administrative and
shifted from ‘Plot No. 5A Panchratna operational convenience.
Apartment, Dhobi Bungalow, Nagpur-
440001, Maharashtra, India’ to ‘S.No.181/2,
182/1A, 182/2, Marodi, Mauda Tahsil
Nagpur-441104 Maharashtra, India’.
Main objects of our Company
The main objects contained in our Memorandum of Association are as follows:
To carry on the business of manufacturing, trading, Rice Milling & Grinding, Rice (paddy) processing. marketing,
promoting farming. to set up and run high- tech factory for milling and processing of Rice (paddy) specifically all
types of Rice; rice based products & Agro based products and to provide and engage in the marketing Exporting
and importing of same in India and abroad and also to provide services to the cultivators and agriculturists and to
provide and or cause to provide market information in connection with the Rice and other kind of varieties of
Paddy and other crops, farms and foods.
Amendments to the Memorandum of Association
Set out below are the amendments to our Memorandum of Association since inception of our Company till the
date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Date of Shareholder’s Particulars
resolution/ Effective
date
March 20, 2014 Clause I of the Memorandum of Association of our Company was amended to reflect
the change in our name from ‘Shriram Rice Udyog India Private Limited’ to
‘Shriram Food Industry Limited’.
November 17, 2014 Clause V of the Memorandum of Association was amended to reflect the Alteration
of the Capital Clause to increase of the authorized share capital of our Company from
₹5,00,00,000 (Rupees Five Crore only) consisting of 50,00,000 (Fifty Lakhs) Equity
Shares of ₹10 each to ₹7,00,00,000 (Rupees Seven Crore only) consisting of
70,00,000 (Seventy Lakhs) Equity Shares of ₹10 each
March 25, 2015 Clause V of the Memorandum of Association was amended to reflect the Alteration
of the Capital Clause to increase of the authorized share capital of our Company from
₹7,00,00,000 (Rupees Seven Crores only) consisting of 70,00,000 (Seventy Lakhs)
Equity Shares of ₹10 each to ₹17,00,00,000 (Rupees Seventeen Crores only)
226Date of Shareholder’s Particulars
resolution/ Effective
date
consisting of 1,70,00,000 (One Crore Seventy Lakhs ) Equity Shares of ₹10 each.
January 14, 2016 Clause V of the Memorandum of Association was amended to reflect the Alteration
of the Capital Clause to increase of the authorized share capital of our Company from
₹17,00,00,000 (Rupees Seventeen Crore only) consisting of 1,70,00,000 (One Crore
Seventy Lakhs) Equity Shares of ₹10 each to ₹24,00,00,000 (Rupees Twenty-Four
Crore) consisting of 2,40,00,000 (Two Crore Forty Lakhs) Equity Shares of ₹10
each.
January 31, 2023 Clause V of the Memorandum of Association was amended to reflect the Alteration
of the Capital Clause to increase of the authorized share capital of our Company from
₹24,00,00,000 (Rupees Twenty-Four Crore only) consisting of 2,40,00,000 (Two
Crore Forty Lakhs ) Equity Shares of ₹10 each to ₹ 25,00,00,000 (Rupees Twenty-
Five Crore) consisting of 2,50,00,000 (Two Crore Fifty Lakhs) Equity Shares of ₹10
each.
April 03, 2023 Clause I of the Memorandum of Association of our Company was amended to reflect
the change in our name from ‘Shriram Food Industry Private Limited’ to ‘Shriram
Food Industry Limited’.
April 07, 2025 Clause V of the Memorandum of Association was amended to reflect the Alteration
of the Capital Clause to increase of the authorized share capital of our Company from
₹25,00,00,000 (Rupees Twenty-Five Cores only) consisting of 2,50,00,000 (Two
Crore Fifty Lakhs) Equity Shares of ₹10 each to authorize share capital of ₹
1,10,00,00,000 (Rupees One Hundred and Ten Crores only) consisting of
11,00,00,000 (Eleven Crore) Equity Shares of ₹10 each.
Adoption of New Set of Memorandum of Association in accordance with the
provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, read with Companies (Incorporation) Rules,
2014 and the deletion of Object Clause ‘C’.
26. To carry on the business of manufactures, trader, importers, exporters and dealers
in all types of pulses, dal and other allied products.
27. To carry on the business of running motor lorries, motor taxies, mini buses and
conveyances of all kinds and to transport passengers and goods and to do the
business of common carriers.
28. To deal and to carry on the business as brokers in shares, debentures, debenture-
stock, units, financial instruments and all kinds marketable securities including
commodities, bullion, currencies and to provide consultancy in investment
planning, tax planning and in portfolio management.
29. To carry on the business of as manufacturers of papers such as writing, printing,
wrapping, tissue, poster paper, cover paper, news-print, paper for packing
including corrugated and craft paper, synthetic paper, paper board, straw board,
cardboard, coloured paper and board.
30. To carry on the business of manufacturers, dealers, exporters, importers in iron,
steel, aluminium, brass, copper and copper alloy, bi-metal, lead, silver and all
other ferrous and nonferrous metals and metal alloy, pipes, seamless or
otherwise, tubes, sheets, rods, strips, plates, coils, condensers, steel wires,
ingots and other manufacturers by-products and thereof.
31. To carry on in India or abroad the business of dealing in land & properties, to
give the properties on rent or lease, construct buildings, residential, industrial
& commercial complexes, townships, colonies, bungalows, apartment schemes,
other civil structures and to act as engineers, contractors, builders, developers,
realtors, constructors, designers, planners, building experts and advisers for
227Date of Shareholder’s Particulars
resolution/ Effective
date
development and construction of all types of buildings and structures,
infrastructure facilities including development, maintenance, operation and
management of roads, nation or state highways, freeways, expressways,
bridges, dams, canals, railway lines, overbridges, strengthening of pavements,
interchanging by-passes, miscellaneous road safety works and to do all these
businesses either singly or jointly with any other firm, company or person &
further to build, operate and transfer (BOT), lease, license or otherwise deal in
such infrastructure facilities.
32. To set up Stone Crusher and/or Hot Mix Plant and to carry on the business as
dealers, distributors, suppliers or traders in bricks, gitti, stone, cement and all
kinds of other building materials and to carry on other all activities related to
the business of the Company; and all implements, machinery, vehicles,
scaffolding and other equipments and articles used by contractors, builders and
developers.
33. To Establish, erect, maintain, run, manage develop, own, acquire, purchase,
undertake, improve, equip, promote, initiate, encourage, subsidise & organise,
hospitals, Dispensaries, Clinics, Diagnostic Centres, Polyclinics, Pathology
Laboratories, Research Centres, Operation Theatres, Chemist Shop, Blood
Banks, Eye Banks, Kidney Banks, Skin Bank, Nursing Homes, Physiotherapy
Centres, Investigation Centres and other Similar establishments for providing
treatment and medical reliefs in all its branches by all available means to public
at large on Suitable fees, Concessional fees or on free of Charge basis.
Major events and milestones of our Company
The table below sets forth some of the key events in the history of our Company:
Fiscal Year Events
2014 Incorporated as Shriram Rice Udyog India Private Limited
2015 Change in the name of the company from Shriram Rice Udyog India Private Limited
to Shriram Food Industry Private Limited'
2016 Consent to Establish for Nagpur facility
2017 Consent to Operate for Nagpur facility
2017 First time crossing 20,000 lakhs revenue benchmark
2022 First time crossing 50,000 lakhs revenue benchmark
2023 First time crossing 1,00,000 lakhs revenue benchmark
2024 Conversion into public limited company.
Awards, Accreditations and Recognitions
The table below sets forth the awards and accreditations received by our Company.
Fiscal Year Awards and Accreditations
2024 and 2025 Certificate of Membership with All India Rice Exporters' Association
2024 Received Certificate of Recognition as Three Star Export House from the Ministry
of Commerce and Industry.
2023 Received Award under the category “Mid Corporate – Food & Agro Processing” at
Dun & Bradstreet “Business Enterprises of Tomorrow”
Significant financial and strategic partnerships
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have any significant financial or
228strategic partnerships, other than in the ordinary course of our business.
Time/cost overruns
There has been no time or cost over-runs in respect of our business operations.
Lock-out and Strikes
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there have been no lockouts or strikes at any time in our
Company.
Accumulated Profits or Losses
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there are no accumulated profits or losses that have not been
accounted by our Company.
Capacity/facility creation, location of plant
For details regarding capacity and locations of our plant, see “Our Business” on page 181.
Launch of key products or services, entry into new geographies or exit from existing
For details of key products launched by our Company, entry into new geographies or exit from existing markets,
see “Our Business” on page 181.
Defaults or rescheduling/ restructuring of borrowings with financial institutions/ banks
There have been no defaults or rescheduling/ restructuring of borrowings availed by our Company with financial
institutions/banks.
Details regarding material acquisitions or divestments of business/undertakings, mergers, amalgamation,
any revaluation of assets, etc. in the last ten years
Our Company has not made any material acquisitions or divestments of business/ undertakings, mergers,
amalgamation, any revaluation of assets, etc. in the last 10 years preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus.
Shareholders Agreement and other agreements
There are no subsisting shareholders’ agreements as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Inter-se agreements/ arrangements
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there are no inter- se agreements/arrangements or any deeds
of assignment, acquisition agreements, shareholders agreement, financing agreements, agreements of like nature
with respect to our Company that our Company is a party to and there are no other agreements/arrangement and
clauses/covenants with respect to our Company that our Company is a party to, or of which it is aware, which are
material and which need to be disclosed or non-disclosure of which may have a bearing on the investment decision
in the Issue. Further, there are no clauses/covenants which are adverse/pre- judicial to the interest of the
minority/public shareholders of our Company.
Details of Agreements required to be disclosed under Clause 5A of paragraph A of part A of Schedule III
of SEBI Listing Regulations
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there are no agreements entered into by our Shareholders,
Promoters, entities forming part of the Promoter Group, related parties, Directors, Key Managerial Personnel,
employees of our Company with our Company or amongst themselves, solely or jointly, which either directly or
indirectly or potentially or whose purpose and effect is to, impact the management or control of our Company or
229impose any restriction or create any liability upon our Company.
Other material agreements
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has not entered into any material agreements
other than in the ordinary course of business of our Company.
Agreements with our Key Managerial Personnel, Senior Management Personnel, Directors, Promoters or
any other employee
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there are no agreements entered into by a Key Managerial
Personnel or Senior Management or Directors or the Promoters or any other employee of our Company, either by
themselves or on behalf of any other person, with any shareholder or any other third party with regard to
compensation or profit sharing in connection with dealings in the securities of our Company.
Details of Special Rights
There are no special rights available to any shareholder of our Company or any other person.
Holding company
Greta Industries Pte Limited is the holding company of our Company and also one of our Corporate Promoters.
For details regarding the corporate information and nature of business of our Promoter, please see “Our Promoter
and Promoter Group – Details of our Corporate Promoters” on page 251.
Our Subsidiaries
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have any subsidiary company.
Our Associates
GRETA FOUNDATION
GRETA FOUNDATION was incorporated on March 20, 2025, as private Limited Company under the
Companies Act, 2013. The Corporate identification number is U85499MH2025NPL44329. Its registered office is
located at Plot No 179/B 16 17 18, Mahadev Galaxy Flat No 10, Bagadganj, Nagpur- 440008, Maharashtra, India.
Nature of Business: Providing educational services i.e. Cultural education Cultural Education. Children,
Education & Literacy, Environment Forests, Health & Family Welfare, Rural Development & Poverty
Alleviation, Women Development & Empowerment
Capital Structure
Sr. No. Particulars No. of Equity Shares
1. Authorized, Issued, Subscribed and Paid-up Equity Share Capital 50,000
Shareholding Pattern
The equity shareholding pattern of Greta Foundation as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Sr. No Name of Shareholder No. of Equity Shares Membership Interest %
1. Shriram Food Industry Limited 24,998 24.99%
2. Greta Energy Limited 25,000 25.00%
3. Nitesh Chaudhari 1 -
4. Anup Ramavtar Goyal 1 -
230Total 50,000 100
Joint Venture of our Company
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have any Joint Venture.
Guarantees, if any, given to third parties by the promoter offering its shares in the proposed offer for sale
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, no guarantees have been issued by our Promoter Selling
Shareholders to third parties.
Other confirmations
There are no material clauses of our Articles of Association that have been left out from disclosures having a
bearing on the Issue or this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
No Directors or KMPs of our Company are appointed pursuant any inter-se agreement/agreement to which our
Company or our Promoters or Shareholders are a party to.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
231OUR MANAGEMENT
Board of Directors
In terms of our Articles of Association and subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, our Board shall
comprise of not less than three (3) Directors and not more than fifteen (15) Directors. Provided that the Company
may appoint more than fifteen (15) Directors after passing a special resolution in a general meeting.
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, we have six (6) directors on our Board, comprising of one
(1) Chairman and Managing Director, one (1) Executive Director, one (1) Non-Executive Director Non-
Independent Director, and three (3) Independent Directors including one (1) Woman Independent Director. Our
Company is in compliance with the corporate governance laws prescribed under the SEBI Listing Regulations
and the Companies Act, 2013 in relation to the composition of our Board and constitution of committees thereof.
The following table sets forth details regarding our Board as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus:
Name, date of birth, age, address, Designation Other Directorships
occupation, term, period of
directorship and DIN
Anup Ramavtar Goyal Chairman and Managing Indian Companies
Director
Date of birth: September 20, 1974 • Greta Energy and Metal
Private Limited
Age (years): 50 • Greta Power Limited
• Greta Green Energy Private
Address: P. No 129/3, F.No.202, Wing Limited (formerly known as
A, Shree Mohini Raj Apart, Khare Town, Vidharbha Energy and
Dharampeth, Nagpur – 440 010, Infrastrure (P) Limited)
Maharashtra, India • Satyavachana Commotrade
Private Limited
Occupation: Business
• Basundhara Infracon Private
Limited
Term: November 11, 2024 to November
• Greta Energy Limited
10, 2029
• Shriram Green Energy Private
Limited
Period of directorship: Director since
• Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar
January 22, 2014
Private Limited
• Greta Foundation
DIN: 02313356
Foreign Companies
Nil
Rishi Kumar Agrawal Executive Director Indian Companies
Date of birth: January 1, 1981 • Orient Dealtrade Private
Limited
Age (years): 44
Foreign Companies
Address: Flat No 1602, Umred Road,
Modal Mill Compound, Godrej Anandam Nil
Tower, Mahatma Fule Bazar, Nagpur –
440 018, Maharashtra, India
Occupation: Business
Term: Liable to retire by rotation
232Name, date of birth, age, address, Designation Other Directorships
occupation, term, period of
directorship and DIN
Period of directorship: Director since
October, 4, 2021
DIN: 07198079
Nitesh Chaudhari Non-Executive Director Indian Companies
Date of birth: December 3, 1976 • Greta Energy and Metal
Private Limited
Age (years): 48 • Vaibhavlakshmi Packaging
Private Limited
Address: 22/34, Balaji Nagar 1st Street, • Greta Energy Limited
Royapettah, Chennai – 600 014, Tamil • Greta Investments Private
Nadu, India Limited
• Kusum Metals Private
Occupation: Business
Limited
• Greta Green Energy Private
Term: Liable to retire by rotation
Limited
• Greta Power Limited
Period of directorship: Director since
• Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar
October 06, 2014
Private Limited
• Greta Foundation
DIN: 02306710
Foreign Companies
• Greta Industries Pte Ltd
• Greta Metal Pte Ltd
• Global Metcorp Pte Ltd
• Greta Minerals Pte Ltd
• Greta Investments Limited,
UK
• Greta International Pte Ltd
Amar Sushil Dammani Independent Director Indian Companies
Date of birth: August 11, 1988 (i) Ramdevbaba Solvent Limited
Age (years): 37 Foreign Companies
Address: Flat No. 101 and 102, Shree Nil
Ganesha Apartment, Anmol Nagar, Near
Shivaji Park, Wathoda, Bhandewadi,
Nagpur – 440 008, Maharashtra, India
Occupation: Business
Term: Five years commencing from
November 11, 2024, to November 10,
2029
Period of directorship: Director since
November 11, 2024
DIN: 10355739
233Name, date of birth, age, address, Designation Other Directorships
occupation, term, period of
directorship and DIN
Hemant Gopaldas Kalantri Independent Director Indian Companies
Date of birth: October 5, 1988 (ii) Ramdev Baba Solvent
Limited
Age (years): 36
Foreign Companies
Address: Vairagade Bhavan, Tekdi Road
Opp Patwardhan Appt Sitabuldi Nagpur, Nil
Patwardhan Ground Nagpur – 440 012,
Maharashtra, India
Occupation: Business
Term: From November 11, 2024 to
November 10, 2029
Period of directorship: Director since
November 11, 2024
DIN: 10372755
Shailee Bagga Independent Director Indian Companies
Date of birth: February 19, 1991 Nil
Age (years): 34 Foreign Companies
Address: 105 Rama Arcade Sube Ki Nil
Goth, Behind Kailash Talkies, Gird, PO,
Lashkar, Dist Gwalior – 474 001,
Madhya Pradesh, India
Occupation: Service
Term: From April 29, 2025 to April 28
2030
Period of directorship: Director since
April 29, 2025
DIN: 11054570
Brief profiles of our Directors
Anup Ramavtar Goyal is the Promoter, Chairman and Managing Director of our Company. He has been
associated with our Company since incorporation. He has completed his Higher Secondary Education from
Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and Higher Secondary Education. Despite lacking formal education, he
has over 2 decades of experience in operations and management. He has been associated with Greta Energy
Limited as the Managing Director from 2015. Currently he overseas operations and management in our Company.
Rishi Kumar Agrawal is the Executive Director of our Company. He has been associated with our Company
since October 4, 2021. He has received High School Certificate Examination from Board of Secondary Education,
Orissa. He has more than 8 years of experience in factory operations. He has been associated with Orient Dealtrade
Private Limited as a Director since 2015 overseeing their factory operations. Currently, he oversees factory
operations in our Company.
234Nitesh Chaudhari is the Promoter and Non-Executive Director of our Company. He has been associated with
our Company since October 6, 2014. He holds a Degree of Bachelor of Commerce from University of Madras.
He has more than 15 years of experience in management. He has been on the Board of Directors of the Greta
Energy and Metal Private Limited, Vaibhavlakshmi Packaging Private Limited, Greta Energy Limited, Greta
Investments Private Limited, Kusum Metals Private Limited, Greta Green Energy Private Limited, Greta Power
Limited, Narottamka Trade and Vyapaar Private Limited, Greta Industries Pte Ltd, Greta Metal Pte Ltd, Global
Metcorp Pte Ltd, Greta Minerals Pte Ltd, Greta Investments Limited, UK and Greta International Pte Ltd.
Amar Sushil Dammani is the Independent Director of our Company. He has been associated with our Company
since November 11, 2024. He holds a Degree of Bachelor of Commerce from the Rashtrasant Tukdoji Maharaj
Nagpur University. He is a qualified Chartered Accountant and an Associate Member of the Indian Institute of
Chartered Accountant of India. He has also completed the course on Concurrent Audit of Banks and the practical
Training in Information System Audit. He has experience of over 7 years in finance. He is also a Partner of M/s.
Bhutda Somani and Co.
Hemant Gopaldas Kalantri is an Independent Director of our Company. He has been associated with our
Company since November 11, 2024. He holds a Degree of Bachelor of Commerce from the Rashtrasant Tukdoji
Maharaj Nagpur University. He is a member of Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and practising
qualified Chartered Accountant. He is also a qualified Company Secretary. He has also completed a course in
Concurrent Audit of Banks and the practical Training in Information System Audit. He has experience of over 8
years in finance. He is a partner at M/s. Aarth & Associates.
Shailee Bagga is an Independent Director of our Company. She has been associated with our Company since
April 29, 2025. She is a member of Institute of Company Secretaries of India. She has over 4 years of experience
in compliance. Currently she is associated with NPS Sugar Industries Private Limited as a Company Secretary.
Relationship between Directors, Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management
Except as mentioned below, there is no relationship between Directors, Key Managerial Personneland Senior
Management:
Sr. No. Name of the Director/ KMP Related Director/ KMP Relationship
1. Anup Ramavtar Goyal Aman Anup Goyal Father-Son
2. Anup Ramavtar Goyal Rishi Kumar Agrawal Brother-in-Law
Terms of appointment of our Executive Directors
Anup Ramavtar Goyal, Chairman and Managing Director
The following table sets forth the terms of appointment of Anup Ramavtar Goyal with effect from November 11,
2024 till November 10, 2029.
Sr. No Particulars Salary and Perquisites
1. Basic Salary 72.00 lakhs per annum
2. Other Benefits Nil
Rishi Kumar Agrawal, Executive Director.
The following table sets forth the terms of appointment of Rishi Kumar Agrawal with effect from September, 27
2022.
Sr. No Particulars Salary and Perquisites
1. Basic Salary 24.00 lakhs per annum
2. Other Benefits Nil
235Terms of appointment of our Non-Executive Directors (including Independent Directors)
Except for sitting fees, our Independent Directors are not entitled to receive any remuneration or compensation
from our Company.
Pursuant to the Board resolution dated November 11, 2024 and April 29, 2025, each Independent Director, is
entitled to receive sitting fees of ₹ 2500/- per meeting for attending meetings of the Board and committees of the
Board of Directors.
Compensation of Executive Director/ Compensation of Managing Director
The details of the remuneration paid to our Executive Director and Managing Director in the Fiscal 2025 is set
out as below:
Name of Director Designation Remuneration (₹ in Lakhs)
Anup Ramavtar Goyal Chairman and Managing Director 72,00,000
Rishi Kumar Agrawal Executive Director 24,00,000
Remuneration paid or payable to our Directors from our Subsidiaries
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have any subsidiaries.
Bonus or profit-sharing plan for the Directors
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have any bonus or profit-sharing plan
for our Directors.
Shareholding of our Directors
Our Articles of Association do not require our Directors to hold any qualification shares.
The table below sets forth details of Equity Shares held by the Directors as on the date of filing of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus:
Sr. No. Name of the Director No. of shares held Percentage (%)
1 Anup Ramavtar Goyal 25,900 0.03
2 Nitesh Chaudhari -* -*
Total 25,900 0.03
*Nitesh Chaudhari is the promoter of Greta Industries Pte Limited with a shareholding of 67.47% and accordingly has ultimate shareholding
in our Company. As on the date of Draft Red Herring Prospectus, Nitesh Chaudhari does not hold any shares in our Company
Arrangement or understanding with major Shareholders, customers, suppliers or others
None of our Directors have been appointed on our Board or as member of Senior Management pursuant to any
arrangement or understanding with our major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others.
Service contracts with Directors
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has not entered into any service contracts with
the Directors.
Contingent and/or deferred compensation payable to our Executive Directors
Except as disclosed under “Our Management – Terms of appointment of our Executive Directors” on page 235
there are no contingent or deferred compensation payable to our Executive Director which does not form part of
their remuneration.
236Borrowing Powers of Our Board
Pursuant to our Articles of Association and the applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules
framed thereunder, and pursuant to our Board resolution dated May 16, 2023 , and the special resolution passed
by our Shareholders on June 16, 2023, our Board is authorized to borrow sums of money up to ₹ 50,000 Lakhs,
which, together with the monies already borrowed by our Company on such terms and conditions as the Board
may deem fit, whether the same may be secured or unsecured and if secured, whether by way of mortgage, charge
or hypothecation, pledge or otherwise in any way whatsoever, on, over or in any respect of all, or any of the
company's assets and effects or properties including stock in trade, notwithstanding that the money to be borrowed
together with the money already borrowed by the Company (excluding temporary loans obtained or to be obtained
from our Company’s bankers in the ordinary course of business) and remaining un-discharged at any given point
of time exceeding, for the time being, the aggregate of the paid up capital of our Company and its free reserves,
provided that the aggregate borrowings and outstanding at any time shall not exceed the amount of ₹ 50,000 Lakhs
or the aggregate of the paid-up share capital and free reserves of our Company, whichever is higher.
Interest of Directors
Our Directors may be deemed to be interested to the extent of remuneration and reimbursement of expenses and
sitting fees, if any, payable to them by our Company for rendering their services as well as attending meetings of
our Board or committees thereof.
Our Directors may be interested to the extent of Equity Shares, if any, held by them, or that may be subscribed by
or allotted to the companies, firms, ventures, trusts in which they are interested as promoters, directors, partners,
proprietors, members or trustees and any dividend and other distributions payable in respect of such Equity Shares,
if any.
None of our Directors have availed any loan from our Company.
No sum has been paid or agreed to be paid to our Directors or to firms or companies in which they may be
members, in cash or shares or otherwise by any person either to induce him/ her to become, or to qualify him/ her
as a Director, or otherwise for services rendered by him/ her or by such firm or company, in connection with the
promotion or formation of our Company.
Interest in property
Except for the rental income to the extent of ₹ 0.15 lakhs per month received by Nitesh Chaudhari against his
property located at Old No. 22, New No. 34, 1st Street, Balaji Nagar, Royapettah, Chennai – 600 014, Tamil Nadu,
India, none of our Directors are interested in any property acquired or proposed to be acquired by our Company.
Interest in promotion or formation of our Company
Except for our Promoters, Anup Ramavtar Gopyal and Nitesh Chaudhari, none of our Directors are interested in
the Promotion of our Company. For further details regarding our Promoters, see “Our Promoters” on page 250.
Business interest
Except as stated in the sections titled “Restated Financial Statements –Transactions with Related Parties” on
page 301, our Directors do not have any other business interest in our Company.
Confirmation
None of our Directors is or was a director of any listed company whose shares have been or were suspended from
being traded on any stock exchanges in India during the term of their directorship in such companies, in the last
five years preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
None of our Directors is or was a director of any listed company which has been or was delisted from any stock
exchanges, during the term of their directorship in such Companies.
237None of our Directors have been declared as Wilful Defaulters and Fraudulent Borrowers.
Neither our Company nor our Directors are declared as fugitive economic offenders as defined in Regulation
2(1)(p) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations and have not been declared as a ‘fugitive economic offender’ under Section
12 of the Fugitive Economic Offenders Act, 2018.
None of our Directors are prohibited from accessing the capital market or debarred from buying, selling or dealing
in securities under any order or direction passed by SEBI or any securities market regulator in any other
jurisdiction or any other authority/court. Additionally, none of our Directors are or were, associated with any other
company which is debarred from accessing the capital market by the Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Confirmation in relation to RBI Circular dated July 1, 2016
Neither our Company nor any of our Directors have been declared as Fraudulent Borrowers by RBI in terms of
the RBI circular dated July 1, 2016.
Details of struck-off companies in which at the time of struck off the director were associated
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, none of our Directors were associated as Directors of Struck-
off companies.
Changes in our Board during the last three years
The changes in our Board of our Company during the last three years till the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus are set forth below.
Name of Director Date Reason
Rishi Kumar Agrawal September 27, 2022 Change in designation to Executive Director
Namita Vedprakash Goyal May 16, 2023 Appointment as Additional Director
Namita Vedprakash Goyal May 16, 2023 Designated as a Whole-Time Director
Mahipal Singh Chouhan May 16, 2023 Appointment as Independent Director
Shir Sagar Pandey May 16, 2023 Appointment as Independent Director
Anup Ramavtar Goyal April 11, 2024 Change in designation to Managing Director
Payal Goyal November 11, 2024 Designated as a Non-Executive Director
Amar Sushil Damani November 11, 2024 Designated as Independent Director
Hemant Gopaldas Kalantri November 11, 2024 Designated as Independent Director
Ramavtar Thanuram Agrawal November 25, 2024 Resignation due to preoccupation
Payal Goyal April 29, 2025 Resignation due to preoccupation
Shailee Bagga April 29, 2025 Designated as Independent Director
Namita Vedprakash Goyal July 22, 2025 Resignation due to preoccupation
Mahipal Singh Chouhan July 22, 2025 Resignation due to preoccupation
Shir Sagar Pandey July 22, 2025 Resignation due to preoccupation
Corporate Governance
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, we have six (6) directors on our Board, comprising of one
(1) Chairam and Managing Director, one (1) Executive Director, one (1) Non-Executive Non-Independent
Director and three (3) Independent Directors including one (1) Woman Independent Director. The present
composition of our Board of Directors and its committees are in accordance with the Companies Act, 2013, and
SEBI Listing Regulations.
The present composition of our Board and its committees is in accordance with the corporate governance
requirements provided under the Companies Act, 2013 and the SEBI Listing Regulations in relation to the
composition of our Board and constitution of committees thereof. Our Company undertakes to take all necessary
steps to continue to comply with all applicable requirements of the SEBI Listing Regulations and the Companies
Act.
238Board committees
Our Board has constituted/ reconstituted the following committees in accordance with the requirements of the
Companies Act and SEBI Listing Regulations:
a) Audit Committee;
b) Nomination and Remuneration Committee;
c) Stakeholders Relationship Committee; and
d) Corporate Social Responsibility Committee.
Details of each of these committees are as follows:
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee was originally constituted by a resolution of our Board dated May 16, 2023 and was last
re-constituted by a resolution of our Board dated November 11, 2024
The Audit Committee currently consists of:
a) Amar Sushil Dammani (Chairperson);
b) Hemant Gopaldas Kalantri (Member); and
c) Nitesh Chaudhari (Member).
Further, the Company Secretary of our Company shall act as the secretary to the Audit Committee.
The scope, functions and the terms of reference of the Audit Committee is in accordance with the Section 177 of
the Companies Act, 2013 and Regulation 18 (3) Securities Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and
Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 read with Schedule II Part C.
The Audit Committee shall have powers, which should include the following:
a) To investigate any activity within its terms of reference;
b) To seek information that it properly requires from any employee of the Company or any associate or
subsidiary, joint venture Company in order to perform its duties and all employees are directed by the
Board to co-operate with any request made by the Committee from such employees;
c) To obtain outside legal or other professional advice;
d) To secure attendance of outsiders with relevant expertise, if it considers necessary and to seek their
advice, whenever required;
e) To approve the disclosure of the Key Performance Indicators to be disclosed in the documents in relation
to the initial public offer of the equity shares of the Company; and
f) Such powers as may be prescribed under the Companies Act and SEBI Listing Regulations.
The role of the audit committee shall include the following:
1. Oversight of the Company's financial reporting process and the disclosure of its financial information to
ensure that the financial statement is correct, sufficient and credible;
2. Recommending to the Board, the appointment, re-appointment and, if required, the replacement or
removal of the statutory auditor and the fixation of audit fees;
3. Approval of payment to statutory auditors for any other services rendered by the statutory auditors;
4. Reviewing, with the management, the annual financial statements before submission to the Board for
approval, with particular reference to:
(a) Matters required to be included in the Director's Responsibility Statement to be included in the
Board's report in terms of clause (c) of sub-section 3 of section 134 of the Companies Act, 2013;
(b) Changes, if any, in accounting policies and practices and reasons for the same;
(c) Major accounting entries involving estimates based on the exercise of judgment by
management;
(d) Significant adjustments made in the financial statements arising out of audit findings;
239(e) Compliance with listing and other legal requirements relating to financial statements;
(f) Disclosure of any related party transactions; and
(g) modified opinion(s) in the draft audit report.
5. Reviewing, with the management, the quarterly yearly financial statements before submission to the
board for approval;
6. Monitoring the end use of funds raised through public offers and reviewing, with the management, the
statement of uses / application of funds raised through an issue (public issue, right issue, preferential
issue, etc.), the statement of funds utilized for purposes other than those stated in the offer document/
Prospectus /notice and the report submitted by the monitoring agency monitoring the utilization of
proceeds of a public or rights issue, and making appropriate recommendations to the Board to take up
steps in this matter. This also includes monitoring the use/ application of the funds raised through the
proposed initial public offer by the Company;
7. Review and monitoring the auditor’s independence, performance and effectiveness of audit process;
8. Formulating a policy on related party transactions, which shall include materiality of related party
transactions and the definition of material modifications of related party transactions;
9. Approval or any subsequent modification of transactions of the company with related parties and
omnibus approval (in the manner specified under the SEBI Listing Regulations and Companies Act) for
related party transactions proposed to be entered into by the Company. Provided that only those members
of the committee, who are independent directors, shall approve related party transactions;
Explanation: The term "related party transactions" shall have the same meaning as provided in
Regulation 2(1)(zc) of the SEBI Listing Regulations and/or the applicable Accounting Standards and/or
the Companies Act;
10. Approval of related party transactions to which the subsidiary of the Company is/are a party but the
Company is not a party, if the value of such transaction whether entered into individually or taken
together with previous transactions during a financial year exceeds 10% of the annual consolidated
turnover as per the last audited financial statements of the Company, subject to such other conditions
prescribed under the SEBI Listing Regulations;
11. Review, at least on a quarterly basis, the details of related party transactions entered into by the Company
pursuant to each of the omnibus approvals given;
12. Scrutiny of inter-corporate loans and investments;
13. Valuation of undertakings or assets of the company, wherever it is necessary;
14. Evaluation of internal financial controls and risk management systems;
15. Reviewing, with the management, performance of statutory and internal auditors, adequacy of the
internal control systems;
16. Reviewing the adequacy of internal audit function, if any, including the structure of the internal audit
department, staffing and seniority of the official heading the department, reporting structure coverage
and frequency of internal audit;
17. Discussion with internal auditors of any significant findings and follow up there on;
18. Reviewing the findings of any internal investigations by the internal auditors into matters where there is
suspected fraud or irregularity or a failure of internal control systems of a material nature and reporting
the matter to the Board;
24019. Discussion with statutory auditors before the audit commences, about the nature and scope of audit as
well as post-audit discussion to ascertain any area of concern;
20. Looking into the reasons for substantial defaults in the payment to the depositors, debenture holders,
shareholders (in case of non-payment of declared dividends) and creditors;
21. Reviewing the functioning of the whistle blower mechanism;
22. Approval of the appointment of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company (“CFO”) (i.e., the whole-
time finance director or any other person heading the finance function or discharging that function) after
assessing the qualifications, experience and background, etc., of the candidate;
23. To formulate, review and make recommendations to the Board to amend the Audit Committee’s terms
of reference from time to time;
24. Overseeing a vigil mechanism established by the Company, providing for adequate safeguards against
victimisation of employees and directors who avail of the vigil mechanism and also provide for direct
access to the Chairperson of the Audit Committee for directors and employees to report their genuine
concerns or grievances;
25. Reviewing the utilization of loans and/or advances from/investment by the Company in the subsidiary
exceeding rupees 100 crore or 10% of the asset size of the subsidiary, whichever is lower including
existing loans/ advances/ investments;
26. Considering and commenting on rationale, cost-benefits and impact of schemes involving merger,
demerger, amalgamation etc., on the Company and its shareholders;
27. Carrying out any other function as is mentioned in the terms of reference of the Audit Committee; and
28. Carrying out any other functions and roles as provided under the Companies Act, the SEBI Listing
Regulations, each as amended and other applicable laws or by any regulatory authority and performing
such other functions as may be necessary or appropriate for the performance of its duties.
Further, the Audit Committee shall mandatorily review the following:
(a) Management discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;
(b) Management letters / letters of internal control weaknesses issued by the statutory auditors;
(c) Internal audit reports relating to internal control weaknesses;
(d) Review of financial statements, specifically, for investments made by any unlisted subsidiary;
(e) The appointment, removal and terms of remuneration of the chief internal auditor shall be subject to
review by the Audit Committee;
(f) Statement of deviations:
(i) quarterly statement of deviation(s) including report of monitoring agency, if applicable,
submitted to stock exchange(s) in terms of Regulation 32(1) of the SEBI Listing Regulations;
and
(ii) annual statement of funds utilized for purposes other than those stated in the offer
document/prospectus/notice in terms of Regulation 32(7) of the SEBI Listing Regulations.
(g) To carry out such other functions as may be specifically referred to the Committee by the Board of
Directors and/or other Committees of Directors of the Company; and
(h) To make available its terms of reference and review periodically those terms of reference and its own
effectiveness and recommend any necessary changes to the Board.
Nomination and Remuneration Committee
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee was originally constituted by a resolution of our Board dated May
16, 2023 and was last re-constituted by a resolution of our Board dated November 11, 2024.
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee currently consists of:
241a) Hemant Gopaldas Kalantri (Chairperson);
b) Amar Sushil Dammani (Member); and
c) Nitesh Chaudhari (Member).
The scope, functions and the terms of reference of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee is in accordance
with the Section 178 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Regulation 19 of the Securities Exchange Board of
India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015. The terms of reference of
Nomination and Remuneration Committee shall include the following:
1. Formulation of the criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes and independence of a
director and recommend to the board of directors a policy relating to, the remuneration of the directors,
key managerial personnel and other employees;
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee, while formulating the above policy, should ensure that:
(i) the level and composition of remuneration be reasonable and sufficient to attract, retain and
motivate directors of the quality required to run the Company successfully;
(ii) relationship of remuneration to performance is clear and meets appropriate performance
benchmarks; and
(iii) remuneration to directors, key managerial personnel and senior management involves a
balance between fixed and incentive pay reflecting short and long term performance
objectives appropriate to the working of the Company and its goals.
2. For every appointment of an independent director, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee shall
evaluate the balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the Board and on the basis of such
evaluation, prepare a description of the role and capabilities required of an independent director. The
person recommended to the Board for appointment as an independent director shall have the capabilities
identified in such description. For the purpose of identifying suitable candidates, the Committee may:
a) use the services of an external agencies, if required;
b) consider candidates from a wide range of backgrounds, having due regard to diversity; and
c) consider the time commitments of the candidates;
3. Formulation of criteria for evaluation of performance of independent directors and the board of directors;
4. Devising a policy on diversity of board of directors;
5. Identifying persons who are qualified to become directors and who may be appointed in senior
management in accordance with the criteria laid down, and recommend to the board of directors their
appointment and removal;
6. Analysing, monitoring and reviewing various human resource and compensation matters;
7. Determining the Company’s policy on specific remuneration packages for executive directors including
pension rights and any compensation payment, and determining remuneration packages of such directors;
8. Recommending the remuneration, in whatever form, payable to the senior management personnel and
other staff (as deemed necessary);
9. Reviewing and approving compensation strategy from time to time in the context of the then current
Indian market in accordance with applicable laws;
10. Determining whether to extend or continue the term of appointment of the independent director, on the
basis of the report of performance evaluation of independent directors;
11. Perform such functions as are required to be performed by the compensation committee under the
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations,
2021;
24212. Administering, monitoring and formulating the employee stock option scheme/plan approved by the
Board and shareholders of the Company in accordance with the applicable laws:
(i) Determining the eligibility of employees to participate under the ESOP Scheme;
(ii) Determining the quantum of option to be granted under the ESOP Scheme per employee and in
aggregate;
(iii) Date of grant;
(iv) Determining the exercise price of the option under the ESOP Scheme;
(v) The conditions under which option may vest in employee and may lapse in case of termination
of employment for misconduct;
(vi) The exercise period within which the employee should exercise the option and that option would
lapse on failure to exercise the option within the exercise period;
(vii) The specified time period within which the employee shall exercise the vested option in the
event of termination or resignation of an employee;
(viii) The right of an employee to exercise all the options vested in him at one time or at various points
of time within the exercise period;
(ix) Re-pricing of the options which are not exercised, whether or not they have been vested if stock
option rendered unattractive due to fall in the market price of the equity shares;
(x) The grant, vest and exercise of option in case of employees who are on long leave;
(xi) Allow exercise of unvested options on such terms and conditions as it may deem fit;
(xii) Formulate the procedure for funding the exercise of options; and
(xiii) The procedure for cashless exercise of options.
13. Forfeiture/ cancellation of options granted;
14. Formulate the procedure for buy-back of specified securities issued under the Securities and Exchange
Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021, if to be undertaken
at any time by the Company, and the applicable terms and conditions, including:
(i) permissible sources of financing for buy-back;
(ii) any minimum financial thresholds to be maintained by the Company as per its last financial
statements; and
(iii) limits upon quantum of specified securities that the Company may buy-back in a financial year.
15. Formulating and implementing the procedure for making a fair and reasonable adjustment to the number
of options and to the exercise price in case of corporate actions such as rights issues, bonus issues, merger,
sale of division and others. In this regard following shall be taken into consideration:
(i) the number and the price of stock option shall be adjusted in a manner such that total value of
the option to the employee remains the same after the corporate action;
(ii) for this purpose, global best practices in this area including the procedures followed by the
derivative markets in India and abroad may be considered; and
(iii) the vesting period and the life of the option shall be left unaltered as far as possible to protect
the rights of the employee who is granted such option.
16. Construing and interpreting the ESOP Scheme and any agreements defining the rights and obligations of
the Company and eligible employees under the ESOP Scheme, and prescribing, amending and/or
rescinding rules and regulations relating to the administration of the ESOP Scheme;
17. Framing suitable policies, procedures and systems to ensure that there is no violation of securities laws,
as amended from time to time, including:
(i) the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015,
as amended;
(ii) the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade
Practices Relating to the Securities Market) Regulations, 2003, as amended; and
(iii) SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 by the Company
and its employees, as applicable.
18. Performing such other activities as may be delegated by the Board and/or are statutorily prescribed under
any law to be attended to by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee; and
24319. Such terms of reference as may be prescribed under the Companies Act, SEBI Listing Regulations and
other applicable laws or by any regulatory authority and performing such other functions as may be
necessary or appropriate for the performance of its duties.
Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee
The Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee was constituted by a resolution of our Board dated November 11,
2024. The Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee is in compliance with Section 178 of the Companies Act, 2013
and Regulation 20 of the SEBI Listing Regulations. The Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee currently consists
of:
a) Hemant Gopaldas Kalantri (Chairperson);
b) Amar Sushil Damani (Member); and
c) Rishi Kumar Agrawal (Member)
Role of Stakeholders’ Committee
The role of Stakeholder Relationship Committee, together with its powers, is as follows:
(1) Redressal of all security holders’ and investors’ grievances such as complaints related to
transfer/transmission of shares, including non-receipt of share certificates and review of cases for refusal
of transfer/transmission of shares and debentures, non-receipt of balance sheet, non-receipt of declared
dividends, non-receipt of annual reports, general meetings etc., and assisting with quarterly reporting of
such complaints;
(2) Reviewing of measures taken for effective exercise of voting rights by shareholders;
(3) Investigating complaints relating to allotment of shares, approval of transfer or transmission of shares,
debentures or any other securities;
(4) Giving effect to all allotments, transfer/transmission of shares and debentures, dematerialisation of
shares and re-materialisation of shares, split and issue of duplicate/ consolidated/new share certificates,
compliance with all the requirements related to shares, debentures and other securities from time to
time;
(5) Reviewing the measures and initiatives taken by the Company for reducing the quantum of unclaimed
dividends and ensuring timely receipt of dividend warrants/annual reports/statutory notices by the
shareholders of the Company;
(6) Reviewing the adherence to the service standards by the Company with respect to various services
rendered by the registrar and transfer agent of the Company and to recommend measures for overall
improvement in the quality of investor services;
(7) Considering and specifically looking into various aspects of interest of shareholders, debenture holders
or holders of any other securities;
(8) Formulation of procedures in line with the statutory guidelines to ensure speedy disposal of
(9) various requests received from shareholders from time to time;
(10) To further delegate all or any of the power to any other employee(s), officer(s), representative(s),
consultant(s), professional(s) or agent(s);
(11) To authorise affixation of common seal of the Company; and
(12) Carrying out such other functions as may be specified by the Board from time to time or
specified/provided under the Companies Act or SEBI Listing Regulations, or by any other regulatory
authority.
Corporate Social Responsibility Committee
The CSR Committee was constituted by a resolution of our Board dated March 15, 2022 and was last re-
constituted on April 29, 2025.
The constitution of the CSR Committee is as follows:
a) Anup Ramavtar Goyal (Chairperson);
b) Hemant Gopaldas Kalantri (Member); and
c) Shailee Bagga (Member).
The terms of reference of the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee shall include the following:
2441. To formulate and recommend to the board, a corporate social responsibility policy which shall indicate
the activities to be undertaken by the Company as specified in Schedule VII of the Companies Act and
the rules made thereunder, monitor the implementation of the same from time to time and make any
revisions therein as and when decided by the Board;
2. To identify corporate social responsibility policy partners and corporate social responsibility policy
programmes;
3. To review and recommend the amount of expenditure to be incurred for the corporate social
responsibility activities and the distribution of the same to various corporate social responsibility
programmes undertaken by the Company;
4. To formulate and recommend to the Board, an annual action plan in pursuance to the Corporate Social
Responsibility Policy, which shall include the following, namely:
(i) the list of Corporate Social Responsibility projects or programmes that are approved to be
undertaken in areas or subjects specified in the Schedule VII of the Companies Act, 2013;
(ii) the manner of execution of such projects or programmes as specified in Rule 4 of the Companies
(Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014;
(iii) the modalities of utilization of funds and implementation schedules for the projects or
programmes;
(iv) monitoring and reporting mechanism for the projects or programmes; and
(v) details of need and impact assessment, if any, for the projects undertaken by the company.
Provided that the Board may alter such plan at any time during the financial year, as per the
recommendations of the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee, based on the reasonable
justification to that effect.
5. To delegate responsibilities to the corporate social responsibility team and supervise proper execution of
all delegated responsibilities;
6. To review and monitor the implementation of corporate social responsibility programmes and issuing
necessary directions as required for proper implementation and timely completion of corporate social
responsibility programmes; and
7. To perform such other duties and functions as the Board may require the corporate social responsibility
committee to undertake to promote the corporate social responsibility activities of the Company and
exercise such other powers as may be conferred upon the CSR Committee in terms of the provisions of
Section 135 of the Companies Act and the Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules,
2014 or other applicable law.
245Management Organization Structure
Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management
Key Managerial Personnel
In addition to Anup Ramavtar Goyal, our Managing Director, whose details are provided in “Our Management”
on page 232, the details of the Key Managerial Personnel of our Company are as follows:
Aman Anup Goyal is the Chief Executive Officer of our Company. He has been associated with our Company
since December 26, 2022 and has been designated as the Chief Executive Officer on April 29, 2025. He holds a
degree in Bachelor in Business Administration from Symbiosis International Deemed University. Previously he
was associated with our Company as Chief Financial Officer of our Company. He has received a gross
remuneration of ₹48.00 Lakhs in Fiscal 2025.
Nidhi Pradeep Vitonde is the Company Secretary and Compliance Officer of our Company She has been
associated with our Company as the Company Secretary since June 6, 2020. She has been designated as the
Compliance Officer of our Company on April 1, 2025. She holds a degree in Bachelor of Commerce from Indira
Gandhi National Open University and a provisional degree of LLB (3 year) (C.B.S.) from Rashtrasant Tukadoji
Maharaj, Nagpur University. She is a qualified Company Secretary and an Associate Member of the Institute of
Company Secretaries of India. She has over 6 years of experience in the field of Compliance. She was previously
associated with Haldiram Foods International Private Limited and Chhindwara Plus Developers Limited. She has
received a gross remuneration of ₹8.36 Lakhs in Fiscal 2025.
Radheshyam Baxiram Paliwal is the Chief Financial Officer of our Company. He has been associated with our
Company since August 2016 till August 2020 and April 2021 onwards. and has been designated as the Chief
Financial Officer on April 7, 2025. He holds a degree in Bachelor of Commerce from Nagpur University. He is a
qualified Chartered accountant and an Associate Member of The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. He
has over 20 years of experience in the field of Accounting and Finance. His roles and responsibilities include
financial planning and strategy, financial reporting and compliance, financial and operational risk management
and leadinng and managing finance and accounting team. He has previously been associated with companies like
Singhi & Co. Chartered Accountants, Centurion Bank of Punjab Limited, Reliance Capital Limited, Reliance
Communications Limited, Tata Tele Services Limited, Naaptol Online Private Ltd. He has received a
compensationof ₹5.50 Lakhs in Fiscal 2025.
246Senior Management
Ashish Chandrakant Daff is the Accounting and Operations Head of our Company. He holds a degree in in
Bachelor of Commerce and Masters of Commerce from Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj, Nagpur University. He
has been associated with our Company since July 01, 2015. He has over 9 years of experience in accounting and
operations. His roles and responsibilities include overseeing and managing the company’s financial operation,
financial records and ensuring compliance with Accounting Standard and legal requirement. He lead and manage
the team of accountant, ensuring they are effectively supporting daily operations and financial reporting task. He
has received a gross remuneration of ₹3.16 Lakhs in Fiscal 2025.
Pardeep Sharma is the Project Head of the Company. He holds a degree in Masters of Business Administration
from Punjab Technical University, Jalandar. He has been associated with our Company since February 01, 2023.
He has 11 years plus experience in Sales and Operations Head. He was previously associated with Greta Industries
Pte Limited (Singapore). His roles and responsibilities include developing and implementing a comprehensive
strategic plan for the rice warehousing and export project. He will be responsible for the overall management,
coordination, and successful execution of the project. He has received a gross remuneration of ₹23.57 Lakhs in
Fiscal 2025.
Meshram Harshal Pradeep is the Head of Human Resource of our Company. He holds a degree in Bachelor of
Business Administration from Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj, Nagpur University and Masters degree in Business
Administration from Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj, Nagpur University. He has been associated with our
Company since March 27, 2024. He holds 3 years of experience in Human Resource. He was previously associated
with Oracity Life Sciences LLP and Universal Agro Chemical Industry. His roles and responsibilities include
managing the recruitment process, employee relations, performance management, compensation and benefits,
training and development, and ensure compliance with labour law. He has received a gross remuneration of ₹4.20
Lakhs in Fiscal 2025.
Service Contracts with Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel
No Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel has entered into a service contract with our
Company pursuant to which they are entitled to any benefits upon termination of employment.
Interest of Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel
For details of the interest of our Managing Director in our Company, see “Our Management – Interest of
Directors” on page 237.
Other than to the extent of the remuneration, benefits, reimbursement of expenses incurred in the ordinary course
of business and the interest of in the Promotion of our Company, our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior
Management Personnel have no other interest in the equity share capital of the Company.
No loans have been availed by our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel from our
Company as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
None of our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel have any interest in any property
acquired or proposed to be acquired of our Company or by the Company or in any transaction by our Company
for acquisition of land, construction of building or supply of machinery.
Relationship amongst Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel
Except as disclosed in the “Our Management – Relationship between Directors and Key Managerial
Personnel or Senior Management”, none of our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel
are related to each other.
247Arrangements and understanding with major Shareholders, customers, suppliers or others
None of our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel have been appointed pursuant to any
arrangement or understanding with our major Shareholders, customers, suppliers or others.
Payment or benefit to officers of our Company (non-salary related)
No non-salary related amount or benefit has been paid or given to any officer of our Company including Key
Managerial Personnel or Senior Management within the two years preceding the date of filing of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus or is intended to be paid or given, other than in the ordinary course of their employment.
Contingent and deferred compensation payable to our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management
Personnel
There is no contingent or deferred compensation payable to any of our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior
Management Personnel.
Bonus or profit-sharing plan for the Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel
None of the Key Managerial Personnel or Senior Management is party to any bonus or profit-sharing plan of our
Company. The management may from time to time decide to give performance bonus to its employees.
Status of Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel
All our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel are permanent employees of our Company.
Shareholding of Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel
Sr. Name of the Key Managerial Personnel and Senior No. of shares Percentage
No. Management Personnel held (%)
1 Anup Ramavtar Goyal 25,900 0.03
2. Aman Anup Goyal 350 Negligible
Total 26,250 0.03
Changes in Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel during the last three years
The changes in our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel during the last three years till
the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are set forth below:
Name of KMP/SMP Date Reason
Pradeep Sharma February 1, 2023 Designating as the Project Head
Meshram Harshal Pradeep March 27, 2024 Designating as the Human Resource Head.
Nidhi Pradeep Vitonde April 7, 2025 Designating as the Compliance Officer
Aman Anup Goyal April 7, 2025 Resignation as the Chief Financial Officer
Radheshyam Baxiram Paliwal April 7, 2025 Appointment as Chief Financial Officer
Aman Anup Goyal April 29, 2025 Appointment as the Chief Executive Officer
Namita Vedprakash Goyal July 24, 2025 Resignation as the Chief Financial Officer
Attrition of Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel
The attrition of Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel is not high in our Company.
Conflict of Interest of Directors, Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel
There is no conflict of interest between our Directors, Key Managerial Personnel and the suppliers of raw materials
and third-party service providers, which are crucial for the operations of our Company.
248There is no conflict of interest between our Directors, Key Managerial Personnel and lessors of the immovable
properties, which are crucial for the operations of our Company.
Employee Stock Options and Stock Purchase Schemes
As on date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have any Employee Stock Options and
other Equity-Based Employee Benefit Schemes.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
249OUR PROMOTERS AND PROMOTER GROUP
OUR PROMOTERS
The Promoters of our Company are Anup Ramavtar Goyal, Nitesh Chaudhari, Aman Anup Goyal, Orient
Dealtrade Private Limited and Greta Industries Pte Limited.
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Promoters shareholding in our Company is as follows:
Name of the Promoter No. of Equity Shares % of pre-Issue issued, subscribed and
paid-up Equity Share Capital
Anup Ramavtar Goyal 25,900 0.03
Nitesh Chaudhari* -* -*
Aman Anup Goyal 350 Negligible
Orient Dealtrade Private 2,93,65,000 34.96
Limited
Greta Industries Pte Limited 4,91,06,715 58.46
Total 7,84,97,965 93.45
*Nitesh Chaudhari is the promoter of our Corporate Promoter Greta Industries Pte Limited with a shareholding of 67.47% and accordingly
has ultimate shareholding in our Company. As on the date of Draft Red Hearing Prospectus Nitesh Chaudhari does not hold any shares in
our Company.
For details of the build-up of our Promoters’ shareholding in our Company, see “Capital Structure” on page 96.
Details of our Individual Promoters
Anup Ramavtar Goyal
Anup Ramavtar Goyal aged 51 years is the Chairman and
Managing Director of our Company.
Permanent Account Number: ABYPG4280F
For his complete profile along with the details of his date of birth,
personal address, educational qualifications, experience in
business or employment, positions / posts held in the past, other
directorships held, special achievements, his business and
financial activities, please see “Our Management” on page 232.
Other ventures promoted: Apart from the entities mentioned
below, Anup Ramavtar Goyal is not involved in the promotion of
any other ventures.
1. Greta Energy and Metal Private Limited
2. Greta Power Limited
3. Greta Green Energy Private Limited (formerly known as
Vidharbha Energy and Infrastrure (P) Limited)
4. Satyavachana Commotrade Private Limited
5. Basundhara Infracon Private Limited
6. Greta Energy Limited
7. Shriram Green Energy Private Limited
8. Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Private Limited
9. Greta Foundation
250Nitesh Chaudhari
Nitesh Chaudhari aged 48 years is the Non-Executive Director of
the Company.
Permanent Account Number: AAEPN3769R
For his complete profile along with the details of his date of birth,
personal address, educational qualifications, experience in
business or employment, positions / posts held in the past, other
directorships held, special achievements, his business and
financial activities, please see “Our Management” on page 232.
Other ventures promoted: Apart from the entities mentioned
below Nitesh Chaudhari is not involved in the promotion of any
other ventures.
1. Greta Investments Private Limited;
2. Greta Industries Pte Limited (Singapore); and
3. Greta Metal Pte Limited (Singapore).
Aman Anup Goyal
Aman Anup Goyal aged 23 years is the Chief Executive Officer
of the Company.
Date of Birth: December 28, 2001
Address: P. No 129/3, F.No.202, Wing A, Shree Mohini Raj
Apart, Khare Town, Dharampeth, Nagpur – 440 010, Maharashtra,
India
Other Directorships: Nil
Permanent Account Number: DFDPG3196A
For his complete profile along with the details of his date of birth,
personal address, educational qualifications, experience in
business or employment, positions / posts held in the past, special
achievements, his business and financial activities, please see
“Our Management – Key Managerial Personnel and Senior
Management” on page 246.
Other ventures promoted: Apart from the entities mentioned
below Aman Anup Goyal is not involved in the promotion of any
other entities.
1. Shriram Green Energy Private Limited; and
2. Anup Ramavtar Goyal (HUF).
Our Company confirms that the permanent account number, bank account number(s), passport number, Aadhaar
card number and driving license number of Individual Promoters enlisted above, shall be submitted to the Stock
Exchange at the time of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Details of our Corporate Promoters
Orient Dealtrade Private Limited
Corporate Information
251Orient Dealtrade Private Limited was incorporated on December 8, 2009 vide a certificate of incorporation issued
by the Deputy Registrar of Companies, West Bengal and bears the corporate identification number
U52190WB2009PTC139999. Its PAN is AABCO2237K. Orient Dealtrade Private Limited is primarily engaged
in the business of trading buying, selling, marketing, net marketing, indenting agents, wholeselling, retailing,
consignor, supplying, distributor, dealer of all types of homecare products and consumer goods, household goods,
Industrial Goods, Engineering Goods, Electrical and Electronics products, Food articles, Sugar, Spices, Pulses.
Agricultural products and its by products, Hard wares and stores Plant & Machinery, stores and spare parts and
accessories commercials, naturals and man-made fibers, clothes and fabrics, garments synthetic and polythene
products, laminated cloth jute and jute goods, packing materials, paper and paper products, plastics and plastic
products, polythene and polythene products, Granules, Petro-Chemicals and petroleum products, leather and
leather products, Footwear, rubber and rubber products, Carpets, plantation crops i.e. tea cotton, coffee, tobacco,
vegetables and other eatables, milk and milk products, confectioners, Ice-creams dairy products, spices, pickles,
kiranas, food products, marine products sea foods, paper, sugar and molasses, medicines, drugs, pharmaceuticals
cosmetic goods, all kind of cements, steels, zinc and alloys, scrap, minerals and materials, ore, petroleum products
industrial and other gases. alcohols, edible and non-edible oils and oils seeds, fats, soap and detergents, adhesive,
paints, and varnishes, dyes and chemicals fertilizers, manures, drug and pesticides, acids, wood and wood
products, furnishing materials, building automobile parts and devices electronic goods, computers, computer
software and hardwares, watches, novelties, bullion, precious stones, work of art, antiques, curious, jewelleries.
Change in activities
There has been no change in activities of Orient Dealtrade Private Limited since the date of its incorporation.
Details of Directors
The Directors of Orient Dealtrade Private Limited as on the date of filling of Draft Red Herring Prospectus are as
set out below:
Sr. No. Name of the Director Designation DIN
1. Rishi Kumar Agrawal Director 07198079
2. Payal Goyal Director 07499670
Promoters of Orient Dealtrade Private Limited
The Promoter of Orient Dealtrade Private Limited are as below:
(i) Satyavachana Commotrade Private Limited.
(ii) Basundhara Infracon Private Limited.
Capital Structure
Sr. Particulars No of Equity Shares of Face Value of ₹ 10
No.
1. Authorised Share Capital 2,10,000
2. Issued, Subscribed and Paid-up Equity Share Capital 2,07,200
Shareholding Pattern
Sr. Name of the Shareholder No. of Equity Shares of face Percentage of Holding
No. value of ₹ 10
1. Satyavachana Commotrade Private 1,03,400 49.90
Limited
2. Basundhara Infracon Private Limited 1,03,400 49.90
3. Khushboo Agrawal 400 0.20
Total 2,07,200 100.00
252There has been no change in control of our Company in the last three years immediately preceding the date of this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Greta Industries Pte Limited
Corporate Information
Greta Industries Pte Limited was incorporated on January 21, 2010 vide a notice of incorporation issued by the
Assistant Registrar, Accounting and Corproate Regulatory Auythority, Singapore and bears the company no.
201001752G. Its PAN is AALCG6276E. Greta Industries Pte Limited is primarily engaged in the business of
general wholesale trade, including general importers and exporters and wholesalers of commodities including rice
and jute (hessian bags).
Change in activities
There has been no change in activities of our Corporate Promoter since the date of its Incorporation.
Details of Directors
The Director of Greta Industries Pte Limited as on the date of filling of Draft Red Herring Prospectus are as set
out below:
Sr. No. Name of the Director Designation Identification Number*
1. Radhika Kajaria Director S7958035Z
2. Krishnaswamy Satish Director S6880250D
3. Nitesh Chaudhari Director S7659498H
*Identification Number mention is as per the accounting and corporate regulatory authority (Singapore).
Promoters of Greta Industries Pte Limited
The Promoter of Greta Industries Pte Limited are as below:
(i) Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Private Limited.
(ii) Nitesh Chaudhari.
Capital Structure
Sr. Particulars No. of Equity Shares of face value of $ 1 each
No.
1. Authorised Share Capital 60,44,999
2. Issued, Subscribed and Paid-up Equity Share Capital 60,44,999
Shareholding Pattern
Sr. No. Name of the Shareholder No. of Equity Shares Percentage of Holding
1. Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Private Limited 16,50,000 27.30
2. Radhika Kajaria 316,666 5.24
3. Nitesh Chaudhari 40,78,333 67.46
Total 60,44,999 100.00
Our Company confirms that the PAN, bank account numbers of Orient Dealtrade Private Limited and Greta
Industries Pte Limited and company registration number of Greta Industries Pte Limited, along with the address
of the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore where Greta Industries Pte Limited is
registered will be submitted to the Stock Exchanges at the time of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Change in control of our Company
There has been no change in the control of our Company in the five (5) years immediately preceding the date of
253this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Further, Anup Ramavtar Goyal, Nitesh Chaudhari, Aman Anup Goyal, Orient
Dealtrade Private Limited and Greta Industries Pte Limited have been identified as the Promoters of our Company
pursuant to a resolution passed by the Board of our Company dated April 23, 2025.
Other ventures of our Promoters
Other than as disclosed in “– Entities forming part of the Promoter Group” and in “Our Management” on pages
256 and 232, respectively, our Promoters are not involved in any other ventures in the same line of business as
our Company.
Interests of Promoters and Related Party Transactions
Our Promoters are interested in our Company to the extent (i) that they have promoted our Company; (ii) their
shareholding in our Company, including dividend payable and any other distribution in respect of their
shareholding; (iii) rent received by them in respect of property leased by them to our Company; and (iv) their
directorship in our Company. For details on shareholding of our Promoters in our Company, see “Capital
Structure” on page 96. For further details of interest of our Promoters in our Company, see “Our Management”
and “Other Financial Information” beginning on pages 232 and 317. Our Promoters, who are also Directors and
KMP/SMP, may also be deemed to be interested to the extent of their remuneration/fees and reimbursement of
expenses, payable to them.
Our Company has not entered into any contract, agreements or arrangements during the two years immediately
preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and does not propose to enter into any such contract in
which our Promoters are directly or indirectly interested and no payment have been made to them in respect of
any contracts, agreements or arrangements which are proposed to be made.
Other than as disclosed in this section, our Promoters are not interested in any property acquired by our Company
in the preceding three years from the date of filing this Draft Red Herring Prospectus with SEBI or proposed to
be acquired by our Company as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or in any transaction by our
Company for acquisition of land, construction of building and supply of machinery.
Our Promoters are not interested in any property acquired by our Company in the preceding three years from the
date of filing this Draft Red Herring Prospectus with SEBI or proposed to be acquired by our Company as on the
date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or in any transaction by our Company for acquisition of land,
construction of building and supply of machinery.
Payment or Benefits to Promoters or Promoter Group
Except as stated above, and otherwise as disclosed in the sections titled “Other Financial Information” and “Our
Management – Interest of Directors” on pages 317 and 237, and remuneration/fees and reimbursement of
expenses paid to our Directors and Key Managerial Personnel, there has been no payment or benefit given or paid
to our Promoters or Promoter Group during the two years prior to the filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
nor there is any intention to pay or give any benefit to our Promoters or Promoter Group as on the date of this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Companies with which our Promoters have disassociated in the last three years
Our Promoters have not disassociated themselves from any companies or firms during the last three years
preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Material guarantees given by our Promoters
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Promoters have not given any material guarantees to any
third party with respect to Equity Shares of the Company.
254Other confirmations
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Promoters and members of our Promoter Group are not
prohibited from accessing the capital market or debarred from buying, selling or dealing in securities under any
order or direction passed by SEBI or any securities market regulator in any jurisdiction or any other authority /
court.
Our Promoters are not a promoter of any other company which is debarred from accessing the capital market by
SEBI.
Our Promoters have not been identified as wilful defaulters or as fraudulent borrowers under the SEBI ICDR
Regulations.
Our Promoters have not been declared as fugitive economic offenders under section 12 of the Fugitive Economic
Offenders Act, 2018, as amended.
There is no conflict of interest between the suppliers of raw materials and third-party service providers (crucial
for operations of the Company) and the Company, Promoters, Promoter Group, Key Managerial Personnel and
Directors.
There is no conflict of interest between the lessor of immovable properties and our Company, Promoters, Promoter
Group, Key Managerial Personnel and Directors.
Our Promoter Group
In addition to our Promoter, the individuals and entities that form a part of the Promoter Group of our Company
in terms of Regulation 2(1) (pp) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations are set out below.
Natural persons who are part of the Promoter Group
Individuals forming part of our Promoter Group:
Sr. Name of the individual Relationship
No.
Anup Ramavtar Goyal
1. Ramavtar Thanuram Agrawal Father
2. Sarojdevi Ramavtar Agrawal Mother
3. Payal Goyal Spouse
4. Poonam Agrawal Sister
5. Aman Anup Goyal Son
6. Saniya Anup Goyal Daughter
7. Mohan Lal Agrawal Spouse’s Father
8. Rajani Devi Agrawal Spouse’s Mother
9. Rishi Kumar Agrawal Spouse’s Brother
Aman Anup Goyal
1. Anup Ramavtar Goyal Father
2. Payal Goyal Mother
3. Saniya Anup Goyal Sister
Nitesh Chaudhari
1. Rajendra Kumar Chaudhari Father
2. Radhika Kajaria Spouse
3. Ashish Chaudhari Brother
4. Nithu Gupta Sister
5. Vansh Chaudhari Son
6. Vriddhi Chaudhari Daughter
7. Varun Kajaria Spouse’s brother
255Entities forming part of the Promoter Group
The entities forming part of our Promoter Group are as follows:
Sr. Name of the entity Promoter group relation
No.
1. Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Private Limited Company
2. Satyavachana Commotrade Private Limited Company
3. Basundhara Infracon Private Limited Company
4. Kasturi Distributors Private Limited Company
5. Shriram Green Energy Private Limited Company
6. Greta Energy and Metal Private Limited Company
7. Provaastu Research & Consultants Private Limited Company
8. Mom Infra India Private Limited Company
9. Divine Logistics and Warehousing Private Limited Company
10. Greta Investments Private Limited Company
11. Greta Green Energy Private Limited Company
12. Greta Energy Limited Company
13. Greta Power Limited Company
14. Kusum Metals Private Limited Company
15. Ardour World Holdings Limited Body Corporate
16. ARDOUR World Limited Body Corporate
17. Gateway Recycling Limited Body Corporate
18. KYVSAI Limited Body Corporate
19. Greta International Pte Ltd Body Corporate
20. Greta Metal Pte Limited Body Corporate
21. Greta Investments Limited Body Corporate
22. Greta Metal DMCC Body Corporate
23. PT Greta Coal Body Corporate
24. Greta Metal NV Body Corporate
25. Paradise Infra Realtors LLP LLP
26. Mohan Lal Agarwal HUF HUF
27. Ramawtar Agarwal HUF HUF
28. Anup Goyal HUF HUF
29. Laksh Exports Sole Proprietorship
30. Durga Rice Mill Sole Proprietorship
256OUR GROUP COMPANIES
In terms of the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations, the term “group companies”, includes:
(i) such companies (other than promoter(s) and subsidiary(ies)) with which the relevant issuer company had
related party transactions during the period for which financial information is disclosed, as covered under
applicable accounting standards, and
(ii) any other companies considered material by the Board of Directors of the relevant issuer company
In relation to point (ii) above, our Board, through its resolution dated April 23, 2025, has also considered such
other companies as considered material by the Board, i.e., companies which are part of the Promoter Group (in
terms of Regulation 2(1)(pp) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations) with which there were one or more transactions
during the last completed fiscal year and/or relevant stub period, as applicable covered in the Restated Financial
Information included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, which individually or in the aggregate, exceeds 10%
of the total restated revenue from operations of our Company (on a consolidated basis) in for the last completed
fiscal year or relevant stub period, as the case maybe as per the Restated Financial Information.
In terms of the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations and in terms of the policy of materiality defined by the Board of
Directors pursuant to its resolution dated April 23, 2025 our Group Companies includes:
Those companies disclosed as having related party transactions in accordance with Indian Accounting Standard
(Ind AS 24)issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, in the Restated Financial Statements of the
Company for the last three fiscal years.
Accordingly, in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations and the terms of the Materiality Policy for
identification of the group companies, our Board has identified the following as Group Companies:
1. Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Private Limited;
2. Kusum Metals Private Limited; and
3. Greta Energy Limited.
Details of our Group Companies:
Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Private Limited
Corporate Information
Narottamka Trade and Vyapaar Private Limited was incorporated on May 01, 1996 under the Companies Act,
1956. The registered office is located at biplabi rash behari bose road, kolkatta g.p.o.,Kolkata, West Bengal-
700001, India. The corporate identity number of Narottamka Trade and Vyapaar Private Limited is
U51109WB1996PTC079534.
Financial Information
In accordance with SEBI ICDR Regulations, certain financial information pertaining to (i) the details of reserves
(excluding revaluation reserves); (ii) sales; (iii) profit/loss after tax; (iv) earnings per share; (v) diluted earnings
per shares; and (vi) net asset value in relation to Narottamka Trade and Vyapaar Private Limited for the last
three Fiscals, extracted from its audited financial statements (as applicable) is available at the website of our
Company at www.shriramfood.com
(in ₹ lakhs)
Particulars Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023 Fiscal 2022
Reserves (Excluding Revaluation Reserve) 5,856.52 5,393.96 5,621.23
Sales - - -
Profit after tax 462.55 9.67 14.51
Earning per share 34.17 7.14 0.87
Diluted earning per share 34.17 7.14 0.87
Net Asset Value 442.69 408.51 346.38
257Kusum Metals Private Limited
Corporate Information
Kusum Metals Private Limited was incorporated on August 05, 2008, under the Companies Act, 1956. The
registered office is located at old no.22, new no.34, balaji nagar, first street, royapettah, Chennai-600014, Tamil
Nadu, India. The corporate identity number of Kusum Metals Private Limited is U51103TN2008PTC068749.
Financial Information
In accordance with SEBI ICDR Regulations, certain financial information pertaining to (i) the details of reserves
(excluding revaluation reserves); (ii) sales; (iii) profit/loss after tax; (iv) earnings per share; (v) diluted earnings
per shares; and (vi) net asset value in relation to Kusum Metals Private Limited for the last three Fiscals, extracted
from its audited financial statements (as applicable) is available at the website of our Company at
www.shriramfood.com.
(in ₹ lakhs)
Particulars Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023 Fiscal 2022
Reserves (Excluding Revaluation Reserve) 1,111.15 1,105.45 1,103.44
Sales 218.73 367.33 533.71
Profit after tax 5.69 2.01 1.90
Earning per share 0.00 0.00 0.06
Diluted earning per share 0.00 0.00 0.06
Net Asset Value 47.04 46.85 46.78
Greta Energy Limited
Corporate Information.
Greta Energy Limited was incorporated on December 12, 2008, under the Companies Act, 1956. The registered
office is located at old no.22, new no.34, balaji nagar, first street, royapettah, Chennai- 600014, Tamil Nadu,
India. The corporate identity number of Greta Energy Limited is U24109TN2008PLC095471.
Financial Information
In accordance with SEBI ICDR Regulations, certain financial information pertaining to (i) the details of reserves
(excluding revaluation reserves); (ii) sales; (iii) profit/loss after tax; (iv) earnings per share; (v) diluted earnings
per shares; and (vi) net asset value in relation to Greta Energy Limited for the last three Fiscals, extracted from
its audited financial statements (as applicable) is available at the website of our Company at
www.shriramfood.com.
(in ₹ lakhs)
Particulars Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023 Fiscal 2022
Reserves (Excluding Revaluation Reserve) 4,790.74 4,326.17 4,286.09
Sales 5,144.41 2,854.52 3,752.05
Profit after tax 89.63 40.08 115.61
Earning per share 1.09 0.75 2.17
Diluted earning per share 1.09 0.75 2.17
Net Asset Value 68.36 91.25 90.50
Nature and Extent of interest of Group Companies
Except as disclosed under “Restated Financial Information - Note 39 – Related Party Transactions” on page
301, none of our Group Companies are interested in the promotion of the Company or any business transactions
involving the Company during the last three Fiscals, the filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or proposed
to be acquired by our Company.
258Common Pursuits of our Group Companies
There are no common pursuits amongst our Group Companies and our Company. Further, certain of our Promoters
are directors on the board of these Group Companies. While presently there is no conflict of interest, our Company
will ensure necessary procedures and practices as permitted by laws and regulatory guidelines to address situations
of conflict of interest as and when they arise. See “Risk Factors–We enter into certain related party transactions
in the ordinary course of our business and we cannot assure you that such transactions will not adversely affect
our business, results of operations, profitability and margins, cash flows and financial condition” on page 56.
Conflict of Interest
There is no conflict of interest between our Group Companies and the suppliers of raw materials and third-party
service providers, which are crucial for the operations of our Company.
There is no conflict of interest between our Group Companies and lessors of the immovable properties, which are
crucial for the operations of our Company.
Related Business Transactions within our Group Companies and significance on the financial performance
of our Company
Except as set forth in “Restated Financial Information – Note 39 – Related Party Transactions” on page 301,
no other related party transactions have been entered into between our Group Companies and our Company.
Business Interests of Group Companies
Except as set forth in “Restated Financial Information – Note 39 – Related Party Transactions” on page 301
and in the ordinary course of business, our Group Companies do not have or currently propose to have any business
interest in our Company.
Litigation
As on date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Group Companies are not parties to any pending litigation
which will have a material impact on our Company.
Confirmations
None of our Group Companies have any securities listed on a stock exchange. Further, none of our Group
Companies has made any public or rights issue (as defined under the SEBI ICDR Regulations) of securities in the
three years preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
It is clarified that details available on the websites of our Group Companies and our Company do not form part of
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Anyone placing reliance on any other source of information, including the
websites of Company or our Group Companies mentioned above, would be doing so at their own risk.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
259DIVIDEND POLICY
The declaration and payment of dividends on our Equity Shares, if any, will be recommended by our Board of
Directors and approved by our Shareholders, at their discretion, subject to the provisions of our Articles of
Association, and applicable laws including the Companies Act, 2013, read with rules made thereunder. In addition,
declaration and payment of dividends would be subject to our Company’s dividend policy, adopted by our Board
on April 23, 2025 (“Dividend Distribution Policy”).
The dividend, if any, will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the growth of our Company,
the cash flow position of our Company, accumulated reserves, business cycles, economic environment, changes
in the government policies, industry specific rulings and regulatory provisions and other factors considered
relevant by our Board. We may retain all our future earnings, if any, for use in the operations and expansion of
our business. For details in relation to risks involved in this regard, see “Risk Factors – There can be no assurance
that our Company will be in a position to pay dividends in the future. Our ability to pay dividends in the future
may be affected by any material adverse effect on our future earnings, financial condition or cash flows.” on
page 68.
In addition, our ability to pay dividends may be impacted by a number of factors, including restrictive covenants
under the loan or financing arrangements our Company may enter into to finance our fund requirements for our
business activities. Our Company may pay dividend by cheque, or electronic clearance service, as will be approved
by our Board in the future. Our Board may also declare interim dividend from time to time.
Our Company has not paid any dividend in the three Fiscals, preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus and the period from April 1, 2025 until the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
260SECTION V – FINANCIAL INFORMATION
RESTATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Sr. Particulars Page No.
No.
1. The examination report and the Restated Financial Statements 262
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
261Independent Auditors’ Examination Report on the Restated Statement of Assets and Liabilities as at March 31, 2025,
March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023, the Restated Statement of Profit and Loss (including Other Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)), Restated Statement of Changes in Equity and Restated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended
March 31, 2025 ,March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 and the summary of material accounting policies and explanatory
notes (collectively, “the Restated Financial Information”).
To,
The Board of Directors
Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly Known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
Dear Sirs,
We P.G. Joshi & Co., Chartered Accountants (‘we ‘or ‘us’) have examined the attached Restated Financial Information
of Shriram Food Industry Limited (Formerly known as “Shriram Food Industry Private limited”) (the “Company” or the
“Issuer”), as approved by the Board of Directors of the Company at their meeting held on August 19, 2025 for the purpose of
inclusion in the Draft Red Herring Prospectus (“DRHP”), Red Herring Prospectus (“RHP”) and Prospectus (collectively, the
“Offer Documents”) prepared by the Company in connection with its proposed Initial Public Offer of equity shares
(“IPO”) prepared in terms of the requirements of:
a) Section 26 and 32 of Part I of Chapter III of the Companies Act, 2013 the (“Act") as amended from time to time;
b) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018, as
amended ("ICDR Regulations");
c) The Guidance Note on Reports in Company Prospectus (Revised 2019) issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants
of India (“ICAI”), as amended from time to time (the “Guidance Note”);
d) Email dated 28 October 2021 from Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) to Association of Investment
Bankers of India, instructing lead managers to ensure that companies provide financial statements prepared in
accordance with Indian Accounting Standards (Ind-AS).
Management’s Responsibility for the Restated Financial Statements
2. The Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the preparation of the Restated Financial Information which has been
approved by the Board for the purpose of inclusion in the Offer documents to be filed with Securities and Exchange Board
of India (the “SEBI”), Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE) Limited, National Stock Exchange of India (“NSE”) and Registrar of
Companies, Maharashtra, situated at Mumbai (“ROC”) in connection with the proposed IPO. The Restated Financial
Information have been prepared by the management of the Company on the Basis of preparation stated in Note 1.2a of the
Restated Financial Information. The responsibility of the Board of Directors of the company includes designing,
implementing and maintaining adequate internal control relevant to the preparation and presentation of the Restated
Financial Information. The respective Board of Directors are also responsible for identifying and ensuring that the Company
complies with the Act, ICDR Regulations and the Guidance Note.
Auditor’s Responsibilities
3. We have examined the Restated Financial Information taking into consideration:
a) The terms of reference and terms of our engagement agreed upon with you in accordance with our engagement letter
dated March 3, 2025, requesting us to carry out the assignment, in connection with the proposed IPO of equity shares
of the company;
b) The Guidance Note also requires that we comply with the ethical requirements of the Code of Ethics issued by the
ICAI;
c) Concepts of test checks and materiality to obtain reasonable assurance based on verification of evidence supporting the
Restated Financial Information; and
262d) The requirements of Section 26 of the Act and the ICDR Regulations.
Our work was performed solely to assist you in meeting your responsibilities in relation to your compliance with the Act, the
ICDR Regulations, the Guidance Note, in connection with the proposed IPO of equity shares of the Company.
Restated Financial Information
4. The Restated Financial Information have been compiled by the management of the Company from:
a) The audited Ind AS financial statements of the Company as at and for the year ended March 31, 2025 prepared in
accordance with Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) as prescribed under section 133 of the Act of the read with
companies (Indian Accounting standards) rules 2015, as amended, and other accounting principles generally accepted
in India (the “Ind AS Financial Statements”), which have been approved by the Board of Directors at their meeting held
on July 24, 2025.
b) The audited special purpose Ind AS financial statements of the company as at and for each of the years ended March
31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 (together hereinafter referred as the “Special Purpose Ind AS Financial Statements”) each
prepared in accordance with the Ind AS prescribed under section 133 of the Act read with Companies (Indian Accounting
Standards) Rules 2015, as amended, and other accounting principles generally accepted in India, which have been
approved by the Board of Directors at their meeting held on May 15, 2025. These Special Purpose Ind AS Financial
Statements had been prepared by making adjustments required under Ind AS to the audited IGAAP financial statements
of the Company as at and for the years ended March 31 2024 and March 31, 2023 (the “Statutory Indian GAAP Financial
Statements”) prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards as prescribed under Section 133 of the Act
read with Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules 2021, as amended, and other accounting principles generally
accepted in India, which were approved by the Board of directors at their meeting held on July 15, 2024 and August 28
,2023 respectively.
5. For the purpose of our examination, we have relied on:
a) Auditor’s report issued by us dated July 24, 2025, on the Ind AS Financial Statements of the company as at and for the
year March 31, 2025 as referred in paragraph 4(a) above.
b) Auditors’ reports issued by us dated May 15, 2025 on the Special Purpose Ind AS Financial Statements of the Company
as at and for each of the years ended March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 as referred in paragraph 4(b) above.
Opinion
6. Based on our examination and according to the information and explanations given to us, we report that the Restated Financial
Information:
a) have been prepared after incorporating adjustments for the changes in accounting policies, material errors and
regrouping/reclassifications retrospectively in the financial years ended March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 to reflect
the same accounting treatment as per the accounting policies and grouping/classifications followed as at and for the year
ended March 31, 2025.
b) Audit report issued by us referred to in Paragraph 5 does not contain any qualifications requiring adjustments. There are
Emphasis of Matter paragraphs (refer paragraph 7 ), which do not require any adjustment to the Restated Financial
Information, and ,
c) Have been prepared in accordance with the Act, SEBI ICDR Regulations and the Guidance Note, as applicable.
Emphasis of Matters
7. We draw your attention to the following matters
a) The Auditor’s report issued by us dated July 24, 2025, on the Ind AS financial statements of the company as at and for
the year March 31, 2025 as referred in paragraph 4(a) above, included the following Emphasis of Matter paragraphs,
which have been reproduced below:
263For the year ended March 31, 2025 :
i. Note No. 1.2.2, of the Accounting Policies which states that the company accounts for revenue from the sale of RoDTEP
scrips on a receipt basis. Consequently, unsold RoDTEP scrips, if any, as at 31st March 2025, have not been recognised
in the books of account.
ii. Note No. 48, which describes the following significant events that occurred subsequent to the reporting period:
(i) An increase in authorised share capital, effective 7th April 2025 to facilitate the proposed bonus issue.
(ii) The Board of Directors in their meeting held on 2nd June 2025, recommended a bonus issue in the ratio of 2.5:1,
which was approved by the shareholders on 21st June 2025; and
iii. Note No. 1.2.1, which states that the Company has prepared its first financial statements in accordance with the Indian
Accounting Standards (“Ind AS”) as prescribed under the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as
amended.
b) Auditors’ reports issued by us dated May 15, 2025 on the Special Purpose Ind AS Financial Statements of the Company
as at and for the years ended March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 as referred in paragraph 4(b) above, included the
following Emphasis of Matter paragraphs as reproduced below:
For the year ended March 31, 2024 :
i. Attention is drawn to Note No.1, disclosure of Accounting Policy, regarding revenue recognition where, the company
accounts for revenue from the sale of RODTEP scrips on receipt basis. Therefore, as of March 31, 2024, the unsold
RODTEP scrips, if any, have not been accounted for in the books.
ii. Attention is drawn to Note No.48 Significant Events After the Reporting Date, which states that the Company increased
its authorised share capital from ₹25.00 crores to ₹110.00 crores effective from 7th April 2025. The note also refers to
the Board's decision to recommend a bonus issue in the ratio of 25:10.
iii. We draw attention to Note No.1.2(A) to Special Purpose Ind AS Financial Statements which describes the purpose and
basis of accounting of the Special Purpose Ind AS Financial Statements. These Special Purpose Ind AS Financial
Statements are prepared by the management and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company solely for the
purpose of preparation of the Company to derive Restated Financial Statements to be included in the Draft Red Herring
Prospectus ("DRHP"), Red Herring Prospectus ("RHP") and Prospectus (collectively referred to as "Offer Documents")
in connection with its proposed initial public offering of equity shares of the Company as required by Sub-section (1)
of Section 26 of Part I of Chapter III of the Act, Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2018, as amended from ) time to time ("SEBI ICDR Regulations") and the Guidance Note
on Reports in Company Prospectuses (Revised 2019) ("the Guidance Note") Issued by the ICAI. These Special Purpose
Ind AS Financial Statements have been derived by making adjustments required under Ind AS to the audited IGAAP
financial statements of the company, which were approved by the Board of Directors at their meeting held on 15 July
2024. As a result, the Special Purpose Ind AS Financial Statements may not be suitable for any other purpose.
Our Opinion is not modified in respect of the above matter.
For the year ended March 31, 2023 :
i. Attention is drawn to Note No.1- Disclosure of Accounting Policy, para no 2(K) regarding valuation of inventory where,
the inventory which was previously valued using weighted average method on Transaction Basis, is now valued by
Weighted Average Method on monthly basis. However, the exact impact of this change on the financial statements
cannot be determined accurately.
264ii. Attention is drawn to Note No- 31 regarding current Income Tax Liability, where during the year, the Company has
opted for new regime of taxation, where the tax rate is 22% under Section 115BAA of the Income Tax Act 1961. Had
the company continued to be taxed in the old regime, the current tax would have been more by Rs. 396.06 Lakhs.
iii. Attention is drawn to Note No 49 – Significant Events After the Reporting Date, which states that the Company
increased its authorised share capital from ₹25.00 crores to ₹110.00 crores effective from 7th April 2025. The note also
refers to the Board's decision to recommend a bonus issue in the ratio of 25:10.
iv. We draw attention to Note No 1.2(A) to Special Purpose Ind AS Financial Statements which describes the purpose and
basis of accounting of the Special Purpose Ind AS Financial Statements. These Special Purpose Ind AS Financial Statements
are prepared by the management and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company solely for the purpose of
preparation of the Company to derive Restated Financial Statements to be included in the Draft Red Herring Prospectus
("DRHP"), Red Herring Prospectus ("RHP") and Prospectus (collectively referred to as "Offer Documents") in connection
with its proposed initial public offering of equity shares of the Company as required by Sub-section (1) of Section 26 of
Part I of Chapter III of the Act, Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements)
Regulations, 2018, as amended from ) time to time ("SEBI ICDR Regulations") and the Guidance Note on Reports in
Company Prospectuses (Revised 2019) ("the Guidance Note") Issued by the ICAI. These Special Purpose Ind AS Financial
Statements have been derived by making adjustments required under Ind AS to the audited IGAAP financial statements of
the company, which were approved by the Board of Directors at their meeting held on 28 August 2023. As a result, the
Special Purpose Ind AS Financial Statements may not be suitable for any other purpose.
8. Other Matters
a) The Auditor’s report issued by us dated July 24, 2025, on the Ind AS financial statements of the company as at and for
the year March 31, 2025 as referred in paragraph 4(a) above, included the following Other Matter paragraphs, which
have been reproduced below:
9.
For the year ended March 31, 2025:
i. The audit under relevant GST laws is pending. Consequently, any financial impact arising therefrom is currently not
ascertainable.
b) Auditors’ reports issued by us dated May 15, 2025 on the Special Purpose Ind AS Financial Statements of the Company
as at and for the years ended March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 as referred in paragraph 4(b) above, included the
following Other Matter paragraphs as reproduced below:
For the year ended March 31, 2024:
i. The audit under relevant GST laws was pending. Any impact on the financials of the Company after completion of the
audit, cannot be presently ascertained.
For the year ended March 31, 2023:
i. During the financial year 2022-23, the company underwent a migration of its accounting software, transitioning from
SAP Business One to Lighthouse ERP. During this process, the balances of the ledgers were accurately and successfully
migrated
ii. The audit under relevant GST laws was pending. Any impact on the financials of the Company after completion of the
audit, cannot be presently ascertained.
iii. The company has changed its status from Private limited to Public limited with effect from 9th May,2023.
26510. We have complied with the relevant applicable requirements of the Standard on Quality Control (SQC) 1, Quality Control
for Firms that Perform Audits and Reviews of Historical Financial Information, and Other Assurance and Related Services
Engagements, Issued by ICAI. We hereby confirm that while providing this certificate we have complied with the Code of
Ethics issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
11. Since there are some differences in the Equity and Profit (Loss) as per the Audited Financial Statements/Audited Special
Purpose and the restated financial information, a reconciliation is furnished as Note No. – 55 to the restated financial
statements.
12. The Restated Financial Information do not reflect the effects of events that occurred subsequent to the respective dates of the
reports on the audited Ind AS financial statements and Special Purpose Ind AS Financial Statements mentioned in paragraph
4 above except for the effect of bonus shares approved by the shareholders on 21 June 2025.
13. This report should not in any way be construed as a reissuance or re-dating of any of the previous audit reports issued by us,
nor should this report be construed as a new opinion on any of the financial statements/Special Purpose Ind AS Financial
Statements referred to herein.
14. We have no responsibility to update our report for events and circumstances occurring after the date of the
report.
15. Our report is intended solely for use of the Board of Directors for inclusion in the Offer Documents to be filed with RoC,
SEBI and Stock Exchanges in connection with the proposed IPO. Our report should not be used, referred to, or distributed
for any other purpose except with our prior consent in writing. Accordingly, we do not accept or assume any liability or any
duty of care for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come
without our prior consent in writing.
For P.G. Joshi & Co.
Chartered Accountants
ICAI Firm Registration No. 104416W
CA Ashutosh P. Joshi
Partner
Membership no.: 038193
UDIN: 25038193BMKJPL1419
Place: Nagpur
Date: August 19, 2025
266Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure- I : Restated Statement of Assets and Liabilities
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
As at As at As at
Particulars Note No.
31st March, 2025 31st March, 2024 31st March, 2023
I. ASSETS
Non-Current Assets
(a) Property, Plant & Equipment 2 4,025.73 4,280.39 4,544.13
(b) Capital Work-in-Progress 3 - - -
(c) Other Intangible Assets 4 15.55 21.36 27.18
(d) Financial Assets
(i) Investment 5 27.52 - 410.63
(ii) Other Financial Assets 6 280.13 258.30 19.59
(e) Other Non Current Assets 7 1,818.83 - -
Total Non-Current Assets 6,167.76 4,560.05 5,001.53
Current Assets
(a) Inventories 8 9,977.24 5,410.74 4,167.55
(b) Financial Assets
(i) Trade Receivables 9 20,884.32 3,122.01 11,669.82
(ii) Cash and cash equivalents 10 297.21 71.86 80.71
(iii) Bank Balances other than (ii) above 11 2,555.02 147.92 315.02
(iv) Loans 12 37.57 1,468.36 1.56
(v) Other Current Financial Assets 13 48.03 171.27 32.66
(c) Current Tax Assets (Net) 14 35.00 9.92 288.62
(d) Other Current Assets 15 1,085.69 1,193.33 1,433.34
Total Current Assets 3 4,920.08 11,595.41 1 7,989.28
TOTAL ASSETS 4 1,087.84 16,155.46 2 2,990.81
II. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
(a) Equity Share Capital 16 2,400.00 2,400.00 2,400.00
(b) Other Equity 17 12,169.08 7,895.65 6,505.86
Total Equity 1 4,569.08 10,295.65 8 ,905.86
LIABILITIES
Non Current Liabilities
(a) Financial Liabilities
(i) Borrowings 18 2,220.18 2,299.43 2,308.59
(b) Provisions 19 31.05 21.30 20.39
(c) Deferred tax liabilities (Net) 20 388.63 390.53 331.16
Total Non-Current Liabilities 2 ,639.86 2,711.26 2 ,660.14
267Current Liabilities
(a) Financial Liabilities
(i) Borrowings 21 20,016.21 103.46 4,807.79
(ii) Trade Payables 22
(a) total outstanding dues of micro 327.56 286.72 238.64
enterprises and small enterprises and;
(b) total outstanding dues of creditors 2,191.14 2,477.84 5,542.02
other than micro and small enterprises
(b) Other Current Liabilities 23 1,094.04 107.80 458.72
(c) Provisions 24 249.95 172.73 377.64
Total Current Liabilities 2 3,878.90 3,148.55 1 1,424.81
Total Liablities 2 6,518.76 5,859.81 1 4,084.95
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 4 1,087.84 16,155.46 2 2,990.81
Summary of Material Accounting Policy 1
The notes referred to above form an integral part of the financial statements.
As per our attached report of even date attached
For P. G. Joshi & Co. For and on behalf of Board of Directors Of Shriram Food Industry Limited
Chartered Accountants
Firm's Registration No: 104416W
CA Ashutosh Joshi Anup Goyal Rishi Kumar Agrawal
Partner Managing Director & Chairman Director
M No: 038193 DIN-02313356 DIN-07198079
UDIN : 25038193BMKJPL1419
Place: Nagpur Radheshyam Baxiram Paliwal Nidhi Pradeep Vitonde
Date : 19-08-2025 Chief Financial Officer Company Secretary
M No. A56457
268Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure- II : Restated Statement of Profit and Loss (Including Other Comprehensive Income)
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
For the Year For the Year
For the Year Ended
Particulars Notes Ended 31st March, Ended 31st
31st March, 2025
2024 March, 2023
I. Revenue from operations 25 1,35,944.79 66,604.88 1 ,25,966.10
II. Other income 26 1,126.45 801.78 1 ,424.30
III. Total Income(I+II) 1,37,071.24 67,406.66 1 ,27,390.40
IV. Expenses
Cost of Material Consumed 27 15,847.12 10,975.33 2 2,717.42
Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 1,01,697.52 47,365.75 7 5,583.02
Changes in Inventories in Finished Goods, Work-in- 28 (4,467.26) (1,811.89) 1 ,053.22
Progress and Stock-in-Trade
Employee Benefits Expense 29 418.14 318.39 2 86.01
Finance Costs 30 1,338.40 458.63 6 71.78
Depreciation and Amortization Expense 31 280.59 280.37 2 69.94
Other Expenses 32 16,220.72 7,776.61 2 2,295.18
IV.Total expenses 1,31,335.23 65,363.19 1 ,22,876.57
V. Profit/(loss) before Exceptional & Extraordinary
Items and Tax (III-IV) 5,736.01 2,043.47 4 ,513.83
VI. Exceptional Items - - -
VII. Profit before Extraordinary Items & Tax (V-VI) 5,736.01 2,043.47 4 ,513.83
VIII. Extraordinary Items - - -
IX. Profit Before Taxes (VII-VIII) 5,736.01 2,043.47 4 ,513.83
X. Tax expense:
Current tax 33 1,460.90 512.91 1 ,108.76
Deferred Tax 33 (1.00) 82.69 1 3.76
XI. Profit (after tax) for the year 4,276.11 1,447.87 3 ,391.31
XII. Other comprehensive income
(i) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss 34 (3.58) 4.23 3.76
(ii) Income tax relating to items that will not be 0.90 (1.06) (0.95)
reclassified to profit or loss
(iii) Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss - - 14.04
(iv) Income tax relating to items that will be reclassified to - - (3.53)
profit or loss
Other Comprehensive Income(XII) (2.68) 3.17 1 3.32
XIII. Total Comprehensive Income for the Period 4,273.43 1,451.04 3 ,404.63
269XIV. Earnings per Equity Share 35
1 Basic (in ₹) 5.09 1.72 4 .04
2 Diluted (in ₹) 5.09 1.72 4 .04
Summary of Material Accounting Policy 1
The notes to accounts are an integral part of the financial statements
As per our attached report of even date attached
For For and on behalf of Board of Directors Of Shriram Food Industry Limited
P.G. Joshi & Co
Chartered Accountants
Firm's Registration No: 104416W
CA Ashutosh Joshi Anup Goyal Rishi Kumar Agrawal
Partner Managing Director & Chairman Director
M No: 038193 DIN-02313356 DIN-07198079
UDIN: 25038193BMKJPL1419
Place: Nagpur Radheshyam Baxiram Paliwal Nidhi Pradeep Vitonde
Date : 19-08-2025 Chief Financial Officer Company Secretary
M No. A56457
270Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure- III : Restated Statement of Cash Flow
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
(A) Cash flow from Operating activities:
Net Profit before Taxation & Extra-ordinary items 5,736.01 2,043.47 4,513.83
Adjustments for:
Depreciation 280.59 280.37 269.94
Interest Income (131.62) (196.11) (80.88)
Gain on long term investments - (61.92) -
Unrealised Foreign Exchange (Gain)/Loss 191.18 36.39 41.55
Profit/Loss on sale of Assets - - (4.63)
Finance Cost 1,338.40 458.63 671.78
Gratuity Expense - Ind AS 9.83 8.19 6.94
Previous year taxes paid -
Dividend Income - - (0.03)
Operating profit before working capital changes 7,424.39 2,569.02 5,418.50
Adjustments for:
Increase / (Decrease) in Trade Payable (240.64) (3,077.90) (2,074.92)
Increase / (Decrease in Other Current Liabilities 986.26 (350.94) (850.77)
Increase / (Decrease) in Current provisions 75.59 (207.96) (412.33)
(Increase) / Decrease in Other Current Assets 107.63 240.02 520.56
(Increase) / Decrease in Trade Receivables (17,958.71) 8,573.22 (852.77)
(Increase) / Decrease in Inventory (4,566.50) (1,243.19) 1,058.37
(Increase) / Decrease in Other Financial Asset 123.24 (138.61) 61.35
(Increase) / Decrease in Current Tax Asset (25.08) 278.70 (252.04)
(Increase) / Decrease in Security Deposits 0.50 1.53 (0.43)
Cash Flow From Operations (14,073.32) 6,643.89 2,615.52
Less : Taxes Paid (1,460.90) (512.91) (1,108.76)
Net Cash flow from Operating activities (A) (15,534.22) 6,130.98 1,506.76
(B) Cash flow from Investing activities:
-
Purchase of Fixed Assets (20.12) (10.81) (469.19)
Capitalization / (Addition) of Capital Work-in-Progress - - 1 9.43
Interest Income 131.62 196.11 80.88
Gain on long term investments 61.92 -
Sale of Plant and Machinery - - -
Sale of Vehicle - - 8.24
(Increase) / Decrease in Current financial Asset - Loans 1,430.78 (1,466.80) (1.56)
Dividend Income - - 0.03
Proceeds from/ (Investment in) Fixed Deposits (2,429.43) (73.14) (69.81)
Advance Given for Purchase of Land (1,818.83) - -
Proceeds from/ (Purchase of) Non Current Investments (29.54) 325.00 -
Net Cash (Used) In/ From Investing Activities (2,735.52) (967.72) (431.98)
(C) Cash flow from Financing activities:
Non Current Borrowings Availed / (repaid) (79.26) (9.16) (16.61)
Current Borrowings Availed / (repaid) 19,912.75 (4,704.32) (410.87)
Proceeds from issue of shares - - 0.00
Interest Expense (1,338.40) (458.63) (671.78)
Net Cash (Used) In/ From Financing Activities 18,495.09 (5,172.11) (1,099.26)
(D) Net Increase / (Decrease) in Cash & Cash Equivalents (A+B+C) 225.35 (8.85) (24.48)
Cash and Cash equivalents as at the beginning of the year 71.86 80.71 105.19
Cash and Cash equivalents as at the end of the year 297.21 71.86 80.71
271Notes
1 Figures in brackets indicate cash out flow.
2 The above Cash Flow Statement has been prepared under the ‘Indirect Method’ as set out in the Ind AS - 7 "Statement of Cash flows."
3 The previous year’s figures have been regrouped/ restated wherever necessary to conform to this year’s classification
Components of Cash & Cash Equivalents:
Particulars As at As at As at
31st March, 2025 31st March, 2024 31st March, 2023
Cash on hand 2.85 2.65 2.06
Balance with Bank in Current Accounts 2 94.36 69.21 78.65
Total 297.21 71.86 80.71
Reconciliation Of Liabilities arising from Financing Activites - For the Period , April 2024-March 2025
Particulars Opening Balance Non Cash Flow Cash Flow Closing Balance
Non Current Borrowings(Unsecured) 2 ,299.43 - (79.26) 2,220.18
Non Current Borrowings(Secured) - - - -
Current Borrownings 103.46 - 19,912.75 20,016.21
Reconciliation Of Liabilities arising from Financing Activites - For the Period , April 2023-March 2024
Particulars Opening Balance Non Cash Flow Cash Flow Closing Balance
Non Current Borrowings(Unsecured) 2 ,308.59 (9.16) 2,299.43
Non Current Borrowings(Secured) - - - -
Current Borrownings 4,807.79 - (4,704.32) 103.46
Reconciliation Of Liabilities arising from Financing Activites - For the Period , April 2022-March 2023
Particulars Opening Balance Non Cash Flow Cash Flow Closing Balance
Non Current Borrowings(Unsecured) 2 ,291.62 16.98 2,308.59
Non Current Borrowings(Secured) 3 3.59 - (33.59) -
Current Borrownings 5,218.65 - (410.87) 4,807.79
As per our report of even date attacted
For For and on behalf of Board of Directors of Shriram Food Industry Limited
P.G. Joshi & Co
Chartered Accountants
Firm's Registration No: 104416W
CA Ashutosh Joshi Anup Goyal Rishi Kumar Agrawal
Partner Managing Director & Chairman Director
M No: 038193 DIN-02313356 DIN-07198079
UDIN: 25038193BMKJPL1419
Place: Nagpur Radheshyam Baxiram Paliwal Nidhi Pradeep Vitonde
Date : 19-08-2025 Chief Financial Officer Company Secretary
M No. A56457
272Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure- IV : Restated Statement of Changes in Equity (SOCIE)
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
(a) Equity share capital 31st March, 2025 31st March, 2024 31st March, 2023
No. of Shares Amount No. of Shares Amount No. of Shares Amount
Balance at the beginning of the year 240.00 2,400.00 2 40.00 2,400.00 240.00 2,400.00
Changes in equity share capital during the year - - 0.00 0.00
Balance at the end of the year 240.00 2,400.00 2 40.00 2,400.00 240.00 2,400.00
(b) Other equity
1) Period ending on 31st March ,2025
Particulars Securities Retained Other Total Equity
Premium earnings Comprehensive
Income Reserve
Balance at the beginning of the reporting period 7.04 7,881.20 7.41 7,895.65
-
Add : Profit/(Loss) for the year as per Statement of Profit and
- 4,276.11 - 4,276.11
Loss
Add : Other Comprehensive income for the year as per
- - ( 2.68) (2.68)
Statement of Profit and Loss
Balance at the end of the reporting preriod 7.04 12,157.31 4.73 12,169.08
2) Previous Reporting period ended on 31st March ,2024
Other
Securities Retained
Comprehensive Total Equity
Premium earnings
Particulars Income Reserve
Balance at the beginning of the reporting preriod 7.04 6,433.33 65.49 6,505.86
-
Add : Profit/(Loss) for the year as per Statement of Profit and
- 1,447.87 - 1,447.87
Loss
Add : Other Comprehensive income for the year as per
- - 3.17 3.17
Statement of Profit and Loss
Less:Net Gain on fair valuation transferred to profit/loss on
- - ( 61.25) (61.25)
derecognition of financial asset.
Balance at the end of the reporting preriod 7.04 7,881.20 7.41 7,895.65
3) Previous Reporting period ended on 31st March ,2023
Other
Securities Retained
Comprehensive Total Equity
Premium earnings
Particulars Income Reserve
Balance at the beginning of the reporting preriod 7.04 3,042.02 52.17 3,101.23
-
Add : Profit/(Loss) for the year as per Statement of Profit and
- 3,391.31 - 3,391.31
Loss
Add : Other Comprehensive income for the year as per
- - 13.32 13.32
Statement of Profit and Loss
Balance at the end of the reporting preriod 7.04 6,433.33 65.49 6,505.86
As per our attached report of even date attached
For P. G. Joshi & Co. For and on behalf of Board of Directors of
Chartered Accountants Shriram Food Industry Limited
Firm's Registration No: 104416W
CA Ashutosh Joshi Anup Goyal Rishi Kumar Agrawal
Partner Managing Director & Chairman Director
M No: 038193 DIN-02313356 DIN-07198079
UDIN: 25038193BMKJPL1419
Place: Nagpur Radheshyam Baxiram Paliwal Nidhi Pradeep Vitonde
273
Date : 19-08-2025 Chief Financial Officer Company Secretary
M No. A56457Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
ANNEXURE - V: SUMMARY OF MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES & EXPLANATORY NOTES
FORMING PART OF RESTATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
1. Corporate Information
Shriram Food Industry Limited (formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited) was incorporated as a private
company on January 22, 2014, under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013. The company was converted from a private
limited company into a public limited company with effect from May 9, 2024. It is a recognized exporter of high-quality rice
to African and Middle Eastern markets. The company successfully commissioned its Paddy-to-Rice and Sortex mill during
the financial year 2015–16. Since then, it has been able to capture a significant share of the export market, which is expected
to grow further in the coming years. The company plans to enhance its capacity utilization in a phased manner to meet the
increasing demand in both the export and domestic markets.
The Registered office is located at S.No.181/2, 182/1A, 182/2, Marodi, Mauda Tahsil , Nagpur -441104 Maharashtra, India
The Corporate office is located at Mahadev Galaxy, Plot No. 16, 17, 18, First Floor, Lakadganj Near Harihar Mandir,
Bagadganj, Nagpur 440008, Maharashtra, India.
1.2 Basis of preparation
1.2.1 Basis of preparation of Restated financial statements
The Restated Financial Statements of the Company comprises of the Restated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as at
31 March,2025 ,31 March ,2024 and 31 March ,2023, the Restated Statements of Profit and Loss (including Other
Comprehensive Income), the Restated Statements of Cash Flows and the Restated Statement of Changes in Equity for
the financial years ended 31 March ,2025, 31 March, 2024 and 31 March ,2023 and the Summary of Material Accounting
Policies and other explanatory information (together referred to as ‘Restated Financial Statements’) has been prepared
in accordance with the Indian Accounting Standards (‘Ind AS’) notified under section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013
(the “Act”) read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, (as amended) and presentation
requirements of Division II of Schedule III to the Act (“Ind AS compliant Schedule III”), as applicable to the Company.
The Restated Financial Statements has been prepared by the Management of the Company for the purpose of inclusion in
the Draft Red Herring Prospectus (“DRHP”) and the Prospectus (together with DRHP referred to as the “Offer
Documents”) to be prepared by the Company in connection with its proposed Initial Public Offer (“IPO”). The Restated
Financial Statements have been prepared by the Company in accordance with the requirements of:
i. Section 26(1) of Part I of Chapter III of the Companies Act, 2013, as amended (the “Act");
ii. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018, as
amended ("ICDR Regulations");
iii. The Guidance Note on Reports in Company Prospectuses (Revised 2019) issued by the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India (“ICAI”), as amended from time to time (the “Guidance Note”).
The Restated Financial Statements have been extracted by the Management from:
a) Audited Ind AS financial statements of the Company as at and for the year ended 31 March 2025, prepared in
accordance with the Ind AS prescribed under Section 133 of the Act read with Companies (Indian Accounting
Standards) Rules 2015, as amended, and other accounting principles generally accepted in India and presentation
requirements of Division II of Schedule III to the Companies Act, 2013, which have been approved by the Board
of Directors at their meetings held on July 24, 2025.
b) Audited special purpose Ind AS financial statements of the Company as at and for the years ended 31 March 2024
and 31 March 2023 , prepared in accordance with the Ind AS prescribed under Section 133 of the Act read with
Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules 2015, as amended, and other accounting principles generally
accepted in India and presentation requirements of Division II of Schedule III to the Companies Act, 2013, which
have been approved by the Board of Directors at their meetings held on 15 May, 2025
1.2.2 Basis of Measurement
The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, on an accrual basis and a going
concern basis, except for certain financial instruments which are measured in accordance with the relevant Ind AS
either at amortised cost or at fair value at the end of each reporting period, as applicable. These include:
a. Financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value (refer accounting policy regarding financial
instruments)including those measured at fair value on the initial date of recognition.
b. Defined Benefit Plan - Plan assets measured at fair value.
The methods used to measure fair values are further disclosed in notes to financial statements.
c. The sale of RoDTEP scrips are accounted on cash Basis.
Accounting policies have been consistently applied except where a newly-issued accounting standards is initially adopted or a
revision to an existing accounting standard requires a change2 i7n4 the previously applied accounting policy.1.2.3 Functional & Presentation Currency
Items included in the financial statements of Company are measured using the currency of the primary economic
environment in which the Company operates (“the functional currency”). Indian Rupee is the functional currency of the
Company.
1.2.4 Current versus non-current classification
The Company presents assets and liabilities in the Balance Sheet based on Current/ Non-Current classification considering an
operating cycle of 12 months.
1.3 Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Ind AS requires management to make judgments, estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses, contingent liabilities, contingent asset and
accompanying disclosures pertaining to the year. Actual result may differ from such estimates due to development of new
information. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on a periodic basis. Any revision in accounting estimates is
recognised prospectively in the statement of profit & loss in the period in which the estimates are revised. Material revisions,
including their impact on financial statements, are reported in the notes to accounts in the year of incorporation of the revisions.
Application of accounting policies that require critical accounting estimates and assumption having the most significant
effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements are:
- Valuation of financial instruments
- Valuation of Inventories
- Useful life of property, plant and equipment
- Actuarial gain/loss on employee benefit
- Measurement of defined employee benefit obligation
- Provisions & Contingencies
1.4 Fair value measurement
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is determined based on the assumption that the transaction occurs:
i. In the principal market for the asset or liability; or
ii. In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market accessible by the Company.
Fair value measurement considers the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability,
acting in their best economic interest. For non-financial assets, the fair value measurement reflects the highest and best use
of the asset from the perspective of market participants.
The Company uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available,
maximizing the use of observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.
All assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified into the following fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level
input that is significant to the valuation:
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices in Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.
For items measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the Company reassesses the classification within the fair value hierarchy
at each reporting date and discloses any transfers between levels in accordance with Ind AS 113.
1.5 Revenue recognition
Revenue from sale of products or services is recognised upon transfer of control of promised products or services to
customers in an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received in exchange for those products or
services.
1.5.1 Sale of Goods
Revenue from sale of goods is recognised when control over the goods is transferred to the customer, generally as per
contractual terms. The revenue is measured at the transaction price agreed with the customer, net of any returns, taxes,
duties, discounts, and rebates.
Export incentive has been recognized on certainty of receipt of the same from year to year.
1.5.2 Interest Income
Interest income from financial assets is recognised when it is probable that economic benefits will flow to the Company
and the amount of income can be measured reliably. Interest income is recognised on a time-proportion basis using the
effective interest rate (EIR) method and is measured based on the principal amount outstanding and the applicable interest
rate.
1.5.3 Other Income
Other income is recognized on accrual basis.
2751.6 Taxes
1.6.1 Income Tax
The liability of company on account of Income Tax is computed considering the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961.
1.6.2 Deferred Tax
Deferred tax is provided using balance sheet approach on temporary differences at the reporting date as the difference
between the tax base and the carrying amount of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax is recognised subject to the probability
that taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be reversed. Deferred tax assets and liabilities
are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is realized, or the liability is settled, based
on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Deferred tax relating to
items recognised outside profit or loss is recognised outside profit or loss (either in other comprehensive income or in equity).
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset against each other. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is
reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable
profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.
1.7 Property, plant and equipment
1.7.1. Initial recognition
a) An item of PPE is recognized as an asset if it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will
flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
b) Property, Plant and Equipment are measured at cost, net of recoverable taxes, trade discount and rebates less
accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Such cost includes purchase price and any cost directly attributable
to bringing the assets to its working condition for its intended use. Such costs also include Borrowing Costs if the
recognition criteria is met.
c) Freehold Land is recognised as Plant, Property And Equipment and measured at cost.
d) Spare parts which meet the recognition criteria of Property, Plant and Equipment are recognised as Property, Plant and
Equipment. In other cases, the spare parts are recognised as inventory.
e) Cost of replacing parts which are significant in relation to the total cost of an item of property, plant and equipment are
recognised in the carrying amount of the item, if it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item
will flow to the Company; and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
The Company has elected to use the exemption available under Ind AS 101 to continue the carrying value for all of its
Property, Plant and Equipment as recognized in the Financial Statements as at the date of transition to Ind AS, measured as
per the previous GAAP and use that as its deemed cost as at the date of transition (April 01, 2016)
1.7.2 Subsequent measurement
When a major inspection/repair occurs, its cost is recognised in the carrying amount of the plant and equipment as a
replacement, if the recognition criteria are satisfied. Any remaining carrying amount of the cost of previous inspection/repair
is derecognised.
1.7.3 De-recognition
The carrying amount of an item of Assets shall be derecognised:
a) on disposal; or
b) When no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal.
Gains & losses on de-recognition of an item of Assets are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal, if any,
with the carrying amount of assets and are recognized in the statement of profit and loss.
1.7.4 Capital Work in progress (CWIP)
Expenditure incurred on acquisition / construction of Property, Plant and Equipment which are not ready for their
intended use as at the Balance Sheet date are disclosed under capital work-in-progress.
1.7.5 Depreciation
a) Depreciation commences when an asset is ready for its intended use.
b) Depreciation on all the Fixed Assets is charged on Straight Line Method (SLM) during the year in terms of expected
life span of assets as referred to in Schedule II of the Companies Act, 2013.
The items of Property, Plant and Equipment costing not more than Rs.5,000 individually are depreciated at 100% in
the year of acquisition
1.8 Intangible Assets
1.8.1 Recognition and Initial Measurement
An Intangible Asset is recognized if and only if it is probable that the expected future economic benefits that are
attributable to the asset will flow to the company and the cost of the asset can be measured reliably. Cost includes direct
/ attributable incidental expenses necessary to make the assets ready for its intended use. The Life of Intangible Assets
can be Finite or Indefinite.
1.8.2 Subsequent Costs
Subsequent expenditure is recognized as an increase in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future
economic benefits deriving from the cost incurred will flow to the enterprise and the cost of the item can be measured
reliably 2761.8.3 Derecognition
An intangible asset is derecognised on disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or
disposal.
The gain or loss arising from derecognition of an intangible asset is determined as the difference between the net
disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset. Such gain or loss is recognised in the Statement of Profit and
Loss in the period in which the asset is derecognised.
1.8.4 Amortisation
The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite. Intangible assets with finite lives are
amortised over their useful economic lives on Straight Line Basis from the date the asset is ready for its intended use.
Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment at each reporting date in line with accounting
policy on Impairment.
Typically, purchased intangible assets such as software, licenses, or trademarks with finite useful lives are amortized
over a period of 3 to 5 years, unless a different useful life is justified based on the nature and expected use of the asset.
1.9 Provisions, contingent liabilities and Capital Commitments
1.9.1 Provision
Provision is recognized when there is a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of past event(s) and it is
probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and reliable estimate can be made of
the amount of the obligation. Expenses relating to the provision are recognized in The Statement of Profit and Loss.
These estimates are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimates.
1.9.2 Contingent Liabilities
Contingent liabilities are not recognised in The Financial Statements but are disclosed in the notes unless the possibility
of an outflow of economic resources is considered remote. Contingent Liabilities disclosed are in respect of items which
in each case is above the threshold limit of Rs.20 lakhs.
Contingent assets are neither recognized nor disclosed in the financial statements.
1.9.3 Capital Commitments
Capital Commitments are not recognized in the financial statements but are disclosed.
1.10 Financial instruments
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity
instrument of another entity.
1.10.1 Financial assets
Initial Recognition and Measurement
Financial Assets are recognised when the company becomes a party to a contractual right to receive cash.
All financial assets are measured at fair value on recognition. In the case of financial assets not classified at Fair Value
through Profit or Loss (FVTPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset are added to the
fair value at initial recognition. For financial assets measured at FVTPL, such transaction costs are expensed in the Statement
of Profit and Loss . On initial recognition, financial assets are classified as measured at either fair value or amortised cost.
Subsequent Measurement
After initial recognition, the Company measures a financial asset at either:
Amortised Cost- if held to collect contractual cash flows (payments of principal and interest only)
Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI)- if held to collect and sell, with cash flows comprising solely
principal and interest.
Fair Value through Profit or Loss (FVTPL)- all other financial assets. Changes in fair value (including interest, FX,
impairment, gains/losses) are recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss.
Derecognition
A financial asset is derecognised when rights to cash flows expire, or when substantially all risks and rewards or control
are transferred.
Deposits with Government Agencies Deposits placed with Government Agencies/ Local Authorities which are perpetual
in nature are not subjected to present valuation and are held at cost
1.10.2 Financial Liabilities
Initial Recognition and Measurement
The Company recognizes Financial Liability when it becomes a party to a legally enforceable contract resulting in a
present obligation to deliver cash or another Financial Asset. Financial liability is initially measured at fair value minus,
for an item not at fair value through profit and loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to its acquisition or
issue.
277Subsequent Measurement
Subsequent measurement of financial liabilities is based on their classification:
Financial Liabilities at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (FVTPL):
A liability is classified as FVTPL if it is held for trading or designated as such at initial recognition. These are
measured at fair value, and all changes — including interest expense — are recognised in the Statement of Profit and
Loss.
Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost:
All other financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the Effective Interest Rate (EIR) method. Amortised cost
considers discounts, premiums, and transaction costs integral to the EIR. The resulting amortisation is recorded as
finance costs in the Statement of Profit and Loss.
Derecognition
A financial liability is derecognised when the related obligation is discharged, cancelled, or expires. Where an existing
liability is replaced with another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or when terms are significantly
modified, the original liability is derecognised and a new liability recognised. The difference in carrying amounts is
recorded in the Statement of Profit and Loss.
1.11 Employee Benefits
1.11.1 Post-Employment Benefits
Defined contribution plans
The Company makes contributions to the statutory Provident Fund in accordance with the applicable laws and
regulations in India. The Provident Fund is classified as a defined contribution plan, as the Company has no further
obligation beyond its fixed contributions.
Both the employee and the Company contribute a specified percentage of the employee’s basic salary to the fund,
which is administered by government authorities. The Company’s contributions to the Provident Fund are recognised
as an employee benefit expense in the Statement of Profit and Loss in the period in which the employee renders the
related service.
Defined benefit plans (Gratuity)
The Company provides for gratuity, a defined benefit plan, for eligible employees. The cost of providing benefits is
determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method, with actuarial valuation at each year-end. The service cost and net
interest on the net defined benefit liability/(asset) are recognised in profit or loss under employee costs. Remeasurements
of the net defined benefit liability/(asset), including actuarial gains and losses, are recognised immediately in Other
Comprehensive Income (OCI). The present value of obligations is calculated by discounting estimated future benefits
using the yield on risk-free government bonds with maturities approximating the plan’s obligations. The recognised asset
is limited to the present value of economic benefits available from future refunds or reductions in contributions, after
deducting any unrecognised past service cost.
Short term benefits
Short-term employee benefits are measured on an undiscounted basis and expensed as the related service is provided. A
liability is recognised for amounts expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans when the Company
has a present legal or constructive obligation resulting from past service, and the amount can be reliably estimated.
1.12 A) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents in the Balance Sheet include cash at bank, cash, cheque, draft on hand and demand deposits
with an original maturity of three months or less than three months, which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes
in value.
For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand,
overdrafts with financial institutions, deposits held at call with financial institutions, other shorter highly liquid
investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and
which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
B) Bank balances other than (A) above
Bank Balances in the balance sheet comprise of bank balances and balances in FDR.
C) Cash Flow Statement
Cash flows are reported using the indirect method, where by net profit before tax is adjusted for the effects of
transactions of a non-cash nature, any deferrals or accruals of past or future operating cash receipts or payments and
item of income or expenses associated with investing or financing cash flows. The cash flows from operating,
investing and financing activities are segregated.
2781.13 Earnings per share
Basic EPS
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the net profit for the period attributable to the equity shareholders of
the Company by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the period. The weighted average
number of equity shares outstanding during the period and for all periods presented is adjusted for events, such as bonus
shares, other than the conversion of potential equity shares that have changed the number of equity shares outstanding,
without a corresponding change in resources.
Diluted EPS
For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share, the net profit for the period attributable to equity shareholders
and the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period is adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential
equity shares.
1.14 Impairment
Impairment of Non-financial Assets
The Company assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is any indication that a non-financial asset may be
impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing is required, the Company estimates the
recoverable amount of the asset.
The recoverable amount is the higher of:
1. Fair value less costs of disposal, and
2. Value in use (i.e., the present value of estimated future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset or cash-
generating unit).The recoverable amount is determined for an individual asset unless the asset does not generate cash inflows
that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. In such cases, the recoverable amount is
determined at the level of the Cash-Generating Unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs.If the recoverable amount of an asset
(or CGU) is less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount is reduced to the recoverable amount. The resulting
impairment loss is recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss for the period.For the purpose of impairment assessment,
the Company applies the CGU concept to Property, Plant and Equipment and other relevant asset classes that do not
generate independent cash inflows.
Impairment of Financial Assets
In accordance with Ind AS 109, the Company applies expected credit loss (ECL) model for measurement and recognition of
impairment loss for financial assets. ECL is the difference between all contractual cash flows that are due to the Company in
accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the Company expects to receive. When estimating the cash flows, the
Company consider the following:
1. All contractual terms of the financial assets (including extension) over the expected life of the assets.
2. Cash flows from the sale of collateral held or other credit enhancements that are integral to the contractual terms.
Trade receivables: The Company applies the simplified approach permitted by Ind AS 109 for measuring the impairment loss
on trade receivables. Under this approach a loss allowance is measured at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses
(ECL), i.e., ECLs that result from all possible default events over the expected life of the receivable. The assessment is
performed on a collective basis, using historical credit loss experience adjusted for forward looking factors relevant to the
customers and the economic environment.
Other financial assets: In respect of its other financial assets, the Company assesses if the credit risk on those financial assets
has increased significantly since initial recognition. If the credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition,
the Company measures the loss allowance at an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses, else at an amount equal to
the lifetime expected credit losses.
1.15 Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Costs of inventories are determined on a Weighted
Average Basis. Net realizable value represents the estimated selling price for inventories less all estimated costs of
completion and costs necessary to make the sale. The cost includes cost of purchases, which are net of discounts and
rebates and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition
2791.16 Leases
Company as a lessee:
The Company recognises right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all leases except for short-term leases and leases
of low-value assets. The company assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of a contract. A
contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of
time in exchange for consideration. To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified
underlined asset, the company assesses whether:
i. The contract involves the use of an identified underlying asset,
ii. The company has substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the underlying asset through the period of the
lease, and
iii. The company has the right to direct the use of the underlying asset.
At the date of commencement of the lease, the company recognises a right-of-use asset (“ROU”) and a corresponding
lease liability for all lease arrangements in which it is a lessee, except for leases with a term of twelve months or less
(short term leases) and leases of low value assets.
For short term and leases of low value assets, the company recognises the lease payments as an operating expense over
the term of the lease.
1.17 Events after the reporting period
Material adjusting events (that provides evidence of condition that existed at the balance sheet date) occurring after
the balance sheet date are recognized in the financial statements. Non-adjusting events (that are indicative of conditions
that arose subsequent to the balance sheet date) occurring after the balance sheet date that represent material change
and commitment affecting the financial position are disclosed in the reports of the board of directors.
1.18 Foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by the company at the currency spot rates at the date the
transaction first qualifies for recognition. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are
retranslated at the functional currency spot rate of exchange at the reporting date. All differences arising on settlement
or translation of monetary items are taken to the statement of comprehensive income. Non-monetary items that are
measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates as at the dates of the
initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange
rates at the date when the fair value is determined.
The gain or loss arising on retranslation of non-monetary items is treated in line with the recognition of gain or loss on
change in fair value of the item (i.e., translation differences on items whose fair value gain or loss is recognized in
other comprehensive income or profit or loss is also recognized in other comprehensive income or profit or loss,
respectively).
1.19 Exceptional items
Exceptional items refer to items of income or expense, including tax items, within the statement of profit and loss from
ordinary activities which are non- recurring and are of such size, nature or incidence that their separate disclosure is
considered necessary to explain the performance of the Company.
1.20 Prior Period Errors
Errors or omissions discovered during the year relating to prior periods are treated as immaterial and adjusted in the
current year if, in aggregate, they do not exceed 0.5% of total revenue from operations of the immediately preceding
year.
Material errors or omissions are corrected by restating the comparative amounts for the prior period in which the error
occurred. If the error relates to a period before the earliest period presented, the opening balances of assets, liabilities,
and equity for the earliest period presented are restated.
280Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure - VI Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 2: PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
For the Period 1st April, 2024 to 31st March,2025
Gross Block Depreciation Net Block
Particulars As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st March As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Additions Deductions For the year On deductions
March , 2024 March , 2025 , 2024 March , 2025 March , 2025 March , 2024
Land - Freehold 435.50 - - 435.50 - - - - 435.50 435.50
Building 2,423.01 - - 2,423.01 612.59 79.24 - 691.82 1,731.18 1,810.42
Building - Admin 787.69 - - 787.69 94.56 18.02 - 112.58 675.11 693.13
Plant and Equipment 1,776.40 - - 1,776.40 737.16 115.81 - 852.97 923.44 1,039.24
Furniture & Fixtures 81.20 - - 81.20 26.44 7.98 - 34.42 46.78 54.76
Computers 10.46 3.45 - 13.91 7.26 1.96 - 9.22 4.69 3.20
Vehicles 72.13 15.04 - 87.16 26.16 9.79 - 35.95 51.21 45.96
Office Equipments 53.84 1.63 - 55.47 30.61 7.53 - 38.14 17.33 23.23
Electrical Equipment 172.94 - - 172.94 132.07 16.38 - 148.46 24.48 40.86
Hydraulic Works, Pipelines and sluices 279.52 - - 279.52 145.77 17.93 - 163.70 115.82 133.75
Lab Equipment 1.38 - - 1.38 1.05 0.14 - 1.20 0.19 0.33
TOTAL 6,094.06 20.12 - 6,114.18 1,813.67 274.79 - 2,088.46 4,025.73 4,280.39
For the Period 1st April, 2023 to 31st March,2024
Gross Block Depreciation Net Block
Additions Deductions
Particulars As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
during the during the For the year On deductions
March , 2023 March, 2024 March, 2023 March, 2024 March, 2024 March, 2023
year year
Land - Freehold 435.50 - - 435.50 - - - - 435.50 435.50
Building 2,423.01 - - 2,423.01 533.14 79.45 - 612.59 1,810.42 1,889.87
Building - Admin 787.69 - - 787.69 76.49 18.07 - 94.56 693.13 711.20
Plant and Equipment 1,776.40 - - 1,776.40 621.04 116.12 - 737.16 1,039.24 1,155.37
Furniture & Fixtures 81.20 - - 81.20 18.43 8.00 - 26.44 54.76 62.77
Computers 10.01 0.45 - 10.46 5.19 2.07 - 7.26 3.20 4.81
Vehicles 61.76 10.36 - 72.13 17.38 8.78 - 26.16 45.96 44.38
Office Equipments 53.84 - - 53.84 23.11 7.50 - 30.61 23.23 30.73
Electrical Equipment 172.94 - - 172.94 115.65 16.43 - 132.07 40.86 57.29
Hydraulic Works, Pipelines and sluices 279.52 - - 279.52 127.79 17.98 - 145.77 133.75 151.73
Lab Equipment 1.38 - - 1.38 0.91 0.14 - 1.05 0.33 0.48
TOTAL 6,083.25 10.81 - 6,094.06 1,539.12 274.55 - 1,813.67 4,280.39 4,544.13
281For the Period 1st April ,2022 to 31st March,2023
Gross Block Depreciation Net Block
Additions Deductions
Particulars As at 31st As at March As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
during the during the For the year On deductions
March, 2022 31, 2023 March, 2022 March, 2023 March, 2023 March, 2022
year year
Land - Freehold 435.50 - - 435.50 - - - - 435.50 435.50
Building 2,423.01 - - 2,423.01 453.90 79.24 - 533.14 1,889.87 1,969.11
Building - Admin 433.08 354.61 - 787.69 60.07 16.42 - 76.49 711.20 373.01
Plant and Equipment 1,776.40 - - 1,776.40 505.23 115.81 - 621.04 1,155.37 1,271.17
Furniture & Fixtures 26.33 54.87 - 81.20 12.77 5.67 - 18.43 62.77 13.56
Computers 5.06 4.95 - 10.01 4.26 0.94 - 5.19 4.81 0.80
Vehicles 78.71 1.62 18.56 61.76 23.50 8.83 14.95 17.38 44.38 55.20
Office Equipments 30.48 23.36 - 53.84 17.17 5.94 - 23.11 30.73 13.31
Electrical Equipment 172.94 - - 172.94 99.26 16.38 - 115.65 57.29 73.67
Hydraulic Works, Pipelines and sluices 279.52 - - 279.52 109.85 17.93 - 127.79 151.73 169.67
Lab Equipment 1.38 - - 1.38 0.76 0.14 - 0.91 0.48 0.62
TOTAL 5,662.40 439.42 18.56 6,083.25 1,286.77 267.29 14.95 1,539.12 4,544.13 4,375.62
Note 1: Depreciation on all the Fixed Assets is charged on Straight Line Method (SLM) during the year as per the policy adopted by the Company.
Note 2: The Company has elected to use the carrying value of property, plant and equipment as its deemed cost under Ind AS 101 – First-time Adoption of Indian Accounting Standards.
Note 3: Certain land, buildings and plant & equipment have been given as security against borrowings from banks. For further details, refer Note 21 – Current Borrowings.
Note 4: The Company has not carried out any revaluation of property, plant and equipments for period ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023
Note 5: The title deeds, comprising all immovable properties are held in name of the company as at the balance sheet date.
Note 6: There are no exchange differences adjusted in property, plant and equipment.
Note 7: There are no impairment losses recognised during the year.
Note 8: Estimated useful life of Assets considered for the purpose of computing depreciation
Estimated
Particulars Useful Life
Building 10,30,60
Computers 3
Electrical Equipment 10
Office Equipments 5,10
Furniture and Fixture 10
Hydraulic Works, Pipelines and sluices 15
Lab Equipments 10
Plant and Equipment 15
Vehicles 8
282Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure - VI Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 3: CAPITAL WORK IN PROGRESS
Tangible Assets Under Development:
Particulars Building Total
Balance as at 31st March, 2022 19.43 19.43
Additions during the Year - -
Capitalised During the Year 19.43 19.43
Balance as at 31st March, 2023 - -
Additions during the Year - -
Capitalised During the Year - -
Balance as at 31st March, 2024 - -
Additions during the Year - -
Capitalised During the Year - -
Balance as at 31st March, 2025 - -
Note 1: There are no CWIP assets which become overdue compared to their original plans or where cost is exceeded compared to original plans, therefore, disclosure relating thereto is not required.
NOTE 4: OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
For the Period 1st April, 2024 to 31st March,2025
Gross Block Amortization Net Block
Particulars As at 31st March, As at 31st March, As at 31st March, As at 31st March, As at 31st March, As at 31st March,
Additions Deductions during the year For the year On deductions
2024 2025 2024 2025 2025 2024
Computer software 31.96 - - 31.96 10.60 5.81 - 16.40 15.55 21.36
TOTAL 31.96 - - 31.96 10.60 5.81 - 16.40 15.55 21.36
For the Period 1st April 2023 to 31st March ,2024
Gross Block Amortization Net Block
Particulars As at 31st March, Additions during As at 31st March, As at 31st March, As at 31st March, As at 31st March, As at 31st March,
Deductions during the year For the year On deductions
2023 the year 2024 2023 2024 2024 2023
Computer software 31.96 - - 31.96 4.78 5.82 - 10.60 21.36 27.18
TOTAL 31.96 - - 31.96 4.78 5.82 - 10.60 21.36 27.18
For the Period 1st April 2022 to 31st March,2023
Gross Block Amortization Net Block
Particulars As at 31st March, Additions during As at March 31, As at 31st March, As at31st March, As at 31st March, As at 31st March,
Deductions during the year For the year On deductions
2022 the year 2023 2022 2023 2023 2022
Computer software 2.18 29.78 - 31.96 2.13 2.65 - 4.78 27.18 0.05
TOTAL 2.18 29.78 - 31.96 2.13 2.65 - 4.78 27.18 0.05
Note 1 : Amortization on all the Fixed Assets is charged on Straight Line Method (SLM) during the year as per the policy adopted by the Company.
Note 2 : The Company has elected to use the carrying value of intangible assets as its deemed cost under Ind AS 101 – First-time Adoption of Indian Accounting Standards.
Note 3: Estimated useful life of Intangible Asset considered for the purpose of computing amortization
Particulars Life
Computer software 3,5
283Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
Note 5: NON CURRENT FINANCIAL ASSETS- INVESTMENTS
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Non Current Investments:
Quoted Mutual Funds
DBG-Union Dynamic Bond Fund - Growth - - 3 6.10
Unquoted Preference instruments
1,00,000 Compulsory convertible shares of Ruchi Agricom India Pvt Ltd of Rs. 300/-each
- - 3 74.53
(Note 1)
Investment in Listed Equity Shares
24,000 shares of Ramdev Baba Solvent Ltd. of Rs.123.10/-each 2 7.52 - -
Total 2 7.52 - 4 10.63
Aggregate book value of quoted investments 2 7.52 - 3 6.10
Aggregate market value of quoted investments 2 7.52 - 3 6.10
Aggregate carrying value of unquoted investments - - 3 74.53
Aggregate amount of impairment in the value of investments - - -
Level -1 Level -1 Level -1
Classification Of Investments
Quoted Investments 2 7.52 - 3 6.10
Level -2 Level -2 Level -2
Classification Of Investments
Unquoted Investments - - 3 74.53
Note 1 :These shares are optionally convertible into equity shares at the ratio of 1:1, exercisable at the option of the shareholder after 36 months
from the date of allotment.
Alternatively, the preference shares may be redeemed by the Company under the following terms:
After 12 to 24 months from the date of allotment at ₹400 per share.
After 24 to 36 months from the date of allotment at ₹500 per share.
After 36 to 48 months from the date of allotment at ₹600 per share.
If not redeemed by the end of 48 months, the preference shares will be compulsorily converted into equity shares at a 1:1 ratio.
Since the exact timing of the redemption is uncertain and subject to the issuer’s discretion, for the purpose of fair valuation and financial
reporting, the Company has adopted a conservative approach in estimating the redemption value. Accordingly, the valuation is performed
assuming redemption will occur at the earliest possible date (i.e., at ₹400 per share, after 12 to 24 months from the date of allotment).
This approach reflects management’s best estimate based on currently available information and is consistent with the requirement to present
fair and reliable financial information in accordance with Ind AS 109.
284Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
Note 6: OTHER NON CURRENT FINANCIAL ASSETS
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Security Deposits 17.56 18.06 19.59
Fixed Deposits (Note 1) 2 62.57 2 40.24 -
Total 2 80.13 2 58.30 1 9.59
Note 1: Out of the total fixed deposits of ₹ 262.57 lakh as at year end, fixed deposits amounting to ₹ 240.24 lakh are under lien with the bank.
For further details, refer Note 50.
NOTE 7: OTHER NON CURRENT ASSET
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Capital Advance* 1 ,818.83 - -
Total 1 ,818.83 - -
* Advance For Purchase of land
NOTE 8 : INVENTORY
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Raw Material - Inventory 2,3 6 43.22 6 31.68 8 79.41
Finished Goods 1,3 9 ,019.50 4 ,552.24 2 ,740.35
Consumables & Spares 2,3 3 14.52 2 26.82 5 47.79
Total 9 ,977.24 5 ,410.74 4 ,167.55
Note 1 : These Finished Goods are valued at lower of cost or net realisable value.
Note 2: Raw Materials, consumables and spares are value at cost
Note 3 : Entire Inventory of the Company is hypothecated as security against certain bank borrowings of the Company as at 31st March , 2025,
31st March 2024 and 31st March 2023. For more details of lien/charge against inventories refer Note no. 21.
Note 9: CURRENT FINANCIAL ASSETS -TRADE RECEIVABLES
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Secured, Considered Good - - -
Unsecured, Considered Good - - -
- Due from related party - - -
- Due from others 2 0,884.32 3 ,122.01 1 1,669.82
Trade Receivables which have significant increase in Credit Risk - - -
Trade Receivables - credit impaired - - -
Subtotal 2 0,884.32 3 ,122.01 1 1,669.82
Less: Allowance for expected credit loss - - -
Total 2 0,884.32 3 ,122.01 1 1,669.82
Note 1 : For lien/charge against trade receivables refer Note 21.
Note 2 : There are no outstanding trade receivables from the directors or officers, either individually or jointly with others. Additionally, no
trade receivables are due from firms or private companies in which any director holds a position as a partner, director, or member.
Note 3 : For Ageing of Current Trade Receivables, refer Note 40.
285Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
Note 10: CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Balances with banks
On Current Account 294.36 69.21 78.65
Cash on hand 2 .85 2 .65 2 .06
Total 2 97.21 7 1.86 8 0.71
Note 1 : There are no restriction/lien with regard to cash and cash equivalents at at the end of reporting periods and prior periods.
Note 11: CURRENT FINANCIAL ASSETS- OTHER BANK BALANCES
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Fixed Deposits with Banks (Note 1) 2 ,555.02 1 47.92 3 15.02
Total 2 ,555.02 1 47.92 3 15.02
Note 1: Certain fixed deposits of the Company have been placed under lien with the bank as security against current borrowings.
For further details, refer Note 21 – Current Borrowings
NOTE 12: CURRENT FINANCIAL ASSET - LOANS
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Unsecured, Considered good
Loans and Advances to Employees 2 .39 2 .55 1 .56
Loans and Advances to Others 3 5.19 1 ,465.81 -
Total 3 7.57 1 ,468.36 1 .56
NOTE 13: CURRENT FINANCIAL ASSETS- OTHER
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Security Deposits 6.42 111.09 0.18
Accrued Interest 4 1.51 9 .82 3 2.48
Export Duty Receivables (Note 1) - 5 0.36 -
Others 0 .10 - -
Total 4 8.03 1 71.27 3 2.66
Note 1-In the previous financial year 2023-24, the Company had recognized an asset amounting to ₹50.36 lakh relating to a legal settlement
claim, which was considered probable of realization at the time. However, based on developments during the current financial year 2024-25 and
a reassessment of the facts and circumstances of the case, it has now been determined that the likelihood of realizing this asset is remote.
Consequently, the previously recognized amount has been reversed in the financial year 2024–25.
NOTE 14: CURRENT TAX ASSETS /LIABILITY (NET)
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
TDS Receivable 4 5.89 2 2.83 1 7.95
TCS Receivable 0 .01 - 1 2.04
Self Assessment Tax - - 2 1.00
Advance Tax 1 ,450.00 5 00.00 1 ,870.01
Less: Provision For Tax ( 1,460.90) ( 512.91) ( 1,632.38)
Total 3 5.00 9 .92 2 88.62
286Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 15: OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Advance to Supplier 62.94 3 33.44 200.75
Advance for CSR 4 .86 - -
GST 9 29.07 7 96.02 1 ,201.25
Prepaid Expenses 8 8.19 9 .41 2 1.77
TDS ( Excess Paid ) - 4 2.57 -
Others 0 .63 1 1.89 9 .57
Total 1 ,085.69 1 ,193.33 1 ,433.34
NOTE 16: SHARE CAPITAL
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Authorised:
Equity Shares 2,50,00,000 of Rs 10/- each (31 March 2025: 2,50,00,000; 31 March 2024:
2,500.00 2,500.00 2 ,500.00
2,50,00,000 ; 31 March 2023: 2,50,00,000)
Issued, subscribed and paid up:
2,40,00,020 Equity Shares of Rs 10/- each fully paid up (31 March 2025: 2,40,00,020; 31
2 ,400.00 2 ,400.00 2 ,400.00
March 2024: 2,40,00,020 ; 31 March 2023: 2,40,00,020)
Total 2 ,400.00 2 ,400.00 2 ,400.00
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025* March, 2024* March, 2023*
Reconciliation of No. of Equity Shares
A. Opening Balance 2 40.00 2 40.00 2 40.00
B. Shares Issued - - 0 .00
C. Shares Extinguished during the year
D Closing Balance 2 40.00 2 40.00 2 40.00
Details of shareholders holding more than 5% shares
Orient Deal Trade Private Limited 8 3.90 8 3.90 8 3.90
Greta Industries Pte Ltd. 1 40.30 1 40.30 1 40.30
Narottamka Trade & Vyaapar Pvt Ltd. 1 5.70 1 5.70 1 5.70
Total 2 39.90 2 39.90 2 39.90
* Number of shares are in Lakhs.
287Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
Shares held by promoters at the end of the period 31st March , 2025
% of total % Change
Promoter Name No. of Shares*
shares during the year
1. Anup Goyal 7 ,400 0.03% 0.00%
2. Ramavtar Thanuram Agrawal 2 ,500 0.01% 0.00%
3. Orient Deal Trade Private Limited 8 3,90,000 34.96% 0.00%
4. Greta Industries Pte Ltd. 1 ,40,30,490 58.46% 0.00%
5. Narottamka Trade & Vyaapar Pvt Ltd. 1 5,69,510 6.54% 0.00%
6. Rajendra Kumar Chaudhari 1 0 0.00% 0.00%
7. Payal Goyal 1 0 0.00% 0.00%
8. Aman Goyal 1 00 0.00% 0.00%
Total 2 ,40,00,020 100.00%
Shares held by promoters at the end of the period 31st March , 2024
% of total % Change
Promoter Name No. of Shares*
shares during the year
1. Anup Goyal 7 ,400 0.03% 0.00%
2. Ramavtar Thanuram Agrawal 2 ,500 0.01% 0.00%
3. Orient Deal Trade Private Limited 8 3,90,000 34.96% 0.00%
4. Greta Industries Pte Ltd. 1 ,40,30,490 58.46% 0.00%
5. Narottamka Trade & Vyaapar Pvt Ltd. 1 5,69,510 6.54% 0.00%
6. Rajendra Kumar Chaudhari 1 0 0.00% 0.00%
7. Payal Goyal 1 0 0.00% 0.00%
8. Aman Goyal 1 00 0.00% 0.00%
Total 2 ,40,00,020 100.00%
Shares held by promoters at the end of the period 31st March , 2023
% of total % Change
Promoter Name No. of Shares*
shares during the year
1. Anup Goyal 7 ,400 0.03% 0.00%
2. Ramavtar Thanuram Agrawal 2 ,500 0.01% 0.00%
3. Orient Deal Trade Private Limited 8 3,90,000 34.96% 0.00%
4. Greta Industries Pte Ltd. 1 ,40,30,490 58.46% 0.00%
5. Narottamka Trade & Vyaapar Pvt Ltd. 1 5,69,510 6.54% 0.00%
6. Rajendra Kumar Chaudhari 1 0 0.00% 0.00%
7. Payal Goyal 1 0 0.00% 0.00%
8. Aman Goyal 1 00 0.00% 0.00%
Total 2 ,40,00,020 100.00%
* Number of shares are in absolute figures
Rights preference and ristrictions attached to Equity Shares:
(i) The Company has one class of equity shares having a par value of Rs. 10 per share. All equity shares, in present and in future, rank pari
passu with the existing equity shares of the company and each shareholder is entitled to one vote per share
(ii) The Company declares and pays dividends in Indian rupees. The dividend proposed by the Board of Directors is subject to approval of the
shareholders in the ensuing Annual General Meeting.
(iii) In the event of liquidation of the Company, the holders of equity shares will be entitled to receive remaining assets of the Company, after
distribution of all preferential amounts. The distribution will be in proportion to the number of equity shares held by the shareholders.
(iv) The Company did not have outstanding calls unpaid by the directors and officers of the Company and also did not have any amount of
forfeited shares in any of the reporting period.
(v) The Company has not allotted any fully paid up equity shares without payment being received in cash except bonus shares and nor has
bought back any class of equity shares during the period of five years immediately preceding the balance sheet date.
288Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 17: OTHER EQUITY
As at 31st As at 31st March, As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 2024 March, 2023
(a) Retained earnings
Opening balance 7,881.20 6,433.33 3,042.02
Add : Profit/(Loss) for the year as per Statement of Profit and Loss 4,276.11 1,447.87 3,391.31
Less : Interest Element of SD
Add: Prior period adjustment
Closing balance 12,157.31 7,881.20 6,433.33
(b) Other Comprehensive Income
Opening balance 7.41 65.49 52.17
Add : Other Comprehensive income for the year as per Statement of Profit and Loss
(2.68) 3.17 13.32
Less :Net Gain on fair valuation of long term investments transferred from the OCI
- ( 61.25) -
Reserve to the Profit and Loss account.
Closing balance 4.73 7.41 65.49
(c) Securities Premium
Opening balance 7 .04 7.04 7.04
Less : Transfer made during the year to retained earnings - - -
Closing balance 7.04 7.04 7.04
Total Other Equity 12,169.08 7,895.65 6,505.86
Nature and purpose of components of other equity
(a) Retained earnings
Retained earnings includes the Company's cumulative earnings and losses.
(b) Other Comprehensive reserve
Other Comprehensive Income Reserve represent the balance in equity for items to be accounted in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) .
(c) Securities Premium
Securities Premium Reserve is created on recording of premium on issue of shares.
NOTE 18 : FINANCIAL LIABILITIES -NON CURRENT BORROWINGS
As at 31st As at 31st March, As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 2024 March, 2023
At Amortized Cost:
A. Secured
Term loans from Banks - - -
TOTAL (A) - - -
B. Unsecured
Loans and advances from related parties (Note 1) 2 ,220.18 2,299.43 2,308.59
TOTAL (B) 2,220.18 2,299.43 2,308.59
TOTAL (A+B) 2,220.18 2,299.43 2,308.59
Note 1: Loans and advances from related parties
Particulars Interest Rate Repayment Term
Ramavtar Agarwal 8.00%As Mutually Agreed
Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Pvt. Ltd 8.00%As Mutually Agreed
Orient Deal Trade Pvt Ltd 8.00%As Mutually Agreed
Nitesh Chaudhari 289 Nil As Mutually AgreedShriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 19: NON CURRENT PROVISIONS
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Provision For Gratuity 3 1.05 21.30 20.39
TOTAL 3 1.05 2 1.30 2 0.39
Note 1 : Provision for Gratuity" As per the Actuarial report.
Note 2 : For Details see note 43.
Note 20: Deferred Tax Liabilities/(Asset) (Net)
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Deferred Tax Assets ( 5.85) ( 3.07) ( 4.01)
Deferred Tax Liabilities 394.48 393.60 335.17
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities/(Assets) 3 88.63 3 90.53 3 31.16
NOTE 21 : FINANCIAL LIABILITIES -CURRENT BORROWINGS
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
At Amortized Cost:
Loans repayable on demand
From Banks : 2 0,016.21 1 03.46 4 ,807.79
Loans From Related party - - -
TOTAL 2 0,016.21 1 03.46 4 ,807.79
As at 31st March, As at March 31,
Particulars As at 31st March, 2025 2024 2023
BANKER HDFC BANK HDFC BANK UCO Bank AXIS BANK HDFC BANK HDFC BANK
Loans repayable on demand From Banks : 3,100.00 8,535.33 4,221.44 4,159.43 103.46 4,807.79
Cash
Loan Name PC Credit/PC/WCDL Cash Credit Cash Credit Cash Credit/PC Cash Credit/PC
Banker HDFC BANK HDFC BANK UCO Bank AXIS BANK HDFC BANK HDFC BANK
Sanction Limit (Rs in Lakhs) 7,500.00 12,500.00 5,500.00 4,500.00 12,500.00 12,500.00
Rate of Interest (Average) 8.77 9.00 9.00 8.85 8.50
PC - 8.5 %
& CC -WDCL -
Rate of Interest (Last month) 8.50%8.42% 9.00% 9.00% 9.00% 8.50%
Purpose BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS
1.First Pari
Passu Charge
1.First Pari 1.First Pari Passu 1.First Pari
on Current
Passu Charge on Charge on Current Passu Charge on
Assets . of the
Current Assets . Assets . of the Current Assets .
company
of the company company including of the company
including stock
including stock stock and including stock
and receivable.
and receivable. receivable. along and receivable.
along with
Security ma a ,l rl Auo H Ue raln n xt D Cng id ip g s OF ew l er e BC ms i Bab t u Bh e na an n kn ao nd t n kt k eh i ki & ..nre e g r . Hw a BDui rt arnh Fa nd Cnbo Ke g Bt a r h Ben ame &mk a nr i nu k enl Uk .le ngt n i Ct ,p Ad i Ol .e e e xr . i s s ma a ,l r Al uo H Ue raln xn t D Cng i id p sg OF e w l e Br e C ms i a Bb t u Bh nea an Knn ao nd t nkt ke h i ki & ..nre e gr . Buo a an Bt ir nd .h r eb a Ke ae . nar n r kHn gm &l ke e ,Di An u mn UFd l xgt ee Ci Ci p n sr Os tl e 1 e i. nn H cot 2i lfr uy .e rt p d e Ih Pch mi ce n ruo e
o
g mcrt i pvh r o s oe eae m tn v rbc o tt aa p lc
y
e bat a k i . ls no eas yn e n t do sf c1 oo. m 2fH a .re p sy s e In s a t mp ct oe n eih t cr y miso e k v t i oo anh c a vf bu ce n alt lc r d euh bra . e e d lt ei n io ntn g
Bank. 3. Plant and Property
3. Plant and
Machinery
Machinery
4. Fixed Deposits
2. Fixed 4. Fixed Deposits
2.Fixed Deposit
Deposit (will
2. First Pari Pasu (will be replaced
2. Plant and be replaced by
On Plant and by immovable
Machinery immovable
Machinery fixed asset on
fixed asset on
request)
request)
3. Immovable
3. Fixed Deposit
Fixed Asset
4. Immovable
Fixed Asset
1. Anup Goyal
2. Nitesh 1. Anup Goyal 1. Nitesh Chaudhari
1. Nitesh Chaudhari
Choudhari 2. Nitesh 2. Anup Goyal
2. Anup Goyal
1. Nitesh 3. Ramavtar Choudhari 1. Anup Goyal 3. Ramavtar
3. Ashish Chaudhari
Personal Guarantee Chaudhari Agrawal 3. Ramavtar 2. Nitesh Agrawal
4. Ramavtar Agrawal
2. Anup Goyal 4. Saroj Devi Agrawal Choudhari 4. Sarojdevi
5. Sarojdevi Agrawal
Agrawal 4. Rishi Kumar Agrawal
6. Payal Goyal
5. Payal Anup Agrawal. 5. Payal Goyal
Goyal.
290Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 22 : FINANCIAL LIABILITIES - TRADE PAYABLES
As at 31st As at 31st March, As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 2024 March, 2023
Trade Payables
(A) Total outstanding dues of micro enterprises and small enterprises 3 27.56 286.72 2 38.64
(B) Total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro enterprises and small enterprises. 2 ,191.14 2 ,477.84 5 ,542.02
TOTAL 2 ,518.70 2 ,764.56 5 ,780.66
Note 1 : The information as required to be disclosed pursuant under the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (MSMED
Act, 2006) has been determined to the extent such parties have been identified based on the information available with the Company
Note 2 : Detailed Ageing Schedule is given at Note No. 38
NOTE 23: OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
As at 31st As at 31st March, As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 2024 March, 2023
Interest Received in advance - 11.09 -
Advance from customer 1 ,016.62 59.62 4 04.96
Others 2.12 0.02 2.65
Statutory Dues
TDS /TCS payable 3 0.64 - 3 6.09
PT & PF Payable 1.81 1.40 1.76
GST Payable 4 2.76 35.59 1 3.15
ESIC 0.09 0.08 0.11
TOTAL 1 ,094.04 107.80 4 58.72
NOTE 24: CURRENT PROVISIONS
As at 31st As at 31st March, As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 2024 March, 2023
Provisions for employee benefits
Provision for Retirement gratuity 0.96 1.23 1.64
Provisions for others
Provision Others 2 48.99 171.50 3 76.00
TOTAL 2 49.95 172.73 3 77.64
Note 1: Provision for Gratuity" As per the Actuarial report.
NOTE 25: REVENUE FROM OPERATIONS
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
a) Sale of Goods:
Export Sales 1 ,01,946.85 6 2,400.86 1,18,528.86
Domestic sales 3 3,579.41 3 ,645.18 6 ,228.74
b) Other Operating Income
RoDTEP Scrips* 4 18.53 558.84 1 ,208.50
TOTAL 1 ,35,944.79 6 6,604.88 1 ,25,966.10
*The income from sale of RoDTEP scrips on export sales are accounted on cash basis.
291Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 26: OTHER INCOME
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Net Gain /(Loss) on Foreign Exchange 745.84 331.83 1,015.91
Discount Received 203.67 64.77 154.96
Interest on Fixed Deposit with Banks 92.84 12.59 12.78
Interest Subsidy - Term loan - 9.16 42.09
Interest on Income Tax Refund - 10.72 -
Interest on Loans Given 38.78 163.65 26.00
Gain on Sale of Long Term Investments1 - 61.92 -
Customs Duty Drawback 6.26 4.24 2.34
Profit on Sale / Scrap / Written off Fixed Assets - - 4.63
Dividend Income - - 0.03
Creditor written Back 39.06 26.39 -
Insurance claim received - - 13.45
Others - 116.51 152.11
TOTAL 1,126.45 801.78 1,424.30
Note 1: Gain on sale of long-term investments includes the following:
A. Mutual Funds:
1. Profit on derecognition of mutual funds amounting to ₹0.81 lakhs, and
2. Gain of ₹11.10 lakhs on fair valuation of mutual funds transferred from the OCI Reserve to the Profit and Loss account.
B. Preference Shares:
1. Loss on derecognition of preference shares amounting to ₹24.53 lakhs, and
2. Gain of ₹74.53 lakhs on fair valuation of preference shares transferred from the OCI Reserve to the Profit and Loss account.
NOTE 27: COST OF MATERIAL CONSUMED
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Inventory at the beginning of Year 631.68 879.41 993.97
Add : Purchases 15,858.66 10,727.60 22,602.86
Less: Inventory at the end of the year 643.22 631.68 879.41
Net Cost Of Material Consumed 15,847.12 10,975.33 22,717.42
NOTE 28: CHANGES IN INVENTORIES IN FINISHED GOODS, WORK-IN-PROGRESS AND STOCK-IN-TRADE
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Inventory At the Beginning of the year 4,552.24 2,740.35 3,793.57
Finished Goods 4,552.24 2,740.35 3,793.57
Inventory At the End of the year 9,019.50 4,552.24 2,740.35
Finished Goods 9,019.50 4,552.24 2,740.35
Change in Inventory During The Year (4,467.26) (1,811.89) 1,053.22
292Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 29: EMPLOYEE BENEFIT EXPENSE
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Salaries and Wages (Including Bonus) 388.81 288.82 229.96
Contribution to Provident and other funds 11.34 10.83 10.68
Gratuity (Note 1) 9.83 8.19 6.94
Staff welfare expenses 8.16 10.55 38.43
TOTAL 418.14 318.39 286.01
Note 1 : For detailed disclosure refer Note 43.
NOTE 30: FINANCE COSTS
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
Particulars March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Financial Cost
Interest on Term Loan - - 1.48
Interest on Working Capital Loan 1,000.55 233.53 168.84
Interest on Unsecured Loans 268.17 166.02 313.47
Bank Charges 69.68 59.08 187.99
TOTAL 1,338.40 458.63 671.78
293Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 31: DEPRECIATION & AMORTIZATION
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Depreciation on Property, Plant and Equipment 274.79 274.55 267.29
Amortization on Intangible Assets 5 .81 5.82 2.65
Total 2 80.59 2 80.37 2 69.94
NOTE 32: OTHER EXPENSES
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Export Expense :
Handling 2 ,348.19 1,452.28 3,400.57
Ocean Freight 4 ,158.77 2,637.23 6,280.94
Customs Clearances and Agency Charges 6 ,491.84 1,331.96 4,977.88
Others 1 65.51 3.13 63.12
Transportation 1 ,575.40 1,213.86 2,974.53
Independent Director's Remuneration 0 .25 - -
Brokerage 3 02.53 130.98 886.42
Electricity 3 53.99 263.52 306.75
Legal & Professional Charges 7 2.53 74.89 54.80
Insurance 1 04.44 99.40 71.47
Repairs & Maintenance - Machinery 1 06.63 144.96 83.28
CSR Expenditure 5 8.50 51.00 25.00
Business Promotion 4 6.97 47.40 36.01
Repairs & Maintenance - Others 7 5.16 73.25 200.97
Rates and taxes, excluding, taxes on income 2 7.18 8.24 58.43
Rent 4 2.61 6.71 7.20
Repairs & Maintenance - Vehicles 1 9.95 11.09 2.72
Sales Discount 1 9.02 28.20 139.36
Consumables & Spares 1 9.77 16.47 17.64
Travelling & Conveyance 1 6.23 28.90 70.02
Security Charges 1 6.13 13.10 15.06
Miscellaneous expenses 1 2.68 7.79 7.00
Communication & Internet 6 .30 6.28 5.65
Audit fee (Note 1) 1 0.10 3.50 3.50
Storage & Warehousing Charges 8 .10 - -
Postage & Telegram 4 .06 3.60 5.94
Printing & Stationery 3 .66 2.66 4.60
Commission 6 2.71 41.00 2,495.08
Donations & Contributions 0 .82 2.69 1.30
Balances Written Off 0 .12 - 6.68
Membership & Subscription 0 .56 0.85 3.49
Health & Quality Testing Expenses 0 .54 0.39 0.38
Repairs & Maintenance - Building - - 8.66
Other Expenses 8 9.47 71.28 80.73
Total 16,220.72 7,776.61 22,295.18
Note 1: Audit fees
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Tax Audit Fees 294 2.8 1.00 1.00
Statutory Audit Fees 7.3 2.50 2.50
TOTAL 10.1 3.5 3.5Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 33: INCOME TAX EXPENSE
The major components of income tax expense for reporting for tax expense for the reporting periods are indicated below:
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
a) Statement of Profit or Loss for the Year Ended
Current Tax:
Current tax on Profit for the year 1,460.90 512.91 1,108.76
Change / credit in respect of current tax of earlier Year - - -
Total Current Tax 1,460.90 512.91 1,108.76
Deferred Tax:
Origination & reversal of temporary Differences (1.00) 82.69 13.76
Charge in Respect of derred tax for earlier year - - -
Charge In respect of increase / (decrease) in tax rate - - -
Total Deferred Tax (1.00) 82.69 13.76
Total Tax Expense /( Credit) For the Year 1,459.90 595.60 1,122.52
b) Statement of Comprehensive Income For the Year
Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Deferred tax (credit) / charge on:
Re-measurement of defined benefit obligation 0.90 (1.06) (0.95)
Income tax relating to items that will be reclassified to profit or loss
Deferred tax (credit) / charge on:
Fair Valuation of Mutual Funds - - (0.24)
Fair Valuation of Preference Shares - - (3.30)
Total 0.90 (1.06) (4.48)
(A) A reconciliatiom of income tax expense applicable to accounting profits/ (loss) before tax at the statutory income tax rate to be
recognised income tax expense for the year indicated are as follows:
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Accounting Profits / ( loss) before Tax 5,736.01 2,043.47 4,513.83
Statutory Income Tax Rate (%) 25.17% 25.17% 25.17%
Tax at indian statutory income tax rate 1,443.64 514.30 1,136.04
Accounting Profits / ( loss) before Tax 5,736.01 2,043.47 4,513.83
Add: ICDS Adjustments 3.72 3.42 6.03
Add :Disallowances Considered seperately under IT. Act. 350.96 360.84 304.06
Less Allowance under the Income Tax Act / Considered Seperately 417.73 585.57 447.80
Total PGBP Income 5,672.95 1,822.16 4,376.12
Tax On PGBP 1,427.77 458.60 1,101.38
Capital Gain - 61.92 -
Tax On Capital Gain Capital Gain - 4.93 -
Income From Other Sources 131.62 186.95 38.81
Tax on Income From Other Sources 33.13 47.05 9.77
Prior Period Item - 6.58 (6.58)
Tax Relating To Prior Period Item - 1.66 (1.66)
Tax Expense 1,460.90 512.23 1,109.49
Less Tax Credit u/s 115JAA - - -
Total Income -Tax Expense/ ( Credit) 1,460.90 512.23 1,109.49
Effective Income Tax Rate(%) 25.47% 25.07% 24.58%
295Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
(B) Movement in Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
The movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities has been presented from the Financial Years 2022-2025
Charged
As at 31st /(Credited) to As at 31st
Particular Charge/(Credit
March ,2024 OCI/OCI March ,2025
ed) To P&L
Reserve
Deferred Tax Assets:
Provision for Gratuity Expenses 3 .07 2 .39 0 .39 5.85
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Property , Plant & Equipment 3 93.60 1 .39 - 394.99
Gain/Loss on Fair Valuation of Equity Shares - - ( 0.51) (0.51)
Total 3 90.53 ( 1.00) ( 0.90) 388.63
Charged
As at 31st /(Credited) to As at 31st
Particular Charge/(Credit
March ,2023 OCI/OCI March ,2024
ed) To P&L
Reserve
Deferred Tax Assets:
Provision for Gratuity Expenses 4 .01 0 .13 ( 1.06) 3.07
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Property , Plant & Equipment 3 10.78 8 2.82 - 393.60
Gain on Fair Valuation of Mutual Funds 3 .20 - ( 3.20) -
Gain on Fair Valuation of Preference Shares 2 1.19 - ( 21.19) -
Total 3 31.15 8 2.69 ( 1.06) 390.53
Charged
As at 31st /(Credited) to As at 31st
Particular Charge/(Credit
March ,2022 OCI/OCI March ,2023
ed) To P&L
Reserve
Deferred Tax Assets:
Provision for Gratuity Expenses 4 .66 0 .30 ( 0.95) 4.01
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Property , Plant & Equipment 2 96.72 1 4.07 - 310.78
Gain on Fair Valuation of Mutual Funds 2 .96 - 0 .24 3.20
Gain on Fair Valuation of Preference Shares 1 7.89 - 3 .30 21.19
Total 3 12.91 1 3.76 4 .48 331.16
Note: The company has chosen to pay tax at a lower rate of 25.17% under Section 115 BAA, as it meets the required conditions
from the FY 2022-23 onwards.
296Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 34: STATEMENT OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
(i) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Actuarial gain/(Loss) on employee benefits ( 1.55) 4.23 3.76
Gain/(Loss) on Fair Valuation of Investment in Equity Shares ( 2.03) - -
TOTAL (i) ( 3.58) 4.23 3.76
profit or loss
On Acturial gain on employee benefits 0.39 ( 1.06) ( 0.95)
Gain on Fair Valuation of Investment in Equity Shares 0.51 - -
TOTAL (ii) 0.90 ( 1.06) ( 0.95)
(iii) Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss
Gain on Fair Valuation of Mutual Funds - - 0.94
Gain on Fair Valuation of Preference Shares - - 13.10
TOTAL (iii) - - 14.04
or loss
Gain on Fair Valuation of Mutual Funds - - ( 0.24)
Gain on Fair Valuation of Preference Shares - - ( 3.30)
TOTAL (iv) - - ( 3.53)
Total ( 2.68) 3.17 13.32
Note 35: Earnings per share (EPS)
Basic Earnings per share ('EPS') amounts are calculated by dividing the Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to equity
holders of the Company by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the year
Diluted EPS amounts are calculated by dividing the Profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders of the Company by the
weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of equity shares
that would be issued on conversion of all the dilutive potential equity shares into equity shares.
The following is a reconciliation of the equity shares used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per equity share
i. Profit/(Loss) attributable to Equity holders
For the Year For the Year For the Year
ended ended ended
Particulars
31st March, 31st March, 31st March,
2025 2024 2023
Profit/(Loss) after tax 4,276.11 1,447.87 3,391.31
ii. Weighted average number of ordinary shares
Particulars As at As at As at
31st March, 31st March, 31st March,
2025 2024 2023
Ordinary shares at the beginning of the year 240.00 240.00 240.00
Shares issued and allotted during the year - - 0.00
Weighted Average Number of shares during the year 240.00 240.00 240.00
Basic and Diluted earnings per share (in ₹) Before proposed issue 17.82 6.03 14.13
Bonus Adjustment Factor* 3.50 3.50 3.50
Weighted average number of shares After proposed issue of 840.00 840.00 840.00
Basic and Diluted earnings per share (in ₹) After proposed issue 5.09 1 .72 4 .04
*BAF (Bonus adjustment Factor)= 1+2.5=3.5
** Weighted average number of shares adjusted from the earliest period presented as per IND AS 33
Refer Note No.52 Subsequent Events for details
297Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 36: DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IND AS & INDIAN GAAP
A) PRINCIPAL DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IND AS AND INDIAN GAAP
I. Deferred Tax
The Company has accounted for deferred tax on the various adjustments between Indian GAAP and IND
AS at their effective tax rate.
II. Defined Benefit Obligation
Under previous GAAP, Company has been charging the remeasurement (gain)/loss of employee benefits to
profit and loss account whereas under Ind AS financial statements such (gain) /loss is accounted in
Statement of Other Comprehensive Income alongwith the corres impact.
III. Financial Instruments
Under IGAAP, financial instruments are primarily measured at historical cost or lower of cost and market
value, whereas under Ind AS, they are classified and measured based on the entity’s business model and
cash flow characteristics — at amortised cost, fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL), or fair value
through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).
IV. Prior Period Items
Under Indian GAAP, the impact of prior period items is required to be included in current period
statement of profit and loss. However as per Ind AS-8 an entity is required to correct prior period errors
retrospectively by restating the compartive amounts for the prior period presented in which the error
occured. if the error occurred before the earliest prior period presented, it will restate the opening balance
of assets and equity for the earliest prior period presented. Impact of the same has been
given in Note No. 51
B) RECONCILIATION BETWEEN PREVIOUS GAAP & IND AS
Ind AS 101 requires an entity to reconcile, total comprehensive income and cash flows for prior periods.
The following tables represent the reconciliations from erstwhile Indian GAAP to Ind AS
(I) Reconciliatiom of Shareholder's Equity
As at 31st As at 31st
Nature Of Adjustments
March, 2024 March, 2023
Shareholders's Equity as per Previous GAAP 10,291.12 8,853.10
Gain on Fair Valuation of Loan - 17.20
Prior Period/Other Adjustments (6.58) 6.59
Income Tax Provision Adjustment 24.74 (24.74)
Interest Unwined On loan Ammortised as per Ind AS 109 (3.42) (6.03)
Deferred Tax Impact On Actuarial Gain (1.06) (1.53)
Ind AS 109 Impact On Investments (85.64) 85.64
Deferred Tax on above - (24.38)
Reversal of Deferred Tax on sale 24.38 -
Cummulative Previous Year Adjustements of restatment 52.75 -
Shareholders's Equity as per Ind AS 10,296.29 8,905.85
In line with Ind AS 101 , the above adjustments have been carried through retained earnings in reserves &
surplus
(II) Reconciliation of Profit/ (Loss) after tax between Ind AS &
Previous GAAP
For the Year For the Year
Nature Of Adjustments Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2024 March , 2023
Profit for the Year As Per Previous GAAP 1,438.02 3,399.26
Prior Period Adjustments (6.58) 6.60
Ind AS 109 Impact On Investments - 14.04
Deferred Tax on above - (3.53)
Interest Unwined On loan Ammortised as per Ind AS 109 (3.42) (3.14)
Income Tax Provision Adjustment 24.74 (7.67)
Deferred Tax Impact On Actuarial Gain (1.06) (0.95)
Total Comprehensive Income For the year as per Ind AS 1,451.70 3,404.61
298Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 37 : RATIO ANALYSIS
As At 31st As At 31st As At 31st March
Particulars Numerator Demoninator
March 2025 March 2024 2023
Current Ratio(in times) Current Assets Current Liabilities 1.46 3.68 1.57
Debt-Equity Ratio(in times) Total Shareholder's
Total Debt Equity 1.53 0.23 0.80
Debt Service Coverage Ratio( in times) Finance Cost +
Lease Payment +
Current maturity of
Long Term Debt
Profit after tax for (excluding impact of
the year+ Finance foreign exchange
Costs + Depreciation gain/loss) 4.40 4.77 6.45
Return on Equity (ROE)(%) Average
Profit for the year Shareholder's Equity 34.39% 15.08% 47.08%
Inventory Turnover Ratio (in times) Sales (Revenue from
operation) Average Inventory 17.67 13.91 26.82
Trade receivables turnover ratio(in times) Sales (Revenue from Average Trade
operation) Receivable 11.33 9.01 11.20
Trade payables turnover ratio (in times) Net Credit PurchasesPayable 44.50 13.60 14.44
Net capital turnover ratio(in times) Average Working
Sale of Products 13.95 8.87 25.42
Capital
Net profit ratio(%) Profit for the year Sale of Products 3.15% 2.17% 2.69%
Return on capital employed (ROCE)(%) Avg Total Equity +
AVG Total
Borrowings (
Current & Non
Profit Before Tax + Current)+ Net Avg
Finance Costs DTL 28.14% 17.00% 34.91%
Return on investments(%) Average
interest/dividend Investment+fixed
Income deposits
+loans given - 19.05% -
Change in Ratio in Comparison to Corresponding previous Year
As At 31st March As At 31st March As At 31st
Ratio
2025 2024 March 2023
Current Ratio(in times) (60%) 134% 28.95%
Debt-Equity Ratio(in times) 554% (71%) (42%)
Debt Service Coverage Ratio( in times) (8%) (26%) 23%
Return on Equity (ROE)(%) 128% (68%) 20%
Inventory Turnover Ratio(in times) 27% (48%) 9%
Trade receivables turnover ratio(in times) 26% (20%) 47%
Trade payables turnover ratio(in times) 227% (6%) 27%
Net capital turnover ratio(in times) 57% (65%) (1%)
Net profit ratio(%) 45% (19%) 13%
Return on capital employed (ROCE)(%) 66% (51%) 63%
Return on investments(%)
Explanation Of change in ratio more than 25%
March 31,2025
1. Current Ratio decreased due to higher utilization of cash credit facilities, increasing current liabilities.
2.The debt-equity ratio increased due to higher utilization of cash credit facilities during the period.
3. The increase in sales during the period contributed to higher net profits, leading to an improved return on equity
4. Inventory Turnover has been increased due to increase in revenue
5. Trade Receivable Turnover Ratio has been increased due to increase in sales
6. Trade Payables Turnover Ratio has increased due to increase in COGS & Revenue as sales volume has increased significantly.
7. Net Capital Turnover Ratio increased as a result of higher revenue generation.
8. The increase in Net profit ratio was driven by higher sales volumes and improved cost efficiencies.
9. Return on Capital Employed increased due to higher profitability and growth in revenue during the period.
March 31,2024
1. Current Ratio has increased due to lower utilization of Cash credit facilities, decreasing current liability due to drop in sales.
2. Debt-to-Equity Ratio decreased due to lower utilization of cash credit during the year, reflecting a significant decline in sales volume
3. Debt Service Ratio has decreased due to decrease in Profit & Revenue.
4. Return on Equity has decreased due to decrease in Profits & Revenue.
5. Inventory Turnover Ratio has decreased due to decrease in Revenue.
6. Net Capital Turnover Ratio has decreased due to decrease in Revenue.
7. Return on Capital Employed has decreased due to decrease in Profit & Revenue.
March 31,2023
1. The current ratio has increased due to decrease in the other current liabilities
2. Debt Equity Ratio has decreased due to decrease in Working capital Loan.
3.Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio has increased due to increase in COGS & Revenue.
4. Trade Payables Turnover Ratio has increased due to increase in COGS & Revenue.
5.Return on Capital Employed has Increase due to Increase in Profit & Revenue.
299Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE: 38 TRADE PAYABLE- DISCLOSURE
1. Ageing for Trade payables the due date of payment for each of the category as at 31st March, 2025
Particulars Outstanding for the following periods from due date of Payment
Not Due Unbilled Less than 1 Year 1 -2 Year 2-3 Year More than 3 Years Total
(I) MSME - - 383.43 - - - 383.43
(ii)Others - - 2,050.68 26.10 58.49 - 2,135.27
(iii) Disputed Dues -MSME - - - - - - -
(iv) Disputed Dues -Others - - - - - - -
Total - - 2,434.11 26.10 58.49 - 2,518.70
2. Ageing for Trade payables the due date of payment for each of the category as at 31st March, 2024
Particulars Outstanding for the following periods from due date of Payment
Not Due Unbilled Less than 1 Year 1 -2 Year 2-3 Year More than 3 Years Total
(I) MSME - - 325.06 - - - 325.06
(ii)Others - - 731.18 1 ,685.99 22.33 - 2,439.50
(iii) Disputed Dues -MSME - - - - - - -
(iv) Disputed Dues -Others - - - - - - -
Total - - 1,056.24 1 ,685.99 22.33 2,764.56
3. Ageing for Trade payables the due date of payment for each of the category as at 31st March, 2023
Particulars Outstanding for the following periods from due date of Payment
Not Due Unbilled Less than 1 Year 1 -2 Year 2-3 Year More than 3 Years Total
(I) MSME - - 285.98 - - - 285.98
(ii)Others - - 5,432.63 62.05 - - 5,494.68
(iii) Disputed Dues -MSME - - - - - - -
(iv) Disputed Dues -Others - - - - - - -
Total - - 5,718.61 62.05 - - 5,780.66
5. DISCLOSURE FOR AMOUNT DUE TO MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES
The information required to be disclosed under the MSMED Act, 2006 has been determined to the extent such parties have been identified on
the basis of information available with the Company. The details of amount outstanding to Micro & Small Enterprises are as under:
Particulars Period Ended Period Ended Period
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 Ended
March 31,
2023
A. Principal amount remaining unpaid 327.56 286.72 2 38.64
B. Interest due thereon - - -
C. Interest paid by Group in terms of Section 16 of the MSMED Act, 2006 - - -
D. Interest due and payable for the period of delay in making payment (which - - -
E. Interest accrued and remaining unpaid at the end of each accounting year; - - -
F. Further interest remaining due and payable even in the succeeding years, - - -
Note:
1. Identification of amounts payable to micro,small and medium enterprise in terms of section 16 of Micro,Small & Medium
Enterprise Development Act ,2006 is based on the information available with the Company
2. Certain trade creditors classified under the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development (MSMED) Act, 2006 have debit
balances as at the year ended March 31 ,2024.
300Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 39 : RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES
Enterprise where control exists:
Holding Company
Greta Industries Pte Ltd, Singapore
Entity having significant influence over reporting entity
Orient Dealtrade Pvt Ltd.
Key Managerial Personnel
Anup Ramavtar Goyal - Managing Director
Nitesh Chaudhari - Non Executive Director
Rishi Agrawal - Director
Payal Goyal - Director (Till 29th April 2025)
Shailee Bagga - Director (From 29th April 2025)
CS Nidhi Vitonde - Company Secretary
Aman Anup Goyal - CEO (w.e.f 29th April 2025)( CFO Till 7th April ,2025)
Radheshyam Paliwal - CFO (w.e.f - 7th April 2025)
Ramavtar Thanuram Agrawal - Director (Till 25th November 2024)
Hemant Gopaldas Kalantri - Director (from 11th November 2024)
Amar Sushil Dammani - Director (from 11th November 2024)
Relative of Director
Ramavtar Thanuram Agrawal
Khushboo Agarwal
Rajendrakumar Chaudhari
Nikhil Goyal
Sarojdevi Agrawal
Enterprises where directors having significant influence
Greta Investments Pvt. Ltd.
Greta Green Energy Private Limited( Earlier known as Vidarbha Energy And Infrastructure Pvt Ltd.)
Greta Power Limited
Kusum Metals Pvt Limited
Basundhara Infracon Pvt Ltd
Satyavachana Commotrade Pvt Limited
Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Pvt. Ltd.
Greta Energy Limited
301Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise
Following transactions were carried out with related parties in the ordinary course of Business
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Transaction Type / Party Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Interest Charged
Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Pvt. Ltd 171.37 139.16 142.30
Orient Deal Trade Pvt Ltd 3.41 2.12 1.34
Anup Goyal 12.43 2.17 125.44
Ramavtar Agarwal 0.38 0.35 3.68
Kusum Metals Pvt. Ltd 19.85 - -
Nitesh Chaudhari 3.72 3.42 3.14
Repayment of Loans
Anup Goyal 688.30 114.00 4,328.84
Ramavtar Agarwal - - 95.00
Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Pvt. Ltd 332.00 108.00 591.54
Greta Energy Ltd 2,240.00 500.00 2,150.00
Orient Deal Trade Pvt Ltd 2.00 - 31.65
Kusum Metals Pvt. Ltd 425.00 - -
Loan taken
Anup Goyal 595.00 80.00 4,252.04
Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Pvt. Ltd 70.00 - 495.00
Greta Energy Ltd 2,240.00 500.00 1,750.00
Orient Deal Trade Pvt Ltd 105.50 - 50.00
Kusum Metals Pvt. Ltd 425.00 - -
Interest Compounded
Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Pvt. Ltd 154.23 125.25 128.07
Orient Deal Trade Pvt Ltd 3.07 1.91 3.78
Anup Goyal 11.19 1.96 112.90
Ramavtar Agarwal 0.34 0.31 3.32
Nitesh Chaudhari 3.72 3.42 3.14
Salary
Ramavtar Agarwal 24.00 12.00 12.00
Anup Goyal 72.00 36.00 24.00
Aman Anup Goyal 48.00 24.00 -
Rishi Agrawal 24.00 12.00 4.00
Khushboo Agarwal 15.00 12.00 12.00
Nidhi Vitonde 8.60 7.69 6.76
Hemant Gopaldas Kalantri 0.13 - -
Amar Sushil Dammani 0.13 - -
Sales(Net of Return)
Greta Industries Pte Ltd. - - 735.24
Rent Expense
Nitesh Chaudhari 1.01 - -
Brokerage services taken
Aman Anup Goyal - - 18.45
Following were the balances outstanding with related parties in the ordinary course of Business at
the end of Following Periods
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Related Party March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Borrrowing Payable
Anup Goyal - 82.12 114.16
Ramavtar Agarwal 5.00 4.66 4.35
Narottamka Trade & Vyapaar Pvt. Ltd 2,034.33 2,142.10 2,124.85
Orient Deal Trade Pvt Ltd 134.89 28.31 26.41
Greta Energy Ltd - - -
Nitesh Chaudhari 45.96 42.24 38.82
Payable
Aman Anup Goyal - 3 0 2 - 24.41Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 40 :TRADE RECEIVABLES- DISCLOSURE
1. Ageing for Trade Receivables the due date of payment for each of the category as at 31st March ,2025
Outstanding for the following periods from due date of Payment
Particulars
Unbilled Less than 6 Months 6 Months - 1 Year 1 -2 Year 2-3 Year More than 3 Years Total
(I) Undisputed Trade receivables considered good - 20,884.32 - - - - 2 0,884.32
(ii) Undisputed Trade Rece., which have significant increase in credit risk - - - - - - -
(iii) Undisputed Trade Receivables credit impaired - - - - - - -
(iv) Disputed Trade Receivables considered good - - - - - - -
(v) Disputed Trade Receivable, which have significant increase in credit risk - - - - - - -
(vi) Disputed Trade Receivables credit impaired - - - - - - -
Total - 20,884.32 - - - - 20,884.32
2. Ageing for Trade Receivables the due date of payment for each of the category as at 31st March ,2024
Outstanding for the following periods from due date of Payment
Particulars
Unbilled Less than 6 Months 6 Months - 1 Year 1 -2 Year 2-3 Year More than 3 Years Total
(I) Undisputed Trade receivables considered good - 3 ,122.01 - - - - 3 ,122.01
(ii) Undisputed Trade Rece., which have significant increase in credit risk - - - - - - -
(iii) Undisputed Trade Receivables credit impaired - - - - - - -
(iv) Disputed Trade Receivables considered good - - - - - - -
(v) Disputed Trade Receivable, which have significant increase in credit risk - - - - - - -
(vi) Disputed Trade Receivables credit impaired - - - - - - -
Total - 3,122.01 - - - - 3,122.01
3. Ageing for Trade Receivables the due date of payment for each of the category as at 31st March ,2023
Outstanding for the following periods from due date of Payment
Particulars
Unbilled Less than 6 Months 6 Months - 1 Year 1 -2 Year 2-3 Year More than 3 Years Total
(I) Undisputed Trade receivables considered good - 1 1,669.82 - - - - 1 1,669.82
(ii) Undisputed Trade Rece., which have significant increase in credit risk - - - - - - -
(iii) Undisputed Trade Receivables credit impaired - - - - - - -
(iv) Disputed Trade Receivables considered good - - - - - - -
(v) Disputed Trade Receivable, which have significant increase in credit risk - - - - - - -
(vi) Disputed Trade Receivables credit impaired - - - - - - -
Total - 11,669.82 - - - - 11,669.82
303Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 41 : DETAILS OF CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
Particulars
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Gross Amount Required to be spent as per Sec 135 of Companies Act,2013 58.26 5 0.33 2 3.40
Amount Spent During the year on :
Donating Funds to Trust 5 8.50 5 1.00 2 5.00
Short / (Excess) ( 0.24) ( 0.67) ( 1.60)
Opening B/F-short/(Excess) ( 2.27) ( 1.60) -
Net C/F -Short/(Excess) ( 2.51) ( 2.27) ( 1.60)
Other Disclosure Related to CSR
Particulars
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Nature of CSR Activities Undertaken Eduction Eradicating Donation to
Society Hunger, Poverty Educational Trust
[Promoting And Malnutrition [Promoting
Education] Education]
NOTE 42: CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The Company's objectives when managing capital is to safeguard continuity, maintain a strong credit rating and healthy capital ratios in
order to support its business and provide adequate return to shareholders through continuing growth and maximise the shareholders
value. The Company's overall strategy remains unchanged from previous year. The Company sets the amount of capital required on the
basis of annual business and long-term operating plans which include capital and other strategic investments. The funding requirements
are met through a mixture of equity, internal fund generation and borrowed funds. The Company's policy is to use short term and
longterm borrowings to meet anticipated funding requirements. The Company monitors capital on the basis of the net debt to equity
ratio. The Company's is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. Net debt are long term and short term debts as
reduced by cash and cash equivalents (including restricted cash and cash equivalents) and short-term investments. Equity comprises
share capital and free reserves.
The following table summarizes the capital of the Company:
As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
Particular
March, 2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Share Capital 2 ,400.00 2 ,400.00 2 ,400.00
Free reserves 1 2,169.08 7 ,895.65 6 ,505.86
Equity (A) 1 4,569.08 1 0,295.66 8 ,905.86
Cash & Cash Equivalents 2 97.21 7 1.86 8 0.71
Short Term investments - - -
Total Cash (B) 2 97.21 7 1.86 8 0.71
Short term Borrowing 2 0,016.21 1 03.46 4 ,807.79
Long Term Borrowings 2 ,220.18 2 ,299.43 2 ,308.59
Total debt (C ) 2 2,236.39 2 ,402.89 7 ,116.38
Net Debt (D=(C-B)) 2 1,939.18 2 ,331.03 7 ,035.67
Net Debt to Equity ratio (E=D/A) 1 .51 0 .23 0 .79
304Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 43: EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
As per the Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS 19) " Employee benefits " , the disclosures as defined are given below:
A) Defined contribution Plan:
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Employer's Contribution to Provident fund (EPF) 8.82 10.01 9.79
Employer's Contribution to Employee state Insurance fund(ESIC) 0.71 0.82 0.89
Total 9.53 10.83 10.68
B) Defined Benefit Plan
I) Gratuity benefits
1.1 (a) Changes in Present Value of Obligation during the Period
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Defined Benefit Obligation at the beginning of the period 22.53 22.03 18.84
Acquisition adjustment - - -
Interest cost 1.60 1.56 1 .38
Current service cost 8.24 6.62 5 .56
Past service cost - - -
Benefits paid (1.91) ( 3.46) -
Actuarial 1 .55 ( 4.23) (3.76)
Defined Benefit obligation as at the end of period 32.01 22.53 22.03
1.1 (b) bifurcation of total Acturial (gain)/loss on Liabilities
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Acturial gain / losses from Changes in Demographic assumptions (morality) - - -
Acturial gain / losses from Changes in Financial assumptions 1.34 0.94 ( 0.27)
Experience Adjustments (gain)/ loss for Plan liabilities 0 .21 ( 5.16) (3.49)
Total amount recognized in other comprehensive income 0.76 ( 4.23) ( 3.76)
1.2 Key results (The amouny to be recognised in balance sheet :
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Present value of obligationm at the end of period 32.01 22.53 22.03
Fir value of plan assets at end of Period - - -
Net liabilty / (assets) reconized in Balance sheet & related analysis 3 2.01 22.53 22.03
Funded Status - Surplus / (Deficit) - - -
305Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
1.3 (a) Expenses Recognized during the year in the statements of Profit & Loss
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Interest cost defined benefit obligation 1 .60 1 .56 1 .38
Current Service Cost 8 .24 6 .62 5 .56
Past Service Cost - - -
Expected Return on Plan Asset - - -
Total expense /(Income) included in " Employee benefit Expenses" 9.83 8.19 6.94
1.3 (b) Expenses recognised during in the statement of Other Comprehensive Income (OCI)
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Amount Recognized in OCI , beginning of period
Opening Cummulative Acturial (Gain)/Loss B/f (10.00) (5.77) (2.01)
Acturial (Gain) / losses - Obligation 1.55 (4.23) (3.76)
Acturial (Gain) / losses - Plan Asset - - -
Total Acturial (Gain) /losses 1.55 (4.23) (3.76)
Cumulative total Acturial (Gain)/ Losses -C/f (8.45) (10.00) (5.77)
1.3( c ) Net interest Costs
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Interest cost defined benefit obligation 1.60 1.56 1.38
Interest income of Plan Asset - - -
Net interest Cost (income) 1.60 1.56 1.38
1.4 Experience Adjustments
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Experience Adjustment (Gain) / loss for Plan Liabilities 0.21 (5.16) (3.49)
Experience Adjustment (Gain) / loss for Plan Assets - - -
2.1 Summary of membership data of valuation & statistics based thereon
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Number of Employee 55.00 43.00 48.00
Total monthly Salary (in Lakhs ) 13.10 8.03 9.22
Average Past Service(Years) 2.83 3.40 2.89
average Future Service (Years) 21.87 21.01 21.37
Average Years 36.13 36.99 36.63
Expected Future Service taking into account Decrements (Years ) 15.23 14.99 14.94
306Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
2.2 Acturial Assumptions
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Discount Rate (per annum) 6.83 7.09 7.35
Salary Escalation rate (per annum) 10 10 10
Mortality 2012 – 2014 2012 – 2014 2012 – 2014
Withdrawal Rate (Per annum) 18 to 30 Years 5.00% 5.00% 5.00%
30 to 45 Years 3.00% 3.00% 3.00%
Above 45 Years 1.00% 1.00% 1.00%
2.3 Benefits Valued
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Normal Retirement Age 58 Years 58 Years 58 Years
Salary Last drawn basic salLarayst drawn basic Last drawn basic
Vesting Period 5 years of service 5 years of service. 5 years of service.
Benefits on Normal Retirement 15/26 x Salary x 15/26 x Salary x 15/26 x Salary x
Number of Number of Number of
completed years of completed years completed years
Benefits on early exit due to death and other 1se5r/v2i6c ex Salary x o1f5 /s2e6rv xic Sealary x o1f5 /s2e6rv xic Sealary x
Number of Number of Number of
completed years of completed years completed years
Limit (in Lakhs) 2se0r,v0i0c,e000/- 2o0f ,s0e0rv,0i0ce0./- 2o0f ,s0e0r,v0i0ce0./-
2.4 Current Liability (*Expected Payoutin next year as per Schedule III of Companies Act ,2013)
As at 31st March, As at 31st As at 31st
Particulars
2025 March, 2024 March, 2023
Current Liability (short term) 0.96 1.23 1.64
Non Current Liabilty(Long Term) 31.05 21.30 20.39
Liabilty / (asset) recognized in balance sheet 32.01 22.53 22.03
For the Year
3. Sensitivity Analysis Ended 31st
March, 2025
Defined Benefit Obligation – Discount Rate +100 Basis Point (4.80)
Defined Benefit Obligation – Discount Rate -100 Basis Point 5.91
Defined Benefit Obligation – Salary Escalation Rate +100 Basis Points 5.66
Defined Benefit Obligation – Salary Escalation Rate -100 Basis Points (4.71)
4.Expected Cashflows for the Next Ten Years As at March 2025
Year - 2026 1.00
Year - 2027 0.49
Year - 2028 0.65
Year - 2029 5.53
Year - 2030 1.47
Year - 2031 to 2035 20.65
307Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 44: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
A. Accounting classification and fair values
The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities, including their levels in the fair value hierarchy. It does not
include fair value information for financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value if the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value.
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that an entity can access at the measurement date.
Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly
Level 3: For assets & liabilities where Fair value is not observable
Carrying Value Fair Value
Particular Level As at 31st March, As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st As at 31st
As at 31st March, 2024
2025 March, 2024 March, 2023 March, 2025 March, 2023
Financial Assets :
At Amortisd Cost
Others Non Current Financial Asset 280.13 258.30 19.59 280.13 258.30 19.59
Trade Receivables 20,884.32 3,122.01 1 1,669.82 2 0,884.32 3,122.01 11,669.82
Cash and cash equivalents 297.21 71.86 80.71 297.21 7 1.86 80.71
Bank Balances other than above 2,555.02 147.92 3 15.02 2 ,555.02 147.92 315.02
Other Current financial Asset - Loans 37.57 1,468.36 1.56 37.57 1,468.36 1.56
Others Current Financial Assets 48.03 171.27 32.66 48.03 171.27 32.66
At FVTOCI
Non Current Investment:
Investment in quoted Mutual Funds Level 1 - - 36.10 - - 36.10
Investment in unquoted Preference Shares Level 2 - - 3 74.53 - - 374.53
Investment in quoted Equity Shares Level 1 27.52 - - 27.52 - -
Financial Liabilities :
At Amortisd Cost
Non Current Borrowings 2,220.18 2,299.43 2 ,308.59 2 ,220.18 2,299.43 2,308.59
Current Borrowings 20,016.21 103.46 4 ,807.79 2 0,016.21 103.46 4,807.79
Trade Payables 2,518.70 2,764.56 5 ,780.66 2 ,518.70 2,764.56 5,780.66
NOTE 45 :EARNINGS & EXPENDITURE IN FOREIGN CURRENCY
For the Year For the Year
For the Year Ended
Particulars Ended 31st March, Ended 31st
31st March, 2025
2024 March , 2023
Income
Export of Goods 1,01,946.85 62,400.86 1,18,528.86
Total 1,01,946.85 62,400.86 1,18,528.86
Expenditure
Bank Charges 7 .12 - -
Purchase Of Goods (Soya Bean) 9 9.85 104.52 -
Ocean Freight including other shipping line expens e s 4,039.17 2,570.85 7,482.72
Business Promotion Expense 0 .92 0.61 3.29
Total 4,147.06 2,675.98 7,486.01
308Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 46 : FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Company’s board of directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Company’s risk management framework. The Company’s
risk management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Company, to set appropriate risk limits and controls and to monitor risks and
adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the Company’s activities. The
Company, through its training and management standards and procedures, aims to maintain a disciplined and constructive control environment in which all
employees understand their roles and obligations.
Risk Exposure arising from
Cash and cash equivalents, bank balances other than cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables
Credit Risk
and other financial assets measured at amortised cost.
Liquidity Risk Borrowings, lease liabilities, trade payables and other financial liabilities
Market Risk Receivables and payables denominated in foreign currency
1. Credit Risk
The Company is exposed to credit risk primarily from cash and cash equivalents, bank deposits, trade receivables, and other financial assets. Credit risk arises from
the possibility that a counterparty may fail to meet its financial obligations, leading to a financial loss.
i. Cash and Cash Equivalents and Bank Deposits: The Company minimizes credit risk associated with cash and cash equivalents and bank deposits by
maintaining deposits with banks having high credit ratings, as assigned by domestic credit rating agencies. This reduces the risk of default by financial institutions.
ii . Trade Receivables: Credit risk on trade receivables is managed by regular monitoring of the outstanding amounts and performing a detailed assessment of
recoverability. The Company has established policies for aging analysis, and where applicable, provisions for expected credit losses (ECL) are recognized.
iii. Advance Payments from Customers: To further manage credit risk, the Company generally requires a 10% advance payment from new customers at the time
of order placement, with the balance payment due prior to delivery. This reduces exposure to credit risk by ensuring a portion of the payment is secured before the
goods are dispatched.
iv. ECGC Guarantee: The Company has secured a guarantee from the Export Credit Guarantee Corporation (ECGC) for potential losses arising from credit
defaults. The guarantee covers a loss of up to Rs. 43 crores, providing additional protection in case of default by export customers.
309Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
2. Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company may not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due, without incurring significant losses. The Company
manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves, banking facilities, and by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows.
i. Cash Flow Management: The Company continuously monitors its cash flow requirements to ensure that it has sufficient liquidity to meet its operational and
financial obligations, including trade payables, financial liabilities, and tax obligations. Regular cash flow forecasting is performed to assess the timing and amount
of future cash inflows and outflows.
ii. Access to Credit Facilities: The Company has access to various credit facilities from banks and financial institutions, which provide flexibility to meet short-
term liquidity needs. These facilities include working capital loans, overdrafts, and trade finance arrangements for smooth operations, especially in times of
fluctuating export cycles.
iii. Maturity Analysis of Financial Liabilities: The Company has established procedures to regularly monitor and assess the maturity profile of its financial
liabilities, including trade payables, loans, and other financial obligations. The maturity analysis helps ensure that the Company has enough liquidity to meet these
obligations in a timely manner.
iv. Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Company maintains a sufficient level of cash and cash equivalents to manage day-to-day operational expenses and meet
unforeseen liquidity requirements. This liquidity buffer is designed to prevent disruptions to business operations due to short-term liquidity shortages.
As at 31st March 2025 Less than 1 year 1 - 5 Years Due after 5 Years Total
Non Derivatives `
Long Term Borrowings from Related Party 45.96 2,174.22 2,220.18
Borrowings from Bank 20,016.21 - - 20,016.21
Trade Payables 2,434.11 84.59 - 2,518.70
As at 31st March 2024 Less than 1 year 1 - 5 Years Due after 5 Years Total
Non Derivatives
Long Term Borrowings from Related Party - 42.24 2,257.19 2 ,299.43
Borrowings from Bank 103.46 - - 103.46
Trade Payables 1,056.24 1,708.32 - 2,764.56
As at 31st March 2023 Less than 1 year 1 - 5 Years Due after 5 Years Total
Non Derivatives `
Long Term Borrowings from Related Party - 38.82 2,269.77 2 ,308.59
Borrowings from Bank 4,807.79 - - 4,807.79
Trade Payables 5,718.61 62.05 - 5,780.66
310Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise
3. Market Risk
a) Foreign Currency Risk
The Company undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies; consequently, exposures to exchange rate fluctuations arise. The Company's exposure to currency risk
relates primarily to the Company's operating activities when transactions are denominated in a different currency from the Company's functional currency. The Company has not
taken derivative instruments to hedge the forein currency risk. The Company continiously monitors the fluctuations in currency risk and ensures that the company does not have
adverse impact on account of fluctuation in exchange rate.
The carrying amounts of the Company’s foreign currency-denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities that are not hedged by a derivative at the end of the reporting
period are as follows:
As at 31st March, 2025 As at 31st March, 2024 As at 31st March, 2023
Particulars
Foreign Currency Rs. in Lakhs Foreign Currency Rs. in Lakhs Foreign Currency Rs. in Lakhs
Trade Recievables
USD** 232.52 2 0,083.54 29.59 2 ,465.85 141.06 1 1,588.68
Trade Payables
USD** 3.11 265.93 20.99 1 ,749.58 30.39 2 ,496.81
Total 229.41 1 9,817.62 8.59 716.27 110.67 9 ,091.87
Foreign exchange risk sensitivity analysis has been performed on the foreign currency exposures in the Company's financial assets and financial liabilities at the reporting date.
Reasonably possible changes are based on an analysis of historic currency volatility, together with any relevant assumptions regarding near-term future volatility.
Sensitivity analysis of 5% change in exchange rate at the end of the reporting period
As at 31st March, 2025 As at 31st March, 2024 As at 31st March, 2023
Particulars
USD** USD** USD**
Foreign Currency Sensitivity
Impact on Profit & Loss
5% Appreciation in (Rs.) ( 990.88) ( 35.81) ( 454.59)
5% Depreciation in (Rs.) 990.88 35.81 454.59
**United States Dollar.
b) Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk primarily arises from floating rate borrowing, including various revolving and other lines of credit. Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash
flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates arises on
borrowings with floating interest rate which is not material.
The exposure of borrowing to interest rate changes at the end of the reporting period are as follows:
Particulars As at 31st March, 2025 As at 31st March, 2024 As at 31st March, 2023
Fixed Rate Borrowings :
Term Loans from Banks - - -
Loans & Advances from Related Parties 2,220.18 2,299.43 2,308.59
Variable Rate Borrowings :
Loan Repayable on Demand 20,016.21 103.46 4,807.79
Fixed rate borrowings are carried at amortised cost. They are, therefore, not subject to interest rate risk as defined in Ind-AS 107, since neither the carrying amount nor the
future cash flows will fluctuate because of a change in market interest rates.
Profit or loss is sensitive to higher/lower interest expense from variable rate borrowings as a result of changes in interest rates.
Particulars As at 31st March, 2025 As at 31st March, 2024 As at 31st March, 2023
Interest rate - Increase by 25 basis points 50.04 0.26 12.02
Interest rate - Decrease by 25 basis points ( 50.04) ( 0.26) ( 12.02)
311Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 47-OTHER RELEVANT DISCLOSURES
Additional regulatory information required by Schedule III of Companies Act, 2013:
A. Balance of Debtors & Creditors & Loans & advances taken & given are subject to confirmation and consequential adjustments, if any. Debtors
& creditors balance has been shown separately and the advances received and paid from/to the parties is shown as advance from customer and
advance to suppliers.
B. The company has no transactions, which are not recorded in the books of accounts and which are surrendered or disclosed as income during the
year in the tax assessment or in search or survey or under any other relevant provision of the Income Tax Act, 1961.
C. The Company has not traded or invested in crypto currency or virtual currency for the year ended March 31, 2025, March 24, March 2023.
D. The Company did not have any transaction with companies that are struck off under section 248 of the Companies Act, 2013 or section 560 of
the Companies Act, 1956 during the year ended March 2025, March 2024, March 2023 .
E. The company has not been declared as willful defaulter by any bank or from any other lender during The Year ended March 31, 2025, March
2024, March 2023.
F. The company has registered all the charges which are required to be registered under the terms of the loan and liabilities and submitted
Documents with ROC within the period as required by Companies Act, 2013.
G. The Company have not received any fund from any person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (Funding Party) with the understanding
(whether recorded in writing or otherwise) that the Company shall: (a) directly or indirectly lend or invest in other persons or entities identified in
any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the Funding Party (Ultimate Beneficiaries) or (b) provide any guarantee, security or the like to or on
behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries.
H. The Company have not given any fund to any person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (Receiving Party) with the understanding
(whether recorded in writing or otherwise) that the Receiving Party shall: (a) directly or indirectly lend or invest in other persons or entities
identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the Company (Ultimate Beneficiaries) or (b) provide any guarantee, security or the like to
or on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries.
I. The Company is in compliance with the number of layers prescribed under clause (87) of section 2 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with the
Companies (Restriction on number of Layers) Rules, 2017 (as amended).
G. The Company does not hold any benami property, and no proceedings have been initiated or are pending against the Company under the
Prohibition of Benami Property Transactions Act, 1988.
Particulars of Loans & Advances given during the Following period as per Sec 186 Of Companies Act
Loans & Purpose for
Loans & Amount
Advances Amount which the loans
Advances given Outstanding
Particular given during Outstanding on proposed to be
during the year on 31st
the year 2024- 31st March, 2025 utilized by the
2023-24 March, 2024
25 recipient.
Loan Given to Others 1,020.00 35.19 6,131.00 1 ,465.81 Business Purpose
Note 48 : Revenue from Contracts with Customers
a) The Disaggregation of Revenue from Customers are given below
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Sale of Products 1,35,526.26 66,046.04 1,24,757.60
Sale of Rodtep Scripts 418.53 558.84 1,208.50
Total Revenue from Contracts with Customers 1,35,944.79 66,604.88 1,25,966.10
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Timing of Revenue Recognition Ended 31st Ended 31st Ended 31st
March, 2025 March, 2024 March , 2023
Goods/Services Transferred at a Point of Time. 1,35,944.79 66,604.88 1,25,966.10
Goods/Services Transferred Over Time - - -
Total Revenue from Contracts with Customers 1,35,944.79 66,604.88 1,25,966.10
312Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Geographical Disaggregation Ended 31st Ended 31st March, Ended 31st
March, 2025 2024 March , 2023
Sales Outside India 1,01,946.85 6 2,400.86 1 ,18,528.86
Sales in India 33,997.94 4 ,204.02 7 ,437.24
Total 1,35,944.79 6 6,604.88 1 ,25,966.10
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Revenue Disaggregation by
Ended 31st Ended 31st March, Ended 31st
Customer Type
March, 2025 2024 March , 2023
Government 13,142.26 1 10.70 -
Non-Government 1,22,802.53 6 6,494.18 1 ,25,966.10
Total 1,35,944.79 6 6,604.88 1 ,25,966.10
For the Year For the Year For the Year
Contract Balances Ended 31st Ended 31st March, Ended 31st
March, 2025 2024 March , 2023
Trade Receivables 20,884.32 3 ,122.01 1 1,669.82
Contract Assets - - -
Contract Liabilities - - -
For the Year Ended 31st March, Period Ended 31st March,
Top customer who contribute 10% Period Ended 31st March, 2023
2025 2024
or more of total revenue During
% Of Total % Of Total % Of Total
the Years Amount Amount Amount
Revenue Revenue Revenue
Customer 1 17,298.25 12.72% - -
Customer 2 14,594.66 10.74% - -
Customer 3 14,150.37 10.41% - -
Customer 4 - - - - 20,468.86 16.25%
NOTE: 49 LOANS & ADVANCES TO PROMOTERS , DIRECTORS,KMP & THEIR RELATED PARTIES
During the reporting period, the Company has not granted any loans, advances in the nature of loans, or provided any guarantees or securities to any
of its directors, promoters, key managerial personnel, or their relatives, whether jointly or severally.
Furthermore, there are no outstanding balances in respect of any such transactions from previous periods. The Company has complied with the
applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and relevant regulations issued by statutory authorities in this regard.
NOTE 50: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES & COMMITMENTS (To the Extent Not Provided For )
As at 31st As at 31st March, As at 31st
Particulars
March, 2025 2024 March, 2023
Contingent Liability-
acknowledged as debt1,2 449.44 2 40.24 -
Note:
1. A case has been filed by the Company against Union Bank of India (UBI) before the Hon’ble High Court in connection with undue charges levied
by UBI during the transfer of a cash credit facility. In relation to the dispute, a Fixed Deposit (FD) amounting to ₹240.24 Lakhs has been placed
with a lien in favour of UBI. The matter is currently sub judice. Based on legal advice obtained, the management believes that the likelihood of a
favorable outcome is high.Accordingly the amount is disclosed as a contingent liability .
2. A Show Cause Notice was received from the Office of the Commissioner of Customs in respect of short payment of export duty of ₹209.20
Lakhs. Since the notice was served after the reporting date but before approval of the financial statements, the same has been disclosed as a
contingent liability in accordance with Ind AS 10 and Ind AS 37.
3. The Company has certain disputes, lawsuits and claims, which arise in from time to time in the ordinary course of business. The amount in some
of the cases are not acertain and in some not material.
313Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 51: PRIOR PERIOD ITEMS ALONG WITH IMPACT ANANLYSIS
As per IND AS 8 an entity is required to correct prior period error retrospectivley by restating the comparative amounts for the prior period presented
in which the error occured. If the error occurred before the earliest prior period presented, it will restate the opening balance of assets, liabilities and
equity for the earlier prior period presented. Therefore, in terms of provisions of IND AS 8, the impact of the prior period items identified in the
current year and relating to the previous year have been restated and for the period before the last comparative period shown have been adjusted in
the opening balance of retained earnings.
As at 31st March, As at 31st March, As at 31st March,
Particulars
2025 2024 2023
Gain on Fair Valuation of Unsecured Loan - Other Income
EEFC Account not remeasured at reporting date - (6.59) 6.59
Short Provision of Tax 0.68 24.06 ( 7.67)
Total Impact on Profit /Reserve 0.68 17.47 ( 1.08)
Increase / (Decrease) in EPS ( In .₹) 0.00 0.02 ( 0.00)
NOTE 52 EVENTS OCCURING AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE
The Company evaluates events and transactions that occur subsequent to the balance sheet date but prior to approval of the financial statements to
determine the necessity for recognition and/or reporting of any of these events and transaction in the financial statements.
Events Required Adjustments in Financial Statement: Nil.
Non-Adjusting Events:
(A) Increase in Authorised Share Capital: The Company has incresed its authorised share capital from INR 2,500 Lakhs (2,50,00,000 equity share of
INR 10 each) to INR 11,000 Lakhs (11,00,00,000 equity share of INR 10 each) persuant to a resolution passed at the Extraordinary General Meeting
(EGM) of shareholders held on April 07, 2025.
(B) Bonus Issue: Subsequent to the reporting date, pursuant to the approval of shareholders granted in the extra-ordinary General meeting held on
June 21, 2025, the company issued and allotted fully paid up 'bonus share' at par in proportion of 25 new equity share of INR 10 each for every 10
existing fully paid up equity share of INR 10 each held on the record date of June 20, 2025.
(C) Shareholding of Promoters (as at signing date)
Subsequent to the reporting date but before the date of signing of the restated financial statements, the list of promoters and their current
shareholding is as follows:
Name of the Promoter No of Shares Shareholding (%)
1. Greta Industries Pte Ltd. 4,91,06,715 58.46%
2. Orient Deal Trade Private Limited 2,93,65,000 34.96%
3. Anup Goyal 25,900 0.03%
4. Aman Goyal 3 50 0.00%
5. Nitesh Chaudhari - 0.00%
(D) Greta Foundation was incorporated as a Section 8 Company on 20th March 2025. Shriram Food Industry Limited has committed to subscribe
49.99% (24,998 equity shares) of the Promoter’s Initial Capital of 50,000 equity shares. The payment for the aforesaid shares was made on 26th June
2025.Hence Consolidated Financial Statement is not required.
314Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
NOTE 53: SEGMENT INFORMATION
A) The principal business of the Company is Processing and Sale of Rice. All other activities of the Company revolve around its principal business. The Managing Director of the
Company has been identified as the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM).
The CODM evaluates the Group’s performance and allocates resources based on an analysis of various performance indicators of the Company as a single unit. The CODM has
concluded that there is only one reportable operating segment, as defined under Ind AS 108 – Operating Segments, i.e., 'Processing and Sale of Rice "
B) Disaggregation of revenue from operations by geographical area has been provided in Note No. 48
C) All non-current assets of the Group are located within India.
D) Information about Major Customers
The details of single customers who contributed 10% or more to the Company’s revenue during the years ended 31st
March 2025, 31st March 2024, and 31st March 2023 are provided in Note No. 48
NOTE 54: PENDING REGISTRATION OF OR MODIFICATION OR SATISFACTION OF CHARGE WHICH REQUIRED TO BE FILED WITH ROC
Thee are pending registration or modification or satisfaction of charge at the end of reporting periods, which are required to be filed with the Registrar of Companies
As at 31st March, 2025
Lender Name Sanction Date Charged Amount Actual charge Type of Loan Security Pending ' Charge Type'
Curent Asset,
Fixed Deposit,
Immovable
Fixed Asset &
Plant &
HDFC Bank 18-03-2025 22,490 20,000CC/PC Machinery Modification
Note- The modification was pending from the bank's side and has been done before the Date of Signing of restated financial statement
NOTE 55: STATEMENT OF ADJUSTEMENTS TO THE RESTATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Summarised below are the restatement adjustments made to the equity of the Audited Financial Statements & Special Purpose Financial statements of the Company for the years
ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 and the consequential impact on the equity of the Company:
As at 31st March, As at 31st
Particulars As at 31st March, 2025
2024 March, 2023
A:Total Equity As per Audited/ Special
Purpose Financial Statements 14,568.41 10,278.13 8 ,924.00
B:Adjustments:
Prior Period Error/Other Adjustments (0.01) (6.55) 6.60
Short Provision of Tax 0.68 24.06 ( 24.74)
Total Impact of Adjustmenst(B) 0.67 17.51 ( 18.14)
Total Equity as per Restated Financial
Statements (A+B) 14,569.08 10,295.65 8 ,905.86
Summarised below are the restatement adjustments made to the net profit after tax for the years ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31 ,2023 their impact on the
profit/ (loss) of the Company:
For the Year For the Year
For the Year Ended
Particulars Ended 31st Ended 31st
31st March, 2025
March, 2024 March , 2023
Net profit after tax as per Audited/Special
Purpose Financial Statements 4,272.76 1,433.54 3 ,405.68
Prior Period Error/Other Adjustments (0.01) (6.57) 6.62
Short Provision of Tax 0.68 24.06 ( 7.67)
Net profit after tax as per Restated Financial
Statements 4,273.43 1,451.04 3 ,404.63
1.Adjustments for audit qualification: None
2. Material regrouping:
On 24 March 2021, the Ministry of Corporate Affairs ("MCA") through a notification, amended Schedule Ill of the Companies Act, 2013. The amendments revise Division I, II
and III of Schedule III and are applicable from 1 April 2022. Appropriate regrouping/reclassification has been made in the Restated Consolidated Financial Information, wherever
required, by reclassification of the corresponding items of income, expenses, assets, liabilities and cashflows, in order to bring the mainline with the accounting policies and
classification as per the Audited Financial Statements for the year ended 31st March 2025 ,31st March 31,2024 & 31st March, 2023 prepared in accordance with Schedule III
(Division II) of the Act, requirements of Ind AS 1 Presentation of financial statements' and other applicable Ind AS principles and the requirements of the Securities and Exchange
Board of India (Issue of Capital & Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018, as amended. The revised Division Il is applicable for all financial issued after April 1, 2022
3. Material Restatement Adjustments: As Above
315Shriram Food Industry Limited
(Formerly known as Shriram Food Industry Private Limited)
CIN: U15118MH2014PLC252387
Annexure VI - Notes to the Restated Financial Statements
(All amounts in ₹ Lakhs, except as otherwise stated )
4. Non-adjusting Items:
Emphasis of matter paragraphs for the year, which do not require any corrective adjustments in the Restated Financial Information are
as follows:
For the FY 24-25
1. Attention is drawn to Note No. 1.2.2, of the Accounting Policies which states that the company accounts for revenue from the sale
of RoDTEP scrips on a receipt basis. Consequently, unsold RoDTEP scrips, if any, as at 31st March 2025, have not been recognised
in the books of account.
2. Attention is drawn to Note No. 47, which describes the following significant events that occurred subsequent to the reporting
period:
(i) An increase in authorised share capital, effective 7th April 2025.
(ii) The Board of Directors in their meeting held on 2nd June 2025, recommended a bonus issue in the ratio of 25:10, which was
approved by the shareholders on 21st June 2025; and
3. Attention is drawn to Note No. 1.2.1, which states that the Company has prepared its first financial statements in accordance with
the Indian Accounting Standards ("Ind AS") as prescribed under the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as
amended.
For the FY 23-24
1.Attention is drawn to Note No 1, Disclosure of Accounting Policy, para no 2.4 regarding revenue recognition where, the company
accounts for revenue from the sale of RoDTEP scrips on receipt basis. Therefore, as of 31st March 2024, the unsold RoDTEP scrips,
if any, have not been accounted for in the Books.
For the FY 22-23
1. Attention is drawn to Note No 1, Disclosure of Accounting Policy, para no 1.6 regarding valuation of inventory where, the inventory
which was previously valued using weighted average method on Transaction Basis, is now valued by Weighted Average Method on
monthly basis. However, the exact impact of this change on the current year's financial statements cannot be determined accurately.
2. Attention is drawn to note no. 9 regarding current Income Tax Liability, where during the year, the Company has opted for new
regime of taxation, where the tax rate is 22% under Section 115BAA of the Income Tax Act 1961. Had the company continued to be
taxed in the old regime, the current tax would have been more by Rs. 396.06 Lacs.
In addition to the audit opinion on the financial statements, the auditors are required to comment upon the matters included in the
Companies (Auditor's Report) Order, 2016 and 2020 ("the CARO 2016 Order" and the CARO 2020 Order") issued by the Central
Government of India under sub-section (11) of Section 143 of Companies Act, 2013 on the standalone financial statements as at and
for the financial years ended 31st March,2023, 31st March, 2024 and 31st March, 2025 respectively. Certain statements/comments
included in the CARO in the respective financial statements, which do not require any adjustments in the Restated Financial
Information are reproduced below in respect of the financial statements presented.
A) Following are the qualifications/adversere marks reported by us(and the other auditors) in the Order reports of the companies
included in the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2024, 31st March, or which such Order reports have been issued till
date and made available to us:
Clause NO. of CARO
report which is
Financial Year Ended on
unfavourable or qualified
or adverse
31st March 2023 (xiv)
31st March 2024 (xiv)
31st March 2025 (ii)
(xiv) clause states that the company had no internal audit system
(ii) clause states that stock statement are not in agreement with the books of
316
account.OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The audited financial statements of our Company as at and for the Fiscals ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024
and March 31, 2023, together with all the annexures, schedules and notes thereto (“Audited Financial
Statements”) are available at www.shriramfood.com. Our Company is providing a link to this website solely to
comply with the requirements specified in the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
The Audited Financial Statements do not constitute, (i) a part of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus; or (ii) the Red
Herring Prospectus; or (iii) a prospectus, a statement in lieu of a prospectus, an offering circular, an offering
memorandum, an advertisement, an offer or a solicitation of any offer or an offer document to purchase or sell
any securities under the Companies Act 2013, the SEBI ICDR Regulations, or any other applicable law in India
or elsewhere in the world. The Financial Statements should not be considered as part of information that any
investor should consider in order to subscribe for or purchase any securities of our Company and should not be
relied upon or used as a basis for any investment decision. None of our Company or any of its advisors, nor
BRLM, nor any of their respective employees, directors, affiliates, agents or representatives accept any liability
whatsoever for any loss, direct or indirect, arising from any information presented or contained in the Financial
Statements, or the opinions expressed therein.
The details of accounting ratios derived from Restated Financial Information as required to be disclosed under
Clause 11 of Part A of Schedule VI of the SEBI ICDR Regulations are set forth below:
(₹ in Lakhs except per share data or unless otherwise stated)
P articulars As on /For the Fiscal
Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Basic Earnings Per Share (EPS) 5.09 1.72 4.04
Diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS) 5.09 1.72 4.04
Return on Net worth 34.39% 15.08% 47.08%
Net Assets Value (NAV) per Share 17.34 12.26 10.60
EBITDA 7,355.00 2,782.47 5,455.55
The ratios have been computed as under:
1. Basic EPS = Net Profit after tax, as restated, divided by weighted average no. of equity shares outstanding during the fiscal.
2. Diluted EPS = Net Profit after tax, as restated, divided by weighted average no. of diluted equity shares outstanding during the fiscal.
3. The Equity shares and basic/diluted earnings per share has been presented to reflect the adjustments as per INDAS 33.
4. Return on Net Worth (%) = Net Profit after tax attributable to owner of the company, as restated for the end of the fiscal divided by
Average Net worth as at the end of the fiscal.
5. Average net worth means the average of the net worth of current and previous fiscal. Net worth means the aggregate value of the paid-
up share capital and other equity.
6. Net Asset Value per share = Net Worth at the end of the fiscal divided by weighted average no. of equity shares outstanding during the
fiscal.
7. EBITDA: Aggregate of restated profit/(loss) before tax and exceptional item, finance cost, depreciation and amortization.
Related Party Transactions
For details of the Related Party Transactions, as per the requirements under applicable Accounting Standards
read with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, for the Fiscals 2025, 2024, 2023 and as reported in Restated Financial
Information, please see “Restated Financial Information-Note 39- Related Party Disclosures” beginning on
page 301.
317CAPITALISATION STATEMENT
The following table sets forth our Company’s capitalisation as at March 31, 2025, on the basis of amounts derived
from the Restated Financial Information, and as adjusted for the Offer. This table should be read in conjunction with
“Risk Factors”, “Financial Information” and “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position
Results of Operations”, on pages 35, 261 and 324 respectively.
(₹ in lakhs)
Particulars Pre-Offer as at As Adjusted for the
March 31, 2025^ Offer*
Borrowings
Current Borrowings# (A) 20,016.21 [●]
Non-Current Borrowings#(B) 2,220.18 [●]
Total Borrowings (C) 22,236.39 [●]
Shareholder’s Fund (Net Worth)
Share Capital# (D) 2,400.00 [●]
Other Equity# (E) 12,169.08 [●]
Total Shareholder’s’ fund (Net Worth) (F= D+E) 14,569.08
Non-Current Borrowings/ Shareholder’s’ Fund (Net
0.15 [●]
Worth) ratio (B/F)
Total Borrowings/ Shareholder’s’ Fund (Net Worth)
1.53 [●]
ratio (C/F)
^As certified by Statutory Auditors of our Company vide their certificate dated September 6, 2025
* The corresponding post-Issue capitalization data is not determinable at this stage pending the completion of the public issue and hence have
not been furnished.
# These terms shall carry the meaning as per Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
318FINANCIAL INDEBTEDNESS
Our Company avails loans and facilities in the ordinary course of its business for meeting our working capital and
other business requirements. For details of the borrowing powers of our Board, please see “Our Management –
Borrowing Powers” on page 236.
Our Company has obtained the necessary consents required under the relevant financing documentation for
undertaking activities in relation to the Issue, including dilution of the current shareholding of our Promoters and
members of the promoter group, expansion of business of our Company, effecting changes in our capital structure
and shareholding pattern.
The aggregate outstanding borrowings (including fund based and non-fund based borrowings) of our Company
as on July 31, 2025 as certified by Statutory Auditors of our Company, vide their certificate dated September 06,
2025, are as follows;
(₹ in lakhs)
S. No. Category of Borrowing Sanctioned Principal amount
amount outstanding
as on July 31, 2025
Secured Loans
Fund based facilities
(i) Pre-Shipment Finance / Cash Credit facilities/
30,000.00 15,438.20
Working Capital Demand Loan
Total fund-based 30,000.00 15,438.20
Non fund based facilities
(i) Bank Guarantee 60.51
Total Non-fund-based 60.51
Total Secured (A) 30,000.00 15,438.20#
Unsecured Loans
Unsecured Loans from Related Parties (B) 3,094.25
Grand Total (C = A + B) 18,532.45#
As certified by our Statutory Auditors vide certificate dated September 06, 2025.
#Excluding the non-fund based facilities which comprises of bank guarantees amounting to ₹ 60.51 Lakhs.
For details in relation to financial indebtedness of our Company, please see “Restated Financial Information –
Note 18 and Note 21 - Borrowings” on pages 289 and 290, respectively.
Key terms of our secured borrowings (fund based) are disclosed below:
(i) Pre/Post-Shipment Credit Facilities / Cash Credit / Working Capital Demand Loan:
Name Nature Sanctioned Rate of Repayment Amount Primary and
of Amount (₹ Interest Terms outstanding Collateral Security
Lender In Lakhs) as on July
31, 2025 (₹
In Lakhs)
A. First pari passu
charge by way of
8.00% hypothecation of
Axis Cash
4,500.00 (Repo Rate On Demand entire current
Bank(1) Credit 418.85
+ 2.50%) assets of the
company including
stock and
319Name Nature Sanctioned Rate of Repayment Amount Primary and
of Amount (₹ Interest Terms outstanding Collateral Security
Lender In Lakhs) as on July
31, 2025 (₹
In Lakhs)
receivable (both
present and future)
along with HDFC
bank and UCO
bank
B. Minimum
collateral coverage
of 20%
C. Exclusive charge
on Plot-survey No.
84/1, 84/2, 85/1,
85/2, 96, 97, 98,
Mouza Choraba,
situated at
Gadgebaba Nagar,
near Meenakshi
Cotgin, Runza
Working road, Tah. Ghatanji
Capital & Dist. Yavatmal -
4,000.00
Demand 4 4 5 3 0 1 s t a n ding in
(Sub-limit of On Demand
Loan 2,300.00 the name of M/s
CC)
(sub-limit Greta Green
of CC) Energy Pvt Ltd.
D. FD of 0.50 crores
lien marked in
favour of bank.
E. Personal
Guarantee of Anup
Ramavtar Goyal
and Nitesh
Chaudhari
F. Corporate
Guarantee of
M/s Greta
Green Energy
Private
Limited
(Restricted to
the value of
the collateral).
For 12,500 Lakh limit:
A. Negative lien on
Pre/Post- Apartment No.
Shipment 8.00% (As 101, 102 and 103
HDFC
Credit 20,000.00 mutually On Demand 7,941.11 Mahadev Galaxy ,
Bank(2)
Facilities agreed) Nagpur
(PC) B. Exclusive
charge on
land
320Name Nature Sanctioned Rate of Repayment Amount Primary and
of Amount (₹ Interest Terms outstanding Collateral Security
Lender In Lakhs) as on July
31, 2025 (₹
In Lakhs)
measuring
641.50
sq.mt.together
with building
5,346 sq.ft.
located in
Brahmapuri
(owned by
Anup
Ramavtar
Goyal and
others)
C. Vacant Land
measuring
460 sq.mt.
plot no. 3,4
and 5 located
in
Brahmapuri
(owned by
Sarojdevi
Ramavtar
Agrawal)
D. D. Industrial
land
measuring
32,300 sq.mt.
together with
5,700.00 8.25% (As BUA 10,468
Cash
(Sub-limit of mutually On Demand 2,196.36 sq. mt. located
Credit
PC) agreed) in Nagpur
E. E. Personal
Guarantee of
Nitesh
Chaudhari,
Anup
Ramavtar
Goyal, Payal
Goyal,
Ramavtar
Thanuram
Agrawal and
Sarojdevi
Ramavtar
Agrawal
F. Exclusive
charge on
Plant and
Machinery
and pari passu
charge on
Current
Assets
G. Release
beyond 100
crores to be
backed by
25% FD
Margin
321Name Nature Sanctioned Rate of Repayment Amount Primary and
of Amount (₹ Interest Terms outstanding Collateral Security
Lender In Lakhs) as on July
31, 2025 (₹
In Lakhs)
For 7,500 Lakh limit:
A. Charge on Plant
and Machinery and
pari passu charge
on Current Assets
B. Personal Gurantee
of Nitesh
Chaudhari and
Anup Ramavtar
Goyal
C. 20% margin for the
additional line
being disbursed.
A. Pari passu charge
by way of
hypothecation on
the entire current
assets including
stock, receivables,
bills and other
chargeable current
assets of the
company (both
present and future)
B. FDR Valued INR
8.00%
UCO Cash 12 crores.
5,500.00 (UCO float - On Demand 2,581.88
Bank(3) Credit C. Personal
0.30%)
Guarantee of
Anup
Ramavtar
Goyal,
Ramavtar
Thanuram
Agrawal,
Nitesh
Chaudhari
and Rishi
Kumar
Agrawal
Total 30,000.00 15,438.20
(1) As per renewal letter dated July 24, 2025 and addendum dated August 20, 2025
(2) As per renewal letter dated May 16, 2025.
(3) As per sanction letter dated November 21, 2024 and addedndum dated December 03, 2024.
(ii) Unsecured Loans from Related Parties:
Name of related party Repayment Rate of Interest Amount outstanding as on
July 31, 2025 (In Lakhs)
Ramavtar Agarwal As mutually agreed 8% Simple Interest 5.00
Narottamka Trade & As mutually agreed 8% Simple Interest 2,193.29
Vyapaar Private Limited
Greta Energy Limited On demand Interest Free 850.00
Nitesh Chaudhari As mutually agreed Interest Free 45.96
Total 3,094.25
322Other Terms:
The details provided below are indicative and there may be additional terms, conditions and requirements under
the various financial documentation executed by us in relation to our indebtedness.
1. Pre-payments premium for working capital demand loan from Axis Bank: Pre-payment of any of the
outstanding tranches in part or in full, will be subject to pre-payment premium of 2% of the amount
prepaid.
2. Default/ Penal Interest: The terms of certain financing facilities availed by us prescribe penalties for
non-compliance of certain obligations. These include, inter alia, non-payment of interest, drawing over
limit, breach of covenants, non-compliance with respect to documentation for credit facilities, overdue
for non-renewal of credit facilities, non-submission of stock statements, non-submission of
property/stock/plant and machinery insurance, delay in submission of trade related documents, etc. The
penal charges payable on the facilities availed by us is charged at up to 8% per annum.
3. Restrictive Covenants: Certain borrowing arrangements entered into by us contain restrictive covenants
which requires us to take prior written consent of the respective lender before undertaking certain
activities, including:
a) Additional borrowing in the company.
b) Repayment of any principal or interest on any loans availed from the shareholders/ directors/
partners/ proprietors/ co-parceners, relatives, friends or any other affiliates (as the case may be),
as at the date of the execution of this agreement.
c) Declare dividend for any year except out of profits of the current year and subject to no default
in payment / repayment of obligation to the bank.
d) Book debts arising on account of bills drawn on sister/associate concerns will not be financed
without approval of the Bank.
e) In case the facilities are sanctioned outside consortium/ MBA, the borrower undertakes that its
total short borrowings under banking system during the financial year shall not exceed assessed
MPBF/Cash Budget or DP whichever is lower for that financial year. The sanction will be
intimated to other lenders.
f) Enter into merger/amalgamation etc. or do any buyback.
g) Change the general nature of its business or undertake any expansion or invest in any other
entity.
h) Avail any loan; and/or stand as surety or guarantor for any third party liability or obligation;
and/or provide any loan or advance to any third party.
i) Permit any change in its ownership/control/management (including by pledge of
promoter/sponsor shareholding in the Borrower to any third party)/beneficial owner or enter
into arrangement whereby its business/operations are managed or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by any other person. Unlisted Borrower shall submit yearly certificate to confirm
compliance of the same.
323MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATION
You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations together with our
Restated Financial Information which have been included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. The following
discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our Restated Financial
Information for the fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023 including the related notes and reports, included in this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus prepared in accordance with requirements of the Companies Act and restated in
accordance with the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations 2018, which differ in certain material respects from IFRS, U.S.
GAAP and GAAP in other countries. Our Financial Statements, as restated have been derived from our audited
financial statements for the respective period and years. Accordingly, the degree to which our Restated Financial
Information will provide meaningful information to a prospective investor in countries other than India is entirely
dependent on the reader’s level of familiarity with Ind AS, Companies Act, SEBI Regulations and other relevant
accounting practices in India.
This discussion contains forward-looking statements and reflects our current views with respect to future events
and financial performance. Actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking
statements as a result of certain factors such as those described under “Risk Factors” and “Forward Looking
Statements” on pages 35 and 24 respectively, and elsewhere in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Our Fiscal ends on March 31 of each year. Accordingly, all references to a particular Fiscal are to the 12 months
ended March 31 of that year.
Business Overview
We operate on a business-to-business (“B2B”) model and are primarily engaged in the export of rice to
international markets. We offer a portfolio of rice varieties tailored to different customer needs and segment. Our
product range includes Parboiled Rice, White Rice, 100% Broken Rice along with other by-products including
rejection rice and rice bran. While our Company operates an integrated rice milling and processing facility, our
primary business revenue driver is export trading of rice wherein we procure processed rice from third-party
processors and sell it directly to our international customers. A key aspect of our business model involves; (i)
buying fully processed rice from these third-party suppliers and then selling it directly; or (ii) buying paddy / raw
rice and conducting further processing at our own facility to meet specific quality, grain size, or packaging
requirements of our buyers.
Key Performance Indicators
In evaluating our business, we consider and use certain key performance indicators that are presented below as
supplemental measures to review and assess our operating performance. The presentation of these key
performance indicators is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the Restated Financial
Information included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. We present these key performance indicators because
they are used by our management to evaluate our operating performance. Further, these key performance
indicators may differ from the similar information used by other companies, including peer companies, and hence
their comparability may be limited. Therefore, these matrices should not be considered in isolation or construed
as an alternative to AS measures of performance or as an indicator of our operating performance, liquidity,
profitability or results of operation. A list of our KPIs for the Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023 is set out below:
(₹ in lakhs, unless stated otherwise)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
FINANCIAL KPIs
Revenue from Operations(1) 135,944.79 66,604.88 125,966.10
EBITDA(2) 7,355.00 2,782.47 5,455.55
EBITDA Margin(3) (in %) 5.41% 4.18% 4.33%
Net Profit after tax (4) 4,276.11 1,447.87 3,391.31
Net Profit Margin(5) (in %) 3.15% 2.17% 2.69%
Return on Net Worth(6) (in %) 34.39% 15.08% 47.08%
Return on Capital Employed(7) (in %) 28.14% 17.00% 34.91%
324Debt-Equity Ratio(8) 1.53 0.23 0.80
Days Working Capital(9) 76 46 32
OPERATIONAL KPIs
Export Revenue (in %) 74.99% 93.69% 94.10%
Domestic Revenue (in %) 24.70% 5.47% 4.94%
Inventory Days(10) 25 31 17
Debtors Days(11) 32 41 33
Creditors Days(12) 8 27 25
Number of Export Destination Countries 19 19 11
As certified by Statutory Auditors of our Company, pursuant to their certificate dated September 11, 2025.
Notes:
(1) Revenue from operations means the Revenue from Operations as appearing in the Restated Financial Statements.
(2) EBITDA means Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, which has been arrived at by obtaining the
profit/ (loss) before exceptional items and tax for the fiscal and adding back finance costs, depreciation, and amortization expense.
(3) EBITDA margin is calculated as EBITDA as a percentage of revenue from operations.
(4) Net Profit after tax represents the restated profits of our Company after deducting all expenses.
(5) Net Profit margin is calculated as restated net profit after tax for the fiscal divided by revenue from operations.
(6) Return on Net Worth (%) is calculated as Net Profit after tax as restated for the end of the fiscal divided by Average Net worth as at the
end of the fiscal. Average net worth means the average of the net worth of current and previous fiscal. Net worth means the aggregate
value of the paid-up share capital and other equity.
(7) Return on capital employed is calculated as Earnings before interest and taxes divided by average capital employed (average capital
employed is calculated as average of the total equity, total borrowings and deferred tax liabilities (net of deferred tax assets) of the
current and previous fiscal.
(8) Debt-equity ratio is calculated by dividing total debt by total equity. Total debt represents long term and short-term borrowings. Total
equity includes the aggregate value of the paid-up share capital and other equity.
(9) Days Working Capital is arrived at by dividing working capital (current assets excluding cash and cash equivalents and bank balances
less current liabilities excluding short term borrowings) by revenue from operations multiplied by the number of days in the fiscal (365).
(10) Inventory Days = 365/ (Cost of Goods Sold/average Inventory at the beginning and end of the Fiscal)
(11) Debtor Days = 365/ (Revenue from Operations/average Trade Receivables at the beginning and end of the Fiscal)
(12) Creditor Days = 365/ (Net Purchases /average Trade Payables at the beginning and end of the Fiscal)
SIGNIFICANT DEVELOPMENTS SUBSEQUENT TO THE LAST FINANCIAL PERIOD
In the opinion of the Board of Directors of our Company, since the date of the last financial statements disclosed
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there have not arisen any circumstance that materially or adversely affect or
are likely to affect the business activities or profitability of our Company or the value of its assets or its ability to
pay its material liabilities within the next twelve months, except as disclosed below:
• Increase in Authorised Share Capital: The Company has incresed its authorised share capital from INR
2,500.00 Lakhs (2,50,00,000 equity share of INR 10 each) to INR 11,000.00 Lakhs (11,00,00,000 equity
share of INR 10 each) persuant to a resolution passed at the Extraordinary General Meeting (EGM) of
shareholders held on April 07, 2025.
• Subsequent to the reporting date, pursuant to the approval of shareholders granted in the extra-ordinary
General meeting held on June 21, 2025, the company issued and allotted fully paid up 'bonus share' at
par in proportion of 25 new equity share of INR 10 each for every 10 existing fully paid up equity share
of INR 10 each held on the record date of June 20, 2025.
• Subsequent to the reporting date and on the date of signing of the restated financial statements, the list
of promoters and their current shareholding is as follows:
Sr no Name of the Promoter No of Shares Shareholding (%)
1 Greta Industries Pte Ltd. 49,106,715 58.46%
2 Orient Deal Trade Private Limited 29,365,000 34.96%
3 Anup Ramavtar Goyal 25,900 0.03%
4 Aman Anup Goyal 350 0.00%
5 Nitesh Chaudhari* - 0.00%
*Nitesh Chaudhari is the promoter of our Corporate Promoter Greta Industries Pte Limited with a shareholding of 67.47% and
accordingly has ultimate shareholding in our Company. As on the date of Draft Red Herring Prospectus, Nitesh Chaudhari does
not hold any shares in our Company.
325• Greta Foundation was incorporated as a Section 8 Company on 20th March 2025. Shriram Food Industry
Limited has committed to subscribe 49.99% (24,998 equity shares) of the Promoter’s Initial Capital of
50,000 equity shares. The payment for the aforesaid shares was made on 26th June 2025. Hence,
Consolidated Financial Statements is not required.
FACTORS AFFECTING OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Our business is subjected to various risks and uncertainties, including those discussed in the section titled “Risk
Factors” on page 35. Our results of operations and financial conditions are affected by numerous factors including
the following:
• Our business operations are significantly dependent on the export sales of rice, wherein we majorly
procure processed rice from third-party processors and sell it directly to our international customers.
• Our revenues are significantly dependent on a limited number of rice categories, exposing us to product
concentration risks and regulatory volatility.
• Our manufacturing business is dependent on the availability and pricing of paddy / raw rice as a key raw
material and any fluctuations in supply or cost, and the working capital required to procure and store the
same.
• Any slowdown or shutdown of our manufacturing operations at our Nagpur Facility could have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
• We rely on a network of procurement agents and brokers for sourcing raw materials and processed rice,
and any disruption in such arrangements or inability to procure desired quality or quantity on
commercially favourable terms may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
• We are significantly dependent on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenue,
which exposes our business to concentration risk.
• Exchange rate fluctuations may adversely affect our results of operations as our sales outside India and
a portion of our expenditures are denominated in foreign currencies.
BASIS OF PREPARATION, MEASUREMENT AND MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
1) Summary of Material Accounting Policies
A) Basis of Preparation of Restated Financial Statements
The Restated Financial Statements of the Company comprises of the Restated Statements of Assets and
Liabilities as at 31 March, 2025, 31 March, 2024 and 31 March, 2023, the Restated Statements of Profit
and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), the Restated Statements of Cash Flows and the
Restated Statement of Changes in Equity for the fiscals ended 31 March, 2025, 31 March, 2024 and 31
March, 2023 and the Summary of Material Accounting Policies and other explanatory information
(together referred to as ‘Restated Financial Statements’) has been prepared in accordance with the Indian
Accounting Standards (‘Ind AS’) notified under section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the “Act”)
read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 and Companies (Indian Accounting
Standards) (Amendment) Rules, 2016 (as amended) and presentation requirements of Division II of
Schedule III to the Act (“Ind AS compliant Schedule III”), as applicable to the Company.
The Restated Financial Statements has been prepared by the Management of the Company for the
purpose of inclusion in the Draft Red Herring Prospectus (“DRHP”) and the Prospectus (together with
DRHP referred to as the “Offer Documents”) to be prepared by the Company in connection with its
proposed Initial Public Offer (“IPO”).
The Restated Financial Statements have been prepared by the Company in accordance with the
requirements of:
i) Section 26(1) of Part I of Chapter III of the Companies Act, 2013, as amended (the “Act");
ii) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements)
Regulations, 2018, as amended ("ICDR Regulations");
326iii) The Guidance Note on Reports in Company Prospectuses (Revised 2019) issued by the Institute
of Chartered Accountants of India (“ICAI”), as amended from time to time (the “Guidance
Note”).
The Restated Financial Statements has been extracted by the Management from:
(i) Audited Ind AS financial statements of the Company as at and for the year ended 31 March
2025, prepared in accordance with the Ind AS prescribed under Section 133 of the Act read with
Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules 2015, as amended, and other accounting
principles generally accepted in India and presentation requirements of Division II of Schedule
III to the Companies Act, 2013, which have been approved by the Board of Directors at their
meetings held on July 24, 2025.
(ii) Audited special purpose Ind AS financial statements of the Company as at and for the years
ended 31 March 2024 and 31 March 2023 , prepared in accordance with the Ind AS prescribed
under Section 133 of the Act read with Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules 2015,
as amended, and other accounting principles generally accepted in India and presentation
requirements of Division II of Schedule III to the Companies Act, 2013, which have been
approved by the Board of Directors at their meetings held on 15 May, 2025
A. Basis of Measurement
The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, on an accrual basis and
a going concern basis, except for certain financial instruments which are measured in accordance with
the relevant Ind AS either at amortised cost or at fair value at the end of each reporting period, as
applicable. These include:
(i) Financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value (refer accounting policy regarding
financial instruments)including those measured at fair value on the initial date of recognition.
(ii) Defined Benefit Plan - Plan assets measured at fair value.
(iii) The sale of RoDTEP scrips are accounted on cash Basis.
The methods used to measure fair values are further disclosed in notes to financial statements.
Accounting policies have been consistently applied except where a newly-issued accounting standards
is initially adopted or a revision to an existing accounting standard requires a change in the previously
applied accounting policy.
B. Functional & Presentation Currency
Items included in the financial statements of Company are measured using the currency of the primary
economic environment in which the Company operates (“the functional currency”). Indian Rupee is the
functional currency of the Company.
C. Current v/s Non-Current Classification
The Company presents assets and liabilities in the Balance Sheet based on Current/ Non-Current
classification considering an operating cycle of 12 months.
D. Use of Estimates and judgments
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Ind AS requires management to make
judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue,
expenses, contingent liabilities, contingent asset and accompanying disclosures pertaining to the year.
Actual result may differ from such estimates due to development of new information. Estimates and
underlying assumptions are reviewed on a periodic basis. Any revision in accounting estimates is
recognised prospectively in the statement of profit & loss in the period in which the estimates are revised.
Material revisions, including their impact on financial statements, are reported in the notes to accounts
in the year of incorporation of the revisions.
327Application of accounting policies that require critical accounting estimates and assumption having the
most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements are:
(i) Valuation of Inventories
(ii) Valuation of financial instruments
(iii) Useful life of property, plant and equipment
(iv) Actuarial gain/loss on employee benefit
(v) Measurement of defined employee benefit obligation
(vi) Provisions & Contingencies
E. Fair value measurement
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is determined based on the
assumption that the transaction occurs:
(i) In the principal market for the asset or liability; or
(ii) In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market accessible by the
Company.
Fair value measurement considers the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the
asset or liability, acting in their best economic interest. For non-financial assets, the fair value
measurement reflects the highest and best use of the asset from the perspective of market participants.
The Company uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which
sufficient data are available, maximising the use of observable inputs and minimising the use of
unobservable inputs.
All assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified into the following fair value hierarchy based
on the lowest level input that is significant to the valuation:
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices in Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.
For items measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the Company reassesses the classification within
the fair value hierarchy at each reporting date and discloses any transfers between levels in accordance
with Ind AS 113.
F. Revenue Recognition:
Revenue from sale of products or services is recognised upon transfer of control of promised products or
services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received in exchange
for those products or services.
Sale of Goods:
Revenue from sale of goods is recognised when control over the goods is transferred to the customer,
generally as per contractual terms. The revenue is measured at the transaction price agreed with the
customer, net of any returns, taxes, duties, discounts, and rebates.
Export incentive has been recognized on certainty of receipt of the same from year to year.
Interest Income:
Interest income from financial assets is recognised when it is probable that economic benefits will flow
to the Company and the amount of income can be measured reliably. Interest income is recognised on a
time-proportion basis using the effective interest rate (EIR) method and is measured based on the
principal amount outstanding and the applicable interest rate.
328Other Income:
Other income is recognized on accrual basis.
G. Taxes
(i) Income Tax:
The liability of company on account of Income Tax is computed considering the provisions of
the Income Tax Act, 1961.
(ii) Deferred Tax:
Deferred tax is provided using balance sheet approach on temporary differences at the reporting
date as the difference between the tax base and the carrying amount of assets and liabilities.
Deferred tax is recognised subject to the probability that taxable profit will be available against
which the temporary differences can be reversed. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is realized, or the
liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively
enacted at the reporting date. Deferred tax relating to items recognised outside profit or loss is
recognised outside profit or loss (either in other comprehensive income or in equity). Deferred
tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset against each other. The carrying amount of
deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that
it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the
asset to be recovered.
H. Property, plant and equipment
(i) Initial recognition
a) An item of PPE is recognized as an asset if it is probable that future economic benefits
associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be
measured reliably.
b) Property, Plant and Equipment are measured at cost, net of recoverable taxes, trade
discount and rebates less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Such cost
includes purchase price and any cost directly attributable to bringing the assets to its
working condition for its intended use. Such Costs also include Borrowing Costs if the
recognition criteria is met.
c) Freehold Land is recognised as Plant, Property And Equipment and measured at cost.
d) Spare parts which meet the recognition criteria of Property, Plant and Equipment are
recognised as Property, Plant and Equipment. In other cases, the spare parts are
recognised as inventory.
e) Cost of replacing parts which are significant in relation to the total cost of an item of
property, plant and equipment are recognised in the carrying amount of the item, if it
is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the
Company; and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
The Company has elected to use the exemption available under Ind AS 101 to continue the
carrying value for all of its Property, Plant and Equipment as recognized in the Financial
Statements as at the date of transition to Ind AS, measured as per the previous GAAP and use
that as its deemed cost as at the date of transition (April 01, 2016).
(ii) Subsequent measurement
When a major inspection/repair occurs, its cost is recognised in the carrying amount of the plant
and equipment as a replacement, if the recognition criteria are satisfied. Any remaining carrying
amount of the cost of previous inspection/repair is derecognised.
329(iii) De-recognition
The carrying amount of an item of Assets shall be derecognised:
a) on disposal; or
b) when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal.
Gains & losses on de-recognition of an item of Assets are determined by comparing the proceeds
from disposal, if any, with the carrying amount of assets and are recognized in the statement of
profit and loss.
(iv) Capital Work in progress (CWIP) :
Expenditure incurred on acquisition / construction of Property, Plant and Equipment which are
not ready for their intended use as at the Balance Sheet date are disclosed under capital work-
in-progress.
(v) Depreciation
a) Depreciation commences when an asset is ready for its intended use.
b) Depreciation on all the Fixed Assets is charged on Straight Line Method (SLM) during
the year in terms of expected life span of assets as referred to in Schedule II of the
Companies Act, 2013.
c) The items of Property, Plant and Equipment costing not more than Rs.5,000
individually are depreciated at 100% in the year of acquisition.
I. Intangible Assets
(i) Recognition and Initial Measurement:
An Intangible Asset is recognized if and only if it is probable that the expected future economic
benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the company and the cost of the asset can
be measured reliably. Cost includes direct / attributable incidental expenses necessary to make
the assets ready for its intended use. The Life of Intangible Assets can be Finite or Indefinite.
(ii) Subsequent Costs:
Subsequent expenditure is recognized as an increase in the carrying amount of the asset when
it is probable that future economic benefits deriving from the cost incurred will flow to the
enterprise and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
(iii) Derecognition :
An intangible asset is derecognised on disposal or when no future economic benefits are
expected from its use or disposal.
The gain or loss arising from derecognition of an intangible asset is determined as the difference
between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset. Such gain or loss is
recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss in the period in which the asset is derecognised.
(iv) Amortisation
The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite. Intangible assets
with finite lives are amortised over their useful economic lives on Straight Line Basis from the
date the asset is ready for its intended use. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested
for impairment at each reporting date in line with accounting policy on Impairment.
Typically, purchased intangible assets such as software, licenses, or trademarks with finite
useful lives are amortized over a period of 3 to 5 years, unless a different useful life is justified
based on the nature and expected use of the asset.
330J. Provisions, contingent liabilities and Capital Commitments
(i) Provision
Provision is recognized when there is a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of
past event(s) and it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the
obligation and reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Expenses relating
to the provision are recognised in The Statement of Profit and Loss. These estimates are
reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimates.
(ii) Contingent Liabilities
Contingent liabilities are not recognised in The Financial Statements but are disclosed int the
notes unless the possibility of an outflow of economic resources is considered remote.
Contingent Liabilities disclosed are in respect of items which in each case is above the threshold
limit of Rs.20.00 Lakhs. Contingent assets are neither recognized nor disclosed in the financial
statements.
(iii) Capital Commitments
Capital Commitments are not recognized in the financial statements but are disclosed.
K. Financial instruments
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial
liability or equity instrument of another entity.
(i) Financial assets
Initial Recognition and Measurement
Financial Asset are recognized when the company becomes a party to a contractual right to
receive cash.
All financial assets are measured at fair value on recognition. In the case of financial assets not
classified at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (FVTPL), transaction costs that are directly
attributable to the acquisition of the asset are added to the fair value at initial recognition. For
financial assets measured at FVTPL, such transaction costs are expensed in the Statement of
Profit and Loss.
Financial assets are classified, at initial recognition, as either:
Financial assets measured at fair value, or
Financial assets measured at amortised cost.
Subsequent Measurement
After initial recognition, the Company measures a financial asset at either:
A. Amortised Cost – if held to collect contractual cash flows (payments of principal and
interest only)
B. Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI) - if held to collect and sell,
with cash flows comprising solely principal and interest.
C. Fair Value through Profit or Loss (FVTPL) - all other financial assets. Changes in fair
value (including interest, FX, impairment, gains/losses) are recognised in the
Statement of Profit and Loss.
331Derecognition
A financial asset is derecognised when rights to cash flows expire, or when substantially all
risks and rewards or control are transferred.
Deposits with Government Agencies Deposits placed with Government Agencies/ Local Authorities
which are perpetual in nature are not subjected to present valuation and are held at cost
(ii) Financial Liabilities
Initial Recognition and Measurement
The Company recognises Financial Liability when it becomes a party to a legally enforceable
contract resulting in a present obligation to deliver cash or another Financial Asset. Financial
liability is initially measured at fair value minus, for an item not at fair value through profit and
loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to its acquisition or issue.
Subsequent Measurement
Subsequent measurement is determined with reference to the classification of the respective
financial liabilities. Financial Liabilities at Fair Value through Profit or Loss (FVTPL).
A financial liability is classified as at Fair Value through Profit or Loss (FVTPL) if it is
classified as held-for trading or is designated as such on initial recognition. Financial liabilities
at FVTPL are measured at fair value and changes therein, including any interest expense, are
recognized in Statement of Profit and Loss.
Financial Liabilities at amortized cost:
All other financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the Effective Interest Rate
(EIR) method. Amortised cost considers discounts, premiums, and transaction costs integral to
the EIR. The resulting amortisation is recorded as finance costs in the Statement of Profit and
Loss.
Derecognition:
A financial liability is derecognised when the related obligation is discharged, cancelled, or
expires. Where an existing liability is replaced with another from the same lender on
substantially different terms, or when terms are significantly modified, the original liability is
derecognised and a new liability recognised. The difference in carrying amounts is recorded in
the Statement of Profit and Loss.
L. Employee Benefit Expenses
Post Employement Benefits
Defined contribution plans
The Company makes contributions to the statutory Provident Fund in accordance with the applicable
laws and regulations in India. The Provident Fund is classified as a defined contribution plan, as the
Company has no further obligation beyond its fixed contributions.
Both the employee and the Company contribute a specified percentage of the employee’s basic salary to
the fund, which is administered by government authorities. The Company’s contributions to the
Provident Fund are recognised as an employee benefit expense in the Statement of Profit and Loss in the
period in which the employee renders the related service.
Defined benefit plans (Gratuity)
The Company provides for gratuity, a defined benefit plan, for eligible employees. The cost of providing
benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method, with actuarial valuation at each year-end.
The service cost and net interest on the net defined benefit liability/(asset) are recognised in profit or loss
332under employee costs. Remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability/(asset), including actuarial
gains and losses, are recognised immediately in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI). The present value
of obligations is calculated by discounting estimated future benefits using the yield on risk-free
government bonds with maturities approximating the plan’s obligations. The recognised asset is limited
to the present value of economic benefits available from future refunds or reductions in contributions,
after deducting any unrecognised past service cost.
Short term benefits
Short term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as a
related service is provided. A liability is recognized for the amount expected to be paid under short term
cash bonus or profit sharing plans if the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay
this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated
reliably.
M. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents in the Balance Sheet include cash at bank, cash, cheque, draft on hand and
demand deposits with an original maturity of three months or less than three months, which are subject
to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash
on hand, overdrafts with financial institutions, deposits held at call with financial institutions, other
shorter highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily
convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
N. Bank balances other than (A) above
Bank Balances in the balance sheet comprise of bank balances and balances in FDR.
O. Cash Flow Statement
Cash flows are reported using the indirect method, where by net profit before tax is adjusted for the
effects of transactions of a non-cash nature, any deferrals or accruals of past or future operating cash
receipts or payments and item of income or expenses associated with investing or financing cash flows.
The cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities are segregated.
P. Earnings per share
(i) Basic EPS:
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the net profit for the period attributable to the
equity shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of equity shares
outstanding during the period. The weighted average number of equity shares outstanding
during the period and for all periods presented is adjusted for events, such as bonus shares, other
than the conversion of potential equity shares that have changed the number of equity shares
outstanding, without a corresponding change in resources.
(ii) Diluted EPS:
For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share, the net profit for the period attributable
to equity shareholders and the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period
is adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential equity shares.
Q. Impairment
Impairment of Non-financial Assets
The Company assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is any indication that a non-
financial asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing is
333required, the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the asset.
The recoverable amount is the higher of:
1. Fair value less costs of disposal, and
2. Value in use (i.e., the present value of estimated future cash flows expected to be derived from
the asset or cash-generating unit).
The recoverable amount is determined for an individual asset unless the asset does not generate cash
inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. In such cases, the
recoverable amount is determined at the level of the Cash-Generating Unit (CGU) to which the asset
belongs.
If the recoverable amount of an asset (or CGU) is less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount is
reduced to the recoverable amount. The resulting impairment loss is recognised in the Statement of Profit
and Loss for the period.
For the purpose of impairment assessment, the Company applies the CGU concept to Property, Plant and
Equipment and other relevant asset classes that do not generate independent cash inflows.
Impairment of Financial Assets
In accordance with Ind AS 109, the Company applies expected credit loss (ECL) model for measurement
and recognition of impairment loss for financial assets. ECL is the difference between all contractual
cash flows that are due to the Company in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the
Company expects to receive. When estimating the cash flows, the Company consider the following:
1. All contractual terms of the financial assets (including extension) over the expected life of the assets.
2. Cash flows from the sale of collateral held or other credit enhancements that are integral to the
contractual terms.
Trade receivables: The Company applies the simplified approach permitted by Ind AS 109 for measuring
the impairment loss on trade receivables. Under this approach a loss allowance is measured at an amount
equal to lifetime expected credit losses (ECL), i.e., ECLs that result from all possible default events over
the expected life of the receivable. The assessment is performed on a collective basis, using historical
credit loss experience adjusted for forward looking factors relevant to the customers and the economic
environment.
Other financial assets: In respect of its other financial assets, the Company assesses if the credit risk on
those financial assets has increased significantly since initial recognition. If the credit risk has not
increased significantly since initial recognition, the Company measures the loss allowance at an amount
equal to 12-month expected credit losses, else at an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses.
R. Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Costs of inventories are determined
on a Weighted Average Basis. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price for inventories
less all estimated costs of completion and costs necessary to make the sale. The cost includes cost of
purchases, which are net of discounts and rebates and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to
their present location and condition.
S. Leases
Company as a lessee:
The Company recognises right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all leases except for short-term leases
and leases of low-value assets. The company assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at
inception of a contract. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the
use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. To assess whether a contract
334conveys the right to control the use of an identified underlined asset, the company assesses whether:
(i) The contract involves the use of an identified underlying asset,
(ii) The company has substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the underlying asset
through the period of the lease, and
(iii) The company has the right to direct the use of the underlying asset.
At the date of commencement of the lease, the company recognises a right-of-use asset (“ROU”) and a
corresponding lease liability for all lease arrangements in which it is a lessee, except for leases with a
term of twelve months or less (short term leases) and leases of low value assets.
For short term and leases of low value assets, the company recognises the lease payments as an operating
expense over the term of the lease.
T. Events after the reporting period:
Material adjusting events (that provides evidence of condition that existed at the balance sheet date)
occurring after the balance sheet date are recognized in the financial statements. Non-adjusting events
(that are indicative of conditions that arose subsequent to the balance sheet date) occurring after the
balance sheet date that represent material change and commitment affecting the financial position are
disclosed in the reports of the board of directors.
U. Foreign currencies:
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by the company at the currency spot rates at the
date the transaction first qualifies for recognition. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currencies are retranslated at the functional currency spot rate of exchange at the reporting date. All
differences arising on settlement or translation of monetary items are taken to the statement of
comprehensive income. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign
currency are translated using the exchange rates as at the dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary
items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when
the fair value is determined.
The gain or loss arising on retranslation of non-monetary items is treated in line with the recognition of
gain or loss on change in fair value of the item (i.e., translation differences on items whose fair value
gain or loss is recognized in other comprehensive income or profit or loss is also recognized in other
comprehensive income or profit or loss, respectively).
V. Exceptional items
Exceptional items refer to items of income or expense, including tax items, within the statement of profit
and loss from ordinary activities which are non- recurring and are of such size, nature or incidence that
their separate disclosure is considered necessary to explain the performance of the Company.
W. Prior Period Errors
Errors or omissions discovered during the year relating to prior periods are treated as immaterial and
adjusted in the current year if, in aggregate, they do not exceed 0.5% of total revenue from operations of
the immediately preceding year.
Material errors or omissions are corrected by restating the comparative amounts for the prior period in
which the error occurred. If the error relates to a period before the earliest period presented, the opening
balances of assets, liabilities, and equity for the earliest period presented are restated.
PRINCIPAL COMPONENTS OF STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
335Set forth below are the principal components of statement of profit and loss from our continuing
operations:
Total Income
Our total income comprises of (i) revenue from operations and (ii) other income.
Revenue from Operations
Revenue from operations comprises of: (i) Sale of goods and (ii) Other operating income
Other Income
Other income includes (i) Net Gain / (Loss) on forex; (ii) Discount received; (iii) Interest on fixed deposit with
banks; (iv) Interest subsidy – term loan; (v) Interest on income tax refund; (vi) Interest on loans given; (vii) Gain
on sale of long term investments; (viii) Customs duty drawback; (ix) Profit on sale/scrap/written off fixed assets;
(x) Dividend income; (xi) Creditor written back; (xii) Insurance claim received; (xiii) Others.
Expenses
Our expenses comprise of: (i) cost of material consumed; (ii) purchase of stock-in-trade; (iii) changes in
inventories of finished goods, work in progress and stock-in-trade (iv) employee benefits expenses; (v) finance
costs; (vi) depreciation and amortization expense; and (vii) other expenses.
Cost of Material Consumed
Cost of Material Consumed denote the sum of inventory at the beginning of fiscal, purchases of raw materials, less
inventory at the end of the fiscal.
Purchase of Stock-in-Trade
Purchase of Stock-in-Trade denote the purchases made during the fiscal.
Changes in inventories of finished goods, work in progress and stock-in-trade
Changes in inventories of finished goods, work in progress and stock-in-trade denote the difference between
inventory at the beginning of the fiscal and inventory at the end of the fiscal.
Employee Benefits Expense
Employee benefits expenses include (i) Salaries and wages (including bonus); (ii) Contributions to provident and
other funds; (iii) Gratuity and (v) Staff Welfare Expenses.
Finance Costs
Finance cost includes (i) Interest on term loan; (ii) Interest on working capital loan; (iii) Interest on unsecured loan and
(iv) Bank charges.
Depreciation and Amortisation expenses
Depreciation and amortisation expenses include (i) Depreciation on property, plant and equipment and (ii)
amortization of intangible assets.
Other Expenses
336Other expenses includes: (i) Export Expense; (ii) Independent director’s remuneration; (iii) Brokerage; (iv)
Electricity; (v) Legal and professional charges; (vi) Insurance; (vii) Repairs and maintenance - machinery; (viii)
CSR expenditure; (ix) Business Promotion; (x) Repairs and maintenance - others; (xi) Rates and taxes, excluding,
taxes on income; (xii) Rent; (xiii) Repairs and maintenance - vehicles; (xiv) Sales discount; (xv) Consumables
and spares; (xvi) Travelling and conveyance; (xvii) Security charges; (xviii) Miscellaneous expenses; (xix)
Communication and internet; (xx) Audit fee; (xxi) Storage and warehousing charges; (xxii) Postage and telegram;
(xxiii) Printing and stationery; (xxiv) Commission; (xxv) Donations and contributions; (xxvi) Balances written
off; (xxvii) Membership and subscription; (xxviii) Health and quality testing expenses; (xxix) Transportation;
(xxx) Repairs and maintenance – building and (xxxi) Other expenses.
Our Results of Operations
The following table sets forth selective financial data from our restated statement of profit & loss for the fiscals
ended March 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the components of which are also expressed as a percentage of revenue
from operations for such fiscals:
337(₹ in Lakhs unless stated otherwise)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount As a % of Amount As a % of Amount As a % of
revenue from revenue from revenue from
operations operations operations
Income:
Revenue from Operations 135,944.79 100.00% 66,604.88 100.00% 125,966.10 100.00%
Other Income 1,126.45 0.83% 801.78 1.20% 1,424.30 1.13%
Total Income 137,071.24 100.83% 67,406.66 101.20% 127,390.40 101.13%
Expenses:
Cost of Material Consumed 15,847.12 11.66% 10,975.33 16.48% 22,717.42 18.03%
Purchase of Stock-in-Trade 101,697.52 74.81% 47,365.75 71.11% 75,583.02 60.00%
Changes in Inventores in Finished Goods, Work-
(4,467.26) (3.29)% (1,811.89) (2.72)% 1,053.22 0.84%
in-Progress and Stock-in-Trade
Employee Benefits Expense 418.14 0.31% 318.39 0.48% 286.01 0.23%
Finance Costs 1,338.40 0.98% 458.63 0.69% 671.78 0.53%
Depreciation and Amortization Expenses 280.59 0.21% 280.37 0.42% 269.94 0.21%
Other Expenses 16,220.72 11.93% 7,776.61 11.68% 22,295.18 17.70%
Total Expenses 131,335.23 96.61% 65,363.19 98.14% 122,876.57 97.55%
Profit before tax 5,736.01 4.22% 2,043.47 3.07% 4,513.83 3.58%
Less: Tax Expense
Deferred Tax (1.00) (0.00)% 82.69 0.12% 13.76 0.01%
Current Tax 1,460.90 1.07% 512.91 0.77% 1,108.76 0.88%
Total Tax Expense 1,459.90 1.07% 595.60 0.89% 1,122.52 0.89%
Profit / (Loss) from the period 4,276.11 3.15% 1,447.87 2.17% 3,391.31 2.69%
338RESULTS OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION FOR THE FISCAL 2025 COMPARED WITH FISCAL
2024
(₹ in Lakhs unless stated otherwise)
Particulars Financial Financial Change in ₹ Change in %
Year ended Year ended Lakhs
March 31, March 31,
2025 2024
Income:
Revenue from Operations 135,944.79 66,604.88 69,339.91 104.11%
Other Income 1,126.45 801.78 324.67 40.49%
Total Income 137,071.24 67,406.66 69,664.58 103.35%
Expenses
Cost of Materials Consumed 15,847.12 10,975.33 4,871.79 44.39%
Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 101,697.52 47,365.75 54,331.77 114.71%
Changes in Inventores of Finished Goods,
(4,467.26) (1,811.89) (2,655.37) (146.55)%
Work-in-Progress and Stock-in-Trade
Employee Benefits Expense 418.14 318.39 99.75 31.33%
Finance Costs 1,338.40 458.63 879.77 191.83%
Depreciation and Amortization Expenses 280.59 280.37 0.22 0.08%
Other Expenses 16,220.72 7,776.61 8,444.11 108.58%
Total Expenses 131,335.23 65,363.19 65,972.04 100.93%
Profit Before Tax 5,736.01 2,043.47 3,692.54 180.70%
Less: Tax Expense
Deferred Tax (1.00) 82.69 (83.69) (101.21)%
Current Tax 1,460.90 512.91 947.99 184.83%
Total Tax Expense 1,459.90 595.60 864.30 145.11%
Profit for the Year 4,276.11 1,447.87 2,828.24 195.34%
Total Income
Our total income has increased by 103.35% from ₹67,406.66 lakhs in fiscal 2024 to ₹1,37,071.24 lakhs in fiscal
2025 due to increase in revenue from operations by 104.11% and increase in other income by 40.49%.
Revenue from Operations
Our revenue from operations has increased by 104.11% from ₹66,604.88 lakhs in fiscal 2024 to ₹1,35,944.79
lakhs in fiscal 2025. The increase is reflected by increase in export sales by ₹39,545.99 lakhs and domestic sales
by ₹29,934.23 lakhs partly set off by a decrease in RoDTEP scrips by ₹140.31 lakhs. Such increase in sales can
be attributed to the reasons mentioned below:
• The government had imposed a ban on the export of white rice in the month of July 2023 followed by
imposition of 20% export duty on the export of parboiled rice in the month of August 2023. However, in
the month of September 2024, the Government, reduced the export duty on parboiled rice to 10% and
lifted the ban on the export of white rice subject to Minimum Export Price (MEP). Further in the month
of October 2024, the government removed the restrictions of MEP on export of white rice along with
removal of export duty on parboiled rice. This allowed the Company to resume exports of a key product
category, leading to a significant uptick in international sales.
• The DGFT via notification dated March 07, 2025, amended the export policy for broken rice thereby
removing the restriction on export of broken rice.
339As a result of the above mentioned reasons, there was an increase in sale of Parboiled rice, White rice and 100%
Broken rice by ₹24,201.18 lakhs, ₹29,003.24 lakhs and ₹16,478.06 lakhs respectively in Fiscal 2025.
Other Income
Our other income was ₹1,126.45 lakhs in Fiscal 2025 as compared to ₹801.78 lakhs in Fiscal 2024, which has
increased by 40.49% primarily due to increase in (i) net gain on forex by ₹414.02 lakhs, (ii) discount received by
₹138.91 lakhs and (iii) interest on fixed deposit with banks by ₹80.25 lakhs during the fiscal ended March 31,
2025. The increase was partially set off by decrease in (i) interest income on loans given by ₹124.86 lakhs and
(iii) other income by ₹116.51 lakhs.
Total Expenses
Our total expenses have increased by 100.93% from ₹65,363.19 lakhs in Fiscal 2024 to ₹1,31,335.23 lakhs in
Fiscal 2025. This increase was primarily on account of increase in (i) cost of material consumed by ₹4,871.79
lakhs; (ii) purchase of stock-in-trade by ₹54,331.77 lakhs; (iii) employee benefit expenses of ₹99.75 lakhs; (iv)
finance costs by ₹879.77 lakhs; (v) depreciation and amortization expense by ₹0.22 lakhs and (vi) other expenses
by ₹8,444.11 lakhs. The increase was partially offset by decrease in changes in inventories of finished goods,
work in progress and stock-in-trade by ₹2,655.37 lakhs.
Cost of Material Consumed
Cost of material consumed increased by 44.39% from ₹10,975.33 lakhs in Fiscal 2024 to ₹15,847.12 lakhs in
Fiscal 2025 on account of increase in revenue from operations.
Purchase of Stock-in-Trade
Purchase of stock-in-trade increased by 114.71%, from ₹47,365.75 lakhs in Fiscal 2024 to ₹1,01,697.52 lakhs in
Fiscal 2025, due to increase in overall operations during Fiscal 2025.
Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods, Work in Progress and Stock-in-Trade
Change in inventories of finished goods, work in progress and stock-in-trade decreased from ₹(1,811.89) lakhs in
Fiscal 2024 to ₹(4,467.26) lakhs in Fiscal 2025, primarily on account of higher accumulation of inventories in
Fiscal 2025.
Employee Benefit Expenses
Employee Benefit Expenses increased by 31.33% from ₹318.39 lakhs in Fiscal 2024 to ₹418.14 lakhs in Fiscal
2025. This increase was primarily attributable to increase in salaries and wages (including bonus) by ₹99.99 lakhs.
Finance Cost
Finance cost increased by 191.83% from ₹458.63 lakhs in Fiscal 2024 to ₹1,338.40 lakhs in Fiscal 2025, on
account of increase in (i) interest on working capital loan by ₹767.02 lakhs; (ii) interest on unsecured loans by
₹102.15 lakhs and (iii) increase in bank charges by ₹10.60 lakhs.
Depreciation and Amortization Expenses
Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by 0.08% from ₹280.37 lakhs in Fiscal 2024 to ₹280.59 lakhs
in Fiscal 2025, on account of increase in depreciation on property, plant and equipment by ₹0.24 lakhs and
decrease in amortization of intangible assets by ₹0.02 lakhs.
Other Expenses
340Other expenses increased by 108.58% from ₹7,776.61 lakhs in Fiscal 2024 to ₹16,220.72 lakhs in Fiscal 2025.
This was primarily due to increase in (i) export expenses by ₹7,739.71 lakhs; (ii) transportation by ₹361.54 lakhs;
(iii) brokerage by ₹171.55 lakhs and (iv) electricity by ₹90.47 lakhs, which is in line with increase in overall
operations in Fiscal 2025.
Profit Before Tax
Profit before tax has increased by 180.70% from ₹2,043.47 lakhs in Fiscal 2024 to ₹5,736.01 lakhs in Fiscal 2025
as a result of overall increase in operations in Fiscal 2025.
Tax Expenses
Due to increase in our profit before tax, our current tax expense increased by 184.83% from ₹512.91 lakhs in
Fiscal 2024 to ₹1,460.90 lakhs in Fiscal 2025 and our deferred tax expense decreased by 101.21% from ₹82.69
lakhs in Fiscal 2024 to ₹(1.00) lakhs in Fiscal 2025.
Profit After Tax
During the Fiscal 2025 the revenue from operations increased by 104.11%, however, the cost of goods sold
(comprising of cost of materials consumed, purchase of stock-in-trade and changes in inventories of finished
goods, work-in-progress and stock-in-trade) as a percentage (%) of revenue from operation decreased from
84.87% in Fiscal 2024 to 83.18% in Fiscal 2025. As a result, our profit after tax as a percentage of revenue from
operations increased from 2.17% in Fiscal 2024 to 3.15% in Fiscal 2025. Hence, we recorded an increase of
195.34% in profit after tax from ₹1,447.87 lakhs in Fiscal 2024 to ₹4,276.11 lakhs in Fiscal 2025.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION FOR THE FISCAL 2024 COMPARED WITH FISCAL
2023
(₹ in Lakhs unless stated otherwise)
Particulars Financial Year Financial Year Change in ₹ Change in %
ended March ended March Lakhs
31, 2024 31, 2023
Income:
Revenue from Operations 66,604.88 125,966.10 (59,361.22) (47.12)%
Other Income 801.78 1,424.30 (622.52) (43.71)%
Total Income 67,406.66 127,390.40 (59,983.74) (47.09)%
Expenses
Cost of Materials Consumed 10,975.33 22,717.42 (11,742.09) (51.69)%
Purchases of Stock-in-Trade 47,365.75 75,583.02 (28,217.27) (37.33)%
Changes in Inventores of
Finished Goods, Work-in- (1,811.89) 1,053.22 (2,865.11) (272.03)%
Progress and Stock-in-Trade
Employee Benefits Expense 318.39 286.01 32.38 11.32%
Finance Costs 458.63 671.78 (213.15) (31.73)%
Depreciation and Amortization
280.37 269.94 10.43 3.86%
Expenses
Other Expenses 7,776.61 22,295.18 (14,518.57) (65.12)%
Total Expenses 65,363.19 122,876.57 (57,513.38) (46.81)%
Profit Before Tax 2,043.47 4,513.83 (2,470.36) (54.73)%
Less: Tax Expense
Deferred Tax 82.69 13.76 68.93 500.94%
Current Tax 512.91 1,108.76 (595.85) (53.74)%
341Particulars Financial Year Financial Year Change in ₹ Change in %
ended March ended March Lakhs
31, 2024 31, 2023
Total Tax Expense 595.60 1,122.52 (526.92) (46.94)%
Profit for the Year 1,447.87 3,391.31 (1,943.44) (57.31)%
Total Income
Our total income has decreased by 47.09% to ₹67,406.66 lakhs in fiscal 2024 from ₹1,27,390.40 lakhs in fiscal
2023 due to decrease in revenue from operations and other income by 47.12% and 43.71% respectively.
Revenue from Operations
Our revenue from operations has decreased by 47.12% to ₹66,604.88 lakhs in fiscal 2024 from ₹1,25,966.10 lakhs
in fiscal 2023. The decrease was due to decrease in; (i) export sales by ₹56,128.00 lakhs; (ii) domestic sales by
₹2,583.56 lakhs and (iii) RoDTEP scrips by ₹649.66 lakhs. The decrease is a direct consequence of significant
government policy changes as below:
• Export Ban on Broken Rice (September 2022): In September 2022, the government imposed ban on the
export of broken rice to prioritize domestic consumption for use in ethanol and feed. This policy restricted
our access to international markets thereby reducing broken rice export to a significant extent.
• Export Ban on White Rice (July 2023): In July 2023, the government imposed a ban on the export of
white rice to stabilize domestic prices and ensure food security. This policy halted a substantial portion
of our international sales, drastically reducing our revenue from operations.
• 20% Duty on Parboiled Rice (August 2023): Following the export ban of white rice, the government
introduced a 20% export duty on parboiled rice in August 2023. This duty made our parboiled rice less
competitive in the global market, further reducing our export volumes and impacting turnover.
As a result of the above mentioned reasons, there was a decrease in sale of; (i) White rice by ₹18,511.36 lakhs
and (ii) 100% Broken rice by ₹63,002.10 lakhs, partially setoff by increase in sale of parboiled rice by 22,790.62
lakhs.
Other Income
Our other income was ₹1,424.30 lakhs in Fiscal 2023 as compared to ₹801.78 lakhs in Fiscal 2024, which has
decreased by 43.71% primarily due to decrease in; (i) net gain on forex by ₹684.08 lakhs and (ii) discount received
by ₹90.19 lakhs. The decrease was partially set off by increase in interest income on loans given by ₹137.64 lakhs
and gain on sale of long term investments by ₹61.92 lakhs.
Total Expenses
Our total expenses have decreased by 46.81% from ₹1,22,876.57 lakhs in Fiscal 2023 to ₹65,363.19 lakhs in
Fiscal 2024. This decrease was primarily on account of fall in; (i) cost of material consumed by ₹11,742.09 lakhs;
(ii) purchase of stock-in-trade by ₹28,217.27 lakhs; (iii) changes in inventories of finished goods, work in progress
and stock-in-trade by ₹2,865.11 lakhs; (iv) finance costs by ₹213.15 lakhs and (v) other expenses by ₹14,518.57
lakhs. The decrease was partially offset by an increase in employee benefit expenses by ₹32.38 lakhs and
depreciation and amortization expense of ₹10.43 lakhs.
Cost of Material Consumed
Cost of material consumed decreased by 51.69%, in line with revenue from operations, from ₹22,717.42 lakhs in
Fiscal 2023 to ₹10,975.33 lakhs in Fiscal 2024.
Purchase of Stock-in-Trade
Purchase of stock-in-trade decreased by 37.33%, from ₹75,583.02 lakhs in Fiscal 2023 to ₹47,365.75 lakhs in
Fiscal 2024, due to decrease in overall operations during Fiscal 2024.
342Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods, Work in Progress and Stock-in-Trade
Change in inventories of finished goods, work in progress and stock-in-trade decreased from ₹1,053.22 lakhs in
Fiscal 2023 to ₹(1,811.89) lakhs in Fiscal 2024, primarily on account of higher accumulation of inventories in
Fiscal 2024.
Employee Benefit Expenses
Employee Benefit Expenses increased by 11.32% from ₹286.01 lakhs in Fiscal 2023 to ₹318.39 lakhs in Fiscal
2024. This increase was primarily attributable to increase in salaries and wages (including bonus) by ₹58.86 lakhs
partially setoff by decrease in staff welfare expenses by ₹27.88 lakhs.
Finance Cost
Finance cost decreased by 31.73% from ₹671.78 lakhs in Fiscal 2023 to ₹458.63 lakhs in Fiscal 2024, majorly on
account of decrease in interest on unsecured loans by ₹147.45 lakhs, decrease in bank charges by ₹128.91 and
increase in interest on working capital loan by ₹64.69 lakhs.
Depreciation and Amortization Expenses
Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by 3.86% from ₹269.94 lakhs in Fiscal 2023 to ₹280.37 lakhs
in Fiscal 2024, majorly on account of increase in depreciation on property, plant and equipment by ₹7.26 lakhs
and increase in amortization of intangible assets by ₹3.17 lakhs.
Other Expenses
Other expenses decreased by 65.12% from ₹22,295.18 lakhs in Fiscal 2023 to ₹7,776.61 lakhs in Fiscal 2024.
This was primarily due to decrease in; (i) export expenses by ₹9,297.91 lakhs; (ii) transportation by ₹1,760.67;
(iii) commission by ₹2,454.08 lakhs; (iv) brokerage by ₹755.45 lakhs; (v) Repair and maintenance - Others by
₹127.72 lakhs, and (vi) sales discount by ₹111.16 lakhs.
Profit Before Tax
Profit before tax has decreased by 54.73% from ₹4,513.83 lakhs in Fiscal 2023 to ₹2,043.47 lakhs in Fiscal 2024
as a result of overall decrease in operations in Fiscal 2024.
Tax Expenses
Due to decrease in our profit before tax, our current tax expense decreased by 53.74% from ₹1,108.76 lakhs in
Fiscal 2023 to ₹512.91 lakhs in Fiscal 2024 and our deferred tax expense increased by 500.94% from ₹13.76 lakhs
in Fiscal 2023 to ₹82.69 lakhs in Fiscal 2024.
Profit After Tax
During the Fiscal 2024, the revenue from operations decreased by 47.12%, however, the cost of goods sold
(comprising of cost of materials consumed, purchase of stock-in-trade and changes in inventories of finished
goods, work-in-progress and stock-in-trade) as a percentage (%) of revenue from operation increased from 78.87%
in Fiscal 2023 to 84.87% in Fiscal 2024. Such increase in cost of goods sold was partially setoff by decrease in
other expenses. As a result, profit after tax as a percentage (%) of revenue from operations decreased from 2.69%
in Fiscal 2023 to 2.17% in Fiscal 2024. Hence, we recorded a decrease of 57.31% in profit after tax from ₹3,391.31
lakhs in Fiscal 2023 to ₹1,447.87 lakhs in Fiscal 2024.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We have historically financed the expansion of our business and operations primarily through debt financing and
funds generated from our operations. From time to time, we have obtained loan facilities to finance our working
343capital requirements. We evaluate our funding requirements regularly in light of cash flows from our operating
activities, the requirements of our business and operations and market conditions.
Cash Flow
The table below summaries our cash flows from our Restated Financial Information for the fiscals 2025, 2024 and
2023:
(₹ In lakhs)
Particulars Fiscal
2025 2024 2023
Net cash flow generated from/ (utilized in) (15,534.22) 6,130.98 1,506.76
operating activities (A)
Net cash flow generated from/ (utilized in) (2,735.52) (967.72) (431.98)
investing activities (B)
Net cash flow generated from/ (utilized in) 18,495.09 (5,172.11) (1,099.26)
financing activities (C)
Net (decrease)/ increase in cash & cash 225.35 (8.85) (24.48)
equivalents (A+B+C)
Cash and cash equivalents at the 71.86 80.71 105.19
beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of 297.21 71.86 80.71
the year
Cash flow from Operating Activities
For the Fiscal ended March 31, 2025
Net cash flow utilized in our operating activities was ₹15,534.22 lakhs for the fiscal ended March 31, 2025. Our
operating profit before working capital changes was ₹7,424.39 lakhs during the fiscal ended March 31, 2025,
which was the result of the profit before tax for the fiscal of ₹5,736.01 lakhs adjusted primarily for depreciation
of ₹280.59 lakhs, unrealized foreign exchange loss of ₹191.18 lakhs, finance costs of ₹1,338.40 lakhs, gratuity
expense of ₹9.83 lakhs and interest income of ₹131.62 lakhs. Our movements in working capital primarily
consisted of decrease in trade payables of ₹240.64 lakhs, increase in other current liabilities of ₹986.26 lakhs,
increase in current provision of ₹75.59 lakhs, decrease in other current assets of ₹107.63 lakhs, increase in trade
receivables of ₹17,958.71 lakhs, increase in inventories of ₹4,566.50 lakhs, decrease in other financial asset of
₹123.24 lakhs, increase in current tax asset of ₹25.08 lakhs and decrease in security deposits of ₹0.50 lakh. Taxes
paid amounted to ₹1,460.90 lakhs.
For the Fiscal ended March 31, 2024
Net cash flow generated from our operating activities was ₹6,130.98 lakhs for the fiscal ended March 31, 2024.
Our operating profit before working capital changes was ₹2,569.02 lakhs during the fiscal ended March 31, 2024,
which was the result of the profit before tax for the fiscal of ₹2,043.47 lakhs adjusted primarily for depreciation
of ₹280.37 lakhs, unrealized foreign exchange loss of ₹36.39 lakhs, finance cost of ₹458.63 lakhs, gratuity expense
of ₹8.19 lakhs, interest income of ₹196.11 lakhs and gain on long term investments of ₹61.92 lakhs. Our
movements in working capital primarily consisted of decrease in trade payables of ₹3,077.90 lakhs, decrease in
other current liabilities of ₹350.94 lakhs, decrease in current provision of ₹207.96 lakhs, decrease in other current
assets of ₹240.02 lakhs, decrease in trade receivables of ₹8,573.22 lakhs, increase in inventories of ₹1,243.19
lakhs, increase in other financial asset of ₹138.61 lakhs, decrease in current tax asset of ₹278.70 lakhs and decrease
in security deposits of ₹1.53 lakhs. Taxes paid amounted to ₹512.91 lakhs.
For the Fiscal ended March 31, 2023
Net cash flow generated from our operating activities was ₹1,506.76 lakhs for the fiscal ended March 31, 2023.
Our operating profit before working capital changes was ₹5,418.50 lakhs during the fiscal ended March 31, 2023,
344which was the result of the profit before tax for the fiscal of ₹4,513.83 lakhs adjusted primarily for depreciation
of ₹269.94 lakhs, unrealized foreign exchange loss of ₹41.55 lakhs, finance costs of ₹671.78 lakhs, gratuity
expense of ₹6.94 lakhs, interest income of ₹80.88 lakhs, profit on sale of assets of ₹4.63 lakhs and dividend
income of ₹0.03 lakhs. Our movements in working capital primarily consisted of decrease in trade payables of
₹2,074.92 lakhs, decrease in other current liabilities of ₹850.77 lakhs, decrease in current provision of ₹412.33
lakhs, decrease in other current assets of ₹520.56 lakhs, increase in trade receivables of ₹852.77 lakhs, decrease
in inventories of ₹1,058.37 lakhs, decrease in other financial assets of ₹61.35 lakhs, increase in current tax asset
of ₹252.04 lakhs and increase in security deposits of ₹0.43 lakhs. Taxes paid amounted to ₹1,108.76 lakhs.
Cash flow from Investing Activities
For the Fiscal ended March 31, 2025
Net cash flow utilized in investing activities was ₹2,735.52 lakhs for the fiscal ended March 31, 2025. This is
primarily attributable to purchase of fixed assets of ₹20.12 lakhs, investments in fixed deposits of ₹2,429.43 lakhs,
advance given for purchase of land of ₹1,818.83 lakhs and investment in non-current financial assets of ₹29.54
lakhs. These payments were offset by proceeds from interest income of ₹131.62 lakhs and repayment of loans
given of ₹1,430.78 lakhs.
For the Fiscal ended March 31, 2024
Net cash flow utilized in investing activities was ₹967.72 lakhs for the fiscal ended March 31, 2024 which can be
attributed to purchase of fixed assets of ₹10.81 lakhs, loans given of ₹1,466.80 lakhs and investment in fixed
deposits of ₹73.14 lakhs. These payments were partially offset by proceeds from interest income of ₹196.11 lakhs,
gain on long term investments of ₹61.92 lakhs and proceeds from sale of non-current financial assets of ₹325.00
lakhs.
For the Fiscal ended March 31, 2023
Net cash flow utilized in investing activities was ₹431.98 lakhs for the fiscal ended March 31, 2023 which is
primarily on account of purchase of fixed assets of ₹469.19 lakhs, loans given of ₹1.56 lakhs and investment in
fixed deposits of ₹69.81 lakhs. These payments were partially offset by capitalization of capital work-in-progress
of ₹19.43 lakhs, interest income of ₹80.88 lakhs, sale of vehicle of ₹8.24 lakhs and dividend income of ₹0.03
lakhs.
Cash flow from Financing Activities
For the fiscal ended March 31, 2025
Net cash flow generated in financing activities was ₹18,495.09 lakhs for fiscal ended March 31, 2025 consisting
of repayment of non-current borrowings of ₹79.26 lakhs, current borrowings availed of ₹19,912.75 lakhs and
interest expense of ₹1,338.40 lakhs.
For the Fiscal ended March 31, 2024
Net cash flow utilized in financing activities was ₹5,172.11 lakhs for the fiscal ended March 31, 2024 consisting
of repayment of non-current borrowings of ₹9.16 lakhs, repayment of current borrowings of ₹4,704.32 lakhs and
interest expense of ₹458.63 lakhs.
For the Fiscal ended March 31, 2023
Net cash flow utilized in financing activities was ₹1,099.26 lakhs for the fiscal ended March 31, 2023 consisting
of repayment of non-current borrowings of ₹16.61 lakhs, repayment of current borrowings of ₹410.87 lakhs and
interest expense of ₹671.78 lakhs.
Financial Indebtedness
345As on March 31, 2025 the total outstanding borrowings of our Company was ₹22,236.39 lakhs. The following
table sets out the details of the total borrowings outstanding as on March 31, 2025.
(₹ in Lakhs)
Particulars As at March 31, 2025
Secured
(a) Cash credit / Pre/Post-shipment credit facilities / Working Capital Demand 20,016.21
Loan from Banks
Unsecured
(b) Unsecured loans from related parties 2,220.18
Total Borrowings 22,236.39
In the event, any of our lenders declare an event of default, such current and any future defaults could lead to
acceleration of our repayment obligations, termination of one or more of our financing agreements or force us to
sell our assets, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
The following table sets forth our contingent liabilities as at March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023
as per the Restated Financial Information:
(₹ in lakhs)
Particulars As at March 31, As at March 31, As at March 31,
2025 2024 2023
Contingent Liabilities
(i) Claims against the Group not 449.44 240.24 -
acknowledged as debt
It is not practical for our Company to estimate the timings of cash outflow, if any in respect of above pending
resolutions of the respective proceedings.
For details of our contingent liability and guarantees as of March 31, 2025, as per Ind AS 37, see “Restated
Financial Information–Note 50-Restated Contingent Liability & Commitments”on page 313.
There are no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect
on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital
resources that we believe are material to investors.
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND MATURITIES
As on date of this Draft red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have any contractual obligations and
maturities.
Related Party Transactions
We enter into various transactions with related parties in the ordinary course of business. These transactions
principally include remuneration paid to KMPs, purchases and sale of products, rent expenses, sitting fees to
independent directors and other items.
For details of our related party transactions, please see “Restated Financial Information–Note 39 Related Party
Transactions” on page 301.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risks
Our Company’s activities expose it to variety of financial risks: market risk, credit risk, interest rate risk and
liquidity risk. The Company’s principal financial liabilities, other than derivatives, comprise borrowings, trade
and other payables. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to finance the Company’s operations. The
Company’s principal financial assets include trade and other receivables, and cash and cash equivalents that derive
directly from its operations. Company’s senior management oversees the management of these risks. It is
346Company’s policy that no trading in derivatives for speculative purposes may be undertaken. The Board of
Directors review and agree policies for managing each of these risks, which are summarized below:
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of
change in market prices.
Foreign Currency Risk
The Company undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies; consequently, exposures to exchange
rate fluctuations arise. The Company's exposure to currency risk relates primarily to the Company's operating
activities when transactions are denominated in a different currency from the Company's functional currency. The
Company has not taken derivative instruments to hedge the foreign currency risk. The Company continuously
monitors the fluctuations in currency risk and ensures that the company does not have adverse impact on account
of fluctuation in exchange rate.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk primarily arises from floating rate borrowing, including various revolving and other lines of
credit. Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate
because of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates
arises on borrowings with floating interest rate which is not material.
Credit Risk
The Company is exposed to credit risk primarily from cash and cash equivalents, bank deposits, trade receivables,
and other financial assets. Credit risk arises from the possibility that a counterparty may fail to meet its financial
obligations, leading to a financial loss.
(i) Cash and Cash Equivalents and Bank Deposits: The Company minimizes credit risk associated with cash
and cash equivalents and bank deposits by maintaining deposits with banks having high credit ratings,
as assigned by domestic credit rating agencies. This reduces the risk of default by financial institutions.
(ii) Trade Receivables: Credit risk on trade receivables is managed by regular monitoring of the outstanding
amounts and performing a detailed assessment of recoverability. The Company has established policies
for aging analysis, and where applicable, provisions for expected credit losses (ECL) are recognized.
(iii) Advance Payments from Customers: To further manage credit risk, the Company requires a 10% advance
payment from new customers at the time of order placement, with the balance payment due prior to
delivery. This reduces exposure to credit risk by ensuring a portion of the payment is secured before the
goods are dispatched.
(iv) ECGC Guarantee: The Company has secured a guarantee from the Export Credit Guarantee Corporation
(ECGC) for potential losses arising from credit defaults. The guarantee covers a loss of up to Rs. 43
crores, providing additional protection in case of default by export customers.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company may not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due,
without incurring significant losses. The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves,
banking facilities, and by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows.
(i) Cash Flow Management: The Company continuously monitors its cash flow requirements to ensure that
it has sufficient liquidity to meet its operational and financial obligations, including trade payables,
financial liabilities, and tax obligations. Regular cash flow forecasting is performed to assess the timing
and amount of future cash inflows and outflows.
(ii) Access to Credit Facilities: The Company has access to various credit facilities from banks and financial
institutions, which provide flexibility to meet short-term liquidity needs. These facilities include working
capital loans, overdrafts, and trade finance arrangements for smooth operations, especially in times of
fluctuating export cycles.
(iii) Maturity Analysis of Financial Liabilities: The Company has established procedures to regularly monitor
and assess the maturity profile of its financial liabilities, including trade payables, loans, and other
347financial obligations. The maturity analysis helps ensure that the Company has enough liquidity to meet
these obligations in a timely manner.
(iv) Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Company maintains a sufficient level of cash and cash equivalents to
manage day-to-day operational expenses and meet unforeseen liquidity requirements. This liquidity
buffer is designed to prevent disruptions to business operations due to short-term liquidity shortages.
Off-Balance Sheet Items
We do not have any other off-balance sheet arrangements, derivative instruments or other relationships with any
entity that have been established for the purposes of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements.
Effect of Inflation
We are affected by inflation as it has an impact on the material cost, wages, etc. in line with changing inflation rates;
we rework our margins so as to absorb the inflationary impact.
Reservations, Qualifications and Adverse Remarks
Except as disclosed in chapter titled “Restated Financial Information” on page 261, there have been no
reservations, qualifications and adverse remarks.
Changes in Accounting Policies
There have been no changes in our accounting policies in the Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023.
Material Frauds
There are no material frauds, as reported by our statutory auditor, committed against our Company, in the last three
fiscals.
Unusual or Infrequent Events or Transactions
As on date, there have been no unusual or infrequent events or transactions including unusual trends on account of
business activity, unusual items of income, change of accounting policies and discretionary reduction of expenses.
Significant Economic Changes that Materially Affected or are Likely to Affect Income from Continuing
Operations
Indian rules and regulations as well as the overall growth of the Indian economy have a significant bearing on our
operations. Major changes in these factors can significantly impact income from continuing operations. There are
no significant economic changes that materially affected our Company’s operations or are likely to affect income
from continuing operations except as described in chapter titled “Risk Factors” on page 35.
Known Trends or Uncertainties that have had or are expected to have a Material Adverse Impact on Sales,
Revenue or Income from Continuing Operations
Our business has been subject, and we expect it to continue to be impacted by the trends identified above in
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Significant Factors
Affecting our Results of Operations and Financial Condition” and the uncertainties described in “Risk Factors”
on pages 324 and 326, respectively. To our knowledge, except as discussed in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus,
there are no known trends or uncertainties that have or had or are expected to have a material adverse impact on
revenues or income of our Company from continuing operation.
Seasonality of Business
There is no seasonality in our business.
348Future Changes in Relationship between Costs and Revenues, in Case of Events Such as Future Increase in
Labour or Material Costs or Prices that will Cause a Material Change are known
Other than as described in chapter titled “Risk Factors” on page 35 and in this section, to our knowledge there are
no known factors that might affect the future relationship between cost and revenue.
Extent to which Material Increases in Net Sales or Revenue are due to Increased Sales Volume, Introduction
of New Products or Services or Increased Sales Prices
Our business has been affected and we expect that it will continue to be affected by the trends identified above and
the uncertainties described in the section “Risk Factors” on page 35. Changes in revenue in the last three Fiscals
are as described in “Results of Operations Information for the Fiscal 2025 compared with Fiscal 2024” and “Results
of Operations Information for the Fiscal 2024 compared with Fiscal 2023” mentioned above.
Total Turnover of Each Major Industry Segment in Which the Issuer Operates
We operate in only one major segment.
Competitive Conditions
We expect competition in our industry from existing and potential competitors to intensify. For further details on
competitive conditions that we face across our various business segments, please see “Our Business”, “Industry
Overview” and “Risk Factors” on pages 181, 130 and 35.
Status of any Publicly Announced New Products or Business Segments
As on the date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there are no new products or business segments that have or
are expected to have a material impact on our business prospects, results of operations or financial condition.
Significant Dependence on a Single or Few Customers
The percentage of revenue from operations derived from our top customers is given below:
(in ₹ lakhs)
Sr. Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
No. Amount % of Amount % of Amount % of
Revenue Revenue Revenue
from from from
Operation Operation Operation
1 Revenue from Top 1 17,298.25 12.72% 6,286.65 9.44% 20,468.86 16.25%
customer
2 Revenue from Top 5 67,034.48 49.31% 29,772.79 44.70% 61,648.42 48.94%
customers
3 Revenue from Top 10 90,433.64 66.52% 47,294.96 71.01% 87,796.03 69.70%
customers
349SECTION VI – LEGAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
OUTSTANDING LITIGATION AND MATERIAL DEVELOPMENTS
Except as stated in this section, there are no outstanding: (a) criminal proceedings; (b) actions by statutory or
regulatory authorities; (c) claims relating to direct and indirect taxes; or (d) Material Litigation (as defined
below); involving our Company, its Directors, the Promoters, KMPs, SMPs and the Group Companies ("Relevant
Parties"). Further, there are no disciplinary actions (including penalties) imposed by SEBI or the Stock Exchanges
against our Promoters in the last five (5) FYs, including any outstanding action.
For the purpose of material litigation in (d) above, our Board in its meeting held on April 23, 2025 has considered
and adopted the following policy on materiality for identification of material outstanding litigation involving the
Relevant Parties (“Materiality Policy”). In accordance with the Materiality Policy, all outstanding litigation,
including any litigation involving the Relevant Parties, other than criminal proceedings and actions by regulatory
authorities and statutory authorities, will be considered material if:
(i) the omission of an event or information, whose value or the expected impact in terms of value exceeds
the limits as prescribed under the SEBI Listing Regulations (as amended from time to time) i.e.:
a) two percent of turnover, as per the last annual restated financial statements of the Company;
or
b) two percent of net worth, except in case of the arithmetic value of the networth is negative, as
per the last annual restated financial statements of the Company; or
c) five percent of the average of absolute value of profit or loss after tax, as per the last three
annual restated financial statements of the Company.
Accordingly, any transaction exceeding the lower of a, b and c will be considered for the above purpose;
or
(ii) where the decision in one case is likely to affect the decision in similar cases, even though the amount
involved in individual litigation does not exceed the amount determined as per clause (i) above, and the
amount involved in all of such cases taken together exceeds the amount determined as per clause (i)
above; and
(iii) any such litigation which does not meet the criteria set out in (i) above and an adverse outcome in which
would materially and adversely affect the operations or financial position of the Company.
In terms of the materiality policy above any litigations (apart from (a) criminal proceedings; (b) actions by
statutory or regulatory authorities and (c) claims relating to direct and indirect taxes), the monetary value of
which or the adverse impact resulting from such litigation exceeds ₹151.92 lakhs shall be considered Material
Litigation.
It is clarified that for the above purposes, pre-litigation notices received by Relevant Parties, unless otherwise
decided by our Board, are not evaluated for materiality until such time that the Relevant Parties are impleaded
as defendants in litigation proceedings before any judicial forum.
Except as stated in this Section, there are no outstanding material dues to creditors of our Company. For this
purpose, our Board has considered and adopted a policy of materiality for identification of material outstanding
dues to creditors by way of its resolution dated April 23, 2025. In terms of the materiality policy, creditors of our
Company to whom amounts outstanding dues to any creditor of our Company exceeding ₹125.94 lakhs i.e. 5% of
the total trade payables of our Company as per the latest Restated Financial Statements of our Company disclosed
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, would be considered as material creditors. The trade payables of our
Company as on March 31, 2025 were ₹2,518.70. Details of outstanding dues to micro, small and medium
enterprises and other creditors separately giving details of number of cases and amount involved, shall be
uploaded and disclosed on the website of the Company as required under the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
For outstanding dues to any micro, small or medium enterprise, the disclosure shall be based on information
available with our Company regarding the status of the creditor as defined under the Micro, Small and Medium
Enterprises Development Act, 2006 as amended, read with the rules and notification thereunder, as amended, as
350has been relied upon by the Statutory Auditors.
Unless stated to the contrary, the information provided below is as of the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus.
All terms defined in a particular litigation disclosure pertains to that litigation only.
I. Litigation involving our Company.
A. Litigation filed against our Company.
1. Criminal proceedings
Nil
2. Outstanding actions by regulatory and statutory authorities
Nil
3. Material civil proceedings
a. Arun Zitoba Dhabale vs. Shriram Foods Industry Pvt. Ltd. through M.D. Anoop Goyal (Appeal
Criminal (ULP) NO. 20/2023)
Arun Zitoba Dhabale (“Complainant”) has filed as Execution Petition bearing no. Appeal Criminal
(UPL) no. 20/2023 for compliance of order passed by the Labour Court, Nagpur dated August 19, 2022
(“Ex-parte Order”) against Shriram Foods Industry Pvt. Ltd. (“Respondent”). The Complainant states
that he had earlier filed a complaint against the Respondents under the Maharashtra Recognition of Trade
Union and Prevention of Unfair Labour Practices Act, 1971, alleging that the Respondents had illegally
terminated his services without any prior notice or justification, which is impermissible under law. The
Complainant, therefore, had sought directions from this Hon’ble Court for reinstatement into service and
payment of back wages. The Respondents failed to appear before this Hon’ble Court, and as a
consequence, the Court passed an Ex-Parte Order directing the Respondents to reinstate the Complainant
in service and to pay him the back wages as applicable. However, the Respondents again failed to comply
with the said Ex-Parte Order of this Hon’ble Court. Hence, the Complainant filed the present Execution
Petition seeking enforcement of the said Order. The matter is currently pending adjudication before this
Hon’ble Court and is next posted for hearing on September 13, 2025.
a. Suhas Raut vs. Shriram Foods Industry Pvt. Ltd. through M.D. Anoop Goyal (Appeal Criminal (ULP)
NO. 41/2023)
Suhas Raut (“Complainant”) has filed as Execution Petition bearing no. Appeal Criminal (UPL) no.
41/2023 for compliance of order passed by the Labour Court, Nagpur dated November 24, 2023 (“Ex-
parte Order”) against Shriram Foods Industry Pvt. Ltd. (“Respondents”). The Complainant states that
he had earlier filed a complaint against the Respondents under the Maharashtra Recognition of Trade
Union and Prevention of Unfair Labour Practices Act, 1971, challenging his illegal termination by the
Respondents. The Complainant, therefore, had sought directions from this Hon’ble Court for
reinstatement into service and payment of back wages. The Respondents failed to appear before this
Hon’ble Court, and as a consequence, the Court passed an Ex-Parte Order directing the Respondents for
issuance of a recovery certificate for ₹4,30,500 and recovery through the Collector, Nagpur.
Subsequently, Execution Proceedings were initiated by the Complainant for enforcement of the said Ex-
parte Order, and the Labour Court also directed the Complainant to furnish details of the Respondents’
movable and immovable assets. The matter is pending before the Hon’ble Labour Court, Nagpur and the
next date of hearing is posted on September 20, 2025.
351B. Litigation filed by our Company.
1. Criminal proceedings
Nil
2. Material civil proceedings
a. Shriram Foods Industry Ltd. vs. The Union of India and others (WP-6866 of 2024)
Shriram Food Industry Ltd. (“Petitioner”) has filed Writ Petition No. 6866 of 2024 before the Hon’ble
High Court of Judicature at Bombay, Nagpur Bench (“Hon’ble Court”), under Articles 226 and 227 of
the Constitution of India, against the Union of India through the Ministry of Finance, Director General
of Foreign Trade, Commissioner of Customs (Nagpur), and Principal Commissioner of Customs
(Visakhapatnam) (“Respondents”). The Petitioner, a reputed exporter of rice and food grains challenges
the retrospective application of Notification No. 49/2023-Customs dated August 25, 2023
(“Notification”), which imposed 20% export duty on parboiled rice with immediate effect from 22:49:48
hours on the same day. The Petitioner contends that it had already submitted shipping bills and moved
goods into the customs station prior to the publishing of the Notification, including entries between
August 18, 2023, and August 21, 2023, and therefore should not be subjected to the said duty in the
Notification. Despite directions issued by the Hon’ble Court in earlier matters clarifying that such
notifications must operate prospectively, the Respondents have passed adverse orders dated February 20,
2024, and February 22, 2024, demanding payment of ₹36,61,262 in customs duty and authorizing the
encashment of a bank guarantee of ₹36,55,336 (“Impugned Orders”), disregarding the Petitioner’s
compliance with pre-notification conditions. It is argued that the Impugned Orders are arbitrary, lack
proper reasoning, and defeat the purpose of the Court’s earlier remand orders, thereby violating the
Petitioner’s fundamental rights. Hence, aggrieved by this, the Petitioner has filed the present writ petition
and prays before the Hon’ble Court to declare the said Notification and the resulting actions of
Respondents as illegal and arbitrary, quash the Impugned Orders and restrain the Respondents from
taking coercive action, including the encashment of the bank guarantee, during the pendency of the
petition. The matter is currently pending and the next date of hearing is yet to be notified.
b. Shriram Foods Industry Ltd. vs. The Union of India and others (WP-4808 of 2023)
Shriram Food Industry Ltd (“Petitioner”) has filed a writ petition, before the High Court of Judicature
at Bombay, Nagpur Bench (“Hon’ble Court”), under Article 226 & 227 of the Constitution of India,
against the Union of India (“Respondent 1”) and Director General of Foreign Trade (“Respondent 2”).
The Petitioner has challenged the Trade Notice bearing number 8 of 2023 dated June 20, 2023,
(“Impugned Trade Notice”) before the Hon’ble Court, issued by Respondent 2, wherein a specific
exemption is granted to allow export of broken rice in favor of limited number of rice exporters thereby
preventing the Petitioner from exporting broken rice and participating in the allocation process.
Respondent 2 has arbitrarily issued eligibility criteria under clause 5 of the impugned trade notice for the
exporters, which on bare perusal states that exporters who have exported rice of all varieties to the
exempted countries (i.e. Senegal, Gambia and Indonesia, as per the impugned notice) in the three years
prior to FY in which the item was prohibited are only eligible to apply for export of broken rice. The
Petitioner alleges that by passing of such notification resulted in severe loss to the Petitioner and many
other small and medium similarly placed exporters of broken rice. Hence, aggrieved by this, the Petitioner
has filed the present petition to challenge the Impugned Trade Notice and thereby prays before the
Hon’ble to court to set aside the Impugned Trade Notice and to direct the Respondent 2 to allow the
Petitioner to participate and apply for allocation of quotas for export of broken rice and to pass any such
order or direction as the Hon’ble Court may deem fit. The matter is currently at and the next date of
hearing is yet to be notified.
c. Shriram Foods Industry Pvt. Ltd. vs. The Union Bank of India and others (WP- 2025 of 2023)
Shriram Food Industry Pvt. Ltd. (“Petitioner”) has filed a writ petition, before the High Court of
Judicature at Bombay, Nagpur Bench (“Hon’ble Court”), under Article 226 & 227 of the Constitution
of India, against Union Bank of India (“Respondent 1”) and Bank of Baroda (“Respondent 2”). The
Petitioner, a company engaged in the rice and rice-related products business, had availed a consortium
352term loan facility of ₹28,50,00,000 from Respondents 1 and 2 under a Consortium Agreement dated
September 30, 2015 (“Consortium Agreement”). Over the years, the loan accounts were operated in
accordance with the terms mutually agreed upon and were fully repaid by the Petitioner by September
2022. Accordingly, multiple “No Due Certificates” were issued by both Respondents confirming closure
of all loan accounts and outstanding liabilities. However, after the Petitioner shifted its banking
relationship to HDFC Bank and formally requested the release of the mortgaged property papers and
securities, Respondent 1, vide communication dated January 7, 2023, raised an unexpected and unilateral
demand for ₹1,60,62,000 as “Late Bank Charges” and ₹79,28,000 as “Unhedged Foreign Currency
Exposure (UFCE) Charges” (“Impugned Charges”).These Impugned Charges, which the Petitioner
asserts were never agreed upon under any of the sanction letters neither discussed in consortium
meetings, and were raised retrospectively from FY 2016–17 to FY 2022–23. The Petitioner contends that
such Impugned Charges are arbitrary, illegal, and a clear abuse of dominance by a nationalised bank,
particularly after issuance of No Due Certificates and closure of all accounts. Hence, aggrieved by this,
the Petitioner has filed the present writ petition and prays before the Hon’ble Court to quash and set aside
the Impugned Charges issued by Respondent 1, declare the retrospective charges as unjust,
unenforceable, and contrary to the agreed contractual terms, and direct Respondent 1 to immediately
release the original property papers and securities without insisting on payment of any such charges. The
matter is currently pending, and the last date of hearing was conducted on February 11, 2025 and the
next date of hearing is not yet notified.
d. Shriram Foods Industry Private Limited vs. Crest International (S.C.C. No.- 5069 of 2019)
Shriram Food Industry Private Ltd. (“Complainant”) filed a complaint under Section 138 r/w 142 of the
Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 before the Hon’ble Special Court, Negotiable Instrument Act, Nagpur
(“Hon’ble Court”) against Crest International and its authorised representative Mr. Naveen Kumar
(“Accused”). The Complainant, engaged in rice trading, had a business transaction with the Accused
under Sale Contract No. 02/2017-18. Towards part payment of outstanding dues, the Accused issued an
account payee cheque (No. 107523 dated 16.08.2018) for ₹18,70,050. Subsequently, ₹5,00,000 was paid
via online transfer, reducing the balance to ₹13,70,050. Despite repeated communications, including a
letter dated December 25, 2018, and a legal notice dated December 10, 2018, the cheque was dishonoured
on December 12, 2018, due to insufficient funds, and no further payment was made. Hence, the
Complainant has filed the present complaint for recovery and prays before the Hon’ble Court to take
cognizance of the offence and pass appropriate orders directing the Accused to pay the outstanding sum
of ₹13,70,050 along with applicable interest and legal expenses. The matter is currently pending, and the
next date of hearing is September 20, 2025.
e. Shriram Foods Industry Ltd. vs. The Union of India and others (WP-3499 of 2023)
Shriram Foods Industry Ltd. through its director Rishi Kumar Agarwal (“Petitioner”) has filed a writ
petition under Civil Application No. CAW/166/2024, before the High Court of judicature at Bombay,
Bench at Nagpur, challenging the order dated May 11, 2023 passed by the Collector Nagpur (Respondent
4) (“Impugned Order”) against Union of India through its Secretary, Ministry of Consumer Affairs
Food and Public Distribution (“Respondent 1”); State of Maharashtra through its Secretary, Department
of Food, Civil Supplies and Consumer Protection (“Respondent 2”); Maharashtra State Co-op
Marketing Federation Limited (“Respondent 3”); State of Maharashtra through its Collector, Nagpur
(“Respondent 4”) and State of Maharashtra through its District Supply Officer, Nagpur (“Respondent
5”). The Petitioner states that under the decentralised procurement scheme floated by the Respondent 1,
the Petitioner entered into an agreement dated December 15, 2021, with Respondent 3 and Respondent
5 for the supply of Custom Milled Rice (CMR) for the Kharif Season 2021-2022 and Rabi Season 2022-
2023 (“Agreement”). However, vid the Impugned Order, the Petitioner was blacklisted for three years
and was directed to supply 955.50 quintals of CMR at its own cost. In the meantime, a fresh agreement
was executed on December 12, 2022, for the supply of CMR for the Kharif Season 2022–2023 and Rabi
Season 2023–2024 (“Fresh Agreement”). In furtherance to the Fresh Agreement, paddy was supplied
to the Petitioner upon furnishing a security deposit amounting to ₹2,03,76,300 through Fixed Deposit
Receipts (FDRs) dated between December 12, 2022, and January 17, 2023. Interim orders has been
passed on June 08, 2023, and July 25, 2023, in the present writ petition with the latter granting a stay on
the blacklisting order. However, despite the stay, the Petitioner was issued a communication dated July
18, 2023 requiring the Petitioner to supply CMR for Rabi Season 2023-2024, failing which the said FDRs
353would be invoked. On approaching Respondent No. 5 to fulfill its contractual obligations, the Petitioner
was denied on the grounds that the stay was not extended, and then the Petitioner has filed Application
for necessary direction before the Hon’ble Court seeking to direct the Respondents to allow the Petitioner
to supply CMR in furtherance to Fresh Agreement and restrain the Respondents to invoke the FDRs. The
next date of hearing is posted on September 12, 2025.
C. Tax proceedings
Particulars Number of cases Aggregate amount involved to the extent
ascertainable (in ₹ lakhs)^
Direct Tax Nil Nil
Indirect Tax 98* 870.45
Total 98 870.45
^Rounded off to the closest decimal
*Includes:
a. Show Cause Notice issued by Commissioner Customs, Nagpur to Shriram Food Industry Limited (F.No.VIII (Cus) 25-110/
Cus- Adj/ 2025/ 2713)
The Commissioner Customs, Nagpur (“Customs”) has sent a Show Cause Notice dated July 31, 2025 (“SCN”) to Shriram
Food Industry Limited (“Company”) under section 28(4) read with section 124 of the Customs Act, 1962 (“Act”) in relation
to exports of parboiled rice made during the period from August 25, 2023, to October 21, 2024, through Indian ports. Customs
have issued similar notices to more than 100 exporters in this sector. The SCN alleges short payment of export duty on three
counts i.e. (i) deduction of export duty from the FOB value, (ii) non-disclosure of reimbursements separately received from
overseas buyers in the Shipping Bill, and (iii) incorrect deduction of freight and insurance amounts while computing FOB
value. The investigations revealed that the exporter adopted various methods to evade export duty, including wrongful
abatement of duty from the assessable value, non-inclusion of reimbursed export duty amounts received from overseas buyers,
and inflated declarations of freight and insurance in shipping bills to reduce the assessable FOB value. Analysis of 135 shipping
bills and supporting documents such as contracts, invoices, freight and insurance bills, and Bank Realisation Certificates
indicated that the Company declared reduced FOB values, thereby evading payment of the correct duty on actual transaction
value. The SCN proposes recovery of the alleged short-paid duty along with interest, confiscation of exported goods, and
imposition of penalty under Sections 114A, 114AA and 112(a) of the Customs Act, 1962. The total duty demand raised in the
SCN amounts to ₹ 2,09,20,287. The Company in the process of preparing and filing a detailed reply and the matter is still
under adjudication.
b. Shriram Food Industry Limited vs. Commissioner of Customs, Export Department before the Commissioner of Customs
Shriram Food Industry Limited (“Appellant”) has filed an appeal before the Commissioner of Customs (Appeal) under section
128 of the Customs Act, 1962 (“Act”) under FORM C.A. 1, against the Commissioner of Customs, Export Department
(“Respondent”) challenging the assessment amount of shipping bill number 1823358, wherein excess duty was paid under
protest by the Appellant. The Appellant exported IR64 Parboiled Rice 5% Broken (“Goods”), classified under CTH 1006 30
10. The said Goods attract export duty at the rate of 20% ad valorem on their assessable value. However, according to the
Respondent, the export duty was computed on the value of the Goods plus an additional 20% on the export duty amount itself
(“Impugned Duty”) and the Respondent has demanded excess duty. To avoid disruption of the export and to ensure smooth
completion of the transaction, the Appellant agreed to pay the Impugned Duty and simultaneously, the Appellant lodged a
letter of protest objecting to the levy of higher export duty. Hence, the present appeal has been filed to challenge the Impugned
Duty and to seek a refund of the excess duty paid under protest by the Appellant. The matter is pending adjudication.
c. Shriram Food Industry Limited vs. Commissioner of Customs, Export Department before the Customs, Excise and Service
Tax Appellate Tribunal (CESTAT)
Shriram Food Industry Limited (“Appellant”) has filed 96 appeals before the CESAST under section 129 A of the Customs
Act, 1962 (“Act”), against the Commissioner of Customs, Nagpur (“Respondent”) challenging order passed by Commissioner
of Customs (Appeal) (“Commissioner’s Order”). The Appellant exported IR64 Parboiled Rice 5% Broken (“Goods”),
classified under CTH 1006 30 10. The said Goods attract export duty at the rate of 20% ad valorem on their assessable value.
However, according to the Respondent, the export duty was computed on the value of the Goods plus an additional 20% on
the export duty amount itself (“Impugned Duty”) and demanded excess duty. To avoid disruption of the export and to ensure
smooth completion of the transaction, the Appellant agreed to pay the Impugned Duty and simultaneously, the Appellant
lodged a letter of protest objecting to the levy of higher export duty followed by Appeal before the Commissioner of Customs,
Export Department (“Commissioner”). The Commissioner passed an order confirming the Impugned Duty and thereby
rejecting the Appeal before the Commissioner (“Appeal”). Aggrieved by the same the Appellant has filed 96 appeals for
disputed duty amounting to ₹ 6,61,24,377 before this Hon’ble Tribunal in conjunction with the Appeal and to challenge the
Impugned Duty and to seek a refund of the excess duty paid under protest by the Appellant. Below are the details of the appeal
filed before CESTAT. All the matters listed below are pending adjudication and date of hearing is not yet posted.
Shipping Appeal before
Sr Name of the party as per Disputed duty
Bill Date CESTAT reference
No. Shipping Bill amount
Number number
3541 Glometz International 9738489 June 03, 2025 NGP/745/2024-25 ₹ 1,67,625
DMCC
2 Glometz International 9806319 June 03, 2025 NGP/741/2024-25 ₹ 3,34,530
DMCC
3 Glometz International 9854309 June 03, 2025 NGP/742/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,681
DMCC
4 Glometz International 9879010 June 03, 2025 NGP/743/2024-25 ₹ 1,72,840.50
DMCC
5 Glometz International 9879467 June 03, 2025 NGP/744/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,681
DMCC
6 Glometz International 9900219 June 03, 2025 NGP/722/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,681
DMCC
7 Glometz International 9982382 June 03, 2025 NGP/826/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,890.25
DMCC
8 Glometz International 1081929 June 03, 2025 NGP/824/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,890.25
DMCC
9 Green Agro General 1205161 June 03, 2025 NGP/737/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,890.25
Trading L.L.C
10 Glometz International 1219619 June 03, 2025 NGP/725/2024-25 ₹ 3,11,301.23
DMCC
11 Glometz International 1225218 June 03, 2025 NGP/847/2024-25 ₹ 2,42,123.18
DMCC
12 Glometz International 1238027 June 03, 2025 NGP/823/2024-25 ₹ 1,72,945.14
DMCC
13 Glometz International 1261139 June 03, 2025 NGP/852/2024-25 ₹ 1,72,945.13
DMCC
14 Glometz International 1261700 June 03, 2025 NGP/841/2024-25 ₹ 1,72,945.13
DMCC
15 Glometz International 1314167 June 03, 2025 NGP/844/2024-25 ₹34, 589.03
DMCC
16 Glometz International 1305627 June 03, 2025 NGP/839/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,890.25
DMCC
17 Glometz International 1318409 June 03, 2025 NGP/845/2024-25 ₹ 2,99,771.55
DMCC
18 Glometz International 1319038 June 03, 2025 NGP/846/2024-25 ₹2.07,534.15
DMCC
19 Glometz International 1352609 June 03, 2025 NGP/840/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,890.25
DMCC
20 Glometz International 1362963 June 03, 2025 NGP/842/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,890.25
DMCC
21 Glometz International 1398618 June 03, 2025 NGP/843/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,890.25
DMCC
22 Glometz International 1573723 June 03, 2025 NGP/748/2024-25 ₹ 1,66,439
DMCC
23 Glometz International 1574294 June 03, 2025 NGP/753/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,681
DMCC
24 Glometz International 1585395 June 03, 2025 NGP/849/2024-25 ₹ 1,72,840.50
DMCC
25 Glometz International 1585611 June 03, 2025 NGP/850/2024-25 ₹ 1,72,840.50
DMCC
26 Glometz International 1591941 June 03, 2025 NGP/734/2024-25 ₹ 1,72,840.50
DMCC
27 Glometz International 1623240 June 03, 2025 NGP/735/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,681
DMCC
28 Glometz International 1623548 June 03, 2025 NGP/736/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,681
DMCC
29 Glometz International 1635502 June 03, 2025 NGP/739/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,681
DMCC
30 Agro-Alliance LTD 2697219 June 03, 2025 NGP/1174/2024-25 ₹ 3,99,396.67
31 Agro-Alliance LTD 3237708 June 03, 2025 NGP/1178/2024-25 ₹ 3,97,750
32 Glometz International 1585876 July 22, 2024 NGP/851/2024-25 ₹ 1,72,841
DMCC
33 Glometz International 666 of 2024-VCH ₹ 3,61,169
2087002 July 04, 2025
DMCC
34 Glometz International 2206348 667 of 2024-VCH ₹ 2,18,089
July 04, 2025
DMCC
35 Glometz International 2387601 662 of 2024-VCH ₹ 10,99,221
July 04, 2025
DMCC
35536 Glometz International 2387603 668 of 2024-VCH ₹ 21,98,442
July 04, 2025
DMCC
37 Roop International 2697411 187/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 14,07,600
July 04, 2025
38 Glometz International 2984067 665 of 2024-VCH ₹ 6,97,321
July 04, 2025
DMCC
39 Glometz International 2984068 663 of 2024-VCH ₹ 6,97,321
July 04, 2025
DMCC
40 Glometz International 2984069 664 of 2024-VCH ₹ 6,97,321
July 04, 2025
DMCC
41 Glometz International 2984269 661 of 2024-VCH ₹ 26,33,084
July 04, 2025
DMCC
42 Glometz International 2984273 660 of 2024-VCH ₹ 16,90,306
July 04, 2025
DMCC
43 Glometz International 4562141 July 21, 2025 717 of 2024 VCH ₹ 1,79,420
DMCC
44 Glometz International 1006738 June 03, 2025 NGP/825/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,890.25
DMCC
45 Glometz International 1063115 June 03, 2025 NGP/723/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,890.25
DMCC
46 Glometz International 1197078 June 03, 2025 NGP/724/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,890.25
DMCC
47 Glometz International 1229293 June 03, 2025 NGP/726/2024-25 ₹ 3,11,301.23
DMCC
48 Glometz International 1264934 June 03, 2025 NGP/837/2024-25 ₹ 69,178.05
DMCC
49 Glometz International 1267428 June 03, 2025 NGP/848/2024-25 ₹ 1,03,767.08
DMCC
50 Glometz International 1286160 June 03, 2025 NGP/838/2024-25 ₹ 33,307.95
DMCC
51 Glometz International 1305478 June 03, 2025 NGP/833/2024-25 ₹ 3,33,079.50
DMCC
52 Glometz International 1311512 June 03, 2025 NGP/834/2024-25 ₹ 69,178.05
DMCC
53 Glometz International 1312605 June 03, 2025 NGP/747/2024-25 ₹ 1,72,945.14
DMCC
54 Glometz International 1352793 June 03, 2025 NGP/835/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,890.25
DMCC
55 Glometz International 1359676 June 03, 2025 NGP/836/2024-25 ₹ 1,72,945.13
DMCC
56 Glometz International 1574000 June 03, 2025 NGP/750/2024-25 ₹1,72, 840.5
DMCC
57 Glometz International 1574619 June 03, 2025 NGP/831/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,681
DMCC
58 Glometz International 1604931 June 03, 2025 NGP/830/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,681
DMCC
59 Glometz International 1623762 June 03, 2025 NGP/738/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,681
DMCC
60 Glometz International 1648402 June 03, 2025 NGP/827/2024-25 ₹ 4,14,817.20
DMCC
61 Glometz International 1672762 June 03, 2025 NGP/740/2024-25 ₹ 1,72,840.50
DMCC
62 Glometz International 1672774 June 03, 2025 NGP/746/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,681
DMCC
63 Glometz International 2400492 June 03, 2025 NGP/1176/2024-25 ₹ 1,38,439.80
DMCC
64 Agro-Alliance Ltd 2653625 June 03, 2025 NGP/1175/2024-25 ₹ 3,96,616.67
65 Agro-Alliance Ltd 3273619 June 03, 2025 NGP/1177/2024-25 ₹ 4,00,510
66 Agrico Internantional, 8000690 June 03, 2025 ₹ 75,624
NGP/151/2024-25
UAE
67 Agrotrade Rus LLC 8425273 June 03, 2025 NGP/153/2024-25 ₹ 4,29,516
68 Agrotrade Rus LLC 8425280 June 03, 2025 NGP/152/2024-25 ₹ 4,07,376
69 Agrotrade Rus LLC 8425312 June 03, 2025 NGP/156/2024-25 ₹ 4,29,516
70 Glometz International June 03, 2025 ₹ 92,890
8545273 NGP/158/2024-25
DMCC
71 Agrotrade Rus LLC 8573869 June 03, 2025 NGP/155/2024-25 ₹ 4,25,088
72 Agrotrade Rus LLC 8626061 June 03, 2025 NGP/150/2024-25 ₹ 4,25,088
35673 Globusstar Trading Pte June 03, 2025 ₹ 82,168
8701436 NGP/154/2024-25
Ltd
74 Glometz International June 03, 2025 NGP/832/2024-25 ₹ 1,83,097.80
DMCC 9560384
75 Glometz International 9654576 June 03, 2025 NGP/828/2024-25 ₹ 3,45,681
DMCC
76 Glometz International 9806314 June 03, 2025 NGP/720/2024-25 ₹ 1,67,625
DMCC
77 Glometz International 9899685 June 03, 2025 NGP/721/2024-25 ₹ 1,72,840.50
DMCC
78 Glometz International 2673612 May 29, 2025 192/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 7,03,800
DMCC
79 Green Agro General 2673606 May 29, 2025 191/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 14,07,600
Trading L.L.C
80 Green Agro General 2673614 May 29, 2025 190/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 14,07,600
Trading L.L.C
81 Green Agro General 2673607 May 29, 2025 189/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 14,07,600
Trading L.L.C
82 Green Agro General 2673608 May 29, 2025 188/2024-(V)CUS & ₹ 14,07,600
Trading L.L.C 201/2024-(V)CUS
83 Glometz International 2697383 May 29, 2025 197/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 56,30,400
DMCC
84 Glometz International 2266630 May 29, 2025 196/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 7,02,950
DMCC
85 Glometz International 2673613 May 29, 2025 195/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 7,03,800
DMCC
86 Glometz International 2673604 May 29, 2025 194/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 7,03,800
DMCC
87 Glometz International 2673609 May 29, 2025 193/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 7,03,800
DMCC
88 Green Agro General 4341699 May 29, 2025 296/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 14,09,300
Trading L.L.C
89 Green Agro General 4341954 May 29, 2025 295/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 14,09,300
Trading L.L.C
90 Green Agro General 4342087 May 29, 2025 294/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 14,09,300
Trading L.L.C
91 Glometz International 2561706 May 29, 2025 202/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 70,38,000
DMCC
92 Roop International 2697395 May 29, 2025 200/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 14,07,600
93 Glometz International 2697373 May 29, 2025 199/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 56,30,400
DMCC
94 Glometz International 2266664 May 29, 2025 198/2024-(V)CUS ₹ 35,14,750
DMCC
95 Glometz International 4562170 July 21, 2025 716 of 2024 VCH ₹ 1,39,948
DMCC
96 Glometz International 9654681 July 22, 2024 NGP/829/2024-25 ₹ 1,72,840.05
DMCC
II. Litigation involving our Directors (other than Promoters)
A. Litigation filed against our Directors (other than Promoters)
1. Criminal proceedings
Nil
2. Outstanding actions by regulatory and statutory authorities
Nil
3. Material civil proceedings
Nil
357B. Litigation filed by our Directors (other than Promoters)
1. Criminal proceedings
Nil
2. Material civil proceedings
a. Shriram Foods Industry Ltd. vs. The Union of India and others (WP-3499 of 2023)
Shriram Foods Industry Ltd. through its director Rishi Kumar Agarwal (“Petitioner”) has filed a writ
petition under Civil Application No. WP-3499 of 2023, before the High Court of judicature at Bombay,
Bench at Nagpur, challenging the order dated May 11, 2023 passed by the Collector Nagpur (Respondent
4) (“Impugned Order”) against Union of India through its Secretary, Ministry of Consumer Affairs
Food and Public Distribution (“Respondent 1”); State of Maharashtra through its Secretary, Department
of Food, Civil Supplies and Consumer Protection (“Respondent 2”); Maharashtra State Co-op Marketing
Federation Limited (“Respondent 3”); State of Maharashtra through its Collector, Nagpur (“Respondent
4”) and State of Maharashtra through its District Supply Officer, Nagpur (“Respondent 5”).
For further details, please see “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments – Shriram Foods
Industry Ltd. vs. The Union of India and others (WP-3499 of 2023)” on page 350.
C. Tax proceedings
Particulars Number of cases Aggregate amount involved to the extent
ascertainable (in ₹ lakhs)
Direct Tax Nil Nil
Indirect Tax Nil Nil
Total Nil Nil
III. Litigation involving our Promoters
A. Litigation filed against our Promoters
1. Criminal proceedings
Nil
2. Outstanding actions by regulatory and statutory authorities
Nil
3. Material civil proceedings
Nil
B. Litigation filed by our Promoters
1. Criminal proceedings
Nil
2. Material civil proceedings
Nil
358C. Tax proceedings
Particulars Number of cases Aggregate amount involved to the extent
ascertainable (in ₹ lakhs)
Direct Tax 1* 1.5
Indirect Tax Nil Nil
Total 1* 1.5
^Rounded off to the closest decimal
*Includes Income Tax outstanding amounting to ₹1,23,248 for the AY 2010 and ₹27,092 for the AY 2008 against Nitesh Chaudhari.
IV. Litigation involving our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel (Other
than Directors and Promoters)
A. Litigation filed against our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel (Other than
Directors and Promoters)
1. Criminal proceedings
Nil
2. Outstanding actions by regulatory and statutory authorities
Nil
B. Litigation filed by our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel (Other than
Directors and Promoters)
1. Criminal proceedings
Nil
C. Tax proceedings
Particulars Number of cases Aggregate amount involved to the extent
ascertainable (in ₹ lakhs)
Direct Tax Nil Nil
Indirect Tax Nil Nil
Total Nil Nil
Outstanding dues to creditors
Our Board, in its meeting held on April 23, 2025, has considered and adopted the Materiality Policy. In
terms of the Materiality Policy, creditors of our Company, to whom an amount of ₹125.94 Lakhs, as on
the date of the latest period in the Restated Financial Statements was outstanding, were considered
material creditors.
Based on this criterion, details of outstanding dues (trade payables) owed to micro, small and medium
enterprises (as defined under Section 2 of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act,
2006), material creditors and other creditors, as at March 31, 2025 by our Company, are set out below:
Type of creditors Number of creditors Amount involved
(in ₹ lakhs)
Material creditors 2 403.49
Micro and Small Enterprises 29 327.56
359Other creditors 301 1,787.65
Total 332 2,518.70
The details pertaining to net outstanding dues towards our material creditors as on March 31, 2025 (along
with the names and amounts involved for each such material creditor) are available on the website of our
Company at www.shriramfood.com. It is clarified that such details available on our website do not form
a part of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Material Developments
Other than as stated in the section entitled "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations – Significant Developments after March 31, 2025" on page 325,
there have not arisen, since the date of the last financial information disclosed in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus, any circumstances which materially and adversely affect, or are likely to affect, our
operations, our profitability taken as a whole or the value of our consolidated assets or our ability to pay
our liabilities within the next 12 months.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
360GOVERNMENT AND OTHER APPROVALS
We have set out below an indicative list of approvals obtained by our Company which are considered material
and necessary for the purpose of undertaking this Issue and carrying on our present business activities. In view
of these key approvals, our Company can undertake this Issue and its business activities. In addition, certain of
our key approvals may expire in the ordinary course of business and our Company will make applications to the
appropriate authorities for renewal of such key approvals, as necessary. Unless otherwise stated herein and in
the section “Risk Factors” beginning on page 35, these material approvals are valid as of the date of this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus. For details in connection with the regulatory and legal framework within which we
operate, see “Key Regulations and Policies” on page 211.
The main objects clause of the Memorandum of Association and objects incidental to the main objects enable our
Company to undertake its present business activities.
Following statement sets out the details of licenses, permissions and approvals obtained by the Company under
various central and state legislations for carrying out its business activities.
Our Company is in the process to submit necessary application(s) with all regulatory authorities for change of its
name in the approvals, licenses, registrations and permits issued to our Company.
I. Material approvals obtained in relation to the Issue
(1) The Board of Directors has, pursuant to a resolution passed at its meeting held on April 23, 2025,
authorized the Issue, subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company under Section 62 of the
Companies Act, 2013 and approvals by such other authorities, as may be necessary.
(2) The shareholders of the Company have, pursuant to a special resolution passed in the Extra-Ordinary
General Meeting held on April 29, 2025, authorized the Issue under Section 62 of the Companies Act,
2013, subject to approvals by such other authorities, as may be necessary.
(3) The Company has obtained the in-principle listing approval from BSE and NSE dated [●] and [●].
II. Material approvals obtained in relation to our business and operations
Our Company has obtained the following material approvals to carry on our business and operations.
Some of these may expire in the ordinary course of business and applications for renewal of these
approvals are submitted in accordance with applicable procedures and requirements.
A. Incorporation details of our Company
a. Certificate of incorporation dated January 22, 2014, issued to our Company by the RoC in the name of
‘Shriram Rice Udyog India Private Limited’.
b. Fresh Certificate of Incorporation dated May 07, 2014, issued to our Company by RoC pursuant to
change of name of our Company from ‘Shriram Rice Udyog India Private Limited’ to ‘Shriram Food
Industry Private Limited’.
c. Fresh Certificate of Incorporation dated May 09, 2023, issued to our Company by RoC pursuant to
conversion of the Company from private company to public company and change of name of our
Company from ‘Shriram Food Industry Private Limited’ to ‘Shriram Food Industry Limited’.
d. The Corporate Identity Number of the Company is U15118MH2014PLC252387.
361B. Tax related approvals obtained by our Company
Sr. Nature of Registration/ Issuing Date of Date of
No Registration/ License No. Authority Issue / Expiry
. License Renewal
1. Permanent Account AAUCS1765R Income Tax January 22, Valid till
Number Department 2014 cancelled
2. Tax Deduction NGPS12872G Income Tax July 31, Valid till
Account Number Department 2023 cancelled
3. GST Registration 27AAUCS1765R1Z7 Goods and July 01, Valid till
Certificate – Service Tax 2017 cancelled
Maharashtra Department
4. GST Registration 24AAUCS1765R1Z Goods and Service July 05, Valid till
Certificate – Gujarat D Tax Department 2023 cancelled
5. Enrolment 99302215433P Maharashtra State May 07, Valid till
Certificate – Tax Department 2014 cancelled
Professional Tax
(Maharashtra)
6. Registration 27891088041P Maharashtra State December Valid till
Certificate – Tax Department 10, 2014 cancelled
Professional Tax
(Maharashtra)
C. Regulatory approvals of our Company
Sr. Nature of Registration/ Issuing Date of Date of Expiry
No. Registration/ License No. Authority Issue
License
Certificate of NGNAG132 Employees June 03, Valid until
Registration 2361 Provident 2015 cancelled
1. under the Fund
Employee Organization
Provident Fund
2. ESIC 2300012622 Employees’ August Valid until
registration - 0000005 State Insurance 26, 2017 cancelled
Maharashtra Corporation
3. Udyam UDYAM- Ministry of March 03, Valid until
Registration MH-20- Micro, Small, 2021 cancelled
Certificate 0026110 Medium
Enterprises
4. Certificate of 2552300320 Maharashtra May 16, Valid until
Shops and 026969 Labour 2025 cancelled
Establishment- Department
Maharashtra
5. Certificate of TNCHEAIL Labor October Valid until
Shops and 15CHESE- Department, 22, 2024 cancelled
Establishment – 6-24-00005 Government of
Tamil Nadu Tamil Nadu
6. Factory license 1205010612 Directorate of January December 31,
00092 Industry Safety 01, 2019 2026
and Health
7. Consent to 0000249982 Maharashtra July 30, July 29, 2030
Establish /CE/250700 Pollution 2025
(Expansion) 3662 Control Board
Under Orange
Category
362Sr. Nature of Registration/ Issuing Date of Date of Expiry
No. Registration/ License No. Authority Issue
License
8. Consent to 0000249989 Maharashtra August February 28,
operate /CO/250800 Pollution 01, 2025 2031
0118 Control Board
9. Certificate of RA / ST-69 Rajesh December Valid until
Stability / 2024 Anturkar, 16, 2024 cancelled
Chartered
Engineer
10. Certificate for MR/16788 Directorate of March 10, March 09, 2026
use of a Boiler Steam Boilers 2025
11. Bazar Samiti LAN 23 / Agricultural May 09, March 31, 2026
License 2019-20 Produce 2025
Market
Committee,
Mauda
12. Bazar Samiti LAN 24 / Agricultural April 01, March 31, 2026
License 2019-20 Produce 2025
Market
Committee,
Mauda
13. Certificate of Sr.no. Legal April 25, April 24, 2026
verification for 9120253802 Metrology 2025
weights and 382 Department,
measures (LCR NO: Kamthi
CLM315516 Division
56)
14. Certificate of Sr.no. Legal April 25, April 24, 2026
verification for 9120253802 Metrology 2025
weights and 381 Department,
measures (LCR NO: Kamthi
CLM315516 Division
56)
15. Certificate of Sr.no. Legal April 25, April 24, 2026
verification for 9120253802 Metrology 2025
weights and 380 Department,
measures (LCR NO: Kamthi
CLM315516 Division
56)
16. Certificate of 051 / 2018/ Department of June 27, October 31,
Registration of CHINA Agriculture & 2018 2025
Rice Mill / Farmers
Processing Unit Welfare,
Directorate of
Plant
Protection,
Quarantine &
Storage
17. License issued 1152399900 Food Safety July 9, December 14,
under Food 0520 and Standard 2025 2029
Safety and Authority of
Standards Act, India
2006 – Central
License
363Sr. Nature of Registration/ Issuing Date of Date of Expiry
No. Registration/ License No. Authority Issue
License
18. License issued 1152405600 Food Safety August 5, May 07, 2030
under Food 0242 and Standard 2025
Safety and Authority of
Standards Act, India
2006 – State
License
19. Importer 5013004284 Directorate March 05, Valid until
Exporter Code General of 2014 cancelled
Foreign Trade
20. Certificate of VIII (CUS) Customs April 12, Valid until
Self Sealing for 17-10 / Division – II, 2018 cancelled
containers CUs.DIV II Customs
/ 2018 / Commissioner
ate, Nagpur
21. Certificate of NGPSTAT Department of October March 31, 2028
Recognition – APPLY0000 Commerce, 28, 2024
Three Star 0010AM25 Directorate
Export House General of
Foreign Trade
22. Registration – 174959 Agricultural December February 19,
Cum – and Processed 9, 2024 2029
Membership Food Products
Certificate – Export
APEDA Development
Authority
23. Certificate of IN90362IU LMS October October 29,
Registration – Certification 30, 2020 2026
HACCP Limited
24. Certificate of IN23101302 LMS October October 29,
Quality 3 Assessments 30, 2020 2026
Management Limited
System – ISO
9001:2015
25. Certificate of IN23101302 LMS October October 29,
Environmental 4 Assessments 30, 2020 2026
Management Limited
System – ISO
14001:2015
26. Certificate of IN23101302 LMS October October 29,
Food Safety 5 Assessments 30, 2020 2026
Management Limited
System – ISO
22000:2018
27. Registration of 161/CHINA Directorate of March 21, March 20, 2027
Rice Plant 2025
Mills/Processing Protection,
Unit for Export Quarantine &
of Rice to China Storage,
Department of
Agriculture
and Farmers
Welfare
364Sr. Nature of Registration/ Issuing Date of Date of Expiry
No. Registration/ License No. Authority Issue
License
28. Registration of 241/USA Directorate of March 27, March 26, 2027
Rice Plant 2025
Mills/Processing Protection,
Unit for Export Quarantine &
of Rice to USA Storage,
Department of
Agriculture
and Farmers
Welfare
29. Allotment of GLN: The Global August August 31, 2026
GS1 Global 8904368525 Language of 24, 2023
Location 460 Business
Number (GLN)
30. Registration CHINA Reg General December November 30,
information of No. Administration 01, 2021 2026
overseas CIND0B012 of Customs of
manufactures of 112010022 People’s of
imported food- Republic of
Category Edible OVERSEAS China
Grains E Reg No.
174959
31. LEI Code 335800WQ Legal Entity May 24, May 24, 2029
YUAIOQ84 Identifier India 2024
RA85 Limited
III. Material approvals or renewals for which applications are currently pending before relevant
authorities
Sr. Details of Application Application number Date of Application
No.
1. Application for Fire Safety NOC -* May 30, 2025
under Maharashtra Fire
Prevention and Life Safety
Measures Act, 2006
2. Application for issue of NOC to IND/MH/2025/5754/R-1 June 02, 2025
Abstract Ground Water under
Maharashtra Groundwater
(Development and Management)
Act, 2009
*Our Company has made an application for the final Fire NOC on May 30, 2025. The Fire Department,
vide its letter dated August 18, 2025, has sought further documents for the purpose of considering the
approval.
IV. Material approvals expired and renewal yet to be applied for
Nil
V. Material approvals required but not obtained or applied for
Nil
VI. Other approvals not yet obtained or applied for
Nil
365VII. Intellectual Property
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has applied for the registration of the
following trademark with the Registrar of Trademarks under the Trademarks Act, 1999:
Date of Application Particulars of the Application Class of Registration
Mark Number
April 15, 2025 6957898* 4
April 15, 2025 6957899* 6
April 15, 2025 6957900* 30
April 15, 2025 6957901* 40
* Greta Investments Private Limited has made an application for the trademarks. Greta Investments Private Limited has entered
into a ‘Trademark License Agreement’ dated May 06, 2025 with our Company for the use of the Trademark.
For risk associated with our intellectual property please see, “Risk Factors” beginning on page 35.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
366OTHER REGULATORY AND STATUTORY DISCLOSURES
Authority for the Offer
Corporate Approvals
1. The Board of Directors of our Company has authorised the Offer including the Fresh Issue by a resolution
passed at its meeting held on April 23, 2025.
2. The Shareholders of our Company have authorised the Fresh Issue, pursuant to a special resolution
passed in the Extraordinary General Meeting held on April 29, 2025 under Section 23 and 62(1) (c) of
the Companies Act 2013.
3. Our Board has taken on record the consents of the Promoter Selling Shareholders to participate in the
Offer for Sale pursuant to its resolution dated June 24, 2025.
4. The Board of Directors of our Company has, on September 11, 2025 approved the Draft Red Herring
Prospectus for filing with SEBI and the Stock Exchanges.
Authorisation by the Promoter Selling Shareholders
Each of the Promoter Selling Shareholders have, severally and not jointly, confirmed the transfer of its respective
portion of the Offered Shares pursuant to the Offer for Sale, as set out below:
Name of the Promoter Maximum number of Equity Date of consent Date of board resolutions
Selling Shareholders Shares offered in the Offer for letter recording the consent of
Sale Promoter Selling
Shareholders
Orient Dealtrade Private Up to 18,20,000 Equity Shares June 23, 2025 June 23, 2025
Limited aggregating to ₹[●] Lakhs
Greta Industries Pte Limited Up to 33,80,000 Equity Shares June 23, 2025 June 23, 2025
aggregating to ₹[●] Lakhs
In-principle Listing Approvals
Our Company has received in-principle approvals from the BSE and NSE for the listing of our Equity Shares
pursuant to their respective letters, each dated [●].
Prohibition by the SEBI, the RBI or Governmental Authorities
Our Company, our Directors, our Promoters, the members of the Promoter Group, persons in control of our
Company and companies or entities with which our Company’s Promoters and Directors are associated as
Directors / Promoters and each of the Promoter Selling Shareholders are not prohibited/debarred from accessing
the capital markets or debarred from buying, selling or dealing in securities under any order or direction passed
by SEBI or any other securities market regulator in any other jurisdiction or any other authority/court. The listing
of any securities of our Company has never been refused at any time by any of the Stock Exchange in India.
There are no violations of securities laws committed by them in the past or are pending against them.
None of our Directors are, in any manner, associated with the securities market. Further, there are no outstanding
actions initiated by SEBI against any of our Directors, in the past five years preceding the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus.
There are no outstanding warrants, options or rights to convert debentures, loans or other instruments convertible
into, or which would entitle any person any option to receive Equity Shares, as on the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus.
Our Promoters or Directors have not been declared as Fugitive Economic Offenders.
367Neither our Company nor our Directors or Promoters have been declared as a Wilful Defaulter.
The Company, its Directors and its Promoters / Promoter Group are not declared as "Fraudulent Borrowers" by
the lending banks or financial institutions or consortium, in terms of the Master Directions on Frauds –
Classification and Reporting by commercial banks and select FIs dated July 1, 2016, as amended, issued by the
Reserve Bank of India.
The Promoter Selling Shareholders have confirmed that they have not been prohibited from accessing the capital
market or debarred from buying, selling or dealing in securities under any order or direction passed by SEBI or
any securities market regulator in any other jurisdiction or any other authority/court. Further, there have not been
any regulatory actions initiated against the Promoter Selling Shareholders by SEBI, RBI or any overseas
regulator.
Compliance with the Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules, 2018 and amendments thereof
Our Company, our Promoters, member of Promoter Group and the Promoter Selling Shareholders, severally and
jointly, confirm that they are in compliance with the Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules, 2018,
as amended, to the extent applicable to them, as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Eligibility for the Offer
Our Company is eligible for the Offer in accordance with the Regulation 6(1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, and
is in compliance with the conditions specified therein in the following manner:
• Our Company has had net tangible assets of at least ₹300.00 Lakhs calculated on a restated basis, in each
of the preceding three full years (of 12 months each).
• Our Company has an average operating profit of at least ₹1,500.00 Lakhs, calculated on a restated basis,
during the preceding three years (of 12 months each), with operating profit in each of these preceding
three years;
• Our Company has a net worth of at least ₹100.00 Lakhs in each of the preceding three full years (of 12
months each), calculated on a restated basis; and
• Our Company has not changed its name in the last one year.
Our Company’s net tangible assets, monetary assets, monetary assets as a percentage of the net tangible assets,
operating profits and net worth, have been derived from the Restated Financial Information included in this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus as at, and for the last three Fiscals, are set forth below:
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
(in ₹ lakhs unless stated otherwise)
Restated Net Tangible Assets (A)(1)* 14,553.53 10,274.29 8,878.68
Operating Profit (B)(2)* 5,947.96 1,700.32 3,761.31
Net Worth (C)(3)* 14,569.08 10,295.65 8,905.86
Restated Monetary Assets (D)(4)* 3,114.80 460.02 395.73
Restated Monetary Assets as a Percentage of the Restated Net
21.40% 4.48% 4.46%
Tangible Assets (D)/(A)
*As restated
1. ‘Restated Net tangible assets’ mean the sum of all net assets of our Company, excluding intangible assets as defined in
Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) 38, as applicable, issued by ICAI and in accordance with Regulation 2(1) (gg) of the
SEBI ICDR Regulations.
2. ‘Operating profit’ means, as restated, the profit before finance cost, other income and tax expenses.
3. ‘Net worth’ means the aggregate value of the paid-up share capital, all reserves created out of the profits and securities
premium account and debit or credit balance of profit and loss account after deducting the aggregate value of the
accumulated losses, deferred expenditure and miscellaneous expenditure not written off, but does not include reserves
created out of revaluation of assets, write-back of depreciation and amalgamation.
3684. ‘Restated monetary assets’ means cash in hand, balance with the bank and deposits.
Further, in accordance with Regulation 49(1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, our Company shall ensure that the
number of Allottees in the Offer shall be not less than 1,000 and should our Company fail to do so, the Bid
Amounts received by our Company shall be refunded to the Investor, in accordance with the SEBI ICDR
Regulations and applicable law.
Our Company confirms that it is in compliance with the conditions specified in Regulation 7(1) of the SEBI ICDR
Regulations, to the extent applicable, and will ensure compliance with the conditions specified in Regulation 7(2)
of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, to the extent applicable. Each of the Promoter Selling Shareholders, severally and
not jointly, confirms that its respective portion of the Offered Shares is in compliance with Regulation 8 of the
SEBI ICDR Regulations, and it has held its respective portion of the Offered Shares for a period of at least one
year prior to the date of filing of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Further, our Company confirms that it is not ineligible to make the Offer in terms of Regulation 5 of the SEBI
ICDR Regulations, to the extent applicable. The details of our compliance with Regulation 5 of the SEBI ICDR
Regulations are as follows:
1. None of our Company, the Promoter Selling Shareholders, our Promoters, members of our Promoter
Group and our Directors are debarred from accessing the capital markets by SEBI;
2. None of the Promoters or Directors of our Company are promoters or a director of companies which are
debarred from accessing the capital market by SEBI;
3. None of our Company, our Promoters or Directors have been categorized as a Wilful Defaulter or a
Fraudulent Borrower;
4. None of our Promoters or Directors has been declared a fugitive economic offender in accordance with
the Fugitive Economic Offenders Act, 2018;
5. The Equity Shares are fully paid-up and there are no partly paid-up Equity Shares as on the date of filing
of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus;
6. Our Company, along with the Registrar to the Offer, has entered into tripartite agreements dated January
14, 2025 and August 22, 2023 with NSDL and CDSL, respectively, for dematerialization of the Equity
Shares;
7. There are no outstanding convertible securities or any other right which would entitle any person with
any option to receive Equity Shares, as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus; and
8. There is no requirement for us to make firm arrangements of finance under Regulation 7(1)(e) of the
SEBI ICDR Regulations through verifiable means towards 75% of the stated means of finance.
Further, in accordance with Regulation 49(1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, our Company shall ensure that the
number of Allottees under the Offer shall be not less than 1,000 failing which the entire application money shall
be unblocked in the respective ASBA Accounts of the Bidders. In case of delay, if any, in unblocking the ASBA
Accounts within such timeline as prescribed under applicable laws, and our Company shall be liable to pay interest
on the application money in accordance` with applicable laws.
Disclaimer Clauses
DISCLAIMER CLAUSE OF THE SEBI
IT IS TO BE DISTINCTLY UNDERSTOOD THAT SUBMISSION OF THE DRAFT RED HERRING
PROSPECTUS TO SEBI SHOULD NOT, IN ANY WAY, BE DEEMED OR CONSTRUED THAT THE
SAME HAS BEEN CLEARED OR APPROVED BY SEBI. SEBI DOES NOT TAKE ANY
RESPONSIBILITY EITHER FOR THE FINANCIAL SOUNDNESS OF ANY SCHEME OR THE
PROJECT FOR WHICH THE OFFER IS PROPOSED TO BE MADE OR FOR THE CORRECTNESS
OF THE STATEMENTS MADE OR OPINIONS EXPRESSED IN THE DRAFT RED HERRING
PROSPECTUS. THE BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGER, CHOICE CAPITAL ADVISORS PRIVATE
LIMITED HAVE CERTIFIED THAT THE DISCLOSURES MADE IN THE DRAFT RED HERRING
PROSPECTUS ARE GENERALLY ADEQUATE AND ARE IN CONFORMITY WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE BOARD OF INDIA (ISSUE OF CAPITAL AND DISCLOSURE
REQUIREMENTS) REGULATIONS, 2018, AS AMENDED. THIS REQUIREMENT IS TO
FACILITATE BIDDERS TO TAKE AN INFORMED DECISION FOR MAKING AN INVESTMENT IN
369THE PROPOSED OFFER.
IT SHOULD ALSO BE CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD THAT WHILE THE COMPANY IS PRIMARILY
RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CORRECTNESS, ADEQUACY AND DISCLOSURE OF ALL RELEVANT
INFORMATION IN THE DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS AND EACH OF THE PROMOTER
SELLING SHAREHOLDERS WILL BE RESPONSIBLE, SEVERALLY AND NOT JOINTLY, ONLY
FOR THE STATEMENTS SPECIFICALLY CONFIRMED OR UNDERTAKEN BY IT IN THIS DRAFT
RED HERRING PROSPECTUS TO THE EXTENT OF INFORMATION SPECIFICALLY
PERTAINING TO ITSELF FOR ITS RESPECTIVE PORTION OF OFFERED SHARES. THE BOOK
RUNNING LEAD MANAGER IS EXPECTED TO EXERCISE DUE DILIGENCE TO ENSURE THAT
THE COMPANY AND THE PROMOTER SELLING SHAREHOLDERS DISCHARGE ITS
RESPONSIBILITY ADEQUATELY IN THIS BEHALF AND TOWARDS THIS PURPOSE, THE BOOK
RUNNING LEAD MANAGER, CHOICE CAPITAL ADVISORS PRIVATE LIMITED, HAS
FURNISHED TO SEBI, A DUE DILIGENCE CERTIFICATE DATED SEPTEMBER 11, 2025 IN THE
FORMAT PRESCRIBED UNDER SCHEDULE V(A) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE BOARD
OF INDIA (ISSUE OF CAPITAL AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS) REGULATIONS, 2018, AS
AMENDED.
THE FILING OF THE DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS DOES NOT, HOWEVER, ABSOLVE
THE COMPANY FROM ANY LIABILITIES UNDER THE COMPANIES ACT, 2013 OR FROM THE
REQUIREMENT OF OBTAINING SUCH STATUTORY AND/OR OTHER CLEARANCES AS MAY
BE REQUIRED FOR THE PURPOSE OF THE OFFER. SEBI FURTHER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO
TAKE UP, AT ANY POINT OF TIME, WITH THE BRLM, ANY IRREGULARITIES OR LAPSES IN
THE DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS.
Disclaimer from our Company, our Directors, the Promoter Selling Shareholders and the BRLM
Our Company, the Promoter Selling Shareholders, our Directors, and the BRLM accept no responsibility for
statements made otherwise than in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or in the advertisements or any other material
issued by or at our Company’s instance and anyone placing reliance on any other source of information, including
our Company’s website www.shriramfood.com or the Group Company or any of the Promoter Selling
Shareholders, would be doing so at his or her own risk.
Each of the Promoter Selling Shareholders, its affiliates, accept no responsibility for any statements made or
undertakings provided other than those specifically confirmed or undertaken by such Promoter Selling
Shareholders, and only in relation to itself and/or to the respective Equity Shares offered by such Promoter Selling
Shareholders through the Offer for Sale and included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and anyone placing
reliance on any other source of information, including our Company’s website at www.shriramfood.com or any
of the websites of any affiliate of our Company or of any of the Promoter Selling Shareholders, would be doing
so at his or her own risk.
The BRLM accepts no responsibility, save to the limited extent as provided in the Offer Agreement and as will
be provided in the Underwriting Agreement to be entered into among the Underwriters, and our Company.
All information shall be made available by our Company, each of the Promoter Selling Shareholders (with respect
to itself and its respective portion of the Offered Shares) and the BRLM to the public and investors at large and
no selective or additional information would be available for a section of the investors in any manner whatsoever,
including at road show presentations, in research or sales reports, at Bidding Centers or elsewhere.
None among our Company, the Promoter Selling Shareholders, BRLM and any member of the Syndicate is liable
for any failure in uploading the Bids due to faults in any software/ hardware system or otherwise; the blocking of
Bid Amount in the ASBA Account on receipt of instructions from the Sponsor Bank on account of any errors,
omissions or non- compliance by various parties involved in, or any other fault, malfunctioning or breakdown in,
or otherwise, in the UPI Mechanism.
370Caution
Investors who Bid in the Offer will be required to confirm and would be deemed to have represented to our
Company, the Promoter Selling Shareholders, Underwriters and their respective directors, partners, designated
partners, trustees, officers, agents, affiliates, and representatives that they are eligible under all applicable laws,
rules, regulations, guidelines and approvals to acquire the Equity Shares and will not issue, sell, pledge, or transfer
the Equity Shares to any person who is not eligible under any applicable laws, rules, regulations, guidelines and
approvals to acquire the Equity Shares. Our Company, the Promoter Selling Shareholders, the Underwriters and
their respective directors, partners, designated partners, trustees, officers, agents, affiliates, and representatives
accept no responsibility or liability for advising any investor on whether such investor is eligible to acquire the
Equity Shares.
The BRLM and their respective associates and affiliates may engage in transactions with, and perform services
for, our Company, the Promoter Selling Shareholders and their respective directors and officers, group companies,
affiliates or associates or third parties in the ordinary course of business and have engaged, or may in the future
engage, in commercial banking and investment banking transactions with our Company, the Promoter Selling
Shareholders and their respective affiliates or associates or third parties, for which they have received, and may
in the future receive, compensation.
Disclaimer in respect of Jurisdiction
Any dispute arising out of the Offer will be subject to the jurisdiction of appropriate court(s) in Mumbai,
Maharashtra only.
This Offer is being made in India to persons resident in India (including Indian nationals resident in India who are
competent to contract under the Indian Contract Act, 1872, Hindu Undivided Families (“HUFs”), companies,
other corporate bodies and societies registered under the applicable laws in India and authorised to invest in equity
shares, Indian Mutual Funds registered with the SEBI, Indian financial institutions, commercial banks, regional
rural banks, co-operative banks (subject to permission from the RBI), systemically important non-banking
financial companies or trusts registered under the Societies Registration Act, 1860, as amended from time to time,
or any other applicable trust laws, and who are authorised under their respective constitutions to hold and invest
in equity shares, public financial institutions as specified under Section 2(72) of the Companies Act, 2013,
multilateral and bilateral development financial institutions, state industrial development corporations, venture
capital funds, permitted insurance companies, provident funds and pension funds with a minimum corpus of
₹25,00,00,000/-(Rupees twenty-five crores only), National Investment Fund, insurance funds set up and managed
by army, navy or air force of Union of India, insurance funds set up and managed by the Department of Posts,
GoI and to permitted systemically important NBFCs registered with the RBI, non-residents including Eligible
NRIs, Alternative Investment Funds. Foreign Portfolio Investors registered with SEBI, venture capital fund,
foreign venture capital fund and QIBs.
This Draft Red Herring Prospectus does not, however, constitute an offer to sell or an invitation to subscribe to
Equity Shares offered hereby, in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make an offer or
invitation in such jurisdiction. No person outside India is eligible to bid for Equity Shares in the Offer unless that
person has received the preliminary offering memorandum for the Offer, which contains the selling restrictions
for the Offer outside India. Any person into whose possession this Draft Red Herring Prospectus comes is required
to inform himself or herself about, and to observe, any such restrictions. Any dispute arising out of this Offer will
be subject to the jurisdiction of appropriate court(s) in Mumbai, Maharashtra only.
No action has been or will be taken to permit a public offering in any jurisdiction where action would be required
for that purpose, except that this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been filed with SEBI for its observations.
Accordingly, the Equity Shares represented hereby may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus may not be distributed, in any jurisdiction, except in accordance with the legal
requirements applicable in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus nor any
offer or sale hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the
affairs of our Company or since the date hereof or that the information contained herein is correct as of any time
subsequent to this date.
371Eligibility and Transfer Restrictions
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered, listed or otherwise qualified in any other
jurisdiction outside India and may not be offered or sold, and Bids may not be made by persons in any such
jurisdiction, except in compliance with the applicable laws of such jurisdiction.
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act, and may not be
offered or sold within the United States except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not
subject to, the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable U.S. state securities laws.
Accordingly, the Equity Shares are being offered and sold outside the United States in offshore transactions
in reliance on Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act and applicable laws of the jurisdictions where
such offers and sales occur.
Each purchaser of the Equity Shares in the Offer in India shall be deemed to:
• represent and warrant to our Company, the BRLM and the Syndicate Members that it was outside the
United States (as defined in Regulation S) at the time the offer of the Equity Shares was made to it and
it was outside the United States (as defined in Regulation S) when its buy order for the Equity Shares
was originated.
• represent and warrant to our Company, the BRLM and the Syndicate Members that it did not purchase
the Equity Shares as result of any “directed selling efforts” (as defined in Regulation S).
• represent and warrant to our Company, the BRLM and the Syndicate Members that it bought the Equity
Shares for investment purposes and not with a view to the distribution thereof. If in the future it decides
to resell or otherwise transfer any of the Equity Shares, it agrees that it will not offer, sell or otherwise
transfer the Equity Shares except in a transaction complying with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S
or pursuant to any other available exemption from registration under the U.S. Securities Act.
• represent and warrant to our Company, the BRLM and the Syndicate Members that if it acquired any of
the Equity Shares as fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, it has sole investment discretion
with respect to each such account and that it has full power to make the foregoing representations,
warranties, acknowledgements and agreements on behalf of each such account.
• represent and warrant to our Company, the BRLM and the Syndicate Members that if it acquired any of
the Equity Shares for one or more managed accounts, that it was authorized in writing by each such
managed account to subscribe to the Equity Shares for each managed account and to make (and it hereby
makes) the representations, warranties, acknowledgements and agreements herein for and on behalf of
each such account, reading the reference to “it” to include such accounts.
• agree to indemnify and hold the Company, the BRLM and the Syndicate Members harmless from any
and all costs, claims, liabilities and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) arising out of or in
connection with any breach of these representations, warranties or agreements. It agrees that the
indemnity set forth in this paragraph shall survive the resale of the Equity Shares.
• acknowledge that our Company, the BRLM, the Syndicate Members and others will rely upon the truth
and accuracy of the foregoing representations, warranties, acknowledgements and agreements.
Bidders are advised to ensure that any Bid from them does not exceed the investment limits or maximum
number of Equity Shares that can be held by them under applicable law.
Further, each Bidder where required must agree in the Allotment Advice that such Bidder will not sell or transfer
any Equity Shares or any economic interest therein, including any off-shore derivative instruments, such as
participatory notes, issued against the Equity Shares or any similar security, other than pursuant to an exemption
from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act.
Disclaimer Clause of the BSE
As required, a copy of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus shall be submitted to BSE. The disclaimer clause as
intimated by BSE to our Company, post scrutiny of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, shall be included in the
Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus prior to filing with the RoC.
372Disclaimer Clause of NSE
As required, a copy of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus shall be submitted to NSE. The disclaimer clause as
intimated by NSE to our Company, post scrutiny of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, shall be included in the
Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus prior to filing with the RoC.
Listing
The Equity Shares proposed to be Allotted pursuant to the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus are proposed
to be listed on the BSE and the NSE. Applications will be made to the Stock Exchanges for obtaining permission
for the listing and trading of the Equity Shares being issued and sold in the Offer and [●] will be the Designated
Stock Exchange, with which the Basis of Allotment will be finalised.
If the permission to deal in and for an official quotation of the Equity Shares are not granted by the Stock
Exchanges, our Company shall forthwith repay, without interest, all monies received from the applicants in
pursuance of the Red Herring Prospectus in accordance with applicable law. If such money is not repaid within
the prescribed time, then our Company and every officer in default shall be liable to repay the money, with interest,
as prescribed under applicable law. Any expense incurred by our Company on behalf of any of the Promoter
Selling Shareholders with regard to interest on such refunds as required under the Companies Act, 2013 and any
other applicable law will be reimbursed by such Promoter Selling Shareholders as agreed among our Company
and the Promoter Selling Shareholders in writing, in proportion to its respective portion of the Offered Shares.
Provided that no Promoter Selling Shareholder shall be responsible or liable for payment of any expenses or
interest, unless such delay is solely and directly attributable to an act or omission of such Promoter Selling
Shareholders and such liability shall be limited to the extent of its respective Offered Shares.
Our Company shall ensure that all steps for the completion of the necessary formalities for listing and
commencement of trading at all Stock Exchanges mentioned above are taken within such time prescribed by SEBI
of the Bid/Offered Closing Date or such other period as may be prescribed by the SEBI.
If our Company does not allot Equity Shares pursuant to the Offer such time as prescribed by SEBI, it shall repay
without interest all monies received from Bidders, failing which interest shall be due to be paid to the Bidders at
the rate of 15% per annum for the delayed period or such other rate prescribed by SEBI. Each of the Promoter
Selling Shareholders, severally and not jointly, shall extend commercially reasonable co-operation to our
Company, as may be required solely in relation to its respective Offered Shares, in accordance with applicable
law, to facilitate the process of listing the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges.
Impersonation
Attention of the Bidders is specifically drawn to the provisions of sub-section (1) of Section 38 of the Companies
Act 2013, which is reproduced below:
“Any person who –
(a) makes or abets making of an application in a fictitious name to a company for acquiring, or subscribing for,
its securities, or
(b) makes or abets making of multiple applications to a company in different names or in different combinations
of his name or surname for acquiring or subscribing for its securities; or
(c) otherwise induces directly or indirectly a company to allot, or register any transfer of, securities to him, or
to any other person in a fictitious name, shall be liable for action under section 447”
The liability prescribed under Section 447 of the Companies Act 2013 includes imprisonment for a term of not
less than six (6) months extending up to 10 (ten) years (provided that where the fraud involves public interest,
such term shall not be less than three years) and fine of an amount not less than the amount involved in the fraud,
extending up to three times of such amount.
Consents
Consents in writing of each of the Promoter Selling Shareholders, our Directors, the Company Secretary and
Compliance Officer, Chief Financial Officer, the legal counsels, the BRLM, the Bankers to our Company, CARE,
373Statutory Auditors and Registrar to the Offer, have been obtained and consents in writing of, the Syndicate
Members, Bankers to the Offer (Escrow Bank, Public Offer Account Bank, Sponsor Bank and Refund Bank) and
Monitoring Agency, to act in their respective capacities, will be obtained and filed along with a copy of the Red
Herring Prospectus with the RoC as required under Companies Act, 2013.
Our Company has received consent of our Statutory Auditors, who holds a valid peer review certificate, to include
their name as required under Section 26(5) of the Companies Act 2013 in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
The said consents will be filed along with a copy of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus with the Registrar of
Companies, as required under the Companies Act, 2013 and such consents have not been withdrawn up to the
time of delivery of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus, Red Herring Prospectus and Prospectus, for filing with the
RoC.
Experts
Except as stated below, our Company has not obtained any expert opinions:
Our Company has received written consent dated Seoptember 6, 2025 from P.G. Joshi & Co., Chartered
Accountants, our Statutory Auditors, to include their name as required under section 26(5) of the Companies Act,
2013 read with SEBI ICDR Regulations, in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and as an "expert" as defined under
section 2(38) of the Companies Act, 2013 to the extent and in their capacity as our Statutory Auditors, and in
respect of (i) examination report, dated August 19, 2025,on our Restated Financial Statements in this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus (ii) Statement of Special Tax Benefits dated Setpember 6, 2025 and such consent has not been
withdrawn as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Our Company has received written consent dated August 25, 2025 from M/s. V.N. Talithaya, the Chartered
Engineer, to include their name as required under section 26 of the Companies Act read with the SEBI ICDR
Regulations in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and as an “expert” as defined under Section 2(38) of the
Companies Act to the extent and in their capacity as an independent chartered engineer, in respect of their
certificates in connection with the Offer and details derived therefrom as included in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus and such consent has not been withdrawn as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
However, the term "expert" and the consent thereof shall not be construed to mean an "expert" or consent within
the meaning under the U.S. Securities Act, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”).
The above-mentioned consent has not been withdrawn as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Particulars regarding public or rights issues by our Company during the last 5 (five) years
Our Company has not made any public issue in the last 5 (five) years immediately preceding the date of this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus. The Company has not undertaken rights issues of its equity shares in the last 5 (five)
years immediately preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. For details, see “Capital Structure”
on page 96.
Commission or Brokerage on Previous issues in the last 5 (five) years
Since this is the initial public offering of the Equity Shares, no sum has been paid or has been payable as
commission or brokerage for subscribing to or procuring or agreeing to procure public subscription for any of our
Equity Shares in the 5 (five) years preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Capital Issues in the Preceding Three Years by our Company, our listed group companies, Subsidiary and
associates of our Company
Our Company has not made any capital issue during the three years preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus.
As on date of this Draft Red herring Prospectus, our Company does not have any listed group company or any
listed subsidiary or a listed associate entity.
374Performance vis-à-vis Objects
Our Company has not undertaken any public issues, including any rights issues to the public in the 5 (five) years
immediately preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Performance vis- à-vis Objects: Last Issue of Subsidiaries/Promoters
Our Company does not have any listed promoters neither any subsidiaries which have made any public issues,
including rights issues to the public in the 5 (five) years immediately preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus.
The price information of past issues handled by the BRLM is as follows:
PRICE INFORMATION AND THE TRACK RECORD OF THE PAST ISSUES HANDLED BY THE
BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGER
For details regarding the price information and track record of the past issue handled by the BRLM, as specified
in Circular reference CIR/CFD/DIL/7/2015 dated October 30, 2015 issued by SEBI, please refer the table below
and the website of the BRLM at www.choiceindia.com/merchant-investment-banking
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
375Annexure A
DISCLOSURE OF PRICE INFORMATION OF PAST ISSUES HANDLED BY CHOICE CAPITAL ADVISORS PRIVATE LIMITED
Sr. No. Issue Name Issue Size Issue Price Listing date Opening price +/- % change in +/- % change in +/- % change in
(Cr) (₹) on listing date closing price, [+/- % closing price, [+/- % closing price, [+/- %
change in closing change in closing change in closing
benchmark]- 30th benchmark]- 90th benchmark]- 180th
calendar days from calendar days from calendar days from
listing* listing* listing*
MAINBOARD IPO
Vishnu Prakash R 308.88 99.00 September 5, 2023 165.00 66.57% 106.87% 79.29%
1.
Punglia Limited (-0.71%) (3.54%) (14.32%)
Prostarm 168.00 105.00 June 03, 2025 120.00 42.25% 79.78% -
2.
Infosystems Limited (3.71%) (0.47%)
Shanti Gold 360.11 199.00 August 01, 2025 227.55 10.41% - -
3.
International Limited (-0.56%)
SME IPO
1. Ramdevbaba Solvent 50.27 85.00 April 23, 2024 112.00 14.53% 10.24% 37.77%
Limited (1.03%) (9.67%) (11.12%)
2. RNFI Services 70.81 105.00 July 29, 2024 199.50 50.24% 5.33% 196.91%
Limited (0.73%) (-2.64%) (7.02%)
3. Esprit Stones Limited 50.35 87.00 August 2, 2024 93.15 26.79% 9.95% (49.92%)
(2.10%) (-1.54%) (7.31%)
4. Utssav CZ Gold 69.50 110.00 August 7, 2024 110.05 77.00% 89.68% 106.96%
Jewels Limited (3.49%) (-1.24%) (3.36%)
376SUMMARY STATEMENT OF DISCLOSURE
Fiscal Total no. of Total funds Nos of IPOs trading at discount Nos of IPOs trading at premium Nos of IPOs trading at discount Nos of IPOs trading at premium on
IPO Raised (₹Cr) on 30th Calendar Day from listing on 30th Calendar Day from listing on 180th Calendar Day from 180th Calendar Day from listing date*
date* date* listing date*
Over Between Less than Over Between Less than Over Between Less than Over Between 25- Less Than
50% 25-50% 25% 50% 25-50% 25% 50% 25-50% 25% 50% 50% 25%
2022-2023 1 308.88 - - - 1 - - - - - 1 - -
2023-2024 4 240.93 - - - 2 1 1 - - - 2 2 -
2024-2025 2 528.11 - - - - 1 - - - - - - -
Notes:
1. In the event any day falls on a holiday, the price/index of the immediate preceding working day has been considered. If the stock was not traded on the said calendar days from the date of listing, the share price is
taken of the immediately preceding trading day. Source: www.bseindia.com and www.nseindia.com
2. Rights Issues lead managed by BRLM have not been included in the abovementioned Summary Statement of Disclosure as the disclosure is limited to IPO
As per SEBI Circular No. CIR/CFD/DIL/7/2015 dated October 30, 2015, the above table should reflect maximum 10 issues (Initial Public Offers) managed by the Lead
Manager. Hence, disclosure pertaining to recent 10 issues handled by the lead manager are provided.
For details regarding the track record of the Book Running Lead Manager, as specified in Circular reference CIR/MIRSD/1/2012 dated January 10, 2012 issued by SEBI, please
see the website of the Book Running Lead Manager as set forth in the table below:
Track record of past issues handled by the BRLM
For details regarding the track record of the Managers, as specified in Circular reference CIR/MIRSD/1/2012 dated January 10, 2012 issued by the SEBI, please refer to the
website of the BRLM, as set forth in the table below:
Sr. No. Name of the BRLM Website
1. Choice Capital Advisors Private Limited www.choiceindia.com/merchant-investment-banking
377Stock Market Data of the Equity Shares
This being the initial public issuing of the Equity Shares of our Company, the Equity Shares is not listed on any
stock exchange as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, and accordingly, no stock market data is
available for the Equity Shares.
Mechanism for Redressal of Investor Grievances
The agreement between the Registrar to the Offer and our Company dated July 24, 2025 provides for retention of
records with the Registrar to the Offer for a minimum period of eight (8) years from the date of listing and
commencement of trading of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges, in order to enable the investors to
approach the Registrar to the Offer for redressal of their grievances.
All Bidders can contact the Company Secretary and Compliance Officer, the BRLM or the Registrar to the Offer
in case of any pre-Offer or post-Offer related problems such as non-receipt of letters of Allotment, non-credit of
Allotted Equity Shares in the respective beneficiary account, non-receipt of refund orders or non-receipt of funds
by electronic mode, etc.
All grievances, other than of Anchor Investors may be addressed to the Registrar to the Offer with a copy to the
relevant Designated Intermediary with whom the ASBA Form was submitted, giving full details such as name of
the sole or First Bidder, ASBA Form number, Bidder’s DP ID, Client ID, PAN, address of Bidder, number of
Equity Shares applied for, ASBA Account number in which the amount equivalent to the Bid Amount was blocked
or the UPI ID (for Retail Individual Investors who make the payment of Bid Amount through the UPI Mechanism),
date of ASBA Form and the name and address of the relevant Designated Intermediary where the Bid was
submitted. Further, the Bidder shall enclose the Acknowledgment Slip or the application number from the
Designated Intermediary in addition to the documents or information mentioned hereinabove. All grievances
relating to Bids submitted through Registered Brokers may be addressed to the Stock Exchanges with a copy to
the Registrar to the Offer. The Registrar to the Offer shall obtain the required information from the SCSBs for
addressing any clarifications or grievances of ASBA Bidders.
Anchor Investors are required to address all grievances in relation to the Offer to the BRLM. All grievances of
the Anchor Investors may be addressed to the Registrar to the Offer, giving full details such as the name of the
Sole Bidder or First Bidder, Anchor Investor Application Form number, Bidders’ DP ID, Client ID, PAN, date of
the Anchor Investor Application Form, address of the Bidder, number of the Equity Shares applied for, Bid
Amount paid on submission of the Anchor Investor Application Form and the name and address of the Book
Running Lead Manager where the Bid cum Application Form was submitted by the Anchor Investor.
In case of any delay in unblocking of amounts in the ASBA Accounts exceeding two Working Days from the Bid
/ Offer Closing Date, the Bidder shall be compensated at a uniform rate of ₹[●] per day for the entire duration of
delay exceeding two Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date by the intermediary responsible for causing
such delay in unblocking. The BRLM shall, in their sole discretion, identify and fix the liability on such
intermediary or entity responsible for such delay in unblocking.
In terms of SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2018/22, dated February 15, 2018, SEBI circular
SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2021/2480/1/M dated March 16, 2021, as amended pursuant to SEBI circular
SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/P/CIR/2021/570 dated June 2, 2021 and the SEBI circular no.
SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2022/51 dated April 20, 2022 and subject to applicable law subject to applicable law,
any ASBA Bidder whose Bid has not been considered for Allotment, due to failure on the part of any SCSB, shall
have the option to seek redressal of the same by the concerned SCSB within three months of the date of listing of
the Equity Shares. Further, the investors shall be compensated by the SCSBs in accordance with SEBI circular
SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2021/2480/1/M dated March 16, 2021 in the events of delayed unblock for
cancelled/withdrawn/deleted applications, blocking of multiple amounts for the same UPI application, blocking
of more amount than the application amount, delayed unblocking of amounts for non-allotted/partially allotted
applications for the stipulated period. In an event there is a delay in redressal of the investor grievance in relation
to unblocking of amounts, the Book Running Lead Manager shall compensate the investors at the rate higher of
₹100 per day or 15% per annum of the application amount for the period of such delay, which period shall start
from the day following the receipt of a complaint from the investor. The following compensation mechanism has
378become applicable for investor grievances in relation to Bids made through the UPI Mechanism for public issues
opening on or after May 1, 2021, for which the relevant SCSBs shall be liable to compensate the investor:
Scenario Compensation amount Compensation period
Delayed unblock for cancelled / ₹100 per day or 15% per annum of the From the date on which the request for
withdrawn / deleted applications Bid Amount, whichever is higher cancellation / withdrawal / deletion is
placed on the bidding platform of the
Stock Exchanges till the date of actual
unblock.
Blocking of multiple amounts for the 1. Instantly revoke the blocked From the date on which multiple
same Bid made through the UPI funds other than the original amounts were blocked till the date of
Mechanism application amount; and actual unblock.
2. ₹100 per day or 15% per annum of
the total cumulative blocked
amount except the original Bid
Amount, whichever is higher.
Blocking more amount than the Bid 1. Instantly revoke the difference From the date on which the funds to the
Amount amount, i.e., the blocked amount excess of the Bid Amount were blocked
less the Bid Amount; and till the date of actual unblock.
2. ₹100 per day or 15% per annum of
the difference amount, whichever
is higher.
Delayed unblock for non –Allotted / ₹100 per day or 15% per annum of the From the Working Day subsequent to
partially Allotted applications Bid Amount, whichever is higher. the finalisation of the Basis of
Allotment till the date of actual
unblock.
Further, in terms of SEBI circular SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2022/51 dated April 20, 2022, the payment of
processing fees to the SCSBs shall be undertaken pursuant to an application made by the SCSBs to the Book
Running Lead Manager, and such application shall be made only after (i) unblocking of application amounts for
each application received by the SCSB has been fully completed, and (ii) applicable compensation relating to
investor complaints has been paid by the SCSB.
Our Company, the BRLM, the Promoter Selling Shareholders and the Registrar to the Offer accept no
responsibility for errors, omissions, commission or any acts of any SCSB, Registered broker, Syndicate member,
RTA or CDP including any defaults in complying with its obligations under the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
Disposal of Investor Grievances by our Company
We estimate that the average time required by our Company and/or the Registrar to the Offer for the redressal of
routine investor grievances shall be ten Working Days from the date of receipt of the complaint. In case of non-
routine complaints and complaints where external agencies are involved, our Company will seek to redress these
complaints as expeditiously as possible.
Our Company has appointed Nidhi Pradeep Vitonde, Company Secretary as the Compliance Officer and she may
be contacted in case of any pre-Offer or post-Offer related problems, at the address set forth hereunder.
S.No.181/2, 182/1A, 182/2
Marodi, Mauda Tahsil
Nagpur – 441 104
Maharashtra, India
Telephone: +91 71229 97067
Email Id: cs@shriramfood.com
Each of the Promoter Selling Shareholders, severally and not jointly, have authorised Nidhi Pradeep Vitonde, the
Company Secretary and Compliance Officer of our Company and the Registrar to the offer to redress any
complaints received from Bidders solely to the extent of the statements specifically made, confirmed or
undertaken by Promoter Selling Shareholders in the Offer Documents in respect of themselves and their respective
Offered Shares.
379Our Company has obtained authentication on the SCORES in compliance with the SEBI circular SEBI circular
bearing number SEBI circular (CIR/OIAE/1/2013) dated April 17, 2013 read with SEBI circular
SEBI/HO/OIAE/IGRD/CIR/P/2019/86 dated August 2, 2019 and the SEBI circular read with the SEBI circular
(CIR/OIAE/1/2014) dated December 18, 2014 and SEBI Circular (SEBI/HO/OIAE/IGRD/CIR/P/2021/642) dated
October 14, 2021 and SEBI circular SEBI/HO/OIAE/IGRD/P/CIR/2022/0150 dated November 7, 2022 in relation
to redressal of investor grievances through SCORES.
Further, our Board has constituted a Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee, which is responsible for redressal of
grievances of the security holders of our Company. For details, see “Our Management” on page 232. Our
Company has not received any investor grievances during the three years preceding the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus and as on date, there are no investor complaints pending.
Our Company has not received any investor complaint during the three years preceding the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus. Further, no investor complaint in relation to our Company is pending as on the date of this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Outstanding Debentures, Bonds or Redeemable Preference Shares
Our Company does not have any outstanding debentures, bonds or redeemable preference shares, as on the date
of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Partly Paid-Up Shares
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there are no partly paid-up Equity Shares of our Company.
Fees Payable to the Syndicate
The total fees payable to the Syndicate (including underwriting commission and selling commission and
reimbursement of their out-of-pocket expense) will be as per the Syndicate Agreement. For details of the Offer
expenses, see “Objects of the Offer” on page 108.
Commission payable to SCSBs, Registered Brokers, CRTAs and CDPs
For details of the commission payable to SCBS, Registered Brokers, CRTAs and CDPs, please see “Objects of
the Offer” on page 108.
Disposal of investor grievances by listed Group Companies
Our Company does not have any listed group companies.
Capitalization of Reserves or Profits
Except as disclosed in “Capital Structure” on page 96, our Company has not capitalized its reserves or profits at
any time during the 5 (five) years immediately preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Revaluation of Assets
Our Company has not revalued any assets since incorporation.
Exemption from complying with any provisions of securities laws, if any, granted by SEBI
Our Company has not made any application under the SEBI ICDR Regulations for seeking exemption from
complying with any provisions of securities laws, as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
380SECTION VII – OFFER RELATED INFORMATION
TERMS OF THE OFFER
The Equity Shares being offered, Allotted and transferred pursuant to the Offer shall be subject to the provisions
of the Companies Act, the SEBI ICDR Regulations, the SCRA, the SCRR, the Memorandum of Association, the
Articles of Association, the SEBI Listing Regulations, the terms of the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus,
the Bid cum Application Form, the Revision Form, the Abridged Prospectus and other terms and conditions as
may be incorporated in the CAN (for Anchor Investors), Allotment Advice and other terms and conditions as may
be incorporated in the Allotment Advice and other documents and certificates that may be executed in respect of
the Offer. The Equity Shares shall also be subject to applicable laws, guidelines, rules, notifications and
regulations relating to the issue of capital, offer for sale and listing and trading of securities, issued from time to
time, by SEBI, the Government of India, the Stock Exchanges, the RoC, the RBI and/or other authorities, as in
force on the date of the Offer and to the extent applicable or such other conditions as may be prescribed by SEBI,
the Government of India, the Stock Exchange, the RoC, the RBI and/or other governmental, statutory or regulatory
authorities while granting approval for the Offer, to the extent and for such time as these continue to be applicable.
The Offer
The Offer comprises a Fresh Issue by our Company and an Offer for Sale by the Promoter Selling Shareholders.
Expenses for the Offer shall be shared amongst our Company and each of the Promoter Selling Shareholders,
severally and not jointly, in the manner specified in “Objects of the Offer – Offer related expenses” on page 111.
Ranking of Equity Shares
The Equity Shares being offered, Alloted/transferred pursuant to the Offer shall be subject to the provisions of the
Companies Act, SEBI Listing Regulations, SEBI ICDR Regulations, SCRA read with SCRR, the Memorandum
of Association and the Articles of Association and will rank pari passu in all respects with the existing Equity
Shares of our Company, including in respect of rights to receive dividends, voting and other corporate benefits, if
any, declared by our Company after the date of Allotment in accordance with applicable law. For more
information, see “Description of Equity Shares and terms of the Articles of Association” beginning on page 419.
Mode of Payment of Dividend
Our Company shall pay dividends, if declared, to the Shareholders, as per the provisions of the Companies Act
2013, the SEBI Listing Regulations, the Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association, and any
other applicable law including any guidelines or directives that may be issued by the Government of India in this
respect. All dividends declared by our Company after the date of Allotment (including pursuant to the transfer of
Equity Shares in the Offer for Sale) in this Offer, will be payable to the Allottees who have been Allotted Equity
Shares in the Offer, for the entire year, in accordance with applicable laws. For more information, see “Dividend
Policy” and “Description of Equity Shares and terms of the Articles of Association” beginning on pages 260 and
419, respectively.
Face Value, Offer Price, Floor Price and Price Band
The face value of each Equity Share is ₹10 and the Offer Price at the lower end of the Price Band is ₹[●] per
Equity Share and at the higher end of the Price Band is ₹[●] per Equity Share. The Offer Price is ₹[●] per Equity
Share. The Anchor Investor Offer Price is ₹[●] per Equity Share. The Offer Price and the Anchor Investor Offer
Price shall be determined by our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, after the Bid/ Issue Closing Date, on
the basis of assessment of market demand for the Equity Shares offered by way of Book Building Process.
The Offer Price, the Price Band and the minimum Bid Lot will be decided by our Company in consultation with
the BRLM, and published by our Company in all edition of [●] (a widely circulated English national daily
newspaper), all edition of [●] (a widely circulated Hindi national daily newspaper), and all edition of [●] (a widely
circulated Marathi Regional Daily newspaper) (Marathi being the regional language of Maharashtra where our
Registered Office is located) each with wide circulation, at least two Working Days prior to the Bid/Offer Opening
Date, and shall be made available to the Stock Exchanges for the purpose of uploading the same on their websites.
The Price Band, along with the relevant financial ratios calculated at the Floor Price and at the Cap Price shall be
381pre-filled in the Bid-cum-Application Forms available at the respective websites of the Stock Exchanges. The Offer
Price shall be determined by our Company in consultation with the BRLM, after the Bid / Offer Closing Date, on
the basis of assessment of market demand for the Equity Shares offered by way of Book Building Process.
At any given point in time there will be only one denomination for the Equity Shares.
Compliance with disclosure and accounting norms
Our Company shall comply with all disclosure and accounting norms as specified by SEBI from time to time.
Rights of the Equity Shareholder
Subject to applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidelines and the Articles of Association, our Equity
Shareholders will have the following rights:
• Right to receive dividends, if declared;
• Right to attend general meetings and exercise voting rights, unless prohibited by law;
• Right to vote on a poll either in person or by proxy and e-voting, in accordance with the provisions of the
Companies Act;
• Right to receive offers for rights shares and be allotted bonus shares, if announced;
• Right to receive any surplus on liquidation subject to any statutory and preferential claim being satisfied;
• Right of free transferability of their Equity Shares, subject to applicable foreign exchange regulations
and other applicable laws including any RBI rules; and
• Such other rights as may be available to a shareholder of a listed public company under the Companies
Act, the terms of the SEBI Listing Regulations and the Articles of Association.
For a detailed description of the provisions of our Articles of Association relating to voting rights, dividend,
forfeiture, lien, transfer, transmission, consolidation and splitting, see “Description of Equity Shares and terms
of the Articles of Association” beginning on page 419.
Allotment only in dematerialised Form
Pursuant to Section 29 of the Companies Act, 2013 and the SEBI ICDR Regulations, the Equity Shares shall be
Allotted only in dematerialised form. As per the SEBI ICDR Regulations and the SEBI Listing Regulations, the
trading of the Equity Shares shall only be in dematerialised form on the Stock Exchanges.
In this context, two agreements have been signed amongst our Company, the respective Depositories and the
Registrar to the Offer:
• Tripartite Agreement dated January 14, 2025 amongst NSDL, our Company and Registrar to the Offer; and
• Tripartite Agreement dated August 22, 2023 amongst CDSL, our Company and Registrar to the Offer.
Market Lot and Trading Lot
Since trading of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges is in dematerialised form, the tradable lot is one Equity
Share. Allotment in the Offer will be only in dematerialised and electronic form in multiples of one Equity Share,
subject to a minimum Allotment of [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹10 each. For further details on the method
of Basis of Allotment, see “Offer Procedure” beginning on page 394.
Jurisdiction
Exclusive jurisdiction for the purpose of the Offer is with the competent courts/authorities in Maharashtra, India.
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933
(“Securities Act”) and may not be offered or sold within the United States (as defined in Regulation Sunder
the Securities Act), except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration
requirements of the Securities Act. Accordingly, the Equity Shares are only being offered and sold outside
the United States in offshore transactions in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act and the
applicable laws of the jurisdiction where those offers and sales occur.
382The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered, listed or otherwise qualified in any other
jurisdiction outside India and may not be offered or sold, and Bids may not be made by persons in any such
jurisdiction, except in compliance with the applicable laws of such jurisdiction.
Period of operation of subscription list
For details, see “Bid/Offer Programme” on page 383.
Joint Holders
Subject to the provisions of the Articles of Association, where two or more persons are registered as the holders
of the Equity Shares, they will be deemed to hold such Equity Shares as joint tenants with benefits of survivorship.
Nomination facility to Bidders
In accordance with Section 72 of the Companies Act 2013, read with Companies (Share Capital and Debentures)
Rules, 2014, as amended, the sole Bidder, or the first Bidder along with other joint Bidders, may nominate any
one person in whom, in the event of the death of sole Bidder or in case of joint Bidders, death of all the Bidders,
as the case may be, the Equity Shares Allotted, if any, shall vest, to the exclusion of all other persons, unless the
nomination is modified or cancelled in the prescribed manner. A person, being a nominee, entitled to the Equity
Shares by reason of the death of the original holder(s), shall be entitled to the same advantages to which he or she
would be entitled if he or she were the registered holder of the Equity Share(s). Where the nominee is a minor, the
holder(s) may make a nomination to appoint, in the prescribed manner, any person to become entitled to Equity
Share(s) in the event of his or her death during the minority. A nomination shall stand rescinded upon a sale,
transfer or alienation of Equity Share(s) by the person nominating. A nomination may be cancelled or modified by
nominating any other person in place of the present nominee, by the holder of the Equity Shares who made the
nomination, by giving a notice of such cancellation or variation to our Company. A buyer will be entitled to make
a fresh nomination in the manner prescribed. Fresh nomination can be made only on the prescribed form available
on request at our Registered Office or to the Registrar and Transfer Agent of our Company.
Any person who becomes a nominee by virtue of Section 72 of the Companies Act 2013, as amended, will, on the
production of such evidence as may be required by our Board, elect either:
• to register himself or herself as the holder of the Equity Shares; or
• to make such transfer of the Equity Shares, as the deceased holder could have made.
Further, our Board may at any time give notice requiring any nominee to choose either to be registered himself or
herself or to transfer the Equity Shares, and if the notice is not complied with within a period of 90 days, our Board
may thereafter withhold payment of all dividend, interests, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the
Equity Shares, until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.
Since the Allotment of Equity Shares in the Offer will be made only in dematerialised form, there is no need to
make a separate nomination with our Company. Nominations registered with the respective Depository Participant
of the Bidder will prevail. If Bidders want to change their nomination, they are advised to inform their respective
Depository Participants.
Our Company shall comply with such disclosure and accounting norms as may be specified by SEBI from time
to time.
Bid/Offer Programme
An indicative timetable in respect of the Offer is set out below:
Event Indicative Date
BID/OFFER OPENS ON [●](1)
BID/OFFER CLOSES ON [●](2)(3)
383Finalisation of Basis of Allotment with the Designated Stock Exchange [●]
Initiation of refunds (if any, for Anchor Investors)/unblocking of funds from [●]
ASBA Account*
Credit of Equity Shares to demat accounts of Allottees [●]
Commencement of trading of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges [●]
1. Our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, may consider participation by Anchor Investors in accordance with the SEBI ICDR
Regulations. The Anchor Investor Bid/Offer Date shall be one Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date in accordance with
the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
2. Our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, may consider closing the Bid/Offer Period for QIBs one Working Day prior to the
Bid/Offer Closing Date in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
3. UPI mandate end time and date shall be at 5:00 p.m. on the Bid/ Offer Closing Date.
* In case of any delay in unblocking of amounts in the ASBA Accounts (including amounts blocked through the UPI Mechanism) exceeding
two Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date for cancelled/withdrawn/deleted ASBA Forms, the Bidder shall be compensated at a
uniform rate of ₹100.00 per day or 15% per annum of the Bid Amount, whichever is higher from the date on which the request for cancellation/
withdrawal/ deletion is placed in the Stock Exchanges bidding platform until the date on which the amounts are unblocked (ii) any blocking
of multiple amounts for the same ASBA Form (for amounts blocked through the UPI Mechanism), the Bidder shall be compensated at a
uniform rate ₹100.00 per day or 15% per annum of the total cumulative blocked amount except the original application amount, whichever
is higher from the date on which such multiple amounts were blocked till the date of actual unblock; (iii) any blocking of amounts more than
the Bid Amount, the Bidder shall be compensated at a uniform rate of ₹100.00 per day or 15% per annum of the difference in amount,
whichever is higher from the date on which such excess amounts were blocked till the date of actual unblock; (iv) any delay in unblocking of
non-allotted/ partially allotted Bids, exceeding two Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date, the Bidder shall be compensated at a
uniform rate of ₹100.00 per day or 15% per annum of the Bid Amount, whichever is higher, for the entire duration of delay exceeding two
Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date by the SCSB for causing such delay in unblocking. The BRLM shall, in their sole discretion,
identify and fix the liability on such intermediary or entity responsible for such delay in unblocking. The Bidder shall be compensated by the
manner specified in the SEBI ICDR Master Circular, which for the avoidance of doubt, shall be deemed to be incorporated in the deemed
agreement of our Company with the SCSBs, to the extent applicable issued by SEBI, and any other applicable law in case of delays in
resolving investor grievances in relation to blocking/unblocking of funds. The processing fees for applications made by UPI Bidders using
the UPI Mechanism may be released to the remitter banks (SCSBs) only after such banks provide a written confirmation in compliance with
the SEBI ICDR Master Circular, which has also prescribed that all individual investors applying in initial public offerings opening on or
after May 1, 2022, where the application amount is up to ₹500,000, shall use UPI. RIBs and individual investors Bidding under the Non-
Institutional Portion Bidding for more than ₹200,000 and up to ₹500,000 using the UPI Mechanism, shall provide their UPI ID in the Bid-
cum-Application Form for Bidding through Syndicate, sub-syndicate members, Registered Brokers, RTAs or CDPs, or online using the facility
of linked online trading, demat and bank account (3 in 1 type accounts), provided by certain brokers.
The above timetable, other than the Bid/Offer Closing Date, is indicative and does not constitute any
obligation or liability on our Company or the Promoter Selling Shareholders or the BRLM.
Whilst our Company shall ensure that all steps for the completion of the necessary formalities for the listing
and the commencement of trading of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges are taken within three
Working Days from the Bid/ Offer Closing Date or such other time as prescribed by SEBI, the timetable may
be subject to change due to various factors, such as extension of the Bid/Offer Period by our Company, in
consultation with the BRLM, revision of the Price Band by our Company, in consultation with the BRLM
or any delay in receiving the final listing and trading approval from the Stock Exchanges and delay in
respect of final certificates from SCSBs. Our Company shall within two Working days from the closure of
the Offer or such period as may be prescribed, refund the subscription amount received in case of non-
receipt of minimum subscription or in case our Company fails to obtain listing or trading permission from
the Stock Exchanges for the Equity Shares. The commencement of trading of the Equity Shares will be
entirely at the discretion of the Stock Exchanges and in accordance with the applicable laws. In order to
facilitate the process of listing and commencement of trading of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges
within such time prescribed by SEBI, to the extent necessary, each of the Promoter Selling Shareholders,
severally and not jointly, shall provide all required support and cooperation as required under applicable
law or reasonably requested by our Company and/or the BRLM in this respect to the extent such reasonable
support and cooperation is in relation to such Promoter Selling Shareholder and its respective portion of
the Offered Shares, for listing and commencement of trading of the Equity Shares at the Stock Exchanges
within three Working Days from the Bid/ Offer Closing Date or such other time as prescribed by SEBI.
SEBI vide circular SEBI/HO/CFD/TPD1/CIR/P/2023/140 dated August 9, 2023, had reduced the post issue
timeline for initial public offerings. The revised timeline of T+3 days has been made applicable in two phases, i.e.,
voluntary for all public issues opening on or after September 1, 2023, and mandatory on or after December 1,
2023. Accordingly, the Offer will be made under UPI Phase III on mandatory T+3 days listing basis, any circulars,
clarification or notification issued by the SEBI from time to time, including with respect to the SEBI ICDR Master
Circular.
384In terms of the UPI Circulars, in relation to the Offer, the BRLM will be required to submit reports of compliance
with timelines and activities prescribed by SEBI in connection with the Allotment and listing procedure within
three Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date or such other time as prescribed by SEBI, identifying non-
adherence to timelines and processes and an analysis of entities responsible for the delay and the reasons associated
with it.
Any circulars or notifications from SEBI after the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus may result in
changes to the abovementioned timelines. Further, the offer procedure is subject to change basis any revised
SEBI circulars to this effect.
Submission of Bids (other than Bids from Anchor Investors):
Bid/Offer Period (except the Bid/Offer Closing Date)
Submission and revision in Bids Only between 10.00 a.m. and 5.00 p.m. Indian
Standard Time (“IST”)
Bid/Offer Closing Date*
Submission of electronic applications (online ASBA Only between 10.00 a.m. and 5.00 p.m. IST
through 3-in-1 accounts) – For RIBs and Eligible
Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation
Portion, other than QIBs and Non-Institutional Investors
Submission of electronic applications (Bank ASBA Only between 10.00 a.m. and 4.00 p.m. IST
through online channels like internet banking, mobile
banking and syndicate UPI ASBA applications where
Bid Amount is up to ₹5,00,000)
Submission of electronic applications (syndicate non- Only between 10.00 a.m. and 3.00 p.m. IST
retail, non- individual applications)
Submission of physical applications (Bank ASBA) Only between 10.00 a.m. and 1.00 p.m. IST
Submission of physical applications (Syndicate non- Only between 10.00 a.m. and 12.00 p.m. IST
retail, non- individual applications where Bid Amount
is more than ₹5,00,000)
Modification/ Revision/cancellation of Bids
Upward revision of Bids by QIBs and Non- Only between 10.00 a.m. and 4.00 p.m. IST on Bid/
Institutional Bidders categories# Offer Closing Date
Upward or downward revision of Bids or cancellation Only between 10.00 a.m. and 5.00 p.m. IST
of Bids by RIBs and Eligible Employees bidding under
Employee Reservation
Our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, may decide to close the Bid/ Offer Closing Period for QIBs one Working Day prior to the Bid/
Offer Closing Date, in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
* UPI mandate end time and date shall be at 05:00 p.m. on Bid/ Offer Closing Date i.e [●].
# QIBs and Non-Institutional Bidders can neither revise their bids downwards nor cancel/withdraw their bids.
On the Bid/ Offer Closing Date, the Bids shall be uploaded until:
(i) 4.00 p.m. IST in case of Bids by QIBs and Non-Institutional Bidders, and
(ii) until 5.00 p.m. IST or such extended time as permitted by the Stock Exchanges, in case of Bids
by RIBs and Eligible Employees bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion.
On the Bid/Offer Closing Date, extension of time may be granted by Stock Exchanges only for uploading Bids
received by RIBs and Eligible Employees bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion after taking into account
the total number of Bids received and as reported by the BRLM to the Stock Exchanges.
The Registrar to the Offer shall submit the details of cancelled/withdrawn/deleted applications to the SCSBs
on a daily basis within 60 minutes of the Bid closure time from the Bid/Offer Opening Date until the Bid/
Offer Closing Date by obtaining the same from the Stock Exchanges. The SCSBs shall unblock such
applications by the closing hours of the Working Day and submit the confirmation to the BRLM and the
Registrar to the Offer on a daily basis.
To avoid duplication, the facility of re-initiation provided to Syndicate Members shall preferably be allowed only
385once per bid/batch and as deemed fit by the Stock Exchanges, after closure of the time for uploading Bids.
It is clarified that Bids shall be processed only after the application monies are blocked in the ASBA
Account and Bids not uploaded on the electronic bidding system or in respect of which the full Bid Amount
is not blocked by SCSBs, or not blocked under the UPI Mechanism in the relevant ASBA Account, as the
case may be, would be rejected.
Due to limitation of time available for uploading the Bids on the Bid/Offer Closing Date, Bidders are advised to
submit their Bids one day prior to the Bid/Offer Closing Date, and in any case, no later than 2:00 pm IST on the
Bid/Offer Closing Date. Any time mentioned in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is IST. Bidders are cautioned
that, in the event a large number of Bids are received on the Bid/Offer Closing Date, some Bids may not get
uploaded due to lack of sufficient time. Such Bids that cannot be uploaded will not be considered for allocation
under the Offer. Bids will be accepted only during Monday to Friday (excluding any public holiday).
Investors may please note that as per letter no. List/SMD/SM/2006 dated July 3, 2006 and letter no.
NSE/IPO/25101-6 dated July 6, 2006 issued by BSE and NSE, respectively, Bids and any revision in Bids shall
not be accepted on Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays as declared by the Stock Exchanges. Bids by ASBA
Bidders shall be uploaded by the relevant Designated Intermediary in the electronic system to be provided by the
Stock Exchanges.
Our Company, in consultation with the BRLM reserve the right to revise the Price Band during the Bid/Offer
Period, in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations. The revision in the Price Band shall not exceed 20% on
either side, i.e. the Floor Price can move up or down to the extent of 20% of the Floor Price and the Cap Price will
be revised accordingly but the Floor Price shall not be less than the Face Value of the Equity Shares. In all
circumstances, the Cap Price shall be at least 105% of the Floor Price and less than or equal to 120% of the Floor
Price.
In case of any revision to the Price Band, the Bid/Offer Period will be extended by at least three additional
Working Days following such revision of the Price Band, subject to the Bid/Offer Period not exceeding 10
Working Days. In cases of force majeure, banking strike or similar unforeseen circumstances, our
Company, in consultation with the BRLM, may for reasons to be recorded in writing, extend the Bid/Offer
Period for a minimum of one Working Day, subject to the Bid/ Offer Period not exceeding 10 Working Days.
Any revision in the Price Band, and the revised Bid/ Offer Period, if applicable, will be widely disseminated
by notification to the Stock Exchanges, by issuing a public notice and also by indicating the change on the
respective websites of the BRLM and at the terminals of the Syndicate Members and by intimation to Self-
Certified Syndicate Banks (“SCSBs”), other Designated Intermediaries and the Sponsor Bank(s), as
applicable. In case of a revision of the Price Band, the Bid lot shall remain the same.
In case of discrepancy in data entered in the electronic book vis-vis data contained in the Bid cum Application
Form for a particular Bidder, the details as per the Bid file received from the Stock Exchanges shall be taken as
the final data for the purpose of Allotment. The Floor Price shall not be less than the face value of the Equity
Shares.
Minimum Subscription
The requirement of minimum subscription is not applicable to the Offer for Sale in accordance with the SEBI ICDR
Regulations. In the event our Company does not receive (i) the minimum subscription of 90% of the Fresh Issue,
on the Bid/ Offer Closing Date; or (ii) minimum subscription in the Offer as specified under Rule 19(2)(b) of the
SCRR, including through devolvement of Underwriters, if any, in accordance with applicable law, or if the
subscription level falls below the thresholds mentioned above after the Bid/Offer Closing Date, on account of
withdrawal of applications or after technical rejections, or if the listing or trading permission is not obtained from
the Stock Exchanges for the Equity Shares being issued or offered under the Red Herring Prospectus, the Promoter
Selling Shareholders, to the extent applicable, and our Company shall forthwith refund the entire subscription
amount received in accordance with applicable law including the SEBI ICDR Master Circular. If there is a delay
beyond two days after our Company becomes liable to pay the amount, our Company and our Directors, who are
officers in default, shall pay interest at the rate of 15% per annum.
However, in case of under-subscription in the Offer, the Equity Shares will be allotted in the following order: (i)
386such number of Equity Shares will first be Allotted by our Company such that 90% of the Fresh Issue portion is
subscribed; (ii) upon (i), all the Equity Shares held by the Promoter Selling Shareholders and offered for sale in
the Offer for Sale will be Allotted (in proportion to the Offered Shares being offered by each Promoter Selling
Shareholder); and (iii) once Equity Shares have been Allotted as per (i) and (ii) above, such number of Equity
Shares will be Allotted by our Company towards the balance 10% of the Fresh Issue portion.
Each Promoter Selling Shareholder shall reimburse, severally and not jointly, and only to the extent of the Equity
Shares offered by such Promoter Selling Shareholder in the Offer, any expenses and interest incurred by our
Company on behalf of such Promoter Selling Shareholder for any delays in making refunds as required under the
Companies Act and any other applicable law, provided that such Promoter Selling Shareholder shall not be
responsible or liable for payment of such expenses or interest, unless such delay is solely and directly attributable
to an act or omission of such Promoters Selling Shareholder in relation to its portion of the Offered Shares.
Further, in terms of Regulation 49(1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, our Company shall ensure that the number
of Bidders to whom the Equity Shares will be Allotted will be not less than 1,000.
No liability to make any payment of interest or expenses shall accrue to any Promoter Selling Shareholder unless
the delay in making any of the payments/refund hereunder or the delay in obtaining listing or trading approvals
or any other approvals in relation to the Offer is caused solely by, and is directly attributable to, an act or omission
of such Promoter Selling Shareholder and to the extent of its portion of the Offered Shares.
Arrangements for Disposal of Odd Lots
Since the Equity Shares will be traded in dematerialised form only, and the market lot for the Equity Shares will
be one Equity Share, there are no arrangements for disposal of odd lots.
New Financial Instruments
Our Company is not issuing any new financial instruments through this Offer.
Restrictions, if any on Transfer and Transmission of Equity Shares
Except for lock-in of pre-Offer equity shareholding of our Company, lock-in of our Promoters’ contribution and
Anchor Investor lock-in, as detailed in “Capital Structure” beginning on page 96 and as provided in our Articles
as detailed in “Description of Equity Shares and terms of the Articles of Association” beginning on page 419,
there are no restrictions on transfers and transmission of shares/debentures and on their consolidation or splitting.
Option to receive Equity Shares in Dematerialized Form
Allotment of Equity Shares to successful Bidders will only be in the dematerialized form. Bidders will not have
the option of Allotment of the Equity Shares in physical form. The Equity Shares on Allotment will be traded only
in the dematerialized segment of the Stock Exchanges.
Withdrawal of the Offer
Our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, reserves the right not to proceed with the Fresh Issue and each of
the Promoter Selling Shareholders, reserve the right not to proceed with the Offer for Sale, in whole or in part
thereof, to the extent of its respective portion of the Offered Shares, after the Bid/ Offer Opening Date but before
the Allotment. In such an event, our Company would issue a public notice in the newspapers in which the pre-
Offer advertisements were published, within two days of the Bid/ Offer Closing Date or such other time as may
be prescribed by SEBI, providing reasons for not proceeding with the Offer and inform the Stock Exchanges
simultaneously. The BRLM, through the Registrar to the Offer, shall notify the SCSBs and the Sponsor Banks to
unblock the bank accounts of the ASBA Bidders and shall notify the Escrow Collection Bank to release the Bid
Amounts to the Anchor Investors, within one Working Day from the date of receipt of such notification and also
inform the Bankers to the Offer to process refunds to the Anchor Investors, as the case may be. Our Company
shall also inform the same to the Stock Exchanges on which Equity Shares of face value of ₹10 each are proposed
to be listed simultaneously.
387Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Offer is also subject to (i) the filing of the Prospectus with the RoC; and (ii)
obtaining the final listing and trading approvals of the Stock Exchanges, which our Company shall apply for after
Allotment and within three Working Days of the Bid/Offer Closing Date or such other time period as prescribed
under Applicable Law and also in form the Bankers to the Offer to process refunds to the Anchor Investors, as the
case may be. If our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, withdraw the Offer after the Bid/ Offer Closing
Date and thereafter determines that it will proceed with a public offering of the Equity Shares of face value of ₹10
each, our Company shall file a fresh draft red herring prospectus with SEBI and the Stock Exchanges. The notice
of withdrawal will be issued in the same newspapers where the pre-Offer advertisements have appeared, and the
Stock Exchanges will also be informed promptly.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
388OFFER STRUCTURE
The Offer is of up to 2,64,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 10 each, for cash at a price of ₹ [●] per Equity
Share (including a premium of ₹ [●] per Equity Share) aggregating up to ₹ [●] Lakhs comprising of a Fresh Issue
of up to 2,12,00,000 Equity Shares aggregating up to ₹ [●] Lakhs by our Company and an Offer for Sale of up to
52,00,000 Equity Shares aggregating up to ₹ [●] Lakhs by the Promoter Selling Shareholders. The Offer comprises
of a Net Offer of up to [●] Equity Shares and Employee Reservation Portion of up to [●] Equity Shares aggregating
up to ₹ [●] Lakhs for subscription by Eligible Employees (constituting up to [●]% of our post-Offer paid-up Equity
Share capital). The Offer and the Net Offer shall constitute [●]% and [●]% respectively of the post-Offer paid-up
Equity Share capital of our Company.
The face value of the Equity Shares is ₹ 10 each.
In terms of Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR, the Offer is being made through the Book Building Process, in compliance
with Regulation 6(1) and Regulation 31 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations:
QIBs (1) Non-Institutional Retail Individual Eligible
Particulars
Bidders Bidders Employees#
Number of Not more than [●] Not less than [●] Not less than [●] Up to [●] Equity
Equity Shares Equity Shares Equity Shares Equity Shares Shares
available for available for available for
Allotment/ allocation or Net Offer allocation or Net
allocation* (2) less allocation to QIB Offer less allocation
Bidders and Retail to QIB Bidders and
Individual Bidders Non-Institutional
Bidders
Percentage of Not more than 50% Not less than 15% of Not less than 35% of The Employee
Offer Size of the Net Offer shall the Net Offer or the the Net Offer or the Reservation Portion
available for be available for Offer less allocation to Offer less allocation shall constitute up to
Allotment/ allocation to QIBs. QIB Bidders and to QIB Bidders and [●]% of the post
allocation However, up to 5% Retail Individual Non-Institutional Offer paid-up equity
of the Net QIB Bidders shall be Bidders shall be share capital of our
Portion shall be available for available for Company
available for allocation out of which allocation.
allocation a) one third of such
proportionately to portion shall be
Mutual Funds only. reserved for NIIs
Mutual Funds with application
participating in the size of more than
Mutual Fund Portion ₹2.00 Lakhs and
will also be eligible up to ₹10.00
for allocation in the Lakhs; and
remaining Net QIB b) two third of such
Portion. The portion shall be
unsubscribed portion reserved for NIIs
in the Mutual Fund with application
Portion will be size of more than
available for ₹10.00 Lakhs,
allocation to other provided that the
QIBs. unsubscribed
portion in either
of such sub-
categories may be
allocated to
applicants in the
other sub-
category of Non-
389QIBs (1) Non-Institutional Retail Individual Eligible
Particulars
Bidders Bidders Employees#
Institutional
Bidders.
Basis of Proportionate as The allocation to each Proportionate, Proportionate; unless
Allotment if follows (excluding Non-Institutional subject to the the Employee
respective the Anchor Investor Investor shall not be minimum Bid lot. Reservation Portion
category is Portion): less than the minimum The allotment to each is undersubscribed,
oversubscribed* a) Up to [●] Equity application size viz. Retail Individual the value of
Shares shall be ₹2.00 Lakhs Equity Bidder shall not be allocation to an
available for Shares subject to the less than the Eligible Employee
allocation on a availability of Equity minimum Bid Lot, shall not exceed ₹
proportionate Shares in Non- subject to availability 2.00 Lakhs. In the
basis to Mutual Institutional Portion, of Equity Shares in event of
Funds only; and and the remaining the Retail Portion and undersubscription in
b) Balance [●] Equity Shares, if any, the remaining the Employee
Equity Shares shall be allocated on a available Equity Reservation Portion,
shall be Allotted proportionate basis, Shares if any, shall be the unsubscribed
on a subject to valid Bids allotted on a portion may be
proportionate being received at or proportionate basis. allocated, on a
basis to all QIBs, above the Offer Price, For details see, proportionate basis,
including in accordance with the “Offer Procedure” to Eligible
Mutual Funds SEBI ICDR on page 394. Employees for a
receiving Regulations. Further, value exceeding
allocation as per (a) one third of the ₹ 2.00 Lakhs up to
(a) above portion available to ₹ 5.00 Lakhs each
Non-Institutional (net of Employee
Upto [●] Equity Investors shall be Discount)
Shares may be reserved for applicants
allocated on a with application size
discretionary of more than ₹2.00
basis to Anchor Lakhs and up to
Investors of ₹10.00 Lakhs; and (b)
which one-third two third of the
shall be portion available to
available for Non-Institutional
allocation to Investors shall be
Mutual Funds reserved for applicants
only, subject to with application size
valid Bid of more than ₹10.00
received from Lakhs, provided that
Mutual Funds at the unsubscribed
or above the portion in either of the
Anchor Investor sub-categories
Allocation Price. specified in clauses (a)
or (b), may be
allocated to applicants
in the other sub-
category of Non-
Institutional Investors.
For details, see “Offer
Procedure” on page
394.
Minimum Bid Such number of Such number of Equity [●] Equity Shares [●] Equity Shares
Equity Shares that the Shares that the Bid and in multiples of and in multiples of
Bid Amount exceeds Amount exceeds ₹2.00 [●] Equity Shares [●] Equity Shares
₹2.00 Lakhs and in Lakhs and in multiples thereafter thereafter
390QIBs (1) Non-Institutional Retail Individual Eligible
Particulars
Bidders Bidders Employees#
multiples of [●] of [●] Equity Shares
Equity Shares thereafter
thereafter
Maximum Bid Such number of Such number of Equity Such number of Such number of
Equity Shares in Shares in multiples of Equity Sharesin Equity Shares and in
multiples of [●] [●] Equity Shares not multiples of [●] multiples of [●]
Equity Shares not exceeding the size of Equity Shares so that Equity Shares so that
exceeding the size of the Net Offer the Bid Amount does the maximum Bid
the Net Offer (excluding the QIB not exceed ₹2.00 Amount by each
(excluding the Portion), subject to Lakhs Eligible Employee in
Anchor Investor applicable limits under this portion does not
Portion), subject to applicable law. exceed ₹ 5.00 Lakhs
applicable limits less Employee
under applicable law. Discount##, if any.
Bid Lot [●] Equity Shares and in multiples of [●] Equity Shares thereafter
Mode of Compulsorily in dematerialised form
allotment
Allotment Lot A minimum of [●] Equity Shares and in multiples of one Equity
Sharethereafter
Trading Lot One Equity Share
Who can apply(3) Public financial Resident Indian Resident Indian Eligible Employees
institutions as individuals, Eligible individuals, Eligible (such that the Bid
specified in Section NRIs, HUFs (in the NRIs and HUFs (in Amount does not
2(72) of the name of Karta), the name of the exceed ₹ 5 Lakhs) net
Companies Act, 2013, companies, corporate karta). of Employee
scheduled bodies, scientific Discount.
commercial banks, institutions, societies,
mutual funds, Eligible trusts and FPIs who are
FPIs (other than individuals, corporate
individuals, corporate bodies and family
bodies and family offices which are
offices), VCFs, AIFs, categorised as category
FVCIs registered with II FPIs and registered
SEBI, multilateral and with SEBI
bilateral development
financial institutions,
state industrial
development
corporation,
insurance companies
registered with
IRDAI, provident
funds (subject to
applicable law) with
minimum corpus of
₹2,500 Lakhs,
pension funds with
minimum corpus of
₹2,500 Lakhs,
National Investment
Fund set up by the
Government of India,
the insurance funds
set up and managed
391QIBs (1) Non-Institutional Retail Individual Eligible
Particulars
Bidders Bidders Employees#
by army, navy or air
force of the Union of
India, insurance funds
set up and managed
by the Department of
Posts, India and
Systemically
Important Non-
Banking Financial
Companies.
Terms of In case of Anchor Investors: Full Bid Amount shall be payable by
Payment the Anchor Investors at the time of submission of their Bids(4)
In case of all other Bidders: Full Bid Amount shall be blocked in the
bank account of the ASBA Bidder (other than Anchor Investors) by
the SCSBs or by the Sponsor Bank through the UPI Mechanism that is
specified in the ASBA Form at the time of submission of the ASBA
Form
^Mode of ASBA only ASBA only (including ASBA only
Bidding (excluding UPI the UPI Mechanism for (including UPI
Mechanism)(5) except an application size of Mechanism)
for Anchor Investors upto ₹[●] Lakhs)(6)
*Assuming full subscription in the Offer.
#Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion can Bid up to a Bid Amount of ₹ 5.00 lakhs (net of Employee Discount).
However, a Bid by an Eligible Employee in the Employee Reservation Portion will be considered for allocation, in the first instance, for a
Bid Amount of up to ₹ 2.00 lakhs. In the event of under-subscription in the Employee Reservation Portion the unsubscribed portion will be
available for allocation and Allotment, proportionately to all Eligible Employees who have Bid in excess of ₹ 2.00 lakhs, subject to the
maximum value of Allotment made to such Eligible Employee not exceeding ₹ 5.00 lakhs (net of Employee Discount). Further, an Eligible
Employee Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion can also Bid in the Net Offer and such Bids will not be treated as multiple Bids
subject to applicable limits. Eligible Employee can also apply under Retail Portion. In case of under-subscription in the Net Offer, spill-
over to the extent of such under-subscription shall be permitted from the Employee Reservation Portion.
## Our Company and Promoter Selling Shareholders, in consultation with the BRLM may offer a discount of up to [●]% (equivalent of ₹[●]
per Equity Share) to the Offer Price to Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion and which shall be announced at
least two Working Days prior to the Bid/ Offer Opening Date.
^SEBI vide its circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/P/CIR/2022/75 dated May 30, 2022, has mandated that ASBA applications in public issues
shall be processed only after the application monies are blocked in the bank accounts of the investors. Accordingly, Stock Exchanges shall,
for all categories of investors viz. QIBs, NIBs and RIBs and also for all modes through which the applications are processed, accept the ASBA
applications in their electronic book building platform only with a mandatory confirmation on the application monies blocked.
(1) Our Company may, in consultation with the BRLM, allocate up to 60% of the QIB Portion to Anchor Investors on a discretionary basis
subject to there being (i) a maximum of two Anchor Investors, where allocation in the Anchor Investor Portion is up to ₹ 1,000 Lakhs,
(ii) minimum of two and maximum of 15 Anchor Investors, where the allocation under the Anchor Investor Portion is more than ₹1,000
Lakhs but up to ₹25,000 Lakhs under the Anchor Investor Portion, subject to a minimum Allotment of ₹500 Lakhs per Anchor Investor,
and (iii) in case of allocation above ₹25,000 Lakhs under the Anchor Investor Portion, a minimum of five such investors and a maximum
of 15 Anchor Investors for allocation up to ₹25,000 Lakhs, and an additional 10 Anchor Investors for every additional ₹25,000 Lakhs
or part thereof will be permitted, subject to minimum allotment of ₹500 Lakhs per Anchor Investor. An Anchor Investor will make a
minimum Bid of such number of Equity Shares, that the Bid Amount is at least ₹1,000 Lakhs. One-third of the Anchor Investor Portion
shall be reserved for domestic Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received from domestic Mutual Funds at or above the Anchor
Investor Allocation Price. In the event of under-subscription or non-Allotment in the Anchor Investor Portion, the balance Equity Shares
in the Anchor Investor Portion shall be added to the Net QIB Portion.
(2) Subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price. This is an Offer in terms of Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR in compliance
with Regulation 6(1)) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
(3) Subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price, under-subscription, if any, in the Non-Institutional Portion or the Retail
Portion would be allowed to be met with spill-over from other categories or a combination of categories at the discretion of our
Company, in consultation with the BRLM and the Designated Stock Exchange, on a proportionate basis. However, under-subscription,
if any, in the QIB Portion will not be allowed to be met with spill-over from other categories or a combination of categories. Eligible
Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation portion can Bid up to a Bid Amount of ₹ 5.00 lakhs. However, a Bid by an Eligible
Employee in the Employee Reservation Portion will be considered for allocation, in the first instance, for a Bid Amount of up to ₹ 2.00
lakhs. In the event of undersubscription in the Employee Reservation Portion, the unsubscribed portion will be available for allocation
and Allotment, proportionately to all Eligible Employees who have Bid in excess of ₹ 2.00 lakhs, subject to the maximum value of
Allotment made to such Eligible Employee not exceeding ₹ 5.00 lakhs. Further, an Eligible Employee Bidding in the Employee
Reservation Portion can also Bid in the Net Offer and such Bids will not be treated as multiple Bids subject to applicable limits. The
unsubscribed portion if any, in the Employee Reservation Portion shall be added back to the Net Offer. In case of under-subscription in
the Net Offer, spill-over to the extent of such under-subscription shall be permitted from the Employee Reservation Portion. For further
details, please see “Terms of the Offer” on page 381.
(4) In case of joint Bids, the Bid cum Application Form should contain only the name of the first Bidder whose name should also appear as
392the first holder of the beneficiary account held in joint names. The signature of only such first Bidder would be required in the Bid cum
Application Form and such first Bidder would be deemed to have signed on behalf of the joint holders. Our Company reserves the right
to reject, in its absolute discretion, all or any multiple Bids, except as otherwise permitted, in any or all categories.
(5) Anchor Investors shall pay the entire Bid Amount at the time of submission of the Anchor Investor Bid, provided that any positive
difference between the Anchor Investor Allocation Price and the Offer Price, shall be payable by the Anchor Investor Pay-in Date as
mentioned in the CAN.
(6) Anchor Investors are not permitted to use the ASBA process.
(7) In case the Offer Price is lower than the Anchor Investor Allocation Price, the amount in excess of the Offer Price paid by the Anchor
Investors shall not be refunded to them.
(8) UPI Bidders are advised to confirm the availability of the UPI Mechanism with their respective brokers, prior to submission of Bids.
Bids by FPIs with certain structures as described under “Offer Procedure” on page 394 and having same PAN
may be collated and identified as a single Bid in the Bidding process. The Equity Shares Allocated and Allotted
to such successful Bidders (with same PAN) may be proportionately distributed.
Bidders will be required to confirm and will be deemed to have represented to our Company, the
Underwriters, their respective directors, officers, agents, affiliates and representatives that they are eligible
under applicable law, rules, regulations, guidelines and approvals to acquire Equity Shares under the Offer.
In case of any revision in the Price Band, the Bid/ Offer Period shall be extended for at least 3 (three)
additional Working Days after such revision of the Price Band, subject to the total Bid/ Offer Period not
exceeding 10 (ten) Working Days. Any revision in the Price Band, and the revised Bid/ Offer Period, if
applicable, shall be widely disseminated by notification to the Stock Exchanges by issuing a press release
and also by indicating the change on the websites of the BRLM and at the terminals of the members of the
Syndicate.
In case of discrepancy in the data entered in the electronic book vis-à-vis the data contained in the physical Bid
cum Application Form for a particular Bidder, the details as per the Bid file received from the Stock Exchanges
may be taken as the final data for the purpose of Allotment.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
393OFFER PROCEDURE
All Bidders should read the General Information Document for investing in public issues prepared and issued
in accordance with the circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL1/CIR/P/2020/37 dated March 17, 2020 issued by SEBI
and the UPI Circulars (the “General Information Document”) which highlights the key rules, processes and
procedures applicable to public issues in general in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, the
SCRA, the SCRR and the SEBI ICDR Regulations which is part of the abridged prospectus accompanying the
Bid cum Application Form. The General Information Document is available on the websites of the Stock
Exchanges and the BRLM. Please refer to the relevant provisions of the General Information Document which
are applicable to the Offer especially in relation to the process for Bids by UPI Bidders through the UPI
Mechanism. The Bidders should note that the details and process provided in the General Information Document
should be read along with this section.
Additionally, all Bidders may refer to the General Information Document for information in relation to (i)
category of investors eligible to participate in the Offer; (ii) maximum and minimum Bid size; (iii) price discovery
and allocation; (iv) payment instructions for ASBA Bidders; (v) issuance of Confirmation of Allocation Note
(“CAN”) and Allotment in the Offer; (vi) general instructions (limited to instructions for completing the Bid cum
Application Form); (vii) designated date; (viii) disposal of applications; (ix) submission of Bid cum Application
Form; (x) other instructions (limited to joint bids in cases of individual, multiple bids and instances when an
application would be rejected on technical grounds); (xi) applicable provisions of the Companies Act relating
to punishment for fictitious applications; (xii) mode of making refunds; and (xiii) interest in case of delay in
Allotment or refund.
SEBI vide its circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2018/138 dated November 1, 2018 read with its circular
no. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2019/50 dated April 3, 2019, had introduced an alternate payment mechanism
using Unified Payments Interface (“UPI”) and consequent reduction in timelines for listing in a phased manner.
From January 1, 2019, the UPI Mechanism for RIBs applying through Designated Intermediaries was made
effective along with the process and existing timeline of T+6 days. (“UPI Phase I”). The UPI Phase I was
effective till June 30, 2019.
With effect from July 1, 2019, SEBI vide its circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2019/76 dated June 28,
2019, read with circular bearing number SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2019/85 dated July 26, 2019 with respect
to Bids by RIBs through Designated Intermediaries (other than SCSBs), the existing process of physical
movement of forms from such Designated Intermediaries to SCSBs for blocking of funds was discontinued and
only the UPI Mechanism for such Bids with timeline of T+6 days was mandated for a period of three months or
launch of five main board public issues, whichever is later (“UPI Phase II”). Subsequently however, SEBI vide
its circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/DCR2/CIR/P/2019/133 dated November 8, 2019 extended the timeline for
implementation of UPI Phase II till March 31, 2020. The final reduced timeline of T+3 days for the UPI
Mechanism for applications by UPI Bidders (“UPI Phase III”) and modalities of the implementation of UPI
Phase III was notified by SEBI vide its circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/TPD1/CIR/P/2023/140 dated August 9, 2023
and made effective on a voluntary basis for all issues opening on or after September 1, 2023 and on a mandatory
basis for all issues opening on or after December 1, 2023. The Offer will be undertaken pursuant to the processes
and procedures under UPI Phase III, subject to any circulars, clarification or notification issued by the SEBI
from time to time. Further, SEBI vide its circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2021/2480/1/M dated March
16, 2021, as amended pursuant to SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/P/CIR/2021/570 dated June 2, 2021
and SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2022/51 dated April 20, 2022 and SEBI Circular no.
SEBI/HO/CFD/TPD1/CIR/P/2023/140 dated August 9, 2023, had introduced certain additional measures for
streamlining the process of initial public offers and redressing investor grievances.
Further, pursuant to the SEBI RTA Master Circular and SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/P/CIR/2022/75
dated May 30, 2022, SEBI has introduced certain additional measures for streamlining the process of initial
public offers and redressing investor grievances. The SEBI RTA Master Circular consolidated the
aforementioned circulars (excluding SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/TPD1/CIR/P/2023/140 dated August 9,
2023) and rescinded these circulars to the extent relevant for RTAs.
In terms of Regulation 23(5) and Regulation 52 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, the timelines and processes
mentioned in the SEBI ICDR Master Circular, shall continue to form part of the agreements being signed
394between the intermediaries involved in the public issuance process and lead managers shall continue to
coordinate with intermediaries involved in the said process.
In case of any delay in unblocking of amounts in the ASBA Accounts (including amounts blocked through the UPI
Mechanism) exceeding two Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date, the Bidder shall be compensated in
accordance with applicable law. The Book Running Lead Manager shall, in their sole discretion, identify and fix
the liability on such intermediary or entity responsible for such delay in unblocking. Further, Investors shall be
entitled to compensation in the manner specified in the SEBI ICDR Master Circular, in case of delays in resolving
investor grievances in relation to blocking/unblocking of funds. Bidders are advised to make their independent
investigations and ensure that their Bids are submitted in accordance with applicable laws and do not exceed
the investment limits or maximum number of the Equity Shares that can be held by them under applicable law
or as specified in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the Red Herring Prospectus, and the Prospectus.
Book Building Procedure
This Offer is being made in terms of Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR read with Regulation 31 of the SEBI ICDR
Regulations. The Offer is being made through the Book Building Process and is in compliance with Regulation
6(1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, wherein in terms of Regulation 32(1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, not
more than 50% of the Offer shall be allocated on a proportionate basis to QIBs, provided that our Company, in
consultation with BRLM, may allocate up to 60% of the QIB Portion to Anchor Investors at the Anchor Investor
Allocation Price on a discretionary basis in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, of which one-third
shall be reserved for domestic Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received from domestic Mutual Funds
at or above the Anchor Investor Allocation Price. In the event of under-subscription, or non-allotment in the
Anchor Investor Portion, the balance Equity Shares shall be added to the Net QIB Portion. Further, 5% of the
Net QIB Portion shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis only to Mutual Funds, and the
remainder of the Net QIB Portion shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to all QIBs (other than
Anchor Investors), including Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price.
Further, subject to availability of Equity Shares in the respective categories, not less than 15% of the Offer shall
be available for allocation to Non-Institutional Bidders out of which (a) one third of such portion shall be reserved
for applicants with application size of more than ₹2.00 lakhs and up to ₹10.00 lakhs; and (b) two third of such
portion shall be reserved for applicants with application size of more than ₹10.00 lakhs, provided that the
unsubscribed portion in either of such sub-categories may be allocated to applicants in the other sub-category of
Non-Institutional Bidders and not less than 35% of the Offer shall be available for allocation to RIBs in
accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price.
Furthermore, upto [●] Equity Shares, aggregating up to ₹[●] lakhs shall be made available for allocation on a
proportionate basis only to Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion, subject to valid
Bids being received at or above the Offer Price. The Employee Reservation Portion shall not exceed 5% of our
post -Offer paid-up equity share capital subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price, net of
Employee Discount, if any.
Subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price, under-subscription, if any, in any category except
in the QIB Portion, would be allowed to be met with spill-over from any other category or combination of
categories of Bidders, at the discretion of our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, and the Designated
Stock Exchange, subject to receipt of valid Bids received at or above the Offer Price and subject to applicable
laws. Under-subscription, if any, in the QIB Portion, would not be allowed to be met with spill-over from any
other category or a combination of categories.
In the event of under-subscription in the Employee Reservation Portion (if any), the unsubscribed portion will
be available for allocation and Allotment, proportionately to all Eligible Employees who have Bid in excess of
₹2.00 lakhs, subject to the maximum value of Allotment made to such Eligible Employee not exceeding ₹5.00
lakhs. The unsubscribed portion, if any, in the Employee Reservation Portion (after allocation of up to ₹5.00
lakhs), shall be added to the Net Offer, provided that under-subscription, if any, in the QIB Portion will not be
met with spill over from other categories or a combination of categories.
The Equity Shares, on Allotment, shall be traded only in the dematerialised segment of the Stock Exchanges.
Bidders must ensure that their PAN is linked with Aadhaar and are in compliance with the notification
by the Central Board of Direct Taxes dated February 13, 2020 read with press releases dated June 25,
3952021 and September 17, 2021, read with press release dated September 17, 2021. CBDT circular no.7 of
2022, dated March 30, 2022, read with press release dated March 28, 2023.
Bidders should note that the Equity Shares will be Allotted to all successful Bidders only in dematerialised
form. The Bid cum Application Forms, which do not have the details of the Bidders’ depository account,
including DP ID, Client ID, UPI ID (in case of UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism) and PAN, shall be
treated as incomplete and will be rejected. Bidders will not have the option of being Allotted Equity Shares
in physical form.
Phased implementation of Unified Payments Interface for Bids by Retail Individual Bidders
SEBI has issued the UPI Circulars in relation to streamlining the process of public issue of equity shares and
convertibles by introducing an alternate payment mechanism using UPI. Pursuant to the UPI Circulars, the UPI
Mechanism has been introduced in a phased manner as a payment mechanism (in addition to mechanism of
blocking funds in the account maintained with SCSBs under ASBA) for applications by RIBs through Designated
Intermediaries with the objective to reduce the time duration from public issue closure to listing from six Working
Days to up to three Working Days. Considering the time required for making necessary changes to the systems
and to ensure complete and smooth transition to the UPI payment mechanism, the UPI Circulars have introduced
and implemented the UPI Mechanism in three phases in the following manner:
Phase I: This phase was applicable from January 1, 2019 until March 31, 2019 or floating of five main board
public issues, whichever was later. Subsequently, the timeline for implementation of Phase I was extended till
June 30, 2019. Under this phase, a RIB had the option to submit the ASBA Form with any of the Designated
Intermediary and use his/ her UPI ID for the purpose of blocking of funds. The time duration from public issue
closure to listing continued to be six Working Days.
Phase II: This phase was applicable from July 1, 2019 and was to initially continue for a period of three months
or floating of five main board public issues, whichever is later. SEBI vide its circular no.
SEBI/HO/CFD/DCR2/CIR/P/2019/133 dated November 8, 2019 had decided to extend the timeline for
implementation of UPI Phase II until March 31, 2020. Subsequently, SEBI vide its circular no.
SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2020/50 dated March 30, 2020 extended the timeline for implementation of UPI
Phase II till further notice. Under this phase, submission of the ASBA Form by RIBs through Designated
Intermediaries (other than SCSBs) to SCSBs for blocking of funds had been discontinued and replaced by the
UPI Mechanism. However, the time duration from public issue closure to listing continued to be six Working
Days during this phase.
Phase III: This phase become applicable on a voluntary basis for all issues opening on or after September 1,
2023 and on a mandatory basis for all issues opening on or after December 1, 2023 pursuant to the T+3
Notification. In this phase, the time duration from public issue closure to listing has been reduced to three
Working Days. The Offer shall be undertaken pursuant to the processes and procedures as notified in the T+3
Notification as applicable, subject to any circulars, clarification or notification issued by SEBI from time to time,
including any circular, clarification or notification which may be issued by SEBI.
The Offer will be made under UPI Phase III of the UPI Circular (on mandatory basis). The Offer will be
advertised in all edition of [●] (a widely circulated English national daily newspaper), all edition of [●] (a widely
circulated Hindi national daily newspaper), and all edition of [●] (a widely circulated Marathi Regional Daily
newspaper) (Marathi being the regional language of Maharashtra where our Registered Office is located) each
with wide circulation on or prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date and such advertisement shall also be made
available to the Stock Exchanges for the purpose of uploading on their websites.
Individual investors bidding under the Non-Institutional Portion bidding for more than ₹ 200,000 and up to ₹
500,000, using the UPI Mechanism, shall provide their UPI ID in the Bid-cum-Application Form for Bidding
through Syndicate, sub-syndicate members, Registered Brokers, RTAs or CDPs, or online using the facility of
linked online trading, demat and bank account (3 in 1 type accounts), provided by certain brokers.
Pursuant to the UPI Circulars, SEBI has set out specific requirements for redressal of investor grievances for
applications that have been made through the UPI Mechanism. The requirements of the UPI Circulars include,
appointment of a nodal officer by the SCSB and submission of their details to SEBI, the requirement for SCSBs
396to send SMS alerts for the blocking and unblocking of UPI mandates, the requirement for the Registrar to submit
details of cancelled, withdrawn or deleted applications, and the requirement for the bank accounts of unsuccessful
Bidders to be unblocked no later than one day from the date on which the Basis of Allotment is finalised. Failure
to unblock the accounts within the timeline would result in the SCSBs being penalised under the relevant
securities law. The processing fees for applications made by UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism may be
released to the remitter banks (SCSBs) only after such banks provide a written confirmation on compliance with
the SEBI ICDR Master Circular.
Pursuant to the SEBI ICDR Master Circular, SEBI has set out specific requirements for redressal of investor
grievances for applications that have been made through the UPI Mechanism. The requirements of the SEBI
ICDR Master Circular include, appointment of a nodal officer by the SCSB and submission of their details to
SEBI, the requirement for SCSBs to send SMS alerts for the blocking and unblocking of UPI mandates, the
requirement for the Registrar to submit details of cancelled, withdrawn or deleted applications, and the
requirement for the bank accounts of unsuccessful Bidders to be unblocked no later than one Working Day from
the date on which the Basis of Allotment is finalised. Failure to unblock the accounts within the timeline would
result in the SCSBs being penalised under the relevant securities law.
Further, in terms of the UPI Circulars, the payment of processing fees to the SCSBs shall be undertaken pursuant
to an application made by the SCSBs to the BRLM, and such application shall be made only after (i) unblocking
of application amounts for such application received by the SCSB has been fully completed, and (ii) applicable
compensation relating to investor complaints has been paid by the SCSB.
All SCSBs offering facility of making application in public issues shall also provide facility to make application
using UPI. Our Company will be required to appoint one of the SCSBs as a sponsor bank to act as a conduit
between the Stock Exchanges and NPCI in order to facilitate collection of requests and/ or payment instructions
of the UPI Bidders using the UPI. For further details, refer to the General Information Document available on the
websites of the Stock Exchanges and the BRLM.
Bid cum Application Form
Copies of the Bid cum Application Form (other than for Anchor Investors) and the Abridged Prospectus will be
available with the Designated Intermediaries at the relevant Bidding Centres, and at our Registered Office. An
electronic copy of the Bid cum Application Form will also be available for download on the websites of NSE
(www.nseindia.com) and BSE (www.bseindia.com) at least one day prior to the Bid/ Offer Opening Date. The
Bid Cum Application Forms for Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion will be
available at the Registered Office and Corporate Office of our Company.
For Anchor Investors, the Anchor Investor Application Form will be available at the offices of the BRLM.
All Bidders (other than Anchor Investors) shall mandatorily participate in the Offer only through the ASBA
process which shall include the UPI Mechanism in case of UPI Bidders. Anchor Investors are not permitted to
participate in the Offer through the ASBA process.
UPI Bidders must provide the UPI ID in the relevant space provided in the Bid cum Application Form and the
Bid cum Application Form that does not contain the UPI ID are liable to be rejected.
ASBA Bidders must provide either (i) bank account details and authorisation to block funds in their respective
ASBA Accounts or (ii) the UPI Id, as applicable in the relevant space provided in the ASBA Form and the ASBA
Forms that do not contain such details are liable to be rejected. The ASBA Bidders shall ensure that they have
sufficient balance in their bank accounts to be blocked through ASBA for their respective Bid as the application
made by a Bidder shall only be processed after the Bid amount is blocked in the ASBA account of the Bidder
pursuant to the SEBI ICDR Master Circular. Stock Exchanges shall accept the ASBA applications in their
electronic book building platform only with a mandatory confirmation on the application monies blocked. This
circular is applicable for all categories of Bidders, i.e. RIB, QIB, NIB and other reserved categories and also for
all modes through which the applications are processed.
All ASBA Bidders are required to provide either, (i) bank account details and authorizations to block funds in the
ASBA Form; or (ii) the UPI ID, as applicable, in the relevant space provided in the ASBA Form and the ASBA
397Forms that did not contain such details will be rejected. Applications made by the UPI Bidders using third party
bank account or using third party linked bank account UPI ID are liable to be rejected. UPI Bidders using the
UPI Mechanism may also apply through the mobile applications using the UPI handles as provided on the
website of the SEBI.
ASBA Bidders shall ensure that the Bids are made on ASBA Forms bearing the stamp of the Designated
Intermediary, submitted at the Bidding Centres only (except in case of electronic ASBA Forms) and the ASBA
Forms not bearing such specified stamp are liable to be rejected. UPI Bidders using UPI Mechanism, may submit
their ASBA Forms, including details of their UPI IDs, with the Syndicate, sub-Syndicate members, Registered
Brokers, RTAs or CDPs. RIBs authorising an SCSB to block the Bid Amount in the ASBA Account may submit
their ASBA Forms with the SCSBs.
Since the Offer will be made under Phase III on a mandatory basis, ASBA Bidders may submit the ASBA form
in the manner below:
a. NIIs (other than the UPI Bidders using UPI Mechanism) may submit their ASBA Forms with SCSBs
(physically or online, as applicable), or online using the facility of linked online trading, demat and
bank account (3 in 1 type accounts), provided by certain brokers.
b. UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism may submit their ASBA Forms with the Syndicate, Sub-
Syndicate Members, Registered Brokers, RTAs or CDPs, or online using the facility of linked online
trading, demat and bank account (3 in 1 type accounts), provided by certain brokers.
c. QIBs and NIBs (other than NIBs using UPI Mechanism) may submit their ASBA Forms with SCSBs,
Syndicate, Sub- Syndicate Members, Registered Brokers, RTAs or CDPs.
The ASBA Bidders, including UPI Bidders, shall ensure that they have sufficient balance in their bank accounts
to be blocked through ASBA for their respective Bid as the application made by a Bidder shall only be processed
after the Bid amount is blocked in the ASBA account of the Bidder pursuant to the SEBI ICDR Master Circular.
Anchor Investors are not permitted to participate in the Offer through the ASBA process. For Anchor Investors,
the Anchor Investor Application Form will be available with the BRLM.
The prescribed colour of the Bid cum Application Form for the various categories is as follows:
Category Colour of Bid cum
Application Form*
Resident Indians, including QIBs, Non-institutional Bidders and Retail Individual Bidders, each [●]
resident in India and Eligible NRIs applying on a non-repatriation basis(1)
Non-Residents including Eligible NRIs, their sub-accounts (other than sub-accounts which are [●]
foreign corporates or foreign individuals under the QIB Portion), FPIs or FVCIs registered
multilateral and bilateral development financial institutions applying on a repatriation basis(1)
Anchor Investors(2) [●]
Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion(3)
* Excluding electronic Bid cum
Application Form.
Notes:
(1) Electronic Bid cum Application forms and the Abridged Prospectus will also be available for download on the website of NSE
(www.nseindia.com) and BSE (www.bseindia.com).
(2) Bid cum Application Forms for Anchor Investors will be made available at the office of the BRLM.
(3) Bid cum Application Forms for Eligible Employees will be available only at our Registered Offices.
For ASBA Forms (other than UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism), the Designated Intermediaries (other than
SCSBs) shall submit/deliver the Bid cum Application Forms to the respective SCSB, where the Bidder has a
bank account and shall not submit it to any non-SCSB bank or any escrow collection bank. Further, SCSBs shall
upload the relevant Bid details (including UPI ID in case of ASBA Forms under the UPI Mechanism) in the
electronic bidding system of the Stock Exchanges and the Stock Exchanges shall accept the ASBA applications
in their electronic bidding system only with a mandatory confirmation on the application monies blocked. Stock
Exchanges shall validate the electronic bids with the records of the CDP for DP ID/Client ID and PAN, on a real
time basis and bring inconsistencies to the notice of the relevant Designated Intermediaries, for rectification and
re-submission within the time specified by Stock Exchanges. Stock Exchanges shall allow modification of either
DP ID/Client ID or PAN ID, bank code and location code in the Bid details already uploaded during the Bid
Period and the modification / updation of Bids shall close at 5.00 pm on the Bid / Offer Closing Date.
398For UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism, the Stock Exchanges shall share the Bid details (including UPI ID)
with the Sponsor Banks on a continuous basis through API integration to enable the Sponsor Banks to initiate a
UPI Mandate Request to such UPI Bidders for blocking of funds. The Sponsor Banks shall initiate request for
blocking of funds through NPCI to UPI Bidders, who shall accept the UPI Mandate Request for blocking of funds
on their respective mobile applications associated with UPI ID linked bank account. The NPCI shall maintain an
audit trail for every Bid entered in the Stock Exchanges bidding platform, and the liability to compensate UPI
Bidders (Bidding through UPI Mechanism) in case of failed transactions shall be with the concerned entity (i.e.,
the Sponsor Banks, NPCI or the issuer bank) at whose end the lifecycle of the transaction has come to a halt. The
NPCI shall share the audit trail of all disputed transactions/ investor complaints to the Sponsor Banks and the
Bankers to the Offer. The Sponsor Banks and the Bankers to the Offer shall provide the audit trail to the BRLM
for analysing the same and fixing liability.
In accordance with BSE Circular No: 20220803-40 and NSE Circular No: 25/2022, each dated August 3, 2022,
for all pending UPI Mandate Requests, the Sponsor Banks shall initiate requests for blocking of funds in the
ASBA Accounts of relevant Bidders with a confirmation cut-off time of 5:00 pm on the Bid/ Offer Closing Date
(“Cut-Off Time”). Accordingly, UPI Bidders Bidding using through the UPI Mechanism should accept UPI
Mandate Requests for blocking of funds prior to the Cut- Off Time and all pending UPI Mandate Requests at the
Cut-Off Time shall lapse. For ensuring timely information to investors, SCSBs shall send SMS alerts as specified
in the SEBI ICDR Master Circular.
Pursuant to NSE circular dated August 3, 2022 with reference no. 25/2022, the following is applicable to all initial
public offers opening on or after September 1, 2022:
a) Cut-off time for acceptance of UPI mandate shall be up to 5:00 p.m. on the initial public offer
closure date and existing process of UPI bid entry by syndicate members, registrars to the offer
and Depository Participants shall continue till further notice;
b) There shall be no T+1 mismatch modification session for PAN-DP mismatch and bank/
location code on T+1 day for already uploaded bids. The dedicated window provided for
mismatch modification on T+1 day shall be discontinued;
c) Bid entry and modification/ cancellation (if any) shall be allowed in parallel to the regular
bidding period up to 4.00
p.m. for QIBs and Non-Institutional Bidders categories and up to 5.00 p.m. for Retail Individual
Bidders categories on the initial public offer closure day;
d) QIBs and Non-Institutional Bidders can neither revise their bids downwards nor
cancel/withdraw their bids;
e) The Stock Exchanges shall display bid details of only successful ASBA blocked applications
i.e. Application with lates status as RC 100 block request accepted by Bidder/client.
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”), or the securities laws of any state of the United States and may not
be offered or sold within the United States, except pursuant to exemption from, or in a transaction not
subject to, the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.
Accordingly, the Equity Shares are being offered and sold only outside the United States in offshore
transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act and the applicable laws of the
jurisdiction where those offers and sale occur. The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered,
listed or otherwise qualified in any other jurisdiction outside India and may not be offered or sold, and
Applications may not be made by persons in any such jurisdiction, except in compliance with the
applicable laws of such jurisdiction.
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered, listed or otherwise qualified in any other
jurisdiction outside India and may not be offered or sold, and Bids may not be made by persons in any such
jurisdiction, except in compliance with the applicable laws of such jurisdiction.
Electronic registration of Bids
a) The Designated Intermediary may register the Bids using the on-line facilities of the Stock
Exchanges. The Designated Intermediaries can also set up facilities for off-line electronic
399registration of Bids, subject to the condition that they may subsequently upload the off-line
data file into the on-line facilities for Book Building on a regular basis before the closure of
the Offer subject to applicable laws.
b) On the Bid/ Offer Closing Date, the Designated Intermediaries may upload the Bids till such
time as may be permitted by the Stock Exchanges and as disclosed in the Red Herring
Prospectus.
c) Only Bids that are uploaded on the Stock Exchanges Platform are considered for
allocation/Allotment. The Designated Intermediaries are given till 5:00 pm IST for RIBs and
4:00 pm for Non-Institutional Bidders and QIBs on the Bid/Offer Closing Date to modify
select fields uploaded in the Stock Exchange Platform during the Bid/Offer Period after which
the Stock Exchange(s) send the bid information to the Registrar to the Offer for further
processing.
d) QIBs and Non-Institutional Bidders can neither revise their bids downwards nor
cancel/withdraw their bids.
Participation by the Promoters, Promoter Group, the Book Running Lead Manager, the Syndicate
Members and persons related to Promoters/Promoter Group/the BRLM
The BRLM and the Syndicate Members shall not be allowed to purchase Equity Shares in the Offer in any
manner, except towards fulfilling their underwriting obligations. However, the associates and affiliates of the
BRLM and the Syndicate Members may Bid for Equity Shares in the Offer, either in the QIB Portion or in the
Non-Institutional Portion as may be applicable to such Bidders where the allocation is on a proportionate basis or
in any other manner as introduced under applicable laws and such subscription may be on their own account or
on behalf of their clients. All categories of Bidders, including associates or affiliates of the BRLM and Syndicate
Members, shall be treated equally for the purpose of allocation to be made on a proportionate basis.
Except as stated below, neither the BRLM nor any associate of the BRLM can apply in the Offer under the
Anchor Investor Portion
(i) mutual funds sponsored by entities which are associate of the BRLM;
(ii) insurance companies promoted by entities which are associate of the BRLM;
(iii) AIFs sponsored by the entities which are associate of the BRLM;
(iv) FPIs other than individuals, corporate bodies and family offices which are associates of the
BRLM; or
(v) Pension funds sponsored by entities which are associate of the BRLM.
A qualified institutional buyer who has any of the following rights in relation to our Company shall also be
deemed to be a person related to the Promoters or Promoter Group of our Company:
(i) rights under a shareholders’ agreement or voting agreement entered into with the Promoters or
Promoter Group of our Company;
(ii) veto rights; or
(iii) right to appoint any nominee director on our Board.
Further, an Anchor Investor shall be deemed to be an “associate of the BRLM” if:
(i) either of them controls, directly or indirectly through its subsidiary or holding company, not less
than 15% of the voting rights in the other; or
(ii) either of them, directly or indirectly, by itself or in combination with other persons, exercises control
over the other; or
(iii) there is a common director, excluding nominee director, amongst the Anchor Investors, the BRLM.
Our Promoters and the members of our Promoter Group, except to the extent of the Offered Shares by the
Promoter Selling Shareholders, will not participate in the Offer.
Bids by Mutual Funds
With respect to Bids by Mutual Funds, a certified copy of their SEBI registration certificate must be lodged along
with the Bid cum Application Form. Failing this, our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, reserves the right
400to reject any Bid without assigning any reason thereof, subject to applicable law.
Bids made by asset management companies or custodians of Mutual Funds shall specifically state names of the
concerned schemes for which such Bids are made.
In case of a Mutual Fund, a separate Bid can be made in respect of each scheme of the Mutual Fund registered
with SEBI and such Bids in respect of more than one scheme of the Mutual Fund will not be treated as multiple
Bids provided that the Bids clearly indicate the scheme concerned for which such Bid has been made.
No Mutual Fund scheme shall invest more than 10% of its NAV in equity shares or equity-related instruments
of any single company, provided that the limit of 10% shall not be applicable for investments in case of index
funds or sector or industry specific schemes. No Mutual Fund under all its schemes should own more than 10%
of any company’s paid-up share capital carrying voting rights.
Bids by Eligible Non-Resident Indians(“NRIs”)
Eligible NRIs may obtain copies of Bid cum Application Form from the Designated Intermediaries. Only Bids
accompanied by payment in Indian Rupees or freely convertible foreign exchange will be considered for
Allotment. Eligible NRI Bidders bidding on a repatriation basis by using the Non-Resident Forms should
authorise their respective SCSB (if they are Bidding directly through the SCSB) or confirm or accept the UPI
Mandate Request (in case of Bidding through the UPI Mechanism) to block their Non- Resident External
(“NRE”) accounts, or Foreign Currency Non-Resident (“FCNR”) accounts, and eligible NRI Bidders bidding
on a non-repatriation basis by using Resident Forms should authorise their respective SCSB (if they are Bidding
directly through SCSB) or confirm or accept the UPI Mandate Request (in case of Bidding through the UPI
Mechanism) to block their Non-Resident Ordinary (“NRO”) accounts for the full Bid Amount, at the time of the
submission of the Bid cum Application Form.
NRIs will be permitted to apply in the Offer through Channel I or Channel II (as specified in the UPI Circulars).
Further, subject to applicable law, NRIs may use Channel IV (as specified in the UPI Circulars) to apply in the
Offer, provided the UPI facility is enabled for their NRE/ NRO accounts. NRIs applying in the Offer through the
UPI Mechanism are advised to enquire with the relevant bank, whether their account is UPI linked, prior to
submitting a Bid cum Application Form. In accordance with FEMA Non-debt Instruments Rules, the total holding
by any individual NRI, on a repatriation basis, shall not exceed 5% of the total paid-up equity share capital on a
fully diluted basis or shall not exceed 5% of the paid-up value of each series of debentures or preference shares or
share warrants issued by an Indian company and the total holdings of all NRIs and OCIs put together shall not
exceed 10% of the total paid-up equity share capital on a fully diluted basis or shall not exceed 10% of the paid-
up value of each series of debentures or preference shares or share warrant or such other limit as may be stipulated
by RBI in each case, from time to time. Provided that the aggregate ceiling of 10% may be raised to 24% if a
special resolution to that effect is passed by the members of the Indian Company in a general meeting.
Participation of Eligible NRIs shall be subject to the FEMA Non-debt Instruments Rules.
Eligible NRIs Bidding on non-repatriation basis are advised to use the Bid cum Application Form for residents
([●] in colour). Eligible NRIs Bidding on a repatriation basis are advised to use the Bid cum Application Form
meant for Non-Residents ([●] in colour). Only Bids accompanied by payment in Indian rupees or fully converted
foreign exchange will be considered for Allotment.
For further details of investment by NRIs, see “Restrictions on Foreign Ownership of Indian Securities”
beginning on page 417.
Bids by Hindu Undivided Families
Bids by Hindu Undivided Families or HUFs, in the individual name of the Karta. The Bidder/applicant should
specify that the Bid is being made in the name of the HUF in the Bid cum Application Form/Application Form
as follows: “Name of sole or first Bidder/applicant: XYZ Hindu Undivided Family applying through XYZ, where
XYZ is the name of the Karta”. Bids/Applications by HUFs may be considered at par with Bids/Applications
from individuals.
401Bids by Foreign Portfolio Investors
An FPI may purchase or sell equity shares of an Indian company which is listed or to be listed on a recognised
stock exchange in India, and/or may purchase or sell securities other than equity instruments. FPIs are permitted
to participate in the Offer subject to compliance with conditions and restrictions which may be specified by the
Government from time to time.
In terms of the SEBI FPI Regulations, the investment in Equity Shares by a single FPI or an investor group
(which means multiple entities registered as FPIs and directly or indirectly having common ownership of more
than 50% or common control) must be below 10% of our total paid-up Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis.
Further, in terms of the FEMA NDI Rules, the total holding by each FPI (or a group) shall be less than 10% of the
total paid-up Equity Share capital of our Company on a fully diluted basis and the aggregate limit for FPI
investments shall be sectoral caps applicable to our Company, which is 100% of the total paid-up Equity Share
capital of our Company on a fully diluted basis.
In terms of the FEMA Non-debt Instruments Rules, for calculating the aggregate holding of FPIs in a company,
holding of all registered FPIs shall be included.
In case the total holding of an FPI increases beyond 10% of the total paid-up Equity Share capital, on a fully
diluted basis or 10% or more of the paid-up value of any series of debentures or preference shares or share
warrants issued that may be issued by our Company, the total investment made by the FPI will be re-classified
as FDI subject to the conditions as specified by SEBI and the RBI in this regard and our Company and the
investor will be required to comply with applicable reporting requirements.
In case of Bids made by FPIs, a certified copy of the certificate of registration issued under the SEBI FPI
Regulations is required to be attached to the Bid cum Application Form, failing which our Company reserves the
right to reject any Bid without assigning any reason. FPIs who wish to participate in the Offer are advised to use
the Bid cum Application Form for Non- Residents ([●] in colour).
As specified in the General Information Document, it is hereby clarified that bids received from FPIs bearing the
same PAN shall be treated as multiple Bids and are liable to be rejected, except for Bids from FPIs that utilize
the multiple investment manager structure in accordance with the SEBI master circular bearing reference no.
SEBI/HO/AFD/AFD-PoD-2/P/CIR/2- 24/70 dated May 30, 2024, on Foreign Portfolio Investors, Designated
Depository Participants and Eligible Foreign Investors (“MIM Structure”), provided such Bids have been made
with different beneficiary account numbers, Client IDs and DP IDs. Accordingly, it should be noted that multiple
Bids received from FPIs, who do not utilize the MIM Structure, and bear the same PAN, are liable to be rejected.
In order to ensure valid Bids, FPIs making multiple Bids using the same PAN, and with different beneficiary
account numbers, Client IDs and DP IDs, are required to provide a confirmation along with each of their Bid
cum Application Forms that the relevant FPIs making multiple Bids utilize the MIM Structure and indicate the
name of their respective investment managers in such confirmation. In the absence of such confirmation from the
relevant FPIs, such multiple Bids are liable to be rejected. Further, in the following cases, the bids by FPIs will not
be considered as multiple Bids: involving (i) the MIM Structure and indicating the name of their respective
investment managers in such confirmation; (ii) offshore derivative instruments (“ODI”) which have obtained
separate FPI registration for ODI and proprietary derivative investments; (iii) sub funds or separate class of
investors with segregated portfolio who obtain separate FPI registration; (iv) FPI registrations granted at
investment strategy level/sub fund level where a collective investment scheme or fund has multiple investment
strategies/sub-funds with identifiable differences and managed by a single investment manager; (v) multiple
branches in different jurisdictions of foreign bank registered as FPIs; (vi) Government and Government related
investors registered as Category 1 FPIs; and (vii) Entities registered as Collective Investment Scheme having
multiple share classes.
To ensure compliance with the above requirement, SEBI, pursuant to its circular dated July 13, 2018, has directed
that at the time of finalisation of the Basis of Allotment, the Registrar shall (i) use the PAN issued by the Income
Tax Department of India for checking compliance for a single FPI; and (ii) obtain validation from Depositories
for the FPIs who have invested in the Offer to ensure there is no breach of the investment limit, within the
timelines for issue procedure, as prescribed by SEBI from time to time.
Subject to compliance with all applicable Indian laws, rules, regulations, guidelines and approvals in terms of
402Regulation 21 of the SEBI FPI Regulations, an FPI, may issue, subscribe to or otherwise deal in offshore derivative
instruments (as defined under the SEBI FPI Regulations as any instrument, by whatever name called, which is
issued overseas by a FPI against securities held by it in India, as its underlying) directly or indirectly, only in the
event (i) such offshore derivative instruments are issued only by persons registered as Category I FPIs; (ii) such
offshore derivative instruments are issued only to persons eligible for registration as Category I FPIs; (iii) such
offshore derivative instruments are issued after compliance with ‘know your client’ norms; and (iv) such other
conditions as may be specified by SEBI from time to time.
An FPI issuing offshore derivative instruments is also required to ensure that any transfer of offshore derivative
instruments issued by or on its behalf, is carried out subject to inter alia the following conditions:
(a) such offshore derivative instruments are transferred only to persons in accordance with Regulation
21(1) of the SEBI FPI Regulations; and
(b) prior consent of the FPI is obtained for such transfer, except when the persons to whom the
offshore derivative instruments are to be transferred to are pre-approved by the FPI.
Participation of FPIs in the Offer shall be subject to the FEMA NDI Rules.
Please note that in terms of the General Information Document, the maximum Bid by any Bidder including QIB
Bidder should not exceed the investment limits prescribed for them under applicable laws. Further, MIM Bids
by an FPI Bidder utilising the MIM Structure shall be aggregated for determining the permissible maximum Bid.
Further, please note that as disclosed in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus read with the General Information
Document, Bid Cum Application Forms are liable to be rejected in the event that the Bid in the Bid cum
Application Form “exceeds the Offer size and/or investment limit or maximum number of the Equity Shares that
can be held under applicable laws or regulations or maximum amount permissible under applicable laws or
regulations, or under the terms of the Red Herring Prospectus.”
For example, an FPI must ensure that any Bid by a single FPI and/ or an investor group (which means the same
multiple entities having common ownership directly or indirectly of more than 50% or common control)
(collective, the “FPI Group”) shall be below 10% of the total paid-up Equity Share capital of our Company on a
fully diluted basis. Any Bids by FPIs and/ or the FPI Group (including but not limited to (a) FPIs Bidding through
the MIM Structure; or (b) FPIs with separate registrations for offshore derivative instruments and proprietary
derivative instruments) for 10% or more of our total paid-up post Offer Equity Share capital shall be liable to be
rejected.
For details of investment by FPIs, see “Restrictions on Foreign Ownership of Indian Securities” beginning on
page 417.
All non-resident investors should note that refunds (in case of Anchor Investors), dividends and other
distributions, if any, will be payable in Indian Rupees only and net of bank charges and commission.
Our Company, each of the Promoter Selling Shareholders, severally and not jointly, or the BRLM will not be
responsible for loss, if any, incurred by the Bidder on account of conversion of foreign currency.
Bids under Power of Attorney
In case of Bids made pursuant to a power of attorney or by limited companies, corporate bodies, registered
societies, eligible FPIs, AIFs, Mutual Funds, insurance companies, insurance finds set up by the army, navy or
air force of India, insurance funds set up by the Department of Posts, India or the National Investment Fund
and provident funds with a minimum corpus of ₹2,500.00 lakhs and pension funds with a minimum corpus of
₹2,500.00 lakhs registered with the Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority established under
Section 3(1) of the Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority Act, 2013 (in each case, subject to
applicable law and in accordance with their respective constitutional documents), a certified copy of the power of
attorney or the relevant resolution or authority, as the case may be, along with a certified copy of the
memorandum of association and articles of association and/or bye laws, as applicable must be lodged along with
the Bid cum Application Form. Failing this, our Company reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid in whole
or in part, in either case, without assigning any reasons thereof.
Our Company, in consultation with the BRLM in their absolute discretion, reserves the right to relax the above
403condition of simultaneous lodging of the power of attorney along with the Bid cum Application Form subject to
such terms and conditions that our Company in consultation with the BRLM, may deem fit.
Bids by Securities Exchange Board of India registered Venture Capital Funds, Alternate Investment
Funds and Foreign Venture Capital Investors
The SEBI FVCI Regulations, inter alia, prescribe the investment restrictions on VCFs and FVCIs registered with
SEBI. Further, the SEBI AIF Regulations prescribe, amongst others, the investment restrictions on AIFs.
Accordingly, the holding in any company by any individual VCF or FVCI registered with SEBI should not
exceed 25% of the corpus of the VCF or FVCI. Further, subject to FEMA Rules, VCFs and FVCIs can invest
only up to 33.33% of their investible funds in various prescribed instruments, including in public offerings.
Category I AIFs and Category II AIFs cannot invest more than 25% of the investible funds in one investee
company. A category III AIF cannot invest more than 10% of the investible funds in one investee company. A
VCF registered as a Category I AIF, as defined in the SEBI AIF Regulations, cannot invest more than one-third
of its investible funds by way of subscription to an initial public offering of a venture capital undertaking.
Pursuant to the repeal of the SEBI VCF Regulations, the VCFs which have not re-registered as an AIF under the
SEBI AIF Regulations shall continue to be regulated by the SEBI VCF Regulations until the existing fund or
scheme managed by the fund is wound up and such fund shall not launch any new scheme after the notification
of the SEBI AIF Regulations.
Participation of VCFs, AIFs or FVCIs in the Offer shall be subject to the FEMA NDI Rules.
All non-resident investors should note that refunds (in case of Anchor Investors), dividends and other
distributions, if any, will be payable in Indian Rupees only and net of bank charges and commission.
Bids by Limited Liability Partnerships
In case of Bids made by limited liability partnerships registered under the Limited Liability Partnership Act,
2008, a certified copy of certificate of registration issued under the Limited Liability Partnership Act, 2008, must
be attached to the Bid cum Application Form. Failing this, our Company, in consultation with the BRLM,
reserves the right to reject any Bid without assigning any reason thereof.
Bids by Banking Companies
In case of Bids made by banking companies registered with the RBI, certified copies of (i) the certificate of
registration issued by the RBI, and (ii) the approval of such banking company’s investment committee are
required to be attached to the Bid cum Application Form. Failing this, our Company, in consultation with the
BRLM, reserves the right to reject any Bid without assigning any reason thereof, subject to applicable law.
The investment limit for banking companies in non-financial services companies as per the Banking Regulation
Act, 1949, as amended, (the “Banking Regulation Act”), and the Master Directions - Reserve Bank of India
(Financial Services provided by Banks) Directions, 2016, as amended, is 10% of the paid-up share capital of the
investee company, not being its subsidiary engaged in non-financial services, or 10% of the bank’s own paid-up
share capital and reserves, whichever is lower. Further, the aggregate investment by a banking company in
subsidiaries and other entities engaged in financial services company cannot exceed 20% of the bank’s paid up
share capital and reserves.
However, a banking company would be permitted to invest in excess of 10% but not exceeding 30% of the paid-
up share capital of such investee company if (i) the investee company is engaged in non-financial activities
permitted for banks in terms of Section 6(1) of the Banking Regulation Act, or (ii) the additional acquisition is
through restructuring of debt/corporate debt restructuring/strategic debt restructuring, or to protect the bank’s
interest on loans/investments made to a company. (iii) hold along with its subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures
or entities directly or indirectly controlled by the bank; and mutual funds managed by asset management
companies controlled by the bank, more than 20% of the investee company’s paid up share capital engaged in
non-financial services. However, this cap doesn’t apply to the cases mentioned in (i) and (ii) above. Further, the
aggregate investment by a banking company in all its subsidiaries and other entities engaged in financial services
and non- financial services, including overseas investments, cannot exceed 20% of the banking company’s paid
404up share capital and reserves.
The bank is required to submit a time-bound action plan for disposal of such shares within a specified period to
the RBI. A banking company would require a prior approval of the RBI to make (i) investment in excess of 30%
of the paid-up share capital of the investee company, (ii) investment in a subsidiary and a financial services
company that is not a subsidiary (with certain exceptions prescribed), and (iii) investment in a non-financial
services company in excess of 10% of such investee company’s paid-up share capital as stated in 5(a)(v)(c)(i) of
the Reserve Bank of India (Financial Services provided by Banks) Directions, 2016, as amended.
Bids by Self Certified Syndicate Banks
SCSBs participating in the Offer are required to comply with the terms of the circulars bearing numbers
CIR/CFD/DIL/12/2012 and CIR/CFD/DIL/1/2013 dated September 13, 2012 and January 2, 2013, respectively,
issued by SEBI. Such SCSBs are required to ensure that for making applications on their own account using
ASBA, they should have a separate account in their own name with any other SEBI registered SCSBs. Further,
such account shall be used solely for the purpose of making application in public issues and clear demarcated
funds should be available in such account for such applications.
Bids by Insurance Companies
In case of Bids made by insurance companies registered with the IRDAI, a certified copy of certificate of
registration issued by IRDAI must be attached to the Bid cum Application Form. Failing this, our Company, in
consultation with the BRLM reserves the right to reject any Bid without assigning any reason thereof, subject to
applicable law.
The exposure norms for insurance companies are prescribed under the Insurance Regulatory and Development
Authority of India (Actuarial, Finance and Investment Functions of Insurers) Regulations, 2024 read with the
Master Circular on Actuarial, Finance and Investment Functions of Insurers dated May 17, 2024, each amended
(“IRDAI Investment Regulations”), based on investments in the equity shares of a company, the entire group
of the investee company and the industry sector in which the investee company operates. Insurance companies
are entitled to invest only in other listed insurance companies and insurance companies participating in the Offer
are advised to refer to the IRDAI Investment Regulations for specific investment limits applicable to them and
shall comply with all applicable regulations, guidelines and circulars issued by IRDAI from time to time:
• equity shares of a company: the lower of 10%* of the outstanding equity shares (face value) or 10% of
the respective fund in case of life insurer or 10% of investment assets in case of general insurer or
reinsurer or health insurer;
• the entire group of the investee company: not more than 15% of the respective fund in case of a life
insurer or 15% of investment assets in case of a general insurer or reinsurer or health insurer or 15%
of the investment assets in all companies belonging to the group, whichever is lower; and
• the industry sector in which the investee company operates: not more than 15% of the fund of a
life insurer or a general insurer or a reinsurer or health insurer or 15% of the investment asset,
whichever is lower.
The maximum exposure limit, in the case of an investment in equity shares, cannot exceed the lower of an amount
of 10% of the investment assets of a life insurer or general insurer and the amount calculated under (a), (b) and
(c) above, as the case may be.
Insurance companies participating in the Offer are advised to refer to the IRDAI Investment Regulations for
specific investment limits applicable to them and shall comply with all applicable regulations, guidelines and
circulars issued by IRDAI from time to time.
Bids by Provident Funds/Pension Funds
In case of Bids made by provident funds/pension funds with minimum corpus of ₹2,500.00 lakhs registered with
the Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority established under Section 3(1) of the Pension Fund
Regulatory and Development Authority Act, 2013, subject to applicable law, a certified copy of a certificate from
a chartered accountant certifying the corpus of the provident fund/pension fund must be attached to the Bid cum
Application Form. Failing this, our Company and the in consultation with the BRLM, reserves the right to reject
405any Bid, without assigning any reason thereof.
Bids by Eligible Employees
Bids under Employee Reservation Portion by Eligible Employees shall be:
(a) Made only in the prescribed Bid cum Application Form or Revision Form.
(b) The Bid must be for a minimum of [●] Equity Shares and in multiples of [●] Equity Shares thereafter so
as to ensure that the Bid Amount payable by the Eligible Employee does not exceed ₹5.00 lakhs.
However, a Bid by an Eligible Employee in the Employee Reservation Portion will be considered for
allocation, in the first instance, for a Bid amounting up to ₹2.00 lakhs. In the event of any under-
subscription in the Employee Reservation Portion, the unsubscribed portion will be available for
allocation and Allotment, proportionately to all Eligible Employees, who have bid in excess of ₹2.00
lakhs, provided however that the maximum Bid in this category by an Eligible Employee cannot exceed
₹5.00 lakhs. Only Eligible Employees would be eligible to apply in this Offer under the Employee
Reservation Portion and the Bidder should be an Eligible Employee as defined above.
(c) Only Eligible Employees (as defined in this Red Herring Prospectus) would be eligible to apply in this
Offer under the Employee Reservation Portion.
(d) Bids by Eligible Employees in the Employee Reservation Portion and in the Net Offer portion shall not
be treated as multiple Bids subject to applicable limits. Our Company reserves the right to reject, in its
absolute discretion, all or any multiple Bids in any or all categories.
(e) Only those Bids, which are received at or above the Offer Price, would be considered for Allotment
under this category.
(f) Eligible Employees can apply at Cut-off Price.
(g) Eligible Employees bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion may Bid either through the UPI
mechanism or ASBA (including syndicate ASBA).
(h) In case of joint bids, the First Bidder shall be an Eligible Employee.
(i) If the aggregate demand in this category is less than or equal to [●] Equity Shares at or above the Offer
Price, full allocation shall be made to the Eligible Employees to the extent of their demand.
Under-subscription, if any, in any category, except the QIB Category, would be met with spill-over from any other
category or categories, as applicable, at the discretion of our Company in consultation with the BRLM and the
Designated Stock Exchange, subject to applicable laws. Unless the Employee Reservation Portion is under-
subscribed, the value of allocation to an Eligible Employee shall not exceed ₹2.00 lakhs. In the event of under-
subscription in the Employee Reservation Portion, the unsubscribed portion may be allocated, on a proportionate
basis, to Eligible Employees for value exceeding ₹2.00 lakhs up to ₹5.00 lakhs.
Bids by Systemically Important Non-Banking Financial Companies
In case of Bids made by Systemically Important Non-Banking Financial Companies registered with RBI, certified
copies of:
(i) the certificate of registration issued by RBI, (ii) certified copy of its last audited financial statements on
a standalone basis.
(ii) a net worth certificate from its statutory auditor, and (iv) such other approval as may be required by the
Systemically Important Non-Banking Financial Companies, are required to be attached to the Bid cum
Application Form. Failing this, our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, reserves the right to reject
any Bid without assigning any reason thereof, subject to applicable law.
406Bids by Anchor Investors
In accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, in addition to details and conditions mentioned in this section,
the key terms for participation by Anchor Investors are provided below.
1. Anchor Investor Application Forms will be made available for the Anchor Investor Portion at the offices
of the BRLM.
2. The Bid must be for a minimum of such number of Equity Shares so that the Bid Amount exceeds
₹1,000.00 lakhs. A Bid cannot be submitted for over 60% of the QIB Portion. In case of a Mutual Fund,
separate Bids by individual schemes of a Mutual Fund will be aggregated to determine the minimum
application size of ₹1,000.00 lakhs.
3. One-third of the Anchor Investor Portion will be reserved for allocation to domestic Mutual Funds.
4. Bidding for Anchor Investors will open one Working Day before the Bid/ Offer Opening Date and will
be completed on the same day.
5. Our Company, in consultation with the BRLM will finalize allocation to the Anchor Investors on a
discretionary basis, provided that the minimum number of Allottees in the Anchor Investor Portion will
not be less than: (a) maximum of two Anchor Investors, where allocation under the Anchor Investor
Portion is up to ₹1,000.00 lakhs; (b) minimum of two and maximum of 15 Anchor Investors, where the
allocation under the Anchor Investor Portion is more than ₹1,000.00 lakhs but up to ₹25,000.00 lakhs,
subject to a minimum Allotment of ₹500.00 lakhs per Anchor Investor; and (c) in case of allocation above
₹25,000.00 lakhs under the Anchor Investor Portion, a minimum of five such investors and a maximum
of 15 Anchor Investors for allocation up to ₹25,000.00 lakhs, and an additional 10 Anchor Investors for
every additional ₹25,000.00 lakhs, subject to minimum Allotment of ₹5,000.00 lakhs per Anchor Investor.
6. Allocation to Anchor Investors will be completed on the Anchor Investor Bidding Date. The number of
Equity Shares allocated to Anchor Investors and the price at which the allocation is made, will be made
available in the public domain by the BRLM before the Bid/ Offer Opening Date, through intimation to
the Stock Exchanges.
7. Anchor Investors cannot withdraw or lower the size of their Bids at any stage after submission of the Bid.
8. If the Offer Price is greater than the Anchor Investor Allocation Price, the additional amount being the
difference between the Offer Price and the Anchor Investor Allocation Price will be payable by the
Anchor Investors on the Anchor Investor Pay-in Date specified in the CAN. If the Offer Price is lower
than the Anchor Investor Allocation Price, Allotment to successful Anchor Investors will be at the higher
price, i.e., the Anchor Investor Offer Price.
9. 50% of the Equity Shares Allotted to Anchor Investors in the Anchor Investor Portion shall be locked in
for a period of 90 days from the date of Allotment and the remaining 50% of the Equity Shares Allotted
to Anchor Investors in the Anchor Investor Portion shall be locked in for a period of 30 days from the
date of Allotment.
10. Neither the (a) BRLM (s) or any associate of the BRLM (other than mutual funds sponsored by entities
which are associate of the BRLM or insurance companies promoted by entities which are associate of the
BRLM or Alternate Investment Funds (AIFs) sponsored by the entities which are associates of the BRLM
or FPIs, other than individuals, corporate bodies and family offices, which are associates of the BRLM or
pension funds sponsored by entities which are associate of the BRLM) nor (b) the Promoters, Promoter
Group or any person related to the Promoters or members of our Promoter Group shall apply under the
Anchor Investors category.
11. Bids made by QIBs under both the Anchor Investor Portion and the QIB Portion will not be considered
multiple Bids. For more information, please read the General Information Document.
The information set out above is given for the benefit of the Bidders. Our Company, the Promoter Selling
Shareholders and the BRLM are not liable for any amendments or modification or changes in applicable
laws or regulations, which may occur after the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, when filed.
Bidders are advised to make their independent investigations and ensure that any single Bid from them
does not exceed the applicable investment limits or maximum number of the Equity Shares that can be held
by them under applicable law or regulations, or as specified in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or as will
be specified in the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus. Further, each Bidder where required must
agree in the Allotment Advice that such Bidder will not sell or transfer any Equity Shares or any economic
interest therein, including any off-shore derivative instruments, such as participatory notes, issued against
the Equity Shares or any similar security, other than in accordance with applicable laws.
407Information for Bidders
The relevant Designated Intermediary will enter a maximum of three Bids at different price levels opted in the
Bid cum Application Form and such options are not considered as multiple Bids. It is the Bidder’s responsibility
to obtain the acknowledgment slip from the relevant Designated Intermediary. The registration of the Bid by the
Designated Intermediary does not guarantee that the Equity Shares shall be allocated/Allotted. Such
Acknowledgement Slip will be non-negotiable and by itself will not create any obligation of any kind. When a
Bidder revises his or her Bid, he /she shall surrender the earlier Acknowledgement Slip and may request for a
revised acknowledgment slip from the relevant Designated Intermediary as proof of his or her having revised the
previous Bid.
In relation to electronic registration of Bids, the permission given by the Stock Exchanges to use their network and
software of the electronic bidding system should not in any way be deemed or construed to mean that the
compliance with various statutory and other requirements by our Company, the Promoter Selling Shareholders
and/or the Book Running Lead Manager are cleared or approved by the Stock Exchanges; nor does it in any
manner warrant, certify or endorse the correctness or completeness of compliance with the statutory and other
requirements, nor does it take any responsibility for the financial or other soundness of our Company, the
management or any scheme or project of our Company; nor does it in any manner warrant, certify or endorse the
correctness or completeness of any of the contents of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or the Red Herring
Prospectus; nor does it warrant that the Equity Shares will be listed or will continue to be listed on the Stock
Exchanges.
General Instructions
Please note that QIBs and Non-Institutional Bidders are not permitted to withdraw their Bid(s) or lower the size
of their Bid(s) (in terms of quantity of Equity Shares or the Bid Amount) at any stage. RIBs and Eligible
Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion can revise their Bid(s) during the Bid/ Offer Period and
withdraw or lower the size of their Bid(s) until Bid/ Offer Closing Date. Anchor Investors are not allowed to
withdraw their Bids after the Anchor Investor Bidding Date.
Do’s:
1. Bidders must ensure that their PAN is linked with Aadhaar and are in compliance with the notification
dated February 13, 2020 issued by the Central Board of Direct Taxes and the press release dated June 25,
2021, September 17, 2021, March 30, 2022 and March 28, 2023 read with subsequent circulars issued in
relation thereto;
2. Check if you are eligible to apply as per the terms of the Red Herring Prospectus and under applicable
law, rules, regulations, guidelines and approvals. All Bidders (other than Anchor Investors) should submit
their Bids through the ASBA process only;
3. Ensure that you have Bid within the Price Band;
4. Read all the instructions carefully and complete the Bid cum Application Form in the prescribed form;
5. Ensure that you (other than the Anchor Investors) have mentioned the correct details of ASBA Account
(i.e. bank account number or UPI ID, as applicable) in the Bid cum Application Form if you are not an
UPI Bidder in the Bid cum Application Form and if you are an UPI Bidder ensure that you have
mentioned the correct UPI ID (with maximum length of 45 characters including the handle), in the Bid
cum Application Form;
6. UPI Bidders through the SCSBs and mobile applications shall ensure that the name of the bank appears
in the list of SCSBs which are live on UPI, as displayed on the SEBI website. UPI Bidders shall ensure
that the name of the app and the UPI handle which is used for making the application appears in Annexure
‘A’ to the SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/COR/P/2019/85 dated July 26, 2019;
7. Ensure that your Bid cum Application Form bearing the stamp of a Designated Intermediary is submitted
to the Designated Intermediary at the relevant Bidding Centre (except in case of electronic Bids) within
the prescribed time. Bidders (other than Anchor Investors) shall submit the Bid cum Application Form in
the manner set out in the General Information Document;
8. Ensure that Anchor Investors submit their Bid cum Application Forms only to the BRLM;
9. UPI Bidders Bidding in the Offer shall ensure that they use only their own ASBA Account or only their
own bank account linked UPI ID to make an application in the Offer and not ASBA Account or bank
408account linked UPI ID of any third party;
10. All Bidders (other than Anchor Investors) should submit their Bids through the ASBA process only;
11. Ensure that you mandatorily have funds equal to or higher than the Bid Amount in the ASBA Account
maintained with the SCSB before submitting the ASBA Form to the relevant Designated Intermediaries;
12. If the First Bidder is not the bank account holder, ensure that the Bid cum Application Form is signed by
the account holder. Ensure that you have an account with an SCSB and have mentioned the correct bank
account number in the Bid cum Application Form (for all ASBA Bidders other than UPI Bidders);
13. Ensure that the signature of the First Bidder in case of joint Bids, is included in the Bid cum Application
Forms;
14. Ensure that you request for and receive a stamped acknowledgement counterfoil or acknowledgment
specifying the application number as a proof of having accepted Bid cum Application Form for all your
Bid options from the concerned Designated Intermediary;
15. The ASBA bidders shall ensure that bids above ₹500,000, are uploaded only by the SCSBs;
16. Ensure that the name(s) given in the Bid cum Application Form is/are exactly the same as the name(s)
in which the beneficiary account is held with the Depository Participant. In case of joint Bids, the Bid cum
Application Form should contain only the name of the First Bidder whose name should also appear as the
first holder of the beneficiary account held in joint names Ensure that the signature of the First Bidder is
included in the Bid cum Application Forms;
17. Bidders not using the UPI Mechanism, should submit their Bid cum Application Form directly with
SCSBs and/or the designated branches of SCSBs or the relevant Designated Intermediary, as applicable;
18. UPI Bidders in the Offer to ensure that they shall use only their own ASBA Account or only their own
bank account linked UPI ID which is UPI 2.0 certified by NPCI to make an application in the Offer and
not ASBA Account or bank account linked UPI ID of any third party;
19. Ensure that you submit the revised Bids to the same Designated Intermediary, through whom the original
Bid was placed and obtain a revised acknowledgment;
20. Ensure that you have correctly signed the authorisation/undertaking box in the Bid cum Application
Form, or have otherwise provided an authorisation to the SCSB or Sponsor Banks, as applicable, via the
electronic mode, for blocking funds in the ASBA Account equivalent to the Bid Amount mentioned in
the Bid cum Application Form, as the case may be, at the time of submission of the Bid. In case of UPI
Bidders submitting their Bids and participating in the Offer, ensure that you authorise the UPI Mandate
Request, including in case of any revision of Bids, raised by the Sponsor Banks for blocking of funds
equivalent to Bid Amount and subsequent debit of funds in case of Allotment;
21. Except for Bids (i) on behalf of the Central or State Governments and the officials appointed by the
courts, who, in terms of the SEBI circular no. MRD/Dop/Cir-20/2008 dated June 30, 2008, may be exempt
from specifying their PAN for transacting in the securities market, (ii) submitted by investors who are
exempt from the requirement of obtaining/specifying their PAN for transacting in the securities market,
and (iii) Bids by persons resident in the state of Sikkim, who, in terms of a SEBI circular no.
MRD/DoP/SE/Cir- 8 /2006 dated July 20, 2006, may be exempted from specifying their PAN for
transacting in the securities market, all Bidders should mention their PAN allotted under the IT Act. The
exemption for the Central or the State Government and officials appointed by the courts and for investors
residing in the State of Sikkim is subject to (a) the Demographic Details received from the respective
depositories confirming the exemption granted to the beneficial owner by a suitable description in the
PAN field and the beneficiary account remaining in “active status”; and (b) in the case of residents of
Sikkim, the address as per the Demographic Details evidencing the same. All other applications in which
PAN is not mentioned will be rejected;
22. Ensure that the Demographic Details are updated, true and correct in all respects;
23. Ensure that thumb impressions and signatures other than in the languages specified in the Eighth
Schedule to the Constitution of India are attested by a Magistrate or a Notary Public or a Special
Executive Magistrate under official seal;
24. Ensure that the category and the investor status is indicated in the Bid cum Application Form to ensure
proper upload of your Bid in the electronic Bidding system of the Stock Exchanges;
25. Ensure that in case of Bids under power of attorney or by limited companies, corporates, trust, etc., relevant
documents including a copy of the power of attorney, if applicable, are submitted;
26. Ensure that Bids submitted by any person resident outside India is in compliance with applicable foreign
and Indian laws;
27. UPI Bidders who wish to Bid should submit Bid with the Designated Intermediaries, pursuant to which
the UPI Bidder should ensure acceptance of the UPI Mandate Request received from the Sponsor Bank(s)
to authorise blocking of funds equivalent to the revised Bid Amount in the UPI Bidder’s ASBA Account;
40928. Since the Allotment will be in demat form only, ensure that the Bidder’s depository account is active,
the correct DP ID, Client ID, the PAN, UPI ID, if applicable, are mentioned in their Bid cum Application
Form and that the name of the Bidder, the DP ID, Client ID, the PAN and UPI ID, if applicable, entered
into the online IPO system of the Stock Exchanges by the relevant Designated Intermediary, as
applicable, matches with the name, DP ID, Client ID, PAN and UPI ID, if applicable, available in the
Depository database;
29. UPI Bidders who wish to revise their Bids using the UPI Mechanism, should submit the revised Bid with
the Designated Intermediaries, pursuant to which RIBs should ensure acceptance of the UPI Mandate
Request received from the Sponsor Banks to authorise blocking of funds equivalent to the revised Bid
Amount in the RIB’s ASBA Account;
30. Ensure that you have accepted the UPI Mandate Request received from the Sponsor Banks prior to 12:00
p.m. IST of the Working Day immediately after the Bid/ Offer Closing Date;
31. Anchor Investors should submit the Anchor Investor Application Forms to the BRLM;
32. FPIs making MIM Bids using the same PAN, and different beneficiary account numbers, Client IDs and
DP IDs, are required to submit a confirmation that their Bids are under the MIM structure and indicate the
name of their investment managers in such confirmation which shall be submitted along with each of
their Bid cum Application Forms. In the absence of such confirmation from the relevant FPIs, such MIM
Bids shall be rejected;
33. Bids by Eligible NRIs for a Bid Amount of less than ₹200,000 would be considered under the retail
category for the purposes of allocation and Bids for a Bid Amount exceeding ₹200,000 would be
considered under the non-institutional category for allocation in the Offer;
34. UPI Bidders shall ensure that details of the Bid are reviewed and verified by opening the attachment in
the UPI Mandate Request and then proceed to authorise the UPI Mandate Request using his/her UPI
PIN. Upon the authorisation of the mandate using his/her UPI PIN, an UPI Bidder may be deemed to
have verified the attachment containing the application details of the UPI Bidder in the UPI Mandate
Request and have agreed to block the entire Bid Amount and authorised the Sponsor Banks to block the
Bid Amount mentioned in the Bid Cum Application Form; and
35. Ensure that while Bidding through a Designated Intermediary, the Bid cum Application Form (other than
for Anchor Investors and UPI Bidders) is submitted to a Designated Intermediary in a Bidding Centre
and that the SCSB where the ASBA Account, as specified in the ASBA Form, is maintained has named
at least one branch at that location for the Designated Intermediary to deposit ASBA Forms (a list of
such branches is available on the website of SEBI at www.sebi.gov.in).
The Bid cum Application Form is liable to be rejected if the above instructions, as applicable, are not complied
with.
Don’ts:
1. Do not Bid for lower than the minimum Bid Lot;
2. Do not Bid on another Bid cum Application Form and the Anchor Investor Application Form, as the case
may be after you have submitted a Bid to a Designated Intermediary;
3. Do not Bid/revise Bid Amount to less than the Floor Price or higher than the Cap Price;
4. Do not submit the ASBA Forms to any non-SCSB bank or to our Company or at a location other than
the Bidding Centres;
5. Do not submit the ASBA Forms to any Designated Intermediary that is not authorised to collect the
relevant ASBA Forms;
6. Do not pay the Bid Amount in cheques, demand drafts or by cash, money order, postal order or by stock
invest;
7. Do not send Bid cum Application Forms by post; instead submit the same to the Designated Intermediary
only;
8. Do not Bid at Cut-off Price (for Bids by QIBs and Non-Institutional Bidders);
9. Do not instruct your respective banks to release the funds blocked in the ASBA Account under the ASBA
process;
10. Do not submit the Bid for an amount more than funds available in your ASBA account;
11. Do not submit Bids on plain paper or on incomplete or illegible Bid cum Application Forms or on Bid cum
Application Forms in a colour prescribed for another category of a Bidder;
12. In case of ASBA Bidders, do not submit more than one ASBA Form from an ASBA Account;
13. Do not submit the Bid without ensuring that funds equivalent to the entire Bid Amount are available for
410blocking in the relevant ASBA Account or in the case of UPI Bidders, in the UPI-linked bank account
where funds for making the Bid are available;
14. If you are an UPI Bidder, do not submit more than one Bid cum Application Form for each UPI ID;
15. Anchor Investors should not Bid through the ASBA process;
16. Do not submit the ASBA Forms to any Designated Intermediary that is not authorised to collect the
relevant ASBA Forms or to our Company;
17. Do not Bid on a Bid cum Application Form that does not have the stamp of the relevant Designated
Intermediary;
18. Do not submit the General Index Register (GIR) number instead of the PAN;
19. Do not submit incorrect details of the DP ID, Client ID, PAN and UPI ID, if applicable, or provide details
for a beneficiary account which is suspended or for which details cannot be verified by the Registrar to
the Offer;
20. Do not submit a Bid in case you are not eligible to acquire Equity Shares of face value of ₹10 each under
applicable law or your relevant constitutional documents or otherwise;
21. Do not Bid if you are not competent to contract under the Indian Contract Act, 1872 (other than minors
having valid depository accounts as per Demographic Details provided by the depository);
22. Do not submit a Bid/revise a Bid Amount, with a price less than the Floor Price or higher than the Cap
Price;
23. Do not submit a Bid using UPI ID, if you are not a UPI Bidder;
24. Do not Bid on another Bid cum Application Form or the Anchor Investor Application Form, as the case
may be, after you have submitted a Bid to any of the Designated Intermediaries;
25. Do not Bid for Equity Shares of face value of ₹10 each more than what is specified for each category;
26. If you are a QIB, do not submit your Bid after 3 p.m. IST on the QIB Bid/Offer Closing Date;
27. Do not fill up the Bid cum Application Form such that the number of Equity Shares of face value of ₹10
each Bid for, exceeds the Offer size and/or investment limit or maximum number of the Equity Shares of
face value of ₹10 each that can be held under applicable laws or regulations or maximum amount
permissible under applicable laws or regulations, or under the terms of the Red Herring Prospectus;
28. Do not withdraw your Bid or lower the size of your Bid (in terms of quantity of the Equity Shares of face
value of ₹10 each or the Bid Amount) at any stage, if you are a QIB or a Non-Institutional Bidder. RIBs
and Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion can revise or withdraw their Bids
on or before the Bid/ Offer Closing Date;
29. Do not submit Bids to a Designated Intermediary at a location other than the Bidding Centres. If you are
UPI Bidder, do not submit the ASBA Form directly with SCSBs;
30. If you are an UPI Bidder which is submitting the ASBA Form with any of the Designated Intermediaries
and using your UPI ID for the purpose of blocking of funds, do not use any third party bank account or
third party linked bank account UPI ID;
31. Do not Bid if you are an OCB;
32. UPI Bidders using the incorrect UPI handle or using a bank account of an SCSB and/ or mobile
applications which is not mentioned in the list provided on the SEBI website is liable to be rejected;
33. Do not submit the Bid cum Application Forms to any non-SCSB bank;
34. Do not submit a Bid cum Application Form with third party ASBA Bank Account or UPI ID (in case of
Bids submitted by UPI Bidder);
35. Do not Bid for a Bid Amount exceeding ₹200,000 (for Bids by Retail Individual Bidders) and ₹5.00
lakhs for Bids by Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion;
36. Do not link the UPI ID with a bank account maintained with a bank that is not UPI 2.0 certified by the
NPCI in case of Bids submitted by UPI Bidders; and
37. In case of ASBA Bidders (other than 3 in 1 Bids) Syndicate Members shall ensure that they do not upload
any bids above ₹500,000.
The Bid cum Application Form is liable to be rejected if the above instructions, as applicable, are not complied
with. Application made using incorrect UPI handle or using a bank account of an SCSB or SCSBs which is not
mentioned in list available on the website of SEBI at
www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedFpi=yes&intmId=43 and updated from time to
time and at such other websites as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time is liable to be rejected.
Grounds for technical rejection
In addition to the grounds for rejection of Bids on technical grounds as provided in the GID, Bidders are requested
411to note that Bids maybe rejected on the following additional technical grounds:
(a) Bids submitted without instruction to the SCSBs to block the entire Bid Amount;
(b) Bids which do not contain details of the Bid Amount and the bank account details in the ASBA Form;
(c) Bids submitted on a plain paper;
(d) Bids submitted by UPI Bidders through an SCSBs and/or using a mobile application or UPI handle, not
listed on the website of SEBI;
(e) Bids under the UPI Mechanism submitted by UPI Bidders using third-party bank accounts or using a
third-party linked bank account UPI ID (subject to availability of information regarding third-party
account from Sponsor Bank(s));
(f) Anchor Investors should submit Anchor Investor Application Form only to the Book Running Lead
Manager;
(g) Do not Bid on another Bid cum Application Form and the Anchor Investor Application Form, as the case
may be, after you have submitted a Bid to any of the Designated Intermediary;
(h) ASBA Form by the UPI Bidders using third party bank accounts or using third party linked bank account
UPI IDs;
(i) ASBA Form submitted to a Designated Intermediary does not bear the stamp of the Designated
Intermediary;
(j) Bids submitted without the signature of the First Bidder or Sole Bidder;
(k) The ASBA Form not being signed by the account holders, if the account holder is different from the
Bidder;
(l) Bids by persons for whom PAN details have not been verified and whose beneficiary accounts are
“suspended for credit” in terms of the SEBI ICDR Master Circular;
(m) GIR number furnished instead of PAN;
(n) Bids by RIBs with Bid Amount of a value of more than ₹ 200,000;
(o) Bids by persons who are not eligible to acquire Equity Shares in terms of all applicable laws, rules,
regulations, guidelines and approvals;
(p) Bids accompanied by stock invest, money order, postal order, or cash; and
(q) Bids uploaded by QIBs after 4.00 pm on the QIB Bid/Offer Closing Date and by Non-Institutional
Bidders uploaded after 4.00 p.m. on the Bid/Offer Closing Date, and Bids by RIBs uploaded after 5.00
p.m. on the Bid/Offer Closing Date, unless extended by the Stock Exchanges. On Bid/Offer Closing
Date, extension of time may be granted by Stock Exchanges only for uploading Bids received by RIBs
after taking into account the total number of Bids received and as reported by the BRLM to the Stock
Exchanges.
Further, in case of any pre-Offer or post-Offer related issues regarding share certificates/ demat credit/refund
orders/unblocking etc., Bidders can reach out to the Company Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer. For further
details of the Company Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer, see “General Information” and “Our
Management” beginning on pages 87 and 232, respectively.
In case of any delay in unblocking of amounts in the ASBA Accounts (including amounts blocked through the UPI
Mechanism) exceeding two Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date, the Bidder shall be compensated in
accordance with applicable law. The Book Running Lead Manager shall, in their sole discretion, identify and fix
the liability on such intermediary or entity responsible for such delay in unblocking. Further, Bidders shall be
entitled to compensation in the manner specified in the SEBI ICDR Master Circular (to the extent applicable)
in case of delays in resolving investor grievances in relation to blocking/unblocking of funds.
The BRLM shall be the nodal entity for any issues arising out of public issuance process. In terms of Regulation
23(5) and Regulation 52 of SEBI ICDR Regulations, the timelines and processes mentioned in SEBI RTA Master
Circular shall continue to form part of the agreements being signed between the intermediaries involved in the
public issuance process and the BRLM shall continue to coordinate with intermediaries involved in the said
process.
For details of grounds for technical rejections of a Bid cum Application Form, please see the General Information
Document.
Names of entities responsible for finalising the basis of allotment in a fair and proper manner
The authorised employees of the Designated Stock Exchange, along with the BRLM and the Registrar to the Offer,
412shall ensure that the Basis of Allotment is finalised in a fair and proper manner in accordance with the procedure
specified in SEBI ICDR Regulations.
Method of allotment as may be prescribed by Securities and Exchange Board of India from time to time
Our Company will not make any allotment in excess of the Equity Shares offered through the Offer through the
Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus, except in case of oversubscription for the purpose of rounding off to
make allotment, in consultation with the Designated Stock Exchange. Further, upon oversubscription, an allotment
of not more than 1% of the Offer may be made for the purpose of making allotment in minimum lots.
The allotment of Equity Shares to applicants other than to the RIBs, Non-Institutional Bidders and Anchor
Investors shall be on a proportionate basis within the respective investor categories and the number of securities
allotted shall be rounded off to the nearest integer, subject to minimum allotment being equal to the minimum
application size as determined and disclosed. The Allotment of Equity Shares to Anchor Investors shall be on a
discretionary basis.
The Allotment of Equity Shares to each Retail Individual Bidder shall not be less than the minimum Bid Lot,
subject to the availability of shares in Retail Individual Bidder category, and the remaining available shares, if
any, shall be allotted on a proportionate basis.
Not more than 15% of the Offer shall be available for allocation to Non-Institutional Bidders. The Equity Shares
available for allocation to Non-Institutional Bidders under the Non-Institutional Portion, shall be subject to the
following: (i) one-third of the portion available to Non-Institutional Bidders shall be reserved for applicants with
an application size of more than ₹ 200,000 and up to ₹ 1,000,000, and (ii) two-third of the portion available to
Non-Institutional Bidders shall be reserved for applicants with an application size of more than ₹ 1,000,000,
provided that the unsubscribed portion in either of the aforementioned sub-categories may be allocated to
applicants in the other sub-category of Non-Institutional Bidders. The allotment to each Non-Institutional Bidder
shall not be less than the minimum NIB application size, subject to the availability of Equity Shares in the Non-
Institutional Portion, and the remaining Equity Shares.
Payment into Anchor Investor Escrow Accounts
Our Company, in consultation with the BRLM will decide the list of Anchor Investors to whom the CAN will be
sent, pursuant to which, the details of the Equity Shares allocated to them in their respective names will be notified
to such Anchor Investors. For Anchor Investors, the payment instruments for payment into the Anchor Investor
Escrow Account should be drawn in favour of:
(a) In case of resident Anchor Investors: “[●]”
(b) In case of Non-Resident Anchor Investors: “[●]”
Anchor Investors should note that the escrow mechanism is not prescribed by SEBI and has been established as an
arrangement between our Company, the Promoter Selling Shareholders, the Syndicate, the Escrow Collection
Bank and the Registrar to the Offer to facilitate collections of Bid amounts from Anchor Investors.
Pre-Offer Advertisement
Subject to Section 30 of the Companies Act, our Company shall, after filing the Red Herring Prospectus with the
RoC, publish a pre-Offer advertisement, in the form prescribed under the SEBI ICDR Regulations, in all edition
of [●] (a widely circulated English national daily newspaper), all edition of [●] (a widely circulated Hindi national
daily newspaper), and all edition of [●] (a widely circulated Marathi Regional Daily newspaper) (Marathi being
the regional language of Maharashtra where our Registered Office is located) each with wide circulation.
In the pre-Offer advertisement, we shall state the Bid/ Offer Opening Date and the Bid/ Offer Closing Date. This
advertisement, subject to the provisions of Section 30 of the Companies Act, shall be in the format prescribed in
Part A of Schedule X of the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
Allotment Advertisement
The Allotment advertisement shall be uploaded on the websites of our Company, BRLM and Registrar to the
413Offer, before 9 p.m. IST, on the date of receipt of the final listing and trading approval from the Stock Exchanges,
provided such final listing and trading approval from all the Stock Exchanges is received prior to 9:00 p.m. IST
on that day. In an event, if final listing and trading approval from the Stock Exchanges is received post 9:00 p.m.
IST on that date, then the Allotment Advertisement shall be uploaded on the websites of our Company, BRLM
and Registrar to the Offer, following the receipt of final listing and trading approval from all the Stock Exchanges.
Our Company, the BRLM and the Registrar to the Offer shall publish the Basis of Allotment advertisement not
later than one day after the date of commencement of trading, disclosing the date of commencement of trading in
all edition of [●] (a widely circulated English national daily newspaper), all edition of [●] (a widely circulated
Hindi national daily newspaper), and all edition of [●] (a widely circulated Marathi Regional Daily newspaper)
(Marathi being the regional language of Maharashtra where our Registered Office is located) each with wide
circulation.
The information set out above is given for the benefit of the Bidders/applicants. Bidders/applicants are
advised to make their independent investigations and ensure that the number of Equity Shares Bid for do
not exceed the prescribed limits under applicable laws or regulations.
Signing of the Underwriting Agreement and Filing with the Registrar of Companies, Mumbai
(a) Our Company, the Promoter Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters intend to enter into an
Underwriting Agreement after the finalisation of the Offer Price.
(b) After signing the Underwriting Agreement, an updated Red Herring Prospectus will be filed with the
RoC in accordance with applicable law, which would then be termed as the Prospectus. The Prospectus
will contain details of the Offer Price, the Anchor Investor Offer Price, the Offer size, and underwriting
arrangements and will be complete in all material respects.
Impersonation
Attention of the applicants is specifically drawn to the provisions of sub-section (1) of Section 38 of the
Companies Act, which is reproduced below:
“Any person who:
(a) makes or abets making of an application in a fictitious name to a company for acquiring, or
subscribing for, its securities; or
(b) makes or abets making of multiple applications to a company in different names or in different
combinations of his name or surname for acquiring or subscribing for its securities; or
(c) otherwise induces directly or indirectly a company to allot, or register any transfer of,
securities to him, or to any other person in a fictitious name, shall be liable for action under
Section 447.”
The liability prescribed under Section 447 of the Companies Act, for fraud involving an amount of at least ₹10
lakhs or 1% of the turnover of our Company, whichever is lower, includes imprisonment for a term which shall
not be less than six months extending up to 10 years and fine of an amount not less than the amount involved in
the fraud, extending up to three times such amount (provided that where the fraud involves public interest, such
term shall not be less than three years.) Further, where the fraud involves an amount less than ₹10 lakhs or one per
cent of the turnover of the company, whichever is lower, and does not involve public interest, any person guilty of
such fraud shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to five years or with fine which
may extend to ₹50 lakhs or with both.
Undertakings by our Company
Our Company undertakes the following:
• the complaints received in respect of the Offer shall be attended to by our Company expeditiously and
satisfactorily;
• all steps for completion of the necessary formalities for listing and commencement of trading at all the
Stock Exchanges where the Equity Shares are proposed to be listed are taken within three Working Days
from the Bid/ Offer Closing Date or within such other time period as prescribed by SEBI will be taken;
414• the funds required for making refunds/unblocking (to the extent applicable) as per the mode(s) disclosed
shall be made available to the Registrar to the Offer by our Company;
• if Allotment is not made within the prescribed timelines under applicable laws, the entire subscription
amount received will be refunded /unblocked within the time prescribed under applicable laws. If there is
a delay beyond such prescribed time, our Company shall pay interest prescribed under the Companies
Act, the SEBI ICDR Regulations and other applicable laws for the delayed period;
• where refunds (to the extent applicable) are made through electronic transfer of funds, a suitable
communication shall be sent to the applicant within time prescribed under applicable laws, giving details
of the bank where refunds shall be credited along with amount and expected date of electronic credit of
refund;
• the Promoter’s contribution, if any, shall be brought in advance before the Bid/ Offer Opening Date and
the balance, if any, shall be brought in on a pro rata basis before calls are made on the Allottees, in
accordance with the applicable provisions of the SEBI ICDR Regulations;
• that if our Company does not proceed with the Offer after the Bid/ Offer Closing Date but prior to
Allotment, the reason thereof shall be given as a public notice within two Working days of the Bid/ Offer
Closing Date. The public notice shall be issued in the same newspapers where the pre-Offer
advertisements were published. The Stock Exchanges shall be informed promptly;
• that if the Offer is withdrawn after the Bid/ Offer Closing Date, our Company shall be required to file a
fresh offer document with SEBI, in the event a decision is taken to proceed with the Offer subsequently;
• that our Company shall not have recourse to the Net Proceeds until the final approval for listing and
trading of the Equity Shares from all the Stock Exchanges where the listing of the Equity Shares is sought
has been received;
• except for the allotment of Equity Shares pursuant to the Fresh Issue, the Pre-IPO Placement, if any and
upon any exercise of options vested pursuant to the ESOP Schemes, no further issue of the Equity Shares
shall be made till the Equity Shares offered through the Red Herring Prospectus are listed or until the
Bid monies are refunded/unblocked in the relevant ASBA Accounts on account of non-listing, under-
subscription, etc.; and
• adequate arrangements shall be made to collect all Bid cum Application Forms from Bidders.
Undertakings by the Promoter Selling Shareholders
Each Promoter Selling Shareholder undertakes, severally and not jointly, in relation to itself as a Promoter Selling
Shareholder and its respective portion of the Offered Shares that:
• such Offered Shares are eligible for being offered in the Offer for Sale in terms of Regulations 8 and 8A
of the SEBI ICDR Regulations and are in dematerialized form;
• it is the legal and beneficial owner of such Offered Shares; and
• The respective portion of the Offered Shares are fully paid up.
• he shall not offer any incentive, whether direct or indirect, in any manner, whether in cash or kind or
services or otherwise to any Bidder for making a Bid in the Offer, except for fees or commission for
services rendered in relation to the Offer;
he shall transfer the Offered Shares to an escrow demat account in accordance with the Share Escrow Agreement
Only the statements and undertakings provided above, in relation to each of the Promoter Selling Shareholders and
their respective portion of the Offered Shares, are statements which are specifically confirmed or undertaken,
severally and not jointly, by each Promoter Selling Shareholder in relation to itself and its respective portion of
the Offered Shares. No other statements in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus will be deemed to be made or
confirmed by any of the Promoter Selling Shareholders even if such statement relates to such Promoter Selling
Shareholder.
Utilisation of Offer proceeds
Our Company confirms that:
• all monies received out of the Fresh Issue shall be credited/transferred to a separate bank account other
than the bank account referred to in sub-section (3) of Section 40 of the Companies Act;
• details of all monies utilized out of the Fresh Issue shall be disclosed, and continue to be disclosed till
the time any part of the Net Proceeds remains unutilized, under an appropriate separate head in the
415balance sheet of our Company indicating the purpose for which such monies have been utilized; and
• details of all unutilized monies out of the Fresh Issue, if any shall be disclosed under an appropriate
separate head in the balance sheet of our Company indicating the form in which such unutilized monies
have been invested.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
416RESTRICTIONS ON FOREIGN OWNERSHIP OF INDIAN SECURITIES
Foreign investment in Indian securities is regulated through the Industrial Policy, 1991 of the Government of India
and FEMA. While the Industrial Policy, 1991 prescribes the limits and the conditions subject to which foreign
investment can be made in different sectors of the Indian economy, FEMA regulates the precise manner in which
such investment may be made. Foreign investment is permitted (except in the prohibited sectors) in Indian
companies, either through the automatic route or the approval route, depending upon the sector in which foreign
investment is sought to be made. The Government of India makes policy announcements on FDI through press
notes and press releases. The regulatory framework, over a period of time, thus, consists of acts, regulations, press
notes, press releases, and clarifications among other amendments. The DPIIT (formerly Department of Industrial
Policy & Promotion) issued the Consolidated FDI Policy Circular dated October 15, 2020, with effect from
October 15, 2020 (the “FDI Circular”), which consolidates and supersedes all previous press note, press releases
and clarifications on FDI issued by the DPIIT that were in force and effect prior to October 15, 2020. Under the
current FDI Policy, 100% foreign direct investment is permitted in the industry in which we operate, under the
automatic route, subject to compliance with certain prescribed conditions.
In terms of Press Note 3 of 2020, dated April 17, 2020 (“Press Note”), issued by the DPIIT, the FDI Circular and
the FEMA (Non-debt Instruments) Rules has been amended to state that all investments under the foreign direct
investment route by entities of a country which shares land border with India or where the beneficial owner of an
investment into India is situated in or is a citizen of any such country will require prior approval of the Government
of India. Further, in the event of transfer of ownership of any existing or future foreign direct investment in an
entity in India, directly or indirectly, resulting in the beneficial ownership falling within the aforesaid restriction/
purview, such subsequent change in the beneficial ownership will also require approval of the Government of
India.
Pursuant to the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) (Fourth Amendment) Rules, 2020, a
multilateral bank or fund, of which India is a member, shall not be treated as an entity of a particular country nor
shall any country be treated as the beneficial owner of the investments of such bank of fund in India. Each Bidder
should seek independent legal advice about its ability to participate in the Offer. In the event such prior approval
of the Government of India is required, and such approval has been obtained, the Bidder shall intimate our
Company and the Registrar to the Offer in writing about such approval along with a copy thereof within the Offer
Period. Transfer of shares between an Indian resident and a non-resident does not require the prior approval of the
RBI, provided that (i) the activities of the investee company are under the automatic route under the FDI Circular
and transfer does not attract the provisions of the SEBI Takeover Regulations; (ii) the non-resident shareholding
is within the sectoral limits under the FDI Circular; and (iii) the pricing is in accordance with the guidelines
prescribed by the SEBI/RBI
For details of the aggregate limit for investments by NRIs and FPIs in our Company, see “Offer Procedure – Bids
by Eligible NRIs” and “Offer Procedure –Bids by FPIs” on page 401 and 402, respectively.
As per the existing policy of the Government of India, OCBs cannot participate in this Offer.
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”), or the securities laws of any state of the United States and may not be
offered or sold within the United States, except pursuant to exemption from, or in a transaction not subject
to, the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Accordingly,
the Equity Shares are being offered and sold only outside the United States in offshore transactions in
reliance on Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act and the applicable laws of the jurisdiction where
those offers and sale occur. The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered, listed or otherwise
qualified in any other jurisdiction outside India and may not be offered or sold, and Applications may not
be made by persons in any such jurisdiction, except in compliance with the applicable laws of such
jurisdiction.
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered, listed or otherwise qualified in any other
jurisdiction outside India and may not be offered or sold, and Bids may not be made by persons in any such
jurisdiction, except in compliance with the applicable laws of such jurisdiction.
417The above information is given for the benefit of the Bidders. Our Company, Promoter Selling Shareholders and
the BRLM are not liable for any amendments or modification or changes in applicable laws or regulations, which
may occur after the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Bidders are advised to make their independent
investigations and ensure that the Bids are not in violation of laws or regulations applicable to them.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
418SECTION VIII – DESCRIPTION OF EQUITY SHARES AND TERMS OF THE ARTICLES OF
ASSOCIATION
Pursuant to the Companies Act and the SEBI ICDR Regulations, the Description of Equity Shares and Terms of
the Articles of Association are detailed below. Capitalised terms used in this section have the meaning given to
them in the Articles of Association. Each provision below is numbered as per the corresponding article number
in the Articles of Association and defined terms herein have the meaning given to them in the Articles of
Association.
The following regulations comprised in these Articles of Association were adopted pursuant to members’
resolution passed at the Extraordinary General Meeting held on, 21st June 2025 in substitution for and to the
entire exclusion of, the regulations contained in the existing Articles of Association of the Company.
MAIN PROVISIONS OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
Article 1
1. The regulation contained in the Table marked ‘F’ in Schedule F to the Companies Act, 2013 as amended
from time to time, shall not apply to the company, except in so far as the same are repeated, contained or
expressly made applicable in these Articles or by the said Act.
Article 2
2. The regulations for the management of the Company and for the observance by the members thereto and
their representatives, shall subject to any exercise of the statutory powers of the Company with reference
to the deletion or alteration or addition to its regulations by resolutions as prescribed or permitted by the
Companies Act 2013, as amended from time to time, be such as are contained in these Articles.
General Powers
1. Wherever in the Act or other laws, it has been provided that the company shall have any right, privilege
or authority or that the Company could carry out any transaction only if the Company is authorized by
its articles, then and in that case, this Article authorizes and empowers the Company and its board of
directors to have such rights, privileges or authorities to carry such transaction as have been permitted
by the Act, without there being any specific article in that behalf and it shall be deemed that the said
rights, privileges or authorities are existing in these Articles
Act to override these Articles in case of inconsistency
2. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, if any provision of these Articles is inconsistent
with the provisions of the Act or any other laws or becomes inconsistent or repugnant with the provisions
of the Act or any other laws on account of any amendment or modification or statutory re-enactment
thereof, the Company shall be governed and bound by, and the Board shall be deemed to be authorized
by these Articles to comply with, the provisions of the Act or any other laws to the extent of inconsistency
or repugnancy.
Interpretation Clause
I. In the interpretation of these Articles the following words and expressions shall have the following
meanings unless repugnant to the subject or context.
• “Act” means the Companies Act, 2013 along with the relevant Rules made there under, in force and any
statutory amendment thereto or replacement thereof and including any circulars, notifications and
clarifications issued by the relevant authority under the Companies Act, 2013, along with the relevant
Rules made there under. Reference to Act shall also include the Secretarial Standards issued by the
Institute of Company Secretaries of India constituted under the Company Secretaries Act, 1980.
• “Annual General Meeting” shall mean a General Meeting of the holders of Equity Shares held annually
and any adjournment thereof in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Act.
419• “Articles” shall mean these articles of association as adopted or as from time to time altered in
accordance with the provisions of these Articles and Act.
• “Auditors” shall mean and include those persons appointed as such for the time being by the Company.
• “Board” or “Board of Directors” shall mean the collective board of directors of the Company, as duly
called and constituted from time to time, in accordance with Law and the provisions of these Articles.
• “Board Meeting” shall mean any meeting of the Board, as convened from time to time and any
adjournment thereof, in accordance with law and the provisions of these Articles and Act.
• “Business Day” shall mean a day on which scheduled commercial banks are open for normal banking
business;
• “Capital” or “Share Capital” shall mean the authorized share capital of the Company.
• “Charge” means an interest or lien created on the property or assets of a Company or any of its
undertakings or both as security and includes a mortgage.
• “Chairman / Chairperson” shall mean Chairman of Board of Directors.
• “Company” or “this Company” shall mean Shriram Food Industry Limited
• “Company Secretary” or “Secretary” shall means a Company Secretary as defined in Section (c) of
subsection (1) of Section 2 of the Company Secretary Act, 1980 and who is appointed by a Company to
perform the functions of a Company Secretary under this Act.
• “Debenture” includes debenture stock, bonds or any other instrument of the Company evidencing a
debt, whether constituting a charge on the assets of the Company or not.
• “Depositories Act” shall mean The Depositories Act, 2018 and shall include any statutory modification
or re-enactment thereof.
• “Director” shall mean any director of the Company, including alternate directors, independent directors
and nominee directors appointed in accordance with the Law and the provisions of these Articles.
• “Dividend” shall include interim dividends.
• “Document” includes summons, notice, requisition, order, declaration, form and register, whether
issued, sent or kept in pursuance of this Act or under any other law for the time being in force or
otherwise, maintained on paper or in electronic form.
• “Encumbrance” shall mean any encumbrance including without limitation any mortgage, pledge,
charge, lien, deposit or assignment by way of security, bill of sale, option or right of pre-emption,
entitlement to beneficial ownership and any interest or right held, or claim that could be raised, by a third
party or any other encumbrance or security interest of any kind;
• “Equity Share Capital” shall mean the total issued and paid-up equity share capital of the Company,
calculated on a fully diluted basis.
• “Equity Shares” shall mean fully paid-up equity shares of the Company having a par value per equity
shares of the Company, or any other issued Share Capital of the Company that is reclassified,
reorganized, reconstituted or converted into equity shares of the Company.
• “Executor” or “Administrator” shall mean a person who has obtained probate or letters of
administration, as the case may be, from a court of competent jurisdiction and shall include the holder of
a succession certificate authorizing the holder thereof to negotiate or transfer the Shares or other
Securities of the deceased Shareholder and shall also include the holder of a certificate granted by the
Administrator-General appointed under the Administrator Generals Act, 1963.
• “Extraordinary General Meeting” shall mean an extraordinary general meeting of the members duly
called and constituted and adjourned holding in accordance with the provisions of the Articles and Act.
• “Financial Year” shall mean any fiscal year of the Company, beginning on April 1 of each calendar
year and ending on March 31 of the following calendar year.
• “Law/Laws” shall mean all applicable provisions of all (i) constitutions, treaties, statutes, laws
(including the common law), codes, rules, regulations, circulars, ordinances or orders of any
governmental authority and SEBI, (ii) governmental approvals, (iii) orders, decisions, injunctions,
judgments, awards and decrees of or agreements with any governmental authority, (iv) rules or guidelines
for compliance, of any stock exchanges, (v) international treaties, conventions and protocols, and (vi)
Indian GAAP or Ind-AS or any other generally accepted accounting principles.
• “Memorandum” shall mean the Memorandum of Association of the Company, as amended from time
to time.
• “Member” – means duly registered holder for the time being of the shares of the Company and in case
of shares held in dematerialized form, such person whose name is entered as a beneficial owner in the
records of a depository
420• "Month" means a calendar month.
• “Office” shall mean the registered office for the time being of the Company.
• “Paid-up” shall include the amount credited as paid up.
• “Person” shall mean any natural person, sole proprietorship, partnership, company, body corporate,
governmental authority, joint venture, trust, association or other entity (whether registered or not and
whether or not having separate legal personality).
• “Register of Members” shall mean the register of Shareholders to be kept pursuant to Section 88 of the
Act.
• “Registrar” shall mean the Registrar of Companies, from time to time having jurisdiction over the
Company.
• “Rules” shall mean the rules made under the Act and as notified from time to time.
• “Seal” shall mean the common seal(s) for the time being of the Company, if any or any other method of
authentication of documents as specified under the Act or amendment thereto.
• “SEBI” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Board of India, constituted under the Securities and
Exchange Board of India Act, 1992.
• “SEBI Listing Regulations” shall mean the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements)
Regulations, 2015, any statutory amendment thereto and any listing agreement entered into by the
Company with the Stock Exchanges.
• “Securities” or “securities” shall mean any Share (including Equity Shares), scrips, stocks, bonds,
debentures, warrants or options whether or not, directly or indirectly convertible into, or exercisable or
exchangeable into or for Equity Shares, and any other marketable securities.
• “Shares” or “shares” shall mean any share issued in the Share Capital of the Company, including Equity
Shares, preference shares and includes stock.
• “Shareholder” or “shareholder” or “member” shall mean any shareholder of the Company, from time
to time.
• “Shareholders’ Meeting” shall mean any meeting of the Shareholders of the Company, including
Annual General Meetings as well as Extraordinary General Meetings, convened from time to time in
accordance with the Act, applicable Laws and the provisions of these Articles.
• “Stock Exchanges” shall mean the BSE Limited, the National Stock Exchange of
India Limited and any other stock exchange in India where the Securities will be / are listed.
Interpretation
In these Articles (unless the context requires otherwise):
a) References to a person shall, where the context permits, include such person’s respective successors,
legal heirs and permitted assigns.
b) The descriptive headings of Articles are inserted solely for convenience of reference and are not intended
as complete or accurate descriptions of content thereof and shall not be used to interpret the provisions
of these Articles and shall not affect the construction of these Articles.
c) References to articles and sub-articles are references to Articles and sub-articles of and to these Articles
unless otherwise stated and references to these Articles include references to the articles and sub-articles
herein.
d) Words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, pronouns importing a gender include
each of the masculine, feminine and neuter genders, and where a word or phrase is defined, other parts
of speech and grammatical forms of that word or phrase shall have the corresponding meanings.
e) Wherever the words “include,” “includes,” or “including” is used in these Articles, such words shall be
deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.
f) The terms “hereof”, “herein”, “hereto”, “hereunder” or similar expressions used in these Articles mean
and refer to these Articles and not to any particular Article of these Articles, unless expressly stated
otherwise.
g) Reference to statutory provisions shall be construed as meaning and including references also to any
amendment or re- enactment for the time being in force and to all statutory instruments or orders made
pursuant to such statutory provisions.
h) In the event any of the provisions of the Articles are contrary to the provisions of the Act and the Rules,
the provisions of the Act and Rules will prevail.
421Save as aforesaid, any words or expressions defined in the Act shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context,
bear the same meaning in these Articles.
Public Company
II.
(1) “public company” means a company which
(a) is not a private company;
(b) has a minimum paid-up share capital as may be prescribed:
Provided that a company which is a subsidiary of a company, not being a private company, shall be
deemed to be public company for the purposes of this Act even where such subsidiary company continues
to be a private company in its articles
Share capital and Variation of Rights
III.
1. Subject to the provisions of the Act and these Articles, the shares in the capital of the company shall be
under the control of the Directors who may issue, allot or otherwise dispose of the same or any of them
to such persons, in such proportion and on such terms and conditions and either at a premium or at par
and at such time as they may from time to time think fit.
2. (i) Every person whose name is entered as a member in the register of members shall be entitled to
receive within two months after incorporation, in case of subscribers to the memorandum or
after allotment or within one month after the application for the registration of transfer or
transmission or within such other period as the conditions of issue shall be provided, -
(a) one certificate for all his shares without payment of any charges; or
(b) several certificates, each for one or more of his shares, upon payment of twenty rupees
for each certificate after the first.
(ii) Every certificate shall specify the shares to which it relates and the amount of paid-up thereon
and shall be signed by two directors or by director and the company secretary, where the
company has appointed a company secretary:
Provided that in case the company has a common seal, it shall be affixed in the presence of the
persons required to sign certificate.
(iii) In respect of any share or shares held jointly by several persons, the company shall not be bound
to issue more than one certificate, and delivery of a certificate for a share to one of several joint
holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.
3. (i) If any share certificate be worn out, defaced, mutilated or torn or if there be no further space on
the back for endorsement of transfer, then upon production and surrender thereof to the
company, a new certificate may be issued in lieu thereof, and if any certificate is lost or
destroyed then upon proof thereof to the satisfaction of the company and on execution of such
indemnity as the company deem adequate, a new certificate in lieu thereof shall be given. Every
certificate under this Article shall be issued without payment of fee if the directors so decide or
on payment of not exceeding twenty rupees for each certificate as the directors shall prescribe.
Every Certificate shall be issued in such manner as prescribed under the Act or Rules framed
thereunder or under other applicable laws applicable from time to time.
The particulars of every renewed or duplicate share certificate issued shall be entered forthwith
in a Register of Renewed and Duplicate Share Certificates maintained in prescribed format
indicating against the name(s) of the person(s) to whom the certificate is issued, the number and
date of issue of the share certificate in lieu of which the new certificate is issued, and the
necessary changes indicated in the Register of Members by suitable cross-references in the
“Remarks” column.
422Provided that notwithstanding what is stated above the Directors shall comply with such Rules
or Regulation or requirements of any Stock Exchange or the Rules made under the Act or the
rules made under Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, or any other Act, or rules
applicable in this behalf.
(ii) The provisions of Articles (2) and (3) shall mutatis mutandis apply to debentures and other
securities of the company.
4. Except as required by law, no person shall be recognized by the company as holding any share upon any
trust, and the company shall not be bound by, or be compelled in any way to recognize (even when having
notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share, or any interest in any
fractional part of a share, or (except only as by these regulations or by law otherwise provided) any other
rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.
5. (i) The company may exercise the powers of paying commissions conferred by sub-section (6) of
section 40, provided that the rate per cent. or the amount of the commission paid or agreed to
be paid shall be disclosed in the manner required by that section and rules made thereunder.
(ii) The rate or amount of the commission shall not exceed the rate or amount prescribed in rules
made under sub-section (6) of section 40.
(iii) The commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the allotment of fully or partly paid
shares or partly in the one way and partly in the other.
6. (i) If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to
any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may,
subject to the provisions of section 48, and whether or not the company is being wound up, be
varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that
class, or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of
the shares of that class.
(ii) To every such separate meeting, the provisions of these regulations relating to general meetings
shall mutatis mutandis apply, but so that the necessary quorum shall be at least two persons
holding at least one-third of the issued shares of the class in question.
7. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall
not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to
be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking Pari passu therewith.
8. Subject to the provisions of section 55, any preference shares may, with the sanction of an ordinary
resolution, be issued on the terms that they are to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the
company before the issue of the shares may, by special resolution, determine.
Any debentures, debenture-stock or other securities may be issued at a discount, premium or otherwise
and may be issued on condition that they shall be convertible into shares of any denomination and with
any privileges and conditions as to redemption, surrender, drawing, allotment of shares, attending (but
not voting) at the General Meeting, the appointment of Directors and otherwise. Debentures with the
right to conversion into or allotment of shares shall be issued only with the consent of the Company in
the General Meeting by a Special Resolution.
The Company may exercise the powers of issuing sweat equity shares conferred by Section 54 of the Act
of a class of shares already issued subject to such conditions as may be specified in the Act and Rules
framed thereunder.
The Company may provide share-based benefits including but not limited to Stock Options, Stock
Appreciation Rights, or any other co-investment share plan and other forms of share-based
compensations to Employees including its Directors other than independent directors and such other
persons as the rules may allow, under any scheme, subject to the provisions of the Act, the Rules made
thereunder and any other law for the time being in force, by whatever name called.
423Subject to compliance with applicable provision of the Act and Rules framed thereunder and other
applicable laws, the Company shall have power to issue depository receipts and other permissible
securities in any foreign country and to seek listing thereof on any foreign stock exchange(s).
Subject to compliance with applicable provisions of the Act and Rules framed thereunder, the Company
shall have power to issue any kind of securities or kinds of share capital as permitted to be issued under
the Act and rules framed thereunder.
The Company may issue warrants subject to compliance with the provisions of the Act, the SEBI (Issue
of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018 or any statutory modifications or re-
enactment thereof and other applicable laws as may be applicable.
The provisions of these Articles relating to share capital and variation of rights thereon shall mutatis
mutandis apply to Debentures and other securities of the Company, as applicable.
The Board shall comply with such Rules or Regulations or Requirements of any stock exchange or the
Rules made under Securities Contract (Regulations) Act, 1956 or any other Act or Rules as may be
applicable for the purpose of these Articles.
Provided that any restriction, condition or prohibition required to be included in the Articles of
Association pursuant to any such Rules, Regulations or Requirements of any stock exchange or the Rules
made under Securities Contract (Regulations) Act, 1956 or any other Act and which are not incorporated
in these Articles shall be deemed have effect as if such restriction, condition or prohibition are expressly
provided by or under these Articles.
Company shall not give whether directly or indirectly, by means of a loan, guarantee, the provision of
security or otherwise, any financial assistance for or in connection with the purchase or subscription of
any shares in the Company or in its holding Company, save as provided by Section 67 of the Act.
If by the conditions of allotment of any share the whole or part of the amount or issue price thereof shall
be payable by installment, every such installment shall when due be paid to the Company by the person
who for the time being and from time to time shall be the registered holder of the share or his legal
representative.
Dematerialization
8A. Subject to the provisions of the Act and Rules made thereunder the Company shall offer its members
facility to hold securities issued by it in dematerialized form and will offer the Securities for subscription
in dematerialized form pursuant to the Depositories Act, 1996 and the rules framed thereunder, if any,
and the register and index of beneficial owners maintained by the relevant Depository under section 11
of the Depositories Act, 1996, shall be deemed to be the corresponding register and index maintained by
the Company.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the Company shall be entitled to treat the person whose
names appear in the register of members as a holder of any share or whose names appear as beneficial
owners of shares in the records of the Depository, as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall
not (except as ordered by a Court of competent jurisdiction or as required by law) be bound to recognize
any benami trust or equity or equitable contingent or other claim to or interest in such share on the part
of any other person whether or not it shall have express or implied notice thereof.
Unless otherwise permitted under the Act or the Depositories Act, 1996, the Company shall offer and
allot, and every person subscribing to securities offered by the Company shall hold, the securities in
dematerialized form with a Depository. The Company shall intimate such Depository the details of
allotment of the security, and on receipt of the information, the Depository shall enter in the records the
name of the allottee as the beneficial owner of the security. Such a person who is a beneficial owner of
the securities can at any time opt out of a Depository, if permitted by the law, in respect of any security
in the manner provided by the Depositories Act, 1996, and the Company shall, in the manner and within
the time prescribed issue to the beneficial owner the required Certificates of Securities.
424All securities held by a depository shall be dematerialized and be in fungible form. Nothing contained in
Sections 89 and 90 and such other applicable provisions of the Act shall apply to a Depository in respect
of the securities held by it on behalf of the beneficial owners.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Act or these Articles, a Depository shall
be deemed to be the registered owner for the purpose of effecting transfer of ownership of securities on
behalf of the beneficial owner. (b) Save and otherwise provided above, the Depository as the registered
owner of the securities shall not have any voting rights or any other rights in respect of the securities held
by it. (c) Every person holding securities of the Company and whose name is entered as the beneficial
owner in the records of the Depository shall be deemed to be a member of the Company. The beneficial
owner of securities shall be entitled to all rights and benefits and be subject to all liabilities in respect of
the securities held by a Depository on behalf of the beneficial owner.
Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, where securities issued by the Company are dealt
with by a Depository, the Company shall intimate the details thereof to the Depository immediately on
allotment of such securities.
Nothing contained in Section 45 of the Act or these Articles regarding the necessity of having distinctive
numbers for securities issued by the Company, shall apply to securities held with a Depository.
Lien
9. (i). The company shall have a first and paramount lien
a. on every share (not being a fully paid share), for all monies (whether presently payable or
not) called, or payable at a fixed time, in respect of that share; and b. on all shares (not being
fully paid shares) standing registered in the name of a single person, for all monies presently
payable by him or his estate to the company: Provided that the Board of directors may at any
time declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this clause.
(ii) The company’s lien, if any, on a share shall extend to all dividends payable and bonuses declared
from time to time in respect of such shares.
(iii) That fully paid shares shall be free from all lien and that in the case of partly paid shares the
Issuer’s lien shall be restricted to moneys called or payable at a fixed time in respect of such
shares.
10. The company may sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any shares on which the company has a
lien:
Provided that no sale shall be made—
(a) unless a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable; or
(b) until the expiration of fourteen days after a notice in writing stating and demanding payment of
such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, has been given
to the registered holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason
of his death or insolvency.
11. (i) To give effect to any such sale, the Board may authorize some person to transfer the shares sold
to the purchaser thereof.
(ii) The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares comprised in any such transfer.
(iii) The purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his
title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to
the sale.
12. (i) The proceeds of the sale shall be received by the company and applied in payment of such part
of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable.
(ii) The residue, if any, shall, subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon
the shares before the sale, be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale.
No Shareholder shall exercise any voting right in respect of any shares or Debentures registered
425in his name on which any calls or other sums presently payable by him have not been paid, or
in regard to which the Company has exercised any right of lien.
Underwriting and Brokerage
12A.
a) Subject to the applicable provisions of the Act, the Company may at any time pay a commission to any
person in connection with the subscription or procurement of subscription to its securities, whether
absolute or conditional, for any shares or Debentures in the Company in accordance with the provisions
of the Companies (Prospectus and Allotment of Securities) Rules, 2014.
b) The Company may also, on any issue of shares or Debentures, pay such reasonable brokerage as may be
lawful.
Calls on Shares
13. (i) The Board may, from time to time, make calls upon the members in respect of any monies
unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of
premium) and not by the conditions of allotment thereof made payable at fixed times:
Provided that no call shall exceed one-fourth of the nominal value of the share or be payable at
less than one month from the date fixed for the payment of the last preceding call.
(ii) Each member shall, subject to receiving at least fourteen days’ notice specifying the time or
times and place of payment, pay to the company, at the time or times and place so specified, the
amount called on his shares.
(iii) A call may be revoked or postponed at the discretion of the Board.
(iv) That any amount paid up in advance of calls on any share may carry interest but shall not in
respect thereof confer a right to dividend or to participate in profits.
14. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorizing the
call was passed and may be required to be paid by instalments.
15. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.
16. (i) If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment
thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest thereon from the day appointed
for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at ten per cent. per annum or at such lower
rate, if any, as the Board may determine.
(ii) The Board shall be at liberty to waive payment of any such interest wholly or in part.
17. (i) Any sum which by the terms of issue of a share becomes payable on allotment or at any fixed
date, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall, for the
purposes of these regulations, be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date on
which by the terms of issue such sum becomes payable.
(ii) In case of non-payment of such sum, all the relevant provisions of these regulations as to
payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become
payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.
18. The Board—
a) may, if it thinks fit, receive from any member willing to advance the same, all or any part of the
monies uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him; and
b) upon all or any of the monies so advanced, may (until the same would, but for such advance,
become presently payable) pay interest at such rate not exceeding, unless the company in
general meeting shall otherwise direct, twelve per cent per annum, as may be agreed upon
between the Board and the member paying the sum in advance.
Transfer of Shares
19. (i) The instrument of transfer of any share in the company shall be executed by or on behalf of both
426the transferor and transferee.
(ii) Where the application is made by the transferor and relates to partly paid shares, the transfer
shall not be registered unless the Company gives notice of the application to the transferee in a
prescribed manner and the transferee communicates no objection to the transfer within 2 (two)
weeks from the receipt of the notice.
(iii) The transferor shall be deemed to remain a holder of the share until the name of the transferee
is entered in the register of members in respect thereof.
20. The Board may, subject to the right of appeal conferred by section 58 decline to register—
a) the transfer of a share, not being a fully paid share, to a person of whom they do not approve;
or
b) any transfer of shares on which the company has a lien.
21. The Board may decline to recognize any instrument of transfer unless—
a) the instrument of transfer is in the form as prescribed in rules made under sub-section (1) of
section 56;
b) the instrument of transfer is accompanied by the certificate of the shares to which it relates, and
such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to
make the transfer; and
c) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares.
22. On giving not less than seven days’ previous notice in accordance with section 91 and rules made
thereunder, the registration of transfers may be suspended at such times and for such periods as the Board
may from time to time determine:
Provided that such registration shall not be suspended for more than thirty days at any one time or for
more than forty-five days in the aggregate in any year.
Transmission of Shares
23. (i) On the death of a member, the survivor or survivors where the member was a joint holder, and
his nominee or nominees or legal representatives where he was a sole holder, shall be the only
persons recognized by the company as having any title to his interest in the shares.
(ii) Nothing in clause (i) shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in
respect of any share which had been jointly held by him with other persons.
24. (i) Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or insolvency of a member
may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time properly be required by the
Board and subject as hereinafter provided, elect, either—
a) to be registered himself as holder of the share; or
b) to make such transfer of the share as the deceased or insolvent member could have
made.
(ii) The Board shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as it would
have had, if the deceased or insolvent member had transferred the share before his death or
insolvency.
25. (i) If the person so becoming entitled shall elect to be registered as holder of the share himself, he
shall deliver or send to the company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects.
(ii) If the person aforesaid shall elect to transfer the share, he shall testify his election by executing
a transfer of the share.
(iii) All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of these regulations relating to the right to transfer
and the registration of transfers of shares shall be applicable to any such notice or transfer as
aforesaid as if the death or insolvency of the member had not occurred and the notice or transfer
were a transfer signed by that member.
26. A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or insolvency of the holder shall be entitled
to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder
of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as a member in respect of the share, be
427entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the
company:
Provided that the Board may, at any time, give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be
registered himself or to transfer the share, and if the notice is not complied with within ninety days, the
Board may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of
the share, until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.
In the case of transfer and transmission of shares or other marketable securities where the Company has
not issued any certificates and where such shares or securities are being held in any electronic and
fungible form in a Depository, the provisions of the Depositories Act, 1996 shall apply.
Every holder of securities of the Company who intends to transfer such securities shall get such securities
dematerialized before the transfer;
Provided that, requests for effecting transfer of securities shall not be processed by the Company unless
the securities are held in the dematerialized form with a depository.
Nothing contained in Section 56 of the Act or these Articles shall apply to transfer of securities issued
by the Company, affected by a transferor and transferee both of whom are entered as beneficial owners
in the records of a Depository.
Nomination
a) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, every holder of securities of the Company may, at
any time, nominate a person in whom his/her securities shall vest in the event of his/her death and the
provisions of Section 72 of the Act, shall apply in respect of such nomination.
b) No person shall be recognized by the Company as a nominee unless an intimation of the appointment of
the said person as nominee has been given to the Company during the lifetime of the holder(s) of the
securities of the Company in the manner specified under Section 72 of the Act, read with Rule 19 of the
Companies (Share Capital and Debentures) Rules, 2014.
c) The Company shall not be in any way responsible for transferring the securities consequent upon such
nomination.
If the holder(s) of the securities survive(s) nominee, then the nomination made by the holder(s) shall be of no
effect and shall automatically stand revoked.
A nominee, upon production of such evidence as may be required by the Board and subject as hereinafter provided,
elect, either-
a) to be registered himself as holder of the security, as the case may be; or
b) to make such transfer of the security, as the case may be, as the deceased security holder, could have
made;
c) if the nominee elects to be registered as holder of the security, himself, he shall deliver or send to the
Company, a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects and such notice shall be accompanied
with the death certificate of the deceased security holder;
d) a nominee shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled to,
if he were the registered holder of the security except that he shall not, before being registered as a
member in respect of his security, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by
membership in relation to meetings of the Company.
Forfeiture and Surrender of shares
27. If a member fails to pay any call, or instalment of a call, or any moneys due in respect of any shares
either by way of principal or interest on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Board may, at any
time thereafter during such time as any part of the call or instalment any part thereof or other moneys as
aforesaid remains unpaid, serve a notice on him or his legal representatives or to any of the Persons
entitled to the shares by transmission requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid,
together with any interest which may have accrued.
42828. The notice aforesaid shall—
a) name a further day (not being earlier than the expiry of fourteen days from the date of service
of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made; and
b) state that, in the event of non-payment on or before the day so named, the shares in respect of
which the call was made shall be liable to be forfeited.
29. If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which
the notice has been given may, at any time thereafter, before the payment required by the notice has been
made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect. Such forfeiture shall include all Dividends
declared or any other money payable in respect of the forfeited share and not actually paid before the
forfeiture subject to the applicable provisions of the Act.
When any share shall have been so forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be given to the Shareholder on
whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture or if any of his legal representatives or to any of
the Persons entitled to the shares by transmission, and an entry of the forfeiture with the date thereof,
shall forthwith be made in the Register of Members, but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated
by any omission or neglect to give such notice or to make any such entry as aforesaid.
30. (i) A forfeited share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the
Board thinks fit.
(ii) At any time before a sale or disposal as aforesaid, the Board may cancel the forfeiture on such
terms as it thinks fit.
31. (i) A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of the forfeited
shares, but shall, notwithstanding the forfeiture, remain liable to pay to the company all monies
which, at the date of forfeiture, were presently payable by him to the company in respect of the
shares.
(ii) The liability of such person shall cease if and when the company shall have received payment
in full of all such monies in respect of the shares.
32. (i) A duly verified declaration in writing that the declarant is a director, the manager or the
secretary, of the company, and that a share in the company has been duly forfeited on a date
stated in the declaration, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all
persons claiming to be entitled to the share;
(ii) The company may receive the consideration, if any, given for the share on any sale or disposal
thereof and may execute a transfer of the share in favour of the person to whom the share is sold
or disposed of;
(iii) The transferee shall thereupon be registered as the holder of the share; and
(iv) The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor
shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in
reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share.
Upon any sale, re-allotment or other disposal under the provisions of the preceding Articles, the
certificate or certificates originally issued in respect of the relevant shares shall, (unless the same shall
on demand by the Company have been previously surrendered to it by the defaulting Shareholder), stand
cancelled and become null and void and of no effect and the Board shall be entitled to issue a new
certificate or certificates in respect of the said shares to the person or persons entitled thereto.
The Board may, at any time, before any share so forfeited shall have been sold, re- allotted or otherwise
disposed of, annul the forfeiture thereof upon such conditions as it thinks fit.
The Directors may, subject to the provisions of the Act, accept a surrender of any share from or by any
Member desirous of surrendering on such terms the Directors may think fit.
33. The provisions of these regulations as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of nonpayment of any sum
which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the
nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call
429duly made and notified.
Alteration of capital
34. The company may, from time to time, by ordinary resolution increase the share capital by such sum, to
be divided into shares of such amount, as may be specified in the resolution.
35. Subject to the provisions of section 61, the company may, by ordinary resolution, —
a) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing
shares;
b) convert all or any of its fully paid-up shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into fully paid-
up shares of any denomination;
c) sub-divide its existing shares or any of them into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the
memorandum;
d) cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or
agreed to be taken by any person.
e) Permission for sub-division/ consolidation of share certificates
36. Where shares are converted into stock, —
a) the holders of stock may transfer the same or any part thereof in the same manner as, and subject
to the same regulations under which, the shares from which the stock arose might before the
conversion have been transferred, or as near thereto as circumstances admit:
Provided that the Board may, from time to time, fix the minimum amount of stock transferable,
so, however, that such minimum shall not exceed the nominal amount of the shares from which
the stock arose.
b) the holders of stock shall, according to the amount of stock held by them, have the same rights,
privileges and advantages as regards dividends, voting at meetings of the company, and other
matters, as if they held the shares from which the stock arose; but no such privilege or advantage
(except participation in the dividends and profits of the company and in the assets on winding
up) shall be conferred by an amount of stock which would not, if existing in shares, have
conferred that privilege or advantage.
c) such of the regulations of the company as are applicable to paid-up shares shall apply to stock
and the words “share” and “shareholder” in those regulations shall include “stock” and “stock-
holder” respectively.
37. The company may, by special resolution, reduce in any manner and with, and subject to, any incident
authorized and consent required by law, —
a) its share capital;
b) any capital redemption reserve account; or
c) any share premium account.
Capitalization of Profits
38. (i) The company in general meeting may, upon the recommendation of the Board, resolve—
a) that it is desirable to capitalize any part of the amount for the time being standing to
the credit of any of the company’s reserve accounts, or to the credit of the profit and
loss account, or otherwise available for distribution; and
b) that such sum be accordingly set free for distribution in the manner specified in clause
(ii) amongst the members who would have been entitled thereto, if distributed by way
of dividend and in the same proportions.
(ii) The sum aforesaid shall not be paid in cash but shall be applied, subject to the provision
contained in clause (iii), either in or towards—
(A) paying up any amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares held by such members
respectively;
(B) paying up in full, unissued shares of the company to be allotted and distributed,
430credited as fully paid-up, to and amongst such members in the proportions aforesaid;
(C) partly in the way specified in sub-clause (A) and partly in that specified in sub-clause
(B);
(D) A securities premium account and a capital redemption reserve account may, for the
purposes of this regulation, be applied in the paying up of unissued shares to be issued
to members of the company as fully paid bonus shares;
(E) The Board shall give effect to the resolution passed by the company in pursuance of
this regulation.
39. (i) Whenever such a resolution as aforesaid shall have been passed, the Board shall—
a) make all appropriations and applications of the undivided profits resolved to be
capitalized thereby, and all allotments and issues of fully paid shares if any; and
b) generally, do all acts and things required to give effect thereto.
(ii) The Board shall have power—
a) to make such provisions, by the issue of fractional certificates or by payment in cash
or otherwise as it thinks fit, for the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions;
and
b) to authorize any person to enter, on behalf of all the members entitled thereto, into an
agreement with the company providing for the allotment to them respectively, credited
as fully paid-up, of any further shares to which they may be entitled upon such
capitalization, or as the case may require, for the payment by the company on their
behalf, by the application thereto of their respective proportions of profits resolved to
be capitalized, of the amount or any part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their
existing shares;
(iii) Any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on such members.
Buy-back of Shares
40. Notwithstanding anything contained in these articles but subject to the provisions of sections 68 to 70
and any other applicable provision of the Act or any other law for the time being in force, the company
may purchase its own shares or other specified securities.
General Meetings
41. All general meetings other than annual general meeting shall be called extraordinary general meeting.
42. (i) The Board may, whenever it thinks fit, call an extraordinary general meeting.
(ii) If at any time directors capable of acting who are sufficient in number to form a quorum are not
within India, any director or any two members of the company may call an extraordinary general
meeting in the same manner, as nearly as possible, as that in which such a meeting may be called
by the Board.
Proceedings at General Meetings
43. (i) No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of members is present
at the time when the meeting proceeds to business.
(ii) Save as otherwise provided herein, the quorum for the general meetings shall be as provided in
section 103.
44. The chairperson, if any, of the Board shall preside as Chairperson at every general meeting of the
company.
45. If there is no such Chairperson, or if he is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for
holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chairperson of the meeting, the directors present shall elect
one of their members to be Chairperson of the meeting.
46. If at any meeting no director is willing to act as Chairperson or if no director is present within fifteen
minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the members present shall choose one of their
431members to be Chairperson of the meeting.
Adjournment of Meeting
47. (i). The Chairperson may, with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present, and shall,
if so directed by the meeting, adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place.
(ii). No business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished
at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.
(iii). When a meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be
given as in the case of an original meeting.
(iv). Save as aforesaid, and as provided in section 103 of the Act, it shall not be necessary to give
any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.
Voting Rights
48. (i). Subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares
(ii). on a show of hands, every member present in person shall have one vote; and
(iii). on a poll, the voting rights of members shall be in proportion to his share in the paid-up equity
share capital of the company.
49. A member may exercise his vote at a meeting by electronic means in accordance with section 108 and
shall vote only once.
50. (i). In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by
proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders.
(ii). For this purpose, seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the
register of members.
51. A member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having
jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee or other legal
guardian, and any such committee or guardian may, on a poll, vote by proxy.
52. Any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded maybe proceeded with, pending the
taking of the poll.
53. No member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless all calls or other sums presently
payable by him in respect of shares in the company have been paid
54. (i). No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the meeting or adjourned
meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered, and every vote not disallowed at
such meeting shall be valid for all purposes.
(ii). Any such objection made in due time shall be referred to the Chairperson of the meeting, whose
decision shall be final and conclusive.
Proxy
55. The instrument appointing a proxy and the power-of-attorney or other authority, if any, under which it is
signed or a notarized copy of that power or authority, shall be deposited at the registered office of the
company not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which
the person named in the instrument proposes to vote, or, in the case of a poll, not less than 24 hours
before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; and in default the instrument of proxy shall not be
treated as valid.
56. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in the form as prescribed in the rules made under section 105.
57. A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid, notwithstanding the
previous death or insanity of the principal or the revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which
the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the shares in respect of which the proxy is given:
432Provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer shall have been
received by the company at its office before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at
which the proxy is used.
Board of Directors
58.
a) Unless otherwise determined by General Meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than three
(3) and not more than fifteen (15), and at least one (1) Director shall be resident of India in the previous
year
Provided that the Company may appoint more than fifteen (15) directors after passing a Special
Resolution.
b) The Persons named hereinafter are the Directors of the Company at the time of adoption of new set of
Articles:
1. Mr. Anup Ramavtar Goyal
2. Mr. Ramavtar Thanuram Agrawal
3. Mr. Dhanesh Thanuram Agrawal
4. Mr. Rajendra Thanuram Agrawal
The Company shall also comply with the provisions of the Companies (Appointment and Qualification
of Directors) Rules, 2014 and the provisions of the SEBI Listing Regulations or any other Law, if
applicable to the Company. The Board shall have an optimum combination of executive, Non-executive
and Independent Directors with at least 1 (one) woman Director, as may be prescribed by Law from time
to time.
c) Subject to Article 41(a), Sections 149, 152 and 164 of the Act and other provisions of the Act, the
Company may increase or reduce the number of Directors.
d) The Company may, and subject to the provisions of Section 169 of the Act, remove any Director before
the expiration of his period of office and appoint another Director.
e) Whenever the Company enters into a contract with any Government, Central, State or Local, any bank
or financial institution or any person or persons (hereinafter referred to as “the appointer”) for borrowing
any money or for providing any guarantee or security or for technical collaboration or assistance or for
under-writing, the Directors shall have, subject to the provisions of the Act and notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained in these Articles, the power to agree that such appointer, to appoint by a notice
in writing addressed to the Company, one or more persons as a Director or Directors of the Company for
such period and upon such conditions as may be mentioned in the agreement. Any Director so appointed
is herein referred to as a Nominee Director.
f) The Nominee Director/s so appointed shall not be required to hold any qualification shares in the
Company nor shall be liable to retire by rotation. The Board of Directors of the Company shall have no
power to remove from office the Nominee Director/s so appointed. The said Nominee Director/s shall be
entitled to the same rights and privileges including receiving of notices, copies of the minutes, sitting
fees, etc. as any other Director of the Company is entitled.
g) If the Nominee Director/s is an officer of any of the financial institution the sitting fees in relation to such
nominee Directors shall accrue to such financial institution and the same accordingly be paid by the
Company to them. The Financial Institution shall be entitled to depute observer to attend the meetings of
the Board or any other Committee constituted by the Board.
The Nominee Director/s shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Articles, be
at liberty to disclose any information obtained by him/them to the Financial Institution appointing
him/them as such Director/s.
433The Board may appoint an Alternate Director to act for a Director (hereinafter called “The Original
Director”) during his absence for a period of not less than three months from India. An Alternate Director
appointed under this Article shall not hold office for period longer than that permissible to the Original
Director in whose place he has been appointed and shall vacate office if and when the Original Director
returns to India. If the term of office of the Original Director is determined before he so returns to India,
any provision in the Act or in these Articles for the automatic re-appointment of retiring Director in
default of another appointment shall apply to the Original Director and not to the Alternate Director.
Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Board shall have power at any time and from time to time to
appoint any other person to be an Additional Director but so that the total number of Directors shall not
at any time exceed the maximum fixed under these Articles. Any such Additional Director shall hold
office only up to the date of the next Annual General Meeting but shall be eligible for appointment by
the Company as a Director at that Meeting subject to the provisions of the Act.
Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Board shall have power at any time and from time to time to
appoint a Director, whose appointment shall be subsequently approved by members in the immediate
next general meeting, if the office of any director appointed by the company in general meeting is vacated
before his term of office expires in the normal course, who shall hold office only up to the date up to
which the Director in whose place he is appointed would have held office if it had not been vacated by
him.
The Company shall appoint such number of Independent Directors as it may deem fit, for a term specified
in the resolution appointing him. An Independent Director may be appointed to hold office for a term of
up to five consecutive years on the Board of the Company and shall be eligible for re-appointment on
passing of Special Resolution and such other compliances as may be required in this regard. No
Independent Director shall hold office for more than two consecutive terms. The provisions relating to
retirement of directors by rotation shall not be applicable to appointment of Independent Directors.
The office of a Director shall be deemed to be vacated in accordance with Section 167 of the Act
The Company may by an ordinary resolution remove any Director (not being a Director appointed by the
Tribunal in pursuance of Section 242 of the Act) in accordance with the provisions of Section 169 of the
Act. A Director so removed shall not be re-appointed a Director by the Board of Directors.
Subject to the provisions of Section 168 of the Act a Director may at any time resign from his office
upon giving notice in writing to the Company of his intention so to do, and thereupon his office shall be
vacated.
59. (i) The remuneration of the directors shall, in so far as it consists of a monthly payment, be deemed
to accrue from day-to-day.
(ii) In addition to the remuneration payable to them in pursuance of the Act, the directors may be
paid all travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them—
a) in attending and returning from meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee
thereof or general meetings of the company; or
b) in connection with the business of the company.
60. The Board may pay all expenses incurred in getting up and registering the company.
61. The company may exercise the powers conferred on it by section 88 with regard to the keeping of a
foreign register; and the Board may (subject to the provisions of that section) make and vary such
regulations as it may think fit respecting the keeping of any such register.
62. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, hundis, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments, and all
receipts for monies paid to the company, shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed, or otherwise
executed, as the case may be, by such person and in such manner as the Board shall from time to time by
resolution determine.
43463. Every director present at any meeting of the Board or of a committee thereof shall sign his name in a
book to be kept for that purpose.
64. (i) Subject to the provisions of section 149, the Board shall have power at any time, and from time
to time, to appoint a person as an additional director, provided the number of the directors and
additional directors together shall not at any time exceed the maximum strength fixed for the
Board by the articles.
(ii) Such person shall hold office only up to the date of the next annual general meeting of the
company but shall be eligible for appointment by the company as a director at that meeting
subject to the provisions of the Act.
Proceedings of the Board
65. (i) The Board of Directors may meet for the conduct of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate
its meetings, as it thinks fit.
(ii) A director may, and the manager or secretary on the requisition of a director shall, at any time,
summon a meeting of the Board.
(iii) At least 4 (four) Board Meetings shall be held in any calendar year and there should not be a
gap of more than 120 (one hundred twenty) days between two consecutive Board Meetings.
(iv) The participation of Directors in a meeting of the Board may be either in person or through
video conferencing or other audio-visual means, as may be prescribed under the Act, which are
capable of recording and recognizing the participation of the Directors and of recording and
storing the proceedings of such meetings along with date and time. However, such matters as
provided under the Companies (Meetings of Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014 shall not be
dealt with in a meeting through video conferencing or other audio-visual means. Any meeting
of the Board held through video conferencing or other audio-visual means shall only be held in
accordance with the Companies (Meetings of Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014.
66. (i) The quorum for a meeting of the Board shall, unless otherwise provided under the Act or other
applicable laws, be one-third of its total strength (any fraction contained in that one third being
rounded off as one), or two directors whichever is higher and the directors participating by video
conferencing or by other permitted means shall also counted for the purposes of this Article.
Provided that where at any time the number of interested Directors exceeds or is equal to two-
thirds of the total strength, the number of the remaining Directors, that is to say, the number of
the Directors who are not interested, being not less than two, shall be the quorum during such
time.
Explanation: The expressions “interested Director” shall have the meanings given in Section
184(2) of the said Act and the expression “total strength” shall have the meaning as given in
Section 174 of the Act.
Save as otherwise expressly provided in the Act, questions arising at any meeting of the Board
shall be decided by a majority of votes.
(ii) Save as otherwise expressly provided in the Act, questions arising at any meeting of the Board
shall be decided by a majority of votes.
(iii) In case of an equality of votes, the Chairperson of the Board, if any, shall have a second or
casting vote.
67. The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board; but, if and so long as their
number is reduced below the quorum fixed by the Act for a meeting of the Board, the continuing directors
or director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of directors to that fixed for the quorum, or
of summoning a general meeting of the company, but for no other purpose.
68. (i) The Board may elect a Chairperson of its meetings and determine the period for which he is to
hold office.
(ii) The same individual may be appointed as the chairperson of the Company as well as the
435managing Director and/or the chief executive officer of the Company, subject to applicable Law
including the SEBI Listing Regulations.
(iii) If no such Chairperson is elected, or if at any meeting the Chairperson is not present within five
minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the directors present may choose one
of their number to be Chairperson of the meeting.
69. (i) The Board may, subject to the provisions of the Act, delegate any of its powers to committees
consisting of such member or members of its body as it thinks fit.
(ii) The Meetings and proceedings of any such Committee of the Board consisting of two or more
members shall be governed by the provisions herein contained for regulating the meetings and
proceedings of the Directors so far as the same are applicable thereto. Any committee so formed
shall, in the exercise of the powers so delegated, conform to any regulations that may be imposed
on it by the Board.
70. (i) A committee may elect a Chairperson of its meetings.
(ii) If no such Chairperson is elected, or if at any meeting the Chairperson is not present within five
minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the members present may choose one
of their members to be Chairperson of the meeting.
71. (i) A committee may meet and adjourn as it thinks fit.
(ii) Questions arising at any meeting of a committee shall be determined by a majority of votes of
the members present, and in case of an equality of votes, the Chairperson shall have a second
or casting vote.
72. All acts done in any meeting of the Board or of a committee thereof or by any person acting as a director,
shall, notwithstanding that it may be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment
of any one or more of such directors or of any person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them
were disqualified, be as valid as if every such director or such person had been duly appointed and was
qualified to be a director.
73. Save as otherwise expressly provided in the Act, a resolution in writing, signed by all the members of
the Board or of a committee thereof, for the time being entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the
Board or committee, shall be valid and effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Board or
committee, duly convened and held.
Resolution by Circulation
No resolution shall be deemed to have been duly passed by the Board or by a committee thereof by circulation,
unless the resolution has been circulated in draft, together with the necessary papers, if any, to all the Directors,
or members of the committee, as the case may be, at their addresses registered with the company in India by hand
delivery or by post or by courier, or through such electronic means as may be prescribed and has been approved
by a majority of the Directors or members, who are entitled to vote on the resolution:
Provided that, where not less than one-third of the total number of Directors of the company for the time being
require that any resolution under circulation must be decided at a meeting, the chairperson shall put the resolution
to be decided at a meeting of the Board.
A resolution approved by way of circulation shall be noted at a subsequent meeting of the Board or the committee
thereof, as the case may be, and made part of the minutes of such meeting.
Powers of the Board
The business of the Company shall be managed by the Board who may exercise all such powers of the Company
and do all such acts and things as may be necessary, unless otherwise restricted by the Act, or by any other law or
by the Memorandum or by these Articles required to be exercised by the Company in General Meeting. However,
no regulation made by the Company in General Meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would
have been valid if that regulation had not been made.
436Managing and Whole-Time Directors
(a) Subject to the provisions of the Act and of these Articles, the Directors may from time to time appoint
one or more of their body to be a Managing Director, Joint Managing Director or Managing Directors or
Whole-time Director or Whole-time Directors or Manager either for a fixed term or for such term not
exceeding five years at a time as they may think fit to manage the affairs and business of the Company
and may from time to time (subject to the provisions of any contract between him or them and the
Company if any) remove or dismiss him or them from office and appoint another or others in his or their
place or places.
(b) Subject to the provisions of the Act and these Articles, the Managing Director, or the Whole Time
Director shall not, while he continues to hold that office, be subject to retirement by rotation but he shall,
subject to the provisions of any contract between him and the Company, be subject to the same provisions
as the resignation and removal of any other Directors of the Company and he shall ipso facto and
immediately cease to be a Managing Director or Whole Time Director if he ceases to hold the office of
Director from any cause provided that if at any time the number of Directors (including Managing
Director or Whole Time Directors) as are not subject to retirement by rotation shall exceed one-third of
the total number of the Directors for the time being, then such of the Managing Director or Whole Time
Director or two or more of them as the Directors may from time to time determine shall be liable to
retirement by rotation to the intent that the Directors not so liable to retirement by rotation shall not
exceed one-third of the total number of Directors for the time being.
(c) A Managing Director or Whole-time Director who is appointed as Director immediately on the retirement
by rotation shall continue to hold his office as Managing Director or Whole-time Director and such re-
appointment as such Director shall not be deemed to constitute a break in his appointment as Managing
Director or Whole-time Director.
(d) (a) Subject to control, direction and supervision of the Board of Directors, the day-to-day management
of the company will be in the hands of the Managing Director or Whole-time Director appointed in
accordance with regulations of these Articles with powers to the Directors to distribute such day-to-day
management functions among such Directors and in any manner as may be directed by the Board. (b)
The Directors may from time to time entrust to and confer upon the Managing Director or Whole-time
Director for the time being save as prohibited in the Act, such of the powers exercisable under these
presents by the Directors as they may think fit, and may confer such objects and purposes, and upon such
terms and conditions, and with such restrictions as they think expedient; and they may subject to the
provisions of the Act and these Articles confer such powers, either collaterally with or to the exclusion
of, and in substitution for, all or any of the powers of the Directors in that behalf, and may from time to
time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any such powers. (c) The Company’s General Meeting may
also from time to time appoint any Managing Director or Managing Directors or Whole-time Director or
Whole-time Directors of the Company and may exercise all the powers referred to in these Articles. (d)
The Managing Director or Whole-time Director shall be entitled to sub-delegate (with the sanction of the
Directors where necessary) all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested
in them to any officers of the Company or any persons/firm/company/ other entity for the management
and transaction of the affairs of the Company in any specified locality in such manner as they may think
fit. (e) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, the Managing Director or Whole-time
Director is expressly allowed generally to work for and contract on behalf of the Company and specially
to do the work of Managing Director or Whole-time Director and also to do any work for the Company
upon such terms and conditions and for such remuneration (subject to the provisions of the Act) as may
from time to time be agreed between them and the Directors of the Company.
Chief Executive Officer, Manager, Company Secretary or Chief Financial Officer
74. Subject to the provisions of the Act, —
(i) A chief executive officer, manager, company secretary or chief financial officer may be
appointed by the Board for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions as it may
thinks fit; and any chief executive officer, manager, company secretary or chief financial officer
so appointed may be removed by means of a resolution of the Board;
(ii) A director may be appointed as chief executive officer, manager, company secretary or chief
financial officer.
43775. A provision of the Act or these regulations requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a director
and chief executive officer, manager, company secretary or chief financial officer shall not be satisfied
by its being done by or to the same person acting both as director and as, or in place of, chief executive
officer, manager, company secretary or chief financial officer.
The Seal
76. Common seal is not mandatory under the Companies Act 2013, therefore not required.
Dividends and Reserve
77. The company in general meeting may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount
recommended by the Board.
78. Subject to the provisions of section 123, the Board may from time to time pay to the members such
interim dividends as appear to it to be justified by the profits of the company.
79. (i) The Board may, before recommending any dividend, set aside out of the profits of the company
such sums as it thinks fit as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be
applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the company may be properly applied,
including provision for meeting contingencies or for equalizing dividends; and pending such
application, may, at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the company or be
invested in such investments (other than shares of the company) as the Board may, from time
to time, thinks fit.
(ii) The Board may also carry forward any profits which it may consider necessary not to divide,
without setting them aside as a reserve.
80. (i) Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividends, all
dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid or credited as paid on the
shares in respect whereof the dividend is paid, but if and so long as nothing is paid upon any of
the shares in the company, dividends may be declared and paid according to the amounts of the
shares.
(ii) No amount paid or credited as paid on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes
of this regulation as paid on the share.
(iii) All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid or credited as
paid on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend
is paid; but if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a
particular date such share shall rank for dividend accordingly.
81. The Board may deduct from any dividend payable to any member all sums of money, if any, presently
payable by him to the company on account of calls or otherwise in relation to the shares of the company.
82. (i) Any dividend, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by
cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the
case of joint holders, to the registered address of that one of the joint holders who is first named
on the register of members, or to such person and to such address as the holder or joint holders
may in writing direct. The Company shall not be bound to register more than three persons as
the joint holders of any share. The Company shall not be liable or responsible for any cheque
or warrant lost in transmission or for any dividend lost to the member or person entitled thereto
by forged endorsements on any cheque or warrant, or the fraudulent or improper recovery
thereof by any other means.
(ii) Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is
sent.
83. Any one of two or more joint holders of a share may give effective receipts for any dividends, bonuses
or other monies payable in respect of such share.
438Except as ordered by a Court of competent jurisdiction or as by law required, the Company shall not be
bound to recognize (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest
in any share or any interest in any fractional part of a share, or (except only as is by these Articles
otherwise expressly provided or by law otherwise provided) any right in respect of a share other than an
absolute right thereto, in accordance with these Articles, in the person from time to time registered as the
holder thereof but the Board shall be at liberty at its sole discretion to register any share in the joint names
of any two or more persons or the survivor or survivors of them.
84. Notice of any dividend that may have been declared shall be given to the persons entitled to share therein
in the manner mentioned in the Act. A transfer of shares does not pass the right to any dividend declared
thereon before the registration of the transfer.
85. No unclaimed dividend shall be forfeited before the claim becomes barred by law and no unpaid dividend
shall bear interest against the company.
Documents and Service of Notices
Any document or notice to be served or given by the Company be signed by a Director or such person duly
authorized by the Board for such purpose and the signature may be written or printed or lithographed or through
electronic transmission.
Save as otherwise expressly provided in the Act, a document or proceeding requiring authentication by the
company may be signed by a Director, any Key Managerial Personnel or other Authorized Officer of the Company
(digitally or electronically) and need not be under the Common Seal of the Company and the signature thereto
may be written, facsimile, printed, lithographed, Photostat.
A document may be served on the Company or an officer thereof by sending it to the Company or officer at the
registered office of the Company by Registered Post or by speed post or by courier service or by leaving it at its
registered office or by means of such electronic or other mode as may be prescribed: Provided that where securities
are held with a Depository, the records of the beneficial ownership may be served by such Depository on the
Company by means of electronic or other mode.
Accounts
86. (i) The Board shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and
places and under what conditions or regulations, the accounts and books of the company, or any
of them, shall be open to the inspection of members not being directors.
(ii) No member (not being a director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or
document of the company except as conferred by law or authorized by the Board or by the
company in general meeting.
Winding up
87. Subject to the provisions of Chapter XX of the Act and rules made thereunder—
(i) If the company shall be wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution
of the company and any other sanction required by the Act, divide amongst the members, in
specie or kind, the whole or any part of the assets of the company, whether they shall consist of
property of the same kind or not.
(ii) For the purpose aforesaid, the liquidator may set such value as he deems fair upon any property
to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between
the members or different classes of members.
(iii) The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees
upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributories if he considers necessary, but so that no
member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities whereon there is any liability.
439Indemnity
88. Every officer of the company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the company against any liability
incurred by him in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in
his favour or in which he is acquitted or in which relief is granted to him by the court or the Tribunal.
Inspection and Extract of Documents
89. Subject to provisions of the Act and other applicable laws and of these Articles, the Company may allow
the inspection of documents, register and returns maintained under the Act to members, creditors and
such other persons as are permitted subject to such restrictions as the Board may prescribe and also
furnish extract of documents, registers and returns to such persons as are permitted to obtain the same on
payment of such fees as may be decided by Board which shall, in no case, exceed the limits prescribed
under the Act.
Shares at The Disposal of The Directors
90. (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 62 and other applicable provisions of the Act, and these
Articles, the shares in the Capital of the Company for the time being (including any shares
forming part of any increased Capital of the Company) shall be under the control of the Board
who may issue, allot or otherwise dispose of the same or any of them to Persons in such
proportion and on such terms and conditions and either at a premium or at par at such time as
they may, from time to time, think fit.
(b) Subject to applicable Law, the Directors are hereby authorized to issue Equity Shares or
Debentures (whether or not convertible into Equity Shares) for offer and allotment to such of
the officers, employees and workers of the Company as the Directors may decide or the trustees
of such trust as may be set up for the benefit of the officers, employees and workers in
accordance with the terms and conditions of such scheme, plan or proposal as the Directors may
formulate. Subject to the consent of the Stock Exchanges and SEBI under SEBI Listing
Regulations or any other Law, if applicable to the Company, the Directors may impose the
condition that the shares in or debentures of the Company so allotted shall not be transferable
for a specified period.
(c) If, by the conditions of allotment of any share, the whole or part of the amount thereof shall be
payable by instalments, every such instalment shall, when due, be paid to the Company by the
person who, for the time being, shall be the registered holder of the shares or by his executor or
administrator.
(d) Every Shareholder, or his heirs, Executors, or Administrators shall pay to the Company, the
portion of the Capital represented by his share or shares which may for the time being remain
unpaid thereon in such amounts at such time or times and in such manner as the Board shall
from time to time in accordance with the Articles require or fix for the payment thereof.
(e) In accordance with Section 56 and other applicable provisions of the Act and the Rules:
Every Shareholder or allottee of shares shall be entitled without payment, to receive one or more
certificates specifying the name of the Person in whose favour it is issued, the shares to which
it relates and the amount paid up thereon. Such certificates shall be issued only in pursuance of
a resolution passed by the Board and on surrender to the Company of its letter of allotment or
its fractional coupon of requisite value, save in cases of issue of share certificates against letters
of acceptance or of renunciation, or in cases of issue of bonus shares. Such share certificates
shall also be issued in the event of consolidation or sub-division of shares of the Company.
Every such certificate shall be issued in the manner prescribed under section 46 of the Act and
the Rules framed thereunder. Particulars of every share certificate issued shall be entered in the
Register of Members against the name of the Person, to whom it has been issued, indicating the
date of issue. A certificate issued under the Seal of the Company, if any, or signed by two
440Directors or by a Director and the Secretary, specifying the Shares held by any Person shall be
prima facie evidence of the title of the Person to such Shares. Where the Shares are held in
depository form, the record of Depository shall be the prima facie evidence of the interest of the
beneficial owner.
Every Shareholder shall be entitled, without payment, to one or more certificates, in marketable
lots, for all the shares of each class or denomination registered in his name, or if the Directors
so approve (upon paying such fee as the Directors may from time to time determine) to several
certificates, each for one or more of such shares and the Company shall complete and have ready
for delivery such certificates within 2 (two) months from the date of allotment in case of Shares
and 6 (six) months from the date of allotment in case of Debentures, or within 1 (one) month of
the receipt of instrument of transfer, transmission, sub-division, consolidation or renewal of its
shares as the case may be. Every certificate of shares shall be in the form and manner as specified
in Article 17 above and in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several Persons, the
Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate and delivery of a certificate of
shares to the first named joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders. For any
further certificate, the Board shall be entitled but shall not be bound, to prescribe a charge not
exceeding Rs. 20 (Rupees 20).
The Board may, at their absolute discretion, refuse any applications for the sub-division of share
certificates or Debenture certificates, into denominations less than marketable lots except where
sub-division is required to be made to comply with any statutory provision or an order of a
competent court of law or at a request from a Shareholder or to convert holding of odd lot into
transferable/marketable lot. Where share certificates are issued in either more or less than
marketable lots, sub-division or consolidation of share certificates into marketable lots shall be
done free of charge.
A Director may sign a share certificate by affixing his signature thereon by means of any
machine, equipment or other mechanical means, such as engraving in metal or lithography, but
not by means of a rubber stamp, provided that the Director shall be responsible for the safe
custody of such machine, equipment or other material used for the purpose.
Further issue of Shares
91. (1) Where at any time the Board or the Company, as the case may be, proposes to increase the
subscribed capital by the issue of further shares then such shares shall be offered, subject to the
provisions of section 62 of the Act, and the rules made thereunder:
(i) To the persons who at the date of the offer are holders of the Equity Shares, in
proportion, as nearly as circumstances admit, to the paid-up share capital on those
shares at that date, by sending a letter of offer subject to the conditions mentioned in
(ii) to (iv) below;
(ii) The offer aforesaid shall be made by notice specifying the number of shares offered
and limiting a time not being less than fifteen days, or such lesser number of days as
may be prescribed and not exceeding thirty days from the date of the offer, within
which the offer, if not accepted, shall be deemed to have been declined.
Provided that the notice shall be dispatched through registered post or speed post or
through electronic mode or courier or any other mode having proof of delivery to all
the existing shareholders at least three days before the opening of the issue;
(iii) The offer aforesaid shall be deemed to include a right exercisable by the person
concerned to renounce the shares offered to him or any of them in favour of any other
person and the notice referred to in sub-clause (ii) shall contain a statement of this
right;
(iv) After the expiry of time specified in the notice aforesaid or on receipt of earlier
441intimation from the person to whom such notice is given that the person declines to
accept the shares offered, the Board of Directors may dispose of them in such manner
which is not disadvantageous to the Members and the Company;
(v) to employees under any scheme of employees’ stock option subject to Special
Resolution passed by the shareholders of the Company and subject to the Rules and
such other conditions, as may be prescribed under applicable law; or
(vi) to any person(s), if it is authorized by a Special Resolution, whether or not those
persons include the persons referred to in clause (A) or clause (B) above either for cash
or for a consideration other than cash, if the price of such shares is determined by the
valuation report of a registered valuer subject to such conditions as may be prescribed
under the Act and the rules made thereunder;
(2) Nothing in sub-clause (iii) of Clause (1)(A) shall be deemed:
(i) To extend the time within which the offer should be accepted; or
(ii) To authorize any person to exercise the right of renunciation for a second time on the
ground that the person in whose favour the renunciation was first made has declined
to take the shares compromised in the renunciation.
(3) Nothing in this Article shall apply to the increase of the subscribed capital of the Company
caused by the exercise of an option as a term attached to the debentures issued or loans raised
by the Company to convert such debentures or loans into shares in the Company or to subscribe
for shares of the Company:
Provided that the terms of issue of such debentures or loans containing such an option have been
approved before the issue of such debentures or the raising of such loans by a Special Resolution
passed by the shareholders in a General Meeting.
(4) Notwithstanding anything contained in Articles hereof, where any debentures have been issued,
or loan has been obtained from any government by the Company, and if that government
considers it necessary in the public interest so to do, it may, by order, direct that such debentures
or loans or any part thereof shall be converted into shares in the Company on such terms and
conditions as appear to the government to be reasonable in the circumstances of the case even
if terms of the issue of such debentures or the raising of such loans do not include a term for
providing for an option for such conversion:
Provided that where the terms and conditions of such conversion are not acceptable to the
Company, it may, within sixty days from the date of communication of such order, appeal to
National Company Law Tribunal which shall after hearing the Company and the government
pass such order as it deems fit.
The Board may issue and allot shares in the capital of the Company on payment or part payment
for any property or assets of any kind whatsoever sold or transferred, goods or machinery
supplied or for services rendered to the Company in the conduct of its business and any shares
which may be so allotted may be issued as fully paid-up or partly paid-up otherwise than for
cash, and if so issued, shall be deemed to be fully paid-up or partly paid-up shares, as the case
may be.
The Company may issue securities in any manner whatsoever as the Board may determine
including by way of a preferential offer or private placement, to any persons whether or not
those persons include the persons referred to in clause (a) or clause (b) of sub-section (1) of
section 62 subject to compliance with section 42 and / or 62 of the Act and rules framed
thereunder as amended from time to time.
No fee on transfer or transmission
92. No fee shall be charged for registration of transfer, transmission, probate, succession certificate and
442Letters of administration, Certificate of Death or Marriage, Power of Attorney or similar other document.
Payment in anticipation of call may carry interest
93. The Directors may, if they think fit, subject to the provisions of Section 92 of the Act, agree to and receive
from any member willing to advance the same whole or any part of the moneys due upon the shares held
by him beyond the sums actually called for, and upon the amount so paid or satisfied in advance, or so
much thereof as from time to time exceeds the amount or the calls then made upon the shares in respect
of which such advance has been made, the company may pay interest at such rate, as the member paying
such sum in advance and the Directors agree upon provided that money paid In advance of calls shall not
confer a right to participate in profits or dividend. The Directors may at any time repay the amount so
advanced.
The members shall not be entitled to any voting rights in respect of the moneys so paid by him until the
same would but for such payment, become presently payable.
The provisions of these Articles shall mutatis mutandis apply to the calls on debentures of the company.
Nomination For Deposits
94. A security holder may, at any time, make a nomination and the provisions of Section 72 of the Act shall,
as far as may be, apply to the nominations made in relation to the deposits made subject to the provisions
of the Rules as may be prescribed in this regard.
Nomination in Certain Other Cases
95. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Act and these Articles, any person becoming entitled to
Securities in consequence of the death, lunacy, bankruptcy or insolvency of any holder of Securities, or
by any lawful means other than by a transfer in accordance with these Articles, may, with the consent of
the Board (which it shall not be under any obligation to give), upon producing such evidence that he
sustains the character in respect of which he proposes to act under this Article or of such title as the Board
thinks sufficient, either be registered himself as the holder of the Securities or elect to have some Person
nominated by him and approved by the Board registered as such holder; provided nevertheless that, if
such Person shall elect to have his nominee registered, he shall testify the election by executing in favour
of his nominee an instrument of transfer in accordance with the provisions herein contained and until he
does so, he shall not be freed from any liability in respect of the Securities.
Borrowing Powers
96. (a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 73, 179 and 180, and other applicable provisions of the
Act and these Articles, the Board may, from time to time, at its discretion by resolution passed
at the meeting of a Board:
I. accept or renew deposits from Shareholders;
II. borrow money by way of issuance of Debentures;
III. borrow money otherwise than on Debentures;
IV. accept deposits from Shareholders either in advance of calls or otherwise; and
V. generally, raise or borrow or secure the payment of any sum or sums of money for the
purposes of the Company.
Provided, however, that where the money to be borrowed together with the money already
borrowed (apart from temporary loans obtained from the Company’s bankers in the ordinary
course of business) exceed the aggregate of the Paid-up capital of the Company and its free
reserves (not being reserves set apart for any specific purpose), the Board shall not borrow such
money without the consent of the Company by way of a Special Resolution in a General
Meeting.
(b) Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the payment or repayment of money borrowed as
aforesaid may be secured in such manner and upon such terms and conditions in all respects as
443the resolution of the Board (not by circular resolution) shall prescribe including by the issue of
bonds, perpetual or redeemable Debentures or debenture–stock, or any mortgage, charge,
hypothecation, pledge, lien or other security on the undertaking of the whole or any part of the
property of the Company (including its uncalled Capital), both present and future and
Debentures and other Securities may be assignable free from any equities between the Company
and the Person to whom the same may be issued.
(c) Subject to the applicable provisions of the Act and these Articles, any bonds, Debentures,
debenture-stock or other Securities may if permissible in Law be issued at a discount, premium
or otherwise by the Company and shall with the consent of the Board be issued upon such terms
and conditions and in such manner and for such consideration as the Board shall consider to be
for the benefit of the Company, and on the condition that they or any part of them may be
convertible into Equity Shares of any denomination, and with any privileges and conditions as
to the redemption, surrender, allotment of shares, appointment of Directors or otherwise.
Provided that Debentures with rights to allotment of or conversion into Equity Shares shall not
be issued except with, the sanction of the Company in General Meeting accorded by a Special
Resolution.
(d) The Board shall cause a proper Register to be kept in accordance with the provisions of Section
85 of the Act of all mortgages and charges specifically affecting the property of the Company;
and shall cause the requirements of the relevant provisions of the Act in that behalf to be duly
complied with within the time prescribed under the Act or such extensions thereof as may be
permitted under the Act, as the case may be, so far as they are required to be complied with by
the Board. Company shall have the power to keep in any state or country outside India a branch
register of debenture holder’s resident in that state or country.
(e) Any capital required by the Company for its working capital and other capital funding
requirements may be obtained in such form as decided by the Board from time to time.
(f) The Company shall also comply with the provisions of the Companies (Registration of Charges)
Rules, 2014 in relation to the creation and registration of aforesaid charges by the Company.
Share Warrants
97. (a) Share warrants may be issued as per the provisions of applicable Law.
(b) Power to issue share warrants
The Company may issue share warrants subject to, and in accordance with the provisions of the
Act, and accordingly the Board may in its discretion, with respect to any share which is fully
paid-up on application in writing signed by the persons registered as holder of the share, and
authenticated, by such evidence (if any) as the Board may, from time to time, require as to the
identity of the person signing the application, and on receiving the certificate (if any) of the
share, and the amount of the stamp duty on the warrant and such fee as the Board may from
time to time require, issue a share warrant.
(c) Deposit of share warrant
I. The bearer of a share warrant may at any time deposit the warrant at the office of the
Company, and so long as the warrant remains so deposited, the depositor shall have
the same right of signing a requisition for calling a meeting of the Company, and of
attending, and voting and exercising the other privileges of a Member at any meeting
held after the expiry of two clear days from the time of deposit as if his name were
inserted in the Register of Members as the holder of the share included in the deposited
warrant.
II. Not more than one person shall be recognized as depositor of the share warrant.
III. The Company shall, on two days’ written notice, return the deposited share warrant to
the depositor.
444(d) Privileges and disabilities of the holders of share warrant
I. Subject as herein otherwise expressly provided, no person shall, as bearer of a share
warrant sign a requisition for calling a meeting of the Company, or attend or vote or
exercise any other privileges of a Member at a meeting of the Company, or be entitled
to receive any notices from the Company.
II. The bearer of a share warrant shall be entitled in all other respects to the same
privileges and advantages as if he was named in the Register of Members as the holder
of the share included in the warrant, and shall be a Member of the Company.
(e) Issue of new Share Warrant or Coupon
The Board may, from time to time, make rules as to the terms on which (if it shall think fit) a
new share warrant or coupon may be issued by way of renewal in case of defacement, loss or
destruct.
Passing of Resolutions by Postal Ballot
98. (a) Notwithstanding any of the provisions of these Articles, the Company may, and in the case of
resolutions relating to such business as notified under the Companies (Management and
Administration) Rules, 2014, as amended, or other Law required to be passed by postal ballot,
shall get any resolution passed by means of a postal ballot, instead of transacting the business
in the General Meeting of the Company. Also, the Company may, in respect of any item of
business other than ordinary business and any business in respect of which Directors or Auditors
have a right to be heard at any meeting, transact the same by way of postal ballot.
(b) Where the Company decides to pass any resolution by resorting to postal ballot, it shall follow
the procedures as prescribed under Section 110 of the Act and the Companies (Management
and Administration) Rules, 2014, as amended from time.
Special Remuneration for Extra Services Rendered by A Director
99. If any Director be called upon to perform extra services or special exertions or efforts (which expression
shall include work done by a Director as a member of any Committee formed by the Directors), the Board
may arrange with such Director for such special remuneration for such extra services or special exertions
or efforts either by a fixed sum or otherwise as may be determined by the Board. Such remuneration may
either be in addition, to or in substitution for his remuneration otherwise provided, subject to the
applicable provisions of the Act.
Disqualification And Vacation of Office by a Director
100. (a) A person shall not be eligible for appointment as a Director of the Company if he incurs any of
the disqualifications as set out in section 164 and other relevant provisions of the Act. Further,
on and after being appointed as a Director, the office of a Director shall ipso facto be vacated
on the occurrence of any of the circumstances under section 167 and other relevant provisions
of the Act.
(b) Subject to the applicable provisions of the Act, the resignation of a director shall take effect
from the date on which the notice is received by the company or the date, if any, specified by
the director in the notice, whichever is later.
Committees And Delegation by the Board
101. (a) The Company shall constitute such Committees as may be required under the Act, applicable
provisions of Law and the SEBI Listing Regulations or any other Law, if applicable to the
Company. Without prejudice to the powers conferred by the other Articles and so as not to in
any way to limit or restrict those powers, the Board may, subject to the provisions of Section
179 of the Act, delegate any of its powers to the Managing Director(s), the executive director(s)
or manager or the chief executive officer of the Company. The Managing Director(s), the
445executive director(s) or the manager or the chief executive officer(s) as aforesaid shall, in the
exercise of the powers so delegated, conform to any regulations that may from time to time be
imposed on them by the Board and all acts done by them in exercise of the powers so delegated
and in conformity with such regulations shall have the like force and effect as if done by the
Board.
(b) Subject to the applicable provisions of the Act, the requirements of Law and these Articles, the
Board may delegate any of its powers to Committees of the Board consisting of such member
or members of the Board as it thinks fit, and it may from time to time revoke and discharge any
such committee of the Board either wholly or in part and either as to persons or purposes. Every
Committee of the Board so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers so delegated, conform to
any regulations that may from time to time be imposed on it by the Board. All acts done by any
such Committee of the Board in conformity with such regulations and in fulfilment of the
purposes of their appointment but not otherwise, shall have the like force and effect as if done
by the Board.
(c) The meetings and proceedings of any such Committee of the Board consisting of more members
shall be governed by the provisions herein contained for regulating the meetings and
proceedings of the Directors, so far as the same are applicable thereto and are not superseded
by any regulation made by the Directors under the last preceding Article.
Acts of Board or Committee Valid Notwithstanding Informal Appointment
102. (a) All acts undertaken at any meeting of the Board or of a Committee of the Board, or by any
person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it may afterwards be discovered that there
was some defect in the appointment of such Director or persons acting as aforesaid, or that they
or any of them were disqualified or had vacated office or that the appointment of any of them
had been terminated by virtue of any provisions contained in the Act or in these Articles, be as
valid as if every such person had been duly appointed, and was qualified to be a Director.
Provided that nothing in this Article shall be deemed to give validity to the acts undertaken by
a Director after his appointment has been shown to the Company to be invalid or to have been
terminated.
(b) Save as otherwise expressly provided in the Act, a resolution in writing, signed by all the
members of the Board or of a committee thereof, for the time being entitled to receive notice of
a meeting of the Board or committee, shall be valid and effective as if it had been passed at a
meeting of the Board or committee, duly convened and held.
Notice by Advertisement
103. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Act, any document required to be served or sent by the
Company on or to the Shareholders, or any of them and not expressly provided for by these Articles,
shall be deemed to be duly served or sent if advertised in a newspaper circulating in the District in which
the Office is situated.
Director’s etc. Not liable for certain acts
104. Subject to the provision of the Act, no Director, Manager or Officer of the Company shall be liable for
the acts, defaults, receipts and neglects of any other Director, Manager or Officer or for joining in any
receipts or other acts for the sake of conformity or for any loss or expenses happening to the company
through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by order of the directors or for
any loss or expenses happening to the Company through the insufficiency or deficiency of any security
in or upon which any of the monies of the Company shall be invested or for any loss or damage arising
from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortuous act of any person with whom any monies, securities or
effects shall be deposited or for any loss occasioned by an error of judgement or oversight on his part, or
for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatsoever which shall happen in the execution thereof, unless
the same shall happen through the negligence, default, misfeasance, breach of duty or breach of trust of
the relevant Director, Manager or Officer.
446General Powers
105. Wherever in the Act, it has been provided that the Company shall have any right, privilege or authority
or that the Company could carry out any transaction only if the Company is so authorized by its Articles,
then and in that case this Article authorizes and empowers the Company to have such rights, privileges
or authorities and to carry out such transactions as have been permitted by the Act, without there being
any specific Article in that behalf herein provided.
Copies of Memorandum and Articles to be sent to Members
106. A copy of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company and of any other document
referred to in Section 17 of the Act shall be sent by the Company to a Member at his request on payment
of Rs. 100 or such reasonable sum for each copy as the Directors may, from time to time, decide. The
fees can be waived off by the Company.
*Amended Vide Special Resolution of the Shareholder passed at their Extra ordinary general meeting held on 21st June 2025 for Adoption of
New Set of an Altered Articles of Association of the Company
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
447SECTION IX – OTHER INFORMATION
MATERIAL CONTRACTS AND DOCUMENTS FOR INSPECTION
The copies of the following contracts which have been entered or are to be entered into by our Company (not
being contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business carried on by our Company or contracts entered
into more than two years before the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus) which are or may be deemed
material will be attached to the copy of the Red Herring Prospectus which will be delivered to RoC for registration.
Copies of these contracts and also the documents for inspection referred to hereunder, may be inspected at the
Corporate Office between 10.00 a.m. and 5.00 p.m. on all Working Days from the date of the Red Herring
Prospectus until the Offer Closing Date.
A. Material Contracts
1. Offer Agreement dated September 11, 2025 entered into amongst our Company, the Promoter Selling
Shareholders and the BRLM.
2. Registrar Agreement dated July 24, 2025 entered into amongst our Company, the Promoter Selling
Shareholders and the Registrar to the Offer.
3. Cash Escrow and Sponsor Bank Agreement dated [●] entered into amongst our Company, the Promoter
Selling Shareholders, the BRLM, the Syndicate Members, Banker(s) to the Offer and the Registrar to the
Offer.
4. Share Escrow Agreement dated [●] entered into amongst our Company, the Promoter Selling
Shareholders and the Share Escrow Agent.
5. Syndicate Agreement dated [●] entered into amongst the BRLM, members of the Syndicate, our
Company, the Promoter Selling Shareholder and the Registrar to the Offer.
6. Monitoring Agency Agreement dated [●] entered into between our Company and the Monitoring
Agency.
7. Underwriting Agreement dated [●] entered into amongst our Company, the Promoter Selling
Shareholders and the Underwriters.
8. Tripartite Agreement dated August 22, 2023 between CDSL, our Company and the Registrar to the Offer.
9. Tripartite Agreement dated January 14, 2025 between NSDL, our Company and the Registrar to the
Offer.
B. Material Documents
1. Certified true copies of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of our Company, as amended from
time to time.
2. Certificate of incorporation dated January 22, 2014 issued by Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra at
Mumbai in the name of ‘Shriram Rice Udyog India Private Limited’.
3. Fresh Certificate of Incorporation dated May 7, 2014 issued by Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra
pursuant to change in name of the Company from ‘Shriram Rice Udyog India Private Limited’ to
‘Shriram Food Industry Private Limited’.
4. Fresh Certificate of Incorporation dated May 9, 2023 issued to our company by the ROC pursuant to
conversion of our Company from private limited to public limited and the ensuring change in the name
of our Company from ‘Shriram Food Industry Private Limited’ to ‘Shriram Food Industry Limited’.
4485. Resolution of the Board of Directors dated April 23, 2025 authorising the Offer and other related matters.
6. Shareholders’ Resolution passed at the Extra-ordinary General Meeting of the Company held on April
29, 2025 authorising the Offer and other related matters.
7. Resolution of our Board of Directors dated June 23, 2025, taking on record the approval for the Offer for
Sale by the Promoter Selling Shareholders.
8. Consent letters dated June 23, 2025 from the Promoter Selling Shareholders consenting to participate in
the Offer for Sale.
9. Resolution of the Board dated September 11, 2025 approving this Draft Red Herring Prospectus for filing
with SEBI and the Stock Exchanges.
10. Copies of Annual Reports of our Company for the last three Fiscals, i.e., 2024, 2023 and 2022.
11. Statement of special tax benefits dated September 6, 2025, from the Statutory Auditors included in this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
12. Consent of the Statutory Auditors dated September 6, 2025, to include their name as required under
Section 26(5) of the Companies Act read with SEBI ICDR Regulations and referred to as an “expert” as
defined under Section 2(38) of the Companies Act to the extent and in their capacity as the Statutory
Auditor, and for inclusion of their examination report dated August 19, 2025 on examination of our
Restated Financial Statement and the statement of possible special tax benefits in the form and context
in which it appears in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
13. Consent dated August 25, 2025 from V.N. Talithaya, Independent Chartered Engineer, to include his
name as required under section 26 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with SEBI ICDR Regulations, in
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, and as an “expert” as defined under section 2(38) of the Companies
Act, 2013 to the extent in his capacity as the chartered engineer; and such consent has not been withdrawn
as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
14. Certificate dated September 11, 2025, from the Statutory Auditors verifying the Key Performance
Indicators (KPIs).
15. Certificate on Capitalization Statement dated September 6, 2025, from Statutory Auditors.
16. Certificate on Weighted Average Price and Cost of Acquisition of Equity Shares by the Promoters dated
September 11, 2025, from the Statutory Auditors.
17. Certificate on Related Party Transactions dated September 6, 2025, from the Statutory Auditors.
18. Certificate on Outstanding Dues to Creditors dated dated September 6, 2025, from the Statutory Auditors.
19. Certificate on Financial Indebtedness dated dated September 6, 2025, from the Statutory Auditors,
Statutory Auditors.
20. Certificate on Defaults and Non (Statutory Dues & Contingent Liabilities) dated September 6, 2025,
from the Statutory Auditors.
21. Certificate on statement of utilization of loan for the purpose availed dated dated September 6, 2025,
from the Statutory Auditors.
22. Certificate on Tax Litigations dated dated September 11, 2025, from the Statutory Auditors.
23. Certificate on Weighted Price Primary and Secondary Issuance dated dated September 11, 2025, from
the Statutory Auditors.
44924. Certificate On Eligibility for The Offer from Auditor dated September 6, 2025, from the Statutory
Auditors.
25. Consents of our Promoters, Promoter Selling Shareholders, Directors, Bankers to our Company, the
BRLM, Registrar to the Offer, Legal Counsel to the Offer, CARE, Company Secretary and Compliance
Officer of our Company and Chief Financial Officer as referred to, in their respective capacities.
26. Industry report titled “Industry Research Report on Rice” dated September 2025, prepared and issued by
CARE Analytics and Advisory Private Limited (“CARE Report”), appointed by us on February 19, 2025,
and exclusively commissioned and paid for by us in connection with the Offer.
27. In-principle listing approvals each dated [●] from BSE and NSE.
28. Due diligence certificate addressed to SEBI from the BRLM, dated September 11, 2025.
29. SEBI final observation letter number [●] dated [●].
Any of the contracts or documents mentioned in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus may be amended or modified
at any time if so required in the interest of our Company or if required by the other parties, without reference to
the shareholders subject to compliance of the provisions contained in the Companies Act and other relevant
statutes.
(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)
450DECLARATION
I hereby certify and declare that all relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules or guidelines or
regulations issued by the Government of India and the rules or guidelines or regulations issued by the Securities
and Exchange Board of India, established under Section 3 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act,
1992, as the case may be, have been complied with and no statement made in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
is contrary to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956, the
Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957, Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or the rules
framed or guidelines or regulations issued thereunder, as the case may be. I further certify that all the statements
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are true and correct.
_______________________________
Anup Ramavtar Goyar
Chairman and Managing Director
DIN: 02313356
Date: September 11, 2025
Place: Nagpur
451DECLARATION
I hereby certify and declare that all relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules or guidelines or
regulations issued by the Government of India and the rules or guidelines or regulations issued by the Securities
and Exchange Board of India, established under Section 3 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act,
1992, as the case may be, have been complied with and no statement made in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
is contrary to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956, the
Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957, Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or the rules
framed or guidelines or regulations issued thereunder, as the case may be. I further certify that all the statements
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are true and correct.
______________________________
Rishi Kumar Agrawal
Executive Director
DIN: 07198079
Date: September 11, 2025
Place: Nagpur
452DECLARATION
I hereby certify and declare that all relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules or guidelines or
regulations issued by the Government of India and the rules or guidelines or regulations issued by the Securities
and Exchange Board of India, established under Section 3 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act,
1992, as the case may be, have been complied with and no statement made in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
is contrary to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956, the
Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957, Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or the rules
framed or guidelines or regulations issued thereunder, as the case may be. I further certify that all the statements
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are true and correct.
______________________________
Nitesh Chaudhari
Non-Executive Director
DIN: 02306710
Date: September 11, 2025
Place: Nagpur
453DECLARATION
I hereby certify and declare that all relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules or guidelines or
regulations issued by the Government of India and the rules or guidelines or regulations issued by the Securities
and Exchange Board of India, established under Section 3 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act,
1992, as the case may be, have been complied with and no statement made in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
is contrary to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956, the
Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957, Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or the rules
framed or guidelines or regulations issued thereunder, as the case may be. I further certify that all the statements
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are true and correct.
_______________________________
Amar Sushil Damani
Independent Director
DIN: 10355739
Date: September 11, 2025
Place: Nagpur
454DECLARATION
I hereby certify and declare that all relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules or guidelines or
regulations issued by the Government of India and the rules or guidelines or regulations issued by the Securities
and Exchange Board of India, established under Section 3 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act,
1992, as the case may be, have been complied with and no statement made in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
is contrary to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956, the
Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957, Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or the rules
framed or guidelines or regulations issued thereunder, as the case may be. I further certify that all the statements
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are true and correct.
______________________________
Hemant Gopaldas Kalantri
Independent Director
DIN: 10372755
Date: September 11, 2025
Place: Nagpur
455DECLARATION
I hereby certify and declare that all relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules or guidelines or
regulations issued by the Government of India and the rules or guidelines or regulations issued by the Securities
and Exchange Board of India, established under Section 3 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act,
1992, as the case may be, have been complied with and no statement made in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
is contrary to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956, the
Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957, Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or the rules
framed or guidelines or regulations issued thereunder, as the case may be. I further certify that all the statements
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are true and correct.
______________________________
Shailee Bagga
Independent Director
DIN: 11054570
Date: September 11, 2025
Place: Nagpur
456DECLARATION
I hereby certify and declare that all relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules or guidelines or
regulations issued by the Government of India and the rules or guidelines or regulations issued by the Securities
and Exchange Board of India, established under Section 3 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act,
1992, as the case may be, have been complied with and no statement made in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
is contrary to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956, the
Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957, Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or the rules
framed or guidelines or regulations issued thereunder, as the case may be. I further certify that all the statements
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are true and correct.
_______________________________
Radheshyam Baxiram Paliwal
Chief Financial Officer
Date: September 11, 2025
Place: Nagpur
457DECLARATION
We, Greta Industries Pte Limited, acting as a Promoter Selling Shareholder, hereby confirm that all statements
and undertakings specifically made by us in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus in relation to us, as a Promoter
Selling Shareholder and our portion of the Offered Shares, are true and correct. We assume no responsibility, as
a Promoter Selling Shareholder, for any other statements and undertakings including statements or undertakings
made or confirmed by or relating to the Company or any other Promoter Selling Shareholder(s) or any other
person(s) in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
FOR AND BEHALF OF GRETA INDUSTRIES Pte LIMITED
__________________
Authorised Signatory: Nitesh Chaudhari
Designation: Director
Date: September 11, 2025
Place: Nagpur
458DECLARATION
We, Orient Dealtrade Private Limited, acting as a Promoter Selling Shareholder, hereby confirm that all statements
and undertakings specifically made by usin this Draft Red Herring Prospectus in relation to us, as a Promoter
Selling Shareholder and ourportion of the Offered Shares, are true and correct. We assume no responsibility, as a
Promoter Selling Shareholder, for any other statements and undertakings including statements or undertakings
made or confirmed by or relating to the Company or any other Promoter Selling Shareholder(s) or any other
person(s) in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
FOR AND BEHALF OF ORIENT DEALTRADE PRIVATE LIMITED
__________________
Authorised Signatory: Rishi Kumar Agarwal
Designation: Director
Date: September 11, 2025
Place: Nagpur
459